Catalogo General de Sensores Cuttler Hammer

Sensing Solutions Book Photoelectric Sensors

Proximity Sensors

Current Sensors

Limit Switches

2007 Edition

This section features the products designed and tested to protect machine operators.

Inductive sensors are the workhorses of the sensing world. We supply an extensive variety of styles and sizes to meet all of your needs, from OEM style proximity sensors to innovative field programmable proximity sensors.

Whether you need a large quantity of cost-effective sensors, or that special one to solve your impossible application, you’ll find it among our extensive line of high-performance photoelectric sensors.

Current sensors, current switches and ground fault sensors for monitoring current flowing in electrified equipment. Capable of sensing AC current up to 2,000A or DC current up to 300A.

Whether it’s glass or plastic fiber optic cables you need, Eaton offers a vast selection of sensing tips, diameters and lengths to perfectly fit your needs.

Like to know more about sensors and how to apply them? This thorough course of study will sharpen your skills.

A valuable reference for information on enclosure ratings. Also included here is an extensive glossary of sensor terms.

No one makes a better limit switch than Eaton. Check out our full line from delicate precision models to the world’s most rugged limit switch.

For targets, such as liquids, that present a significant sensing challenge, our capacitive sensors are the reliable solution.

Eaton is a major supplier of sensors to the material handling market. Our high-tech sensors offer built-in zero-pressure accumulation control for low cost non-contact sensing on conveyors.

Once you’ve found the sensors you need, check this section for a wide variety of mounting brackets, retroreflectors and other accessories to finish your installation.

Quick-disconnect sensors allow you to set up an installation for easy change-out. This section covers all of the mating cables and accessories you will need.

This idea file presents dozens of interesting examples of Cutler-Hammer sensors in action.

67

12

34

58

1112

1314

910

Table

of

Contents

12

3 45

67

89

1011

1214

13

Safety Products

Inductive Proximity Sensors

Photoelectric Sensors

CurrentWatch™ Sensors

Fiber Optic Cables

Sensor Learning Course

Appendix

Limit Switches

Capacitive Proximity Sensors

Conveyor Sensor

Systems

Sensor Accessories

Global Plus Connectivity

Sensor Applications

Index

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-1

1Safety Products

02Intro.fm

or Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-800-356-1243,in Canada call 1-800-268-3578.

For Application Assistance in the U.S. and Canadacall 1-800-426-9184.

1SA

FETY

PRO

DU

CTS

F

Table of ContentsContents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Technical Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Key Interlock Switches — DIN Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Key Interlock Switches — Standard Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7

Unless otherwise noted, the products contained in this document are not designed or intended for use in human safety applications.

or more information visit: www.eaton.com

1-2

August 2007

SAFETY

PROD

UCTS

1

Safety ProductsProduct Selection

Key Interlock Switches DIN Models

Key Interlock Switches NEMA Standard Models

Page Page 1-4 Page 1-7

Overview Safety device that is designed to be used with movable guards or covers which must be closed for operational safety. This switch automatically stops the machine when the guard is removed.

Safety device that is designed to be used with movable guards or covers which must be closed for operational safety. This switch automatically stops the machine when the guard is removed.

Applications Any machine with movable guards installed to protect machine operators from injury.

Any machine with movable guards installed to protect machine operators from injury.

Product Features

■ Meet UL, European and International requirements.

■ Actuating keys are designed to be difficult to defeat, reducing the possibility of tampering.

■ Removal of key positively breaks the N.C. contacts — unit is designed to fail to safe condition.

■ Cost-effective and durable plastic construction.

■ Head can be rotated in any of four positions.

■ Dual entry points for operation key — top or side.

■ Conduit entry.

■ Meet UL, CSA, European and International requirements.

■ Actuating keys are designed to be difficult to defeat, reducing the possibility of tampering.

■ Removal of key positively breaks the N.C. contacts — unit is designed to fail to safe condition.

■ Rugged cast aluminum body for use in harsh industrial environments.

■ Head can be rotated in any of four positions.

■ Conduit entry.

Contact Ratings NEMA A600 (UL/CSA Pilot Duty) NEMA A600 (UL/CSA Pilot Duty)

Enclosure Ratings

NEMA 4, IP65 NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6P, 13, IP67

Construction Synthetic Resin Aluminum Die Cast

Approvals UL ListedTUV

UL ListedCSA CertifiedTUV

For more information visit: www.eaton.com PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-3

1Safety ProductsTechnical Reference

1SA

FETY

PRO

DU

CTS

Safety Interlock SwitchesOften the need arises for a device to provide a signal indicating that a door has been closed or that a machine guard is in place before a machine can be turned on or a sequence of operations can begin.

While a standard limit switch would probably be able to do this function, the possibility exists that the unit could be false tripped or false actu-ated either accidently or deliberately, thereby posing a danger to the per-son operating the machine.

In response to this problem, many switch manufacturers offer what is known as a key interlock switch. These switches look and operate similar to standard limit switches except for the operating heads. Instead of a rotary or plunger operating head, there is a key slot.

Actuation of the interlock switch occurs only when the corresponding key is inserted into the key slot. The key is usually mounted on a door or machine guard in such a way that when the door or guard is closed, the key fits into the slot actuating the switch. The special design of the key makes the safety interlock switch extremely difficult to defeat. When inserted into the slot, the key performs three separate mechanical functions.

Key Slot

Key

In addition to being difficult to override, the safety interlock is also designed to fail to a safe mode. If, by chance, the contacts were to become welded together, removal of the key will physically tear the contacts apart, resulting in a safe condition.

Cutler-Hammer Key Interlock Switches by Eaton’s electrical business are available in both NEMA and DIN style housings. NEMA Style Key Interlock Switches feature durable metal housings, which removes power to the machine when the guard is opened.

DIN Style Key Interlock Switches fea-ture a reduced size and economical plastic housings. They remove power to the machine when the guard is opened.

Product information for these prod-ucts begins on Page 1-4.


1-4

1SA

FETYPRO

DU

CTS

Safety Products

August 2007
Key Interlock Switches — DIN Models PG.05F.02.T.E
in Canada call 1-800-268-3578.For Application Assistance in the U.S. and Canada

call 1-800-426-9184.

Key Interlock Switches DIN Models

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Model Selection, Switches . . . . . . 1-5Model Selection, Actuating Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

The Cutler-Hammer® E48 DIN-Style Safety Key Interlock Limit Switch by Eaton’s electrical business is designed to be used with movable guards or covers which must be closed for operational safety. The key portion of the switch is affixed to the movable door, cover or other such guard. The switch itself is mounted to a rigid portion of the machine. When the guard is opened, the key is removed from the switch, thereby positively breaking the nor-mally closed contacts. This inter-rupts the control circuit, stopping machine operation.

Ratings and Approvals■ UL Listed■ TUV ■ IEC 947-5-1■ EN60947-5-1■ NEMA A600 (UL/CSA Pilot Duty)■ Direct Opening N.C. contacts per

EN60947-5-1■ Double insulation

For the most current information on this product, visit our web site:www.EatonElectrical.com

Cost-Effective Protection for Operators of Moving Machinery

Product Features■ Head mechanism is designed to be difficult to defeat with common tools■ Three actuating key styles for mounting flexibility■ Choose from 1N.O.-1N.C. or 2N.C. DPDB contacts■ 1/2 – 14 NPT conduit entrance■ Four unique head mounting positions■ Dual entry points for actuating key — top or side■ Tough plastic construction

For Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273),

CompactSwitch Size

Self-Aligning KeyAccommodatesSmall GuardSwing Radius

1/2 – 14 NPT ConduitEntrance (Bottom)

Vertical andHorizontalKeys Providea Perfect Fit

Actuating KeyMay Be Inserted

into Top orSide of Unit

Head Can BeRotated in 90˚

Increments

Hinged CoverProvides Easy

Wiring Access

For more information vi
sit: www.eaton.com PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-5

1Safety ProductsKey Interlock Switches — DIN Models

1SA

FETY

PRO

DU

CTS

Model Selection — Key Interlock Switches

NOTE: N.O. and N.C. contacts are defined with the key fully engaged in the switch.Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.

Model Selection — Actuating Keys (must be ordered separately)

Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.

Specifications

Circuit Contacts Contact Operation Catalog Number

1N.O.-1N.C.DPDBslow action

E48P4K1

2N.C.DPDBslow action

E48P4K0

Minimum Key Insertion Radius Catalog Number

Adjustable(Self-Aligning)

7.8 inches (200 mm) E48KL07

Vertical 7.8 inches (200 mm) E48KL08

Horizontal 7.8 inches (200 mm) E48KL09

Description Specification

Ambient Temperature Operation and Storage: -22° to 158°F (-30° to 70°C) minimum temperature is based upon absence of freezing water or moisture

Enclosure Ratings NEMA 4, IP65 conforming to IEC 529. Care must be taken that contaminants do not enter the actuating key area as this may prevent the switch from performing to specifications

Ambient Humidity 95% maximum, non-condensingWeight 76 grams (0.17 lb)Housing Material Synthetic resinVibration Resistance 10G in both vertical and horizontal axis (from 10 to 500 Hz) conforming to IEC 68-2-27Shock Resistance 30G in both vertical and horizontal axis conforming to IEC 68-2-27Mechanical Life 1 million operations minimumElectrical Life 150,000 operations minimumShort Circuit Protection Recommended: 10A fuse (type gl or gG) (IEC 269)Rated Insulation Voltage 400V (EN 60947-5-1)Electric Shock Protection Insulation Class II (IEC 536)Operating Force (extraction) 14.7 N (3.30 lbƒ)Release Force (insertion) 29.4 N (6.60 lbƒ)Total Travel 1.10 inch minimum (28 mm)Pretravel 0.24 ± 0.10 inches minimum (6 ± 3 mm)Direct Opening Force 58.8 N (13.2 lbƒ) minimumOperating Speed 0.04 to 20 inches/second (1 to 500 mm/second)Operating Frequency 30 operations/minute maximum

Rated Voltage

Current Maximum VA

Thermal Continuous Make Break Make Break

120V AC240V AC480V AC600V AC

10A10A10A10A

60A30A15A12A

6.0A3.0A1.5A1.2A

7200 VA7200 VA7200 VA7200 VA

720 VA720 VA720 VA720 VA

Closed Open

23

11

24

12

11-12

23-24

Key inSwitch

Key Fully outof Switch

21

11

22

12

11-12

21-22

Key inSwitch



August 2007

1-6

1SA

FETYPRO

DU

CTS

Safety ProductsKey Interlock Switches — DIN Models

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

1.32(33.5)

1.22(31)

2.01(51)

1.85(47)*

0.61(15.5)

0.56 (14.2)

Two, 0.16 (4) Dia. HolesDepth 0.20 (5)

1.61(41)

0.10(2.5)

0.87 (22)*

0.17 (4.4)

0.87(22)*

1.20 (30.5)

0.85 (21.5)1.20 (30.5)

1/2-14 NPTConduitOpening

*Tolerance:± 0.004 (0.1)

0.60 (15.3)

0.17(4.4)

0.30(7.5)

Dual M5 (#10)Mounting

Holes

0.60 (15.3)

1.18(30)

0.79 (20)*

1.18(30)

E48

DIN

Switch

1.18(30)

0.35(9) Dia.

0.51(13)

1.10(28)

0.55(14)

0.25(6.3)

0.59(15)

0.16(4)

1.57(40)

2.20(56)

20°

0.18(4.5) Dia.

E48KL07

Actuating

Key

1.18(30)

Four,R0.08(2.15)

0.51(13)

1.10(28)

0.35(9)

0.08(2)

0.59(15)

0.44(11.2)0.17

(4.3)

0.41 (10.5) 0.24 (6)

E48KL08

Actuating

Key

1.18(30)

Four,R0.08 (2.15)

0.51(13)

1.10(28)0.69 (17.5)

0.59(15) 0.17 (4.3)

0.08 (2)

0.51 (13)

0.59(15)

E48KL09

Actuating

Key

For more information visit: www.eaton.com
PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-7

1Safety Products
Key Interlock Switches — NEMA Standard Models PG.05F.04.T.E
1SA

FETY

PRO

DU

CTS


call 1-800-426-9184.

Key Interlock Switches NEMA Standard Models

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 Model Selection, Switches. . . . . . 1-8Model Selection, Actuating Keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

The Cutler-Hammer® E48 Safety Key Interlock Limit Switch by Eaton’s electrical business is designed to be used with movable guards or covers which must be closed for opera-tional safety. The key portion of the switch is affixed to the movable door, cover or other such guard. The switch itself is mounted to a rigid portion of the machine. When the guard is opened, the key is removed from the switch, thereby positively breaking the normally closed con-tacts. This interrupts the control circuit, stopping machine operation.

Ratings and Approvals■ UL Listed■ CSA Certified■ TUV ■ IEC 947-5-1■ EN60947-5-1■ NEMA A600 (UL/CSA Pilot Duty)■ Direct Opening N.C. contacts per

EN60947-5-1


Heavy-Duty Safety Interlock Switch for Reliable Machine Operator Protection

Product Features■ Three simultaneous mechanical actions occur when the key is inserted into

the operating head to make it difficult to defeat with common tools■ Rugged cast aluminum body stands up to harsh industrial environments■ Three actuating key styles for mounting flexibility including a self-aligning

version■ Choose from 1N.O.-1N.C. or 2N.C. DPDB contacts■ Operating head and switch body interlock for strength and a sure fit■ Four unique head mounting positions■ 1/2 – 14 NPT conduit entrance■ All models meet UL, CSA, European and International requirements


Operating Head Can Be Rotated in Any of Four Positions

Choose MiniConnectoror 1/2 - 14

NPT ConduitEntrance

Head andBody Notch

Interlockfor Strength

Vertical andHorizontalKeys Providea Perfect Fit

Self-Aligning KeyAccommodatesSmall GuardSwing Radius

RuggedCast Aluminum

Construction

or mor
e information visit: www.eaton.com

1-8

August 2007

1SA

FETYPRO

DU

CTS

Safety ProductsKey Interlock Switches — NEMA Standard Models

Model Selection — Key Interlock Switches

� N.O. and N.C. contacts are defined with the key fully engaged in the switch.Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.

Model Selection — Actuating Keys (must be ordered separately)


Circuit � Contacts Contact Operation Wiring Type(ConnectorsOnly)

Catalog Number

1/2 – 14 NPT Conduit Entrance

1N.O.-1N.C.DPDBslow action

Normal E48M1K1

2N.C.DPDBslow action

Normal E48M1K0

Minimum Key Insertion Radius Catalog Number

Horizontal 47 inches (1200 mm) E48KL01

Vertical 47 inches (1200 mm) E48KL02

Adjustable 5.9 inches (150 mm) E48KL03

Closed Open

23

11

24

12

11-12

23-24

Key inSwitch


21

11

22

12

11-12

21-22

Key inSwitch



August 2007

PG08301004E F

-9
1Safety ProductsKey Interlock Switches — NEMA Standard Models
1SA

FETY

PRO

DU

CTS

Specifications Description Specification

Ambient Temperature Operation: -40˚ to 176˚F (-40˚ to 80˚C) minimum temperature is based upon absence of freezing water or moisture

Enclosure Ratings NEMA Type 3, 4, 4X, 6P, 13. IP67 conforming to IEC 529NOTE: Care must be taken that contaminants do not enter the actuating key area as this may prevent the switch from performing to specifications.

Ambient Humidity 95% maximum, non-condensingHousing Material Die-cast aluminumVibration Resistance 10G in both vertical and horizontal axis (from 10 to 500 Hz) conforming to

IEC 68-2-27Shock Resistance 30G in both vertical and horizontal axis conforming to IEC 68-2-27Mechanical Life 1 million operations minimumElectrical Life 500,000 operations minimum (10A, 250V AC resistive load)Short Circuit Protection Recommended: 10A fuse (type gl) (IEC 269)Rated Insulation Voltage 600V AC (IEC 946-5-1)Electric Shock Protection Insulation Class I (IEC 536)Operating Force (extraction) 4.4 ft-lb minimum (19.6 N)Release Force (insertion) 4.41 ft-lb minimum (19.6 N)Total Travel 0.91 inch minimum (23 mm)Pretravel 0.39 ± 0.20 inches minimum (10 ± 5 mm)Direct Opening Force 4.41 ft-lb minimum for safe operation (19.6 N)Operating Speed 0.1 mm/s to 0.5 m/sOperating Frequency 30 operations/minute maximum

RatedVoltage

Current Maximum VA

Thermal Continuous Make Break Make Break

120V AC 10A 60A 6.0A 7200 VA 720 VA240V AC 10A 30A 3.0A 7200 VA 720 VA480V AC 10A 15A 1.5A 7200 VA 720 VA600V AC 10A 12A 1.2A 7200 VA 720 VA


August 2007

1-10

1SA

FETYPRO

DU

CTS

Safety ProductsKey Interlock Switches — NEMA Standard Models


1.18(30)

1.38(35)

1.57 (40)

0.29 (7.3)

0.21 (5.3)

Two, 0.21 (5.3)Dia. MountingHoles

0.31(8)

4.39(111.5)

2.36(60)

0.67(17)

0.28 (7)

1.24(31.4)

Two, M4 CoverClamping Screws

1.61 (41) 0.64(16)

1.36(34.5)

3.03(77)

0.59(15)1.24

(31.5)

1.69 (43)

Four, M3.5 HeadClamping Screws

Cover

1/2-14 NPTConduit Openingor 5-pin MaleMini-Connector

E48

Standard

Switch

E48KL01

Actuating

Key1.02(26)

0.51(13)

3.10 (78.7)0.57

(14.6)

0.79(20)

0.21 (5.3)

0.16 (4)Dia.

0.20 (5)

1.42(36)

0.45(11.4)

0.29(7.3)

0.30 (7.5)

0.10(2.5)

0.79 (20)

0.59 (15)

E48KL02

Actuating

Key

1.02(26)

0.51(13)

2.11(53.7)

0.57(14.6)

2.06(52.4)

0.47(12)

0.79(20)

0.10(2.5)0.16 (4) Dia.

0.20 (5)

1.42(36)

0.45 (11.4)

0.29(7.3)

1.57(40)

0.21(5.3)

0.30(7.5)

E48KL03

Actuating

Key

1.18(30)

M4 Boltwith Hexagonal Hole

1.57(40)

1.38(35)

1.57(40)

1.02(26)

0.79(20)

0.47(12)

3.18 (80.7)

0.10 (2.5)

0.77(19.5)

1.49(37.8)

0.69 (17.5)1.36 (34.6)

0.16 (4) Dia.

0.20 (5)

1.42(36)

0.45 (11.4)

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-1
2Limit Switches
03Intro.fm



2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES

F

Table of ContentsContents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Technical Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6E47 Precision Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Compact Prewired Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Miniature DIN Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18E49 Mini Metal Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21E49 Compact Metal Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27E50 Heavy-Duty Plug-In Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30E50 Heavy-Duty Factory Sealed 6P+ Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50Non Plug-In Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57Hazardous Location Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60Special Purpose Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64



2-2August 2007

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES

Limit SwitchesProduct Selection

E47 Precision Switches Compact Prewired Switches Miniature DIN Switches

Page Page 2-7 Page 2-14 Page 2-18

Overview Specified when accurate repeatability, choice of operating forces and travel characteristics and tightly controlled action of cam or target in space restricted areas is of prime importance. Cost effective and compact

Designed to be a versatile, slim device for hard to fit applications where sealing integrity is required

Two DIN body styles available. Nonmetallic housing and modular construction suits light industrial watertight/oiltight OEM requirements

Applications Overhead, folding and elevator doors, sliding gates, automated guided vehicles and commercial instrumentation

Machine tool, food processing and packaging Packaging, material handling conveyors, end-of-travel and guarding operations, baler/compactor, industrial door lifts

Product Features

■ Self-contained switches or with an enclosed cast housing for increased durability and conduit connection (1/2" NPT)

■ High current capacity for power load switching and motor handling capability

■ Screw and solder terminations

■ Booted enclosed version shields actuators from debris

■ Mounting centers — 1.0 in (25.4 mm), #8 screw size

■ Operating Temperature:Basic Type: -25° to 80°CEnclosed Type: -15° to 80°C

■ Mechanical life — 3,000,000 operations minimum

■ Electrical life — 500,000 operations minimum

■ Rugged aluminum alloy die cast housing

■ Sealed construction with enclosure ratings of NEMA 4, 6 and 13

■ Prewired with 3m of 18 AWG, AWM 2517, 300V cable

■ Stackable ridge for ganged operation


■ Electrical life — 200,000 operations 30 operation/minimum

■ Nonmetallic housing is ideal for corrosive environments

■ “Fingerproof” terminals and double insulated enclosures protect against accidental shock

■ Generous wiring space speeds installation

■ Electrically isolated contacts eliminate polarity restrictions for electrical loads

■ Positive opening N.C. contacts improve reliability by positively breaking the N.C. contacts during operation, eliminating light welding/sticking conditions


Contact Ratings NEMA A600, R300, AC-15, DC-13 15A/20A, 125 or 250V AC

NEMA B300 NEMA A600, R300, AC-15, DC-13

Enclosure Ratings

Enclosed — NEMA 1 NEMA 4, 6 and 13IP67

NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 13IP65

Construction Basic — PhenolicEnclosed — Aluminum Die Cast

Aluminum Alloy Die Cast Self-extinguishingPA-6 (Glass-reinforced, Polyamide)

Approvals UL RecognizedCSA Certified

cULus UL ListedCSA CertifiedCenelec — EN50047IEC 947-5-1


August 2007

PG08301004E F

-3
2Limit SwitchesProduct Selection
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES

E49 Mini Metal Switches

E49 Compact Metal Switches

E50 Heavy-Duty Plug-In Switches


Overview Suitable for OEMs who require a small, cost-effective solution but cannot sacrifice durability and mechanical life as they would if they chose a Plastic IEC style switch.

Designed with high mechanical strength for robust environments. The rugged aluminum die cast construction provides reliable, oil-tight, waterproof and dustproof sealing for a variety of applications. Snap action 1N.O./1N.C. contacts provide flexibility in design.

Versatile in design. High reliability. Low maintenance costs with installation ease. BEST CHOICE for Heavy-Duty Limit Switch applications. Withstands physical and chemical abuse of harsh industrial environments

Applications Automatic vending machines, electronic assembly machines, elevators and lifts, injection molding, packaging

Packaging, material handling conveyors, end-of-travel and guarding operations, baler/compactor, industrial door lifts

Punch presses, waste water treatment, machine tool, automotive, retrieval systems, industrial truck, car wash lines

Product Features

■ Long life — rated for 10 million operations

■ Pre-wired units with custom cable lengths available for high volume customers

■ “Fingerproof” terminals protect against accidental shock

■ Double-spring mechanism for contact reliability

■ Grounding terminal included

■ Captive screws on enclosure cover make wiring hassle-free

■ SPDT double break

■ Rigid die cast switch housing

■ Set position indicator plate for easy maintenance

■ High mechanical strength

■ Oiltight, waterproof and dustproof construction


■ Electrical life — 500,000 operations minimum at full load

■ Modular operating heads, switch bodies and receptacles are interchangeable without field adjustment

■ Order as complete assemblies or components for stocking and manufacturing flexibility

■ 90 degree total travel, 5 degree pretravel characteristics are standard features

■ VITON gasket, boot, and seal material offers exceptional chemical resistance

■ Rotary head operating mode from CW, CCW or CW and CCW is easily changed without tools

■ Keyed, four directional head positioning


■ Electrical life — 1,000,000 operations minimum at full load (single pole)

Contact Ratings 5A @ 250V AC5A @ 30V DC

NEMA A600, R300, AC-15, DC-13

NEMA A600, R300 Lighted Versions A150, R150 6A, 120V AC; 10A Continuous

Enclosure Ratings

IP65 NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13IP65, IP67

NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 13IP67

Construction Zinc Alloy Aluminum Die Cast Zinc Die Cast

Approvals UL Recognized cULusIP67

UL ListedCSA CertifiedIEC 947-5-1TUV

(Some models)


2-4August 2007

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES

Limit SwitchesProduct Selection

E50 Heavy-Duty Factory Sealed 6P+ Switches

Non Plug-In Switches


Overview Designed specifically to withstand the penetrating properties of new cutting fluids (coolants), acid or caustic washes, salt spray, severe vibration, shock and temperature fluctuations, grit and debris

The Industrial standard for Non Plug-In Heavy-Duty Limit Switches. Sold as complete assembled units only

Applications Automotive, pulp and paper, food processing, waste management, primary metals, machine tool (cutting, forming, bending)

Serving MRO and USER replacement requirements with broad market coverage

Product Features

■ Tamperproof, one-piece switch body assembly, epoxy filled

■ Factory sealed. 6P submersible. Pre-wired with cable, pigtail or pin connector options. All with ground connection

■ Utilizes E50 modular operating heads

■ Special V-seal on switch body/head connection provides hermetic barrier against fluid ingress

■ LED indicating light, 24V – 120V AC/DC. Neon version too

■ Peel off see-through painting mask over nameplate


■ Electrical life — 1,000,000 operations minimum at full load

■ Side and top rotary, side and top push or wobble operation

■ CW, CCW or CW and CCW operating modes are field convertible

■ Double break-make snap action contacts, same polarity each pole

■ Captive saddle clamp terminals accept up to #12 wire

■ Head can be mounted in any of four discrete positions, intervals of 90 degrees


■ Electrical life — 500,000 operations at full load

Contact Ratings NEMA A600, R300 Lighted Versions A150, R150 6A, 120V AC; 10A Continuous

NEMA A600, R300 6A, 120V AC; 10A Continuous

Enclosure Ratings

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 13IP67

NEMA 1, 4, 13

Construction Zinc Die Cast Zinc Die Cast

Approvals UL Listed CSA CertifiedIEC 947-5-1TUV

UL ListedCSA Certified

(Some models)


August 2007

PG08301004E F

-5
2Limit SwitchesProduct Selection
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES

Hazardous Location Switches Special Purpose Switches


Overview Designed for severe environmental service in locations where there exists a danger of an internal or external explosion of flammable gases, vapors, metal alloy or grain dust

Variety of special function limit switch products

Applications Mining, metal cutting, grain storage, forest products, petrochemical, waste and sewage management, pharmaceutical

Serving MRO and USER replacement requirements with broad market coverage

Product Features

■ Sealed and unsealed versions available

■ One-way gasket on sealed version keeps liquids out, yet allows a harmless release of gases in the event of an internal explosion

■ Silicon bronze housing provides excellent corrosion resistant properties in extreme NEMA 4X applications

■ Temperature build-up on limit switch surface is dissipated by housing design and materials used

■ Utilizes the operating heads and internal switch mechanisms of the 10316 Non Plug-In line

■ NEMA 7, Div. 1, Class I, BCD

■ NEMA 9, Div. 1, Class II, EFG

■ Special function switch lines include:

■ Cabinet door interlocks — when plunger is pulled out, red band indicator visually shows that interlock is defeated

■ Precision switches — 1N.O.-1N.C., 2N.O.-2N.C., or operator only. Variety of mounting brackets available

■ Pneumatic time delay — ON delay and OFF delay. Timing range — 0.05 to 60 seconds

■ Rotating cam shaft switches

Contact Ratings NEMA B6003A, 120V AC; 5A Continuous

See product guide section

Enclosure Ratings

LX — NEMA 7, 9CX — NEMA 1, 4, 7, 9CB — NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 13CBX — NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 7, 9, 13

NEMA 1 or NEMA 4 Versions

Construction LX, CX — Aluminum Die CastCB, CBX — Silicon Bronze

Zinc Die CastPS — Phenolic

Approvals cUL Listed UL Listed CSA Certified (PS and J only)


2-6August 2007

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES

Limit SwitchesTechnical Reference

Mechanical Limit Switches are contact sensors widely used for detecting the presence or position of objects in industrial applications.

Limit Switches offer high precision in terms of accuracy and repeatability. This is primarily due to the fact that they make direct contact with the target. When an object contacts the limit switch lever (or plunger) the lever moves a pretravel distance to the operating point where the contacts are tripped. Movement of the lever beyond this point is called the overtravel.

Refer to Page 11-7 for a complete description of Limit Switch terminology.

DIFFERENTIAL

RESET POINT

INITIAL POSITION

OPERATINGPOINT

PRETRAVEL

OVERTRAVEL

Lever Type Actuator

INITIAL POSITION

OVERTRAVEL

RESET POINT

OPERATING POINT

PRETRAVEL

FINAL POSITION

DIFFERENTIAL

For more information v

Limit Switch ComponentsLimit Switches contain the following major components. These may be modular or part of a single-piece switch.

Actuator

This is the part of the switch that contacts the target. Typical actuators are levers and plungers. Several styles are available, see Page 11-8 for more information.

Switch Body

This part contains the electrical contact mechanism. For complete information on electrical outputs, see Page 11-29.

Terminals

The terminals are the point of connection for the wiring. These terminals may be on the body itself, or housed in a removable receptacle. The limit switch may also come equipped with a factory installed cable or pin-connector.

Actuator/Operating

Head

SwitchBody

SwitchBody

Actuator/Operating

Head

Receptacle/Terminals

isit: www.eaton.com PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-7
2Limit Switches E47 Precision Switches PG.05C.03.T.E
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
E47 Precision Limit Switches
ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Model Selection, Basic Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

Model Selection, Enclosed Switches . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

Cutler-Hammer® E47 Precision Switches from Eaton’s electrical business provide high accuracy switching at an affordable price. A variety of standard features, such as current capacity, operating force, travel characteristics and actuators, lets you custom fit the switch to your application.

The switches are available in their compact basic form, or enclosed in a rugged, metal housing.

Approvals■ UL Recognized■ CSA Certified


The Cost-Effective Solution for Highly AccurateSwitching Applications

Product Features■ Compact housings are ideal for use where space is restricted■ Precision, snap-action operators provide accurate repeatability of electrical

and mechanical operating characteristics■ High current capacity (up to 20A) allows power load switching and motor

handling capability■ Enclosed booted versions shield actuators from debris

Definitions — Operating Characteristics

For Customer Service in the U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273),in Canada call 1-800-268-3578.


Compact Size FitsWhere You Need it

Wide Varietyof Operators

Available

Solder orScrew Terminals

1/2" NPTConduit Fitting

EnclosedSwitch

Rugged Die CastAluminum Enclosure

Basic Switch

OF — Operating ForceRF — Return ForcePT — Pre-travelOT — OvertravelMD — Movement DifferentialFP — Free PositionOP — Operating Position


2-8August 2007

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES

Limit SwitchesE47 Precision Switches

Model Selection — Basic Switches

� OF = Operating Force; RF = Return Force; PT = Pre-travel; OT = Overtravel; MD = Movement Differential; FP = Free Position; OP = Operating Position.� Contact Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184 for approval status.


Type Catalog Number Specifications � Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

15A 20A

Pin Plunger Screw Terminal

E47BMS01 E47CMS01 OF Max. — 12.3 oz (350g)RF Max. — 4.02 oz (114g)PT Max. — 0.016 in (0.4 mm)OT Max. — 0.005 in (0.13 mm)MD Max. — 0.002 in (0.05 mm)OP — 0.626 in (15.9 mm)Solder

TerminalE47BML01 E47CML01�

Extended Plunger Screw Terminal

E47BMS03 — OF Max. — 12.3 oz (350g)RF Max. — 4.02 oz (114g)PT Max. — 0.016 in (0.4 mm)OT Max. — 0.063 in (1.6 mm)MD Max. — 0.002 in (0.05 mm)OP — 1.11 in (28.2 mm)

Solder Terminal

E47BML03 —

Straight Plunger Screw Terminal

E47BMS02 E47CMS02 OF Max. — 12.3 oz (350g)RF Max. — 4.02 oz (114g)PT Max. — 0.016 in (0.4 mm)OT Max. — 0.063 in (1.6 mm)MD Max. — 0.002 in (0.05 mm)OP — 0.846 in (21.5 mm)

Solder Terminal

E47BML02 E47CML02

Reversed Lever Screw Terminal

E47BMS21 — OF Max. — 5.29 oz (150g)RF Max. — 0.49 oz (14g)PT Max. — 0.16 in (4 mm)OT Max. — 0.063 in (1.6 mm)MD Max. — 0.051 in (1.3 mm)FP Max. — 0.81 in (20.6 mm)OP — 0.685 in (17.4 mm)

Solder Terminal

E47BML21 —

Spade Terminal

E47BMT21 —

Straight Lever Screw Terminal

E47BMS22 E47CMS22 OF Max. — 2.47 oz (70g)RF Min. — 0.49 oz (14g)PT Max. — 0.394 in (10 mm)OT Max. — 0.220 in (5.6 mm)MD Max. — 0.051 in (1.3 mm)FP Max. — 1.11 in (28.2 mm)OP — 0.748 in (19 mm)Solder

TerminalE47BML22 —

Standard Lever Screw Terminal

E47BMS20 — OF Max. — 3.53 oz (100g)RF Min. — 0.99 oz (28g)PT Max. — 0.197 in (5.0 mm)OT Max. — 0.079 in (2.0 mm)MD Max. — 0.039 in (1.0 mm)FP Max. — 0.976 in (24.8 mm)OP — 0.748 in (19 mm)Solder



August 2007

PG08301004E F

-9
2Limit SwitchesE47 Precision Switches
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Model Selection — Basic Switches (Continued)
� OF = Operating Force; RF = Return Force; PT = Pre-travel; OT = Overtravel; MD = Movement Differential; FP = Free Position; OP = Operating Position.Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.


15A 20A

Extended Straight Plunger Screw Terminal


E47BMT04(with space lugs)

Solder Terminal

E47BML04 E47CML04

Roller Plunger Screw Terminal


Solder Terminal

E47BML10 —

Cross Roller Plunger Screw Terminal


Solder Terminal

E47BML11 —

Reversed Roller Lever Screw Terminal

E47BMS41 — OF Max. — 5.29 oz (150g)RF Max. — 0.49 oz (14g)PT Max. — 0.16 in (4 mm)OT Max. — 0.063 in (1.6 mm)MD Max. — 0.051 in (1.3 mm)FP Max. — 1.252 in (31.8 mm)OP — 1.126 in (28.6 mm)

Solder Terminal

E47BML41 —

Extended Roller Lever Screw Terminal

E47BMS42 E47CMS42 OF Max. — 5.64 oz (160g)RF Min. — 0.78 oz (22g)PT Max. — 0.28 in (7.1 mm)OT Max. — 0.16 in (4 mm)MD Max. — 0.04 in (1.02 mm)FP Max. — 1.437 in (36.5 mm)OP — 1.189 in (30.2 mm)Solder



2-10August 2007

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES


Model Selection — Basic Switches (Continued)



15A 20A

Roller Lever Screw Terminal

E47BMS30 E47CMS30 OF Max. — 5.64 oz (160g)RF Min. — 1.48 oz (42g)PT Max. — 0.106 in (2.7 mm)OT Max. — 0.094 in (2.4 mm)MD Max. — 0.02 in (0.5 mm)FP Max. — 1.28 in (32.5 mm)OP — 1.189 in (30.2 mm)

Solder Terminal

E47BML30 —

Spade Terminal

E47BMT30 E47CMT30

One-Way Roller Screw Terminal

E47BMS31 — OF Max. — 5.64 oz (160g)RF Min. — 1.48 oz (42g)PT Max. — 0.106 in (2.7 mm)OT Max. — 0.094 in (2.4 mm)MD Max. — 0.02 in (0.5 mm)FP — 1.717 in (43.6 mm)OP — 1.697 in (43.1 mm)Solder


Integral Leaf Screw Terminal

E47BMS23 E47CMS23 OF Max. — 0.35 oz (10g)RF Min. — 0.106 oz (3.0g)PT Max. — 0.787 in (20.0 mm)OT Max. — 0.22 in (5.6 mm)MD Max. — 0.118 in (3.0 mm)OP — 0.748 in (19.0 mm)Solder


Adjustable Roller Screw Terminal

E47BMS40 — OF Max. — 17.64 oz (500g)RF Min. — 6.0 oz (170g)PT Max. — 0.197 in (5.0 mm)OT Max. — 0.5 in (12.7 mm)MD Max. — 0.087 in (2.2 mm)FP Max. — 1.752 in (44.5 mm)OP — 1.591 in (40.4 mm)Solder


Extended Adjustable Roller Screw Terminal

E47BMS43 — OF Max. — 21.16 oz (600g)RF Min. — 10.58 oz (300g)PT Max. — 0.118 in (3.0 mm)OT Max. — 0.236 in (6.0 mm)MD Max. — 0.079 in (2.0 mm)FP Max. — 1.614 in (41 mm)OP — 1.591 in (40.4 mm)

Solder Terminal

E47BML43 —


August 2007

PG08301004E F

11
2-Limit SwitchesE47 Precision Switches
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Model Selection — Accessories — Terminal Wire Covers for Basic Switches

Model Selection — Enclosed Switches

� OF = Operating Force; RF = Return Force; PT = Pre-travel; OT = Overtravel; MD = Movement Differential; FP = Free Position; OP = Operating Position.� Contact Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184 for approval status.


Description Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in mm

Terminal wire cover with 45° conduit interface

E47PA1

Terminal wire cover with 90° conduit interface

E47PA2

Catalog Number Specifications � Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Plunger Actuator E47BLS05 OF Max. — 8.82 – 12.3 oz (250 – 350g)

RF Min. — 4.02 oz (114g)PT Max. — 0.016 in (0.4 mm)OT Max. — 0.217 in (5.5 mm)MD Max. — 0.002 in (0.05 mm)OP — 1.504 in (38.2 mm)

E47CLS05 �(20 Amp version)

Booted Plunger E47BLS06 OF Max. — 28.22 oz (800g)RF Min. — 8.46 oz (240g)PT Max. — 0.079 in (2.0 mm)OT Max. — 0.197 in (5.0 mm)MD Max. — 0.004 in (0.1 mm)OP — 1.803 in (45.8 mm)

Roller Lever E47BLS32 OF Max. — 20.1 oz (570g)RF Min. — 6.0 oz (1700g)PT Max. — 0.157 in (4.0 mm)OT Max. — 0.236 in (6.0 mm)MD Max. — 0.016 in (0.4 mm)

E47CLS32 �(20 Amp version)

21

14

1214

5325.4 2-ø4.2

721

1825

2-ø4.221

1214

14

25.453

A AB B

12

39 46

21

7


2-12August 2007

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES


Model Selection — Enclosed Switches (Continued)


Catalog Number

Specifications � Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Booted Roller Lever E47BLS33 OF Max. — 22.57 oz (640g)RF Min. — 8.11 oz (230g)PT Max. — 0.197 in (5.0 mm)OT Max. — 0.236 in (6.0 mm)MD Max. — 0.016 in (0.4 mm)

Roller Plunger E47BLS07 OF Max. — 8.82 – 12.3oz (250 – 350g)

RF Min. — 4.02 oz (114g)PT Max. — 0.02 in (0.5 mm)OT Max. — 0.142 in (3.6 mm)MD Max. — 0.002 in (0.05 mm)OP — 1.957 in (49.7 mm)

E47BLS11(Cross Roller Unit)

Booted Roller Plunger E47BLS08 OF Max. — 17.64 oz (500g)RF Min. — 3.53 oz (100g)PT Max. — 0.039 in (1.0 mm)OT Max. — 0.138 in (3.5 mm)MD Max. — 0.005 in (0.12 mm)OP — 1.957 in (49.7 mm)E47BLS12

(Cross Roller Unit)

One-Way Roller E47BLS34 OF Max. — 20.1 oz (570g)RF Min. — 6.0 oz (170g)PT Max. — 0.157 in (4.0 mm)OT Max. — 0.236 in (6.0 mm)MD Max. — 0.016 in (0.4 mm)

Booted One-Way Roller E47BLS35 OF Max. — 22.57 oz (640g)RF Min. — 8.11 oz (230g)PT Max. — 0.197 in (5.0 mm)OT Max. — 0.236 in (6.0 mm)MD Max. — 0.016 in (0.4 mm)

Booted Wobble E47BLS14 OF Max. — 2.11 oz (60g)RF Min. — 0.88 oz (25g)PT Max. — 0.520 in (13.2 mm)OT Max. — 0.315 in (8.0 mm)MD Max. — 0.039 in (1.0 mm)

0.91[23]

0.67[17] 0.08

[2.1]

5.91[150]

1.00[25.5]

1.00 [25.4] 1.00 [25.4] 0.96 [24.5]

3.37[85.5]

0.25 [6.5]Dia.

PT

0.37[9.5]

2-M4.0 x 45


PG08301004E F

13August 2007

2-Limit SwitchesE47 Precision Switches

2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Specifications
Ratings ��

� Inductive load has a power factor of 0.04 minimum (AC) and a time constant of 7 m/second (DC).� Lamp load has an inrush current of 6 times steady-state current.

Terminal Configurations

Operating Speed 0.01m/second to 1m/secondOperating Frequency

MechanicalElectrical

120 Operations/minute20 Operations/minute

Mechanical Life 3,000,000 Operations minimumElectrical Life 500,000 Operations minimumContact Resistance 15m Ohms maximum, initialInsulation Resistance 100m Ohms minimum @ 500V DCDielectric Strength

Between Non-current Carrying Parts

Between Current Carrying Parts and Ground

1000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute

2000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minuteAmbient Operating Temperature

BasicEnclosed

-13° to 176°F (-25° to 80°C)5° to 176°F (-15° to 80°C)

Environmental RatingEnclosed, Booted NEMA 1

Mounting Centers 1.0 in (25.4 mm), #8 screw sizeTerminal Screws Bottom facing M4 x 0.7 (8 – 32) — Screws with cup washers

will accept 22 – 12 AWG (2.5 sq. mm maximum) Maximum Torque: 10 in-lbs.

Threaded Bushing 15/32 inMaterial of Construction Mineral filled phenolicEnclosure Rating Aluminum die casting (ADC-3/A380); Seal boot: Nitrile, butyl rubber (NBR)Conduit Fitting On Enclosed Type

1/2 inch NPT

Model Rated Voltage(V)

Non-inductive Load (A) Inductive Load (A) Inrush Current (A)

Resistive Load

Lamp Load Inductive Load

Motor Load

N.C. and N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. and N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O.

15A 125V AC250V AC500V AC

15153

32.51.5

1.51.250.75

15152.5

531.5

2.51.50.75

30 Max. 15 Max.

8V DC14V DC30V DC

125V DC250V DC

15156 (2)0.40.2

3330.40.2

1.51.51.50.40.2

151050.050.03

5550.050.03

2.52.52.50.050.03

20A 125V AC250V AC500V AC

20206

7.57.54

7.57.54

20205

12.58.32

12.58.32

60 Max. 30 Max.

8V DC14V DC30V DC

125V DC250V DC

202060.50.25

3330.50.25

1.51.51.50.50.25

201550.050.03

12.512.550.050.03

12.512.550.050.03

Contact Configuration — Form C Precision Snap Action

(Spade type not shown, available on some models)

Solder TypeScrew Type


2-14

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES

Limit Switches

August 2007
Compact Prewired PG.05C.10.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.

Compact Prewired Limit Switches

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 Model Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Wiring Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

The Cutler-Hammer® E47 Compact Prewired Limit Switch by Eaton’s electrical business is designed to be a versatile, slim device for hard to fit applications where sealing integrity is required. The rugged die cast aluminum alloy housing, cable con-nection and switch mechanism are encapsulated for protection against extreme temperature (-10° to 70°C), contaminants, moisture, shock and vibration. This factory wired (3m) device has NEMA enclosure ratings of 4, 6 and 13, making it suitable for applications such as machine tool, food processing and packaging.

Ratings and Approvals■ cULus■ NEMA 4, 6 and 13 ■ IEC IP67


Rugged and Dependable Compact Limit Switch

Product Features■ Rugged aluminum alloy die cast housing■ Sealed construction with enclosure ratings of NEMA 4, 6 and 13■ Prewired with 3m of 18 AWG, AWM 2517, 300V cable■ Stackable ridge for ganged operation

Specifications — Maximum Ampere Rating

NOTES: Inductive load ratings are tested at a power factor 0.4 min. for AC power and a time constant of 7 mS max. for DC power. Inrush current for motor load is 6 times the steady state current.

Specifications

Voltage Non-inductive Load (A) Inductive Load (A) Inrush Current (A)Resistive Inductive Motor

N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O.

125V AC250V AC

55

55

32

32

2.51.5

1.30.8

20 Max. 10 Max.

8V DC14V DC30V DC

125V DC250V DC

5540.40.2

5540.40.2

5430.40.2

4430.40.2

1.51.51.50.050.03

1.51.51.50.050.03



Contacts 1-SPDT (Form C)Mechanical Life 10,000,000 operationsElectrical Life 200,000 operations, 30 operation/min. at rated loadOperating Speed 30 operations per minute maximumOperating Temperature Range -10° to +70°C (14° to 158°F)Storage Temperature Range -10° to 70°C (14° to 158°F)Humidity 95% maximum non-condensingVibration Malfunction durability, 10 to 55 Hz 1.5 mm double amplitudeShock Malfunction durability, approximately 50GEnclosure Ratings NEMA 4, 6 and 13; IEC IP67

RuggedDie CastAluminumConstruction

3 Meter Cable

StackableRidge forGangedOperations

Eight DifferentActivator Heads

for Use in a Varietyof Applications

For m
ore information visit: www.eaton.com PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

15
2-Limit SwitchesCompact Prewired
HES
Model Selection
Actuator Type Operating Force
Reset Force Overtravel Pre-travel Movem

ent Operating Position Catalog Number

2LI

MIT

SWIT

C


(Maximum) (Minimum) (Minimum) Differential (Maximum)

Pin Plunger

42.3 oz(1.2 kg)

15.9 oz(450g)

0.118 inch(3 mm)

0.07 inch(1.8 mm)

0.008 inch(0.2 mm)

0.62 ± 0.04 inch(15.7 ± 1 mm)

E47BCC05

Sealed Plunger

63.5 oz(1.8 kg)

15.9 oz(450g)

0.118 inch(3 mm)

0.07 inch(1.8 mm)

0.008 inch(0.2 mm)

0.99 ± 0.04 inch(24.9 ± 1 mm)

E47BCC06

Roller Plunger

42.3 oz(1.2 kg)

15.9 oz(450g)

0.118 inch(3 mm)

0.07 inch(1.8 mm)

0.008 inch(0.2 mm)

1.12 ± 0.04 inch(28.5 ± 1 mm)

E47BCC07

Sealed Roller Plunger

63.5 oz(1.8 kg)

15.9 oz(450g)

0.118 inch(3 mm)

0.07 inch(1.8 mm)

0.008 inch(0.2 mm)

1.35 ± 0.04 inch(34.3 ± 1 mm)

E47BCC08

Cross Roller Plunger

42.3 oz(1.2 kg)

15.9 oz(450g)

0.118 inch(3 mm)

0.07 inch(1.8 mm)

0.008 inch(0.2 mm)

1.12 ± 0.04 inch(28.5 ± 1 mm)

E47BCC11

Sealed Cross Roller Plunger

63.5 oz(1.8 kg)

15.9 oz(450g)

0.118 inch(3 mm)

0.07 inch(1.8 mm)

0.008 inch(0.2 mm)

1.35 ± 0.04 inch(34.3 ± 1 mm)

E47BCC12

Bevel Plunger

42.3 oz(1.2 kg)

15.9 oz(450g)

0.118 inch(3 mm)

0.07 inch(1.8 mm)

0.008 inch(0.2 mm)

1.12 ± 0.04 inch(28.5 ± 1 mm)

E47BCC13

Roller Lever

20.5 oz(580g)

5.3 oz(150g)

40° 25° max. 3° — E47BCC15

Wobble Stick

5.3 oz(150g)

— — 15° max. — — E47BCC20

August 2007

2-16

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES

Limit SwitchesCompact Prewired

Wiring Diagram

Approximate Dimensions in mm [Inches]

Common (Black)

N.C. (Red)

N.O. (Blue)Ground(Green)


40.0 [1.575]

49.0[1.929]

2.0[0.079] 1.4

[0.055]1.5

[0.059]

16.0[0.630]

Max

RubberCap

Ø10 [0.397]Stainless

Steel Plunger

34.0 [1.339]

2.0[0.079]

23.0[0.906]

8.0 [0.315]

7.5 [0.295]

4.0[0.157]

2 x Ø10.2 [0.402]Depth: 6 [0.236]

2 x Ø5.1 [Ø0.201]

OPPT

63.5[2.5]Max.

25.0[0.984]40.0 [1.575]

25.0[0.984]

54.2[2.134]

Max 49.0[1.929]

2.0 [0.079]1.4

[0.055]1.5

[0.059]

2.8[0.110]CorrectSettingPostion

16.0[0.630]

Max

Ø10 [0.397]Stainless

Steel Plunger

34.0 [1.339]

2.0[0.079]

23.0[0.906]

8.0 [0.315]

7.5 [0.295]

4.5 [0.177]

2 x Ø10.2[0.402]

Depth: 6[0.236]

2 x Ø5.1 [Ø0.201]

OP

PT

E47BCC05 E47BCC06

E47BCC07

E47BCC11

40.0 [1.575]Max

2.0 [0.079] 1.4[0.055]

1.5[0.059]

16.0[0.630]

Max

2.8[0.110]CorrectSettingPosition

Ø12.7 [0.500] x3.8 [0.150]

Stainless SteelRoller

34.0 [1.339]

2.0[0.079]

23.0[0.906]

8.0 [0.315]

7.5 [0.295]

7.0[0.276]

67.0[2.638]

Max51.5

[2.028]

2 x Ø10.2 [0.402]Depth: 6 [0.236]

2 x Ø5.1 [Ø0.201]

OP

PT

25.0[0.984]

40.0 [1.575]Max

2.0 [0.079] 1.4[0.055]

1.5[0.059]

16.0[0.630]

Max

2.8[0.110]CorrectSettingPosition

34.0 [1.339]

2.0[0.079]

23.0[0.906]

8.0 [0.315]7.5 [0.295]

7.0[0.276]

51.5[2.028]

67.0[2.638]

Max

2 x Ø10.2 [0.402]Depth: 6 [0.236]

2 x Ø5.1 [Ø0.201]

OPPT

25.0[0.984]

Ø12.7 [0.500]x 3.8 [0.150]

StainlessSteel Roller

E47BCC13

E47BCC08

40.0 [1.575]

2.0 [0.079]

51.5[2.028]

67.0[2.638]

Max

1.4[0.055]

1.5[0.059]

16.0[0.630]

34.0 [1.339]

2.0[0.079]

23.0[0.906]

8.0 [0.315]

7.5 [0.295]

7.0[0.276]

2 x Ø10.2 [0.402]Depth: 6 [0.236]

2 x Ø5.1 [Ø0.201]

OPPT

25.0[0.984]

Ø10 [0.397]StainlessSteel PLU 2.8

[0.110]CorrectSettingPosition

40.0 [1.575]Max

2.0[0.079]

49.0[1.929]

1.4[0.055]

1.5[0.059]

16.0[0.630]

Max

RubberCap

Ø12.7 [0.500] x3.8 [0.150]

Stainless SteelRoller

34.0 [1.339]

2.0[0.079]

23.0[0.906]

8.0 [0.315]

7.5 [0.295]

4.0[0.157]

2 x Ø10.2 [0.402]Depth: 6 [0.236]

2 x Ø5.1 [Ø0.201]

OPPT

25.0[0.984]

73.0[2.874]Max.


August 2007

PG08301004E F

17
2-Limit SwitchesCompact Prewired
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Approximate Dimensions in mm [Inches] (Continued)
1.4 [0.055] 1.5 [0.059]34.0 [1.339]

2.0[0.079]

2.0 [0.079]

23.0 [0.906]

11.4 [0.45]7.5 [0.30]

8.0[0.31]

7.0 [0.276]

R38[1.496]

2 xØ10.2 [0.402]

Depth: 6 [0.236]

40.0 [1.575]

25.0[0.984]

Ø17.0 [0.669]x 7.0 [0.276]

StainlessSintered Roller 31.5

[1.240]

16.0 [0.630]Max

65.0[2.559]

MaxMax

50.0 [1.969]Max.44.0

[1.732]

2 x Ø5.1[Ø0.201]

102.7[4.043]

40.0 [1.575]

2.0[0.079]

49.0[1.929]

1.4[0.055]

1.5[0.059]

16.0[0.630]

Max

34.0 [1.339]

2.0[0.079]

23.0[0.906]

8.0 [0.315]7.5 [0.295]

4.0[0.157]

2 x Ø10.2 [0.402]Depth: 6 [0.236]

2 x Ø5.1 [Ø0.201]

OPPT

25.0[0.984]

Ø12.7 [0.500] x3.8 [0.150]

Stainless SteelRoller Rubber

Cap73.0

[2.874]Max.

E47BCC12 E47BCC15

E47BCC20

40.0 [1.575]

49.0[1.929]

2.0[0.079] 1.4

[0.055]1.5

[0.059]

16.0[0.630]

Max

RubberCap

34.0 [1.339]

2.0[0.079]

23.0[0.906]

8.0 [0.315]

7.5 [0.295]

4.0[0.157]

2 x Ø10.2 [0.402]Depth: 6 [0.236]

2 x Ø5.1 [Ø0.201]103.7[2.5]

25.0[0.984]

50.7

Ø1.2

5.7

or more information v
isit: www.eaton.com

2-18

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES

Limit Switches

August 2007
E49 Miniature DIN PG.05C.01.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.

Limit SwitchesMiniature DIN Models

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20

Cutler-Hammer® E49 DIN Limit Switches by Eaton’s electrical business are designed to Interna-tional standards. Positive opening normally closed contacts, finger-proof wire-ready terminals, double insulated nylon housing, and environmental ratings to NEMA 4, 4X, 6P, 13 — IP65 make E49 the choice in many packaging, material handling, conveying, sorting and counting, positioning and end-of-travel applications.

Ratings and Approvals■ UL Listed■ CSA Certified■ IEC 947-5-1■ VDE 0660■ CENELEC — EN50047■ NEMA A300 (AC-15)■ NEMA R300 (DC-13)■ Direct opening N.C. contacts ■ Double insulated enclosure


Miniature, Nonmetallic Limit Switches Feature PositiveOpening N.C. Contacts for Reliable Sensing in Space-Restrictive Light Industrial Applications

Product Features■ Nonmetallic housing is ideal for corrosive environments■ “Fingerproof” terminals and double insulated enclosures protect against

accidental shock■ Generous wiring space speeds installation■ Electrically isolated contacts eliminate polarity restrictions for electrical

loads■ Positive opening N.C. contacts improve reliability by positively breaking

the N.C. contacts during operation, eliminating light welding/sticking conditions


IEC DIN MiniatureMounting Spacing

1/2" NPTConduit Entry

Heads Can BeOriented in Four

Positions

MiniatureHousing SizeFits intoTight Spaces

Six Different Head Designs forUse in a Variety of Applications

F
or more information visit: www.eaton.com PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

19
2-Limit SwitchesE49 Miniature DIN
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Model Selection — Miniature Limit Switches
Operating Head Type Specifications Catalog Numbers

Travel to Operate Contacts

Travel to Operate Pos. Break N.C. Contacts

Travel to Reset Contacts

Total Travel Force to Operate Contacts (Maximum)

Minimum Return Force

Operating Head Only

Assembled Unit (Switch Body and Head)

1N.O.-1N.C. Contacts �

2N.O. Contacts �

2N.C. Contacts �

Side Rotary

35° 55° 15° 76° 1.16 in-lb 0.76 in-lb E49AP7 E49S71AP7 � E49S74AP7 E49S73AP7

Top Push Plunger

0.12 in (3.0 mm)

0.19 in (4.8 mm)

0.05 in(1.3 mm)

0.23 in (5.8 mm)

1.79 lb 1.14 lb — E49S71 � E49S74 E49S73

Top PushRoller

0.11 in (2.8 mm)

0.19 in (4.8 mm)

0.04 in(1.0 mm)

0.23 in (5.8 mm)

1.81 lb 0.95 lb E49CP7 E49S71CP7 � E49S74CP7 E49S73CP7

35° 55° 16° 76° 0.80 in-lb 0.49 in-lb E49DP7 E49S71DP7 � E49S74DP7 E49S73DP7

Offset Roller Lever

0.14 in (3.6 mm)

0.12 in (3.0 mm)

0.06 in(1.5 mm)

0.30 in (7.6 mm)

1.7 lb 0.78 lb E49EP7 E49S71EP7 � E49S74EP7 E49S73EP7

Adjustable Roller Lever �

35° 55° 16° 75° 0.88 in-lb 0.58 in-lb E49UP7 E49S71UP7 � E49S74UP7 E49S73UP7

� 1/2" NPT conduit entry (bottom) supplied as standard for 1N.O.-1N.C. Contacts.

� Switching voltage: 500V, snap action.� Switching voltage: 400V, slow make & break. � Not rated positive open contact.� Optional Pre-wired Micro-connector available. Add Suffix -A5 when

ordering. See wiring diagram on Page 2-20.Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.

Catalog Number — Switch Body Only(1/2" NPT Conduit Entry) �

E49S71 � E49S74 E49S73

Catalog Number — Switch Body Only(20 mm Conduit Entry)

E49S71-20 � — —

1N.O.-1N.C.Contacts

2N.O. Contacts

2N.C. Contacts

Isolated Contacts — No Polarity Restriction

Rod Lever �


August 2007

2-20

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES

Limit SwitchesE49 Miniature DIN

Specifications

Ratings — Isolated Contacts, No Polarity Restriction

Mechanical Life 1 million operationsOperating Temperature -22° to 176°F (-30° to 80°C)Housing Material Self-extinguishing PA-6 (Glass-reinforced, Polyamide)Contact Material 90% Silver, 10% Nickel

NEMA A300 (AC-15) 50 or 60 Hz NEMA R300 (DC-13)Rated Voltage

Current Voltamperes Rated Voltage

CurrentContinuous Make Break Make Break

24V AC 10A 60A 6.0A 7200 VA 720 VA 24V DC 1.5A120V AC 10A 60A 6.0A 7200 VA 720 VA 120V DC 0.22A240V AC 10A 30A 3.0A 7200 VA 720 VA 240V DC 0.11A480V AC 10A 15A 1.5A 7200 VA 720 VA600V AC 10A 12A 1.2A 7200 VA 720 VA


Wiring Diagram

White

Blue

Brown

Black

N.O.

N.C.

Optional -A5 Suffix for

Pre-wired Micro-Connector


0.39Switch Body with E49UP7 Adjustable

4.25(108)

1.92(49)

2.44(64)

1.22(31)

1.2(30.5)

0.17 (4.2)0.16(4)

0.83(21)

0.94(24)

0.71(18)

0.31(8)

0.31 (8)

0.79(20)

0.095(2.4)

0.16(4)

0.31(8)

1.22(31)

0.17(4.2)

5.32(135)

2.44(64)

1.2(30.5)

0.79(20)

(10)

2.91(74)

0.31(8)

0.78(20)

1.22(31)

1.2(30.5)

0.17 (4.2)0.16(4)

0.31(8)0.79

(20)

0.87 (22)

E49AP7 Side

Rotary Head

E49DP Rod

Lever

E49S71 Top

Push Plunger

3.54(90)

1.2(30.5)

0.43(11)

0.43(11)

0.39(10)

1.22(31)

1.20(30.5)

2.44(62)

0.17 (4.2)

0.87(22)

0.16(4)

0.31(8)0.79

(20)

0.39(10)

0.13(3)

1.2(30.5)

1.22(31)

1.22(31)

0.17 (4.2)3.62(92)

0.87(22)

0.55(14)

Roller Lever1.86(47) 0.31

(8)

4.25(108)

0.79(20)

2.44(64)

1.2(30.5)

1.22(31)

0.31(8)

0.16(4)

0.98(25)

0.77 - 2.16(19.5 - 55)

4.17 - 5.61(106 - 142.5)

0.83(21)

0.17(4.2)

E49CP7

Top Push

Roller

E49EP7

Offset Roller

Lever


August 2007

PG08301004E F

21
2-Limit Switches E49 Mini Metal PG.05C.06.T.E
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Limit Switches
E49 Mini Metal

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-21Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Terminal Configuration . . . . . . . . 2-24Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25

Cutler-Hammer® E49 Mini Metal Limit Switches from Eaton’s electrical business are designed small and tough, with machinery OEMs in mind. The small size, metal body and mechanical life make this product perfect for switching applications in packaging, material handling, eleva-tors and lifts, electronic assembly equipment, injection molding machinery, and auto-vending machines. The E49 Mini Metal is the ideal switch for those who need a cost-effective, compact solution, but don’t want to sacrifice durability in the process.

Approvals■ UL Recognized■ CE


Tough — Like the E50 Line — But Smaller and Priced Competitively with Plastic IEC DIN Switches

Product Features■ Long life — rated for 10 million operations■ Pre-wired units with custom cable lengths available for high volume

customers■ “Fingerproof” terminals protect against accidental shock■ Double-spring mechanism for contact reliability■ Grounding terminal included■ Captive screws on enclosure cover make wiring hassle-free■ SPDT double break



Included Cable GlandEliminates Hassle of

Conduit Adapters

Ten Different Head Designs for Use in Most Switching Applications

Modular Heads Can Be Orientated in Four Different Directions

Metallic Base, Head and Lever Assure Lasting Durability

or more in
formation visit: www.eaton.com

2-22August 2007

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES

Limit SwitchesE49 Mini Metal

Model Selection — E49 Mini Metal



Travel toOperate Contacts


Total Travel

Force to Operate Contacts


Assembled Units (Switch Body and Head) 1N.O./1N.C. Contacts

Side Rotary Lever 20° 12° 70° 750 g 100 g E49G31AP3

Adjustable Side Rotary Lever

20° 12° 70° 750 g 100 g E49G31UP3

Top Pushbutton 0.06 in (1.5 mm)

0.04 in(1 mm)

0.22 in(5.5 mm)

900 g 150 g E49G31BP3

Top Push Roller 0.06 in (1.5 mm)

0.04 in(1 mm)

0.22 in(5.5 mm)

900 g 150 g E49G31CP3

Top Push Roller(90 Degree Roller)

0.06 in (1.5 mm)

0.04 in(1 mm)

0.22 in(5.5 mm)

900 g 150 g E49G31C1P3

Adjustable Rod Lever 20° 12° 70° 750 g 100 g E49G31DP3

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

23
2-Limit SwitchesE49 Mini Metal
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Model Selection — E49 Mini Metal (Continued)


Travel toOperate Contacts


Total Travel



Assembled Units (Switch Body and Head) 1N.O./1N.C. Contacts

Wobble Stick(Nylon Coil)

1.18 in(30 mm)

150 g — E49G31NP3

Wobble Stick(Metal Coil)

1.18 in(30 mm)

150 g — E49G31VP3

Wobble Stick(Metal Rod)

1.18 in(30 mm)

150 g — E49G31MP3

Wobble Stick(Whisker)

1.18 in(30 mm)

150 g — E49G31XM3


August 2007

2-24

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES


Specifications

Ratings

� Inductive load has a power factor of 0.4 min. (AC) and a time constant of 7 msec. max. (DC).� Lamp load has an inrush current of ten times the steady-state current, while motor load has

an inrush current of six times the steady-state current.


Operating Speed 0.19 in (5 mm) to 19.7 in/s (50 cm/s)Operating Frequency 120 operations/minContact Resistance 25 mΩ (initial)Insulation Resistance 100 mΩ min (at 500V DC)Dielectric Strength 1,000V AC, 50/60 Hz for one minute between non-continuous terminals

1,500V AC, 50/60 Hz for one minute between current-carrying and non-current-carrying parts and between each terminal and ground

Vibration 10 to 55 Hz, 1.5 mm double amplitudeShock Approx. 300 m/s2 (approx. 30Gs)Ambient Operating Temperature -5° to +65° CHumidity 95% RH max.Service Life Mechanical: 10,000,000 operations min.

Electrical: 500,000 operations min.Weight Approx. 130 to 190 gDegree of Protection IEC: IP65Material of Construction Shaft: Stainless SUS303

Arm: Stainless SUS304Head and Body: Zinc AlloyTerminal Cover: PC/ABS PlasticRubber Grommet: NBR Rubber

Approvals UL Recognized; CE

Rated Voltage

Non-inductive Load Inductive Load �

Resistive Load Lamp Load � Inductive Load Motor Load

N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O.

125V AC 5 5 1.5 0.7 3 3 2 1250V AC 5 5 1 0.5 3 3 1.5 0.8

8V DC 5 5 3 3 5 4 3 314V DC 5 5 3 3 4 4 3 330V DC 5 5 3 3 4 4 3 3

125V DC 0.4 0.4 — — — — — —250V DC 0.2 0.2 — — — — — —

Terminal Configuration

NO (4)

NC (1)

NO (3)

NC (2)

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

25
2-Limit SwitchesE49 Mini Metal
IT TCH

ES
E49G31AP3 E49G31CP3

2LI

MSW

I

E49G31BP3

E49G31C1P3

2.52 (64)

0.73 (18)

0.55 (14)

M4M3 x 6

0.16 (4.1)Dia.

M3 x 23

M5(P=0.8)

0.30(7) 0.6 (15)

0.98(25)

0.83(21)1.1(28)

0.8(20)

1.43 (28)1.62 (41)

1.18 (30)R

2.2(56)

0.49 (12)

0.70 x 0.28 (18 x 7) Dia.

PT 20°Max.

2.2(56)

1.06 (27)

0.12 (3)

2.52 (64)

0.55 (14)

0.39(10)

M3 x 6

0.16 (4.1)Dia.

M3 x 23

M5(P=0.8)

0.30(7) 0.6 (15)

0.98(25)

0.83(21)1.1(28)

2.2(56)

1.5(38)

0.59 (15)

2.52 (64)

0.55 (14)

0.39(10)

M3 x 6

0.16 (4.1)Dia.

M3 x 23

M5(P=0.8)

0.50 x 0.15 (13 x 4)

Dia.

0.30(7) 0.6 (15)

0.98(25)

0.83(21)1.1(28)


E49G31DP3

E49G31MP3

2.2(56)

1.5(38)

0.59 (15)

2.52 (64)

0.55 (14)

0.39(10)

M3 x 6

0.16 (4.1)Dia.

M3 x 23

M5(P=0.8)

0.50 x 0.15 (13 x 4)

Dia.

0.30(7) 0.6 (15)

0.98(25)

0.83(21)1.1(28)

2.2(56)

1.18~4.65(30~118)

0.49 (12)

2.52 (64)

0.73 (18)

0.55 (14)

0.30(7)

0.8(20)

1.41(36)

1.77 (45)

0.6 (15)0.98(25)

0.83(21)1.1(28)

0.22 (6)

M3 x 6

M4

0.16 (4.1)Dia.

0.10 (3)Dia.

M3 x 23

M6

M5(P=0.8)

0.11 (3)Dia.

0.23 (6)Dia.

0.40(10)

2.2(56)

3.94(100)

1.65(42)

2.52 (64)

0.55 (14)

M3 x 6

0.16 (4.1)Dia.

M3 x 23

M5(P=0.8)

0.30(7) 0.6 (15)

0.98(25)

0.83(21)1.1(28)

isit: www.eaton.com

August 2007

2-26

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES


Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) (Continued)

E49G31NP3 E49G31VP3

E49G31UP3

0.23 (6)Dia.

0.11 (3)Dia.

0.40(10)

2.2(56)

3.94(100)

1.65(42)

2.52 (64)

0.55 (14)

M3 x 6

0.16 (4.1)Dia.

M3 x 23

M5(P=0.8)

0.30(7) 0.6 (15)

0.98(25)

0.83(21)1.1(28)

2.2(56)

L=1.18~2.75(30~70)

0.49 (12)

2.52 (64)

0.73 (18)

0.55 (14)

0.8(20)

1.10 (28)1.30 (33)

1.69 (43)1.89 (48)

0.30(7) 0.6 (15)

0.98(25)

0.83(21)1.1(28)

0.08(2)

M4

M6M3 x 6

0.16 (4.1)Dia.

M3 x 23

M5(P=0.8)

0.70 x 0.28 (18 x 7)

Dia.


E49G31XM3

0.40(10)

2.2(56)

3.94(100)

2.52 (64)

0.55 (14)

M3 x 6

0.16 (4.1)Dia.

M3 x 23

M5(P=0.8)

0.30(7) 0.6 (15)

0.98(25)

0.83(21)1.1(28)

2.2(56)

3.94(100)

2.05(52)

2.52 (64)

0.55 (14)

M3 x 6

0.16 (4.1)Dia.

M3 x 23

M5(P=0.8)

0.40(10)

0.04 (1)Dia.

0.30(7) 0.6 (15)

0.98(25)

0.83(21)1.1(28)


August 2007

PG08301004E F

27
2-Limit Switches E49 Compact Metal PG.05C.02.T.E
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Limit Switches
E49 Compact Metal

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27 Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-28 Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29

Cutler-Hammer® E49 Compact Metal Switches by Eaton’s electrical business are designed with high mechanical strength for robust environments. The rugged aluminum die cast construction provides reliable, oil-tight, waterproof and dustproof sealing for a variety of applications. Snap action 1N.O./1N.C. contacts provide flexibility in design.

Ratings and Approvals■ cULus■ NEMA A600 (AC-15)■ NEMA R300 (DC-13)■ IP67


Compact Size, Metallic Limit Switches Feature 1N.O./1N.C. Contacts for High Reliability in OEM Sensing Applications

Product Features■ Rigid die cast switch housing■ High mechanical strength■ Oil-tight, waterproof and dustproof construction



Configure to Operate in Clockwise or Counterclockwise Direction

Seven Different HeadDesigns for Use in a

Variety of Applications

1/2" NPTConduit

Entry


2-28August 2007

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES

Limit SwitchesE49 Compact Metal

Model Selection — E49 Compact Metal Limit Switches





Total Travel Force to Operate Contacts (Maximum)

Minimum Return Force Assembled Unit (Switch Body and Head)

1N.O.-1N.C. Contacts

Roller Lever

20° 12° 50° 2.99 lb 0.50 lb E49M11AP1

Top Push 0.067 in (1.7 mm)

0.04 in(1.0 mm)

— 6.02 lb 2.01 lb E49M11BP1

Top Push Roller

0.067 in (1.7 mm)

0.04 in(1.0 mm)

0.25 in(6.5 mm)

6.02 lb 2.01 lb E49M11CP1(As pictured)

E49M11CP2(90° Roller)

Rod Lever

20° 12° 50° 0.31 lb 0.06 lb E49M11DP1

Adjustable Roller Lever

20° 12° 50° 2.99 lb 0.50 lb E49M11UP1

Wobble 1.10 in (28 mm)

N/A N/A 0.33 lb N/A E49M11VP1

Cat Whisker

1.10 in (28 mm)

N/A N/A 0.064 lb N/A E49M11XM1


August 2007

PG08301004E F

29
2-Limit SwitchesE49 Compact Metal
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Specifications
Ratings — Isolated Contacts, No Polarity Restriction

Operating Speed 1 mm to 2 m/secOperating Frequency Mechanically: 120 operations/min.; Electronically: 30 operations/min.Contact Resistance 15 mΩ max. (initial)Insulation Resistance 100 MΩ min. (at 500V DC)Dielectric Strength 1,000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute between non-continuous terminals; 2,200V AC,

50/60 Hz for 1 minute between each terminal and non-current carrying metal part and between each terminal and ground

Temperature Rise 50 degrees max.Vibration Malfunction durability: approx. 1,000 m/sec2 (approx. 100 Gs); Malfunction

durability: approx. 300/sec2 (30 Gs)Ambient Temperature Operating: -50 to 80ºCHumidity 95% RH max.Service Life Mechanically: 15,000,000 operations/minute;

Electronically: 500,000 operations/minute

NEMA A600 (AC-15) 50 or 60 Hz


NEMA R300 (DC-13)
Rated Voltage
Current Voltamperes Rated Voltage

CurrentContinuous Make Break Make Break

24V AC 10A 60A 6.0A 7200 VA 720 VA 24V DC 1.5A120V AC 10A 60A 6.0A 7200 VA 720 VA 120V DC 0.22A250V AC 10A 30A 3.0A 7200 VA 720 VA 250V DC 0.11A480V AC 10A 15A 1.5A 7200 VA 720 VA600V AC 10A 12A 1.2A 7200 VA 720 VA


Switch Body E49M11UP1
0.35 (9.0)
Dia. 0.50 (12.7)

0.19 (4.9)1.19 (30.2) 1.38 (35.0)

1.15 (29.2)

1.58(40.0)

0.59 (15.1)

4-M6 Thread2.31

(58.7)

0.20(5.0)

0.85 (21.6)

1.63(41.5)

2.71(68.7)

0.78(19.9)

with E49M11BP1

Top Push Head

1.84(46.6)

0.58 (14.7)

0.69 (17.5)Dia.

2.09(53.0)0.28

(7.0)

2.32 (59.0)

1.00(25.4)

E49M11AP1 Roller

Lever Head

0.98 (25.0)to

5.51 (140.0)

0.58 (14.7)

0.35 (9.0)

1.81(46.0)0.12 (3.0)

Dia.

2.17 (55.0)

1.00(25.4)

E49M11DP1 Rod

Lever Head

0.98 (25.0)to

3.51 (89.0)

0.69 (17.5)Dia. 2.36 (60.0)

0.28 (7.0)

2.64 (67.0)

1.00(25.4)

0.58 (14.7)

Adjustable Roller

Lever Head

5.51(140.0)

0.26 (6.5)Dia.

0.52(13.1)

E49M11VP1

Wobble Head

2.03(51.5)

5.51(140.0)

E49M11XM1 Cat

Whisker Head

0.67 (17.0)Dia.

0.20 (5.0)0.50 (12.7)

1.10 (28.0)

E49M11CP1/

E49M11CP2

Top Push

Roller Head

isit: www.eaton.com

2-30

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES

Limit Switches

August 2007
E50 Heavy-Duty Plug-In Switches PG.05C.06.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.

Heavy-Duty Plug-In Switches

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30 Model Selection, Assembled Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31

Model Selection, Operating Heads . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34

Model Selection, Switch Bodies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35

Model Selection, Receptacles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36

Model Selection, Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40

Cutler-Hammer® E50 Modular Plug-In Limit Switch Components from Eaton’s electrical business are the industry standard with versatility of design and high reliability for low maintenance, installation and inven-tory costs. Standard Viton® gaskets, seals and boots and a zinc die cast enclosure provide exceptional chem-ical resistance to the common cool-ants, cleansing agents, and hydraulic fluids found in machine tool, automotive, waste water treat-ment and other heavy-duty indus-trial applications. Mounting dimensions accommodate both U.S. and DIN standards for easy retrofit installations. Super bright 24 – 120V AC/DC LED indicating light versions simplify setup and troubleshooting operations.

Approvals■ UL Listed■ CSA Certified■ IEC.947.5.1■ TUV — E9271605E02


Viton® is a registered trademark of Dupont Dow Elastomers.

(where shown)

Modular Limit Switches Provide Extremely Easy Installation, High Reliability, and Low Maintenance and Inventory Costs

Product Features■ Modular, plug-in components (head, body and receptacle) provide applica-

tion flexibility, reduced inventory and less downtime■ Manufactured to take the physical and environmental abuse (including

cutting fluids and chemicals) of harsh industrial environments■ Chemical resistant Viton® gaskets, seals and boots are standard, and so are

captive, posi-drive screws■ The switches have terminal identification on the nameplate for a visual

wiring checkout without guesswork. Heads and switch bodies can be replaced without rewiring

■ E50 devices can be ordered in separate components or as complete assem-bled switches

■ 600V rating, ridge-topped contacts and wiping action assure continuity even to logic level circuits

■ Keyed, four direction head positioning■ Standard 5° pre-travel and 90° total travel■ 24 – 120V AC/DC LED and 120V AC neon indicating lights available■ Rotary heads are field convertible CW, CCW, or both, without special tools■ Epoxy filled, pin connector or pigtail pin connector receptacles available

Available as Assembled Switches or Components

Viton Gasket Seals

Dozens ofOperators

to Perfectly FitYour Application

Rugged Zinc Die-Cast Housing

Conduit, Cable and Connector Wiring Options

Rotary, Top andSide Push,

Wobbleand Specialty

Operating Heads

Single- or Double-Pole Switch Bodies

with OptionalIndicating Lights

A Variety ofReceptacles MeetYour Wiring Needs

For Customer


Service in the U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273),

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

31
2-Limit SwitchesE50 Heavy-Duty Plug-In Switches
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Model Selection — Assembled Switches — Standard
� Connection options (add the Code Suffix from the table below to the end of the Catalog Number):

� For Operating Head specifications, see Page 2-34.� CW (clockwise) and CCW (counterclockwise) operation, easily convertible to CW only or CCW only operation.� Roller can be converted in the field between horizontal and vertical.� For a full selection of cable connectors, see Section 10. � Refer to Page 2-36 for wiring diagram.

Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.

Assembled Switch Single Pole (5 Terminal Receptacle)

Double Pole (9 Terminal Receptacle)

Indicating Light: None LED (24 –120V AC/DC)

Neon(120V AC)

None LED (24 –120V AC/DC)

Neon(120V AC)

LED (24 –120V AC/DC)

Neon(120V AC)

Switch Body: E50SA 1N.O.-1N.C.

E50SAL 1N.O.-1N.C.

E50SAN 1N.O.-1N.C.

E50SB 2N.O.-2N.C.

E50SBL 2N.O.-2N.C.

E50SBN 2N.O.-2N.C.

E50SCL 1N.O.-2N.C.

—

Receptacle: � E50RA E50RA E50RA E50RB E50RB E50RB E50RB E50RB

Operating Head Type � Catalog Number for Assembled Switches (Head + Receptacle + Body)

Side Rotary(requires an operating lever,see Page 2-50)

StandardSpring Return —E50DR1 �

E50AR1 E50ALR1 E50ANR1 E50BR1 E50BLR1 E50BNR1 — —

Low ForceSpring Return —E50DL1 �

E50AL1 E50ALL1 E50ANL1 E50BL1 E50BLL1 E50BNL1 — —

MaintainedTwo-Position —E50DM1

E50AM1 E50ALM1 E50ANM1 E50BM1 E50BLM1 E50BNM1 — —

Side Pushbutton, Spring Return — E50DS1

E50AS1 E50ALS1 E50ANS1 E50BS1 E50BLS1 E50BNS1 E50CLS1 —

Side Pushbutton, Adjustable Spring Return — E50DS2

E50AS2 E50ALS2 E50ANS2 E50BS2 E50BLS2 E50BNS2 E50BLS2 E50CNS2

Side Push Roller, Spring Return — E50DS3 �

E50AS3 E50ALS3 E50ANS3 E50BS3 E50BLS3 E50BNS3 E50BLS3 —

Side Pushbutton, Maintained — E50DH1

E50AH1 E50ALH1 E50ANH1 E50BH1 E50BLH1 E50BNH1 E50BLH1 —

Wiring: Single Pole 1N.O.-1N.C. Must be same polarity

Double Pole 2N.O.-2N.C. Parallel wired Indicator light Same polarityeach pole

Double Pole 1N.O.-2N.C. Series wired Indicator light; Same polarity each pole

Option Mating CordsetCatalog Number

Code Suffix

Mini-Connector �(with epoxy filled receptacle)

Single Pole (5-Pin Mini-Connector) CSMS5D5CY1602 P5 �

Double Pole (9-pin Mini-Connector) CSMS9D9CY1602 P9 �

Micro-Connector � (with epoxy filled receptacle) Single Pole (5-Pin Micro-Connector) CSDS5A5CY2202 A5 �

Cable Connection (with epoxy filled receptacle)

8-foot cable length — S12-foot cable length — S1220-foot cable length — S20

Manifold Mount (rear wiring entrance) — M20 mm Conduit Entrance — 20


2-32August 2007

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES

Limit SwitchesE50 Heavy-Duty Plug-In Switches

Model Selection — Assembled Switches — Standard (Continued)�


� For Operating Head specifications, see Page 2-34.� Roller can be converted in the field between horizontal and vertical.� For a full selection of cable connectors, see Section 10. � Refer to Page 2-36 for wiring diagram.� Refer to Page 2-36 for wiring diagram.


Assembled Switch Single Pole (5 Terminal Receptacle)

Double Pole (9 Terminal Receptacle)

Indicating Light: None LED (24 –120V AC/DC)

Neon(120V AC)

None LED (24 –120V AC/DC)

Neon(120V AC)


Neon(120V AC)

Switch Body: E50SA 1N.O.-1N.C.

E50SAL 1N.O.-1N.C.

E50SAN 1N.O.-1N.C.

E50SB 2N.O.-2N.C.

E50SBL 2N.O.-2N.C.

E50SBN 2N.O.-2N.C.

E50SCL 1N.O.-2N.C.

—

Receptacle: � E50RA E50RA E50RA E50RB E50RB E50RB E50RB E50RB

Operating Head Type � Catalog Number for Assembled SwitchesTop Pushbutton, Spring Return — E50DT1

E50AT1 E50ALT1 E50ANT1 E50BT1 E50BLT1 E50BNT1 E50CLT1 E50BNT1

Top Pushbutton, Adjustable Spring Return — E50DT2

E50AT2 E50ALT2 E50ANT2 E50BT2 E50BLT2 E50BNT2 — —

Top Push Roller, Spring Return — E50DT3 �

E50AT3 E50ALT3 E50ANT3 E50BT3 E50BLT3 E50BNT3 — —

Wobble Head,Spring Return(requires a wobble operator, see Page 2-50)

Standard Duty — E50DW1

E50AW1 E50ALW1 E50ANW1 E50BW1 E50BLW1 E50BNW1 EB50BLW1 —

Heavy-DutyHigh StrengthSteel — E50DW2

E50AW2 E50ALW2 E50ANW2 E50BW2 E50BLW2 E50BNW2 E50CLW2 E50BNW2

Wiring: Single Pole 1N.O.-1N.C. Must be same polarity

Double Pole 2N.O.-2N.C. Parallel wired Indicator light Same polarity each pole

Double Pole 1N.O.-2N.C. Series wired Indicator light; Same polarity each pole

Option Mating CordsetCatalog Number

Code Suffix

Mini-Connector �(with epoxy filled receptacle)

Single Pole (5-Pin Mini-Connector) CSMS5D5CY1602 P5 �

Double Pole (9-pin Mini-Connector) CSMS9D9CY1602 P9 �

Micro-Connector � (with epoxy filled receptacle) Single Pole (5-Pin Micro-Connector) CSDS5A5CY2202 A5 �

Cable Connection (with epoxy filled receptacle)

8-foot cable length — S12-foot cable length — S1220-foot cable length — S20

Manifold Mount (rear wiring entrance) — M20 mm Conduit Entrance — 20


August 2007

PG08301004E F

33
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Model Selection — Assembled Switches — Special Purpose
� Add 9 suffix to the model number for low temperature (-40 to 79°C) versions.


Operating Data — Nominal Catalog Number Circuit Diagram

Assembled Switch

Switch Body Only

Receptacle Only

Operating Head Only

Neutral Position(requires an operating lever, see Page 2-50)

5° Travel E50NN1 E50SN E50RB E50DN1 � Same PolarityEach Pole5° Travel; Stainless Steel Shaft E50NN1SPL — — —

15° Travel E50NN2 E50SN E50RB E50DN2 �

Travel to Operate Contacts:Travel to Reset Contacts:Total Travel:Force to Operate Contacts:Minimum Return Force:Operating Temperature:

5° or 15° (depending upon model selected)2°90°1.8 in-lbs2.5 in-oz14° to 200°F (-10° to 94°C)

Two Step CW, CCW or both, Convertible (requires an operating lever, seePage 2-50)

E50TD1 E50ST E50RB E50DD1 Same PolarityEach PoleTravel to Operate Contacts:

Travel to Reset Contacts:Total Travel:Force to Operate Contacts:Minimum Return Force:Operating Temperature:

1st Step 10°; 2nd Step 20°4° Each90°3 in-lbs4.5 in-ozCW or CCW: 14° to 250°F (-10° to 121°C)CW and CCW: 14° to 200°F (-10° to 94°C)

Gravity Return(requires E50KL220,E50KL226 or equivalent operating lever, see Page 2-50)

Without Indicating Light E50GG1 E50SG E50RA E50DG1 Must Be SamePolarityWith LED Indicating Light (24-120V AC/DC) E50GLG1 E50SGL

With Neon Indicating Light (120V AC) E50GNG1 E50SGN

Travel to Operate Contacts:Travel to Reset Contacts:Total Travel:Force to Operate Contacts:Minimum Return Force:Operating Temperature:

10° to 170°8°360°3.0 in-ozGravity14° to 200°F (-10° to 94°C)


2-34August 2007

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES


Model Selection — Operating Heads

� Temperature ranges below +32°F (0°C) are based on absence of freezing moisture or water.� CW (clockwise) and CCW (counterclockwise) operation, easily convertible to CW only or CCW only operation.� For CW and CCW operation. For CW only or CCW only operation, high temperature limit increases to 250°F (121°C) without cable, and 221°F (105°C)

with pre-wired cable.� Roller can be converted in the field between horizontal and vertical.� Roller shaft is 0.38 inches (9.5 mm) longer on E50DS4, see dimensions on Page 2-40.


Description Travel to Operate Contacts


TotalTravel



Operating Temperature � Catalog NumberWithout Cable With Pre-wired

Cable

Side Rotary (requires an operating lever, see Page 2-50)

Standard SpringReturn �

5° 2° 90° 3 in-lbs 4.5 in-oz 10° to 200°F(-12° to 94°C) �

10° to 200°F(-12° to 94°C) �

E50DR1

Low �TemperatureSpring Return

5° 2° 90° 3 in-lbs 4.5 in-oz -40° to 175°F(-40° to 79°C)

-31° to 175°F(-34° to 79°C)

E50DR19

Low ForceSpring Return �

15° 6° 90° 1.5 in-lbs 2.5 in-oz 10° to 200°F(-12° to 94°C) �

10° to 200°F(-12° to 94°C) �

E50DL1

MaintainedTwo-Position

50° 50° 90° 3 in-lbs — 14° to 200°F(-10° to 94°C)

14° to 200°F(-10° to 94°C)

E50DM1

Side Pushbutton, Spring Return

0.065inch

0.030inch

0.250inch

4 lbs 8 oz 14° to 200°F(-10° to 94°C)

14° to 200°F(-10° to 94°C)

E50DS1

Side Pushbutton, Adjustable Spring Return

0.065inch

0.030inch

0.250inch

4 lbs 8 oz 14° to 200°F(-10° to 94°C)

14° to 200°F(-10° to 94°C)

E50DS2

Side Push Roller, Spring Return �

0.065inch

0.030inch

0.250inch

4 lbs 8 oz 14° to 200°F(-10° to 94°C)

14° to 200°F(-10° to 94°C)

E50DS3 �

E50DS4 �

Side Pushbutton, Maintained

0.200inch

0.130inch

0.320inch

5 lbs 5 lbs 14° to 200°F(-10° to 94°C)

14° to 200°F(-10° to 94°C)

E50DH1

Top Pushbutton, Spring Return

0.040inch

0.020inch

0.280inch

4 lbs 8 oz 14° to 250°F(-10° to 121°C)

14° to 221°F(-10° to 105°C)

E50DT1

Top Pushbutton, Adjustable Spring Return

0.040inch

0.020inch

0.280inch

4 lbs 8 oz 14° to 250°F(-10° to 121°C)

14° to 221°F(-10° to 105°C)

E50DT2

Top Push Roller, Spring Return

0.040inch

0.020inch

0.280 inch

4 lbs 8 oz 14° to 250°F(-10° to 121°C)

14° to 221°F(-10° to 105°C)

E50DT3

Wobble Head, Spring Return(requires a wobble operator,see Page 2-50)

StandardDuty

10° 6° 15° 2 in-lbs 2.4 in-oz 14° to 250°F(-10° to 121°C)

14° to 221°F(-10° to 105°C)

E50DW1

Heavy-DutyHigh StrengthSteel


14° to 221°F(-10° to 105°C)

E50DW2


August 2007

PG08301004E F

35
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Model Selection — Switch Bodies
� Indicating lights are supplied from the factory wired as shown. However, they can easily bere-connected to terminals 1 and 2 if necessary (SPDT).


Model Selection — Receptacles

� See Model Selection — Switch Bodies for wiring information.


Circuit Switch Body Construction Catalog Number

Switch Bodies Single Pole 1N.O.-1N.C.Must Be Same Polarity �

Without Indicating Light E50SA

With LED Indicating Light 24 – 120V AC/DC

E50SAL

With Neon Indicating Light 120V AC E50SAN

Double Pole 2N.O.-2N.C. Parallel Wired Ind. LightSame Polarity Each Pole

Without Indicating Light E50SB


E50SBL

With Neon Indicating Light 120V AC E50SBN

Double Pole 2N.C.-1N.O. Series Wired Ind. LightSame Polarity Each Pole �


E50SCL

Description Poles Conduit Entrance

Cable Length

Catalog Number Wiring

Surface Mount Conduit entrance, front or rear mounting

Single Pole (5 Terminal)

1/2 NPT — E50RA �

20 mm — E50RA20

Double Pole (9 Terminal)

1/2 NPT — E50RB �

3/4 NPT — E50RB34

20 mm — E50RB20

Manifold Mount Rear wiring entrance instead of conduit hole, gasket on back for oil tightness


— — E50RAM �


— — E50RBM �


2-36August 2007

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES


Model Selection — Receptacles (Continued)

� The wire colors referenced on these diagrams are those internal to the switch itself.

See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 2-37.


Description Poles Conduit Entrance

Cable Length

Catalog Number Wiring

Mini-Connector Epoxy filled receptacle with pre-wired Mini-Connector. (The -W version is a wiring scheme typically used in automotive applications.)


5-pin Mini- Connector

— E50RAP5 �

E50RAP5-W �



— E50RBP9 �

Micro-Connector Epoxy filled receptacle with pre-wired Mini-Connector.


— — E50RAA5

Pre-wired Cable Epoxy filled receptacle with pre-wired 16 gauge, yellow jacketed, type SOOW-A cable. Cable enters through hole threaded for conduit


1/2 NPT 8-foot E50RAS �

12-foot E50RAS12 20-foot E50RAS20

20 mm 8-foot E50RA20S12-foot E50RA20S1220-foot E50RA20S20


1/2 NPT 8-foot E50RBS �

12-foot E50RBS1220-foot E50RBS20

20 mm 8-foot E50RB20S12-foot E50RB20S1220-foot E50RB20S20

Micro Style Straight Female

GND

Green/Yellow

Black1243Blue

BrownWhite


August 2007

PG08301004E F

37
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Model Selection — Compatible Connector Cables �
� For a full selection of connector cables, see Section 10.Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.

Model Selection — Accessories

� Limit Switch not included.

VoltageStyle

Number of Pins

Gauge Length Catalog Number Pin Configuration/Wire Colors(Face View Female Shown)

Standard Cables — Mini Style— 5-pin 16 AWG 6 feet (2m) CSMS5D5CY1602

— 9-pin 16 AWG 12 feet (4m) CSMS9D9CY1602

— 5-pin5-wire

22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSDS5A5CY2202

Approximate Dimensions in mm [Inches] Description Catalog Number

Adapter Plate

Allows E50 to replace Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer 10316 Type LP Surface Mounting Plug-In Limit Switch

E50KH1

Allows E50 to replace Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer 10316 Type LP Manifold Mounting Plug-In Limit Switch

E50KH1M

Adapter Plate

Allows E50 to replace Square D Type AW Surface Mounting Non Plug-In Standard Box Limit Switch

E50KH7

Adapter Plate

Allows E50 to replace National Acme, Type D-1200M, Style 2 Mounting. Denison LoxSwitch, Model L-100W, Style 2 Mounting. Square D 9007 Type T, Style B Mounting. (Adapter plate is 1/8 inch thick, with 1/4 inch mounting holes.)

E50KH4 �

Adapter Plate

Allows E50 to replace National Acme, Type D-1200M, Style 1 Mounting. Denison LoxSwitch, Model L-100W, Style 1 Mounting. Square D 9007 Type T, Style C Mounting. (Adapter plate is 1/8 inch thick, with 1/4 inch mounting holes.)

E50KH5 �

Current Rating @ 600V5-pin: 8A9-pin: 7A

Mini Style Straight Female

1-White2-Red3-Green4-Orange5-Black

1-Orange2-Blue3-Red/Black4-Green/Black5-White6-Red7-Green8-White/Black9-Black

Micro Style 1-Brown2-White3-Blue4-Black5-Green/Yellow

1 2

3 45


2-38August 2007

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES


Model Selection — Accessories (Continued)



Adapter Plate

Allows E50 to replace Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer 10316 Type LT Non Plug-In 2-Pole Limit Switch

E50KH2

Adapter Plate

Allows E50 to replace Allen-Bradley 802M Sealed Limit Switch

E50KH10

Adjustable Mounting Plate

This is a mounting plate only 5/16 inch thick and includes the proper mounting bolts and nuts. The slots in the plate allow a maximum horizontal adjustment of 1 inch and vertical adjustment of1-1/4 inches

E50KH3 �

Conduit Sealing Nut

1/2 inch oiltight E50KH6

76[3.00]

59.5[2.340]

29.5[1.160]

39[1.54]

13.5[0.531]

4.8[0.19]THICK

#10-32 UNC-2B HOLE

5.2 [0.204]DIA.

(2 HOLES)

Stocked product, typical order quantities guar
anteed in stock.
PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

39
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Specifications
Electrical Data — Maximum Contact Ratings (Same polarity each pole)

� Thermal rating. Valid only if switch does not have to make or break.


Environmental Ratings NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 13, IP67Material of Construction Zinc die castSwitch Gasket Material Viton ®

Universal U.S./DIN Mounting Dimensions 1.16 in (30 mm) x 2.34 in (60 mm)Conduit Entrance 1/2 in NPT or 20 mm threadingContact Ratings See belowContact Operation Snap action over center mechanismContact Material Fine silverMaximum Frequency of Operation 8000 operations per hourMechanical Life:Side RotarySide or Top Push

13,000,000 operations minimum10,000,000 operations minimum

Electrical Life:Single PoleDouble Pole

1,000,000 operations typical at full load100,000 operations typical at full load

Ambient Temperature Range — StandardStandard without CableStandard with CableLow Temperature without CableLow Temperature with Cable

14° to 250°F (-10° to 121°C)14° to 221°F (-10° to 105°C)-40° to 250°F (-40° to 121°C)-40° to 221°F (-40° to 105°C)

Repeat Accuracy — StandardSide OperatedTop OperatedSide Rotary

Within 0.0012 inWithin 0.0003 inWithin 0.0014 in

Torque Requirements:Switch Body ScrewsOperating Head Screws

25 – 30 lb-in14 – 18 lb-in

Wire Size Will accept AWG #22 – #12, single or stranded wire

AC Volts Current, Amperes Voltamperes DC Volts Current, Amperes

Make Break Cont. � Make Break Max. Make or Break

Cont. �

All Switches Except Gravity Return and Indicating Light Versions

NEMA A600 Rating NEMA R300120240480600

60301512

631.51.2

10 7200 720 125250

0.220.11

1.01.0

Switches with Indicating Lights (LED or Neon)

NEMA A150 Rating NEMA R150120 60 6 10 7200 720 125 0.22 1.0

Gravity Return Switches — Maximum Contact Ratings

NEMA 6600 Rating — Contacts on Same Polarity —120240480600

30157.56

31.50.750.60

5 3600 360 — — —


2-40August 2007

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES



� Can accommodate both U.S., 1.16 (29.4) x 2.34 (59.5) and DIN, 1.18 (30) x 3.26 (60), mounting dimensions.

2.46 (63)

3.13(79)

4.22(107)

1.78 (45)

0.50 (13)Pipe Tap

0.63 (16)

Dia. 0.20 (5)Front Mtg. Hole

0.75(19)

[10-32] Tap0.38 (10) DeepRear Mt. Holes (2)

Dia. 0.63 (16)Hole for Manifold Mtg.

1.54 (39)

0.20 (5)

0.24(6)

Shaft Dia. 0.28 (7)

0.38 (10)

1.06(27)

0.65(16)

0.70 (18) 2.68 (68)

3.40(86)

4.22(107)

3.61(92)

2.05 (52)

Conduit Entrance3/4-14 NPTPipe Threads

0.63(16)

0.75(19)

[10-32] Tap0.38 (10) DeepRear Mt. Holes (2)

1.54 (39)

0.20(5)

0.24(6)

Dia. 0.27 (7)(Over Knurl)

0.38 (10)

3.13(79)

4.70(119)

0.65 (16)1.31 (33)

Standard E50SB34

�

�

�

Side Push Operators in mm [Inches]

Adjustable Pushbutton

Roller

� For E50DS4.� For E50DS3.

Maintained Pushbutton

Pushbutton

�

�

Top Push Operators in mm [Inches]


Roller

Pushbutton


Wobble Operators

See Operators, Page 2-50

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

41
2-Limit Switches Heavy-Duty Factory Sealed 6P+ Switches PG.05C.09.T.E
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Heavy-Duty Factory Sealed
6P+ Switches

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41 Model Selection, Assembled Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42

Model Selection, Operating Heads. . . . . . . . . . . 2-44

Model Selection, Switch Bodies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45

Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49

Cutler-Hammer® E50 6P+ Limit Switches by Eaton’s electrical business were specifically designed to withstand the penetrating proper-ties of cutting fluids and coolants, such as those used in the automo-tive industry, as well as extreme shock, vibration and temperature fluctuations. The one-piece, epoxy filled switch body is prewired at the factory to ensure leak-proof, sub-mersible performance. This unique construction positively stops fluid from finding its way to any and all critical connections.

Our 6P+ switches can be ordered in separate components or as complete assembled devices. They are available with prewired 16 AWG cables or mini-connectors. Standard and custom cable lengths are available. As part of the E50 line, the 6P+ switches use the same operating heads as the standard E50 plug-in models to reduce the components you need to inventory.

Approvals■ UL Listed■ CSA Certified■ IEC.947.5.1■ TUV — E9271605E02


(where shown)

The Best Sealed, Most Durable Limit Switch You Can Buy

Product Features■ Manufactured to take the physical and environmental abuse (including cut-

ting fluids and chemicals) of harsh industrial environments■ Modular, plug-in components (head and switch body) provide application

flexibility, reduced inventory and less downtime■ Chemical resistant Viton gaskets, seals and boots are standard, and so are

captive, posi-drive screws■ A special tertiary seal on the switch body prevents fluid from entering even

when the operating head is not attached■ 600V rating, ridge-topped contacts and wiping action assure continuity

even to logic level circuits■ Factory wired cable features a 350 pound pullout capacity■ Keyed, four direction head positioning. Standard 5° pre-travel and 90° total

travel■ 24 – 120V AC/DC LED and 120V AC neon indicating lights available■ Rotary heads are field convertible CW, CCW, or both, without special tools■ Extended 5 year warranty



Dozens of Operatorsto PerfectlyFit YourApplication

VitonGasket Seals

Throughout

One-Piece,Epoxy FilledSwitch BodyIs Leak Proof

Type SOOW-AWater ResistanceCable Is Pre-wiredat Factory

Uses the SameOperating

Heads as OurStandard

Plug-In Line

Mini-ConnectorModels Available

RuggedZinc Die CastConstruction


August 2007

2-42

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES

Limit SwitchesHeavy-Duty Factory Sealed 6P+ Switches

Model Selection — Assembled Switches — Standard (Connection is by 8-Foot Cable)�


AssembledSwitch

Single Pole Double Pole

Indicating Light: None LED (24 – 120V AC/DC)

Neon(120V AC)

None

Switch Body: E50SA6P 1N.O.-1N.C.

E50SAL6P 1N.O.-1N.C.

E50SAN6P 1N.O.-1N.C.

E50SB6P 2N.O.-2N.C.

Operating Head Type � Catalog Number for Assembled SwitchesSide Rotary (requires an operating lever,see Page 2-50)

Standard Spring Return — E50DR1 �

E50AR16P E50ALR16P E50ANR16P E50BR16P

Low Force Spring Return — E50DL1 �

E50AL16P E50ALL16P E50ANL16P E50BL16P

Maintained Two-Position — E50DM1

E50AM16P E50ALM16P E50ANM16P E50BM16P

Side Pushbutton, Spring Return —E50DS1

E50AS16P E50ALS16P E50ANS16P E50BS16P

Side Pushbutton, Adjustable Spring Return — E50DS2


Side Push Roller, Spring Return — E50DS3 �


Side Pushbutton, Maintained — E50DH1

E50AH16P E50ALH16P E50ANH16P E50BH16P

Wiring: Single Pole 1N.O.-1N.C. (Must be same polarity) Double Pole 2N

Lever Sold Separately

Option
Catalog Code Suffix

Number

Mini-Connector � Single Pole (5-Pin Mini-Connector) CSMS5D5CY1602 C �

Double Pole (9-pin Mini-Connector) CSMS9D9CY1602 C

Cable Connection 12-foot cable length (standard) — 12

20-foot cable length (standard) — 20

Other lengths (special order) — Length in Feet


LED (24 – 120V AC/DC)

Neon(120V AC)

E50SBL6P2N.O.-2N.C.

E50SBN6P2N.O.-2N.C.

E50BLR16P E50BNR16P

E50BLL16P E50BNL16P

E50BLM16P E50BNM16P

E50BLS16P E50BNS16P

E50BLS26P E50BNS26P

E50BLS36P E50BNS36P

E50BLH16P E50BNH16P

.O.-2N.C. (Same polarity each pole)

� For Operating Head specifications, see Page 2-44.

� CW (clockwise) and CCW (counterclockwise) operation, easily convertible to CW only or CCW only operation.

� Roller can be converted in the field between horizontal and vertical.

� For alternate wiring, use Code Suffix CW, see Page 2-46.

� For a full selection of connector cables, see Section 10.

PG08301004E

PG08301004E F

43August 2007

2-Limit SwitchesHeavy-Duty Factory Sealed 6P+ Switches

2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES

� Connection options (add the Code Suffix from th

Model Selection — Assembled Switches — SAssembled Switch

Single Pole

Indicating Light: None

Switch Body: E50SA6P 1N.O.-1N.C.

Operating Head Type � Catalog NuTop Pushbutton, Spring Return — E50DT1

E50AT16P

Top Pushbutton, Adjustable Spring Return — E50DT2

E50AT26P

Top Push Roller, Spring Return — E50DT3

E50AT36P

Wobble Head, Spring Return (requires a wobble operator, see Page 2-50)

Standard Duty — E50DW1

E50AW16P

Heavy-DutyHigh StrengthSteel — E50DW2

E50AW26P

Wiring: Single Pole

Lever Sold Separately

e table below to the end of the Catalog Number):

tandard (Connection is by 8-Foot Cable) (ContinuDouble Pole


Neon(120V AC)

None

E50SAL6P 1N.O.-1N.C.

E50SAN6P 1N.O.-1N.C.

E50SB6P 2N.O.-2N.C.

mber for Assembled SwitchesE50ALT16P E50ANT16P E50BT16P

E50ALT26P E50ANT26P E50BT26P

E50ALT36P E50ANT36P E50BT36P

E50ALW16P E50ANW16P E50BW16P

E50ALW26P E50ANW26P E50BW26P

1N.O.-1N.C. (Must be same polarity) Double Pole 2N


Option CatalogNumber

Code Suffix

Mini-Connector � Single Pole (5-Pin Mini-Connector) CSMS5D5CY1602 C �

Double Pole (9-pin Mini-Connector) CSMS9D9CY1602 C

Cable Connection 12-foot cable length (standard) — 12

20-foot cable length (standard) — 20

Other lengths (special order) — Length in Feet


ed)�


Neon(120V AC)

E50SBL6P2N.O.-2N.C.

E50SBN6P2N.O.-2N.C.

E50BLT16P E50BNT16P

E50BLT26P E50BNT26P

E50BLT36P E50BNT36P

E50BLW16P E50BNW16P

E50BLW26P E50BNW26P

.O.-2N.C. (Same polarity each pole)

� For Operating Head specifications, see Page 2-44.

� For alternate wiring, use Code Suffix C-W, see Page 2-46.


� For alternate wiring, use Code Suffix CW, see Page 2-46.

2-44August 2007

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES


Model Selection — Operating Heads

� Temperature ranges below +32°F (0°C) are based on absence of freezing moisture or water.� CW (clockwise) and CCW (counterclockwise) operation, easily convertible to CW only or CCW only operation.� For CW and CCW operation. For CW only or CCW only operation, high temperature limit increases to 250°F (121°C) without cable, and 221°F (105°C)

with pre-wired cable.� Roller can be converted in the field between horizontal and vertical.� Roller shaft is 0.38 inches (9.5 mm) longer on E50DS4, see dimensions on Page 2-49.


Description Travel to Operate Contacts


TotalTravel



Operating Temperature � Catalog NumberWithout Cable With Pre-wired

Cable

Side Rotary (requires an operating lever, see Page 2-50)

Standard SpringReturn �

5° 2° 90° 3 in-lbs 4.5 in-oz 10° to 200°F(-12° to 94°C) �

10° to 200°F(-12° to 94°C) �

E50DR1

Low �TemperatureSpring Return

5° 2° 90° 3 in-lbs 4.5 in-oz -40° to 175°F(-40° to 79°C)

-31° to 175°F(-34° to 79°C)

E50DR19

Low ForceSpring Return �

15° 6° 90° 1.5 in-lbs 2.5 in-oz 10° to 200°F(-12° to 94°C) �

10° to 200°F(-12° to 94°C) �

E50DL1

MaintainedTwo-Position

50° 50° 90° 3 in-lbs — 14° to 200°F(-10° to 94°C)

14° to 200°F(-10° to 94°C)

E50DM1

Side Pushbutton, Spring Return

0.065inch

0.030inch

0.250inch

4 lbs 8 oz 14° to 200°F(-10° to 94°C)

14° to 200°F(-10° to 94°C)

E50DS1

Side Pushbutton, Adjustable Spring Return

0.065inch

0.030inch

0.250inch

4 lbs 8 oz 14° to 200°F(-10° to 94°C)

14° to 200°F(-10° to 94°C)

E50DS2

Side Push Roller, Spring Return �

0.065inch

0.030inch

0.250inch

4 lbs 8 oz 14° to 200°F(-10° to 94°C)

14° to 200°F(-10° to 94°C)

E50DS3 �

E50DS4 �

Side Pushbutton, Maintained

0.200inch

0.130inch

0.320inch

5 lbs 5 lbs 14° to 200°F(-10° to 94°C)

14° to 200°F(-10° to 94°C)

E50DH1

Top Pushbutton, Spring Return

0.040inch

0.020inch

0.280inch

4 lbs 8 oz 14° to 250°F(-10° to 121°C)

14° to 221°F(-10° to 105°C)

E50DT1

Top Pushbutton, Adjustable Spring Return

0.040inch

0.020inch

0.280inch

4 lbs 8 oz 14° to 250°F(-10° to 121°C)

14° to 221°F(-10° to 105°C)

E50DT2

Top Push Roller, Spring Return

0.040inch

0.020inch

0.280 inch 4 lbs 8 oz 14° to 250°F(-10° to 121°C)

14° to 221°F(-10° to 105°C)

E50DT3

Wobble Head, Spring Return(requires a wobble operator,see Page 2-50)

StandardDuty


14° to 221°F(-10° to 105°C)

E50DW1

Heavy-DutyHigh StrengthSteel


14° to 221°F(-10° to 105°C)

E50DW2


August 2007

PG08301004E F

45
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Model Selection — Switch Bodies



Circuit Switch Body Construction Cable Length

Catalog Number

Wiring

Pre-wired Cable Single Pole 1N.O.-1N.C.

Without Indicating Light 8-foot E50SA6P

12-foot E50SA6P12

20-foot E50SA6P20

With LED Indicating Light 24 –120V AC/DC

8-foot E50SAL6P

12-foot E50SAL6P12

20-foot E50SAL6P20

With Neon Indicating Light 120V AC

8-foot E50SAN6P

12-foot E50SAN6P12

20-foot E50SAN6P20

Double Pole 2N.O.-2N.C.

Without Indicating Light 8-foot E50SB6P

12-foot E50SB6P12

20-foot E50SB6P20


8-foot E50SBL6P

12-foot E50SBL6P12


8-foot E50SBN6P

12-foot E50SBN6P12

20-foot E50SBN6P20

Mini-Connector Single Pole 1N.O.-1N.C.

Without Indicating Light Normal Wiring

— E50SA6PC �

Without Indicating Light Alternate Wiring

— E50SA6PC-W �


— E50SAL6PC �


— E50SAN6PC


2-46August 2007

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES


Model Selection — Switch Bodies (Continued)


See listing of compatible connector cables below.



Circuit Switch Body Construction Cable Length Catalog Number

Wiring

Mini-Connector Double Pole 2N.O.-2N.C.

Without Indicating Light — E50SB6PC �


— E50SBL6PC �


— E50SBN6PC

VoltageStyle

Number of Pins



— 9-pin 16 AWG 12 feet (4m) CSMS9D9CY1602Current Rating @ 600V5-pin: 8A9-pin: 7A





August 2007

PG08301004E F

47
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES


Adapter Plate

Allows E50 to replace Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer 10316 Type LP Surface Mounting Plug-In Limit Switch

E50KH1

Allows E50 to replace Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer 10316 Type LP Manifold Mounting Plug-In Limit Switch

E50KH1M

Adapter Plate

Allows E50 to replace Square D Type AW Surface Mounting Non Plug-In Standard Box Limit Switch

E50KH7

Adapter Plate

Allows E50 to replace National Acme, Type D-1200M, Style 2 Mounting. Denison LoxSwitch, Model L-100W, Style 2 Mounting. Square D 9007 Type T, Style B Mounting. (Adapter plate is 1/8 inch thick, with 1/4 inch mounting holes.)

E50KH4 �

Adapter Plate

Allows E50 to replace National Acme, Type D-1200M, Style 1 Mounting. Denison LoxSwitch, Model L-100W, Style 1 Mounting. Square D 9007 Type T, Style C Mounting. (Adapter plate is 1/8 inch thick, with 1/4 inch mounting holes.)

E50KH5 �

Adapter Plate

Allows E50 to replace Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer 10316 Type LT Non Plug-In 2-Pole Limit Switch

E50KH2

Adapter Plate

Allows E50 to replace Allen-Bradley 802M Sealed Limit Switch

E50KH10

76[3.00]

59.5[2.340]

29.5[1.160]

39[1.54]

13.5[0.531]

4.8[0.19]THICK

#10-32 UNC-2B HOLE

5.2 [0.204]DIA.

(2 HOLES)


2-48August 2007

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES



� Limit Switch not included.Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.


Adjustable Mounting Plate

This is a mounting plate only 5/16 inch thick and includes the proper mounting bolts and nuts. The slots in the plate allow a maximum horizontal adjustment of 1 inch and vertical adjustment of 1-1/4 inches

E50KH3 �

Conduit Sealing Nut

1/2 inch oiltight E50KH6

Specifications


Electrical Data — Maximum Contact Ratings (Same polarity each pole)


Environmental Ratings NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 13, IP67Material of Construction Zinc die castSwitch Gasket Material Viton ®

Universal U.S./DIN Mounting Dimensions 1.16 in (30 mm) x 2.34 in (60 mm)Conduit Entrance 1/2 in NPT threadingContact Ratings See belowContact Operation Snap action over center mechanismContact Material Fine silverMaximum Frequency of Operation 8000 operations per hourMechanical Life:Side RotarySide or Top Push

13,000,000 operations minimum10,000,000 operations minimum

Electrical Life:Single PoleDouble Pole

1,000,000 operations typical at full load100,000 operations typical at full load

Ambient Temperature Range — StandardStandard without CableStandard with CableLow Temperature without CableLow Temperature with Cable

14° to 250°F (-10° to 121°C)14° to 221°F (-10° to 105°C)-40° to 250°F (-40° to 121°C)-40° to 221°F (-40° to 105°C)

Repeat Accuracy — StandardSide OperatedTop OperatedSide Rotary

Within 0.0012 inWithin 0.0003 inWithin 0.0014 in

Torque Requirements:Operating Head Screws 14 – 18 lb-in

AC Volts Current, Amperes Voltamperes DC Volts Current, Amperes

Make Break Cont. � Make Break Max. Make or Break

Cont. �

All Switches Except Gravity Return and Indicating Light Versions

NEMA A600 Rating NEMA R300120240480600

60301512

631.51.2

10 7200 720 125250

0.220.11

1.01.0

Switches with Indicating Lights (LED or Neon)

NEMA A150 Rating NEMA R150120 60 6 10 7200 720 125 0.22 1.0

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

49
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Side Push Operators Top Push Operators Wobble Operators

6P+ Limit Switch with Rotary Operating Head

� Can accommodate both U.S., 29.4 (1.16) x 59.5 (2.34) and DIN, 30 (1.18) x 60 (3.26), mounting dimensions.

�

�

Pushbutton


Roller

� For E50DS4.� For E50DS3.

�

�

Maintained Pushbutton

Pushbutton


Roller


See Operators, Page 2-50

2-50

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES

Limit Switches

August 2007
Operators PG.05C.04.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.

Limit Switch Operators

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50 Model Selection, Roller Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50

Model Selection, Rod Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53

Model Selection, Wobble Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56

The Cutler-Hammer® Operators pre-sented here are used with Eaton’s E50 Plug-In and 6P+ limit switches, as well as our 10316 rotary type limit switches. A wide variety of styles and sizes are available to provide optimum performance for nearly any application.For the most current information on this product, visit our web site:www.EatonElectrical.com

Model Selection — Roller Type Operators (forNOTE: Only operators with Nylatron rods or rollers

Approximate Dimensions A — Lever Length �

B — Roller Diameter

CRW

Standard Roller (Stainless Steel)

0.88 (22.2)

0.75 (19.0)

0(8

1.38 (34.9)

0.75 (19.0)

0(8

1.50 (38.1)

0.69 (17.5)

0(6

0.75 (19.0)

0(8

1(2

— —

2.00(50.8)

0.69 (17.5)

0(6

0.75 (19.0)

0(8

1(2

� Length from the operating shaft axis to the rolle� Caution: When selecting lever, the minimum req

given in Operating Head specifications.Stocked product, typical order quantities guar

E50KL200

E50KL355

E50KL377

Finalize Your Limit Switch Installation with Right Operator for the Job

Product Features■ Wide variety of operator types for rotary and wobble style limit switches■ Rollers and rods available in metal and nonmetal contact surfaces



Rotary Head Switches: E50 Plug-In, E50 6P+, and 10316) should be used with explosion-proof limit switches.

in Inches (mm) Roller Type Minimum Required � Return Torque

Catalog Number

Dimension Drawing — oller idth

D E F

.32 .1)

0.31 (7.9)

0.20 (5.1)

0.24 (6.1)

Metal 0.62 in-oz E50KL39

.32 .1)

0.34(8.6)

0.13(3.3)

0.17(4.3)


.25 .4)

0.34(8.6)

0.05(1.3)

0.11(2.8)

Ball Bearing

0.77 in-oz E50KL531

.32 .1)

0.34(8.6)

0.13(3.3)

0.17(4.3)

Nylatron 0.53 in-oz E50KL200


.00 5.4)

0.34(8.6)

0.83(21.1)

0.83(21.1)


0.34(8.6)

— — Without Roller

0.32 in-oz E50KL32

.25.4)

0.34(8.6)

0.05(1.3)

0.11(2.8)

Ball Bearing

1.10 in-oz E50KL552

.32 .1)

0.34(8.6)

0.13(3.3)

0.17(4.3)



.00 5.4)

0.34(8.6)

0.83(21.1)

0.83(21.1)


r axis (or to the tip for non-roller operators).uired return torque of lever should not exceed minimum return force available in operating head as

anteed in stock.

0.44(11)

C

A

D

FE

B

0.67(17)

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

51
2-Limit SwitchesOperators
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Model Selection — Roller Type Operators (for Rotary Head Switches: E50 Plug-In, E50 6P+, and 10316) (Continued)
NOTE: Only operators with Nylatron rods or rollers should be used with explosion-proof limit switches.

� Length from the operating shaft axis to the roller axis (or to the tip for non-roller operators).� Caution: When selecting lever, the minimum required return torque of lever should not exceed minimum return force available in operating head as

given in Operating Head specifications.


Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Roller Type Minimum Required � Return Torque

Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in mm [Inches]A —

Lever Length �


C — Roller Width

D E F

Standard Roller(Stainless Steel)

2.50(63.5)

0.69 (17.5)

0.25(6.4)

0.34(8.6)

0.05(1.3)

0.11(2.8)

Ball Bearing

1.50 in-oz E50KL553

0.75 (19.0)

0.32(8.1)

0.34(8.6)

0.13(3.3)

0.17(4.3)



1.00 (25.4)

0.34(8.6)

0.83(21.1)

0.83(21.1)


1.50 (38.1)

0.28(7.1)

0.34(8.6)

0.11(2.8)

0.17(4.3)


3.00 (76.2)

0.69 (17.5)

0.25(6.4)

0.34(8.6)

0.05(1.3)

0.11(2.8)

Ball Bearing

1.80 in-oz E50KL554

0.75 (19.0)

0.32(8.1)

0.34(8.6)

0.13(3.3)

0.17(4.3)



1.00 (25.4)

0.34(8.6)

0.83(21.1)

0.83(21.1)


1.50 (38.1)

0.28(7.1)

0.34(8.6)

0.11(2.8)

0.17(4.3)


Roller onReverse Side(Stainless Steel)

1.50 (38.1)

0.69 (17.5)

0.25 (6.4)

0.34(8.6)

0.18(4.6)

0.24(6.1)

Ball Bearing

0.77 in-oz E50KL580

0.75 (19.0)

0.32(8.1)

0.34(8.6)

0.27(6.9)

0.31(7.9)



1.50 (38.1)

0.28 (7.1)

0.34(8.6)

0.23(5.8)

0.31(7.9)


0.44(11)

C

A

D

FE

B

0.67(17)

0.44(11)

A

D

C

FE

B

0.67(17)


2-52August 2007

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES

Limit SwitchesOperators

Model Selection — Roller Type Operators (for Rotary Head Switches: E50 Plug-In, E50 6P+, and 10316) (Continued)NOTE: Only operators with Nylatron rods or rollers should be used with explosion-proof limit switches.


given in Operating Head specifications.� Maximum length dimension between operating shaft axis to the roller axis for comparison. Precision adjustable to lesser dimensions.� By reassembling lever, minimum length can be reduced another 12.7 mm (0.5 inch).� Applies when lever is extended to the maximum dimension.� High-Grade Stainless Steel.



Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in mm [Inches]

A — Lever Length �


C — Roller Width

D E F

Offset Inboard Roller(Stainless Steel)

1.50 (38.1) 0.75 (19.0)

0.32 (8.1)

0.03 (0.8)

— — Nylatron 0.65 in-oz E50KL24


0.69 (17.5)

0.25 (6.4)

0.04 (1.0)

— — Ball Bearing

0.90 in-oz E50KL26

Offset Outboard Roller(Stainless Steel)

1.50 (38.1) 0.75 (19.0)

0.32 (8.1)

0.03 (0.8)

— — Nylatron 0.65 in-oz E50KL27

— — Metal 1.20 in-oz E50KL28

0.69 (17.5)

0.25 (6.4)

0.04 (1.0)

— — Ball Bearing

0.90 in-oz E50KL29

0.75 (19.0)

1.00 (25.4)

— — — Nylatron 1.10 in-oz E50KL30

Bantam Lever 0.69 (17.5) 0.85 (22) 0.18 (4.6)

— — — Metal 0.45 in-oz E50KL532

Precision Adjustment 0.69 (17.5)RollerLength: 1.50(38.1) �

0.75 (19.0)

0.32 (8.1)

0.48 (12.2)

0.24 (6.1)

0.28 (7.1)



0.69 (17.5)

0.25 (6.4)

0.48 (12.2)

0.16 (4.1)

0.22 (5.6)

Ball Bearing

0.90 in-oz E50KL535

Adjustable Roller(Stainless Steel)

1.0 (25.4) to 3.75 (95.2) �

0.69 (17.5)

0.25 (6.4)

0.23 (5.8)

0.30 (7.6)

— Ball Bearing

2.50 in-oz � E50KL539

0.75 (19.0)

0.32 (8.1)

0.29 (7.4)

0.33 (8.4)

— Nylatron 1.90 in-oz � E50KL201 E50KL201SPL �

Metal 3.40 in-oz � E50KL538

0.50 (12.7)

0.46 (11.6)

0.48 (12.2)

— Nylatron 1.90 in-oz � E50KL599

1.00 (25.4)

0.90 (22.9)

0.95 (24.1)


0.5 (12.7) to 3.25 (82.6)

4.0(102)

0.11 (2.8)

0.11 (2.8)

0.19 (4.8)

— Large Nylatron

4.50 in-oz � E50KL598

0.5 (12.7) to 3.75 (95.2)

— — — — — Without Roller

1.20 in-oz � E50KL31

1.63 (41.3) to 3.75 (95.2) �

1.5 (38.1)

0.29 (7.4)

0.26 (6.6)

0.32 (8.1)


E50KL201

E50KL537


August 2007

PG08301004E F

53
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Model Selection — Roller Type Operators (for Rotary Head Switches: E50 Plug-In, E50 6P+, and 10316) (Continued)
NOTE: Only operators with Nylatron rods or rollers should be used with explosion-proof limit switches.




Model Selection — Rod Type Operators (for Rotary Head Switches: E50 Plug-In, E50 6P+, and 10316)NOTE: Only operators with Nylatron rods or rollers should be used with explosion-proof limit switches.

� Length form the operating shaft axis to tip.


Catalog Number


A — Lever Length �


C — Roller Width

D E F

Fork Lever — BothRollers on One Side

1.50 (38.1)

0.69 (17.5)

0.25 (6.4)

0.08 (2.0)

0.14 (3.6)

— Ball Bearing

— E50KL545

0.75 (19.0)

0.32 (8.1)

0.16 (4.1)

0.20 (5.1)

— Nylatron — E50KL204

Metal — E50KL544

1.00 (25.4)

0.84 (21.3)

0.88 (22.4)

— Nylatron — E50KL543

Fork Lever — OneRoller Outside, OneInside

1.50 (38.1)

0.69 (17.5)

0.25 (6.4)

0.08 (2.0)

0.14 (3.6)

0.64 (16.3)G: 0.70(17.8)

Ball Bearing

— E50KL542

0.75 (19.0)

0.32 (8.1)

0.16 (4.1)

0.20 (5.1)

0.73 (18.5)G: 0.77(19.6)

Nylatron — E50KL203

Metal — E50KL541

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Rod Type Minimum Required � Return Torque

Catalog Number


A — Rod Length �

B — Rod Diameter

Adjustable Rod 5.5 (140) maximum

Rod Diameter: 0.19 (4.8) Nylon 0.40 in-oz � E50KL399

Rod Diameter: 0.12 (3.2) Metal 0.92 in-oz � E50KL202

8.75 (222)maximum

Rod Size (Square): 0.12 (3.2) x 0.12 (3.2) Metal 2.20 in-oz � E50KL581

9.0 (229)maximum

Rod Diameter: 0.19 (4.8) Stainless Steel

7.00 in-oz � E50KL220

12.0 (305)maximum

Rod Diameter: 0.12 (3.2) Bendable Steel

5.00 in-oz � E50KL226

Clamps forAdjustable Rods(Rod not included)

— Clamp for 0.19 (4.8) diameter rods — — E50KL35

Clamp for 0.12 (3.2) diameter rods — — E50KL36

Clamp for 0.25 (6.4) diameter rods — — E50KL41

E50KL202

� Caution: When selecting lever, the minimum req
uired return torque of lever should not exceed minim

um return force available in operating head as
� Applies when lever is extended to the maximum dimension.


2-54August 2007

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES


Model Selection — Rod Type Operators (for Rotary Head Switches: E50 Plug-In, E50 6P+, and 10316) (Continued)

� Length from the operating shaft axis to tip.� Caution: When selecting lever, the minimum required return torque of lever should not exceed minimum return force available in operating head as

given in Operating Head specifications.� Applies when lever is extended to the maximum dimension.


Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Rod Type Minimum Required � Return Torque

Catalog Number



B — Rod Diameter

Spring Rod 12.12 (308) Rod Diameter: 0.25 (6.4) Nylon 3.50 in-oz E50KL556

11.62 (295) Rod Diameter: 0.09 (2.3) Stainless Steel

2.80 in-oz E50KL421

Adjustable Wire 12.12 (308)maximum

0.50 (12.7) Diameter loop on wire end

Nylon Covered Wire

1.50 in-oz � E50KL533

Adjustable WideRoller Lever

4.19 (106)maximum

Roller Diameter: 0.75 (19.0) Nylatron 4.50 in-oz � E50KL37


August 2007

PG08301004E F

55
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Model Selection — Rod Type Operators (for Rotary Head Switches: E50 Plug-In, E50 6P+, and 10316) (Continued)
� Length from the operating shaft axis to tip.� Caution: When selecting lever, the minimum required return torque of lever should not exceed minimum return force available in operating head as

given in Operating Head specifications.Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Material Minimum Required � Return Torque

Catalog Number



B — Rod Diameter

C D

Nylatron Loop 6.0 (152) Ø: 0.158 (4.0) — — Nylatron 0.40 in-oz E50KL142

150 (38.1) Ø: 0.1875 (4.8)Loop ID: 0.375 (9.5)

0.52 (13.1) 0.34 (8.6) Zinc-Plated Steel

0.53 in-oz E50KL33

0.44(11)

A

D

C

B

0.67(17)


2-56August 2007

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES


Model Selection — Wobble Type Operators (for E50DW1 Head on E50 Plug-In and E50 6P+ Switches)


Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in mm [Inches](Shown with E50DW1 Wobble Head)

Nylon Rod E50KW2

Stainless Steel Rod E50KW3

Coil Spring E50KW4


August 2007

PG08301004E F

57
2-Limit Switches Non Plug-In Style PG.05C.05.T.E
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Non Plug-In Switches
ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57 Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59

Cutler-Hammer® 10316 Type L Non Plug-In Limit Switches by Eaton’s electrical business are sold as complete assembled devices only with a wide array of operating head configurations. All switches are single-pole 1N.O.-1N.C.

Approvals■ UL Listed■ CSA Certified


Non Plug-In Limit Switches for Heavy-Duty Use

Product Features■ Side and top rotary, side and top push or wobble operation■ CW, CCW or CW and CCW operating modes are field convertible■ Double break-make snap action contacts, same polarity each pole■ Captive saddle clamp terminals accept up to #12 wire■ Head can be mounted in any of four discrete positions, intervals of 90°

Specifications

� Ranges below +32°F are based on absence of freezing moisture or water.


Contact Rating NEMA A600, R300 double break-make snap action contacts

Electrical Life 500,000 operations minimumMechanical Life 5,000,000 operations minimum at full load Conduit Entrance 0.5” (12.7 mm) NPTMaterial of Construction Zinc die castEnclosure Rating NEMA 1, 4, 13Operating Temperature -20° to 200°F (-29° to 93°C) �Approximate Shipping Weight 2 lbs

Electrical Data — Max. Contact Ratings, per Pole (Contacts must be same polarity when both circuits are used)ACVolts

Current, Amperes Volt Amperes DC Volts DC Current, AmpereMake Break Cont. Thermal

RatingsMake Break

NEMA A600, R300 Rating

120240480600

60301512

631.51.2

10 7200 720 125250

.22

.11



Side Rotary Top Rotary Side Push Top Push WobbleOperated

or more informa
tion visit: www.eato n.com

2-58August 2007

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES

Limit SwitchesNon Plug-In Style

Model Selection — Complete Assembled Switches Single-Pole 1N.O.-1N.C.

Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.

Operating Characteristics Operating Data — Nominal Catalog Number



Total Travel Force to Operate Contacts

MinimumReturn Force

Side Rotary Operated Standard 10° 4° 50° 3 in-lb 4.5 in-oz 10316H187

Top Rotary Operated Clockwise 20° 12° 140° 1.1 in-lb 3 in-oz 10316H700

Counterclockwise 20° 12° 140° 1.1 in-lb 3 in-oz 10316H701

Side Push Operated Adjustable Pushbutton 0.07 in(1.8 mm)

0.03 in(.8 mm)

0.29 in(7.4 mm)

4 lb 8 oz 10316H621

Vertical Roller — 0.44 in (11.2 mm) 0.07 in(1.8 mm)

0.03 in(.8 mm)

0.29 in(7.4 mm)

4 lb 8 oz 10316H284

Horizontal Roller — 0.44 in (11.2 mm) 0.07 in(1.8 mm)

0.03 in(.8 mm)

0.29 in(7.4 mm)

4 lb 8 oz 10316H285

Top Push Operated Pushbutton 0.04 in(1.0 mm)

0.02 in(.5 mm)

0.28 in(7.1 mm)

4 lb 8 oz 10316H281

Roller — 0.44 in (11.2 mm) Dia. 0.04 in(1.0 mm)

0.02 in(.5 mm)

0.28 in(7.1 mm)

4 lb 8 oz 10316H283

Roller — 0.75 in (19.1 mm) Dia. 0.04 in(1.0 mm)

0.02 in(.5 mm)

0.28 in(7.1 mm)

4 lb 8 oz 10316H577

Wobble Operated Spring 10° 6° 15° 1 in-lb 2.4 in-oz 10316H299

Nylon Rod 10° 6° 15° 2 in-lb 2.4 in-oz 10316H296

Wire 10° 6° 15° 2 in-lb 2.4 in-oz 10316H484

Cat Whisker 15° 5° 30° 0.63 in-lb 1.7 in-oz 10316H341

For Operating Levers, see Page 2-50

For Operating Levers, see Page 2-50

For Wobble Operators, see Page 2-50

PG08301004E

PG08301004E F

59August 2007

2-Limit SwitchesNon Plug-In Style

IT TCH

ES
Approximate Dimensions in Inches or Inches (mm)
Side Rotary Operated Head Side Push Maintained Contact

2LI

MSW

I

Side Pushbutton, Adjustable

Top Pushbutton

Side Push, Vertical Roller

Dimension “A”With 0.44 (11.2) Diameter Roller 1.78 (45.2)With 0.75 (19.1) Diameter Roller 2.09 (53.1)

with Switch

�

�

�

Top Push Roller

Dimension “A”

Wobble Operators

With 0.44 (11.2) Diameter Roller 2.03 (51.6)With 0.75 (19.1) Diameter Roller 2.34 (59.4)

Type A B C

Wobble Spring

5.44 (138.2) 0.31 (7.9) 0.81 (20.6)

Wire Wobble Stick

12.5 (317.5) 0.08 (2.0) 0.81 (20.6)

Nylon Wobble Stick

4.5 (114.3) 0.25 (6.4) 0.81 (20.6)

�

�

� Dimension from centerline of head to mounting surface is 0.78 inches (20 mm).


2-60

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES

Limit Switches

August 2007
Hazardous Location Switches PG.05C.07.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.

Hazardous Location Limit Switches

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60 Model Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61 Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63

Cutler-Hammer® Type LX, CX and CBX Limit Switches by Eaton’s electrical business are designed for extreme environmental service in NEMA 7 – 9 locations where there exists a danger of an internal or external explosion of flammable gases, vapors, metal alloy or grain dust. Type CB provides excellent corrosion resistant properties in NEMA 4X applications. Markets served include mining, grain storage, forest products, petrochemical, pharmaceutical and waste and sewage management.

Approvals■ cUL


Switches Designed Specifically for Use in Hazardous Locations

Product Features■ Sealed and unsealed versions available■ One-way gasket on sealed version keeps liquids out, yet allows a harmless

release of gases in the event of an internal explosion■ Silicon bronze housing provides excellent corrosion resistant properties in

extreme NEMA 4X applications■ Temperature buildup on limit switch surface is dissipated by housing

design and materials used■ Utilizes the operating heads and internal switch mechanisms of the 10316 L

Non Plug-In line

NEMA Rating ComparisonSwitch Type

LX CX CBX CB

NEMA 1, 4, 13 X X XNEMA 4X X XNEMA 7 Division I, Class I, BCD X X XNEMA 9 Division I, Class II, EFG X X X

Type LX Type CX Type CBX Type CB(Not rated for explosivelocations)

For Customer



PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

61
2-Limit SwitchesHazardous Location Switches
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Model Selection — Complete Assembled Switches with Spring Return Heads �
� Field convertible to clockwise only or counterclockwise only operation.� 1N.O.-1N.C. contacts must be same polarity when both circuits are used — 1N.O. and 1N.C. contacts have isolated poles and may be used on opposite

polarity.� Neutral position switches operate one circuit in each direction.� Contact Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Engineering at 1-800-426-9184 for replacement contact blocks.


Head Type Operating Data — Nominal Body Type Contacts Catalog NumberTravel to

Operate Contacts



MinimumReturn Force

Side RotaryOperated

Standard,10° Pretravel �

10° 4° 50° 3.0 in-lb 4.5 in-oz Type LX 1N.O.-1N.C.� 10316H1002

2N.O. 10316H1039

1N.O. and 1N.C.� 10316H1049

2N.C. 10316H1059

Type CX 1N.O.-1N.C.� 10316H2200

1N.O. and 1N.C.� 10316H2176

2N.C. 10316H2178

Type CB 1N.O.-1N.C.� 10316H2149

2N.C. 10316H2140

Type CBX 1N.O.-1N.C.� 10316H2168

2N.C. 10316H2159

Narrow Differential5° Pretravel �

5° 2° 50° 6.0 in-lb 4.5 in-oz Type LX 1N.O.-1N.C.� 10316H1146

Type CX 1N.O.-1N.C.� 10316H2197

Neutral Position,18° Pretravel �

18° 6° 50° 1.8 in-lb 2.5 in-oz Type LX 2N.O. 10316H1071

2N.C. 10316H1072

Type CX 2N.O. 10316H2179

Type CBX 2N.C. 10316H2160

Side Push Operated Pushbutton 0.07 inch(1.8 mm)

0.03 inch(0.76 mm)

0.29 inch(7.4 mm)

4 lbs 8 oz Type LX 1N.O. and 1N.C.� 10316H1213

AdjustablePushbutton

0.07 inch(1.8 mm)

0.03 inch(0.76 mm)

0.29 inch(7.4 mm)

4 lbs 8 oz Type LX 1N.O.-1N.C.� 10316H1192

Vertical Roller,0.44 inch (11.2 mm)Diameter

0.07 inch(1.8 mm)

0.03 inch(0.76 mm)

0.29 inch(7.4 mm)


Vertical Roller,0.75 inch (19.1 mm)Diameter

0.07 inch(1.8 mm)

0.03 inch(0.76 mm)

0.29 inch(7.4 mm)


Top Push Operated Pushbutton 0.04 inch(1 mm)

0.02 inch(0.5 mm)

0.28 inch(7.1 mm)


Type CX 1N.O. and 1N.C.� 10316H2188

AdjustablePushbutton

0.04 inch(1 mm)

0.02 inch(0.5 mm)

0.28 inch(7.1 mm)


1N.O. and 1N.C.� 10316H1212

Roller,0.44 inch(11.2 mm)Diameter

0.04 inch(1 mm)

0.02 inch(0.5 mm)

0.28 inch(7.1 mm)


Type CBX 1N.O.-1N.C.� 10316H2170

Roller, 0.75 inch(19.1 mm) Diameter

0.04 inch(1 mm)

0.02 inch(0.5 mm)

0.28 inch(7.1 mm)


For operating levers, see Page 2-50. Only levers with Nylatron rods or rollers should be used with explosion-proof limit switches.


2-62August 2007

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES

Limit SwitchesHazardous Location Switches

Model Selection — Complete Assembled Switches with Spring Return Heads (Continued) �

� 1N.O.-1N.C. contacts must be same polarity when both circuits are used — 1N.O. and 1N.C. contacts have isolated poles and may be used on opposite polarity.

� Travel with force applied at one-inch (25.4 mm) radius. Applied at end of operator, travel is approximately 14.� Contact Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Engineering at 1-800-426-9184 for replacement contact blocks.

Specifications

� Ranges below +32°F (0°C) are based on absence of freezing moisture or water.� 1N.O.-1N.C. contacts must be same polarity when both circuits are used —

1N.O. and 1N.C. contacts have isolated poles and may be used on opposite polarities.

Head Type Operating Data — Nominal Body Type Contacts Catalog NumberTravel to

Operate Contacts



MinimumReturn Force

Wobble Operated Spring 10° � 6° 15° 1 in-lb 2.4 in-oz Type LX 1N.O.-1N.C.� 10316H1237

Nylon Rod 10° � 6° 15° 2 in-lb 5.6 in-oz Type LX 1N.O.-1N.C.� 10316H1009

Material of ConstructionLX, CXCB, CBX

Cast aluminum die castSilicon bronze

Conduit Entrance LXCB, CBX, CX

1/2” Pipe tap3/4” Pipe tap

Mounting Surface mountEnclosure RatingLX, CX, CBXCB, CBXCX

NEMA 7 Div. 1, Class I BCD; NEMA 9 Div. 1, Class II, EFGNEMA 1, 4, 4X, 13NEMA 1, 4, 13NOTE: A conduit seal-off kit is required for these switches

Operating Temperature -20° to 200°F (-29° to 93°C)�

Approximate Shipping WeightLXCXCB, CBX

2 lb2.5 lb6 lb

Electrical Data — Maximum Contact Ratings, per Pole ACVolts

Current, Amperes Volt Amperes DC Volts DC Current,AmpereMake Break Cont.� Make Break

1N.O.-1N.C. Switches NEMA A600, R300 Rating

120240480600

60301512

631.51.2

10 7200 720 125250

0.20.1

All Other Switches, B600

120240480600

3015

7.56

31.50.750.60

5 3600 360 120240

0.10.05


August 2007

PG08301004E F

63
2-Limit SwitchesHazardous Location Switches
CHES
Approximate Dimensions in Inches or Inches (mm)
Type LX Switch with Type CX, CB and CBX Switches Wobble Operators

2LI

MIT

SWIT


Side Rotary Head

Side Pushbutton Head

�

Top Pushbutton Head

�

Side Push, Vertical Roller Head

�


with Side Rotary Head

Adjustable Side Pushbutton Head

�

Adjustable Top Pushbutton Head

�

Top Push Roller Head

�


Type A B C

Wobble Spring

5.44 (138.2) 0.31 (7.9) 0.94 (23.9)

Nylon Rod 4.5 (114.3) 0.25 (6.4) 0.94 (23.9)

� Dimension from centerline of head to mounting surface: Type LX: 0.94 inches (23.9 mm); Type CX, CB, CBX: 1.04 inches (26.4 mm).

2-64

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES

Limit Switches

August 2007
Special Purpose PG.05C.08.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.

Special Purpose Limit Switches

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64 Push Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65 Roller Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65Rotating Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66Pneumatic Time Delay. . . . . . . . 2-66Precision. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67

Cutler-Hammer® Special Purpose (Type D, F), Rotating Shaft (Type J), Pneumatic Time Delay (Type LP) and Precision and Cabinet Door Interlock (Type PS) Limit Switches from Eaton’s electrical business serve a variety of special purpose industrial applications for MRO and User Replacement requirements.


(Type J and PS only)


A Variety of Unique Limit Switches for MRO and User Replacement

Push RollerType D

Roller LeverType F

Rotating ShaftType J

Pneumatic Time DelayType F

Precision SwitchesType PS

For Customer



PG08301004E

PG08301004E F

65August 2007

2-Limit SwitchesSpecial Purpose

2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Push Roller Switches — Type D
Model SelectionOperator Circuit Operating Force Catalog Number

Push Roller (Roller can be rotated 90°)

1N.O.-1N.C.SPDT

3.5 pounds 10316H10

SpecificationsEnclosure Rating NEMA 1Shipping Weight 1.5 poundsApprovals UL Listed

Maximum Ampere RatingState AC Volts DC Volts

120 240 480 600 120 240 600

Make Break

205

82

41

41

—0.6

—0.3

——

Roller Lever Switches — Type FModel Selection �


Operator Circuit Travel to Operate Contacts


Roller Lever (CW and CCW operation, spring return)

1N.O.-1N.C. 40° 35°

2N.O.-2N.C. 17° 6°

� Replacement operator head is available with part number 86-862-22. Replacement roller lever is avakey pin and washer for roller is available with part number 16-906.


6.88 (174.8) 1- & 2-Pole7.69 (195.3) 3-Pole

2.69 (68.3)1- & 2-Pole 3.00 (76.2)

3-Pole

3.00 (76.2)1- & 2-Pole

3.31 (84.1) 3-Pole

3.66 (93.0)1- & 2-Pole 3.75 (95.3)

3-Pole

1.31 (33.3)1- & 2-Pole 1.13 (28.7)

3-Pole


Total Travel Overtravel Catalog Number

65° 25° 10316H18

60° 43° 10316H320

ilable with part number 24-1712. Replacement


Specifications

Maximum Ampere Rating

Enclosure Rating NEMA 4Operating Temperature 0° to 180°F (-18° to 82°C)Conduit Entrance 0.5 inch NPTShipping Weight 4.0 poundsApprovals UL Listed

Circuit State AC Volts DC Volts

120 240 480 600 120 240 600

1N.O.-1N.C.

Make Break

606

303

201.5

151.2

—2.2

—1.1

—0.40

2N.O.-2N.C.

Make Break

4015

2010

106

85

—0.5

—0.2

—0.02

2.13(54.1)1.50

(38.1)

3.06(77.7)

4.44(112.8)

1.13(28.7)

1.00 (25.4)Dia.

2.50 (63.5)Max.

August 2007

2-66

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES

Limit SwitchesSpecial Purpose

Rotating Shaft Switches — Type JRotating Shaft Limit Switches allow the shaft to be rotated a preset number of revolutions (adjustable from 1/2 to 100 with an accuracy of 1/20 of a turn) before the contacts will switch. A second set of contacts will trip when reaching a preset limit in the opposite direction. These switches are typically used in crane and hoist applications to provide end of travel stops for the hook assembly.

Model Selection

� For replacement N.O. contacts, order 17-1403; N.C. contacts, order 17-702.� 10316H54 has factory set circuits, but is easily convertible to any of three circuits (2N.O.-2N.C.,

4N.O. or 4N.C.). Full instructions enclosed with every switch.


Shaft to Cam Ratio

Max. Turns to Trip Contacts

Min. Turns to Trip Contacts

Over-travel Before ResettingContacts

Reversal After Tripping to Reset Contacts

Circuit � Enclosure Rating

Catalog Number

103:1 100 input shaft turns

1/2 input shaft turns

103 input shaft turns max.

1/8 input shaft turns min.

2N.C. NEMA 1 10316H50

2N.O.-2N.C. �

NEMA 4 10316H54 �

SpecificationsShipping WeightNEMA 1 ModelsNEMA 4 Models

5.5 pounds13 pounds

Approvals UL Listed, CSA Certified

Maximum Ampere Rating


State AC Volts DC Volts

120 240 480 600 120 240

Make BreakContinuous�

606

10

303

10

151.5

10

121.2

10

2.22.2

10

1.11.1

10

Pneumatic Time Delay Switches — Type LP
Model Selection
� Field convertibleFast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.

Specifications

� To maintain operating accuracy during the timing cycle, the switch lever must be faster than the timed setting.

Operator Total Travel

Pre-travel

Circuit Timed Contacts

Direction of Rotation �

Catalog Number

Side Rotary (Spring return to center)

50° 10° 1N.O.-1N.C.

ON Delay CW 10316H1580

CW & CCW 10316H1600

OFF Delay CW 10316H1610

CW & CCW 10316H1630

Timing Range 0.05 to 60 secondsON Delay Function Timing begins when lever is actuated and heldOFF Delay Function Timing begins when lever is releasedRepeat Accuracy � With 15 second or higher interval between timing periods: ±10% of setting maximum

With less than 15 second interval between timing periods: ±25% of setting maximumOperating Frequency 250 operations per minute maximumEnclosure Rating NEMA 4, 13Operating Temperature 32° to 150°F (0° to 65°C)Conduit Entrance 0.5 inch NPTShipping Weight 2 poundsApprovals UL Listed

Requires an operating lever, seePage 2-50


Approximate Dimensions in Inches


Electrical Data — Max. Contact Ratings/Pole


ACVolts

Current, Amperes Volt Amperes DC Volts

DC Cur., AmpMake Break Cont.

�Make Break

All Switches 1N.O.-1N.C.NEMA A600, R300 Rating

120240480600

60301512

631.51.2

10 7200 720 120240

0.20.1

NEMA 1 Models

NEMA 4 Model

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

67
2-Limit SwitchesSpecial Purpose
2LI

MIT

SWIT

CHES
Precision Switches — Type PS
Model Selection

� The plunger when pulled out exposes a red band to indicate that interlock is defeated.


Operator Catalog Number

Circuits — SPDT1N.O.-1N.C.

Circuits — DPDT2N.O.-2N.C.

Operator Only

Precision Switch Devices Precision switch only 10316H89 10316H2000 —

Pushbutton with oiltight plunger — 10316H2006 —

Roller with oiltight plunger perpendicular to mounting holes — 10316H2012 —

Roller with oiltight plunger in line with mounting holes 10316H110 — —

6" lever with top and right-hand mounting bracket 10316H113 — 10316H143

6" lever with top and left-hand mounting bracket — — 10316H144

Roller lever with top and right-hand mounting bracket 10316H119 — 10316H145

Roller lever with top and left-hand mounting bracket 10316H122 — 10316H146

One way roller lever with top and right-hand mounting bracket — — 10316H147

One way roller lever with top and left-hand mounting bracket — — 10316H148

Cabinet Door Interlocks Precision switch only 10316H828 10316H829A —

Cabinet door interlock operator with one precision switch and with red (defeated �) indicator

10316H1028 10316H2042 10316H150

Cabinet door interlock operator with two each of listed precision switches and with red (defeated �) indicator

10316H1029 — —

Single-Pole

Roller Lever Type

Maximum Ampere Rating — Heavy-Duty 1/2 hp, 250V AC MaximumAC Volts DC Volts

Double Throw

Type State 120 240 480 600 120 240 600

Single-Pole MakeBreak

4015

2010

106

85

2.00.5

0.50.2

0.10.02

Double-Pole MakeBreak

303

151.5

81

60.8

0.50.2

0.20.1

0.2—


SpecificationsApprovals UL Recognized, CSA Certified


isit: www.eaton.com

2-68August 2007

2LIM

ITSW

ITCHES

Limit Switches

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-1
3Inductive Proximity Sensors
04Intro.fm



3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS

F

Table of ContentsContents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Technical Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8iProx™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9E57 Premium+ Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16E57 Premium+ Series Short Barrel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25Global Proximity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30AccuProx™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37ChipMaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43SpeedSense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47Ferrous Only Tubular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51Metal Face . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54High Current Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58Miniature Short Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60E56 Pancake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64Tubular, Nonmetallic Housing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68E52 Cube Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71E52 Rectangular Style. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-74E55 Limit Switch Style, Nonmetallic Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77E51 Limit Switch Style, Factory Sealed 6P+ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87



3-2August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS

Inductive Proximity SensorsProduct Selection

iProx™ E57 Premium+ Series E57 Premium+ Series Short Barrel


Overview The iProx is designed to be the highest performing sensor at a reasonable price. Standard features include extended sensing ranges, high noise-immunity, extreme durability and includes Autoconfigure Technology. Optional advanced features include output delay, speed detection and cloning with the ProxView Software.

High performance inductive sensors include stainless steel models, extended ranges and right-angle sensing

Full featured sensors with shorter overall length than standard tubular sensors

Applications Automotive, machine tool, material handling where high sensing performance and inventory consolidation is an issue

A wide variety of applications including those where customers require AC/DC universal inventory sensors

Automation, robotics, transfer lines, conveyors, material handling

Product Features ■ Auto-configure technology automatically detects a sinking (NPN) or sourcing (PNP) connection and switches the sensor accordingly, without any user intervention

■ Optional computer programming cable and Windows-based ProxView configuration software makes it easy to customize sensors

■ Clone the sensor to match the characteristics of more than 4,800 competitive models, or configure it to match your specific application needs

■ New programming station allows for“one touch” programming and batch programming of up to four sensors at a time

■ Advanced programmable features such as dual outputs, output delay, speed detection and more

■ Resistant to extreme temperatures (-40°C) and high pressure washdown

■ Complementary and dual outputs available

■ 12, 18 and 30 mm diameters

■ 2-wire and 3-wire AC and DC sensors

■ AC/DC models operate on 20 – 250V AC or DC

■ 360˚ LED indicators standard

■ Unmatched noise immunity >20V/meter

■ Extended range models offer over 3 times the range of standard models

■ N.O. or N.C. outputs

■ Variety of terminations

■ Resettable short circuit protected and reverse polarity on select models

■ Robust stainless steel tubes, shock-resistant front caps, polycarbonate end bells, and impact-absorbing potting compound are resistant to physical and environmental abuse in high temperature, high pressure washdown and high shock and vibration applications

■ Noise immunity of 10 – 20 volts/meter eliminates problems associated with electrical noise

■ Available in 12, 18 and 30 mm diameters

■ 2-wire sensors offer 20 – 250V AC or DC operation;AC only 20 – 135V AC

■ 3-wire models operate on 6 – 30V DC

■ 360˚ LED indicators

■ Same sensing ranges as standard sensors

■ High flex extra long 5m cable or pigtail micro-pin connector

■ Short circuit protection on AC/DC and DC-only versions

Output Ratings AC — 250 – 500 mADC — 300 – 500 mA

AC mode — 250 – 500 mADC mode — 200 mA

AC — 200 – 500 mA continuousDC — 500 mA continuous

Enclosure Ratings

NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13IEC — IP67

NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13IEC — IP67

NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13IEC — IP67

Construction Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steelSemi-shielded models: nickel plated brass

Approvals C-UL Listed C-UL Listed UL ListedCSA Certified (AC/DC and DC-only models)

(AC/DC and DC-only models)


August 2007

PG08301004E F

-3
3Inductive Proximity SensorsProduct Selection
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS

Global Proximity AccuProx™ ChipMaster


Overview This full-line, tubular proximity sensor family provides a cost-effective solution for high volume OEM use

The AccuProx™ sensor features analog outputs that change linearly as the target moves closer or further from the sensor face.

The ChipMaster sensor is an application-specific sensing solution engineered to better tolerate metal chips on or near the sensor face. An embedded microprocessor allows ChipMaster to better discriminate between metal chips and true targets within the sensing field.

Applications Machine tool detection, press applications, cam detection, material handling, valve and shaft position, automotive assembly

Part positioning, distance, size and thickness measurement, general inspection and error proofing (such as material imperfection or blemish detection), eccentricity or absolute angle detection, identification of different metals

Automotive, metal cutting, forming and stamping

Product Features

■ 8, 12, 18 and 30 mm diameters

■ 2-wire sensors available in AC or DC versions

■ 3-wire sensors available in DC versions

■ Shielded and unshielded models

■ LED indicators standard

■ Cable, micro-connector and nano-connector terminations

■ Short circuit protection on DC models

■ Extended linear sensing range of up to 25 millimeters — three times longer than standard tubular analog inductive sensors

■ Outputs available in current (4 – 20 or 0 – 20 mA) and voltage (0 – 10V)

■ High output resolution and repeatability for applications requiring precision sensing performance

■ Robust stainless steel barrel, shock-resistant front cap, polycarbonate end bell and impact-absorbing potting compound

■ Ideal for extreme temperature or high pressure washdown environments

■ High noise immunity of 20V/m prevents many problems associated with electrical noise

■ Tolerates metal chips within sensing field better than standard inductive proximity sensors

■ Auto-configure output allows for automatic detection of NPN or PNP

■ Rugged stainless steel housing with shock absorbent potting compound

■ Resistant to extreme temperatures (-40˚C) and high pressure washdown

■ High electrical noise immunity of 20 V/m

Contact Ratings

AC mode — 200 mADC mode — 100 mA

0 – 10V DC, 0 – 20 mA, 4 – 20 mA AC — 250 – 500 mADC — 300 – 500 mA

Enclosure Ratings

IP67 NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 13 NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13

Construction Nickel plated brass8 mm Nano Stainless steel

Stainless steel Stainless steel

Approvals

cCSAus

C-UL Listed C-UL Listed(DC models only)


3-4August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS


SpeedSense Ferrous Only Tubular Metal Face


Overview SpeedSense is one of the first tubular inductive sensors to feature built-in speed detection technology. Using SpeedSense, you can reliably detect when an object rotation or lateral movement slows below a fixed point.

Sensors designed to detect only ferrous metals (steel/iron)

Tough sensors with thick stainless steel sensing faces and barrels

Applications Automotive, machine tool, material handling Workcell applicationsAutomotive and aircraft production

Metal cutting operations where damage to sensor face could occur

Product Features

■ Built-in speed detection technology activates the sensor when the target’s rotational or lateral speed slows

■ Reliably detects metal targets at up to three times range of conventional inductive proximity sensors

■ Auto-configure output allows for automatic detection of NPN or PNP

■ Resistant to extreme temperature (-40˚C) and high pressure washdown

■ High electrical noise immunity of 20 V/m

■ 18 mm diameters

■ 2-wire AC or 3-wire DC

■ N.O. or N.C. outputs

■ Micro- and mini-pin terminations

■ LED indicators

■ 12, 18 and 30 mm diameters

■ 2-wire AC or 3-wire DC

■ 20 mil thick stainless steel face

■ 303 stainless steel barrel

■ LED indicator

■ 2 meter cable, micro- and mini-pin connections

Contact Ratings

AC — 250 – 500 mADC — 300 – 500 mA

AC — 500 mA continuousDC — 200 mA continuous

AC — 500 mA continuousDC — 200 mA continuous

Enclosure Ratings

NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13 NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13IEC — IP67

NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13IEC — IP67

Construction Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel

Approvals C-UL Listed UL ListedCSA Certified



August 2007

PG08301004E F

-5
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS

High Current Output Miniature Short Body E56 Pancake


Overview DC sensors which can carry extremely large continuous inrush current

Small diameter and short body (4, 5, 6.5 and 8 mm) tubular housings for tight sensing applications

Self-contained sensors capable of sensing up to 3.94 inches (100 mm)

Applications Heavy-duty vehicles, cement mixers, lift trucks, front end loaders, farm equipment

Automation equipment, robotics, machine tool, counting, sorting

Oil rig operations, floor conveyors, automotive assembly, overhead cranes

Product Features

■ 30 mm diameter stainless steel housing

■ Solid-state output for 12 ampere continuous — 50 ampere inrush capacity

■ -40° to 158°F (-40° to 70°C) temperature range

■ N.O. and N.C. isolated outputs

■ Heavy gauge SJO cable

■ Variety of diameters in stainless steel housings

■ PVC cable, micro- and nano-pin connections

■ LED indicators standard

■ Short overall lengths

■ Short circuit and reverse polarity protection

■ 40, 50, 70 and 100 mm sensing distances

■ 4-wire DC models have complementary outputs (1 N.O. / 1 N.C.)

■ 4-wire DC models use auto-configure technology, which allows the sensor to automatically adapt for NPN or PNP without user intervention

■ Available in 2-wire AC/DC versions

■ Power and output LED indicator

■ Quick disconnect option

■ Short circuit protected in DC

■ Longest sensing distances available

Contact Ratings

12 ampere continuous50 ampere inrush

DC — 200 mA maximum AC — 500 mA continuousDC — 200 mA continuous

Enclosure Ratings

NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13IEC — IP67

NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13IEC — IP67

NEMA 4, 4X, 12, 13IEC — IP66(some models also rated NEMA 6)

Construction Stainless steel Stainless steel PPS

Approvals — —


3-6August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS


Tubular, Nonmetallic Housing E52 Cube Style E52 Rectangular Style


Overview Tubular sensors with nonmetallic housings offer high corrosion resistance

A family of industry-standard, cube-sized inductive sensors with long range capabilities

A variety of small rectangular sensors for limited space applications

Applications Food processing linesHigh washdown environments

AutomotiveManufacturingMachinery OEMs

Tight applications where conventional sensor are too large

Product Features

■ 12, 18 and 30 mm diameters shielded and unshielded sensing

■ Normally open or closed outputs

■ AC and DC voltages

■ Tough ABS plastic housing

■ Output LED on all models

■ Long inductive proximity ranges available (up to 40 mm sensing distance)

■ 4-wire DC models have complementary outputs (1 N.O. / 1 N.C.)

■ 4-wire DC models use auto-configure technology, which allows the sensor to automatically adapt for NPN or PNP without user intervention

■ Available in 2-wire AC/DC versions

■ Robust design featuring vibration and impact-absorbing potting compound

■ Ideal for extreme temperatures or high pressure washdown environments

■ Variety of housing styles R12, R18, Q16, Q25

■ 10 to 30V DC

■ NPN and PNP output

■ Short circuit protection

■ LED indicator for output status

Contact Ratings

AC — 150DC — 200

AC — 400 mA maximumDC — 300 mA maximum

DC — 100 mA maximum

Enclosure Ratings

NEMA 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 13IEC — IP66

NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13IEC — IP67

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 12IEC — IP66

Construction ABS plastic Zinc AlloyPPS, PL

PBT Composition housing

Approvals — — —


August 2007

PG08301004E F

-7
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS

E55 Limit Switch Style,Nonmetallic Housing

E51 Limit Switch Style,Modular

E51 Limit Switch Style, Factory Sealed 6P +


Overview These nonmetallic sensors provide corrosion resistance in a limit switch style housing

Modular design allows maximum use of inventories in these Limit Switch style housings. Solid-state circuitry in a variety of sensing ranges

Completely epoxy filled in unitized, one piece Limit Switch style construction for reliable performance under the most adverse of environmental conditions

Applications Food processing linesHigh washdown environments

Machine tool, punch presses, automotive, conveyor systems

All corrosive environments — Coolants/cutting oils Automotive applications

Product Features

■ 5 position head can be top mounted or in any of four side positions

■ Long sensing ranges up to 40 mm

■ Normally open or closed outputs

■ AC voltages

■ Tough PBT resin housing

■ Modular heads, switch bodies, receptacles

■ Shielded or unshielded sensing ranges

■ Solid-state electronics

■ Viton gasket seals

■ LED indicators for power and output status

■ Top and side sensing heads

■ Alternate frequency for side by side operation

■ Components individually labeled for easy identification

■ One piece housing on switch body/receptacle

■ Head and housing totally epoxy encapsulated

■ Side sensing head can be unfastened and moved to any of 4 positions

■ Quick disconnect options

■ Corrosive resistant epoxy coated housing

Contact Ratings

AC — 400 mA AC — 1 ampere continuousDC — 0.6 ampere continuous

AC — 1 ampere continuousDC — 0.6 ampere continuous

Enclosure Ratings

NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 12, 13IEC — IP67

NEMA 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13IEC — IP67Class I, Class II, Division 2 Groups A, B, C, D, F and G; Class III

NEMA 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 13IEC — IP67

Construction PBT resin Die Cast ZincGasket Material — Viton

Die Cast ZincGasket Material — Viton

Approvals — UL ListedCSA Certified

—

(most models)


3-8August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS

Inductive Proximity SensorsTechnical Reference

GeneralThere are a number of factors which should be considered when applying induction proximity sensors. A detailed discussion of these factors can be found in Section 11. Pre-sented below are a few of the more important considerations for quick reference.

MountingInductive proximity sensors are available in two classifications: shielded (also known as embeddable or flush mountable) and unshielded (non-embeddable or non-flush mountable). What these terms refer to is the distance to surrounding metal that the device can be mounted. In the case of a shielded sensor the device can be mounted with the sensor completely surrounded by metal.

In the case of an unshielded sensor, a metal free zone must be provided when mounting the sensor, as shown below. The size of the metal free zone is dependent on both the size of the sensor and the type of sensing range it has, i.e., standard or extended.

Where a and b are the metal free dimensions.

Type Shielding a b

Standard Range

Shielded 0 0Unshielded 2 x Sn Cap

HeightExtended Range

Semi-shielded Sn dNon-embeddable 2 x Sn Cap

Height

a

b

d

When mounting the sensors, do not exceed the following recommended torque specifications:

Extended Range SensorsCutler-Hammer extended range proximity sensors by Eaton’s electrical business offer sensing distances almost 3 times greater than conventional devices. They are available in semi-shielded designs — mounted similar to an embeddable sensor — and non-embeddable designs requiring more metal free zone area than conventional unshielded sensors. All are available in a variety of circuits and terminations.

Target MaterialWhen manufacturers of inductive proximity sensors state the sensing range of their devices, they are usually based upon a ferrous target made of carbon-rolled steel (IE FE 360) defined by ISO630. For example, in this product guide the E57LAL18A2 has a sensing range of 5 mm based upon a target of mild steel.

Sensing ranges to targets made of non-ferrous metals have to have a correction factor applied as listed in the table below. To use this table, multiply the sensing distance of the device by the factor given below. Example: the E57LAL18A2 has a sensing range of 5 mm. When used to sense a brass target, the sensing range becomes 2.25 mm (5 mm x 0.45).

Diameter StainlessSteel

Nickel-PlatedBrass

12 mm 35 lb-in (4.0 Nm) 20 lb-in (2.3 Nm)18 mm 70 lb-in (7.9 Nm) 70 lb-in (7.9 Nm)30 mm 70 lb-in (7.9 Nm) 70 lb-in (7.9 Nm)


Table of Correction Factors(Multiply sensing range of device by factor given below)

Target SizeOften overlooked when applying sensors is the fact that the manufac-turer’s stated sensing ranges are also dependent upon target size. The table below reflects the standard target sizes which were used to determine sensing ranges. If targets are the same size or greater than standard, no reduction in sensing distance will occur. However, a smaller target size will result in a decrease in sensing range. A gen-eral rule of thumb is that the target size shall be 3 x the range or the size of the sensor face, whichever is larger.

� Targets are 1 mm thick.

Target Sensor Size

4 – 8 mm 12 mm 18 mm 30 mm LimitSwitch

Stainless Steel 400

0.90 0.90 1.0 1.0 1.0

Stainless Steel 300

0.65 0.70 0.70 0.75 0.85

Brass 0.35 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.5Aluminum 0.35 0.40 0.45 0.40 0.47Copper 0.30 0.25 0.35 0.30 0.40

Target Standard Target Size �

Standard SensingRange

Extended Sensing Range

Shielded Devices

Un-shielded Devices

Semi-Shield Devices

Non-Embed-dable Devices

4 mm 4 mm Square

4 mm Square

— —

5 mm 5 mm Square

5 mm Square

— —

6.5 mm 6.5 mm Square

6.5 mm Square

— —

8 mm 8 mm Square

8 mm Square

— —

12 mm 12 mm Square

12 mm Square

18 mm Square

30 mm Square

18 mm 18 mm Square

24 mm Square

36 mm Square

60 mm Square

30 mm 30 mm Square

45 mm Square

66 mm Square

—

Limit Switch

45 mm Square

72 mm Square

— —

PG08301004E

October 2007

PG08301004E F

-9
3Inductive Proximity Sensors iProx™ PG.05D.17.T.E
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS


call 1-800-426-9184.

iProx Inductive Proximity Sensors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9Model Selection, Sensors . . . . 3-10Model Selection, CompatibleConnector Cables . . . . . . . . . . 3-11

Model Selection, Complementaryand Dual Output . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12


Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

The Cutler-Hammer® iProx represents the highest performance, most versa-tile tubular inductive sensor offered by Eaton's electrical business. By utilizing an embedded microprocessor and exclusive SmartSense™ technology, iProx can sense up to three times far-ther than typical sensors of its class, while providing an unheard-of level of customization.

Both shielded and unshielded versions of iProx feature extended sensing ranges. This allows the sensor to be mounted farther from the target, thereby reducing the potential for target impacts and increasing the sensing reliability of your application.

The iProx also includes a wide range of advanced features that can be enabled via optional programming tools. Using the ProxView Windows-based soft-ware package, an entirely custom sen-sor can be programmed to perfectly fit an application. Sensor characteristics, such as sensing range, can be custom-ized down to the nearest tenth of a mil-limeter. Outputs can be changed from N.O. to N.C. Even noise immunity and response time can be adjusted if neces-sary. The iProx even features built-in timing delays and speed detection logic — no PLC programming is necessary.

With extended sensing range, quality construction and the ability to adapt to its environment, iProx is the ideal choice for even the most demanding inductive sensing applications.

Approvals■ C-UL ListedFor the most current information on this product, visit our web site:www.EatonElectrical.com

Our Highest Performance, Most Versatile Inductive Sensor Yet

Note: Custom iProx models can also be ordered directly from the factory with pre-set ranges, outputs and connectors. Consult the Cutler-Hammer Application Engineers at 1-800-426-9184 for more information.

Product Features■ Available in AC 2-Wire, DC 3-Wire and unique DC 4-Wire with complementary

(N.O./N.C.) or dual N.O. outputs■ Reliably detect metal targets at up to three times the range of conventional

shielded or unshielded tubular inductive sensors■ Quality construction using a stainless steel barrel, 360-degree dual-color

LED indicator, Ryton® impact-resistant face cap and vibration-absorbing potting compound

■ Auto-configure technology automatically detects a sinking (NPN) or sourc-ing (PNP) connection and switches the sensor accordingly, without any user intervention

■ Exclusive SmartSense™ embedded microprocessor technology allows for customizable range, band sensing, nuisance metal rejection, timing delays and over/under speed detection

■ Optional computer programming cable and Windows-based ProxView configuration software makes it easy to customize sensors

■ Withstands high electrical noise (up to 20 V/m)■ Resistant to extreme temperatures (-40°C)

Typical Applications

Dual Color, 360-DegreeOutput Indicator LED

Vibration-Absorbing Potting Compound

Potted Cable,Micro and

MiniConnection

Options

Sense up to Three Times as Far as Conventional Sensors

Embedded Logic Can Be Enabled to Perform Advanced Sensing Functions

Shock Absorbing Ryton® Face Cap Material

■ Automotive■ Machine Tool■ Material Handling■ Metalworking



3-10October 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS

Inductive Proximity SensorsiProx™

Model Selection — iProx

� Sensors are ordered with pre-set outputs from the factory, but can be later programmed either N.O. or N.C. using the ProxView software.� For sensors with custom cable lengths or PUR jackets, contact Application Engineering at 1-800-426-9184.� Standard pigtail cable length is 12 inches.



OperatingVoltage

SensingRange

Shielding Connection Type � Catalog Number

N.O. Output � N.C. Output �

2-Wire Sensors

12 mm Diameter 20 – 132V AC 4 mm Shielded 3-pin Micro AC Connector E59-M12A105A01-A1 E59-M12A105A01-A2

3-pin Micro AC Pigtail � E59-M12A105A01P-A1 E59-M12A105A01P-A2

3-pin Mini AC Pigtail � E59-M12A105A01PB-A1 E59-M12A105A01PB-A2

2-meter Cable E59-M12A105C02-A1 E59-M12A105C02-A2

10 mm Unshielded 3-pin Micro AC Connector E59-M12C110A01-A1 E59-M12C110A01-A2

3-pin Micro AC Pigtail � E59-M12C110A01P-A1 E59-M12C110A01P-A2

3-pin Mini AC Pigtail � E59-M12C110A01PB-A1 E59-M12C110A01PB-A2

2-meter Cable E59-M12C110C02-A1 E59-M12C110C02-A2

18 mm Diameter 8 mm Shielded 3-pin Micro AC Connector E59-M18A109A01-A1 E59-M18A109A01-A2








30 mm Diameter 15 mm Shielded 3-pin Micro AC Connector E59-M30A115A01-A1 E59-M30A115A01-A2








Extended Range

Standard Range

Extended Range

Standard Range

Extended Range

Standard Range


October 2007

PG08301004E F

11
3-Inductive Proximity SensorsiProx™
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
Model Selection — iProx (Continued)
� Sensors are ordered with pre-set outputs from the factory, but can be later programmed either N.O. or N.C. using the ProxView software.� For sensors with custom cable lengths or PUR jackets, contact Application Engineering at 1-800-426-9184.� Standard pigtail cable length is 12 inches.

Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.See listing of compatible connector cables below.



Operating Voltage Sensing Range Shielding Connection Type � Catalog Number

N.O. Output � N.C. Output �

3-Wire Sensors12 mm Diameter 6 – 48V DC 4 mm Shielded 4-pin Micro DC Connector E59-M12A105D01-D1 E59-M12A105D01-D2

4-pin Micro DC Pigtail � E59-M12A105D01P-D1 E59-M12A105D01P-D2

2-meter Cable E59-M12A105C02-D1 E59-M12A105C02-D2

10 mm Unshielded 4-pin Micro DC Connector E59-M12C110D01-D1 E59-M12C110D01-D2

4-pin Micro DC Pigtail � E59-M12C110D01P-D1 E59-M12C110D01P-D2

2-meter Cable E59-M12C110C02-D1 E59-M12C110C02-D2

18 mm Diameter 8 mm Shielded 4-pin Micro DC Connector E59-M18A108D01-D1 E59-M18A108D01-D2






30 mm Diameter 15 mm Shielded 4-pin Micro DC Connector E59-M30A115D01-D1 E59-M30A115D01-D2






Voltage Style

Number of Pins

Gauge Length Catalog Number Pin Configuration/Wire Colors(Face View Female Shown)PVC Jacket PUR Jacket IRR PUR Jacket

Standard Cables — Micro StyleAC 3-pin

3-wire22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSAS3F3CY2202 CSAS3F3RY2202 —

DC 4-pin4-wire

22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSDS4A4CY2202 CSDS4A4RY2202 CSDS4A4IO2202

VoltageStyle

Number of Pins


Standard Cables — Mini Style— 3-pin 16 AWG 6 feet (2m) CSMS3F3CY1602

Extended Range

Standard Range

Extended Range

Standard Range

Extended Range

Standard Range

Micro Style Straight Female 1-Green

2-Red/Black3-Red/White

1-Brown2-White3-Blue4-Black

Current Rating @ 600V3-pin: 13A


1-Green2-Black3-White


3-12October 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS


Model Selection — iProx Complementary and Dual Output

� At this time, iProx Complementary and Dual Output models are not available with auto-sink/source detection. Therefore, PNP (sourcing) and NPN (sinking) models must be ordered separately.See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 3-11.

OperatingVoltage

SensingRange

Shielding OutputType

ConnectionType

Catalog Number

Complementary Outputs(1 N.O. / 1 N.C.)

Dual N.O. Outputs �

4-Wire Sensors12 mm Diameter 6 – 48V DC 4 mm Shielded NPN (Sinking) 4-pin Micro

DC ConnectorE59-M12A105D01-D3NN E59-M12A105D01-D1NN

2-meter Cable E59-M12A105C02-D3NN E59-M12A105C02-D1NNPNP (Sourcing) 4-pin Micro

DC ConnectorE59-M12A105D01-D3PP E59-M12A105D01-D1PP

2-meter Cable E59-M12A105C02-D3PP E59-M12A105C02-D1PP10 mm Unshielded NPN (Sinking) 4-pin Micro

DC ConnectorE59-M12C110D01-D3NN E59-M12C110D01-D1NN

2-meter Cable E59-M12C110C02-D3NN E59-M12C110C02-D1NNPNP (Sourcing) 4-pin Micro

DC ConnectorE59-M12C110D01-D3PP E59-M12C110D01-D1PP

2-meter Cable E59-M12C110C02-D3PP E59-M12C110C02-D1PP18 mm Diameter 8 mm Shielded NPN (Sinking) 4-pin Micro








2-meter Cable E59-M18C116C02-D3PP E59-M18C116C02-D1PP30 mm Diameter 15 mm Shielded NPN (Sinking) 4-pin Micro








2-meter Cable E59-M30C129C02-D3PP E59-M30C129C02-D1PP

Extended Range

Standard Range

Extended Range

Standard Range

Extended Range

Standard Range


October 2007

PG08301004E F

13
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
� The included PDA is correct as of print date, however it may be later substituted for an equivalent or better model. Consult Application Engineering at 1-800-426-9184 for more information.

Description CatalogNumber

Step-by-step programming software required to program iProx. Compatible with Microsoft Windows® and Windows® Mobile devices.

E59SW1

The iProx Programming Cable is used to program individual iProx sensors, providing a connection between the computer and the sensor. Requires an RS-232 serial port for connection to computer.

E59RP1

The iProx Tray Programmer allows for batch programming of up to four iProx sensors at one time. Replaces the functionality of the iProx Remote Programmer (E59RP1) by connecting to your computer via included USB cable or RS-232 serial connection. (No sensors included with purchase.)

E59TP1

iProx Tray Programmer Accessory■ Two additional AC micro-

connector cables.

E59ACMICRO

iProx Tray Programmer Accessory■ Two additional DC micro-

connector cables.

E59DCMICRO

iProx Tray Programmer Accessory■ Two additional AC mini-

connector cables.

E59ACMINI

iProx Tray Programmer Accessory■ Two additional alligator-clip

cables for programming station. (For connecting potted-cable iProx sensors.)

E59CBL

Field applied labels for iProx sensor (100 pcs)

E59LABEL


Model Selection — iProx Starter Kit Description Catalog

Number

Interested in custom programming iProx sensors to fit your application? These kits include everything needed to get the most out of iProx: a sensor, a programming cable (E59RP1), a micro connector cable (CSDS4A4CY2202) and ProxView software on CD-ROM (E59SW1).Starter Kit with 12 mm AC Unshielded iProx Sensor (E59-M12C110A01-A1)

E5912ACKIT

Starter Kit with 12 mm DC Unshielded iProx Sensor (E59-M12C110D01-D1)

E5912DCKIT

Starter Kit with 18 mm AC Unshielded iProx Sensor (E59-M18C118A01-A1)

E5918ACKIT


E5918DCKIT

Starter Kit with 30 mm AC Unshielded iProx Sensor (E59-M30C129A01-A1)

E5930ACKIT


E5930DCKIT

A powered, briefcase demo kit show-casing the capabilities of iProx and AccuProx sensors. Kit includes one 18 mm iProx sensor and one 18 mm AccuProx sensor. A quick disconnect cable and mounting system allow for fast swapping of sensors. Demo kit is powered by two replaceable 9-volt alkaline batteries.

E59DEMO1

isit: www.eaton.com

3-14October 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS


Wiring Diagrams (Pin numbers are for reference, rely on pin location when wiring)

� Note: Pin numbers 2 and 4 are internally jumpered together. Either pin may be used. � The 3-wire DC version of iProx automatically configures itself to NPN or PNP based on field wiring. No user intervention is required.� The complementary (1 N.O./1 N.C.) output models feature the N.C. output on pin 2 (white).

Operating Voltage Output Cable Models Connector Models (Face View Male Shown)

Micro Mini

2-Wire Sensors

20 – 132V AC N.O. and N.C.

3-Wire Sensors

6 – 48V DC N.O. and N.C.(NPN and PNP) �

—

4-Wire Dual Output and Complementary Sensors

6 – 48V DC N.O. and N.C. (NPN) —

N.O. and N.C. (PNP) —

BU

BN

L2

L1

LoadL2 L1

LoadL2 or

(-)L1 or+V

Load

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load

�

(-)Load

+V

Load

�

BL

BN +VWH

Load

(-)

Load

BU

�

+V

(-) Load

Load

�

BL

BN +VWH

Load

(-)

Load

BU

�

+V

(-) Load

Load

�

For more information visit: w
ww.eaton.com PG08301004E

October 2007

PG08301004E F

15
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
Specifications — iProx
� iProx sensors may be programmed to perform in Side by Side or High Noise immunity applications using the iProx Programming Cable (E59RP1) & ProxView software (E59SW1).

� Use the Side by Side response time parameter when using the iProx Tray Programmer (E59TP1), iProx Programming Cable (E59RP1) and ProxView software (E59SW1).

� Ryton® is a registered trademark of Phillips Chemical (division of Phillips Petroleum). � Our products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specifications.

For questions about a specific application, contact our applications department at 1-800-426-9184.

Description 2-Wire Sensors 3-Wire Sensors

Input Voltage 20 – 132V AC 6 – 48V DCLoad Current 12 mm: 5 – 300mA, 200mA > 50°C ≤500 mA @ 6 – 30V DC; ≤300 mA @ 32 – 48V DCLeakage Current ≤1.7 mA @ 0°C, 2.0 mA @ -40°C ≤150 µAVoltage Drop <5V AC ≤2.5V DCBurden Current — ≤15 mAProtection None Auto ResetSwitching Hysteresis < 15% Rated Sensing DistanceRepeat Accuracy Shielded models: < 1% Sensing Distance; Unshielded models: < 3% Sensing DistanceSurge Capacity 3A/30 ms —Temperature Range -40° to 158°F (-40° to 70°C)Material of Construction 303 Stainless steel; End bells: Polycarbonate; Face caps: Ryton®; Cable: AWM Style 20387 (PVC) �

Vibration and Shock Vibration: 10 to 55 Hz, 1 mm Amplitude, IEC 60068-2-6; Shock: 30g, 11 mS per IEC 68-2-27Indicator LED 360° viewable LEDEnclosure Ratings NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67) �

Response Time � 2-Wire Sensors 3-Wire Sensors

All 2-Wire Models Shielded Unshielded12 mm 18 mm 30 mm 12 mm 18 mm 30 mm

Factory Default Mode Shipped in “Side by Side Mode”by default (20 V/m)

580 Hz(10 V/m)

390 Hz(10 V/m)

240 Hz(10 V/m)

300 Hz(10 V/m)

150 Hz(10 V/m)

145 Hz(10 V/m)

Side by Side � 30 Hz (10 V/m) 50 Hz (20 V/m)High Noise Immunity Mode 10 Hz (>20 V/m) 10 Hz (>20 V/m)

Approximate Dimensions — iProx in Inches (mm)

Cable ModelsSize Shielding A B C D

12 mm Shielded 2.46 (62.4) 1.98 (50.3) 0.02 (0.5) 0.67 (17)Unshielded 2.46 (62.4) 1.64 (41.6) 0.36 (9) 0.67 (17)



Cable Models

A

B C D


Micro-Connector ModelsSize Shielding A B C D




Micro-Connector Models

A

B C D

isit: www.eaton.com

3-16

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS


August 2007
E57 Premium+ Series PG.05D.06.T.E
U.S. call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273),in Canada call 1-800-268-3578.


E57 Premium+ Series Inductive Proximity Sensors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . 3-17 Model Selection, CompatibleConnector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Model Selection, Accessories . . 3-22Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

The Cutler-Hammer® Premium+ Series Inductive Proximity Sensors by Eaton’s electrical business have improved sensing performance, product durability and selection. This improved line of sensors carries the Premium+ Series name because we have upgraded the design to a rugged stainless steel body, shock-resistant front caps and impact-absorbing potting compound. Plus, the Premium+ Series line now includes a choice of AC, AC/DC and DC-only, 12, 18 and 30 mm sensors with unmatched noise immunity of greater than 20V/meter.

Approvals■ C-UL Listed



High Performance Inductive Sensors Include Stainless Steel Models, Extended Ranges and Right Angle Sensing

Product Features■ New expanded offering of 2-wire, 3-wire, AC, DC, and AC/DC multiple range

sensor models ■ Manufactured to take the physical and environmental abuse ■ Designed with stainless steel barrel and new potting compound for robust,

high temperature, high pressure washdown, as well as intense shock and vibration applications

■ Unmatched high noise immunity eliminates problems associated with electrical noise (all models > 20V/meter)

■ 360° output status indicator is visible from any angle and in any light condition

■ Resettable short circuit protection and reverse polarity in select models■ Right angle sensing models offer unique problem-solving capabilities■ Wide temperature range -13 to 158°F (-25 to 70°C) on cable, micro-style

connections

Recommended Mounting Clearances

For unshielded standard range sensors and extended range sensors, clear-ance must be provided around the sensor when mounting for reliable perfor-mance. (“Sn” is the sensing range of the sensor, “d” is the sensor diameter.)

ExtendedRange

StandardRange

Micro-Connector Mounted on Pigtail Cable

Extended RangeSensors Provide

4 Times the Rangeof Standard Sensors

High Quality StainlessSteel Housing

Right AngleViewing

Micro-Connector

Mini-Connector

Cable

90º AngledSensing Face Solves

Tough Sensing ProblemsMultiple Wiring Options

a

b

d


Type Shielding a b

StandardRange

Shielded 0 0Unshielded Cap Height 2 x 5n

ExtendedRange

Semi-shielded d SnNon-embeddable Cap Height 2 x Sn

For Customer Service in the

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

17
3-Inductive Proximity SensorsE57 Premium+ Series
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
Model Selection — E57 Premium+ Sensors
� For cable lengths longer than 2 meters, add the number of the desired length in meters to the end of the listed Catalog Number (for Catalog Numbers ending with a number, add an S and then the length). Examples for a 5 meter cable: E57-18LE12-A becomes E57-18LE12-A5; E57LAL12A2 becomes E57LAL12A2S5.

� Avoid wiring these AC/DC models in series as the sensors may not perform reliably. Contact Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Applications Engineering at 1-800-426-9184 with questions.



Operating Voltage Sensing Range (Sn) Shielding Connection Type � Catalog Number

N.O. Output N.C. Output

2-Wire Sensors12 mm Diameter End Sensing 20 – 250V AC 2 mm

(StandardRange)

Shielded 2-meter Cable E57LAL12A2 E57LBL12A2 3-pin Micro AC Connector E57LAL12A2SA E57LBL12A2SA3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector E57LAL12A2SP E57LBL12A2SP

4 mm(StandardRange)

Unshielded 2-meter Cable E57LAL12A2E E57LBL12A2E 3-pin Micro AC Connector E57LAL12A2EA E57LBL12A2EA3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector E57LAL12A2EP E57LBL12A2EP

20 – 132V AC 6 mm(ExtendedRange)

Semi-shielded

2-meter Cable E57-12LE06-A E57-12LE06-A13-pin Micro AC Connector E57-12LE06-AA E57-12LE06-A1A3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector E57-12LE06-AP —

10 mm(ExtendedRange)

Non-embeddable

2-meter Cable E57-12LE10-A E57-12LE10-A13-pin Micro AC Connector E57-12LE10-AA E57-12LE10-A1A3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector E57-12LE10-AP E57-12LE10-A1P

40 – 250V AC50/60 Hz�

20 – 250V DC

2 mm(StandardRange)

Shielded 2-meter Cable E57SAL12A2 E57SBL12A23-pin Micro AC Connector E57SAL12A2SA E57SBL12A2SA3-pin Mini-Connector E57MAL12A2B1 —

4 mm(StandardRange)

Unshielded 2-meter Cable E57SAL12A2E E57SBL12A2E3-pin Micro AC Connector E57SAL12A2EA E57SBL12A2EA

18 mm Diameter End Sensing 20 – 250V AC 5 mm(StandardRange)

Shielded 2-meter Cable E57LAL18A2 E57LBL18A2 3-pin Micro AC Connector E57LAL18A2SA E57LBL18A2SA3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector E57LAL18A2SP E57LBL18A2SP3-pin Mini-Connector E57MAL18A2B1 E57MBL18A2B1

8 mm(StandardRange)

Unshielded 2-meter Cable E57LAL18A2E E57LBL18A2E 3-pin Micro AC Connector E57LAL18A2EA E57LBL18A2EA3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector E57LAL18A2EP E57LBL18A2EP3-pin Mini-Connector E57MAL18A2EB1 E57MBL18A2EB1

20 – 132V AC 12 mm(ExtendedRange)

Semi-shielded

2-meter Cable E57-18LE12-A E57-18LE12-A13-pin Micro AC Connector E57-18LE12-AA E57-18LE12-A1A3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector E57-18LE12-AP E57-18LE12-A1P3-pin Mini-Connector E57-18LE12-AB E57-18LE12-A1B


Non-embeddable


40 – 250V AC50/60 Hz�

20 – 250V DC

5 mm(StandardRange)

Shielded 2-meter Cable E57SAL18A2 E57SBL18A23-pin Micro AC Connector E57SAL18A2SA E57SBL18A2SA

8 mm(StandardRange)


20 – 250V AC 5 mm Shielded 2-meter Cable E57RAL18A2 E57RBL18A23-pin Micro AC Connector E57RAL18A2SA E57RBL18A2SA3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector E57RAL18A2SP E57RBL18A2SP3-pin Mini-Connector E57RAL18A2B1 E57RBL18A2B1

8 mm Unshielded 2-meter Cable E57RAL18A2E E57RBL18A2E3-pin Micro AC Connector E57RAL18A2EA E57RBL18A2EA3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector E57RAL18A2EP E57RBL18A2EP3-pin Mini-Connector E57RAL18A2EB1 E57RBL18A2EB1

Extended Range

Standard Range

Extended Range

Standard Range

18 mm Diameter Right Angle Sensing


3-18August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS

Inductive Proximity SensorsE57 Premium+ Series

Model Selection — E57 Premium+ Sensors (Continued)





Operating Voltage Sensing Range (Sn)



2-Wire Sensors (Continued)30 mm Diameter End Sensing 20 – 250V AC 10 mm

(Standard Range)

Shielded 2-meter Cable E57LAL30A2 E57LBL30A2 3-pin Micro AC Connector E57LAL30A2SA E57LBL30A2SA3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector E57LAL30A2SP E57LBL30A2SP3-pin Mini-Connector E57MAL30A2B1 E57MBL30A2B1

15 mm(Standard Range)

Unshielded 2-meter Cable E57LAL30A2E E57LBL30A2E 3-pin Micro AC Connector E57LAL30A2EA E57LBL30A2EA3-pin Micro AC Pigtail Connector E57LAL30A2EP E57LBL30A2EP3-pin Mini-Connector E57MAL30A2EB1 E57MBL30A2EB1

20 – 132V AC 22 mm(Extended Range)

Semi-shielded


40 – 250V AC50/60 Hz�

20 – 250V DC


Shielded 2-meter Cable E57SAL30A2 E57SBL30A23-pin Micro AC Connector E57SAL30A2SA E57SBL30A2SA



3-Wire Sensors12 mm Diameter End Sensing 6 – 48V DC 2 mm

(Standard Range)

Shielded(NPN)

2-meter Cable E57LAL12T110 E57LBL12T110 4-pin Micro DC Connector E57LAL12T110SD E57LBL12T110SD4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57LAL12T110SP E57LBL12T110SP

Shielded(PNP)

2-meter Cable E57LAL12T111 E57LBL12T1114-pin Micro DC Connector E57LAL12T111SD E57LBL12T111SD4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57LAL12T111SP E57LBL12T111SP


Unshielded(NPN)

2-meter Cable E57LAL12T110E E57LBL12T110E4-pin Micro DC Connector E57LAL12T110ED E57LBL12T110ED4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57LAL12T110EP E57LBL12T110EP

Unshielded(PNP)

2-meter Cable E57LAL12T111E E57LBL12T111E4-pin Micro DC Connector E57LAL12T111ED E57LBL12T111ED4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57LAL12T111EP E57LBL12T111EP

6 mm(Extended Range)

Semi-shielded(NPN)

2-meter Cable E57-12LE06-C E57-12LE06-C14-pin Micro DC Connector E57-12LE06-CD E57-12LE06-C1D4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57-12LE06-CP E57-12LE06-C1P

Semi-shielded(PNP)

2-meter Cable E57-12LE06-B E57-12LE06-B14-pin Micro DC Connector E57-12LE06-BD E57-12LE06-B1D4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57-12LE06-BP E57-12LE06-B1P


Non-embeddable(NPN)

2-meter Cable E57-12LE10-C E57-12LE10-C14-pin Micro DC Connector E57-12LE10-CD E57-12LE10-C1D4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57-12LE10-CP —

Non-embeddable(PNP)

2-meter Cable E57-12LE10-B E57-12LE10-B14-pin Micro DC Connector E57-12LE10-BD E57-12LE10-B1D4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57-12LE10-BP —

Extended Range

Standard Range

Extended Range

Standard Range


August 2007

PG08301004E F

19
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS



OperatingVoltage

Sensing Range (Sn)



3-Wire Sensors (Continued)18 mm Diameter End Sensing 6 – 48V DC 5 mm

(StandardRange)

Shielded(NPN)

2-meter Cable E57LAL18T110 E57LBL18T1104-pin Micro DC Connector E57LAL18T110SD E57LBL18T110SD4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57LAL18T110SP E57LBL18T110SP4-pin Mini-Connector E57MAL18T110B1 E57MBL18T110B1

Shielded(PNP)

2-meter Cable E57LAL18T111 E57LBL18T111 4-pin Micro DC Connector E57LAL18T111SD E57LBL18T111SD4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57LAL18T111SP E57LBL18T111SP4-pin Mini-Connector E57MAL18T111B1 E57MBL18T111B1

8 mm(StandardRange)

Unshielded(NPN)

2-meter Cable E57LAL18T110E E57LBL18T110E4-pin Micro DC Connector E57LAL18T110ED E57LBL18T110ED4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57LAL18T110EP E57LBL18T110EP4-pin Mini-Connector E57MAL18T110EB1 E57MBL18T110EB1

Unshielded(PNP)

2-meter Cable E57LAL18T111E E57LBL18T111E4-pin Micro DC Connector E57LAL18T111ED E57LBL18T111ED4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57LAL18T111EP E57LBL18T111EP4-pin Mini-Connector E57MAL18T111EB1 E57MBL18T111EB1


Semi-shielded(NPN)

2-meter Cable E57-18LE12-C E57-18LE12-C14-pin Micro DC Connector E57-18LE12-CD E57-18LE12-C1D4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57-18LE12-CP E57-18LE12-C1P4-pin Mini-Connector E57-18LE12-CB E57-18LE12-C1B

Semi-shielded(PNP)

2-meter Cable E57-18LE12-B E57-18LE12-B14-pin Micro DC Connector E57-18LE12-BD E57-18LE12-B1D4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57-18LE12-BP E57-18LE12-B1P4-pin Mini-Connector E57-18LE12-BB E57-18LE12-B1B


Non-embeddable(NPN)

2-meter Cable E57-18LE20-C E57-18LE20-C14-pin Micro DC Connector E57-18LE20-CD E57-18LE20-C1D4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57-18LE20-CP E57-18LE20-C1P4-pin Mini-Connector E57-18LE20-CB E57-18LE20-C1B

Non-embeddable(PNP)

2-meter Cable E57-18LE20-B E57-18LE20-B14-pin Micro DC Connector E57-18LE20-BD E57-18LE20-B1D4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57-18LE20-BP E57-18LE20-B1P4-pin Mini-Connector E57-18LE20-BB E57-18LE20-B1B

5 mm Shielded(NPN)

2-meter Cable E57RAL18T110 E57RBL18T1104-pin Micro DC Connector E57RAL18T110SD E57RBL18T110SD4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57RAL18T110SP E57RBL18T110SP4-pin Mini-Connector E57RAL18T110B1 E57RBL18T110B1

Shielded(PNP)

2-meter Cable E57RAL18T111 E57RBL18T1114-pin Micro DC Connector E57RAL18T111SD E57RBL18T111SD4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57RAL18T111SP E57RBL18T111SP4-pin Mini-Connector E57RAL18T111B1 E57RBL18T111B1

8 mm Unshielded(NPN)

2-meter Cable E57RAL18T110E E57RBL18T110E4-pin Micro DC Connector E57RAL18T110ED E57RBL18T110ED4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57RAL18T110EP E57RBL18T110EP4-pin Mini-Connector E57RAL18T110EB1 E57RBL18T110EB1

Unshielded(PNP)

2-meter Cable E57RAL18T111E E57RBL18T111E4-pin Micro DC Connector E57RAL18T111ED E57RBL18T111ED4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57RAL18T111EP E57RBL18T111EP4-pin Mini-Connector E57RAL18T111EB1 E57RBL18T111EB1

Extended Range

Standard Range

18 mm Diameter Right Angle Sensing


3-20August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS








OperatingVoltage

Sensing Range (Sn) Shielding Connection Type � Catalog Number


3-WireSensors (Continued)

30 mm Diameter End Sensing 6 – 48V DC 10 mm(StandardRange)

Shielded(NPN)

2-meter Cable E57LAL30T110 E57LBL30T110

4-pin Micro DC Connector E57LAL30T110SD E57LBL30T110SD

4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57LAL30T110SP E57LBL30T110SP

4-pin Mini-Connector E57MAL30T110B1 E57MBL30T110B1

Shielded(PNP)

2-meter Cable E57LAL30T111 E57LBL30T111

4-pin Micro DC Connector E57LAL30T111SD E57LBL30T111SD

4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57LAL30T111SP E57LBL30T111SP

4-pin Mini-Connector E57MAL30T111B1 E57MBL30T111B1

15 mm(StandardRange)

Unshielded(NPN)

2-meter Cable E57LAL30T110E E57LBL30T110E

4-pin Micro DC Connector E57LAL30T110ED E57LBL30T110ED

4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57LAL30T110EP E57LBL30T110EP

4-pin Mini-Connector E57MAL30T110EB1 E57MBL30T110EB1

Unshielded(PNP)

2-meter Cable E57LAL30T111E E57LBL30T111E

4-pin Micro DC Connector E57LAL30T111ED E57LBL30T111ED

4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57LAL30T111EP E57LBL30T111EP

4-pin Mini-Connector E57MAL30T111EB1 E57MBL30T111EB1


Semi-shielded(NPN)

2-meter Cable E57-30LE22-C E57-30LE22-C1

4-pin Micro DC Connector E57-30LE22-CD E57-30LE22-C1D

4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector E57-30LE22-CP E57-30LE22-C1P

4-pin Mini-Connector E57-30LE22-CB E57-30LE22-C1B

Semi-shielded(PNP)

2-meter Cable E57-30LE22-B E57-30LE22-B1

4-pin Micro DC Connector E57-30LE22-BD E57-30LE22-B1D

4-pin Micro DC Pigtail Connector — E57-30LE22-B1P

4-pin Mini-Connector E57-30LE22-BB E57-30LE22-B1B

Voltage Style

Number of Pins




DC 4-pin4-wire


VoltageStyle

Number of Pins



AC/DC 4-pin, 4-wire

16 AWG 6 feet (2m) CSMS4A4CY1602

Extended Range

Standard Range







1-Black2-Blue3-Brown4-White


August 2007

PG08301004E F

21
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
Operating Voltage

Output Cable Models Connector Models (Face View Male Shown)

Micro Mini

2-Wire Sensors

20 – 250V AC N.O. and N.C.

3-Wire Sensors

6 – 48V DC N.O.(NPN)

N.O.(PNP)

N.C.(NPN)

N.C.(PNP)

BU

BN

L2

L1

LoadL2 L1

Load L1 L2Load

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load (-)

+V

Load+V

Load(-)

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load(-) +V

Load

(-) +VLoad

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load(-)

+V

Load

+VLoad

(-)

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load (-) +VLoad

(-) +VLoad


3-22August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS


Specifications — E57 Premium+ Series

Ryton® is a registered trademark of Phillips Chemical (division of Phillips Petroleum).

2-Wire AC Sensors 2-Wire Sensors 3-Wire Sensors

AC/DC DC Only Models

Operating Voltage 20 – 250V AC 40 – 240V AC �20 – 250V DC

6 – 48V DC

Maximum LoadCurrent

500 mA @ 25°C250 mA @ 70°C

250 mA @ 25°C200 mA @ 70°C

500 mA @ 6 – 30V DC

Switching Frequency 20 Hz 60 Hz 12 mm: 800 Hz18 mm: 500 Hz30 mm: 300 Hz

Leakage Current 1.7 mA maximum @ 70°C

≤2.0 mA ≤100 µA

Voltage Drop 7V maximum 12V @ <10 mA≤4V @ >25 mA

≤2.5V

Holding Current 5 mA minimum 5 mA minimum —Burden Current — — ≤10 mAProtection — Resettable short circuit;

overload protectionAuto reset

Switching Hysteresis 2 to 20% of ratedsensing range

<15% rated sensing distance

Repeat Accuracy <3% sensing distance

Shielded models: <1% sensing distance; unshielded and extended range: <3%

Time Delay BeforeAvailability

— <200 mS

Output Indicator LED 360° viewable LEDOperating Temperature

-13° to 158°F (-25° to 70°C) Mini: -13° to 122°F (-25° to 50°C)

Enclosure Ratings NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67)Shock 30g, 11 mS per IEC 68-2-76Vibration 10 to 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitudeHousing Material 303 stainless steel �; Polycarbonate end bells; Ryton® front endsCable AWM Style 20387 (PVC)

� Note: 40 – 240V AC @ <-20°C.� Semi-shielded models are nickel-plated brass.


Model Selection — AccessoriesDescription Reference

Mounting Brackets See Section 8

Replacement Mounting Nuts and Other Accessories

See Section 8

Connector Cables See Section 10

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

23
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
Approximate Dimensions — E57 Premium+ Series, End Sensing Models in Inches (mm)� �
� These dimensions apply to the Premium+ Series models in this section. Not indicated Premium Series models. � For short barrel model dimensions (E57SAL …) refer to Page 3-25.

Size Shielding Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Overall Length A

Threaded LengthB

C Nut WidthD

Thread Size E

2-Wire AC Sensors — Cable Models

12 mm ShieldedSemi-shieldedUnshielded

2.46 (62.4)2.87 (72.8)2.87 (72.7)

1.98 (50.3)2.28 (57.9)1.98 (50.3)

—0.06 (1.62)0.36 (9.14)

0.67 (16.8)0.67 (16.8)0.67 (16.8)

M12 x 1M12 x 1M12 x 1


2.54 (64.5)2.60 (66.1)2.60 (66.0)

2.00 (50.9)1.90 (48.2)1.47 (37.2)

—0.10 (2.54)0.56 (14.1)

0.94 (23.8)0.94 (23.8)0.94 (23.8)

M18 x 1M18 x 1M18 x 1


2.73 (69.3)2.67 (67.8)2.73 (69.3)

1.98 (50.3)1.90 (48.2)1.49 (37.8)

—0.13 (3.30)0.52 (13.26)

1.41 (35.9)1.41 (35.9)1.41 (35.9)

M30 x 1.5M30 x 1.5M30 x 1.5

2-Wire AC Sensors — Micro-Connector Models


2.69 (68.4)3.04 (77.2)3.06 (77.7)

1.98 (50.3)2.28 (57.9)1.98 (50.3)

—0.06 (1.62)0.36 (9.14)

0.67 (16.8)0.67 (16.8)0.36 (9.14)

M12 x 1M12 x 1M12 x 1


2.72 (69.06)2.72 (69.1)2.74 (69.4)

2.00 (50.9)1.90 (48.2)1.47 (37.2)

—0.10 (2.54)0.56 (14.1)

0.94 (23.8)0.94 (23.8)0.94 (23.8)

M18 x 1M18 x 1M18 x 1


2.91 (73.8)2.78 (70.6)2.91 (73.8)

1.98 (50.3)1.90 (48.2)1.49 (37.8)

—0.13 (3.30)0.52 (13.26)

1.41 (35.9)1.41 (35.9)1.41 (35.9)

M30 x 1.5M30 x 1.5M30 x 1.5

2-Wire AC/DC Sensors — Cable Models

12 mm ShieldedUnshielded

2.45 (62.4)2.45 (62.4)

1.98 (50.3)1.80 (45.8)

—0.20 (5)

0.67 (16.8)0.67 (16.8)

M12 x 1M12 x 1


2.54 (64.5)2.54 (64.5)

2.00 (50.9)1.75 (44.4)

—0.28 (7)

0.94 (23.8)0.94 (23.8)

M18 x 1M18 x 1


2.72 (69.3)2.72 (69.3)

1.98 (50.3)1.49 (37.8)

—0.52 (13.26)

1.41 (35.9)1.41 (35.9)

M30 x 1.5M30 x 1.5

2-Wire AC/DC Sensors — Micro-Connector Models


2.69 (68.4)2.69 (68.4)

1.98 (50.3)1.80 (45.8)

—0.20 (5)

0.67 (16.8)0.67 (16.8)

M12 x 1M12 x 1


2.72 (69.06)2.72 (69.06)

2.00 (50.9)1.75 (44.4)

—0.28 (7)

0.94 (23.8)0.94 (23.8)

M18 x 1M18 x 1


2.91 (73.8)2.91 (73.8)

1.98 (50.3)1.49 (37.8)

—0.52 (13.26)

1.41 (35.9)1.41 (35.9)

M30 x 1.5M30 x 1.5

2-Wire AC/DC Sensors — Mini-Connector Models

12 mm Shielded 3.36 (85.3) 1.98 (50.3) 0.02 (0.5) 0.67 (16.8) M12 x 118 mm Shielded

Semi-shieldedUnshielded

3.39 (86.1)3.39 (86.0)3.39 (86.1)

2.00 (50.8)1.90 (48.2)1.46 (37.0)

0.02 (0.5)0.10 (2.54)0.57 (14.5)

0.94 (23.8)0.94 (23.8)0.94 (23.8)

M18 x 1M18 x 1M18 x 1


3.39 (86.1)3.44 (87.4)3.39 (86.1)

2.1 (53.3)1.90 (48.2)1.55 (39.4)

0.03 (0.8)0.13 (3.30)0.55 (14.0)

1.41 (35.9)1.41 (35.9)1.41 (35.9)

M30 x 1.5M30 x 1.5M30 x 1.5

Cable Models Connector Models

C

BDA

SENSINGFACE

STANDARD RANGE

THREADTYPE E C

BDA

SENSINGFACE

THREADTYPE E

STANDARD RANGE

or more in
formation visit: www.eaton.com

3-24August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS


Approximate Dimensions — E57 Premium+ Series, End Sensing Models in Inches (mm) (Continued) � �

� These dimensions apply to the Premium+ Series models in this section. Not indicated Premium Series models. � For short barrel model dimensions (E57SAL …) refer to Page 3-25.

Approximate Dimensions — E57 Premium+ Series, Right Angle Sensing Models in Inches (mm)

Size Shielding Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Overall Length A

Threaded LengthB

C Nut WidthD

Thread Size E

3-Wire DC Sensors — Mini-Connector Models


3.39 (86.1)3.39 (86.0)3.39 (86.1)

2.00 (50.8)1.90 (48.2)1.46 (37.0)

0.02 (0.5)0.10 (2.54)0.57 (14.5)

0.94 (23.8)0.94 (23.8)0.94 (23.8)

M18 x 1M18 x 1M18 x 1


3.39 (86.1)3.44 (87.4)3.39 (86.1)

2.1 (53.3)1.90 (48.2)1.55 (39.4)

0.03 (0.8)0.13 (3.30)0.55 (14.0)

1.41 (35.9)1.41 (35.9)1.41 (35.9)

M30 x 1.5M30 x 1.5M30 x 1.5

3-Wire DC Sensors — Cable Models


2.46 (62.4)2.87 (72.8)2.87 (72.7)

1.98 (50.3)2.28 (57.9)1.98 (50.3)

—0.06 (1.62)0.36 (9.14)

0.67 (16.8)0.67 (16.8)0.67 (16.8)

M12 x 1M12 x 1M12 x 1


2.54 (64.5)2.60 (66.1)2.60 (66.0)

2.00 (50.9)1.90 (48.2)1.47 (37.2)

—0.10 (2.54)0.56 (14.1)

0.94 (23.8)0.94 (23.8)0.94 (23.8)

M18 x 1M18 x 1M18 x 1


2.73 (69.3)2.67 (67.8)2.73 (69.3)

1.98 (50.3)1.90 (48.2)1.49 (37.8)

—0.13 (3.30)0.52 (13.26)

1.41 (35.9)1.41 (35.9)1.41 (35.9)

M30 x 1.5M30 x 1.5M30 x 1.5

3-Wire DC Sensors — Micro-Connector Models


2.71 (68.7)3.04 (77.2)3.06 (77.7)

1.98 (50.3)2.28 (57.9)1.98 (50.3)

—0.06 (1.62)0.36 (9.14)

0.67 (16.8)0.67 (16.8)0.67 (16.8)

M12 x 1M12 x 1M12 x 1


2.73 (69.3)2.72 (69.1)2.74 (69.4)

2.00 (50.9)1.90 (48.2)1.47 (37.2)

—0.10 (2.54)0.56 (14.1)

0.94 (23.8)0.94 (23.8)0.94 (23.8)

M18 x 1M18 x 1M18 x 1


2.92 (74.1)2.78 (70.6)2.92 (74.1)

1.98 (50.3)1.90 (48.2)1.49 (37.8)

—0.13 (3.30)0.52 (13.26)

1.41 (35.9)1.41 (35.9)1.41 (35.9)

M30 x 1.5M30 x 1.5M30 x 1.5

Size Dimensions in Inches (mm)Overall LengthA

ThreadB

CapC

Nut WidthD

Thread SizeE

Cable Models18 mm 3.465 (88) 1.97 (50) 0.98 (25) 0.94 (24) M18 x 1

Micro-Connector Models18 mm 3.65 (93) 1.97 (50) 0.98 (25) 0.94 (24) M18 x 1

Mini-Connector Models18 mm 4.303 (109) 1.97 (50) 0.98 (25) 0.94 (24) M18 x 1


C

BDA

SENSINGFACE

STANDARD RANGE

THREADTYPE E C

BDA

SENSINGFACE

THREADTYPE E

STANDARD RANGE


For more in
formation visit: www.eaton.com PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

25
3-Inductive Proximity Sensors E57 Premium+ Series Short Barrel PG.05D.12.T.E
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS


call 1-800-426-9184.

Premium+ Series Short BarrelInductive Proximity Sensors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . 3-26Model Selection, CompatibleConnector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28Model Selection, Accessories . . 3-28Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

The new Cutler-Hammer® Premium+ Series Short Barrel Inductive Prox-imity Sensors from Eaton’s electrical business feature the same sensing ranges as our standard length sen-sors, but in a body with a substan-tially shorter length. This allows the sensors to be used in applications where mounting space is limited.

Our robust Premium+ Series design has been added to the short barrel line. This means these sensors have been upgraded to include rugged stainless steel barrels, polycarbonate end bells, shock-resistant front cap and potting compound. Plus, the short barrel line now includes a choice of AC, AC/DC and DC-only, 12, 18 and 30 mm sensors. Cable models feature an optional extra long 5-meter cable. Every sensor is designed with 360° LED.




These Sensors Feature a Short Barrel Length to Fit into Tight Locations

Product Features■ Manufactured to take physical and environmental abuse■ Designed with stainless steel barrel and impact-absorbing new potting

compound for robust, high temperature, high pressure washdown, as well as intense shock and vibration applications

■ Unmatched high noise immunity eliminates problems associated with electrical noise (all models > 20V/meter)

■ 360° output status indicator is visible from any angle and in any light condition

■ Resettable short circuit protection in AC/DC and DC models■ Reverse polarity protection in 3-wire DC versions■ Small size to fit in tight spaces■ Choice of cable for low cost wiring, or micro-connector for quick installation

or replacement■ Cable models include an extra long 5-meter cable as option


CommonBarrelDiameters

AC/DCOperation

12 mm

Micro-ConnectorModels

Extra Long5-Meter Cable

(Available as anOption)

18 mm

30 mm

o
r more information visit: www.eaton.com

3-26August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS

Inductive Proximity SensorsE57 Premium+ Series Short Barrel

Model Selection — Short Barrel Length Proximity Sensors

� Cable models are supplied as standard with a 2-meter cable. A 5-meter cable is available by adding S5 to the Catalog Number.Example: E57SAL12T110 becomes E57SAL12T110S5.





Shielding Connection Type � Catalog NumberN.O. Output N.C. Output

2-Wire Sensors12 mm Diameter 20 – 250V AC 2 mm Shielded 2-meter Cable E57SAL12A4 E57SBL12A4

3-pin Micro AC Connector E57SAL12A4SA E57SBL12A4SA4 mm Unshielded 2-meter Cable E57SAL12A4E E57SBL12A4E

3-pin Micro AC Connector E57SAL12A4EA E57SBL12A4EA40 – 250V AC50/60 Hz�

20 – 250V DC

2 mm Shielded 2-meter Cable E57SAL12A2 E57SBL12A2 3-pin Micro AC Connector E57SAL12A2SA E57SBL12A2SA

4 mm Unshielded 2-meter Cable E57SAL12A2E E57SBL12A2E3-pin Micro AC Connector E57SAL12A2EA E57SBL12A2EA

18 mm Diameter 20 – 250V AC 5 mm Shielded 2-meter Cable E57SAL18A4 E57SBL18A43-pin Micro AC Connector E57SAL18A4SA E57SBL18A4SA


40 – 250V AC50/60 Hz�

20 – 250V DC

5 mm Shielded 2-meter Cable E57SAL18A2 E57SBL18A2 3-pin Micro AC Connector E57SAL18A2SA E57SBL18A2SA


30 mm Diameter 20 – 250V AC 10 mm Shielded 2-meter Cable E57SAL30A4 E57SBL30A43-pin Micro AC Connector E57SAL30A4SA E57SBL30A4SA


40 – 250V AC50/60 Hz�

20 – 250V DC

10 mm Shielded 2-meter Cable E57SAL30A2 E57SBL30A23-pin Micro AC Connector E57SAL30A2SA E57SBL30A2SA


3-Wire Sensors12 mm Diameter 6 – 48V DC 2 mm Shielded

(NPN)2-meter Cable E57SAL12T110 —4-pin Micro DC Connector E57SAL12T110SD —

Shielded(PNP)

2-meter Cable E57SAL12T111 E57SBL12T1114-pin Micro DC Connector E57SAL12T111SD E57SBL12T111SD


2-meter Cable E57SAL12T110E E57SBL12T110E4-pin Micro DC Connector E57SAL12T110ED E57SBL12T110ED

Unshielded(PNP)


18 mm Diameter 6 – 48V DC 5 mm Shielded(NPN)


Shielded(PNP)




Unshielded(PNP)




Shielded(PNP)




Unshielded(PNP)



August 2007

PG08301004E F

27
3-Inductive Proximity SensorsE57 Premium+ Series Short Barrel
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS


Voltage Style

Number of Pins




DC 4-pin4-wire


Operating Voltage Output Cable Models Micro-Connector Models (Face View Male Shown)

2-Wire Sensors

20 – 250V AC/DC45/65 Hz

N.O. and N.C.(NPN)

N.O. and N.C.(PNP)

3-Wire Sensors

6 – 48V DC N.O. (NPN)

N.O. (PNP)

N.C. (NPN)

N.C. (PNP)




BU

BN Load L1 or +V

L2 or (-)

L2 L1Load

BU

BN

Load

L1 or +V

L2 or (-)

L2 L1Load

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load (-)

+V

Load

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load(-) +V

Load

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load(-)

+V

Load

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load (-) +VLoad


3-28August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS

Inductive Proximity SensorsE57 Premium+ Series Short Barrel

Specifications

Ryton® is a registered trademark of Phillips Chemical (division of Phillips Petroleum).

� Note: 240V AC operation is limited to less than 50°C in 2-wire AC/DC models.


2 Wire AC Sensors 2-Wire AC/DC Sensors 3-Wire DC Sensors

AC Operation DC Operation

Operating Voltage 40 – 250V AC 40 – 250V AC 20 – 250V DC 6 – 48V DCMaximum LoadCurrent

500 mA @ 25°C; 250 mA @ 70°C

250 mA @ 25°C �200 mA @ 70°C

250 mA @ 25°C200 mA @ 70°C

500 mA @ 6 – 32V DC250 mA @ 32 – 48V DC

Switching Frequency 20 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 12 mm: 800 Hz18 mm: 500 Hz30 mm: 300 Hz

Leakage Current 1.7 mA maximum@ 70°C

1.7V mA maximum @ 120V AC ≤2.0 mA 100 µA maximum

Voltage Drop 7V maximum ≤4V @ >25 mA 12V @ <10 mA ≤2.5VHolding Current 5 mA minimum 5 mA minimum 5 mA maximum ≤10 mAProtection — Resettable short circuit;

overload protectionResettable short circuit; overload protection

Auto reset

Switching Hysteresis 2 – 20% of rated sensing distanceRepeat Accuracy <3% sensing distanceOutput Indicator LED 360° viewable LEDOperating Temperature -13° to 158°F (-25° to 70°C) �

Enclosure Ratings NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67)Shock 30g sine wave, 11 mS per IEC68-2-76Vibration 10 to 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitudeMaterial of Construction Stainless steel, Polycarbonate end bells, Ryton® front capCable AWM Style 20387 (PVC)

Description Reference


Replacement Mounting Nuts and Other Accessories

See Section 8



August 2007

PG08301004E F

29
3-Inductive Proximity SensorsE57 Premium+ Series Short Barrel
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
Size Shielding Dimensions in Inches (mm)Overall Length A

Threaded LengthB

C Thread Size D

2-Wire AC Sensors — Cable Models12 mm Shielded

Unshielded2.04 (51.7)2.04 (51.7)

1.56 (39.6)1.38 (35.1)

0.02 (0.5)0.20 (5)

M12 x 1M12 x 1


1.39 (35.4)1.39 (35.4)

0.86 (21.82)0.60 (15.32)

0.02 (0.5)0.28 (7)

M18 x 1M18 x 1


1.58 (40.2)1.77 (44.9)

0.99 (25.15)0.68 (17.27)

0.03 (0.8)0.52 (13.26)

M30 x 1.5M30 x 1.5

2-Wire AC Sensors — Micro-Connector Models12 mm Shielded

Unshielded2.27 (57.8)2.27 (57.8)

1.56 (39.6)1.38 (35.1)

0.02 (0.5)0.20 (5)

M12 x 1M12 x 1


1.57 (40.0)1.57 (40.0)

0.86 (21.82)0.60 (15.32)

0.02 (0.5)0.28 (7)

M18 x 1M18 x 1


1.76 (44.8)1.95 (49.5)

0.99 (25.15)0.68 (17.27)

0.03 (0.8)0.52 (13.26)

M30 x 1.5M30 x 1.5

2-Wire AC/DC Sensors — Cable Models12 mm Shielded

Unshielded2.46 (62.4)2.46 (62.4)

1.98 (50.27)1.80 (45.77)

—0.20 (5)

M12 x 1M12 x 1


2.54 (64.5)2.54 (64.5)

2.00 (50.9)1.75 (44.4)

—0.28 (7)

M18 x 1M18 x 1


2.72 (69.3)2.72 (69.3)

2.12 (53.8)1.63 (41.4)

—0.52 (13.26)

M30 x 1.5M30 x 1.5

2-Wire AC/DC Sensors — Micro-Connector Models12 mm Shielded

Unshielded2.69 (68.4)2.69 (68.4)

1.98 (50.27)1.80 (45.77)

—0.20 (5)

M12 x 1M12 x 1


2.72 (69.06)2.72 (69.06)

2.00 (50.9)1.75 (44.4)

—0.28 (7)

M18 x 1M18 x 1


2.91 (73.8)2.91 (73.8)

2.12 (53.8)1.63 (41.4)

—0.52 (13.26)

M30 x 1.5M30 x 1.5

3-Wire DC Sensors — Cable Models12 mm Shielded

Unshielded1.39 (35.2)1.39 (35.2)

0.91 (23.09)0.73 (18.59)

0.02 (0.5)0.20 (5)

M12 x 1M12 x 1


1.39 (35.4)1.39 (35.4)

0.86 (21.82)0.60 (15.32)

0.02 (0.5)0.28 (7)

M18 x 1M18 x 1


1.58 (40.2)1.77 (44.9)

0.84 (21.26)0.53 (13.46)

0.03 (0.8)0.52 (13.26)

M30 x 1.5M30 x 1.5

3-Wire DC Sensors — Micro-Connector Models12 mm Shielded

Unshielded1.64 (41.5)1.64 (41.5)

0.91 (23.09)0.73 (18.59)

0.02 (0.5)0.20 (5)

M12 x 1M12 x 1


1.59 (40.3)1.59 (40.3)

0.86 (21.82)0.60 (15.32)

0.02 (0.5)0.28 (7)

M18 x 1M18 x 1


1.77 (45.0)1.96 (49.7)

0.84 (21.26)0.53 (13.46)

0.03 (0.8)0.52 (13.26)

M30 x 1.5M30 x 1.5

AB

SENSINGFACE

C

D

C

SENSINGFACE

AB

D

AB

SENSINGFACE

C

D

AB

D

SENSINGFACE

C

AB

SENSINGFACE

C

D

AB

SENSINGFACE

C

D

12 mm

Cable Models

12 mm


18 mm


30 mm


18 mm

Cable Models

30 mm

Cable Models

isit: www.eaton.com

3-30

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS


August 2007
Global Proximity PG.05D.03.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.

Global Inductive Proximity Sensors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . . 3-31Model Selection, CompatibleConnector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33

Model Selection, Accessories . . . 3-33Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35

The Cutler-Hammer® Global Proxim-ity Sensor Family was created by Eaton’s electrical business with the high volume OEM in mind. It has been optimized to include only those functions necessary for basic, reliable sensing. Why pay for extra features when you don’t need them? That’s not to say these sensors lack the performance or features you expect. Our DC units are short circuit protected and will sense up to 2,000 operations per second. Plus, all sen-sors include a bright LED indicator to show output status.

There’s no need to design your machine around these sensors. The Global family includes models in a variety of diameters so they will fit right where you need them. Select models from 8 mm diameter all the way up to 30 mm, for just the size or sensing range that you require. Need something smaller? Our standard line includes inductive proximity sensors as small as 4 mm in diameter.

The Global Proximity is available in AC or DC, 2-wire or 3-wire, and NPN or PNP. You can even choose between cable wiring or quick-disconnect connectors. For power handling, our DC units feature a 100 mA load current rating and AC units are rated up to 200 mA.

Approvals


(DC models only)cCSAus

Cost-Effective Inductive Proximity Sensing for High Volume Use

Product Features■ The Global Proximity Line features solid performance and a basic feature

set for reliable, cost-effective sensing■ Available in a variety of sizes to fit in all of your applications: 8 mm, 12 mm,

18 mm and 30 mm diameters■ DC sensors operate on 10 – 30V DC in 2-wire and 3-wire (NPN or PNP)

configurations■ AC sensors operate on 20 – 250V AC in 2-wire configuration■ Switching frequency of 2 kHz for DC models■ Shielded and unshielded versions available■ Terminations include 2-meter cable, micro-connector and nano-connector■ DC units include short circuit protection


Choose fromUnshielded orShielded Versions

LED Output Indicatoron All Sensors

Industry-StandardHousing Diameters

8 mm

12 mm

18 mm

30 mm

All ModelsAvailable with

Quick-DisconnectConnector or

2-Meter Cable

For more information visit: www.eaton.co
m PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

31
3-Inductive Proximity SensorsGlobal Proximity
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
Model Selection — Global Proximity Sensors


OperatingVoltage

SensingRange

Shielding Output Type Connection Type Catalog Number

2-Wire Sensors12 mm Diameter 20 – 250V AC 2 mm Shielded N.O. 2-meter Cable E57-12GS02-A

3-pin Micro AC Connector E57-12GS02-AAB4 mm Unshielded N.O. 2-meter Cable E57-12GU04-A

3-pin Micro AC Connector E57-12GU04-AAB10 – 30V DC 2 mm Shielded N.O.

(NPN/PNP)2-meter Cable E57-12GS02-D4-pin Micro DC Connector E57-12GS02-DDB

4 mm Unshielded N.O.(NPN/PNP)

2-meter Cable E57-12GU04-D4-pin Micro DC Connector E57-12GU04-DDB

N.C. 2-meter Cable E57-12GU04-D18 mm

(Extended Range)

N.O.(NPN/PNP)

2-meter Cable E57-12GE08-D4-pin Micro DC Connector E57-12GE08-DDB

N.C.(NPN/PNP)

2-meter Cable E57-12GE08-D14-pin Micro DC Connector E57-12GE08-D1DB

18 mm Diameter 20 – 250V AC 5 mm Shielded N.O. 2-meter Cable E57-18GS05-A3-pin Micro AC Connector E57-18GS05-AAB

8 mm Unshielded N.O. 2-meter Cable E57-18GU08-A3-pin Micro AC Connector E57-18GU08-AAB

16 mm 3-pin Micro AC Connector E57-18GE16-AAB10 – 30V DC 5 mm Shielded N.O.

(NPN/PNP)2-meter Cable E57-18GS05-D4-pin Micro DC Connector E57-18GS05-DDB




N.O.(NPN/PNP)


N.C.(NPN/PNP)


30 mm Diameter 20 – 250V AC 10 mm Shielded N.O. 2-meter Cable E57-30GS10-A3-pin Micro AC Connector E57-30GS10-AAB

15 mm Unshielded N.O. 2-meter Cable E57-30GU15-A3-pin Micro AC Connector E57-30GU15-AAB

10 – 30V DC 10 mm Shielded N.O.(NPN/PNP)

2-meter Cable E57-30GS10-D4-pin Micro DC Connector E57-30GS10-DDB




N.O.(NPN/PNP)


N.C.(NPN/PNP)


3-Wire Sensors8 mm Diameter 10 – 30V DC 1 mm Shielded N.O. (NPN) 2-meter Cable E57-08GS01-C

3-pin Nano-Connector E57-08GS01-CNB4-pin Micro DC Connector E57-08GS01-CDB

N.O. (PNP) 2-meter Cable E57-08GS01-G3-pin Nano-Connector E57-08GS01-GNB4-pin Micro DC Connector E57-08GS01-GDB


N.O. (NPN) 2-meter Cable E57-08GE03-C3-pin Nano-Connector E57-08GE03-CNB4-pin Micro DC Connector E57-08GE03-CDB

N.C. (NPN) 2-meter Cable E57-08GBE03-CN.O. (PNP) 2-meter Cable E57-08GE03-G

3-pin Nano-Connector E57-08GE03-GNB4-pin Micro DC Connector E57-08GE03-GDB

2 mm Unshielded N.O. (NPN) 2-meter Cable E57-08GU02-C3-pin Nano-Connector E57-08GU02-CNB4-pin Micro DC Connector E57-08GU02-CDB

N.O. (PNP) 2-meter Cable E57-08GU02-G3-pin Nano-Connector E57-08GU02-GNB4-pin Micro DC Connector E57-08GU02-GDB


N.O. (NPN) 2-meter Cable E57-08GE06-C4-pin Micro DC Connector E57-08GE06-CDB

N.O. (PNP) 2-meter Cable E57-08GE06-G4-pin Micro DC Connector E57-08GE06-GDB


3-32August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS

Inductive Proximity SensorsGlobal Proximity

Model Selection — Global Proximity Sensors (Continued)

See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 3-33.Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.

OperatingVoltage

SensingRange

Shielding Output Type Connection Type Catalog Number

3-Wire Sensors (Continued) 12 mm Diameter 10 – 30V DC 2 mm Shielded N.O. (NPN) 2-meter Cable E57-12GS02-C

4-pin Micro DC Connector E57-12GS02-CDBN.O. (PNP) 2-meter Cable E57-12GS02-G

4-pin Micro DC Connector E57-12GS02-GDB5 mm

(Extended Range)



4 mm Unshielded N.O. (NPN) 2-meter Cable E57-12GU04-C4-pin Micro DC Connector E57-12GU04-CDB

N.O. (PNP) 2-meter Cable E57-12GU04-G4-pin Micro DC Connector E57-12GU04-GDB




18 mm Diameter 10 – 30V DC 5 mm Shielded N.O. (NPN) 2-meter Cable E57-18GS05-C4-pin Micro DC Connector E57-18GS05-CDB

N.O. (PNP) 2-meter Cable E57-18GS05-G4-pin Micro DC Connector E57-18GS05-GDB






18 mm (Extended Range)



30 mm Diameter 10 – 30V DC 10 mm Shielded N.O. (NPN) 2-meter Cable E57-30GS10-C4-pin Micro DC Connector E57-30GS10-CDB

N.O. (PNP) 2-meter Cable E57-30GS10-G5-meter Cable E57-30GS10-G54-pin Micro DC Connector E57-30GS10-GDB










August 2007

PG08301004E F

33
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS


VoltageStyle

Numberof Pins




DC 4-pin3-wire

22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSDS4A3CY2202 CSDS4A3RY2202 —

VoltageStyle

Numberof Pins

Gauge Length Catalog Number Pin Configuration/Wire Colors (Face View Female Shown)PVC Jacket PUR Jacket

Standard Cables — Nano Style

— 3-pin 24 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSNS3A3CY2402 CSNS3A3RY2402


Mounting Brackets and Other Accessories See Section 8




1-Brown2-No Wire3-Blue4-Black

Nano Style Straight Female 1-Brown

3-Blue4-Black


3-34August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS


Wiring Diagrams (Pin numbers are for reference only, rely on pin location when wiring)

Specifications

Operating Voltage

Output Cable Models Connector Models (Face View Male Shown)

Micro Nano

2-Wire Sensors

20 – 250V AC N.O.

—

10 – 30V DC N.O. (NPN)

—

N.O. (PNP)

—

3-Wire Sensors

10 – 30V DC N.O. (NPN)

N.O. (PNP)

2-Wire 3-Wire

AC Models DC Models DC Models

Operating Voltage 20 – 250V AC 10 – 30V DC 10 – 30V DCOff-State Leakage <1.8 mA <0.8 mA <0.01 mAMaximum Load Current 200 mA 100 mA 100 mAMinimum Load Current 5 mA 3 mA —Surge Current 5A (20 mS) — —Voltage Drop <8V AC at 400 mA <6V <1.5VSwitching 8 mm DiameterFrequency 12 mm Diameter

18 mm Diameter30 mm Diameter

—25 Hz25 Hz25 Hz

—1 kHz (shielded); 1 kHz (unshielded)1 kHz (shielded); 500 Hz (unshielded)500 Hz (shielded); 200 Hz (unshielded)

2 kHz (shielded and unshielded)2 kHz (shielded); 1 kHz (unshielded)1 kHz (shielded); 500 Hz (unshielded)300 Hz (shielded); 150 Hz (unshielded)

Short Circuit Protection No Yes YesOverload Trip Point — >120 mA 220 mATime Delay Before Availability — — <10 mSTransient Protection — 2 kV, 1 mS, 1KΩ 1kV, 0.1 mS, 1KΩRepeat Accuracy Shielded: <1.0% / Unshielded: <3.0% (Sr) <2.0% (Sr) <1.0% (Sr)Switching Hysteresis <15%Operating Temperature -25° to 70°C (0° to 60°C for 8 mm diameter models)Temperature Drift <10% (Sr)Protection IP67Housing Material Nickel plated brass (stainless steel for 8 mm diameter, nano-connector models)Cable PVC jacket, 2-meter length

BN

BULoad

Yellow/Green

L1

L2

* Internally connected to housing (use of this wire is optional)

*

L2 L1

✢

✬

✢

✬** Internally connected to housing

(use of this wire is optional)

Load

BU

BN

(-)

+VLoad

(-) (+V)Load

BU

BN

(-)

+V

Load (-) (+V)Load

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load (-)

+V

Load

(-)

+VLoad

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load(-) +V

Load

(-)

+VLoad


August 2007

PG08301004E F

35
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
Approximate Dimensions in mm — Cable Models
“A”

LED

“B”

“C” “D” “E”

Operating Voltage

CatalogNumber

Approximate Dimensions in mm

A B C D E

2-Wire Sensors20 – 250V AC E57-12GS02-A M12x1 65 15 50 0

E57-12GU04-A M12x1 60 15 42 8E57-18GS05-A M18x1 80 20 60 0E57-18GU08-A M18x1 80 20 48 12E57-30GS10-A M30 80 20 60 0E57-30GU15-A M30 80 20 45 15

10 – 30V DC E57-12GS02-D M12x1 50 0 50 0E57-12GU04-D M12x1 50 0 42 8E57-12GE08-D M12x1 50 0 42 8E57-12GE08-D1 M12x1 50 0 42 8E57-18GS05-D M18x1 55 5 50 0E57-18GU08-D M18x1 55 5 38 12E57-18GE16-D M18x1 55 5 38 12E57-18GE16-D1 M18x1 55 5 38 12E57-30GS10-D M30 55 5 50 0E57-30GU15-D M30 55 5 35 15E57-30GE25-D M30 55 5 35 15E57-30GE25-D1 M30 55 5 35 15


Operating Voltage

CatalogNumber


A B C D E

3-Wire Sensors10 – 30V DC E57-08GE03-C M8x1 46 6 40 0

E57-08GE03-G M8x1 46 6 40 0E57-08GS01-C M8x1 45 0 45 0E57-08GS01-G M8x1 45 0 45 0E57-08GU02-C M8x1 45 0 41 4E57-08GU02-G M8x1 45 0 41 4E57-12GE05-C M12x1 51 2 49 0E57-12GE05-G M12x1 51 2 49 0E57-12GE10-C M12x1 50.5 1.7 41 7.8E57-12GE10-G M12x1 50.5 1.7 41 7.8E57-12GS02-C M12x1 50 0 50 0E57-12GS02-G M12x1 50 0 50 0E57-12GU04-C M12x1 50 0 42 8E57-12GU04-G M12x1 50 0 42 8E57-18GE08-C M18x1 67.5 2.5 65 0E57-18GE08-G M18x1 65.5 2.5 65 0E57-18GE18-C M18x1 66 2.5 52 11.5E57-18GE18-G M18x1 66 2.5 52 11.5E57-18GS05-C M18x1 55 5 50 0E57-18GS05-G M18x1 55 5 50 0E57-18GU08-C M18x1 55 5 38 12E57-18GU08-G M18x1 55 5 38 12E57-30GE15-C M30 69 5 64 0E57-30GE15-G M30 69 5 64 0E57-30GE29-C M30 83 5 64 15E57-30GE29-G M30 83 5 64 15E57-30GS10-C M30 55 5 50 0E57-30GS10-G M30 55 5 50 0E57-30GU15-C M30 55 5 35 15E57-30GU15-G M30 55 5 35 15

isit: www.eaton.com

August 2007

3-36

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS


Approximate Dimensions in mm — Connector Models

“A”

LED

“B”

“C” “D” “E”

Operating Voltage

CatalogNumber


A B C D E

2-Wire Sensors20 – 250V AC E57-12GS02-AAB M12x1 68 16 42 0

E57-12GU04-AAB M12x1 68 16 34 8E57-18GS05-AAB M18x1 91 20 60 0E57-18GU08-AAB M18x1 91 20 48 12E57-30GS10-AAB M30 80 20 60 0E57-30GU15-AAB M30 91 20 45 15

10 – 30V DC E57-12GS02-DDB M12x1 69 16 42 0E57-12GU04-DDB M12x1 68 16 34 8E57-12GE08-DDB M12x1 68 10 50 8E57-12GE08-D1DB M12x1 68 10 50 8E57-18GS05-DDB M18x1 76 15 61 0E57-18GU08-DDB M18x1 80 15 49 12E57-18GE16-DDB M18x1 79 15 52 12E57-18GE16-D1DB M18x1 79 15 52 12E57-30GS10-DDB M30 75 15 60 0E57-30GU15-DDB M30 79 15 45 15E57-30GE25-DDB M30 78 15 48 15E57-30GE25-D1DB M30 78 15 48 15


Operating Voltage

CatalogNumber


A B C D E

3-Wire Sensors10 – 30V DC E57-08GE03-CDB M8x1 71 26 36 0

E57-08GE03-CNB M8x1 61 19 42 0E57-08GE03-GDB M8x1 71 26 36 0E57-08GE03-GNB M8x1 61 19 42 0E57-08GS01-CD M8x1 70 21 49 0E57-08GS01-CN M8x1 60 20 40 0E57-08GS01-GD M8x1 70 21 49 0E57-08GS01-GN M8x1 60 20 40 0E57-08GU02-CD M8x1 70 21 45 4E57-08GU02-CN M8x1 60 20 36 4E57-08GU02-GD M8x1 70 21 45 4E57-08GU02-GN M8x1 60 20 36 4E57-12GE05-CDB M12x1 69 24 45 0E57-12GE05-GDB M12x1 69 24 45 0E57-12GE10-CDB M12x1 68.5 10.3 36 7.8E57-12GE10-GDB M12x1 68.5 10.3 36 7.8E57-12GS02-CDB M12x1 68 16 52 0E57-12GS02-GDB M12x1 68 16 52 0E57-12GU04-CDB M12x1 68 20 31 8E57-12GU04-GDB M12x1 68 20 31 8E57-18GS05-CDB M18x1 76 15 61 0E57-18GS05-GDB M18x1 76 15 61 0E57-18GU08-CDB M18x1 76 15 49 12E57-18GU08-GDB M18x1 80 15 49 12E57-30GS10-CDB M30 79 15 60 0E57-30GS10-GDB M30 75 15 60 0E57-30GU15-CDB M30 75 15 45 15E57-30GU15-GDB M30 75 15 45 15


August 2007

PG08301004E F

37
3-Inductive Proximity Sensors AccuProx™ Analog CA05301001E
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS


call 1-800-426-9184.

AccuProx™ AnalogInductive Proximity Sensors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37Model Selection, Sensors . . . . 3-39Model Selection, CompatibleConnector Cables . . . . . . . . . . 3-39

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41Performance Graphs . . . . . . . . 3-42

The Cutler-Hammer® AccuProx™ from Eaton’s electrical business is a high performance analog inductive proximity sensor. The AccuProx family of analog sensors provide unmatched sensing range, linearity and resolution in an affordable and compact tubular package.Unlike standard inductive sensors, which send an open or close signal upon target presence or absence, AccuProx analog sensors provide an electrical signal that varies in proportion to the position of the metal target within its sensing range. This makes AccuProx ideal for applications requiring precise position sensing and measurement.The sensing performance of AccuProx sets it apart from traditional analog inductive designs. Utilizing compo-nents from the cutting-edge Cutler-Hammer iProx™ family, AccuProx provides sensing ranges of three to four times that of typical tubular analog inductive sensors — all with-out compromising accuracy. Unlike many competitive products, which are often hampered by an “S-shaped” output curve, AccuProx outputs are linear.AccuProx has the range and precision to solve your most difficult measure-ment applications.

Approvals■ C-UL ListedFor the most current information on this product, visit our web site:www.EatonElectrical.com

Introducing a Long Range, High Precision Analog Inductive

Product Features■ Extended linear sensing range of up to 25 millimeters — three times longer

than standard tubular analog inductive sensors■ Outputs available in current (4 – 20 or 0 – 20 mA) and voltage (0 – 10V)■ High output resolution and repeatability for applications requiring precision

sensing performance■ Robust stainless steel barrel, shock-resistant front cap, polycarbonate end

bell and impact-absorbing potting compound■ Ideal for extreme temperature or high pressure washdown environments■ High noise immunity of 20V/m prevents many problems associated with

electrical noise

Typical Applications■ Part positioning■ Distance, size and thickness measurement■ General inspection and error proofing, such as material imperfection or

blemish detection■ Eccentricity or absolute angle detection■ Identification of different metals


Sense Three Times Farther Than Standard Tubular Analogs

Micro, Pigtail and Potted Cable Connectivity

Durable Stainless Steel Barrel

360-Degree, Dual-Color Output LED Indicator


3-38August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS

Inductive Proximity SensorsAccuProx™ Analog

Presenting AccuProx™ —

Unmatched Analog Range in a

Proven Package

Historically, analog sensors have been limited by very short sensing ranges — as little as one or two milli-meters. By utilizing technology first perfected in the iProx™ family of digital inductive sensors, AccuProx can sense objects as far as 25 milli-meters. This extended range can be achieved without making compro-mises often found in competitive products, such as reduced output accuracy.

AccuProx utilizes many of the proven materials found in other Cutler-Hammer tubular sensor fami-lies. The threaded barrel and included mounting nuts are made of stainless steel, which exhibits superior corrosion and abrasion resistance versus nickel-plated brass. AccuProx also features a pro-prietary internal potting compound that absorbs impacts and vibration while sealing out moisture. The materials used in the construction of AccuProx are time-tested and proven to work.

High Output Accuracy

Analog inductive sensors are often used in applications that require a higher level of precision than a standard digital sensor. For example, applications such as part inspection require a sensor that can detect very small variances. AccuProx has been designed with these applications in mind.

Output accuracy is determined by the repeat accuracy, linearity, resolution and response time of the sensor.

Repeat accuracy refers to the varia-tions in sensing distance between successive sensor operations due to component tolerances, where all operating conditions are kept the same. The repeat accuracy of an 18 millimeter, unshielded AccuProx sensor is less than 20 micrometers. See the below chart for a repeat accuracy comparison of AccuProx versus the competition.

Linearity refers to the shape of the out-put curve. Many competitive analog sensors exhibit a wavy or “S-shaped” output curve. This means that a change in target distance may not always translate into an equivalent change in output, particularly at the innermost and outermost ranges of a non-linear analog sensor. AccuProx features a linear output. See the below diagram for an example of AccuProx versus a non-linear competitive offering.

Resolution refers to the number of “steps” in the sensor output. A higher resolution is ideal because it will allow the sensor to detect smaller changes in target position.

AccuProx™

Competitor A

Competitor B

Competitor C

Competitor D

Repeat Accuracy (Less is Better)

AccuProx™

Non-linear Sensors

Ou

tpu

t

Distance


An 18 millimeter, unshielded AccuProx features more than 350 output steps, ensuring consistent performance.

Typical Analog Applications

Material Imperfection or Blemish Detection

Eccentricity or Absolute Angle Detection

Saw Blade Deflection

Detecting Different Metals

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

39
3-Inductive Proximity SensorsAccuProx™ Analog
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
Model Selection — AccuProx Analog
� Models available in custom output configurations (e.g. 1 – 5V, 0 – 5V). Contact factory for details.See listing of compatible connector cables below.



OperatingVoltage

SensingRange

Shielding Connection Type Catalog Number

Current (0 – 20 mA) and Voltage (0 – 10V) Output �

Current (4– 20 mA) Output Only �

3/4-Wire Sensors

12 mm Diameter 15 – 30V DC 0.5 – 4 mm Shielded 4-Pin Micro DC Connector E59-A12A104D01-CV E59-A12A104D01-C1

4-Pin Micro DC Pigtail E59-A12A104D01P-CV E59-A12A104D01P-C1

2-meter Cable E59-A12A104C02-CV E59-A12A104C02-C1

1 – 8 mm Unshielded 4-Pin Micro DC Connector E59-A12C108D01-CV E59-A12C108D01-C1

4-Pin Micro DC Pigtail E59-A12C108D01P-CV E59-A12C108D01P-C1

2-meter Cable E59-A12C108C02-CV E59-A12C108C02-C1

18 mm Diameter 1 – 7 mm Shielded 4-Pin Micro DC Connector E59-A18A107D01-CV E59-A18A107D01-C1






30 mm Diameter 1 – 12 mm Shielded 4-Pin Micro DC Connector E59-A30A112D01-CV E59-A30A112D01-C1






Voltage Style

Number of Pins


Standard Cables — Micro StyleDC 4-pin

3-wire22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSDS4A3CY2202 CSDS4A3RY2202 —

DC 4-pin4-wire






August 2007

3-40

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS



� For models ending in -C1 (current output only models), pins 2 and 4 are intentionallyconnected. Note: Do not connect outputs of -C1 models to separate loads — this sensor shouldonly be connected to a single-output load.

Style Output(s) Micro-Connector Models Cable and Pigtail Models

12 mm Diameter Models Ending in -C1 �

Current: 4 – 20 mA

18 and 30 mm Diameter Models Ending in -C1 �

ModelsEnding in -CV

Current: 0 – 20 mAVoltage: 0 – 10V

Load +V

(-)2 1

3 4

BN/1

LoadBU/3 (-)

+V

BK/4Current Output

Load +V

Load

(-)2 1

3 4

Load

VoltageOutput

+V

CurrentOutput

Load

(-)2 1

3 4

BN/1

BK/4

WT/2

BU/3

+V

Current Output

Voltage OutputLoad

Load(-)

Approximate Dimensions — AccuProx Analog in Inches (mm)





B C DA



Cable and Pigtail ModelsSize Shielding A B C D




B C DA

Cable and Pigtail Models


August 2007

PG08301004E F

41
3-Inductive Proximity SensorsAccuProx™ Analog
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
Specifications — AccuProx Analog
� The sensor achieves its maximum repeat accuracy after warming up for a period of at least one hour.� Voltage outputs available on models ending in -CV.� Continuous short-circuits can exceed power dissipation ratings and cause eventual destruction.

Description 12 mm Models 18 mm Models 30 mm Models

Shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded Shielded Unshielded

Performance

Analog Operating Range 0.5 – 4 mm 1 – 8 mm 1 – 7 mm 1 – 15 mm 1 – 12 mm 1 – 25 mmTemperature Range -40° to 158°F (-40° to 70°C)Temperature Drift < ± 10%Conformity < ± 10%Repeat Accuracy < 25 µm � < 20 µm � < 40 µm � < 20 µm � < 50 µm � < 30 µm �

Minimum Repeat Accuracy < 3.0% @ max. range < 1.1% @ max. range < 2.2% @ max. range < 1.2% @ max. range < 1.2% @ max. range < 0.8% @ max. rangeRecovery Time < 1.0 mS < 1.1 mS < 1.5 mS < 2.0 mS < 2.0 mS < 3.0 mSResponse Time 200 Hz 100 Hz 200 Hz 100 Hz 140 Hz 100 HzLinearity Tolerance < ± 1.0% of full scaleResolution 23 µm max. 16 µm max. 40 µm max. 21 µm max. 50 µm max. 30 µm max.

Electrical

Style AccuProx™ Analog, 3/4-Wire DCOperating Voltage 15 – 30V DCCurrent Output Signal 0 – 20 mA or 4 – 20 mA by modelCurrent Output Load Resistance

400 – 500 ohm

Current Output Ripple Content ± 40 µA max.Current Output Minimum Change

30 µA 20 µA 50 µA 28 µA 66 µA 40 µA

Voltage Output Signal � 0 – 10 VVoltage Output Load Resistance

4.7 – 5.0 kOhm (2.5 mA max.)

Voltage Output Ripple Content ± 10 mV max.Voltage Output Minimum Change

15 mV 10 mV 25 mV 14 mV 33 mV 20 mV

Burden Current < 20 mAOutput LED Dual-color, 360º viewableShort Circuit Protection Incorporated �

Wire Breakage Protection IncorporatedReverse Polarity Protection Incorporated

Physical

Size See dimension drawings on Page 3-40

Enclosure Protection NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 13Shock 30 g half-sine @ 11 mSVibration 10 – 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitudeHousing Material Stainless steel, Polycarbonate endbell, Polyphenylene sulfide front capTermination Micro connector

Potted cable, 2 mPigtail micro connector, 2 m


3-42August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS


Performance Graphs — AccuProx Analog

� Measurement resolution is the sensor’s ability to detect a change in target position. The measurement resolution is the finest at the highest point in the curve.

� Output resolution is the change in output signal relative to target position. The minimum change in output resolution is defined by the lowest point in the curve.

Size Linear Output Measurement Resolution � Output Resolution �

12 mm

18 mm

30 mm

20

15

10

5

00 2 4 6 8 10

Cu

rren

t (m

A)

Range (mm)

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

Volt

age

(V)

Unshielded

Shielded

.492

.650

.984

1.97

0

.012

.017

.025

.050

.0

Range (mm)

Res

olu

tio

n (

mil)

Res

olu

tio

n (

mm

)

0 2 4 6 8 10

Unshielded

Shielded

200

150

100

50

00 2 4 6 8 10

Res

olu

tio

n (

mV

)

Range (mm)

Res

olu

tio

n (

µA

)

400

300

200

100

0

Unshielded

Shielded

20

15

10

5

00 5 10 15 20

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

Cu

rren

t (m

A)

Volt

age

(V)

Range (mm)

Unshielded

Shielded.787

.984

1.30

1.97

3.94

00 5 10 15 20

.020

.025

.033

0.05

0.10

0

Res

olu

tio

n (

mil)

Res

olu

tio

n (

mm

)

Range (mm)

Unshielded

Shielded

250

200

150

100

50

00 5 10 15 20

500

400

300

200

100

0

Res

olu

tio

n (

mV

)

Res

olu

tio

n (

µA

)

Range (mm)

UnshieldedShielded

20

15

10

5

00 5 10 15 20 25

Cu

rren

t (m

A)

Volt

age

(V)

Range (mm)

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

Unshielded

Shielded

.984

1.30

1.97

3.94

0

.025

.033

0.05

0.10

00 5 10 15 20 25

Res

olu

tio

n (

mil)

Res

olu

tio

n (

mm

)

Range (mm)

Unshielded

Shielded

200

150

100

50

0

400

300

200

100

00 5 10 15 20 25

Res

olu

tio

n (

mV

)

Res

olu

tio

n (

µA

)

Range (mm)

UnshieldedShielded


August 2007

PG08301004E F

43
3-Inductive Proximity Sensors ChipMaster PG.05D.19.T.E
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS


call 1-800-426-9184.

ChipMasterInductive Proximity Sensors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43Model Selection, Sensors . . . . 3-44Model Selection, CompatibleConnector Cables . . . . . . . . . 3-45

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46

The new ChipMaster sensor from Eaton’s electrical business is an application-specific sensing solution designed to better tolerate metal chips near the sensor face. Where typical inductive proximity sensors immediately false trigger in such an environment, the ChipMaster has the ability to ignore chip build-up to a greater extent.

ChipMaster utilizes an embedded microprocessor-based sensing tech-nology, which allows for greater “field loading” than standard induc-tive proximity sensors. This gives ChipMaster the unique ability to dis-criminate between metal chips and true targets within the sensing field.

The ChipMaster represents the best inductive sensing solution for metal cutting, stamping and forming machine applications and will per-form more reliably than a typical inductive sensor in challenging applications where metal chips can cause false triggering.

Eliminate unreliable sensor opera-tion and costly downtime with the ChipMaster, available in AC and DC, 18 mm and 30 mm diameters with high noise immunity.



ChipMaster Tolerates Metal Chips Better

Product Features■ Tolerates metal chips within sensing field better than standard inductive

proximity sensors■ Auto-configure output allows for automatic NPN or PNP on DC sensors■ Rugged stainless steel housing with shock absorbent potting compound■ Resistant to extreme temperatures (-40˚C) and high pressure washdown■ High electrical noise immunity of 20 V/m


Highly Visible,Dual Color

Output Status LED

Stainless Steel Body

Micro-ConnectorModels Available

Vibration-Absorbing Potting Compound

■ Automotive■ Metal Machining



3-44August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS

Inductive Proximity SensorsChipMaster

Model Selection — ChipMaster

� Sensing range varies based upon degree of chip build-up on sensor face. Additional chips within the sensing field extend the sensing range outward. Ranges are based upon ferrous chips in the sensing field.


OperatingVoltage

SensingRange


2-Wire Sensors

18 mm Diameter 20 – 132V AC 6 – 8 mm � Unshielded 3-pin Micro AC Connector E59-M18C118A01-A1C

2-meter Cable E59-M18A118C02-A1C

30 mm Diameter 6 – 8 mm � Shielded 3-pin Micro AC Connector E59-M30A115A01-A1C

2-meter Cable E59-M30A115C02-A1C

12 – 15 mm � Unshielded 3-pin Micro AC Connector E59-M30C129A01-A1C

2-meter Cable E59-M30C129C02-A1C

3-Wire Sensors

18 mm Diameter 6 – 48V DC(PNP and NPN)

6 – 8 mm � Unshielded 4-pin Micro DC Connector E59-M18C116D01-D1C

2-meter Cable E59-M18C116C02-D1C

30 mm Diameter 6 – 8 mm � Shielded 4-pin Micro DC Connector E59-M30A115D01-D1C

2-meter Cable E59-M30A115C02-D1C

12 – 15 mm � Unshielded 4-pin Micro DC Connector E59-M30C129D01-D1C

2-meter Cable E59-M30C129C02-D1C

Extended Range

Standard Range

Extended Range

Standard Range

Extended Range

Standard Range

Extended Range

Standard Range


August 2007

PG08301004E F

45
3-Inductive Proximity SensorsChipMaster
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS


� Note: Pin numbers 2 and 4 are internally jumpered together. Either pin may be used.

Voltage Style

Number of Pins




DC 4-pin4-wire


Operating Voltage Output Cable Models Connector Models(Face View Male Shown)

Micro

2-Wire Sensors

20 – 132V AC N.O.

3-Wire Sensors

6 – 48V DC N.O. (NPN)

N.O. (PNP)




BU

BN

L2

L1

LoadL2 L1

Load

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load (-)Load

Load

+V

�

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load (-) +V

Load

Load�

or mor

August 2007

3-46

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS

Inductive Proximity SensorsChipMaster

Specifications — ChipMaster



Description 2-Wire Sensors 3-Wire Sensors

Input Voltage 20 – 132V AC 6 – 48V DCLoad Current 12 mm: 5 – 300mA, 200mA > 50°C ≤500 mA @ 6 – 30V DC; ≤300 mA @ 32 – 48V DCLeakage Current ≤1.7 mA @ 0°C, 2.0 mA @ -40°C ≤150 µAVoltage Drop <5V AC ≤2.5V DCBurden Current — ≤15 mAProtection None Auto ResetSwitching Hysteresis < 15% Rated Sensing DistanceRepeat Accuracy Shielded models: < 1% Sensing Distance; Unshielded models: < 3% Sensing DistanceSurge Capacity 3A/30 ms —Temperature Range -40° to 158°F (-40° to 70°C)Material of Construction 303 Stainless steel; End bells: Polycarbonate; Face caps: Ryton®; Cable: AWM Style 20387 (PVC) �


Response Time 2-Wire Sensors 3-Wire Sensors

High Noise Immunity Mode 10 Hz (>20 V/m) 10 Hz (>20 V/m)

Approximate Dimensions — ChipMaster in Inches (mm)




Cable Models

A

B C D






A

B C D


August 2007

PG08301004E F

47
3-Inductive Proximity Sensors SpeedSense PG.05D.20.T.E
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS


call 1-800-426-9184.

SpeedSenseInductive Proximity Sensors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47Model Selection, Sensors . . . . 3-48Model Selection, CompatibleConnector Cables . . . . . . . . . . 3-49

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50

The newly released SpeedSense sensor from Eaton’s electrical business is one of the first tubular inductive sensors to feature built-in speed detection technology. This functionality allows the sensor to detect when the target RPM falls under a specified limit.

SpeedSense is not just limited to rotating applications. By measuring the time between two detections, the sensor can fit in a wide variety of applications. When the time between two target detections exceed the rated millisecond limit, the sensor will activate.

Such a solution once required a sensor, PLC and programmed logic. Now, SpeedSense can do it all. There is no need for costly engineering and installation time. SpeedSense is a quick, drop-in solution available with different fixed speed limits, called activation points. Consolidate your controls and reduce engineering time with SpeedSense, available in 12, 18 and 30 mm diameter models with either pre-wired cables or micro connectors.

Approvals■ UL Listed


Detect Target Slowdown or Stoppage with SpeedSense

Product Features■ Built-in speed detection technology activates the sensor when the target’s

rotational or lateral speed slows (output “closes” when motion stops)■ Outputs are N.O. by default, but N.C. models can be special ordered from

the factory■ Reliably detect metal targets at up to three times range of conventional

inductive proximity sensors■ No special programming necessary■ Auto-configure output allows for automatic NPN or PNP■ Resistant to extreme temperature (-40˚C) and high pressure washdown■ High electrical noise immunity of 10 V/m


Highly Visible,Dual Color

Output StatusLED

Embedded Speed Detection Logic

Micro-Connector Models Available

■ Automotive■ Machine Tool■ Material Handling



3-48August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS

Inductive Proximity SensorsSpeedSense

SpeedSense detects speed by measuring time between two target detections.

Speed Detection


Model Selection — SpeedSense

� Sensor will not perform reliably if (a) target speed rotation exceeds the max rated rpm or (b) the time between target detections is less than the rated milliseconds.

� The sensor will activate when (a) target rotation drops below the rated rpm, or (b) when the time between two target detections exceeds the milliseconds indicated.


SensingRange

Shielding MaximumRated TargetSpeed �

ActivationPoint �

Connection Type Catalog Number

3-Wire DC Sensors, Normally Open (Sensors output is “on” when underspeed condition detected)

12 mm Diameter 4 mm Shielded 2,175 rpm27.5 mS

50 rpm or1,200 mS

4-pin Micro DC Connector E59-M12A105D01-D1S12-meter Cable E59-M12A105C02-D1S1

100 rpm or600 mS


500 rpm or120 mS


1,500 rpm or40 mS


10 mm Unshielded 1,125 rpm53 mS

50 rpm or1,200 mS

4-pin Micro DC Connector E59-M12C110D01-D1S12-meter Cable E59-M12C110C02-D1S1

100 rpm or600 mS


500 rpm or120 mS


18 mm Diameter 8 mm Shielded 1,460 rpm41 mS

50 rpm or1,200 mS

4-pin Micro DC Connector E59-M18A108D01-D1S1

2-meter Cable E59-M18A108C02-D1S1

100 rpm or600 mS



500 rpm or120 mS



30 mm Diameter 15 mm Shielded 900 rpm66 mS

50 rpm or1,200 mS



100 rpm or600 mS



500 rpm or120 mS



Extended Range

Standard Range

Standard Range

Standard Range

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

49
3-Inductive Proximity SensorsSpeedSense
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS


� Note: Pin numbers 2 and 4 are internally jumpered together. Either pin may be used.

Specifications — SpeedSense



Voltage Style

Number of Pins



4-wire22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSDS4A4CY2202 CSDS4A4RY2202 CSDS4A4IO2202

Operating Voltage Output Cable Models Connector Models(Face View Male Shown)

Micro

3-Wire Sensors

6 – 48V DC N.O. (NPN)

N.O. (PNP)

Description 3-Wire Sensors

Input Voltage 6 – 48V DCLoad Current ≤500 mA @ 6 – 30V DC; ≤300 mA @ 32 – 48V DCLeakage Current ≤150 µAVoltage Drop ≤2.5V DCBurden Current ≤15 mAProtection Auto ResetSwitching Hysteresis < 15% Rated Sensing DistanceRepeat Accuracy Shielded models: < 1% Sensing Distance; Unshielded models: < 3% Sensing DistanceTemperature Range -40° to 158°F (-40° to 70°C)Output Status Sensors output is “on” when an underspeed condition is detected.Material of Construction 303 Stainless steel; End bells: Polycarbonate; Face caps: Ryton®; Cable: AWM Style 20387 (PVC) �


Response Time 3-Wire Sensors

Shielded Unshielded12 mm 18 mm 30 mm 12 mm

Factory Default Mode (20 V/m) 580 Hz 390 Hz 240 Hz 300 Hz



BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load (-)Load

Load

+V

�

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load (-) +V

Load

Load�

or mor

August 2007

3-50

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS

Inductive Proximity SensorsSpeedSense

Approximate Dimensions — SpeedSense in Inches (mm)



18 mm Shielded 2.54 (64.5) 2.00 (50.9) 0.02 (0.5) 0.94 (24)30 mm Shielded 2.74 (69.6) 2.13 (54.1) 0.03 (0.75) 1.41 (36)

Cable Models

A

B C D




18 mm Shielded 2.73 (69.3) 2.00 (50.9) 0.02 (0.5) 0.94 (24)30 mm Shielded 2.92 (74.1) 2.13 (54.1) 0.03 (0.75) 1.41 (36)


A

B C D


August 2007

PG08301004E F

51
3-Inductive Proximity Sensors Ferrous Only Tubular PG.05D.08.T.E
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS


call 1-800-426-9184.

Ferrous Only Tubular Inductive Proximity Sensors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51 Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . 3-52 Model Selection, CompatibleConnector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53Model Selection, Accessories . . 3-53Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53

These unique Cutler-Hammer® Inductive Proximity Sensors have been specially made by Eaton’s electrical business to detect only a specific type of metal. Ferrous Only models will detect only ferrous metals such as steel, iron, nickel or cobalt.

A typical application for Ferrous Only sensors would be in workcell applications where cutting tools, tool pallets and fixtures must be detected for proper workpiece manipulation. The sensors detect ferrous objects while ignoring aluminum.

These sensors are available in a standard 18 mm diameter, and are epoxy filled for shock/vibration resistance and heat tolerance.


These Problem-Solving Sensors Will Sense One Type of Metal While Completely Ignoring Another Type

Product Features■ Ferrous Only sensors detect ferrous metals, such as steel or iron, while

ignoring non-ferrous metals■ Selection of 2-wire and 3-wire, AC/DC and DC-only sensor models■ Wide operating temperature range: -13° to 158°F (-25° to 70°C)


High QualityStainless SteelHousing

Choose from Micro-Connector or Mini-Connector18 mm

DiameterMetal Face

or m
ore information visit: www.eaton.com

3-52August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS

Inductive Proximity SensorsFerrous Only Tubular

Model Selection — Ferrous Metal Sensing Only






Operating Voltage Sensing Range (Sn) Shielding Connection Type Catalog Number

N.O. Output

2-Wire Sensors

20 – 250V AC/DC50/60 Hz

5.0 mm Shielded 3-pin Micro AC Connector E57FAL18A2SA

3-pin Mini-Connector E57FAL18A2B1

3-Wire Sensors

10 – 30V DC 5.0 mm Shielded(PNP)

4-pin Micro DC Connector E57FAL18T111SD

Voltage Style

Number of Pins




DC 4-pin3-wire


VoltageStyle

Number of Pins



Operating Voltage Output Connector Models (Face View Male Shown)

Micro Mini

2-Wire Sensors

20 – 250V AC/DC50/60 Hz

N.O.

3-Wire Sensors

10 – 30V DC N.O.(PNP)

—

18 mm Diameter

18 mm Diameter







L2 L1Load L1 L2

Load

(-) +VLoad


PG08301004E F

53August 2007

3-Inductive Proximity SensorsFerrous Only Tubular

3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
Specifications


2-Wire Sensors — AC/DC Models 3-Wire Sensors — DC Models

Operating Voltage 20 – 250V AC/DC 10 – 30V DCMaximum Load Current 100 mA 100 mASwitching Frequency 15 Hz 1000 HzLeakage Current 2.5 mA maximum < 0.01 mAVoltage Drop 10V maximum 1.5V maximumHolding Current 5 mA minimum —Burden Current — 17 mAProtection Transient, power on false pulse

suppressionShort circuit protection

Switching Hysteresis <15% rated sensing distanceRepeat Accuracy <1% sensing distanceTime Delay Before Availability <10 mSOutput Indicator LED Lights when output is ONOperating Temperature -13° to 131°F (-25° to 55°C)Enclosure Ratings NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67)Shock 30g sine wave, 11 mS per IEC68-2-76Vibration 10 to 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude in all three planesHousing Material Stainless steel


Mounting Brackets See Section 8Replacement Mounting Nuts and Other Accessories See Section 8Connector Cables See Section 10

Model Catalog Number A B C D E

2-Wire E57FAL18A2SA M18 x 1 3.11 (79) 1.38 (35) 1.73 (44) 0E57FAL18A2B1 M18 x 1 3.90 (99) 1.34 (34) 2.56 (65) 0

3-Wire E57FAL18T111SD M18 x 1 3.11 (79) 1.14 (29) 1.97 (50) 0

“A”

LED

“B”

“C” “D”

Connector Models


3-54

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS


August 2007
Metal Face PG.05D.09.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.

Metal FaceInductive Proximity Sensors


Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56Model Selection, Accessories . . 3-57Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57

Cutler-Hammer® Metal Face Induc-tive Proximity Sensors by Eaton’s electrical business incorporate tough stainless steel sensing faces in place of the plastic faces found in standard sensors. This provides a higher level of protection for more reliable operation and longer life in harsh environments.

The sensors stand up to abrasion and impact caused by flying metal chips, grit, and misaligned or vibrat-ing targets. In addition, the stainless steel body resists corrosion and chemical attack.

Common sensor diameters, voltage styles and wiring connections make it easy to retrofit your existing, dam-aged sensors. Solve the problem of damaged sensors permanently with Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Metal Face Sensors.


The Thick Metal Face Protects Against Damage from Impact and Abrasion

Product Features■ 2-wire AC/DC models and 3-wire DC models are compatible with your

existing wiring■ Common 12 mm, 18 mm and 30 mm housing diameters allow easy change-

out of existing damaged sensors■ The 20 mil stainless steel sensing face is thicker than competing units for a

higher level of protection■ The stainless steel body is damage and corrosion resistant■ Wide operating temperature range: -13° to 158°F (-25° to 70°C)


12 mm, 18 mm and30 mm Diameters to

Fit Where You Need It

Extra Thick20 milStainless SteelSensing Face

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

55
3-Inductive Proximity SensorsMetal Face
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
Model Selection — Metal Face Proximity Sensors






N.O. Output

2-Wire Sensors

12 mm Diameter 20 – 250V AC/DC50/60 Hz

2 mm Shielded 3-pin Micro AC Connector E57FAL12A2SA-M

30 mm Diameter 20 – 250V AC/DC50/60 Hz

10 mm Shielded 3-pin Micro AC Connector E57FAL30A2SA-M

3-Wire Sensors

12 mm Diameter 10 – 30V DC 2 mm Shielded(PNP)

4-pin Micro DC Connector E57FAL12T111SD-M

18 mm Diameter 10 – 30V DC 5 mm Shielded(PNP)

4-pin Micro DC Connector E57FAL18T111SD-M

Voltage Style

Number of Pins




DC 4-pin4-wire






August 2007

3-56

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS

Inductive Proximity SensorsMetal Face


Specifications

Operating Voltage Output Connector Models(Face View Male Shown)

Micro

2-Wire Sensors

20 – 250V AC/DC50/60 Hz

N.O.

3-Wire Sensors

10 – 30V DC N.O.(NPN)

N.O.(PNP)

2-Wire Sensors 3-Wire Sensors

AC/DC Models DC Only Models

Operating Voltage 20 – 250V AC/DC 10 – 30V DCMaximum Load Current 100 mA 100 mASwitching Frequency 15 Hz 12 mm: 2000 Hz

18 mm: 1000 Hz30 mm: 300 Hz

Leakage Current 2.5 mA maximum 600 µA maximumVoltage Drop 10V maximum 1.5V maximumHolding Current 5 mA minimum —Burden Current — 17 mAProtection Transient, power on false pulse

suppressionShort circuit protection

Switching Hysteresis <15% rated sensing distanceRepeat Accuracy <1% sensing distanceTime Delay Before Availability <200 mSOutput Indicator LED Lights when output is ONOperating Temperature -13° to 131°F (-25° to 55°C)Enclosure Ratings NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67)Shock 30g sine wave, 11 mS per IEC68-2-76Vibration 10 to 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitude in all three planesHousing Material 303 stainless steelFace Thickness 20 mils

L2 L1Load

(-)

+V

Load

(-) +V

Load

PG08301004E

PG08301004E F

57August 2007

3-Inductive Proximity SensorsMetal Face

3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS


Mounting Brackets and Other Accessories See Section 8 Connector Cables See Section 10

Model Catalog Number A B C D

2-Wire E57FAL12A2SA-M M x 12 2.67 (68) 1.10 (28) 1.58 (40)E57FAL30A2SA-M M x 30 3.70 (94) 1.34 (34) 2.36 (60)

3-Wire E57FAL12T111SD-M M x 12 2.67 (68) 1.02 (26) 1.65 (42)E57FAL18T110SD-M M x 18 3.11 (79) 1.14 (29) 1.97 (50)E57FAL18T111SD-M M x 18 3.11 (79) 1.14 (29) 1.97 (50)

“A”

LED

“C” “D”

“B”

Connector Models


3-58

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS


August 2007
High Current Output PG.05D.05.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.

High Current Output Inductive Proximity Sensors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . 3-58 Model Selection, Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59

Now there is an alternative to limit switches for position sensing on industrial vehicles. Cutler-Hammer® High Current Output features a con-tinuous output current rating from 2 to 8A. These sensors from Eaton’s electrical business are ideally suited to handle high current loads found on such industrial vehicles as aerial lift trucks, fork lifts, refuse trucks, cement mixers, dump trucks, hook and ladder trucks, front end loaders, farm equipment and hundreds of other vehicles that are constantly subjected to mechanical (shock, vibration, collisions) and environ-mental abuse (dirt, grease, ice, rain) that create havoc with mechanical devices.


Model Selection — High Current Output Sens

� For additional cable length other than 2-meter, cable, order E57-30JS10-H5.

� 50 Amps surge, 12 Amp at 50% duty cycle and 8

Fast turn product with typical one business d

Operating Voltage

Sensing Range Sh

4-Wire Sensors

30 mm Diameter 10 – 55V DC 10 mm Sh

6-Wire Sensors�

30 mm Diameter 10 – 30V DC 10 mm Sh

ors

add desired length in meters to listed Catalog Number. Example: For an E57-30JS10-H with a 5-meter

Amp continuous.

ay lead-time to shipment.

ielding Output Type Output Rating Connection Type � Catalog Number

Continuous <100 mS Pulse

ielded N.O. and N.C.(PNP)

3.5A 20A 2-Meter Cable E57-30JS10-H

ielded N.O. and N.O., or N.C. and N.C. (NPN or PNP)

8A 50A 2-Meter Cable E57-30HS10-K

Non-contact Sensing with the Ability to Handle High Currents in a Solid-State Output

Product Features■ Solid-state output can handle up to 8A continuous ■ Ideal for vehicle use to replace mechanical limit switches, typically required

to handle high currents ■ Wide voltage and temperature range covers most vehicle power supplies

and operating environments ■ Normally Open and Normally Closed isolated outputs ■ SJO cable is available in custom lengths■ Dual colored 360° LED indicating light, green as power ON and red as output


Corrosion ResistantStainless Steel Housing

RuggedSJO Cable

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

59
3-Inductive Proximity SensorsHigh Current Output
E TY S

ENSO

RS
Model Selection — Accessories Description Reference
Mounting Brackets and Other Accessories

See Section 8


3IN

DU

CTIV

PROX

IMI
Wiring Diagrams
Specifications



Operating Voltage 10 to 55V DC 10 to 30V DCSwitching Rate 250 Hz 100 HzOff-state Current 100 Aµ maximumVoltage Drop 1.2V 2.0VBurden Current 10 mA @ 55 volts 30 mA @ 30 voltsTime Delay Before Availability <100 mSOutput Indicator LED 360 visibilityOutput Type Solid-state Solid-state, isolatedProtection Transient and power on false pulseEnclosure Ratings NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IEC IP67)Ambient Temperature Range -40° to 158°F (-40° to 70°C) Barrel Material 303 stainless steelCable 2m standard SJO water resistive (18 AWG)Shock 30g sine wave, 11 msVibration 10 to 55 Hz, 2 mm amplitude in all 3 planes

4-Wire PNP N.O./N.O. Output Configuration —

6-Wire

N.C./N.C. Output Configuration —

6-Wire

2.73 (73.8)1.41(36) 1.95 (49.53)

M30 x 1.5Mounting NutTorque:142 ft-lb(200 Nm)

3-60

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS


August 2007
Miniature Short Body PG.05D.13.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.

Miniature Short BodyInductive Proximity Sensors

ContentsOverview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60 Model Selection, Sensors. . . . . 3-61 Model Selection, CompatibleConnector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62Model Selection, Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63

These unique Cutler-Hammer® Inductive Proximity Sensors by Eaton’s electrical business are designed to be used in extremely small spaces. A wide variety of mod-els are available with housing diam-eters from 8 mm all the way down to 4 mm, allowing you to choose the one that best fits your application. The sensors are 3-wire devices that operate from 10 to 30V DC. Both shielded and unshielded versions are available.

Approvals


These Tiny Tubular Sensors Deliver Reliable Performance Where Space Is Limited

Product Features■ Small 4, 5, 6.5 and 8 mm diameters for use in applications with limited

space for mounting sensors■ Stainless steel housings ■ All models include an LED indicator to show output status ■ Short circuit and reverse polarity protection ■ Rated NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67) for high resistance to

environmental factors

Choose from Cableor Nano-Connector

on All Sizes

High QualityStainless SteelHousings

A Variety ofSmall Diametersto Fit Almost Anywhere

MountingBracketIncluded on6.5 mm Models

4 mm

5 mm

6.5 mm

8 mm

Micro-ConnectorAvailable on 6.5 mm

and 8 mm Sizes

5 mm and 8 mm Models AreThreaded; 4 mm and 6.5 mm

Models Are Unthreaded

Applications


■ Automation equipment ■ Robotics ■ Machine tool ■ Counting ■ Sorting


PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

61
3-Inductive Proximity SensorsMiniature Short Body
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
Model Selection — Miniature Short Body Sensors
Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.See listing of compatible connector cables below.



Operating Voltage

Sensing Range (Sn)

Shielding Connection Type Catalog NumberN.O. Output N.C. Output

3-Wire Sensors10 – 30V DC 0.8 mm Shielded

(NPN)2-meter Cable E57EAL4T110SP —3-pin Nano Connector E57EAL4T110SN —4-pin Micro DC Connector E57EAL4T110SD —

Shielded(PNP)

2-meter Cable E57EAL4T111SP —3-pin Nano Connector E57EAL4T111SN —

10 – 30V DC 0.8 mm Shielded(NPN)


Shielded(PNP)


6.5 mm Diameter(Unthreaded)

10 – 30V DC 1 mm Shielded(NPN)

2-meter Cable E57EAL6T110SP —3-pin Nano Connector E57EAL6T110SN —4-pin Micro DC Connector E57EAL6T110SD —

Shielded(PNP)

2-meter Cable E57EAL6T111SP —3-pin Nano Connector E57EAL6T111SN —4-pin Micro DC Connector E57EAL6T111SD —


2-meter Cable E57EAL6T110EP —3-pin Nano Connector E57EAL6T110EN —

Unshielded(PNP)

2-meter Cable E57EAL6T111EP —3-pin Nano Connector E57EAL6T111EN —


2-meter Cable E57EAL8T110SP E57EBL8T110SP3-pin Nano Connector E57EAL8T110SN E57EBL8T110SN4-pin Micro DC Connector E57EAL8T110SD E57EBL8T110SD

Shielded(PNP)

2-meter Cable E57EAL8T111SP E57EBL8T111SP3-pin Nano Connector E57EAL8T111SN E57EBL8T111SN4-pin Micro DC Connector E57EAL8T111SD E57EBL8T111SD


2-meter Cable E57EAL8T110EP E57EBL8T110EP3-pin Nano Connector E57EAL8T110EN E57EBL8T110EN4-pin Micro DC Connector E57EAL8T110ED E57EBL8T110ED

Unshielded(PNP)

2-meter Cable E57EAL8T111EP E57EBL8T111EP3-pin Nano Connector E57EAL8T111EN E57EBL8T111EN4-pin Micro DC Connector E57EAL8T111ED E57EBL8T111ED

Voltage Style

Number of Pins



3-wire22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSDS4A3CY2202 CSDS4A3RY2202 —

4-pin4-wire


VoltageStyle

Numberof Pins



— 3-pin 24 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSNS3A3CY2402 CSNS3A3RY2402

4 mm Diameter(Unthreaded)

5 mm Diameter




Nano Style Straight Female 1-Brown

3-Blue4-Black


3-62August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS

Inductive Proximity SensorsMiniature Short Body


Specifications


Operating Voltage Output Cable Models Connector Models (Face View Male Shown)

Micro Nano

3-Wire Sensors

10 – 30V DC N.O. (NPN)

N.O. (PNP)

N.C. (NPN)

N.C. (PNP)

DC Only Models

Operating Voltage 10 – 30V DCMaximum Load Current 200 mASwitching Frequency 2 kHzLeakage Current 0.01 mA maximumVoltage Drop 1.5V maximumBurden Current 10 mA maximumProtection Transient, power on false pulse suppression, auto-reset short circuitSwitching Hysteresis <15% rated sensing distanceRepeat Accuracy <1% sensing distanceTime Delay Before Availability <50 mSOutput Indicator LED Lights when output is ONOperating Temperature -13° to 158°F (-25° to 70°C)Enclosure Ratings NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67)Housing Material Stainless steelCable PVC high flex, oil/water resistant, 22 AWG


Mounting Brackets See Section 8Replacement Mounting Nuts and Other Accessories See Section 8Connector Cables See Section 10

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load (-)

+V

Load

(-)

+VLoad

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load(-) +V

Load

(-)

+VLoad

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load(-)

+V

Load(-)

+VLoad

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load (-) +VLoad (-)

+VLoad


August 2007

PG08301004E F

63
3-Inductive Proximity SensorsMiniature Short Body
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
Size A Barrel Type Length B C D

Thread Size E

Nut Width F

Connector Diameter G

LED Location

Cable Models

4 mm5 mm6.5 mm8 mm

UnthreadedThreadedUnthreadedThreaded

1.0 (25)1.0 (25)1.8 (45)1.2 (30)

————

—0.8 (21)—1.2 (30)

—M5 x 1—M8 x 1

—SW8—SW13

————

L1L1L2L2

Nano-Connector Models

4 mm5 mm6.5 mm8 mm

UnthreadedThreadedUnthreadedThreaded

1.6 (40)1.6 (40)2.4 (60)1.8 (45)

0.7 (18)0.7 (18)1.5 (39)1.0 (25)

0.8 (21)0.8 (21)2.0 (50)1.4 (36)

—M5 x 0.5—M8 x 1

—SW8—SW13

0.31 (8)0.31 (8)0.31 (8)0.31 (8)

L1L1L1L1


6.5 mm8 mm

UnthreadedThreaded

2.9 (70)2.0 (50)

1.4 (36)1.6 (40)

1.5 (39)1.0 (25)

—M8 x 1

—SW13

0.47 (12)0.47 (12)

L1L2

Cable Models —

Unthreaded Barrel

Cable Models —

Threaded Barrel

Connector Models —

Threaded Barrel

Connector Models —

Unthreaded Barrel


3-64

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS


November 2007
E56 Pancake PG.05D.02.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.

E56 PancakeInductive Proximity Sensors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64 Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . . 3-65 Model Selection, CompatibleConnector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67

The Cutler-Hammer® E56 Pancake from Eaton’s electrical business is a high performance inductive proxim-ity sensor. The E56 Pancake provides greater sensing ranges than other inductive sensor package types.

The E56 Pancake family provides convenience and ease of wiring with auto-configurable, complementary outputs. (Auto-configurable outputs automatically detect an NPN or PNP output configuration and switch the sensor accordingly, without user intervention.) Power and output LEDs make troubleshooting much easier than conventional proximity sensors, which usually only feature output LEDs. These convenience features, combined with the performance of the E56 Pancake, make it an excellent inductive sensing solution for applications requiring an extremely rugged, long-range sensing solution.

Approvals

For the most current information on this product, visit our web site: www.eaton.com

Long Range Inductive Sensors Designed for Use in Heavy-Duty Industrial Environments

Product Features■ Longest inductive sensing ranges available (up to 100 mm) ■ Three sizes to meet your application needs, with maximum ranges of 50, 70

or 100 mm■ Complementary outputs (1 N.O. / 1 N.C.) on 4-wire DC models ■ Auto-configure output technology on 4-wire DC models, which

automatically detect how the sensor has been wired (NPN or PNP) and switch the sensor without user intervention

■ Small diameter, 2-wire AC/DC models feature a selector switch inside the housing, enabling output contacts to be used as either N.O. or N.C.

■ Robust design featuring vibration and impact-absorbing potting compound■ Ideal for extreme temperatures or high pressure washdown environments

Typical Applications■ Heavy-duty trucks, cranes and machinery■ Steel mills■ Pipe and rod manufacturing■ Automotive manufacturing■ Amusement parks


Micro-Connector, Mini-Connector or Screw Termination Wiring Options

Range Adjustment Pot on Medium and Large Models

Power and Output LEDs for Status Indication

Three Package Sizes with 50, 70 and 100 mm Ranges

PG08301004E

November 2007

PG08301004E F

65
3-Inductive Proximity SensorsE56 Pancake
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
Model Selection — E56 Pancake Sensors
� Includes potentiometer for adjustment of sensing range.� Autoconfigure technology allows the sensor to automatically adapt to NPN or PNP without user intervention.

See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 3-66. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.

Voltage Type OutputConfiguration

OutputContacts

Shielding SensingRange

ConnectorStyle

Catalog Number

2-Wire Sensors

20 – 250V AC20 – 60V DC45/65 Hz

— N.O. or N.C. Unshielded 1.57 inches (40 mm)

ScrewTerminals

E56CDL40A2

3-Pin Mini-Connector

E56CDL40A2B1

— N.O. or N.C. Unshielded 2 inches (50 mm)

Screw Terminals

E56CDL50A2E


E56CDL50A2EB1

90 – 260V AC20 – 60V DC45/55 Hz

— N.O. Unshielded 2.75 inches (70 mm) �


E56CAL70B1S1

— N.O. Unshielded 3.94 inches (100 mm) �


E56CAL100B1S1

DC 4-Wire Sensors

Small Diameter(79 x 79 x 39 mm)

10 – 42V DC NPN / PNPAutoconfigure �

1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Shielded 1.57 inches (40 mm)

DC Screw E56ADL40SA

DC 4-Pin Mini E56ADL40SAE01

DC 4-Pin Micro E56ADL40SAD01

Unshielded 2 inches (50 mm)

DC Screw E56ADL50UA

DC 4-Pin Mini E56ADL50UAE01

DC 4-Pin Micro E56ADL50UAD01

Medium Diameter(110 x 110 x 41 mm)

Unshielded 2.75 inches (70 mm)

DC 4-Pin Mini E56BDL70UAE01

DC 4-Pin Micro E56BDL70UAD01

Large Diameter(172 x 172 x 68 mm)

Unshielded 3.94 inches (100 mm)

DC 4-Pin Mini E56CDL100UAE01

DC 4-Pin Micro E56CDL100UAD01


3-66November 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS

Inductive Proximity SensorsE56 Pancake

Model Selection — Compatible Connector Cables


Wiring Diagrams

Voltage Style

Number of Pins


Standard Cables — Micro StyleAC 3-pin,

3-wire22 AWG 6.0 ft. (2m) CSAS3F3CY2202 CSAS3F3RY2202 —

16.4 ft. (5m) CSAS3F3CY2205 CSAS3F3RY2205 —32.8 ft. (10m) CSAS3F3CY2210 CSAS3F3RY2210 —

DC 4-pin, 4-wire

22 AWG 6.0 ft. (2m) CSDS4A4CY2202 CSDS4A4RY2202 CSDS4A4IO220216.4 ft. (5m) CSDS4A4CY2205 CSDS4A4RY2205 CSDS4A4IO220532.8 ft. (10m) CSDS4A4CY2210 CSDS4A4RY2210 CSDS4A4IO2210

Standard Cables — Mini Style— 3-pin,

3-wire16 AWG 6.0 ft. (2m) CSMS3F3CY1602 — —

12.0 ft. (4m) CSMS3F3CY1604 — —

AC/DC 4-pin, 4-wire

16 AWG 6.0 ft. (2m) CSMS4A4CY1602 — —

13.1 ft. (4m) CSMS4A4CY1604 — —

19.7 ft. (6m) CSMS4A4CY1606 — —

Voltage Type Micro Connector Models Mini Connector Models Screw Terminal Models

DC 4-Wire

AC/DC 2-Wire








2 1

3(-) 4

+VBN

LOADWH N.C.

BK N.O.

BU

AutoConfigure enables loadto be wired to +V or (-)

LOAD2

1

3(-)

4

+VBN

BK N.O.

BU


WH N.C.

LOAD

LOAD


4

3

2

1

BU

BK N.O.

WH N.C.

BN +V

(-)

LOAD

LOAD

21

3L2 L1RD/BK

RD/WH

LOAD

21

3L1 L2WHBK LOAD

3

4

2

1

BN

BUN.O./N.C.Selectable

L1 or +V

L2 or (-)

Not Connected

Not Connected

LOAD


November 2007

PG08301004E F

67
3-Inductive Proximity SensorsE56 Pancake
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
Specifications

AC/DC 2-Wire DC 4-WireSmall Diameter Medium Diameter Large Diameter Small Diameter Medium Diameter Large Diameter

Operating Voltage 20 – 250V AC, 20 – 60V DC 10 – 42V DCLoad Current (Max.) 400 mA 300 mABurden Current — < 25 mAOff-State Leakage At or Above 0°C: < 1.7 mA

Below 0°C: 2.0 mA< 150 µA per Output

Voltage Drop < 10V (5V Nominal) < 2.5VOutputs N.O. or N.C.

(Switch Selectable)N.O. or N.C. by Model 1 N.O. / 1 N.C. (Complementary)

Sensing Range (Max.) 50 mm 70 mm 100 mm 50 mm 70 mm 100 mmRange Adjustment Not adjustable Potentiometer adjustable down to

50% of rated maximum rangeNot adjustable Potentiometer adjustable down to

50% of rated maximum rangeStandard Target Size (Mild Steel)

150 mm 210 mm 300 mm 150 mm 210 mm 300 mm

Frequency of Operation

30 Hz 10 Hz 100 Hz 20 Hz

Repeatability < 2%Hysteresis (Max.) 10 – 15%Time Delay Before Availability

300 mS

Circuit Protection Short Circuit Protection with Auto-ResetOperating Temperature -25° to +70°C (-13° to + 158°F)Temperature Drift ±10%Enclosure Rating NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67)Approvals CEIndicator LEDs Output Status Green: Power

Red: Output StatusMaterials of Construction

PPS HousingAluminum Baseplate on medium and large models

Model A (Depth) B (Width) C (Depth) D (Height) Mounting

E F G (dia.)

Small Diameter Models

Micro Connector 3.13 (79.0) 3.13 (79.0) 4.32 (110.0) 1.54 (39.0) 2.56 (65.0) 2.56 (65.0) 0.21 (5.0)Mini Connector 4.67 (119.0)Screw Terminal 3.87 (92.0)

Medium Diameter Models

Micro Connector 4.35 (110.0) 4.35 (110.0) 4.94 (125.4) 1.63 (41.0) 3.625 (92.0) 3.625 (92.0) 0.218 (5.5)Mini Connector 5.29 (134.4)

Large Diameter Models

Micro Connector 6.75 (171.5) 6.75 (171.5) 7.26 (184.4) 2.66 (67.5) 5.875 (149.0) 5.875 (149.0) 0.266 (7.0)Mini Connector 7.61 (193.3)

AC

E

D

G

BF


3-68

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS


August 2007
Tubular, Nonmetallic Housing PG.05D.07.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.

Tubular Inductive Proximity Sensors with Nonmetallic Housings

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68 Model Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70

Cutler-Hammer® E55 Tubular Induc-tive Proximity Sensors by Eaton’s electrical business are constructed of corrosion resistant PBT plastic. They are ideally suited for wash down applications such as those found in food processing plants. They are available in 12 mm, 18 mm and 30 mm diameters, shielded or unshielded. Shielded units can be embedded in metallic surfaces.


Tubular Sensors with Nonmetallic Housings Offer High Corrosion Resistance

Product Features■ Models available that operate on 2-wire AC or 3-wire DC power■ Threaded tubular housings in three diameters allow easy integration into

new and existing applications■ Nonmetallic construction offers excellent resistance to corrosion■ Output indicator LED is standard on all models


Three HousingDiameters

CorrosionResistant

PBT HousingOutputStatusLED

12 mm

18 mm

30 mm

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

69
3-Inductive Proximity SensorsTubular, Nonmetallic Housing
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
Model Selection — Tubular Sensors with Nonmetallic Housings�
� For a selection of mounting brackets and other accessories for use with these sensors, see Section 8. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.

Wiring Diagrams

Operating Voltage

Sensing Range (Sn)



2-Wire Sensors

20 – 250V AC50/60 Hz

2 mm Shielded 2-meter Cable E55CAL12A2 E55CBL12A2

4 mm Unshielded 2-meter Cable E55CAL12A2E E55CBL12A2E

20 – 250V AC50/60 Hz



20 – 250V AC50/60 Hz



3-Wire Sensors

10 – 30V DC 2 mm Shielded (NPN) 2-meter Cable E55CAL12T110 E55CBL12T110

Shielded (PNP) 2-meter Cable E55CAL12T111 E55CBL12T111

4 mm Unshielded (NPN) 2-meter Cable E55CAL12T110E E55CBL12T110E

Unshielded (PNP) 2-meter Cable E55CAL12T111E E55CBL12T111E









Output Cable Models

2-Wire Sensors

20 – 250V AC50/60 Hz

All

3-Wire Sensors

10 – 30V DC NPN

PNP

12 mm Diameter

18 mm Diameter

30 mm Diameter

12 mm Diameter

18 mm Diameter

30 mm Diameter

BU

BN

L2

L1

Load

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load


August 2007

3-70

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS

Inductive Proximity SensorsTubular, Nonmetallic Housing

Specifications


2-Wire AC Models 3-Wire DC Models

Operating Voltage 20 – 250V AC, 50/60 Hz 10 – 30V DCMaximum Load Current 150 mA 200 mASwitching Frequency 25 Hz 12 mm: 2000 Hz (Shielded); 1000 Hz (Unshielded)

18 mm: 1000 Hz (Shielded); 500 Hz (Unshielded)30 mm: 300 Hz (Shielded); 150 Hz (Unshielded)

Protection — Short circuit and reverse polarityTemperature Range -13° to 158°F (-25° to 70°C)Enclosure Material Polybutadiene Terephthalate (PBT)Enclosure Rating NEMA 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 13 (IP66)Indicator LED Lights when output is ON

Size Dimensions in Inches (mm)

A B C Thread Size

12 mm 2.17 (55) 1.77 (45) M12 x 118 mm 2.17 (55) 1.77 (45) M18 x 130 mm 3.15 (80) 2.36 (60) M30 x 1.5

12 and 18 mm Sizes 30 mm Sizes

PG08301004E

November 2007

PG08301004E F

71
3-Inductive Proximity Sensors E52 Cube CA05301004E
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS


call 1-800-426-9184.

E52 Cube StyleInductive Proximity Sensors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71 Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . . . 3-72 Model Selection, CompatibleConnector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-72

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73

The Cutler-Hammer® E52 Cube from Eaton’s electrical business is a high performance inductive proximity sensor. The E52 Cube family of inductive sensors provides long sensing ranges in a compact, industry- standard package.

The E52 Cube family features Eaton’s Autoconfigure output tech-nology, which automatically detects NPN or PNP wiring states and switches the sensor accordingly, without user intervention. The E52 also utilizes complementary outputs to further reduce the number of models needed to cover a wide array of inductive sensing applications. Individual power and output LEDs make installation and troubleshooting easy. Combine the above features with the range and five-way mount-ing flexibility of the E52 Cube family, and chances are there’s an E52 solution to your sensing needs.

The E52 Cube was designed with the most heavy-duty applications in mind. Some of those applications include automotive manufacturing, aggregate machinery, and metal-working applications. Try the E52 Cube in some your most demanding applications today.

Approvals


Rugged Inductive Sensors in Industry-Standard Cube Package

Product Features■ Long inductive proximity ranges available (up to 40 mm sensing distance)■ 4-wire DC models have complementary outputs (1 N.O. / 1 N.C.)■ 4-wire DC models use auto-configure technology, which allows the sensor

to automatically adapt for NPN or PNP without user intervention■ Robust design featuring vibration and impact-absorbing potting compound■ Ideal for extreme temperatures or high pressure washdown environments

Typical Applications■ Automotive manufacturing■ Metalworking■ Machinery OEMs■ Pipe and rod manufacturing■ Block and brick manufacturing equipment■ Amusement parks■ Heavy-duty trucks, cranes and lifts


Mini- and Micro-Connectors

Industry-Standard Cube Package Size and Mounting Hole Locations

Dual LEDs for Power and Status Indications

Adjustable Sensing Head for Top- and Side-Sensing

or more information visit: www.eato
n.com

3-72November 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS

Inductive Proximity SensorsE52 Cube

Model Selection — E52 Cube Inductive Proximity Sensors

� Autoconfigure technology allows the sensor to automatically adapt to NPN or PNP without user intervention.





Voltage Type OutputConfiguration

Shielding OutputType

SensingRange

ConnectorStyle

Catalog Number

DC 4-Wire Sensors

Cube Package(40 x 40 x 40 mm)

10 – 48V DC NPN / PNPAutoconfigure �

Shielded 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. 15 mm DC 4-Pin Micro E52Q-DL15SAD01

DC 4-Pin Mini E52Q-DL15SAE01

Unshielded DC 4-Pin Micro E52Q-DL15UAD01

DC 4-Pin Mini E52Q-DL15UAE01

Shielded 20 mm DC 4-Pin Micro E52Q-DL20SAD01




Shielded 25 mm DC 4-Pin Micro E52Q-DL25SAD01




Unshielded 30 mm DC 4-Pin Micro E52Q-DL30UAD01


35 mm DC 4-Pin Micro E52Q-DL35UAD01


40 mm DC 4-Pin Micro E52Q-DL40UAD01


Voltage Style

Number of Pins


Standard Cables — Micro StyleDC 4-pin,

4-wire22 AWG 6.0 ft. (2m) CSDS4A4CY2202 CSDS4A4RY2202 CSDS4A4IO2202

16.4 ft. (5m) CSDS4A4CY2205 CSDS4A4RY2205 CSDS4A4IO2205

32.8 ft. (10m) CSDS4A4CY2210 CSDS4A4RY2210 CSDS4A4IO2210

Standard Cables — Mini StyleAC/DC 4-pin,

4-wire16 AWG 6.0 ft. (2m) CSMS4A4CY1602 — —

13.1 ft. (4m) CSMS4A4CY1604 — —

19.7 ft. (6m) CSMS4A4CY1606 — —

Mini-Connector

Micro-Connector






PG08301004E

PG08301004E F

73November 2007

3-Inductive Proximity SensorsE52 Cube

3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
Specifications


Voltage Type Micro Connector Models Mini Connector Models

DC 4-Wire

DC 4-Wire

Operating Voltage 10 – 48V DCLoad Current (Max.) 300 mABurden Current < 25 mAOff-State Leakage < 150 µA per OutputVoltage Drop < 2.5VOutputs 1 N.O. / 1 N.C. (Complementary)Standard Target Size (Mild Steel) 120 mmFrequency of Operation 100 HzRepeatability < 2%Hysteresis (Max.) 10 – 15%Time Delay Before Availability 300 mSCircuit Protection Short Circuit Protection with Auto-ResetOperating Temperature -40° to + 158°F (-40° to +70°C)Temperature Drift ±10%Enclosure Rating NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67)Approvals CEIndicator LEDs Power = Green; Output = RedMaterial of Construction Zinc Alloy Housing, PPS, PC

Model A(Width)

B(Depth)

C(Height)

D(Overall Height)

Micro Connector 1.57(40)

1.57(40)

1.57(40)

2.725(69.2)

Mini Connector 2.965(75.3)

2 1

3(-) 4

+VBN

LOADWH N.C.

BK N.O.

BU


LOAD2

1

3(-)

4

+VBN

BK N.O.

BU


WH N.C.

LOAD

LOAD

D

B

C

A


3-74

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS


August 2007
E52 Rectangular Style PG.05D.04.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.

E52 Rectangular Inductive Proximity Sensors


Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-76

Cutler-Hammer® Rectangular E52 Inductive Proximity Sensors from Eaton’s electrical business feature a small, thin, compact space-saving design for applications where tubular type sensors can not be used. Sensors are self-contained for direct connec-tion to a logic circuit, relay, counter, programmable controller, etc.


Thin and Compact Rectangular Proximity Sensors Are Ideal for Tight Areas

Product Features■ Small, low-profile design for use in space restrictive applications■ 3-wire DC operation■ Choose from a variety of sizes, and side or end sensing configurations■ Output indicator included on all models■ Epoxy filled cavities stop fluids from contacting any electrical component■ Convenient mounting holes integrated into each sensor housing


Tiny R12 Models AreAvailable in Two Frequencies for Use Close Together

Bright LED on All Sensors Indicates Output Status

PBT Composite Housings Withstand Corrosive Solutions

Choose fromCable or

ConnectorWiring on

R18 Models

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

75
3-Inductive Proximity SensorsE52 Rectangular Style
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
Model Selection — E52 Rectangular Proximity Sensors




Voltage Sensing Range Frequency Shielding Connection Type Catalog Number


3-Wire Models

R12 Side Sensing 12 – 24V DC 0.12 inch (3 mm)

Standard Shielded (NPN)

1-meter Cable E52RAL12T110 —

Shielded (PNP)

1-meter Cable E52RAL12T111 —

Alternate Shielded (NPN)

1-meter Cable E52RAL12T110AF —

Shielded (PNP)

1-meter Cable E52RAL12T111AF —

Q16 End Sensing 12 – 30V DC 0.20 inch (5 mm)


2-meter Cable E52-16QS04-C E52-16QS04-C1

Shielded (PNP)

2-meter Cable E52-16QS04-B E52-16QS04-B1

R18 Side Sensing 10 – 30V DC 0.16 inch (4 mm)

Standard Unshielded (NPN)

2-meter Cable E52-18RU04-C E52-18RU04-C1

3-pinNano-Connector

E52-18RU04-CN E52-18RU04-C1N

Unshielded (PNP)

2-meter Cable E52-18RU04-B E52-18RU04-B1

3-pinNano-Connector

E52-18RU04-BN E52-18RU04-B1N

Q25 End Sensing 10 – 30V DC 0.39 inch (10 mm)


2-meter Cable E52-25QS10-C E52-25QS10-C1

Shielded (PNP)

2-meter Cable E52-25QS10-B E52-25QS10-B1

VoltageStyle

Numberof Pins



— 3-pin 24 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSNS3A3CY2402 CSNS3A3RY2402 Nano Style Straight Female 1-Brown

3-Blue4-Black


August 2007

3-76

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS

Inductive Proximity SensorsE52 Rectangular Style


Specifications

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Except Where Noted

Operating Voltage Output Cable Models Nano

3-Wire Sensors

DC NPN

PNP


Input Current Less than 10 mALoad Current 100 mA maximumSwitching Rate 500 operations per secondCircuit Protection Short circuitAmbient Temperature Range -13° to 130°F (-10° to 55°C) Enclosure Rating NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 12 (IEC IP66)Enclosure Material PBT compositionOutput Indicator LED Lights when output is ON

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load

0.71(18)

0.24 (6)

M80.39(10)

0.47 (12)

0.91 (23)

1.18 (30) 0.13 x 0.18 (3.2 x 4.6)

M8

0.71(18)

0.24 (6)

0.39(10)

0.91 (23)

1.18 (30) 0.13 x 0.18 (3.2 x 4.6)

LED LED

0.18 (4.6)

0.17 (4.2)

R12

R18

Note: Dimensions in mm


-Connector Models (Face View Male Shown)

(-)

+VLoad

(-)

+VLoad

0.39 (10)

ø0.13 (ø3.3)

0.69 (17.5)

1.15 (29.2)

1.00 (25.5)

LED

0.66 (17)

0.65 (16.5)

Q16

Q25

0.71(18)

ø0.47(ø12)

ø0.16 (ø4)

0.28 (7)

1.77 (45)

1.97 (50)

0.98(25)

LED

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

77
3-Inductive Proximity Sensors E55 Limit Switch Style, Nonmetallic Housing PG.05D.10.T.E
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS


call 1-800-426-9184.

E55 Limit Switch Style Inductive Proximity Sensorswith Nonmetallic Housings

ContentsOverview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77 Model Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-78Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-78Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-78

These Cutler-Hammer® Sensors from Eaton’s electrical business feature PBT resin housings for high resistance to corrosion. The housing is sized to offer a direct replacement for standard limit switches. The unique sensing head is factory assembled for top sensing, but can be easily converted in the field to any one of four side sensing posi-tions. Models are available with sensing ranges from 15 mm to 40 mm. The sensors can be wired for N.O. or N.C. operation.


These Nonmetallic Sensors Provide Corrosion Resistance in a Common Limit Switch Style Package

Product Features■ Nonmetallic housing offers excellent resistance to corrosion ■ Same form factor and mounting as standard limit switches for easy retrofit ■ Sensor head features five sensing positions (top and all four sides) that can

be easily changed in the field■ Long sensing ranges up to 40 mm

Model Selection



Shielding Output Connection Type

Catalog Number

2-Wire Sensors

35 – 250V AC 15 mm Shielded N.O. or N.C. Terminal Wiring E55BLT1C

20 mm Unshielded N.O. or N.C. Terminal Wiring E55BLT1D

30 mm Unshielded N.O. or N.C. Terminal Wiring E55BLT1E

40 mm Unshielded N.O. or N.C. Terminal Wiring E55BLT1F


NonmetallicHousing IsCorrosionResistant

Sensor HeadMounted forTop Sensing

Sensor HeadMounted forSide Sensing —Can BeRotatedin 90ºIncrements

Long SensingRanges —Up to 40 mm


3-78August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS

Inductive Proximity SensorsE55 Limit Switch Style, Nonmetallic Housing


� Switches are shipped as N.O. configuration. Internal jumpers must be moved to program for N.C.

Specifications


Operating Voltage Output Terminal Models

2-Wire Sensors

35 – 250V AC � N.O.

N.C.


Operating Voltage 35 – 250V ACMaximum Load Current 400 mASwitching Frequency 25 Hz maximumLeakage Current 1.8 mA Voltage Drop 8V maximumInrush 5A maximum for 20 mSIndicator LEDs Two LEDs: One lights when power is ON, the other lights when output is ONOperating Temperature -13° to 158°F (-25° to 70°C)Enclosure Ratings NEMA 4, 4X, 6, 12, 13 (IP67)Housing Material PBT Resin

21

43L2L1

Load

L2L1Load

21

43

1.81 (46)

M12x1Connector Models

1.97(50)

1.57(40)

4-ø 0.21 (5.3)

1.97(50)

1.57(40)

2.20 (56) 2.36 (60)

LEDs

40 mm RangeModels Only

4.64 (118)

1.57 (40) 0.43 (11)0.39(10)

1.18(30)


August 2007

PG08301004E F

79
3-Inductive Proximity Sensors E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular PG.05D.11.T.E
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS


call 1-800-426-9184.

E51 Modular Limit Switch Style Inductive Proximity Sensors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79 Model Selection, Assembled Sensors . . . . . . . . . 3-80

Model Selection, Sensor Heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-81

Model Selection, Sensor Bodies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-82

Model Selection, Logic Modules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-82

Model Selection, Receptacles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83

Model Selection, CompatibleConnector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-84Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-84

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-86Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-86

The Cutler-Hammer® E51 Inductive Proximity Sensor Family from Eaton’s electrical business combines high performance with a familiar limit switch style housing. Modular, plug-in components provide application flexibility, ease of maintenance, less downtime and reduced inventory. Choose from 2-wire sensors with AC/DC operation, or 4-wire sensors in either AC or DC styles. Connection options include terminal, mini-connector or various lengths of cable.

Choose from standard sensors that detect all types of metallic targets. The next page provides more detail on these sensors.

Approvals■ UL Listed ■ CSA Certified


Viton® is a registered trademark of Dupont Dow Elastomers.

(where shown)

This Rugged Sensor Family Features Modular Components for Versatile Sensing

Product Features■ Rugged construction is ideal for industrial environments ■ Viton® gaskets ensure a positive seal and high resistance to industry

chemicals ■ Direct replacement for worn out limit switches ■ Sensor heads and bodies feature captive screws to eliminate loss ■ All sensor heads include a selector switch to program output function to

either N.O. or N.C. ■ Sensor bodies feature bifurcated engagement prongs for a reliable

connection when plugging into receptacle stabs ■ Engagement key between sensor body and receptacle prevents improper

assembly ■ Sensors accommodate both U.S. and DIN mounting dimensions ■ Wiring terminals feature captive pressure plate saddles for #18 to #12 AWG

wire. A green screw identified ground terminal is also included■ Logic modules are available to provide additional control functions


Choose from Topor Side Sensing

Head Can BeMounted inAny of FourPositions

VitonGasket SealsThroughout

Rugged ZincDie CastHousing

Conduit, Cableand ConnectorWiring Options

A Variety ofReceptacles

Meet YourWiring Needs

FactoryAssembled

Models withTamper-ProofScrews for aLasting Seal

Sensor BodiesAvailable for

AC and DCOperation

or more information visit:
www.eaton.com

3-80August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS

Inductive Proximity SensorsE51 Limit Switch Style, Modular

Standard Sensors

Standard E51 sensors feature long sensing ranges and a choice of top or side sensing heads. Alternate frequency units eliminate interference when mounted close to standard frequency units. Order

sensors in component form, as assembled plug-in units, or in a sealed version where the sensor body is factory assembled to an epoxy filled receptacle with tamper-proof screws to ensure a lasting seal.


Model Selection — Assembled Sensors — Standard (with Terminal Wiring)

� All sensor heads feature a programmable output selector switch for N.O. or N.C. operation. Operation is as follows:

� Logic modules must be ordered separately, see Page 3-82. These sensor bodies are rated NEMA 4, 4X and 13.Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.

� Receptacles feature terminal wiring with a 1/2” NPT thread at the conduit entrance. Other connection options are available:


Assembled Sensor

Sensor Body and Receptacle


Operating Voltage

20 – 264V AC/DC

120V AC 10 – 30V DC

Output N.O. or N.C. � N.O. and N.C. Complementary N.O. and N.C. ComplementarySensor Body E51SAL E51SCL E51SCN

Accepts Logic Modules �

E51SPL PNP

E51SNL NPN

Receptacle � E51RA E51RC E51RCB E51RN E51RN

Sensor Heads �

SensingRange

Shielding Frequency Catalog NumberSensor Head Only

Catalog Number Assembled Sensors with Head, Sensor Body and Receptacle

Standard Sensing

Top Sensing 0.51 inches (13 mm)

Shielded Standard E51DT1 E51ALT1 E51CLT1 E51CNT1 E51PLT1 E51NLT1

Alternate E51DT2 E51ALT2 E51CLT2 E51CNT2 E51PLT2 E51NLT2

0.94 inches(24 mm)

Unshielded Standard E51DT5 E51ALT5 E51CLT5 E51CNT5 E51PLT5 E51NLT5

Alternate E51DT6 E51ALT6 E51CLT6 E51CNT6 E51PLT6 E51NLT6

Side Sensing 0.51 inches (13 mm)

Shielded Standard E51DS1 E51ALS1 E51CLS1 E51CNS1 E51PLS1 E51NLS1

Alternate E51DS2 E51ALS2 E51CLS2 E51CNS2 E51PLS2 E51NLS2

0.94 inches(24 mm)

Unshielded Standard E51DS5 E51ALS5 E51CLS5 E51CNS5 E51PLS5 E51NLS5

Alternate E51DS6 E51ALS6 E51CLS6 E51CNS6 E51PLS6 E51NLS6

For This Output Type:

Set Selector Position:

“TARGET” “NO TARGET”

N.O. Target Present Target AbsentN.C. Target Absent Target Present

Connection Option CatalogNumber

Suffix Example

20 mm thread at the conduit entrance — 20 E51ALT120

Mini-Connector termination with epoxy filled receptacle, see Page 3-83 for additional receptacle options

2-wire, 3-pin connector CSMS3F3CY1602 P3 E51ALT1P3

4-wire, 5-pin connector CSMS5D5CY1602 P5 E51CLT1P5

Pre-wired cable with epoxy filled receptacle 8 feet long — S E51ALT1S

12 feet long — S12 E51ALT1S12

20 feet long — S20 E51ALT1S20

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

81
3-Inductive Proximity SensorsE51 Limit Switch Style, Modular
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
Model Selection — Assembled Sensors — Standard (with Epoxy Filled Receptacles and Pre-wired Cables)

� Switch bases feature 8 feet of SOOW-A cable. Other connection options are available:

� See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 3-83.


Model Selection — Sensor Heads �




Operating Voltage

20 – 264V AC/DC 120V AC 10 – 30V DC

Output N.O. or N.C. � N.O. and N.C. Complementary

N.O. and N.C. ComplementaryPNP NPN

Sensor Heads �

Sensing Range Shielding Frequency Catalog NumberSensor Head Only

Catalog NumberAssembled Sensors with Head and Sensor Base

Standard Sensing (Sensor Body Is Attached to Receptacle with Tamper-Proof Screws)

Top Sensing 0.51 inches(13 mm)

Shielded Standard E51DT1 E51ALT16P E51CLT16P E51PLT16P E51NLT16P

Alternate E51DT2 E51ALT26P E51CLT26P E51PLT26P E51NLT26P

0.94 inches(24 mm)

Unshielded Standard E51DT5 E51ALT56P E51CLT56P E51PLT56P E51NLT56P

Alternate E51DT6 E51ALT66P E51CLT66P E51PLT66P E51NLT66P


Shielded Standard E51DS1 E51ALS16P E51CLS16P E51PLS16P E51NLS16P

Alternate E51DS2 E51ALS26P E51CLS26P E51PLS26P E51NLS26P

0.94 inches(24 mm)

Unshielded Standard E51DS5 E51ALS56P E51CLS56P E51PLS56P E51NLS56P

Alternate E51DS6 E51ALS66P E51CLS66P E51PLS66P E51NLS66P





Connection Option � Suffix Example

Mini-Connector mounted on 3 foot (900 mm) pigtail cable T E51ALT16PT

Mini-Connector mounted to switch base C E51ALT16PC

Cable longer than 8 feet, add required length in 1 foot increments to listed Catalog Number — 20 foot maximum

(Length in feet) E51ALT16P12 for 12 feet

Sensing Range Shielding Frequency Target Material Catalog Number

Standard Sensing

Top Sensing 0.51 inches (13 mm)

Shielded Standard All metals E51DT1

Alternate All metals E51DT2

0.94 inches (24 mm)

Unshielded Standard All metals E51DT5

Alternate All metals E51DT6


Shielded Standard All metals E51DS1

Alternate All metals E51DS2

0.94 inches (24 mm)

Unshielded Standard All metals E51DS5

Alternate All metals E51DS6





Assembled Sensor Sensor Base Type with8 Foot Cable

�


3-82August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS


Model Selection — Sensor Bodies

� This sensor body is available in a factory-sealed, non plug-in configuration (with 8-foot cable), add 6P to listed Catalog Number. Example: E51SAL6P.

� Sensor body is black. E51SCN sensor bodies are rated NEMA 4, 4X and 13.� This sensor accepts logic modules, as seen in chart below.


Model Selection — Logic Modules (for E51SCN Sensor Body Only)

� Repeatability of the timing cycle is ±1% at constant voltage, ambient temperature and reset time.


Operating Voltage Output Protection Output Rating Continuous Type Catalog Number

2-Wire Sensors

AC/DC 20 – 264V AC/DC,50/60 Hz

1 output, load powered, N.O. or N.C., programmable from head;off state leakage current: <1.7 mA at 120V AC/DC, <2.0 mA at 240V AC

Latching short circuit and overload

0.5A — E51SAL �

4-Wire Sensors

AC 120V AC,50/60 Hz

2 complementary outputs, line powered, N.O. and N.C.

— 1.0A to 158° (70°), linearly derated to 0.6A at 176° (80°)

— E51SCL �

1.0A to 113° (45°), linearly derated to 0.3A at 176° (80°)

— E51SCN ��

DC 10 – 30V DC 2 complementary outputs, line powered, N.O. and N.C.

Reverse polarity 0.6A to 104° (40°), linearly derated to 0.36A at 176° (80°)

NPN E51SNL �

PNP E51SPL �

Type Description TimingRange �

CatalogNumber

Reset time is 25 mS minimum. Rated NEMA 4, 4X and 13.

ON and OFF Delay

■ Adjustable delay between time object is sensed and time switch function occurs

■ Adjustable delay between time object leaves sensing field and time switch transfers back to non-sensing state

0.15 to 15.0 seconds

E51MTB

E51SCNShown


August 2007

PG08301004E F

83
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
� Black receptacle is for color compatibility with E51SCN sensor body.





Description Style Details Cable Length Catalog Number

Conduit Entrance

1/2” NPT 20 mm


2-wire, AC/DC — — E51RA E51RA20

4-wire, AC Gray — E51RC E51RC20

Black � — E51RCB E51RCB20

4-wire, DC — — E51RN E51RN20

Mini-Connector Epoxy filled receptacle with pre-wired Mini-Connector

2-wire, AC/DC 3-pin — E51RAP3 —

4-wire, AC 5-pin — E51RCP5 —

4-wire, DC 5-pin — E51RNP5 —

Pigtail with Mini-Connector Epoxy filled receptacle with Mini-Connector mounted on 3 foot (900 mm) cable

2-wire, AC/DC 3-pin 3 feet (0.9m) E51RAPT3 —

4-wire, AC 5-pin 3 feet (0.9m) E51RCPT5 —

4-wire, DC 5-pin 3 feet (0.9m) E51RNPT5 —

Pre-wired Cable Epoxy filled receptacle with pre-wired 16 gauge, yellow jacketed, type SOOW-A cable. Cable enters through hole threaded for conduit

2-wire, AC/DC 3-conductor 8 feet (2.4m) E51RAS E51RA20S

12 feet (3.6m) E51RAS12 —

20 feet (6m) E51RAS20 —

4-wire, AC 5-conductor 8 feet (2.4m) E51RCS E51RC20S

12 feet (3.6m) E51RCS12 —

20 feet (6m) E51RCS20 —

4-wire, DC 5-conductor 8 feet (2.4m) E51RNS E51RN20S

12 feet (3.6m) E51RNS12 —

20 feet (6m) E51RNS20 —

VoltageStyle

Number of Pins



AC/DC 4-pin, 4-wire









3-84August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS



� Changing output switch on sensor head will reverse output function (N.O. becomes N.C., and N.C. becomes N.O.).



Operating Voltage Output Terminal and Cable Models Mini-Connector Models (Face View Male Shown)

2-Wire Sensors

20 – 264V AC or DC 50/60 Hz

N.O. or N.C. (N.O. shown, can be changed to N.C. using switch on sensor head)

4-Wire Sensors

120V AC50/60 Hz

N.O. and N.C. �

10 – 30V DC N.O. and N.C. NPN �

N.O. and N.C.PNP �


Approximate Dimensions in Inches [mm] Except Where Noted

Universal Mounting Bracket 1 hole, includes mounting hardware, stainless steel

E51KH2

Universal Mounting Bracket 2 hole, includes mounting hardware, steel E51KH4

21

43

L2or (-)

L1or +V

LoadBlackWhite

Green

L1 or(-)

L2or +V

Load

21

43 L2L1

Load

Load

Black White

OrangeRed

Green

Load

Load

N.C.

N.O.

L2 L1

21

43 (-)+V

Load

Load

Black White

OrangeRed

Green

(-) +VLoad

Load

N.O.

N.C.

21

43 (-)+V

Load

Load

Black White

OrangeRed

Green

(-) +VLoad

Load

N.C.

N.O.


August 2007

PG08301004E F

85
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS



Machine Mounting Bracket Zinc die cast construction E50KH3 NOTE: Dimensions in mm [Inches]

Stand-Off Mounting Bracket Steel construction E51KH3 NOTE: Dimensions in mm [Inches]

Remote Sensor Head Assembly Permits mounting sensor head up to 3 feet(0.9m) from sensor body

E51KRM

Connector Cables A variety of cables, connector blocks and accessories

See Section 10


3-86August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS


Specifications



Output Rating (NEMA D150)AC/DC ModelsAC ModelsDC Models

0.5A continuous1A continuous0.6A continuous

Protection Latching short circuit protection on 2-wire AC/DC models; DC models: resettable short circuit protectionSwitching Rate AC models: 15 Hz; DC models: 50 HzIndicator LEDs Lights when output is ON. One LED for each outputAlternate Frequency Standard and alternate frequencies allow side-by-side operation without interferenceEnclosure Material Zinc die castGasket Material VitonEnclosure Ratings NEMA 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67)

E51SCN Sensor Body only: NEMA 4, 4X and 13Hazardous Locations RatingsClass IClass IIClass III

Division II — GRPS ABCDDivision II — GRPS F and GDivision 2

Temperature Range -13° to 158°F (-25° to 70°C)Torque Requirements Switch Body Screws: 25 – 30 in-lb; Sensing Head Screws: 14 – 18 in-lbVibration 10 – 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitudeShock 30g, 11 mS, 1/2 sine waveHumidity 95% non-condensingBurden Current <25 mAOFF-State Leakage DC Version: 120 µA; 2-wire AC: 1.9 mA maximum; 3-wire AC: 1.1 mAON-State Leakage <2.5V DCPower-Up Delay <150 mS

Standard Sensors Sensor with Logic Module

� Can accommodate both U.S., 29.4 [1.16] x 59.5 [2.34] and DIN, 30 [1.18] x 60 [2.36], mounting dimensions.


�

�

�

�

For more information visit
: www.eaton.com PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

87
3-Inductive Proximity Sensors E51 Limit Switch Style, Factory Sealed 6P+ PG.05D.14.T.E
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS


call 1-800-426-9184.

E51 Limit Switch Style, Factory Sealed 6P+ Inductive Proximity Sensors

ContentsOverview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87 Model Selection, Sensors. . . . . . 3-88 Model Selection, CompatibleConnector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-90

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-91Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-91

Cutler-Hammer® E51 6P+ Inductive Proximity Sensors from Eaton’s electrical business are fully sealed, pre-wired and designed specifically to ensure reliability under the most adverse of environmental conditions. They have been proven to withstand the penetrating properties of dirt, dust, grit, extreme temperatures and humidity. The unitized design eliminates plug-in connections that can lead to reliability problems in rugged environments.


Unitized 6P+ Sensors Are Built for Reliable Operation and Long Life in Hostile Environments

Product Features■ The one-piece body and sensing head are both epoxy filled to protect

internal components from contamination■ The head is hard-wired to the sensor body to ensure trouble-free

performance■ Choose from top and side sensing heads ■ Side sensing heads can be rotated to any of four positions■ Mounting dimensions allow direct replacement of worn out limit switches■ Rugged zinc die cast construction withstands physical abuse■ Connection options include pre-wired cable, body mounted connector and

pigtail connector


Side Sensing HeadCan Be Rotated to

Any of FourPositions

Viton Seal IsResistant toChemical Attack

Choose fromPre-wired Cableor Connector

RuggedZinc Die CastHousing

Side orTop Sensing Head

Is Hard-Wired to Bodyfor Ultimate Reliability

One-Piece, Epoxy FilledSensor Body IsImpervious to Contaminants


3-88August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS

Inductive Proximity SensorsE51 Limit Switch Style, Factory Sealed 6P+

Model Selection — Unitized Sensors — Factory Sealed 6P+

� Sensor head is hard wired to sensor body and cannot be detached. Side sensing head can be unfastened and rotated to any of four positions.� Switch bases feature 8 feet of SOOW-A cable. Other connection options are available:

� Sensor heads feature color coded target symbols: Yellow for standard frequency; Green for alternate frequency.� See listing of compatible connector cables below.




AssembledSensor with8 Foot Cable �


Operating Voltage

20 – 264V AC/DC 120V AC 10 – 30V DC

Output N.O. N.C. N.O. and N.C. Complementary

N.O. and N.C. ComplementaryPNP NPN

Sensor Heads � Sensing Range Shielding Frequency � Catalog Number — Assembled Sensors (Head Hard Wired to Sensor Body)

Top Sensing � 0.51 inches(13 mm)

Shielded Standard E51ALT16PU E51BLT16PU E51CLT16PU E51PLT16PU E51NLT16PU

Alternate E51ALT26PU E51BLT26PU E51CLT26PU E51PLT26PU E51NLT26PU

0.94 inches (24 mm)

Unshielded Standard E51ALT56PU E51BLT56PU E51CLT56PU E51PLT56PU E51NLT56PU

Alternate E51ALT66PU E51BLT66PU E51CLT66PU E51PLT66PU E51NLT66PU

Side Sensing � 0.51 inches(13 mm)

Shielded Standard E51ALS16PU E51BLS16PU E51CLS16PU E51PLS16PU E51NLS16PU

Alternate E51ALS26PU E51BLS26PU E51CLS26PU E51PLS26PU E51NLS26PU

0.94 inches(24 mm)

Unshielded Standard E51ALS56PU E51BLS56PU E51CLS56PU E51PLS56PU E51NLS56PU

Alternate E51ALS66PU E51BLS66PU E51CLS66PU E51PLS66PU E51NLS66PU

Connection Option � Instructions Example

Mini-Connector mounted on 3 foot (900 mm) pigtail cable(3-pin for 2-wire sensors; 5-pin for 4-wire sensors)

Add the letter T before U

E51ALT16PTU

Mini-Connector mounted to switch base(3-pin for 2-wire sensors; 5-pin for 4-wire sensors)

Add the letter C before U

E51ALT16PCU

Cable longer than 8 feet, add required length in 1 foot increments to listed Catalog Number — 20 foot maximum

Add length in feet to end of Catalog Number

E51ALT16PU12for 12 feet

VoltageStyle

Number of Pins



AC/DC 5-pin, 5-wire





1-Black2-Blue3-Orange4-Brown5-White


August 2007

PG08301004E F

89
3-Inductive Proximity SensorsE51 Limit Switch Style, Factory Sealed 6P+
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
Operating Voltage Output Cable Models Mini-Connector Models (Face View Male Shown)

2-Wire Sensors

20 – 264V AC or DC 50/60 Hz

N.O. or N.C. (N.O. shown)

4-Wire Sensors

120V AC50/60 Hz

N.O. and N.C.

10 – 30V DC N.O. and N.C. NPN

N.O. and N.C.PNP

21

43

L2or (-)

L1or +V

LoadBlackWhite

Green

L1 or(-)

L2or +V

Load

21

43 L2L1

Load

Load

Black White

OrangeRed

Green

Load

Load

N.C.

N.O.

L2 L1

21

43 (-)+V

Load

Load

Black White

OrangeRed

Green

(-) +VLoad

Load

N.O.

N.C.

21

43 (-)+V

Load

Load

Black White

OrangeRed

Green

(-) +VLoad

Load

N.C.

N.O.


3-90August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS

Inductive Proximity SensorsE51 Limit Switch Style, Factory Sealed 6P+






E51KH2


Machine Mounting Bracket Zinc die cast construction E50KH3 NOTE: Dimensions in mm [Inches]

Stand-Off Mounting Bracket Steel construction E51KH3 NOTE: Dimensions in mm [Inches]


See Section 10


August 2007

PG08301004E F

91
3-Inductive Proximity SensorsE51 Limit Switch Style, Factory Sealed 6P+
3IN

DU

CTIV

EPR

OXIM

ITY

SEN

SORS
Specifications

Output Rating (NEMA D150)AC/DC ModelsAC ModelsDC Models


Protection Latching short circuit protection on 2-wire AC/DC and 3-wire DC modelsSwitching Rate AC models: 15 Hz; DC models: 50 HzIndicator LEDs Lights when output is ON. One LED for each outputAlternate Frequency Standard and alternate frequencies allow side-by-side operation without interferenceEnclosure Material Cast metalGasket Material Zinc die castEnclosure Ratings NEMA 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP68)Temperature Range -13° to 158°F (-25° to 70°C)Torque Requirements Switch Body Screws: 25 – 30 in-lb; Sensing Head Screws: 14 – 18 in-lbOFF-State Leakage DC Version: 120 µA; 2-wire AC: 1.9 mA maximum; 3-wire AC: 1.1 mAON-State Leakage <2.5V DC



�

�

isit: www.eaton.com

3-92August 2007

3IN

DU

CTIVEPRO

XIMITY SEN

SORS


PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-1
4Capacitive Proximity Sensors
05Intro.fm



4CA

PACI

TIVE

PRO

XIM

ITY

SEN

SORS

F

Table of ContentsContents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Capacitive Proximity Sensors — Threaded. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Capacitive Proximity Sensors — Smooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6



4-2August 2007

4CA

PACITIVE

PROXIM

ITY SENSO

RS

Capacitive Proximity SensorsProduct Selection

Capacitive Proximity Sensors Threaded Body Models

Capacitive Proximity Sensors Smooth Body Models


Overview These self-contained devices will detect both metallic and nonmetallic targets. A full threaded housing provides ease of mounting.

Smooth body capacitive models feature longer ranges than our threaded body models and include a convenient mounting bracket.

Applications Liquid level controlNonmetallic targets

Liquid level controlNonmetallic targets

Product Features

■ 18 and 30 mm diameters with threaded housing

■ Shielded and unshielded sensing

■ 2-wire AC — 20 to 250V3-wire DC — 10 to 30V, NPN and PNP

■ 2 meter PVC cable or 4-pin micro connector

■ Short circuit and reverse polarity protected (DC models)

■ LED indicator

■ Sensitivity adjustment

■ 34 mm diameter

■ Shielded and unshielded sensing

■ 2-wire AC — 20 to 250V3-wire DC — 10 to 30V, NPN and PNP

■ 2 meter PVC cable or 4-pin micro connector

■ Short circuit and reverse polarity protected (DC models)

■ LED indicator

■ Sensitivity adjustment

■ Includes mounting bracket

Contact Ratings AC — 300 mADC — 300 mA

AC — 300 mADC — 300 mA

Enclosure Ratings

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 12, 13 IP65

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 12, 13 IP65

Construction POM Nuts, Nylon 66

POM Nuts, Nylon 66


August 2007

PG08301004E F

-3
4Capacitive Proximity Sensors Threaded Body Models PG.05A.01.T.E
4CA

PACI

TIVE

PRO

XIM

ITY

SEN

SORS


call 1-800-426-9184.

Threaded Body Capacitive Proximity Sensors

ContentsOverview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . . . 4-4 Model Selection, CompatibleConnector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

Cutler-Hammer® Type E53 Capacitive Proximity Sensors from Eaton’s electrical business are self-contained devices designed to detect both metallic and nonmetallic targets. They are ideally suited for liquid level control and for sensing powdered or granulated material. For best operation, they should be used in an environment having relatively constant temperature and humidity.


18 mm and 30 mm Diameter Capacitive Sensors Offer Reliable Detection of Liquid and Other Targets

Product Features■ Detect liquids, powders and other materials that are difficult or impossible

with other sensor types■ Plastic body is corrosion resistant■ Sensitivity adjustment■ Output indicator LED


IndustryStandard30 mm and18 mm Diameters

LED OutputIndicator on

All Models

ModelsAvailable

with Cable orConnector


4-4

4CA

PACITIVE

PROXIM

ITY SENSO

RS

August 2007

Capacitive Proximity SensorsThreaded Body Models

Model Selection — E53 Threaded Body Capacitive Proximity Sensors



Model Selection — Compatible Connector Cables


Operating Voltage

Sensing Range (Sn)



2-Wire Sensors

18 mm Diameter 20 – 250V AC 0.31 inch(8 mm)

Shielded 2-meter Cable E53KAL18A2 E53KBL18A2

3-pin Micro AC Connector E53KAL18A2SA E53KBL18A2SA

0.59 inch(15 mm)

Unshielded 2-meter Cable E53KAL18A2E E53KBL18A2E

3-pin Micro AC Connector E53KAL18A2EA E53KBL18A2EA

30 mm Diameter 20 – 250V AC 0.79 inch(20 mm)

Shielded 2-meter Cable E53KAL30A2 E53KBL30A2

3-pin Micro AC Connector E53KAL30A2SA E53KBL30A2SA

0.98 inch(25 mm)



3-Wire Sensors

18 mm Diameter 10 – 30V DC 0.31 inch(8 mm)

Shielded(NPN)

2-meter Cable E53KAL18T110 E53KBL18T110

4-pin Micro DC Connector E53KAL18T110SD E53KBL18T110SD

Shielded(PNP)



0.59 inch(15 mm)

Unshielded(NPN)

2-meter Cable E53KAL18T110E E53KBL18T110E

4-pin Micro DC Connector E53KAL18T110ED E53KBL18T110ED

Unshielded(PNP)



30 mm Diameter 10 – 30V DC 0.79 inch(20 mm)

Shielded(NPN)



Shielded(PNP)



0.98 inch(30 mm)

Unshielded(NPN)



Unshielded(PNP)



VoltageStyle

Number of Pins


Standard Cables — Micro Style


AC 3-pin3-wire

22 AWG 6 feet (2m) CSAS3F3CY2202

DC 4-pin3-wire

22 AWG 6 feet (2m) CSDS4A3CY2202

4-pin4-wire







August 2007

PG08301004E F

-5
4Capacitive Proximity SensorsThreaded Body Models
4CA

PACI

TIVE

PRO

XIM

ITY

SEN

SORS

Wiring Diagrams (Pin numbers are for reference, rely on pin location when wiring)Operating Voltage

Output Cable Models Micro Connector Models(Face View Male Shown)

2-Wire Sensors

20 – 250V AC N.O. & N.C.

3-Wire Sensors

10 – 30V DC N.O. (NPN)

N.O. (PNP)

N.C. (NPN)

N.C. (PNP)

BU

BN

L2

L1

LoadL2 L1

Load

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load (-)

+V

Load

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load(-)

+V

Load

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load (-) +VLoad

Specifications



AC Models DC Models

AC Residual 2.5 mA maximumMaximum Load Current 300 mA 300 mASwitching Rate 15 operations per second 250 operations per secondCircuit Protection — Short circuit and reverse polarityOutput Indicator LED Lights when output is ONAmbient Temperature Range -13° to 158°F (-25° to 70°C) Enclosure Ratings NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 12, 13 (IEC IP65)Sensitivity Adjustment IncludedHousing Material Polyoxymethylene (POM) Plastic mounting nuts molded of Nylon 66 (PA66)

SensitivityAdjustment

60

80

M18x1 (for 18 mm);

M30x1.5 (for 30mm)

LED

18 mm Diameter Threaded Body Sensor

M18x1

12

83

M12x1

LED

95

70

LED

M12x1

15


30 mm Diameter Threaded Body Sensor

M30

15

85

M12x120

M12x1

100


60

LED

18 & 30 mm Cable

4-6

4CA

PACITIVE

PROXIM

ITY SENSO

RS


August 2007
Smooth Body Models PG.05A.02.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.

Smooth Body Capacitive Proximity Sensors

ContentsOverview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . . . 4-6 Model Selection, CompatibleConnector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

Cutler-Hammer® Type E53 Capacitive Proximity Sensors from Eaton’s electrical business are self-contained devices designed to detect both metallic and nonmetallic targets. They are ideally suited for liquid level control and for sensing powdered or granulated material. For best operation, they should be used in an environment having relatively constant temperature and humidity.


Model Selection — E53 Smooth Body CapacitOperating Voltage

2-Wire Sensors

34 mm Diameter 20 – 250V AC

3-Wire Sensors

34 mm Diameter 10 – 30V DC

See listing of compatible connector cables oStocked product, typical order quantities gua

Includes mounting bracket

Includes mounting bracket

34 mm Diameter Capacitive Sensors Offer Long-Range Detection of Liquid and Other Targets

Product Features■ Detect liquids, powders and other materials that are difficult or impossible

with other sensor types■ Plastic body is corrosion resistant■ Sensitivity adjustment

34 mm DiameterSize for LongerSensing Range

LED OutputIndicator on

All Models

Cable Versions Connector Versions

Mounting BracketIncluded



ive Proximity SensorsSensing Range (Sn)


NO Output NC Output

1.38 inch(35 mm)



0.98 inch(25 mm)

Shielded(NPN)



Shielded(PNP)



1.38 inch(35 mm)

Unshielded(NPN)



Unshielded(PNP)


4-pin Micro DC Connector E53KAL34T111ED E53KBL34T111EDn Page 4-7.ranteed in stock.

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-7
4Capacitive Proximity SensorsSmooth Body Models
4CA

PACI

TIVE

PRO

XIM

ITY

SEN

SORS




VoltageStyle

Number of Pins


Standard Cables — Micro Style


AC 4-pin4-wire

22 AWG 6 feet (2m) CSAS4F4CY2202

DC 4-pin3-wire


4-pin4-wire


Operating Voltage

Output Cable Models Micro Connector Models

2-Wire Sensors

20 – 250V AC NO & NC

3-Wire Sensors

10 – 30V DC NO (NPN)

NO (PNP)

NC (NPN)

NC (PNP)

Micro Style Straight Female 2-Red/White

3-Red4-Green

1-Red/Black



BU

BN

L2

L1

LoadL2 L1

Load

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load (-)

+V

Load

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load (-) +V

Load

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load(-)

+V

Load

BU

BN

(-)

+VBK

Load (-) +VLoad


4-8

4CA

PACITIVE

PROXIM

ITY SENSO

RS

August 2007

Capacitive Proximity SensorsSmooth Body Models

SpecificationsAC Models
DC Models


Residual Current 2.5 mA maximum —Maximum Load Current 300 mA 300 mASwitching Rate 15 operations per second 250 operations per secondCircuit Protection — Short circuit and reverse polarityOutput Indicator LED Lights when output is ONAmbient Temperature Range -13° to 158°F (-25° to 70°C) Enclosure Ratings NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3S, 4, 12, 13 (IEC IP65)Sensitivity Adjustment Included


80

LED

34 mm Diameter Smooth Body Sensor

φ34

2090

M12x1

Mounting Bracket (Included with Sensor)

60

48

43

34 mm Cable

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-1

5Photoelectric Sensors

06Intro.fm



5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

F

Table of ContentsContents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2Technical Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7Enhanced 50 Series™. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8SM Series — Miniature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22Comet Series — 18 mm Tubular. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27Prism Series — 18 mm Tubular. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40OEM Prism Series — 18 mm Tubular. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47E58 Series — 18 mm Plastic Tubular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52E58 Harsh Duty — 18 and 30 mm Tubular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57E67 Long Range Perfect Prox® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6550 Series — Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6955 Series — Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83E64 Terminal Base Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93E65 Miniature Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9780 Series — Limit Switch Style Modular, Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10120 Series — Self-Contained Metal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10711 Series — Self-Contained Plastic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11270 Series — Remote Optic Modular. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-116



5-2

August 2007

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

Photoelectric SensorsProduct Selection

Enhanced 50 Series SM Series Comet Series Prism Series

Page Page 5-8 Page 5-22 Page 5-27 Page 5-40

Overview The Enhanced 50 Series family provides outstanding optical performance and application flexibility in a self-contained, industry-standard package

SM Series photoelectric sensors provide high performance and ease of use in an economical, compact package

This high performance, 18 mm tubular sensor family features a wide variety of models in all sensing modes to solve all of your sensing problems

Prism is a cost-effective line of 18 mm tubular photoelectric sensors with twice the optical gain of other sensors in this product class

Sensing Types and Ranges

■ Thru-Beam: 200 and 500 feet■ Reflex: 30 feet■ Polarized Reflex: 16 feet■ Diffuse Reflective: 5 and

10 feet■ Clear Object Detector: 45

inches■ Infrared Fiber Optic: range

varies with fiber■ Visible Fiber Optic: range

varies with fiber

■ Thru-Beam: 50 feet■ Polarized Reflex: 10 feet■ Diffuse Reflective: 8 inches■ Perfect Prox® Background

rejection: 2 and 4 inches

■ Thru-Beam: 20 and 80 feet■ Reflex: 25 feet■ Polarized Reflex: 15 and 10 feet■ Diffuse Reflective: 8 and

24 inches■ Focused Diffuse Reflective:

1.6 inches■ Wide Angle Diffuse: 6 inches■ Fine spot Perfect Prox®:

2 inches■ Perfect Prox® Background

Rejection: 2, 4, 6 and 9 inches■ Glass and Plastic Fiber Optic:

range varies with fiber

■ Thru-Beam: 20 feet■ Reflex: 15 feet■ Polarized Reflex: 10 feet■ Diffuse Reflective: 8 inches■ Glass Fiber Optic: range

varies with fiber

Product Features ■ High optical performance including 10-foot Diffuse and 500-foot Thru-Beam versions

■ Output options include a high-current 10 Amp SPDT relay

■ Built-in Light/Dark selection on all models

■ Logic options include ON-Delay, OFF-Delay and One-Shot Delay

■ Multiple connector and cable options

■ Industry standard package size

■ Highly visible LED indicators for power, output and alignment (TargetLock™)

■ TargetLock™ simplifies setup and ensures that the sensor operates at the highest level of reliability possible

■ Perfect Prox® models sense different colored targets at the same range and ignore objects in the background

■ Visible beam on all models let you see exactly where the sensor is pointing

■ Small size■ Reverse polarity, overload

and short circuit protection on all models

■ The 18 mm tubular body has flat sides for added mounting flexibility

■ Available in universal voltage AC/DC versions as well as DC only models

■ Short circuit protection on all models

■ RIM (Reaction Injection Molding) process completely encapsulates circuits and produces a rugged package

■ Perfect Prox® sensors combine high gain with sharp optical cutoff to detect difficult targets while avoiding false detection of background objects

■ Isolated output simplifies wiring and allows each sensor to switch AC or DC loads, sink or source

■ Forward or right-angle viewing units have identical optical performance

■ The 18 mm tubular body has flat sides for added mounting flexibility

■ Short circuit protection for loads less than 32V AC or DC

■ High noise immunity■ AC/DC and DC-only versions

available

Operating Voltage

24 – 240V AC and 12 – 240V DC, 10 – 40V DC

18 – 264V AC and 18 – 50V DC10 – 30V DC

90 – 132V AC and 18 – 50V DC20 – 264V AC and 15 – 30V DC10 – 30V DC

20 – 132V AC and 15 – 30V DC10 – 30V DC

Output Function Selectable Light or Dark Operate Light and Dark Operate models available

Selectable Light or Dark Operate Isolated VMOS solid-state relay outputLight and Dark Operate models available

Maximum Load Current

DC units: 250 mAAC/DC units: 300 mA to 10A

AC/DC units — 200 mADC units — 100 mA (NPN or PNP)

AC/DC units — 300 mADC units — 250 mA (NPN), 100 mA (PNP)

80 mA AC load110 mA at 132V DC

Enclosure Ratings

IP67 NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13IP68

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13

Response Time Range

DC operation: 2 mSAC operation: 15 mS

DC operation: 1 mSAC operation: 16 mS

DC operation: 1 mSAC operation: 10 mS2W AC/DC Operation: 32 mS

3 mS

Approvals CSA ApprovedCertified toUL Standard, UL 508

UL Listed C-UL Listed

UL Recognized C-UL Recognized

UL Recognized C-UL Recognized


August 2007

PG08301004E F

-3

5Photoelectric SensorsProduct Selection

5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

OEM Prism Series E58 18 mm Tubular Series E58 Harsh Duty Series E67 Long RangePerfect Prox® Series


Overview OEM Prism Sensors are similar to our standard cost-effective Prism family and are optimized for high volume OEM use

Industry standard 18 mm tubular sensors offer wide voltage ranges and reliable performance

E58 Harsh Duty Photoelectric Sensors were designed to withstand your harshest physical, chemical and optical environments, 18 and 30 mm tubular enclosures

This is the highest performance long-range sensor you can buy with background rejection


■ Polarized Reflex: 10 feet■ Diffuse Reflective: 8 and 24

inches

■ Thru-Beam: 80 feet■ Reflex: 25 feet■ Diffuse Reflective: 8 inches

■ Thru-Beam: 800 feet■ Reflex: 59 feet■ Polarized Reflex: 34 feet■ Perfect Prox® background

rejection: 2, 4, 6 and 11 inches

■ Perfect Prox®: 24 to 96 inches■ Standard model pre-set at

6 feet. Fixed ranges of 2– 8 feet are available.

Product Features ■ The 18 mm tubular body has flat sides for added mounting flexibility

■ Forward or right-angle viewing units have identical optical performance

■ Sensors are shipped bulk-packaged for the convenience of high volume users

■ Dual discrete outputs for simple wiring

■ All models 10 – 30V DC only to meet the evolving needs of your customers

■ Industry standard 18 mm tubular housing has flat sides allowing it to be mounted against a flat surface

■ Solid polyurethane housing for high resistance to shock and vibration

■ AC/DC models operate up to 264V AC

■ Select models have visible beams for quick setup and alignment

■ Gain adjustment ensures peak optical performance

■ LED output status indicator■ Extra long 3m cable

■ Designed to be the most rugged photoelectric sensor available

■ Perfect Prox® background rejection technology for unmatched optical performance

■ Output status indictor is the brightest available and is visible from any angle and in any lighting condition


■ 18 mm and 30 mm models available

■ Extended sensing ranges (up to 8 feet) available with background rejection technology

■ No user adjustments required■ Dual indicators communicate

both output and power status from easy-to-see location on the top of the sensor

■ AC/DC models offer isolated contact output for wiring flexibility

■ DC sensors offer both NPN and PNP output

■ Two mounting options for maximum flexibility

■ Fully sealed package

Operating Voltage

10 – 30V DC 20 – 264V AC10 – 30V DC

2-wire models:90 – 132V AC and 18 – 50V AC3- and 4-wire models:20 – 132V AC and 15 – 30V DC10 – 30V DC

18 – 30V DC and 20 – 132V AC/DC

Output Function Light and Dark Operate models available

Light and Dark Operate models available

Light and Dark Operate models available

NPN and PNP (DC)Solid-state relay, 1500V isolation (AC/DC) Light and Dark Operate models available


100 mA AC — 300 mADC — 250 mA (NPN)

100 mA (PNP)

AC/DC units — 300 mA (100 mA for 18 mm diameter units)DC units — 250 mA (NPN), 100 mA (PNP)

100 mA DC75 mA AC/DC

Enclosure Ratings

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13 NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13 NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 12K and 13

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13

Response Time Range

1.2 mS 1 mS to 10 mS 2 mS to 35 mS 50 mS (AC/DC) and 15 mS (DC)

Approvals — UL ListedC-UL Listed

—


5-4

August 2007

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS


50 Series 55 Series E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular

E64 Terminal Base Series


Overview These high performance sensors feature interchangeable outputs and logic functions in a fully sealed, self-contained package

These durable sensors offer high optical performance and a built-in swivel bracket for easy and precise alignment

This versatile sensing family features modular construction, a variety of operating modes and a familiar limit switch style housing

This flexible sensor family provides stability indication, high current relay output and easy terminal wiring


■ Thru-Beam: 100 feet■ Reflex: 30 feet■ Polarized Reflex: 15 feet■ Diffuse Reflective: 10, 24 and

72 inches■ Glass Fiber Optic: range

varies with fiber

■ Thru-Beam: 100 feet■ Reflex: 30 feet■ Polarized Reflex: 15 feet■ Diffuse Reflective: 10, 24 and


varies with fiber

■ Thru-Beam: 300 feet■ Reflex: 18 and 35 feet■ Polarized Reflex: 15 feet■ Diffuse Reflective: 8, 18 and


varies with fiber

■ Thru-Beam: 33 feet■ Reflex: 16.4 feet■ Polarized Reflex: 11.5 feet■ Diffuse Reflective: 35 inches

Product Features ■ Interchangeable, plug-in output devices and logic modules

■ Built-in, patented, 360° rotation. 10° tilt ball-swivel base

■ Fully potted construction for use in areas subject to wash-down, high shock and/or vibration

■ Four output options including a 2A SPDT relay

■ Identical to 50 Series except without provision for interchangeable output or logic functions.

■ Ideal for direct connection to programmable controllers


■ Built-in, patented, 360° rotation. 10° tilt ball-swivel base

■ Fully potted construction for use in areas subject to wash-down, high shock and/or vibration

■ Modular construction consisting of a head, sensor body and receptacle

■ Most E51 photoelectric and inductive heads are interchangeable on all E51 sensor bodies for substantial inventory reduction

■ Same general configurations and dimensions as the E50 limit switch

■ Order as complete assemblies or components for stocking and manufacturing flexibility

■ Keyed, for directional head positioning

■ Logic modules available

■ High performance optics■ Built-in multi-voltage power

supply for use in AC or DC applications

■ Terminal connections with 1/2 inch NPT conduit entrance

■ Available with optional delay timer, adjustable from 0.6 to 16 seconds and field settable for Normal, ON Delay, OFF Delay, ON-OFF Delay or One Shot Delay

Operating Voltage

90 – 132V AC at 60 Hz100 – 132V AC at 50 Hz180 – 264V AC at 60 Hz200 – 264V AC at 50 Hz10 – 30V DC

20 – 264V AC and 15 – 30V DC10 – 30V DCSee Page 5-82 for thru-beam operating voltage

20 – 264V AC/DC;120V AC;10 – 30V DC

16 – 240V AC/DC

Output Function Selectable Light or Dark Operate Light and Dark Operate models available

N.O. or N.C. (programmable); or N.O. and N.C. (complementary) sensor bodies are available

Selectable Light or Dark Operate


Varies from 50 mA to 2A AC/DC units — 300 mADC units — 250 mA (NPN),100 mA (PNP)Optional 3 Amp SPDT Relay (AC/DC models)

AC — 1.0A continuousDC — 0.6A continuous

1A @ 250V AC2A @ 30V DC

Enclosure Ratings

NEMA 1, 3, 4, 12 and 13 NEMA 1, 3, 4, 6, 12 and 13 NEMA 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P and 13Class I, II, III, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D, F and G (conduit entry only)

NEMA 1, 3, 4, 12 and 13IP66

Response Time Range

2 mS to 18 mS 1 mS to 11 mS 1 mS to 30 mS 20 mS

Approvals UL ListedCSA Certified


UL Listed, CSA Certified

(where shown)

For more information visit: www.eato
n.com PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-5
5Photoelectric SensorsProduct Selection
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

E65 Miniature Series 80 Series 20 Series 11 Series


Overview These compact sensors are ideal for a wide variety of applications including reliable detection of clear objects

These sensors provide extremely long sensing ranges and the flexibility of interchangeable sensor heads and logic modules

These heavy-duty sensors are designed for use in harsh environments with constant exposure to weather and physical abuse

The 11 Series is a highly configurable photoelectric sensor with multiple output options including a high current DPDT relay


■ Thru-Beam: 16.5 feet■ Polarized Reflex: 5.8 feet■ Diffuse Reflective: 4 and 20

inches■ Fixed Focus Diffuse:

0.5 inch■ Plastic Fiber Optic: range

varies with fiber■ Clear Object Sensor:

24 inches

■ Reflex: 50 feet■ Diffuse Reflective: 12 feet■ Focused Diffuse Reflective:


varies with fiber

■ Thru-Beam: 700 feet■ Reflex: 35 and 75 feet■ Diffuse Reflective: 8 feet■ Defined Range Diffuse

Reflective: 15 inches

■ Reflex: 20 and 30 feet

Product Features ■ Complete line of miniature sensors including clear object detection models

■ Forward or right-angle viewing with identical optical performance

■ Stability indicator■ Fiber optic models include

built-in DIN rail mounting clip

■ Combines the advantages of self-contained packaging with the flexibility of interchangeable sensor heads

■ 9 sensor heads, 7 control base units, and 3 logic modules are available to customize the sensor for your application

■ Sets the industry standard for rugged construction and long range performance

■ Interchangeable logic modules and output devices are contained inside the sealed housing

■ Ideal for outdoor use

■ Quick disconnect base for easy installation and maintenance

■ Optional logic module provides time delay functions for ON, OFF or both ON/OFF

Operating Voltage

10 – 30V DC 97 – 130V AC204 – 255V AC22 – 26V AC10 – 30V DC

95 – 130V AC100 – 125V AC200 – 250V AC

115 – 125V AC230V AC

Output Function Selectable Light or Dark Operate Light or Dark Operate (switch-selected on control unit)

Selectable Light or Dark Operate Selectable Light or Dark Operate


100 mA NPN or PNP Varies by model from 50 mA to 1A Varies by output device from 5 mA to 10A

Varies by output device from 5 mA to 10A

Enclosure Ratings

NEMA 1, 3, 4, 12 and 13IP66

NEMA 1, 3, 4, 12 and 13 NEMA 3, 4, 6 and 13 NEMA 4 and 13

Response Time Range

330 microseconds to 2 mS 5 mS to 18 mS 1 mS to 30 mS 7 mS

Approvals UL Recognized — UL Listed CSA Certified

—


5-6August 2007

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS


70 Series 60 SeriesPage Page 5-116 Contact Cutler-Hammer Sensor

Applications Dept. at 1-800-426-9184Overview This high performance family offers

a wide choice of sensor heads, control units, output devices, logic modules and accessories to solve virtually any sensing problem

Separate control units and sensor heads. Control units available in modular plastic units or self-contained with metal case


■ Thru-Beam: 15, 32, 369 and 743 feet

■ Reflex: 23 feet■ Curtain-of-Light Reflex:

6 feet■ Diffuse Reflective: 36 inches■ Focused Diffuse Reflective:

2.5 inches■ Glass Fiber Optic: range varies

with fiber

■ Thru-Beam: 206 feet

Product Features ■ Ultra-versatile photoelectric control family

■ Wide choice of sensor heads, control units, output devices, logic modules, and accessories to solve virtually any sensing problem

■ Sensor heads may be mounted up to 1000 feet from the control unit

■ Multiple sensor heads can be connected to a single control unit for special sensing applications

■ Analog control unit provides a voltage level output proportional to the amount of light received by the sensor detector

■ High performance thru-beam optics

■ Control unit can be mounted up to 1000 feet from sensor heads

■ High temperature sensor heads operate to 212°F (100°C)

Operating Voltage Self-contained control units: 115V AC or 230V AC versions.Modular control units: 9 – 18V DC

115V AC230V AC11 – 15.5V DC

Output Function Selectable Light or Dark Operate Selectable Light or Dark Operate




Enclosure Ratings Varies with control unit or sensor head selected

Heads: NEMA 3, 4, 6, 12 and 13Control Units: NEMA 12 (enclosed); NEMA 1 (module)

Response Time Range

0.5 mS to 14 mS 1.6 mS to 16 mS

Approvals — —


August 2007

PG08301004E F

-7
5Photoelectric SensorsTechnical Reference
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

IntroductionPhotoelectric sensors use light to detect the presence or absence of an object. The main advantages of photo-electric sensors are noncontact sens-ing of objects and greatly extended sensing ranges.

Choosing the Right SensorThere are many factors to consider when choosing a photoelectric sen-sor. The specific demands of your application will dictate the sensor required for the job. Some of the questions you should consider, and suggested areas to find more infor-mation:

■ What range is required (how far is the sensor from the object to be detected)? (See “Modes of Detec-tion”, “Range” and “Excess Gain”)

■ What is the nature of the environ-ment? (See “Contamination”)

■ What access do you have to both sides of the object to be detected (is wiring possible on one or both sides of the object)? (See “Modes of Detection”)

■ What size is the object being detected? (See “Modes of Detection”)

■ Is the object consistent in size, shape, and reflectivity? (See “Modes of Detection, Perfect Prox”)

■ What are the mechanical and elec-trical requirements? (Check the electrical specifications of the desired sensor.)

■ What kind of output do you need?(Check the electrical specifica-tions of the desired sensor.)

■ Are logic functions needed at the sensing point? (If so, look for sen-sors with logic modules or built-in logic functions.)

Modes of DetectionThru-Beam

Source and detector elements are mounted in separate housings and aligned facing each other across an area which the target object crosses. Detection occurs when an object blocks the entire effective beam (the column of light that travels in a straight line between lenses). See Page 11-23.

Reflex

The source and detector are mounted in a single sensor housing and are positioned parallel to one another on the same side of the object to be detected. The light beam is transmit-ted from the source to a retroreflector that returns the light to the detector. Detection occurs when the target object blocks the entire effective beam. See Page 11-23.

Diffuse Reflective

The source and detector elements are mounted in a single sensor housing and are positioned on the same side of the object to be detected and aligned with crossed fields of view. When the target moves into this area light from the source is reflected off the target sur-face back to the detector and detec-tion occurs. See Page 11-23.

Perfect Prox®

Perfect Prox® is a special type of dif-fuse reflective sensor that combines extremely high sensing power (excess gain) with a sharp optical cutoff. This allows the sensor to reli-ably detect targets regardless of variations in color, reflectance, con-trast or surface shape, while ignor-ing background objects that are just slightly beyond the target range. See Page 11-24.

Beam CompleteNo Object Present

Object Detected

Source

Detector

Source

Detector

Reflex Detection Mode

Diffuse Reflective Detection Mode

Beam Not CompleteNo Object Present

Object Detected

Source

Detector

Source

Detector


RangeEach sensor listed in this catalog has a specific operating range. In general, thru-beam sensors offer the greatest range (most power), followed by reflex and then diffuse reflective sen-sors. Operating ranges vary, and there is some overlap among types and models. See Applying Excess Gain on Page 11-25.

Excess GainExcess gain is a measure of the sensing power available in excess of that required to detect an object. The following excess gain chart shows this measurement graphically. Find your required range on the x-axis of the graph below. Then move up to the curve to read the excess gain value from the y-axis. An excess gain value of 1 is the minimum level required for sensor operation. Eaton normally recommends excess gain levels ≥ 10 for reliable sensor operation. See Page 11-25.

The excess gain charts in this catalog repre-sent the minimum excess gain provided by the sensor (unless otherwise noted). Actual perfor-mance may be better.

ContaminationThe chart on Page 11-27 shows the excess gain recommended in envi-ronments with varying levels of con-tamination for each sensing mode.

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (feet)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN

100

RANGE (mm)0.30.03 3.0 30.5

Photoelectric Sensor Excess Gain Graph

5-8

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS


August 2007
Enhanced 50 Series™ PG.05E.25.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.

Enhanced 50 Series™ Photoelectric Sensors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . . . 5-9 Model Selection, CompatibleConnector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14

Model Selection, Fiber Optic Cables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

Model Selection, Accessories . . . 5-19Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21

The new Enhanced versions of the Cutler-Hammer® 50 Series™ Photo-electric Sensors from Eaton’s electrical business offer flexibility, durability and high optical perfor-mance in a cost-effective self-contained package. Choose from three output types, four time delay functions, six sensing modes and four connection styles to tailor the sensor to exactly meet your needs.

Sensors are available in thru-beam, reflex, polarized reflex, diffuse reflective, clear object, and fiber optic sensing modes. Brackets are available for easy mounting and to allow precise adjustment of sensor alignment.

Approvals■ CSA Approved■ Certified to UL Standard, UL 508


High Performance Sensors for Demanding Applications

Product Features■ High optical performance models including a 500-foot (152m) Thru-Beam and a

10-foot (3m) Diffuse Reflective unit■ Output options include a 3 Amp SPDT relay■ All units offer light/dark selection■ Logic options include ON-delay, OFF-delay and One-Shot delay■ Fiber optic sensors operate in thru-beam or diffuse reflective mode depend-

ing on the fiber optic cable selected■ Fully potted construction for use in areas subject to washdown, high shock

and/or vibration■ Choice of pre-wired power cable, built-in mini-connector, built-in micro-

connector and pigtail micro-connector versions. Standard pre-wired cable length is 6 feet (1.8m)

■ Variety of brackets available including ball swivel

Connection Options


HighPerformanceOptics

Power, Output andAlignment Indicator

LEDs

Choose from Cable, Built-In Mini-Connector, Built-In Micro-Connector or Pigtail Micro-Connector

Time Delay Versions Available

Rugged Sealed Construction with Industry Standard Size and Mounting

Variety ofOutput

ConfigurationsIncluding 3ASPDT Relay

Visible and Infrared Fiber Optic Models

Cable Version

Micro or Euro (Micro) QD (body)

Mini QD (body)

Microor Euro(Micro)

QD(pigtail)

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-9
5Photoelectric SensorsEnhanced 50 Series™
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Model Selection — Sensors

� For brackets compatible with these sensors, see Accessories on Page 5-19.


VoltageRange

SensingRange

OptimumRange

SensingBeam

Thru-BeamComponent

Output Type TimeDelay

ConnectionType

Catalog Number

Thru-BeamStandard Range �

Field of View: 2.4°

For a complete system, order one Sensor and

one Detector

10 – 40V DC 200 ft.(61m)

0.1 – 100 ft.(0.03 – 31m)

Infrared Source N/A N/A 6-foot Cable 1150E-6517

Detector NPN/PNP250 mA

no 1250E-6517

yes 1250E-8517

Source N/A N/A 4-pin Euro (Micro) Connector

1150E-6547


no 1250E-6547

yes 1250E-8547

Source N/A N/A 4-pin Euro (Micro) Connector(pigtail)

1150E-6537


no 1250E-6537

yes 1250E-8537

Source N/A N/A 4-pin Mini-Connector

1150E-6507


no 1250E-6507

yes 1250E-8507

12 – 240V DC24 – 240V AC

Source N/A N/A 6-foot Cable 1150E-6513

Detector Isolated Output Solid-State Relay300 mA @ 240V AC/DC

no 1250E-6513

yes 1250E-8513

SPDT EM Relay3A @ 120V AC

no 1250E-6514

yes 1250E-8514

Source N/A N/A 4-pin Micro Connector

1150E-6543


no 1250E-6543

yes 1250E-8543

Non-isolated Output Solid-State Relay300 mA @ 240V AC/DC

no 1250E-6545

yes 1250E-8545

Source N/A N/A 4-pin Micro Connector (pigtail)

1150E-6534


no 1250E-6533

yes 1250E-8533


no 5-pin Micro Connector (pigtail)

1250E-6534

yes 1250E-8534


1150E-6504


no 1250E-6503

yes 1250E-8503


no 5-pin Mini-Connector

1250E-6504

yes 1250E-8504


5-10

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007

Photoelectric SensorsEnhanced 50 Series™

Model Selection — Sensors (Continued)

� For brackets compatible with these sensors, see Accessories on Page 5-19.



VoltageRange

SensingRange

OptimumRange

SensingBeam

Thru-BeamComponent

Output Type TimeDelay

ConnectionType

Catalog Number

Thru-BeamExtended Range �


For a complete system, order one Sensor and

one Detector

10 – 40V DC 500 ft.(152m)

0.1 – 250 ft.(0.03 – 77m)

Infrared Source N/A N/A 6-foot Cable 1151E-6517

Detector NPN/PNP 250 mA

no 1251E-6517

yes 1251E-8517

Source N/A N/A 4-pin Euro (Micro) Connector

1151E-6547


no 1251E-6547

yes 1251E-8547

Source N/A N/A 4-pin Euro (Micro) Connector (pigtail)

1151E-6537


no 1251E-6537

yes 1251E-8537


1151E-6507


no 1251E-6507

yes 1251E-8507

12 – 240V DC 24 – 240V AC

Source N/A N/A 6-foot Cable 1151E-6513


no 1251E-6513

yes 1251E-8513


no 1251E-6514

yes 1251E-8514

Source N/A N/A 4-pin Micro Connector

1151E-6543


no 1251E-6543

yes 1251E-8543


no 1251E-6545

yes 1251E-8545

Source N/A N/A 4-pin Micro Connector (pigtail)

1151E-6534


no 1251E-6533

yes 1251E-8533


no 5-pin Micro Connector (pigtail)

1251E-6534

yes 1251E-8534


1151E-6504


no 1251E-6503

yes 1251E-8503


no 5-pin Mini-Connector

1251E-6504

yes 1251E-8504

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

11
5-Photoelectric SensorsEnhanced 50 Series™
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS


� Ranges based on 3-inch retroreflector for reflex sensors.� Polarized sensors may not operate with reflective tape. Test tape selection before installation.� For brackets compatible with these sensors, see Accessories on Page 5-19.


VoltageRange

Sensing Range �

Optimum Range �

SensingBeam

Output Type Time Delay

ConnectionType

Catalog Number

Standard Reflex �


For a complete system, order one Sensor and one Retroreflector

(see Section 8)

10 – 40V DC 30 ft.(9m)

0.5 – 15 ft.(0.2 – 4.6m)

Visible Red NPN/PNP250 mA

no 6-foot Cable 1450E-6517yes 1450E-8517no 4-pin Euro (Micro)

Connector1450E-6547

yes 1450E-8547no 4-pin Euro (Micro)

Connector (pigtail)1450E-6537

yes 1450E-8537no 4-pin Mini-Connector 1450E-6507yes 1450E-8507

12 – 240V DC 24 – 240V AC

Isolated Output Solid-State Relay300 mA @ 240V AC/DC

no 6-foot Cable 1450E-6513yes 1450E-8513no 4-pin Micro Connector 1450E-6543yes 1450E-8543no 4-pin Micro Connector

(pigtail)1450E-6533



no 4-pin Micro Connector 1450E-6545

yes 1450E-8545


no 6-foot Cable 1450E-6514yes 1450E-8514no 5-pin Micro Connector

(pigtail)1450E-6534


Polarized Reflex ��



(see Section 8)

10 – 40V DC 16 ft.(4.9m)

0.5 – 8 ft.(0.2 – 2.5m)



Connector1451E-6547




12 – 240V DC 24 – 240V AC



(pigtail)1451E-6533




yes 1451E-8545



(pigtail)1451E-6534



5-12

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007



� Ranges based on 90% reflectance white card for diffuse reflective sensors.� For brackets compatible with these sensors, see Accessories on Page 5-19.



VoltageRange

Sensing Range �

Optimum Range �

SensingBeam


ConnectionType

Catalog Number

Diffuse Reflective �


10 – 40V DC 5 ft.(1.5m)

1 – 30 in.(25 – 760 mm)

Infrared NPN/PNP250 mA


Connector1350E-6547




12 – 240V DC 24 – 240V AC



(pigtail)1350E-6533




yes 1350E-8545



(pigtail)1350E-6534


Diffuse ReflectiveExtended Range �


10 – 40V DC 10 ft.(3m)

1 – 60 in.(25 – 1520 mm)



Connector1351E-6547




12 – 240V DC 24 – 240V AC



(pigtail)1351E-6533




yes 1351E-8545



(pigtail)1351E-6534



August 2007

PG08301004E F

13
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS


� For brackets compatible with these sensors, see Accessories on Page 5-19.� Contact Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Sensors Applications Support at 800-426-9184 for information on availability of these models.� Diffuse mode — up to 6 inches (152 mm); Thru-beam — up to 35 inches (890 mm).

See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-14 and Pages 5-15 and 5-16.


VoltageRange

Sensing Range

Optimum Range

SensingBeam


ConnectionType

Catalog Number

Clear Object Detector ��



(see Section 8)

10 – 40V DC 45 in.(1.2m)

1 – 24 in.(25 –610 mm)



Connector1452E-6547




12 – 240V DC 24 – 240V AC



(pigtail)1452E-6533




yes 1452E-8545



(pigtail)1452E-6534


Fiber Optic Infrared �

Field of View: Depends on fiber selected

For a complete system, order one Sensor and one Fiber Optic Cable

(see Pages 5-15 and 5-16)

Infrared Fiber Optic Sensorsare compatible with Glass

Fiber Optic Cables

10 – 40V DC Depends on fiber selected �

Depends on fiber selected



Connector1550E-6547




12 – 240V DC 24 – 240V AC



(pigtail)1550E-6533




yes 1550E-8545



(pigtail)1550E-6534



5-14

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007



� For brackets compatible with these sensors, see Accessories on Page 5-19.� Diffuse mode — up to 3 inches (76 mm); Thru-beam — up to 35 inches (890 mm).





VoltageRange

Sensing Range

Optimum Range

SensingBeam


ConnectionType

Catalog Number

Fiber Optic Visible �

Field of View: Depends on fiber selected

For a complete system, order one Sensor and one Fiber Optic Cable

(see Page 5-17)

Visible Fiber Optic Sensorsare compatible with Plastic

Fiber Optic Cables only

10 – 40V DC Depends on fiber selected �

Depends on fiber selected



Connector1551E-6547




12 – 240V DC 24 – 240V AC



(pigtail)1551E-6533




yes 1551E-8545



(pigtail)1551E-6534


Voltage Style

Number of Pins


Standard Cables — Micro StyleACMicro

4-pin4-wire

22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSAS4F4CY2202 CSAS4F4RY2202 CSAS4F4IO2202

5-pin5-wire

22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSAS5A5CY2202 — —

DC 4-pin4-wire


VoltageStyle

Number of Pins


Standard Cables — Mini StyleAC/DC 4-pin,

4-wire16 AWG 6 feet (2m) CSMS4A4CY1602

5-pin, 5-wire



3-Red4-Green

1-Red/Black

1-Brown2-White3-Black4-Gray5-Blue







August 2007

PG08301004E F

15
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Model Selection — Glass Fiber Optic Cables — Duplex Cables (for Diffuse Reflective Sensing)


Fiber Bundle Size A in Inches (mm)

Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) — Stainless Steel Jacket Pictured

Stainless Steel Jacket

PVC/Monocoil Jacket

Forward Viewing, Unthreaded

0.125(3.2)

E51KE713 E51KE313

Right-Angle Viewing, Unthreaded

0.125(3.2)

E51KE733 E51KE333

Forward Viewing, Threaded Cable End

0.125(3.2)

E51KE723 E51KE323

Right-Angle Viewing, Threaded Cable Shaft

0.125(3.2)

E51KE7A3 E51KE3A3

Right-Angle Viewing, Threaded Cable End

0.125(3.2)

E51KE7B3 E51KE3B3

Collar Mounting End

36(914)

øA

0.187 (4.7)

7.5(190)

0.50 (13)

0.50(13)

0.187 (4.7)

36(914)

øA

0.82 (21)

0.187(4.7)

7.5(190)

R 0.50 (13)

1.00(25)

0.50(13)

0.187 (4.7)

36(914)

5/16-24 UNF-2A THD

7.5(190)

1.50(38)

øA

0.50(13)

0.187 (4.7)

36(914)

0.82(21)

5/16-24 UNF-2A THD

7.5(190)

R 0.50 (13)

1.00(25)

1.50(38)

øA

0.187(4.7)

0.50(13)

0.187 (4.7)

36(914)

øA

0.82 (21)

5/16-24 UNF-2A THD

7.5(190)

R 0.50 (13)

1.00(25)

0.50(13)

1.50 (38)

0.187 (4.7)


5-16

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007


Model Selection — Glass Fiber Optic Cables — Single Cables (for Thru-Beam Sensing)





PVC/Monocoil Jacket

Forward Viewing,Unthreaded

0.125(3.2)

E51KE813 E51KE413


0.125(3.2)

E51KE833 E51KE433


0.125(3.2)

E51KE823 E51KE423


0.125(3.2)

E51KE8A3 E51KE4A3


0.125(3.2)

E51KE8B3 E51KE4B3

Collar Mounting End

36(914)

øA

0.187 (4.7)

0.50 (13)0.187 (4.7)

0.50 (13)

36(914)

øA

0.82 (21)

0.187(4.7)

R 0.50 (13)

1.00(25)0.187 (4.7)

0.50 (13)

36(914)

5/16-24 UNF-2A THD

1.50(38)

øA

0.187 (4.7)

0.50 (13)

36(914)

0.82 (21)5/16-24 UNF-2A THD

R 0.50 (13)

1.00(25)

1.50(38)

øA

0.187(4.7)

0.187 (4.7)

0.50 (13)

36(914)

øA

0.82 (21)

5/16-24 UNF-2A THD

R 0.50 (13)

1.00(25)

1.50 (38)

0.187 (4.7)

0.50 (13)

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

17
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Model Selection — Plastic Fiber Optic Cables — Pre-assembled Duplex Cables

� Larger diameter (1.5 mm) fibers provide approximately 50% longer sensing range than small diameter (1 mm).Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.

Model Selection — Plastic Fiber Optic Cables — Pre-assembled Single Cables


Fiber Diameter in Inches (mm)

Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Large Diameter, Threaded Tip 0.059(1.5)

6324E-6501 �(one cable)

Large Diameter, Threaded Tip with Bendable Probe 0.039(1.0)

6324E-6502(one cable)




6323E-6501 �(set of two)


6323E-6502(set of two)

0.087 (2.2) Dia.

78 (2000) 0.059(1.5) Fiber Dia. X2

0.575(14.6)

M6X0.75

0.087 (2.2) Dia.

78 (2000) 0.059(1.5) Fiber Dia. X2

M6X0.75

0.590(15)

3.54(90.0)

0.100 (2.5) Dia.0.14 (3.6)

0.200 (5.1)

0.059(1.5) Fiber Dia. X2

0.087 (2.2) Dia.0.57

(14.5)78 (2000)

M4X0.70.20 (5.0)

0.059(1.5) Fiber Dia. X2

M4X0.7

0.087 (2.2) Dia.

78 (2000)

0.068 (1.6) Dia.

0.47(12)

3.54(90.0)

0.2 (5)


August 2007

5-18

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS


Excess Gain

10

1

10.1

0.254

10 1000

RANGE (inches)

RANGE (cm)

EXCE

SS G

AIN

100

100025.4 045245.2

100

254

1

2 3

4

Diffuse Reflective90% Reflectance White Card:

10

1

10.1

0.254

10 1000

RANGE (inches)

RANGE (cm)

EXCE

SS G

AIN

100

100025.4 045245.2

100

254

1

2

Diffuse Reflective90% Reflectance White Card:

1. 1351E2. 1350E

Clear Object Detector3" Retroreflector:

1. 1452E

1

1

2.54

100

RANGE (inches)

RANGE (cm)

EXCE

SS G

AIN

104524.52

10

1

Thru-Beam:1. 1151E/1251E2. 1150E/1250E

10

1

1

0.3

10 1000

RANGE (feet)

RANGE (m)

EXCE

SS G

AIN

100

100030.5 5030.3

100

1

2

10

1

0.1

0.254

1 100

RANGE (inches)

RANGE (cm)

EXCE

SS G

AIN

100

100025.4 452 254045.2

10

12

3

Fiber Optic Diffuse0.125" Dia. Glass Fiber:

1. 1550E2. 1551E

0.040" Dia. Plastic Fiber:3. 1551E

10

1

0.1

0.254

1 1000

RANGE (inches)

RANGE (cm)

EXCE

SS G

AIN

10025.4 254 045245.2

10 100

1

2

Reflex3" Retroreflector:

1. 1450E2. 1451E

10

1

0.1

0.254

1 100

RANGE (inches)

RANGE (cm)

EXCE

SS G

AIN

100

100025.4 452 254045.2

10

12

3

Fiber Optic Thru-Beam0.125" Dia. Glass Fiber:

1. 1550E2. 1551E

0.040" Dia. Plastic Fiber:3. 1551E

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

19
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS



Description Catalog Number


Mounting BracketRight Angle — Short

Right Angle Mounting Bracket — Provides for full 360° rotation of sensor. Bracket slots allow for up to 1.5 inches of vertical adjustment.Nickel Plated

6150E-6501

Mounting BracketRight Angle — Tall

Right Angle Mounting Bracket — Provides for full 360° rotation of sensor. Bracket slots allow for up to 1.5 inches of vertical adjustment in each slot, and 3.5 inches of overall positioning adjustment.

6150E-6502

Mounting BracketBall Swivel

Right Angle Mounting Bracket with Ball Swivel — Provides for full 360° rotation of sensor. Ball swivel allows for ±30° sensor angle.

6150E-6503

Retroreflectors Retroreflectors and retroreflective tape SeeSection 8

Connector Cables For use with connector version sensors See Section 10

2.65(67.3)

1.25(31.8)

1.25(31.8)

1.90(48.3)

0.75(19.0)

2.37(60.2)

0.28 (7.1)2.00 (50.8)

0.28(7.1)

1.20(30.5)Dia.

1.20 (30.5) Dia.2.00 (50.8) Dia.

2.80(71.1)

0.08(2.0)

90°

90°45°

0.28(7.1)

1.43(36.3)

3.05(77.5)

0.75(19.0)

1.20(30.5)Dia.

2.00 (50.8)

4.7(119.4)

2.65(67.3)

1.25(31.8)

0.08(2.0)

90°

0.30 (7.6)2.80 (71.1)

2.60(66.0)

0.50(12.7)

1.10(27.9) Thread

M30 x 0.06 (1.5)0.80 (20.3)

1.13 (28.6)

90°2.00(50.8)

1.15(29.2)


5-20

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007



� Connect load to appropriate output for either sinking or sourcing operation. � Connecting the Test input to 0V DC allows you to switch the light source off for troubleshooting while leaving the sensor under power. � Over current protection is to be provided in the field. Conductor size for 20 AWG: 5 amp; 22 AWG: 3 amp; 24 AWG: 2 amp.

Operating Voltage

Models Cable Models Mini-Connector Models (Face View Male Shown)

Micro-Connector Models (Face View Male Shown)

10 – 40V DC Thru-Beam Source

All others

12 – 240V DCor24 – 240V AC

Solid-State Relay �

Thru-Beam Source

All others with Isolated AC/DC Output

All others with Non-isolated AC/DC Output

— —

12 – 240V DCor24 – 240V AC

SPDT EM Relay �

Thru-Beam Source

All others

BU

BR

BK

Test In

(+)

(–) OV

�

Test In

(–) OV

(+) Test In

(–) OV

(+)

BU

WH NPN

PNP (–) OV

BK

BN (+)

Load

Load

(+)

(–) OV

PNP

NPNLoad

Load

(+)

(–) OV

PNP

NPNLoad

Load

BU

BRL1 (+)

L2 (–)

L2 (–)

L1 (+) L1 (+)

L2 (–)

BUBK

WH

BR L1 (+)

L2 (–)

IsolatedAC/DC Output

�

L2 (–)L1 (+)

IsolatedAC/DC Output

�

L1 (+)L2 (–)Isolated

AC/DCOutput

�

Load

L2 (+)L1 (-)

�

BU

BRL1 (+)

L2 (–)

L2 (–)

L1 (+) L1 (+)

L2 (–)

BU

OR

BK

BR

WH N.C.COM

N.O.L2 (–)

L1 (+) L1 (+)

COM

N.O. N.C.

L2 (–)

L1 (+)

L2 (–)

COM

N.O. N.C.

SpecificationsAC/DC AC/DC
DC Only DC Only

EM Relay Models Solid-State Relay Models

Standard Range Models

Extended Range Models

Input Voltage 12 – 240V DC24 – 240V AC

10 – 40V DC

Light/Dark Operation Switch selectableOperating Temperature -13 – 131°F (-25 – 55°C)Humidity 95% Relative humidity, non-condensingCase Material Fiberglass reinforced plasticLens Material Acrylic

PG
08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

21
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Specifications (Continued)


AC/DCEM Relay Models

AC/DCSolid-State Relay Models

DC OnlyStandard Range Models

DC OnlyExtended Range Models

Vibration IEC 60947-5-2 part 7.4.2Shock IEC 60947-5-2 part 7.4.1Protection Output short circuit and overcurrent protection

Reverse polarity protectionEnclosure Ratings IP67Output Load 3A @ 120V AC

3A @ 240V AC3A @ 28V AC

300 mA @ 240V AC/DC

250 mA @ 40V DC

Response Time 15 mS 2 mSTimer Timing Response 0 – 15 sec.No Load Current <30 mALeakage Current (max.) — 1 mA @ 240V AC <10 µAIndicator LEDs Green: Output; Yellow: Power; Red: AlignmentEmitter LED Diffuse, Infrared Fiber Optic, Thru-Beam Models: Infrared 880 mm

Reflex, Polarized Reflex, Clear Object, Visible Fiber Optic Units: Visible Red 660 mm

2.87(73)

1.81(46)

0.59 (15)

0.55(13.97)

1.42(36)

1.91(48.5)

0.21 (5.2) x0.32 (8.1)Slot – 2 Places

0.31(8)

0.16(4)

2.87(73)

1.81(46)

0.59(15)

1.42(36)

1.91(48.5)

0.26 (6.5)Dia.

0.21 (5.2) x0.32 (8.1)Slot – 2 Places

0.31(8)

0.16(4)

2.87(73)

1.81(46)

0.59 (15)

0.70(17.78)

1.42(36)

1.91(48.5)

0.21 (5.2) x0.32 (8.1)Slot – 2 Places

0.31(8)

0.16(4)

2.87(73)

1.81(46)

1.42(36)

3.13(79.5)

D.O L.O

SENS

MIN MAX

2.89(73)

3.13(79.5)

1.50(38)

0.31(8)

0.16(4)

Cable and Pigtail Connector Versions

AC/DC Micro or Euro (Micro) Connector Versions

Mini-Connector

Versions

Clear Object Versions

Top View with Timing Top View without Timing

T/D L L

ONESHOT

SOUT

S

ON OFFD.O L.O

DELAY OFF

DELAY ON

0 15 Sec

0 15 Sec

SENSMIN MAX

Red:Alignment

Yellow:Power

D.O L.O

SENS

MIN MAX

Green:Output

Red:Alignment

Yellow:Power

Green:Output


5-22

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS


August 2007
SM Series PG.05E.18.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.

SM SeriesPhotoelectric Sensors


Model Selection, Accessories . . . 5-25Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26

The Cutler-Hammer® SM Series from Eaton’s electrical business provides high performance and ease of use in an economical, compact package.

Lock In on Great Performance with TargetLock™

A sensor can have the greatest performance in the world, but if it is slightly misaligned or the target is positioned at the wrong range, you will have reliability problems sooner or later. TargetLock™ not only simplifies sensor setup but visually confirms your sensor is positioned to operate with the highest possible reliability. In addition, TargetLock™ provides diagnostic information during use to inform you of impending problems before they result in equipment downtime.

No Sensor Is Easier to Use

The SM Series includes many other features that simplify use. Visible sensing beams on all models show you exactly where the sensors are pointing. The durable housing features multiple mounting options to easily fit on your equipment in the tightest of spaces. Full protection from overvoltage, reverse polarity and short circuits reduces the chance of damage. Bright 360° LED indicators clearly show sensor status.

Approvals■ UL Listed■ C-UL Listed


SM Series™ with TargetLock™ The Easiest Photoelectric Sensor to Set Up and Use

Product Features■ Highly visible LED indicators for power, output and TargetLock™■ TargetLock™ simplifies setup and ensures the sensor operates at the high-

est level of reliability possible■ Perfect Prox® models sense different colored targets at the same range and

ignore objects in the background■ AC/DC models operate on either 18 – 264V AC or 18 – 50V DC■ DC-only models feature both NPN and PNP outputs■ Visible beam on all models let you see exactly where the sensor is pointing■ Compact size to fit in tight spaces■ Multiple mounting options including industry standard 18 mm threads■ Reverse polarity, overload and short circuit protection■ Full family includes thru-beam, polarized reflex, diffuse reflective and

Perfect Prox® background rejection

CompactSize

#6 MountingHoles

TargetLock™LED (Orange)

Power LED(Green)

Output LED(Red)


2-Meter Cable

18 mmThreadedBarrel

AC/DCOperation

GainAdjustment

Visible RedBeam on

All Models

Typical Applications■ Packaging Machines■ Conveyors and Other Material

Handling Equipment■ Food Processing Equipment■ Assembly Machines■ Pharmaceutical Machines



PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

23
5-Photoelectric SensorsSM Series
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Unparalleled Optical Performance —

Perfect Prox®

Exceptional background rejection sets Perfect Prox® apart from all other sensors. Just point the sensor’s visible beam at the target and get reliable detection regardless of color, reflectance, contrast or surface shape, while ignoring background objects just a fraction of an inch away.

Fast and Easy Setup

The SM Series features an advanced 3-LED indicator display to provide valuable information at a glance. The bright display is clearly visible from 360°. In addition to LEDs for power and output status indication, the SM features a third LED that is part of the TargetLock™ system.

TargetLock™ is a microprocessor- controlled system that enables you to quickly and easily align the sensor and ensure it is operating most reliably.

■ Alignment: The TargetLock™ LED provides a quick and easy way to set up the sensor for optimum operation. On initial setup, when you have achieved the minimum signal required for the sensor to operate, the TargetLock™ LED will blink in a short flash pattern. As you improve the setup and approach the best alignment and range, the LED changes from short flash to long flash to a solid ON condition. This means that even after you reach a point where the sensor will operate in the application, you are able to further fine tune the setup for highest reliability.

■ Maintenance: Another valuable feature of the TargetLock™ LED is to indicate the need for mainte-nance prior to loss of sensor oper-ation. Observing a change from the normal operation of the LED (for example, from solid ON to a long flash) indicates the gain has been reduced. Possible causes include bumping or vibrating out of alignment or contamination buildup on the lens. With the Tar-getLock™ LED, you are made aware of this condition before the sensor stops working, allowing you ample time to address the problem before your machine goes down.

The following chart details the func-tion of each of the SM Series LED indicators.

� A target that doesn’t fully block the effective sensing beam or is translucent may cause a flashing indication and unreliable performance.

Gain Adjustment

Thru-beam and diffuse reflective sensors include an adjustment con-trol for optimizing the amount of gain for the application. The 3/4-turn pot provides a 10:1 adjustment of gain. A mechanical stop eliminates the possibility of sensor damage. Adjustment of the control does not require any special tools.

LED State LED Condition

(Thru-Beam/Reflex)

(Diffuse/Perfect Prox®)

Power (Green)

ON Power is applied to sensorOFF No power

Output (Red)

ON Output is ONOFF Output is OFFFlashing Output is short circuited or

overloadedTarget-Lock™ (Orange)

ON Excellent alignment; sensor is operating within optimum range

Target present — excellent gain; sensor is operating within optimum range

Long Flash

Good alignment �

Target present — good gain

Short Flash

Poor alignment �

Target present — poor gain

OFF Target is present; If no target present: sensor is out of alignment or beyond range

No target, or sensor is beyond range


Mounting

The SM sensor features two mount-ing holes in the rectangular section of the body for mounting to a sur-face with #6 or smaller hardware. The threaded barrel and jam nut allows mounting into any 0.75 inch (19 mm) hole or a selection of accessory mounting brackets available from Eaton and detailed in Section 8.

Mounting sensorusing a jam nut.

Mounting sensorusing #6 hardware.

Mounted SM sensor in 18 mm Ball Swivel Bracket, as seen in Section 8.

5-24

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007

Photoelectric SensorsSM Series

Model Selection

� Nominal range — sensor will detect a 90% reflectance white card at this range.� Sensor will ignore a 90% reflectance white card at this range.

Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-25.

OperatingVoltage

SensingRange

Optimum Range

CutoffRange

Field ofView

Thru-BeamComponent

ConnectionType

Catalog NumberLight Operate Dark Operate

3-Wire and 4-Wire SensorsThru-Beam 10 – 30V DC 50 feet

(15m)0.1 to 25 feet (30 mm to 7.5m)

— 10 inch (254 mm) diameter at 10 feet (3m)

Source 2-meterCable

E65-SMTS15-HA

4-pinMicro DC Connector

E65-SMTS15-HAD

Detector 2-meterCable

E65-SMTD15-HL E65-SMTD15-HD


E65-SMTD15-HLD E65-SMTD15-HDD

Polarized Reflex 18 – 264V AC50/60 Hz or 18 – 50V DC

10 feet(3m)

0.1 to 5 feet (30 mmto 1.5m)

— 1 inch (25 mm)diameter at 50 inches (1.3m)

— 2-meterCable

E65-SMPR3-GL E65-SMPR3-GD

4-pinMicro AC Connector

E65-SMPR3-GLD E65-SMPR3-GDD

10 – 30V DC 10 feet(3m)

0.1 to 5 feet (30 mmto 1.5m)

— 1 inch (25 mm)diameter at 50 inches (1.3m)

— 2-meterCable

E65-SMPR3-HL E65-SMPR3-HD


E65-SMPR3-HLD E65-SMPR3-HDD

Diffuse Reflective 18 – 264V AC50/60 Hz or 18 – 50V DC

8 inches(200 mm)�

0.25 to 5 inches(6 mm to127 mm)

— 2 inch (50 mm)diameter at 5 inches (127 mm)

— 2-meterCable

E65-SMSD200-GL E65-SMSD200-GD


E65-SMSD200-GLD E65-SMSD200-GDD

10 – 30V DC 8 inches(200 mm)�


— 2 inch (50 mm)diameter at 5 inches (127 mm)

— 2-meterCable

E65-SMSD200-HL E65-SMSD200-HD


E65-SMSD200-HLD E65-SMSD200-HDD

Perfect Prox® 18 – 264V AC50/60 Hz or 18 – 50V DC

2 inches(50 mm)

0.4 to 1.8 inches(10 mm to45 mm)

2.3 inches(58 mm)and beyond �

0.25 inch (6 mm)diameter at 2.25 inches (57 mm)

— 2-meterCable

E65-SMPP050-GL E65-SMPP050-GD


E65-SMPP050-GLD E65-SMPP050-GDD

4 inches(100 mm)


5 inches(127 mm)and beyond �

0.35 inch (9 mm)diameter at 5 inches (127 mm)

— 2-meterCable

E65-SMPP100-GL E65-SMPP100-GD


E65-SMPP100-GLD E65-SMPP100-GDD

10 – 30V DC 2 inches(50 mm)

0.4 to 1.8 inches(10 mm to45 mm)

2.3 inches(58 mm)and beyond �

0.25 inch (6 mm)diameter at 2.25 inches (57 mm)

— 2-meterCable

E65-SMPP050-HL E65-SMPP050-HD


E65-SMPP050-HLD E65-SMPP050-HDD

4 inches(100 mm)


5 inches(127 mm)and beyond �


— 2-meterCable

E65-SMPP100-HL E65-SMPP100-HD


E65-SMPP100-HLD E65-SMPP100-HDD

Source Detector

For a complete system,order one Source and

one Detector

For Complete System,Order Sensor and Retrore-

flector (See Section 8)

Retroreflector(Not Included)

Sensor


August 2007

PG08301004E F

25
5-Photoelectric SensorsSM Series
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS



Excess Gain



Voltage Style

Number of Pins



4-wire22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSAS4F4CY2202 CSAS4F4RY2202 CSAS4F4IO2202

DC 4-pin4-wire



Retroreflectors and Retroreflective Tape See Section 8


Replacement Mounting Nuts and Other Accessories See Section 8


Operating Voltage

Mode Cable Models Micro-Connector Models (Face View Male Shown)

3-Wire Sensors

18 – 264V AC, 50/60 Hz or 18 – 50V DC

All Sensors

4-Wire Sensors


All Others


3-Red4-Green

1-Red/Black


1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (feet)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN100

RANGE (m)0.30.03 3.0 30.5

1

2

1000

10

1

10.1 10

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254

2

1

1000

10

1

10.1 10

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254

1. Thru-Beam2. Polarized Reflex (Based on a

3-Inch Diameter Retroreflector)

1. 50 mm Perfect Prox®2. 100 mm Perfect Prox®

Diffuse Reflective(Based on a 90%Reflectance White Card)

BU

WH

BK

BNL1 or (-)

L2 or+V

No Connection

Load

L2 or +VL1

or (-)Load

No Connection

BU

BN

(-)

+V(-) +V

BU

WH

(-)

BKLoad

BN +V

Load(-) +V

Load

Load

or more
information visit: www.eaton.com

5-26

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007

Photoelectric SensorsSM Series

Specifications

� NOTE: Our products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specifications. If you have questions about a specific application, contact our Applications Department.


AC/DC Models DC Models

AC Operation DC Operation

Input Voltage 18 – 264V AC, 50/60 Hz 18 – 50V DC 10 – 30V DCPower Dissipation 4 VA maximum 4 VA maximum 2W maximumOutput Type VMOS (bi-directional) NPN (sink) NPN and PNP (dual outputs)Current Switching 200 mA maximum 200 mA maximum 100 mA maximumVoltage Switching 264V AC 50V DC 30V DC maximumOFF-State Leakage 500 µA maximum 500 µA maximum 10 µA maximumSurge Current 2A maximum 2A maximum 1A maximumON-State Voltage Drop 3.5V maximum 3.5V maximum 2.5V maximumResponse Time 16 mS 1 mS 1 mSProtection Short circuit and overload protection (Output Indicator LED will flash).

Reverse polarity protection (Sensor will reset automatically once fault is removed).IMPORTANT: During installation, correct power connections must be made first to ensure fail-safe short circuit protection of the outputs

Light/Dark Operation By modelTemperature Range Operating: -13° to 131°F (-25° to 55°C); Storage: -13° to 158°F (-25° to 70°C)Material of Construction Lens: Polycarbonate; Cable Jacket: PVC; Body: CycoloyCable/Connector Cable Models: 6.5 foot (2m) 4-wire cable;

Connector Models: 4-pin, micro-connector (AC-key on AC/DC models; DC-key on DC models)Vibration and Shock Vibration: 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz; Shock: 50g for 10 mS 1/2 sinewave pulseIndicator LEDs Green LED: Power; Red LED: Output; Orange LED: TargetLock™ Source Light Visible Red, 660 nmGain Adjustment 3/4-turn pot, 10:1 adjustment of gain (provided on thru-beam and diffuse reflective sensors only)Sunlight Immunity Perfect Prox®: 5,000 foot-candles; All others: 10,000 foot-candlesEnclosure Ratings NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13; IP68 �

1.70(43)

0.83(21)

0.75 (19)

0.16 (4)2 places

1.51(38)

1.02(26)

M18 x 1.0

ConnectorModels

0.41 (10)

CableModels

0.35 (9)

1.47(37)

1.05(27)0.58

(15)

0.10(2.5)

1.63(41)

AC/DCModels Only

1.29 (33)

2.17(55)


August 2007

PG08301004E F

27
5-Photoelectric Sensors Comet Series PG.05E.02.T.E
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS


call 1-800-426-9184.

Comet Series Photoelectric Sensors


Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39

The Cutler-Hammer® Comet Series from Eaton’s electrical business is a complete line of high performance, 18 mm tubular sensors with a variety of models and modes to solve virtually any sensing problem. The sensors are available in thru-beam, reflex, polarized reflex, diffuse reflective, focused diffuse reflective, wide angle diffuse reflec-tive, Perfect Prox®, fine spot Perfect Prox® and fiber optic sensing. Perfect Prox® is one of the most powerful problem-solving sensors available. These sensors can reliably detect targets of different color, reflectance, contrast or surface shape at the same range, while ignoring background objects just a fraction of an inch away. The Comet Series includes AC/DC and DC-only models with 2-, 3- and 4-wire circuitry. Choose from cable or micro-connector. Mini-connectors are available on 2-wire models for easy retrofit. Each sensor features a Light/Dark Operation switch and a gain control to provide for quick adjustment to peak optical performance. The unique threaded body with flat sides allows quick mounting in a 3/4 inch hole or against any flat surface. Internal components are rigidly sealed in a solid encapsulated package for excellent performance in high-vibration and high-shock applications.

Approvals■ UL Recognized■ C-UL Recognized


(except 2-wire DC models)

These High Performance Sensors Have the Versatility to Solve All of Your Sensing Problems

Product Features■ Industry standard 18 mm diameter threaded body has flat sides allowing it

to be mounted like a tubular sensor or against any flat surface ■ Right-angle viewing models mount in a depth of only 6/10th of an inch ■ Perfect Prox® technology provides exceptional background rejection and

application problem-solving■ Visible sensing beams let you see where the beam is aimed for quick setup

and alignment■ Solid polyurethane housing completely encapsulates internal circuits for

high resistance to shock and vibration■ Adaptable modulation circuit provides immunity to crosstalk from other

closely mounted sensors■ The industry’s only background rejection sensors with a 2-wire circuit design■ Models available with both AC and DC operation in a single unit — up to

264 volts AC!■ 4-wire DC sensors offer both NPN and PNP outputs■ Output status indicator visible from a wide 270° angle

Fiber OpticSensing Models

All Models Have SelectableLight/Dark Operation

Forward andRight-AngleViewing


Custom Cable Lengths andConnectors Available

SolidPolyurethaneBody forRugged Use

Product ComparisonEaton’s cost-effective Prism Series, OEM Prism and premium Comet Series all share the same 18 mm flat-sided housing. This results in the largest interchangeable sensor family available, allowing you to select from well over 250 different models to solve the widest variety of sensing applications.

For Customer



5-28

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007

Photoelectric SensorsComet Series

Sensing ModesThru-Beam

This sensing mode is available with ranges of 20 and 80 feet (6 and 24m). The 20 foot (6m) range is available in forward and right-angle viewing, and can be intermixed in any combination for the best fit in your application. Long range models fea-ture a visible sensing beam to help simplify installation and alignment.

Reflex and Polarized Reflex

In reflex sensing, the sensing beam is reflected from a retroreflector back to the sensor. The Comet Series includes standard and polarized models with 2-wire, 3-wire and 4-wire circuits. Right-angle models are also available. Polarized models feature a polarizing filter built into the sensor to ensure that only light reflected from a corner-cube retrore-flector is recognized by the sensor. This allows reliable detection of shiny targets that could reflect light and be missed by a non-polarized sensor. Most models include a visi-ble sensing beam for easy installa-tion and alignment.

Diffuse Reflective, Focused Diffuse

and Wide Angle Diffuse

A wide variety of diffuse reflective models are available with ranges of 8 inches (200 mm) and 24 inches (610 mm). Forward and right-angle viewing configurations offer identical optical performance in this series. Focused diffuse reflective models fea-ture a light beam that is focused at a point 1.6 inches (40 mm) in front of the sensor lens for applications where you need to avoid sensing objects in front of or behind the target. Wide angle diffuse models provide a large spot and wide detection area.

Perfect Prox®

This is a unique type of diffuse reflective sensor that combines extremely high sensing power (called “excess gain”) with a sharp optical cutoff to ignore backgrounds. This allows the sensor to reliably detect targets regardless of varia-tions in color, reflectance, contrast or surface shape, while ignoring objects that are just slightly outside the target range. This gives the Per-fect Prox® an outstanding ability to solve sensing applications that would be difficult or impossible to manage with other types of sensors. It also makes Perfect Prox® one of the easiest photoelectric sensors to set up and use.

Eaton’s Comet Series includes more background rejection models than any other family on the market. Choose from forward or right-angle viewing, 2-, 3- or 4-wire circuits, cable, micro or mini-connector ter-minations and a variety of sensing ranges. A visible sensing beam on most models lets you quickly con-firm that the sensor is aligned cor-rectly with the target. Fine spot models provide an extremely small 0.05 inch (1.3 mm) light spot for accurately detecting tiny targets such as fine strands of wire or tar-gets that are in or behind small diameter holes.

Fiber Optic

The Comet Series also includes sen-sors that utilize fiber optic cables to sense objects where space is restricted, temperatures are high, or tight viewing angles are required. Choose from models that accept low cost plastic fiber optic cables, or use our patented glass fiber optic adapter that inexpensively converts our standard diffuse reflective sen-sors for use with durable glass fiber optic cables.


MountingComet Series sensors feature a threaded housing and include two jam nuts and washers for mounting into any 0.75 inch (19 mm) hole or a selection of accessory mounting brackets available from Eaton. The flat sides of the sensor feature two mounting holes for easily attaching the sensor to any flat surface with #4 hardware.

See Page 5-38 at the back of this section, and Section 8 for a full list of mounting brackets compatible with the Comet Series.

Mountingsensorusingjam nuts.

Mountingsensor using#4 hardware.

PG08301004E

PG08301004E F

29August 2007

5-Photoelectric SensorsComet Series

5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Model Selection — Thru-Beam Sensors

Excess Gain — Thru-Beam

Operating Voltage

Sensing Range

Optimum Range

Field of View Thru-Beam Component

3-Wire and 4-Wire Sensors

Thru-Beam Forward Viewing

20 – 264V AC50/60 Hz or15 – 30V DC(NPN)

20 feet(6m)

0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 – 3m)

30 inch (760 mm)diameter at 10 feet (3m) �

Source(Visible aligbeam)Detector

80 feet(24m)

0.1 to 40 feet (0.03 – 12m)

40 inch (1m)diameter at 40 feet (12m)

Source(Visible redbeam)Detector

10 – 30V DC(NPN and PNP)

20 feet(6m)

0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 – 3m)



80 feet(24m)

0.1 to 40 feet (0.03 – 12m)

40 inch (1m)diameter at 40 feet (12m)

Source(Visible redbeam)Detector

Thru-BeamRight-Angle Viewing

20 – 264V AC50/60 Hz or15 – 30V DC(NPN)

20 feet(6m)

0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 – 3m)




20 feet(6m)

0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 – 3m)



� 11100 sources and 12100 detectors may be interchanged in any combination. 11102 models must be� The effective beam (minimum object size that can be detected) is 0.25 inch (6.5 mm) diameter.



For a complete system, order one Source and one Detector �

SourceDetector

Source

For a complete system, order one Source and one Detector �

Detector

1000

10

110.1 10 100

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

0.30.03 3.0 30.5

1 2

RANGE (m)

RANGE (feet)

Thru-Beam

1. 12100A and 12100R Detectors Using 11100A or 11100R Sources

2. 12102A Detectors Using11102A Sources



nment 6-foot Cable 11100A6513

4-pin Micro AC Connector 11100AQD03

6-foot Cable 12100A6513






nment 6-foot Cable 11100A6517

4-pin Micro DC Connector 11100AQD07







nment 6-foot Cable 11100R6513

4-pin Micro AC Connector 11100RQD03

6-foot Cable 12100R6513


nment 6-foot Cable 11100R6517

4-pin Micro DC Connector 11100RQD07



used with 12102 models.

5-30

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007


Model Selection — Reflex Sensors

� Ranges based on a 3-inch diameter retroreflector.� Right-angle viewing polarized reflex models are rated NEMA 1 only. See Prism Series Page 5-40 for a right-angle viewing polarized reflex sensor rated

NEMA 4X and 6.� Polarized Reflex Sensors may not operate with retroreflective tape. Test selected tape prior to installation.� For complete system, order sensor and retroreflector, see Section 8.



Operating Voltage

Sensing Range �

Optimum Range �

Field of View Sensing Beam Connection Type Catalog Number

2-Wire Sensors

Standard Reflex Forward Viewing

90 – 132V AC 50/60 Hz or 18 – 50V DC

25 feet(7.6m)

0.1 to 15 feet (0.03 – 4.5m)

1 inch (25 mm)Diameter at 50 inches (1.3m)

Visible Red Beam

6-foot Cable 14102AS6515

3-pin Micro AC Connector 14102ASQD05

Polarized Reflex Forward Viewing �

90 – 132V AC 50/60 Hz or 18 – 50V DC

15 feet(4.5m)

0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 – 3m)

1 inch (25 mm)Diameter at 50 inches (1.3m)

Visible Red Beam




Standard Reflex Forward Viewing �

20 – 264V AC50/60 Hz or15 – 30V DC(NPN)

25 feet(7.6m)

0.1 to 15 feet (0.03 – 4.5m)

1 inch (25 mm)diameter at 50 inches (1.3m)

Visible Red Beam



Infrared Beam 6-foot Cable 14100A6513



25 feet(7.6m)

0.1 to 15 feet (0.03 – 4.5m)


Visible Red Beam



Infrared Beam 6-foot Cable 14100A6517


Standard Reflex Right-Angle Viewing �

20 – 264V AC50/60 Hz or15 – 30V DC(NPN)

15 feet(4.5m)

0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 – 3m)


Visible Red Beam




15 feet(4.5m)

0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 – 3m)


Visible Red Beam



Polarized Reflex Forward Viewing � �

20 – 264V AC50/60 Hz or15 – 30V DC(NPN)

15 feet(4.5m)

0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 – 3m)


Visible Red Beam




15 feet(4.5m)

0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 – 3m)


Visible Red Beam



Polarized Reflex Right-Angle Viewing � � �

20 – 264V AC50/60 Hz or15 – 30V DC(NPN)

10 feet(3m)

0.1 to 5 feet (0.03 – 1.5m)


Visible Red Beam



15 – 30V DC 10 feet(3m)

0.1 to 5 feet (0.03 – 1.5m)


Visible Red Beam



SensorRetroreflector(Not Included)



Sensor



Sensor



August 2007

PG08301004E F

31
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Model Selection — Diffuse Reflective and Focused Diffuse Reflective Sensors

� Sensor will detect a 90% reflective white card at this range. Fast turn product with typical one business day lead-time to shipment.Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.


Excess Gain — Reflex Sensors, Diffuse Reflective Sensors and Focused Diffuse Reflective Sensors

Operating Voltage

Sensing �Range

Optimum Range Field of View Sensing Beam


3-Wire and 4-Wire SensorsDiffuse ReflectiveForward Viewing

20 – 264V AC50/60 Hz or15 – 30V DC(NPN)

8 inches(200 mm)

0.1 to 5 inches (3 to 127 mm)

2 inch (50 mm) diameter at 5 inches (127 mm)

InfraredBeam



24 inches(610 mm)



InfraredBeam




8 inches(200 mm)



InfraredBeam



24 inches(610 mm)



InfraredBeam



Diffuse ReflectiveRight-Angle Viewing

20 – 264V AC50/60 Hz or15 – 30V DC(NPN)

8 inches(200 mm)



InfraredBeam



24 inches(610 mm)



InfraredBeam




8 inches(200 mm)



InfraredBeam



24 inches(610 mm)



InfraredBeam



Wide Beam Diffuse Reflective Forward Viewing

20 – 264V AC50/60 Hz or15 – 30V DC(NPN)

6 inches(150 mm)


4.3 inch (109 mm) diameter at 3 inches (76 mm)

InfraredBeam




6 inches(150 mm)



InfraredBeam


4-pin Micro DC Connector 13107ASQD07

Wide Beam Diffuse Reflective Right-Angle Viewing

20 – 264V AC50/60 Hz or15 – 30V DC(NPN)

6 inches(150 mm)



InfraredBeam

6-foot Cable 13107RS6513

4-pin Micro AC Connector 13107RSQD03


6 inches(150 mm)



InfraredBeam


4-pin Micro DC Connector 13107RSQD07

Focused Diffuse Reflective Forward Viewing

20 – 264V AC50/60 Hz or15 – 30V DC(NPN)

Focused at 1.6 inches (40 mm)

1.5 to 1.9 inches (38 to 48 mm)

0.05 inch (1.3 mm) diameter at 1.6 inches (40 mm)

Visible Red Beam




Focused at 1.6 inches (40 mm)

1.5 to 1.9 inches (38 to 48 mm)

0.05 inch (1.3 mm)diameter at 1.6 inches (40 mm)

Visible Red Beam



1000

10

110.1 10 100

RANGE (inches)

100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254 2540

89

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254 2540

5

6

7

1000

10

110.1 10 100

RANGE (feet)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (m)0.30.03 3.0 30.5

1

2

3

4

Reflex(3-Inch DiameterRetroreflector)1. 14100A/14102A2. 14102R3. 14101A4. 14101R

Diffuse Reflective(90% ReflectiveWhite Card)5. 131076. 131007. 13106

Focused Diffuse Reflective(90% ReflectiveWhite Card)8. 13102A Typical9. 13102A Minimum


5-32

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007


Model Selection — Perfect Prox® Background Rejection Sensors

� Sensor will detect a 90% reflectance card at this range.� Sensor will ignore a 90% reflectance card at this range.� Contact factory for approval status.



Operating Voltage

Nominal Range � Optimum Range Cutoff Range � Field of View Sensing Beam Type

Connection Type

Catalog Number

2-Wire Sensors

Perfect Prox®Forward Viewing

90 – 132V AC50/60 Hz or18 – 50V DC

2 inches (50 mm)Sharp Cutoff

0.4 to 1.8 inches (10 to 45 mm)

2.25 inches (57 mm) and beyond

0.25 inch (6 mm) diameter at 2.25 inches (64 mm)

Visible Red 6-foot Cable 13104A6515

3-pin Micro AC Connector

13104AQD05


13104AQD25


0.5 to 3 inches(13 to 76 mm)

5 inches (127 mm) and beyond


6-foot Cable 13101AS6515 �


13101ASQD05 �


13101ASQD25 �

Perfect Prox® Right-Angle Viewing

90 – 132V AC50/60 Hz or18 – 50V DC


0.4 to 1.8 inches (10 to 45 mm)



Visible Red 6-foot Cable 13104R6515


13104RQD05


13104RQD25





6-foot Cable 13101RS6515 �


13101RSQD05 �


Perfect Prox® Forward Viewing

20 – 264V AC50/60 Hz or15 – 30V DC(NPN)


0.4 to 1.8 inches (10 to 45 mm)





13104AQD03







13101AQD03

6 inches (150 mm)Standard Cutoff




Infrared 6-foot Cable 13108A6513


13108AQD03







13103AQD03

10 – 30V DC(NPN andPNP)


0.4 to 1.8 inches (10 to 45 mm)




4-pin Micro DC Connector

13104AQD07







13101AQD07





Infrared 6-foot Cable 13108A6517


13108AQD07







13103AQD07


August 2007

PG08301004E F

33
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Model Selection — Perfect Prox® Background Rejection Sensors (Continued)

� Sensor will detect a 90% white reflectance card at this range.� Sensor will ignore a 90% white reflectance card at this range.



Excess Gain — Perfect Prox® Sensors

Operating Voltage

Nominal Range � Optimum Range Cutoff Range � Field of View Sensing Beam Type

Connection Type

Catalog Number

3-Wire and 4-Wire Sensors (Continued)

Perfect Prox® Right-Angle Viewing

20 – 264V AC50/60 Hz or15 – 30V DC(NPN)

2 inches (50 mm) Sharp Cutoff

0.4 to 1.8 inches (10 to 45 mm)





13104RQD03







13104RS5003

6 inches (150 mm) Standard Cutoff



0.6 inch (15 mm)diameter at6 inches (150 mm)

Infrared 6-foot Cable 13108R6513


13108RQD03







13103RQD03



0.4 to 1.8 inches (10 to 45 mm)





13104RQD07







13104RS5007





Infrared 6-foot Cable 13108R6517


13108RQD07







13103RQD07

Fine Spot Perfect Prox® Forward Viewing

20 – 264V AC50/60 Hz or15 – 30V DC(NPN)


0.9 to 1.8 inches (23 to 45 mm)





13105AQD03



0.9 to 1.8 inches (23 to 45 mm)





13105AQD07

300

10

1

10.1 10

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN

100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254

2

1

300

10

1

10.1 10

RANGE (inches)

100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254

300

10

1

10.1 10

RANGE (inches)

100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254

4

5

6

8

93

7

10

Perfect Prox®

1. 13108A/13108R2. 13104A3. 13104RS

4. 13103A/13103R5. 13101A Typical6. 13101A Minimum

7. 13101AS8. 13104R9. 13105A Typical

10. 13105A Minimum


5-34

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007


Model Selection — Fiber Optic Sensors

� Ranges are with bare fibers — no lenses. Sensing range is affected by power of sensor, length of fiber optic cable and use of lenses. Lenses will increase ranges. As bulk fiber length increases, sensing range decreases — see table below. For example, for 100 ft. of fiber (the total of source and detector fiber lengths), the excess gain shown in gain graphs below would be reduced to about 1/4 its nominal value.

Operating Voltage

Sensing Range (Optimum Range is 50% of Sensing Range) � Connection Type Catalog Number

Bulk Length Fibers � Pre-assembled Fiber Optic Cables

Thru-Beam Mode

Diffuse Reflective Mode

Thru-Beam Mode Diffuse Reflective Mode

0.5 mm Diameter Fibers

1 mm Diameter Fibers

0.5 mm Diameter Fibers

1 mm Diameter Fibers


18 mm DiameterPlastic Fiber OpticForward Viewing

20 – 264V AC50/60 Hz or15 – 30V DC(NPN)

5 inches(123 mm)

1.5 inches (38 mm)

2.1 inches (53 mm)

5 inches (127 mm)

0.6 inch (15 mm)

1.5 inches (38 mm)



15100AQD03

10 – 30V DC (NPN and PNP)

5 inches(123 mm)

1.5 inches (38 mm)

2.1 inches (53 mm)

5 inches (127 mm)

0.6 inch (15 mm)

1.5 inches (38 mm)



15100AQD07

Glass Fiber Optic Use our patented glass fiber optic adapter with any diffuse reflective sensor model — see Page 5-35 for details.


� Sensing range is based on 6.6 feet (2m) of plastic 1 mm diameter source and detector fiber optic cable for a total length of 13.1 feet (4m). To determine performance with longer lengths, see �.

Compatible fiber optic cables are shown in Section 9.



Excess Gain — Fiber Optic Sensors (Performance using 13.1 feet (4m) of fiber)

1/10

1200 160

TOTAL FIBER LENGTH (feet)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN

LO

SS

FA

CTO

R

1/20

TOTAL FIBER LENGTH (m)6.10 30.5 61

40 60 80 100 120 140 180 200

12.2 18.3 24.4 36.6 42.7 48.8 54.9

1/4

1/2

1/61/8

1/3

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 1

2

RANGE (mm)

RANGE (inches)

1000

100

10

1

0.25 2.5 25 254

0.01 0.1 1.0 10

1000

10

110.1 10 100

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254 2540

1

2

Diffuse Reflective Mode

1. 15100 with 1 mm Diameter Fibers

2. 15100 with 0.5 mm Diameter Fibers

Thru-Beam Mode

1. 15100 with 1 mm Diameter Fibers

2. 15100 with 0.5 mm Diameter Fibers

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

35
Glass Fiber Optic AdapterThis simple adapter allows glass fiber optic cables to be used with standard Comet Series diffuse reflective sensors.


5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Model Selection — Glass Fiber Optic Adapter


Excess Gain

Specifications — Glass Fiber Optic Adapter

� Note: The adapter will resist the entrance of moisture in the area between the lenses and the fiber ends when properly assembled. However, moisture entry is possible during direct high pressure sprays. Since the Comet Series sensors are rated NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13, this will not result in damage to the sensors themselves.

Approximate Dimensions — Sensor with Adapter Installed — in Inches (mm) Except Where Noted

Sensors Fibers Catalog Number

Glass Fiber Optic Adapter with Hex Wrench

Patent #5,559,919

Forward Viewing, Diffuse Reflective Sensors (ordered separately, see Page 5-31)

Glass Fiber Optic Cables (ordered separately, see Section 9)Note: Use only with the E51KF Series Fibers.

6235A-6501

Sensor Specifications See Comet Series Specifications on Page 5-37

Material of Construction Adapter: 360 Brass;Gasket: Silicone

Vibration (Sensor/Adapter) 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHzShock (Sensor/Adapter) 50g for 10 mS 1/2 sinewave pulseEnclosure Ratings NEMA 1 �

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254 2540

1

2

1000

10

1

0.10.01 1 10

RANGE (inches)E

XC

ES

SG

AIN 100

RANGE (mm)2.50.25 25 254

34

When Using Single Fibers for Thru-Beam Sensing(Gain using E51KF823 fibers)1. 13100A Comet2. 13106A Comet

When Using Duplex Fibersfor Diffuse Reflective Sensing(Gain using E51KF723 fibers,based on 90% reflective white card)3. 13100A Comet4. 13106A Comet

Indicator LED

2.6 (66.0)**1.5 (38.1)**

0.32

* Quick-disconnect versions: 8 ± 2 (203.2 ± 50.8) Cable Versions: 6 feet (2m)

Cablelength*1.69 (42.9)

0.56

0.66

M 18 x 1.0 Thread (mm)

1.00.32

** Maximum - based on 13100A Sensor

Gasket Adapter

(14.2)

(8.1)(16.8)

(8.1) (25.4)

Micro Connector(quick-disconnect versions only)*

Micro Connector

August 2007

5-36

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS




Wiring Diagrams

Voltage Style

Number of Pins




4-pin4-wire


DC 4-pin4-wire


VoltageStyle

Number of Pins





2-Red/White3-Red4-Green

1-Red/Black





AC/DC Models (AC Connection)

L1

L2

Switched L1

Blue

Brown

Black*

AC 2

0 to

264

V

*Note: No connection when using thru-beam sources

Connector Version-Face View Male

Load

41

23

Switched L1

(Red/White)

(Red/Black)

(Red)*

Load

No Connection (Green)

L1

L2Cable Version

AC/DCComet

AC Models (AC Connection)

L1

L2

BlueBrown

AC 9

0 to

132

V


Load

1

2

3

Load

L1

L2Cable Version

ACComet

AC/DC Models (DC Connection)

( - )

+V

NPNOutput(Sink)

Blue

Brown

Black*

DC 1

5 to

30

V



Load

41

23

NPN Output (Sink)

(Red/White)

(Red/Black)

(Red)*

Load

No Connection (Green)( - )

+VCable Version

AC/DCComet

DC Models (DC Connection)

( -)

+VNPN

Output(Sink)

Red

Black

Green*

DC 1

0 to

30

V



LoadNPN

Output (Sink)

(Brown)

(White)* (Black)*

( - )

+VCable Version

413

2White*

LoadPNP

Output(Source)

PNP Output

(Source)(Blue) Load

Load

DCComet


CAUTION: AC/DC connector version sensors use an AC-type connector. Use of DC power with AC-type connec-tors may not conform with established standards.

NOTE: For connector versions, the pin numbering and color codes shown are typical of several manufacturers. However, variations are possible. In case of discrepan-cies, rely on function indicated and pin location rather than pin number or color code.

DC Models (DC Connection)

( -)

+V

Brown Brown

Blue

PNPOutput

(Source)

NPNOutput(Sink)

BlueDC

18

to 5

0 V


( - )

+VCable Version

4

1

3

2

DCComet

LoadLoad

Load


August 2007

PG08301004E F

37
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Specifications

� NOTE: These products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specifications. For questions about a specific application, contact Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184.

3-Wire and 4-Wire Sensors 2-Wire Sensors

AC/DC Models (AC Operation)

AC/DC Models (DC Operation)

DC-Only Models AC Models DC Models

Input Voltage 20 to 264V AC, 50/60 Hz 15 to 30V DC (15 to 24V DC above 131°F/55°C)

10 to 30V DC, (10 to 24V DC above 131°F/55°C)

90 to 132V AC, 50/60 Hz

18 to 50V DC

Power Dissipation 1.5W maximum 1.5W maximum 1W maximum 2W maximum 2W maximumOutput Type VMOS (bi-directional) NPN (sink) NPN and PNP (dual outputs) DMOS DMOSCurrent Switching 300 mA maximum 300 mA maximum PNP: 100 mA maximum;

NPN: 250 mA maximum(NPN: 120 mA maximum above 131°F/55°C)

300 mA 300 mA

Voltage Switching 375V peak maximum 375V peak maximum 30V DC maximum 132V AC maximum 50V DC maximumOff-State Leakage 250 µA typical;

500µA maximum250 µA typical; 500 µA maximum

10 µA maximum 1.7 mA maximum 1.5 mA maximum

Surge Current 2A maximum 2A maximum 1A maximum 1A maximum 1A maximumOn-State Voltage Drop — 1.8V at 10 mA; 3.5V at 300 mA NPN: 400 mV at 10 mA,

1.5V at 250 mA; PNP: 2.4V at 100 mA

10V AC 8V DC

Response Time 10 mS 1 mS; 3.5 mS (thru-beam) 32 mS 32 mSTime Delay Models with Fixed Time Delay Available — Contact FactoryShort Circuit Protection Sensor will turn off immediately when short or overload is

detected (Indicator LED flashes). Turn power OFF and back ON to reset. IMPORTANT: During installation, correct power connections must be made first to ensure fail-safe short circuit protection of outputs.

Sensor will turn off immediately when short or overload is detected (indicator LED flashes). Sensor will reset when short is removed.

Auto reset Auto reset

Temperature Range Thru-Beam Source: -4° to +158°F (-20° to +70°C); All others: -40° to +158°F (-40° to +70°C) -13° to +131°F (-25° to +55°C)Light/Dark Operation Switch selectableEnclosure Material Lens: polycarbonate; Cable jacket: PVC; Body: structural polyurethane foam (do not expose to concentrated acids, alcohols or ketones)Cable/Connector Cable versions: 6-foot cable;

Connector versions: male mini and micro connectors (refer to wiring diagrams for number of pins per model) on nominal 8” pigtailsVibration and Shock Vibration: 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz; Shock: 100g for 3 mS 1/2 sine wave pulseIndicator LED Lights steady when output is ON; flashes when short circuit protection is in latch condition (except 2-wire models)Sunlight Immunity Perfect Prox: 5,000 foot-candles; All others: 10,000 foot-candlesEnclosure Ratings NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13 � NEMA 6P Models Available — Contact FactoryApprovals UL and C-UL Recognized (all models), CE Compliant (except 2-wire DC models)


5-38

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007




Description Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Retroreflectors Retroreflectors and Retroreflective Tape See Section 8

Mounting Brackets A wide variety of Mounting Brackets for tubular sensors

See Section 8

Flush Mount Bracket Contoured design is ideal for flush mounting of right-angle Comet Series reflex to mounting surface using 1/4-inch hardware. No alignment adjustment. Sensor mounts on #4 studs. 304 Stainless Steel

6161AS5296

Flush Mount Bracket Same as above except without contour. Ideal for right-angle diffuse and thru-beam sensors. 304 Stainless Steel

6161AS5297

Adjustable Protective Bracket Heavy-duty bracket protects the sensor from damage. Works with all Comet Series sensors except 2-inch Perfect Prox® models. Ideal for material handling applications with right-angle reflex sensors. Provides locking vertical and horizontal adjustments for independent adjustment in each axis. Sensor mounts on #4 studs. 10 ga. painted steel

E58KS5200

CometBall Swivel Bracket

Allows 360° rotation and 10° vertical tilt. Hole spacing is identical to our 50 and 55 Series sensors. Ideal for mounting right-angle sensors. Made of Noryl®.

6181AS5200

Accessories Replacement mounting nuts and other accessories

See Section 8


See Section 10

0.73 (19)

1.00(25.5)

1.48 (37.5)

2.08 (53)

440-12 Stud2 Places

0.63 (16)

0.30 (7.6)

1.75(44)

0.60(15)

0.68 (17)

ø 0.281 (7.1)4 Places

R 0.25 (6)4 Places 0.375 (9.5)

1.00(25.5)

1.48 (37.5)

2.08 (53)

440-12 Stud2 Places

0.63 (16)

0.30 (7.6)

1.75(44)

ø 0.281 (7.1)4 Places

R 0.25 (6)4 Places 0.375 (9.5)

2.70(68.6) 2.00 (50.8)

3.00 (76.2)

2.47(62.7)

2.63(66.8) 1.63

(41.4)

4.31(109.5)

1.38(35.1)

1.20(30.5)

1.20(30.5)

0.70(17.8) 4.00 (101.6)

0.74(19)

0.37(9.5)

1.18 (30)

1.64 (42)

0.23(6)

ø 0.20 (5)2 Places


August 2007

PG08301004E F

39
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS


Light/Dark Adjustment

Gain Adjustment

LED

0.47(11.9)

M 18 x 1.0 Thread (mm) –sensor fits into a 0.75 (19.1) dia. hole

"A"

1.00 (25.4)"B"0.32(8.1)

0.11(2.8)

"C"Cable length*1.69 (42.9)

0.56(14.2)

Mini or Micro Connector(quick-disconnect versions only)*

*

0.125 (3.2) Diameter Thru Holes (2 places) Use #4 Hardware Only

Quick-disconnect versions: 8 ± 2 (203.2 ± 50.8)Cable versions: 6 feet (2m)

0.6(15.2)

"D" 0.5(12.7)

"2"

"3"

"4"

"5"

"6"

BodyType

"1"Micro Connector

Catalog Number Dimensions in Inches (mm) Adjustments Body TypeA B C D Light/Dark Gain

11100A 2.20 (56) 0.65 (17) 0.25 (6) N/A No No 211100R 2.55 (65) 0.65 (17) 0.60 (15) 0.20 (5) No No 411102A 2.75 (70) 0.65 (17) 1.10 (28) N/A No No 112100A 2.20 (56) 0.65 (17) 0.25 (6) N/A Yes Yes 212100R 2.55 (65) 0.65 (17) 0.60 (15) 0.20 (5) Yes Yes 412102A 2.60 (66) 0.60 (15) 0.29 (7) N/A Yes Yes 113100A, 13106A 2.20 (56) 0.65 (17) 0.25 (6) N/A Yes Yes 213100R, 13106R 2.55 (65) 0.65 (17) 0.60 (15) 0.20 (5) Yes Yes 413101A, 13104A 2.60 (66) 0.60 (15) 0.25 (6) N/A Yes No 113102A, 13103A, 13105A, 13108A 2.60 (66) 0.60 (15) 0.25 (6) N/A Yes Yes 113104R 3.02 (77) 0.60 (15) 1.10 (28) 0.20 (5) Yes No 614100A, 14102A 2.60 (66) 0.60 (15) 0.29 (7) N/A Yes Yes 114101R, 14102R 3.00 (76) 0.60 (15) 0.70 (18) 0.20 (5) Yes Yes 514101A 2.64 (67) 0.60 (15) 0.29 (7) N/A Yes Yes 115100A, 15101A 2.87 (73) 0.60 (15) 0.60 (15) N/A Yes Yes 3


5-40

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS


August 2007
Prism Series PG.05E.13.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.

Prism Series Photoelectric Sensors


Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44Model Selection, Accessories . . . 5-45Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46

The Cutler-Hammer® Prism Series from Eaton’s electrical business is a cost-effective line of miniature photoelectric sensors with twice the optical gain of other sensors in this product class. Forward and right-angle viewing models feature identi-cal gain and optical characteristics for the best fit on your machine. A gain control allows quick adjustment for peak optical performance in a variety of applications.

Four sensing modes are available, including polarized reflex to elimi-nate reliability problems when sensing shiny objects. Visible red sensing beams throughout the Prism Series allow you to see exactly where the sensors are aimed for easier setup. Models are available preconfigured in either Light or Dark Operate modes.

The unique threaded body with flat sides allows quick mounting in a 3/4 inch hole or against any flat surface. Internal components are rigidly sealed in a solid encapsulated package for excellent performance in high-vibration and high-shock applications.

See Page 5-41 for details on the Prism Series’ flexible isolated output.

Approvals■ UL Recognized■ C-UL Recognized


High Performance 18 mm Tubular Sensors with a Flexible Isolated Output

Product Features■ Small size for use in a wide variety of applications and locations■ High sensing power for longer ranges and resistance to dust and dirt ■ Adjustable gain control to ensure peak optical performance■ High noise immunity which greatly reduces problems associated with

electrical noise■ AC/DC models which allow you to order and stock one model for both voltages■ DC only models which offer lower cost options in all sensing modes■ Isolated outputs for wiring flexibility■ Short circuit protection■ Quick 3 mS response time on all models■ Highly visible output status LED■ Built-in cable models allow for lowest cost wiring ■ Micro-connector models provide for quick installation or replacement■ Custom cable length options

Industry Standard 18 mmThreaded Body withFlat Sides forMounting Flexibility

AC and DCOperation in

the Same Unit

Forward andRight-AngleViewing ModelsHave IdenticalOptical Performance

Isolated OutputsFor Wiring Flexibility


Visible Red Beams on All Reflex and Diffuse Models

Visible Alignment Aidfor Thru-Beam Models

Product ComparisonEaton’s cost-effective Prism Series, OEM Prism and premium Comet Series all share the same 18 mm flat-sided housing. This results in the largest interchangeable sensor family available, allowing you to select from well over 250 different models to solve the widest variety of sensing applications.



PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

41
5-Photoelectric SensorsPrism Series
TOEL

ECTR

ICSO

RS

Easy and Flexible WiringPrism’s isolated output simplifies wiring because it acts like a mechani-cal relay contact but with solid-state speed and reliability. Use the most convenient available voltage for the sensor while switching a different voltage with the isolated contact. NPN or PNP is easily determined by the way you wire the output.

Wiring the Prism Series for LogicWith Prism, you can perform simple “and/or” logic without the need for the added cost of an external con-troller. Low leakage (10 µA) and resistance ratings (25 Ω) allow Prism sensor outputs to be wired in series or parallel. Two common logic examples are shown at right:


“OR” Function

“AND” Function

CommonPower A

B

C

LoadA

offONoffoff

B

offoffONoff

C

offoffoffON

OUTPUT

offONONON

Load

Common

A B

Power

A

offONoffON

B

offoffONON

OUTPUT

offoffoffON

5PH

OSE

N
Model Selection — Thru-Beam Sensors
�

Operating Voltage

Sensing Range

Optimum Range Field of View Thru-Beam Component


Light Operate Dark Operate


Thru-Beam Forward Viewing

20 – 132V AC50/60 Hzor15 – 30V DC

20 feet(6m)

0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 – 3m)

20 inch (0.5m) diameter at10 feet (3m)

Source 6-foot Cable 11155AA14

4-Pin Micro AC Connector

11155AA04

Detector 6-foot Cable 12155AL10 12155AD10


12155AL04 12155AD04

10 – 30V DC 20 feet(6m)

0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 – 3m)


Source 6-foot Cable 11155AA17

4-Pin Micro DC Connector

11155AA07

Detector 6-foot Cable 12155AL10 12155AD10


12155AL07 12155AD07

Thru-BeamRight-Angle Viewing

20 – 132V AC50/60 Hzor15 – 30V DC

20 feet(6m)

0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 – 3m)


Source 6-foot Cable 11155RA14


11155RA04

Detector 6-foot Cable 12155RL10 12155RD10


12155RL04 12155RD04

10 – 30V DC 20 feet(6m)

0.1 to 10 feet (0.03 – 3m)


Source 6-foot Cable 11155RA17


11155RA07

Detector 6-foot Cable 12155RL10 12155RD10


12155RL07 12155RD07

SourceDetector

Synchronous designrequires source anddetector to be wired

to one another

Synchronous designrequires source anddetector to be wired

to one another

Source

Detector

BrownBlue

White

PrismDetector

Black

PrismSource

VioletOrange

VioletOrange

Sync +

Sync -

Input Power OutputSee Prism Series wiring diagrams on Page 5-44 for details on wiring power and output.


August 2007

5-42

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

Photoelectric SensorsPrism Series

ype Sensing Range

OptimumRange

Field of View Connection Type Catalog Number


tandard eflex

15 feet(4.5m) �

0.1 to 12 feet (0.03 – 3.6m)

3 inch (76 mm)diameter at 12 feet (3.6m)

6-foot Cable 14150AL14 14150AD144-Pin Micro AC Connector

14150AL04 14150AD04

olarized eflex

10 feet(3m) �

0.1 to 8 feet (0.03 – 2.4m)


14151AL04 14151AD04

tandard eflex

15 feet(4.5m) �

0.1 to 12 feet (0.03 – 3.6m)


6-foot Cable 14150AL17 14150AD17 4-Pin Micro DC Connector

14150AL07 14150AD07

olarized eflex

10 feet(3m) �

0.1 to 8 feet (0.03 – 2.4m)

6-foot Cable 14151AL17 14151AD174-Pin Micro DC Connector

14151AL07 14151AD07

tandard eflex

15 feet(4.5m) �

0.1 to 12 feet (0.03 – 3.6m)


6-foot Cable 14150RL14 14150RD144-Pin Micro AC Connector

14150RL04 14150RD04

olarized eflex

10 feet(3m) �

0.1 to 8 feet (0.03 – 2.4m)

6-foot Cable 14151RL14 14151RD14 4-Pin Micro AC Connector

14151RL04 14151RD04

tandard eflex

15 feet(4.5m) �

0.1 to 12 feet (0.03 – 3.6m)


6-foot Cable 14150RL17 14150RD17 4-Pin Micro DC Connector

14150RL07 14150RD07

olarized eflex

10 feet(3m) �

0.1 to 8 feet (0.03 – 2.4m)

6-foot Cable 14151RL17 14151RD17 4-Pin Micro DC Connector

14151RL07 14151RD07

8 inches (200 mm) �

0.15 to 5 inches (4 – 127 mm)



13150AL04 13150AD04


0.15 to 5 inches (4 – 127 mm)


6-foot Cable 13150AL17 13150AD174-Pin Micro DC Connector

13150AL07 13150AD07


0.15 to 5 inches (4 – 127 mm)


6-foot Cable 13150RL14 13150RD144-Pin Micro AC Connector

13150RL04 13150RD04


0.15 to 5 inches (4 – 127 mm)

6 inch (15 mm)diameter at 5 inches (127 mm)

6-foot Cable 13150RL17 13150RD174-Pin Micro DC Connector

13150RL07 13150RD07

at this range.ranteed in stock.

age 5-44.

Excess Gain — Thru-Beam Sensors

Model Selection — Reflex and Diffuse ReflecOperating Voltage

T

3-Wire and 4-Wire SensorsReflex — Forward Viewing 20 – 132V AC

50/60 Hzor15 – 30V DC

SR

PR

10 – 30V DC SR

PR

Reflex — Right-Angle Viewing 20 – 132V AC50/60 Hzor15 – 30V DC

SR

PR

10 – 30V DC SR

PR

Diffuse Reflective Forward Viewing

20 – 132V AC50/60 Hzor15 – 30V DC

—

10 – 30V DC —

Diffuse Reflective Right-Angle Viewing

20 – 132V AC50/60 Hzor15 – 30V DC

—

10 – 30V DC —

� Ranges based on a 3" diameter retroreflector.� Sensor will detect a 90% reflectance white card

Stocked product, typical order quantities gua

See listing of compatible connector cables on P

For complete system, order Sensor and Retroreflector

(See Section 8)

Sensor


Sensor


For complete system, order Sensor and Retroreflector

(See Section 8)

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (feet)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN

100

RANGE (m)0.30.03 3.0 30.5

tive Sensors


Excess Gain — Reflex and Diffuse Reflective Sensors

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN

100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254 2540

3

4

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (feet)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN

100

RANGE (m)0.30.03 3.0 30.5

1

2

Polarized Reflex(3-inch diameterretroreflector)

1. 14151 Typicalperformance

2. 14151 MinimumPerformance

Diffuse Reflective(90% reflectivewhite card)

3. 13151 Typicalperformance

4. 13151 MinimumPerformance

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

43
Glass Fiber Optic AdapterThis simple adapter allows glass fiber optic cables to be used with standard Prism Series diffuse reflective sensors.


5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Model Selection — Glass Fiber Optic Adapter


Excess Gain

Specifications — Glass Fiber Optic Adapter

� The adapter will resist the entrance of moisture in the area between the lenses and the fiber ends when properly assembled. However, moisture entry is possible during direct high pressure sprays. Since the Prism Series sensors are rated NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13, this will not result in damage to the sensors themselves.

Approximate Dimensions — Sensor with Adapter Installed — in Inches (mm) Except Where Noted

Sensors Fibers Catalog Number

Glass Fiber Optic Adapter with Hex Wrench

Patent #5,559,919

Forward Viewing, Diffuse Reflective Sensors (ordered separately, see Page 5-42)

Glass Fiber Optic Cables (ordered separately, see Section 9)

6235A-6501

Sensor Specifications See Prism Series Specifications on Page 5-46

Material of Construction Adapter: 360 Brass;Gasket: Silicone

Vibration (Sensor/Adapter) 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHzShock (Sensor/Adapter) 50g for 10 mS 1/2 sinewave pulseEnclosure Ratings NEMA 1 �

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254 2540

1

1000

10

1

0.10.01 1 10

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (mm)2.50.25 25 254

2

When Using Single Fibersfor Thru-Beam Sensing(Gain using E51KF823 fibers)1. 13150A Prism

When Using Duplex Fibersfor Diffuse Reflective sensing(Gain using E51KF723 fibers,based on 90% reflective white card)2. 13150A Prism

Indicator LED

2.6 (66.0)**1.5 (38.1)**

0.32

* Quick-disconnect versions: 8 ± 2 (203.2 ± 50.8) Cable Versions: 6 feet (2m)

Cablelength*1.69 (42.9)

0.56

0.66

M 18 x 1.0 Thread (mm)

1.00.32

** Maximum - based on 13100A Sensor

Gasket Adapter

(14.2)

(8.1)(16.8)

(8.1) (25.4)


Micro Connector

5-44

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007




Wiring Diagrams

� Cable Versions: The color codes are the actual wire colors emanating from the sensor.� Connector Versions: The pin numbering and wire colors, shown in ( ), are typical of several manufacturers, however, variations are possible.

NOTE: In case of discrepancies, rely on function indicated and pin location rather than pin number or wire color.� NOTE: Sensor operates on DC voltage, but isolated output can switch AC or DC loads.

Voltage Style

Number of Pins




DC 4-pin4-wire



3-Red4-Green

1-Red/Black


Isolated Output Options

Brown

Blue

Orange: Sync –

Connector Version-Face View MaleCable Version

PrismDetector

Violet: Sync +

( - )

+V

( - )

+V

DCPrism

Source

BlackWhiteSee

Output Options

Prism Source

Sync +

Sync –

Prism Detector

DC

10

to 3

0 V

(Blue)

(Brown)

(White)

(Black)

413

2

413

2

(Brown)

(Blue)

(White)

(Black)

See Output Options

( - )

+V

Brown

Blue

White

DC

10

to 3

0 V


( - )

+VCable Version

DCPrism

Black SeeOutputOptionsBelow

SeeOutput

OptionsBelow 4

132

SeeOutputOptionsBelow

(Blue)

(Brown)(White)

(Black)

( - )

+V

Black (Pin 4)

White (Pin 2)

DC NPN (Sink)

Load

DC PNP (Source)

LoadL2

L1

AC Load(Isolated from DC Sensor Power)

Maximum:110 mA@

132 Volts LoadBlack (Pin 4)

White (Pin 2)

Black (Pin 4)

White (Pin 2)Maximum:80 mA@

132 Volts

Black wires are shown as switched output, however black and gray wires are bidirectional.

All DC Models (except Thru-Beam)

DC Thru-Beam Wiring

Brown

Blue

Orange: Sync ñ


Prism Detector

Violet: Sync +

L2 or ( - )

L1 or +V

AC 2

0 to

132

Vor

DC

15

to 3

0 V

L2 or ( - )

L1 or +V

41

23

(Red/White)

(Red/Black)(Green)

(Red)

AC/DC Prism

Source

BlackWhiteSee

Output Options

41

23 See

Output Options

(Green)

(Red)

Prism Source

(Red/Black)

(Red/White)

Sync ñ

Sync +

Prism Detector


All AC/DC Models (except Thru-Beam)

AC/DC Thru-Beam Wiring

Brown

Blue

White


AC/DCPrism

BlackSeeOutputOptionsBelow

SeeOutput

OptionsBelow

L2 or ( - )

L1 or +V

AC 2

0 to

132

Vor

DC

15

to 3

0 V

L2 or ( - )

L1 or +V

41

23

(Red/White)

(Red/Black)

(Green)

(Red)

( - )

+V

Black (Pin 3)

White (Pin 4)

DC NPN (Sink)

Load

DC PNP (Source)

LoadL2

L1

AC Load

Maximum:110 mA @

132 Volts LoadBlack (Pin 3)

White (Pin 4)

Black (Pin 3)

White (Pin 4)Maximum:80 mA @

132 Volts

Black wires are shown as switched output, however black and gray wires are bidirectional.

AC/DC Models � � DC Models � � �

For more information visi
t: www.eaton.com PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

45
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS





Mounting Brackets A wide variety of mounting brackets for tubular sensors

SeeSection 8

Flush Mount Bracket Contoured design is ideal for flush mounting of right-angle Prism Series reflex to mounting surface using 1/4-inch hardware. No alignment adjustment. Sensor mounts on #4 studs. 304 Stainless Steel

6161AS5296

Flush Mount Bracket Same as above except without contour. Ideal for right-angle diffuse and thru-beam sensors. 304 Stainless Steel

6161AS5297

Adjustable Protective Bracket Heavy-duty bracket protects the sensor from damage. Works with all Prism Series sensors. Ideal for material handling applications with the Prism right-angle reflex sensor. Provides locking vertical and horizontal adjustments for independent adjustment in each axis. Sensor mounts on #4 studs. 10 ga. painted steel

E58KS5200

Comet/PrismBall Swivel Bracket


6181AS5200


SeeSection 8


SeeSection 10

0.73 (19)

1.00(25.5)

1.48 (37.5)

2.08 (53)

440-12 Stud2 Places

0.63 (16)

0.30 (7.6)

1.75(44)

0.60(15)

0.68 (17)

ø 0.281 (7.1)4 Places

R 0.25 (6)4 Places 0.375 (9.5)

1.00(25.5)

1.48 (37.5)

2.08 (53)

440-12 Stud2 Places

0.63 (16)

0.30 (7.6)

1.75(44)

ø 0.281 (7.1)4 Places

R 0.25 (6)4 Places 0.375 (9.5)

2.70(68.6) 2.00 (50.8)

3.00 (76.2)

2.47(62.7)

2.63(66.8) 1.63

(41.4)

4.31(109.5)

1.38(35.1)

1.20(30.5)

1.20(30.5)

0.70(17.8) 4.00 (101.6)

0.74(19)

0.37(9.5)

1.18 (30)

1.64 (42)

0.23(6)

ø 0.20 (5)2 Places


August 2007

5-46

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS


Specifications

� NOTE: Photoelectric sensors conform to NEMA tests as indicated above, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specifications. If questions about a particular application arise, contact Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184.



Input Voltage 20 to 132V AC, 50/60 Hz or 15 to 30V DC

10 to 30V DC

Power Dissipation Thru-beam: 2W maximum; All others: 1.5W maximum

Thru-beam: 1.5W maximum; All others: 1W maximum

Output Type Solid-state relayOutput Isolation 400V maximumVoltage Switching Capacity 200V AC peak; 180V DCCurrent Switching Capacity 80 mA AC load, 110 mA @ 132V DC (derate to 100 mA @ 180V DC)Off-State Leakage 10 µA maximumOn-State Resistance 25 Ω maximumShort Circuit Protection Protected (current limited) for loads less than 32V AC or DC.

IMPORTANT: Output will reset automatically when short is removed (there is no visual indication of a short circuit condition)

Response Time 3 mSLight/Dark Operation Specified by catalog numberTemperature Range Operating: -13° to +131°F (-25° to +55°C);

Storage: -13° to +158°F (-25° to +70°C)Material of Construction Lens: polycarbonate; Cable jacket: PVC; Body: structural polyurethane foam (do

not expose to concentrated acids, alcohols or ketones)Cable Versions 2m length, 4-conductor cable; micro 4-pin male connectorConnector Versions Micro Connector 4-pin male AC or DC key (by model)Vibration and Shock Vibration: 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz; Shock: 50g for 10 mS 1/2 sine wave pulseLED Indicator Thru-beam source: Lights steady when power is ON; All others: Lights steady

when output is ONThru-Beam Alignment Aid Detector includes a visible LED behind lens that lights steady when beam is

completeEnclosure Ratings NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13 �

LED

M 18 x 1.0 Thread (mm) –fits into a 0.75 (19) hole


2.75 (69.9)

1.00 (25.4)0.75(19.1)

0.25(6.4)

0.47(11.9)

0.5(12.7)

0.6 (15.2)

0.6(15.2)

1.07(27.2)

0.5(12.7)

0.11(2.8)

0.32Cable length*1.69 (42.9)

0.56(14.2)

(8.1)


*Quick-disconnect versions: 8 ± 2 (203.2 ± 50.8) Cable versions: 6 feet (2m)

Right Angle Viewing Models

Gain Adjustment

Gain Adjustment

LED

"A"

"B"Cable length*



Right angle viewing: A = 2.6 (66.0); B = 0.65 (16.5)



0.47(11.9)

0.2(5.1)

0.7(17.8)

0.11(2.8)

CL

1.00 (25.4) 0.25(6.4)

0.56(14.2)


0.321.69 (42.9)(8.1)

Diffuse Reflective and

Thru-Beam Models

Reflex and Polarized

Reflex Models

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

47
5-Photoelectric Sensors OEM Prism Series PG.05E.20.T.E
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS


call 1-800-426-9184.

OEM Prism SeriesPhotoelectric Sensors


Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49Model Selection, Accessories . . . 5-50Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51

The Cutler-Hammer® OEM Prism Series from Eaton’s electrical busi-ness is very similar to our standard cost-effective Prism Series and has been optimized for high volume OEM use. In place of the isolated output found in the standard mod-els, the OEM Prism features dual or single discrete outputs for simple wiring. In addition, OEM Prism sen-sors are shipped bulk packaged for easier handling by both the receiver and the installer. Forward and right-angle viewing models feature identi-cal gain and optical characteristics for the best fit on your machine. A gain control allows quick adjustment for peak optical performance in a variety of applications. Both diffuse reflective and polarized reflex mod-els are available.

All models are 10 – 30V DC only to meet the evolving needs of your cus-tomers. Polarized reflex units elimi-nate reliability problems when sensing shiny objects. Visible red sensing beams allow you to see exactly where the sensors are aimed for easier setup. Models are avail-able preconfigured in either Light or Dark Operate modes.

The unique threaded body with flat sides allows quick mounting in a 3/4 inch hole or against any flat surface. Internal components are rigidly sealed in a solid encapsulated package for excellent performance in high-vibration and high-shock applications.


High Performance 18 mm Tubular Sensors Packaged for High Volume Users

Product Features■ Small size for use in a wide variety of applications and locations■ Sensors are shipped bulk-packed for the convenience of high volume users■ High sensing power for longer ranges and resistance to dust and dirt■ Adjustable gain control to ensure peak optical performance■ High noise immunity, which greatly reduces problems associated with

electrical noise■ NPN and PNP outputs provided in a single sensor for simple wiring■ Short circuit protection■ Quick 1.2 mS response time■ Output status LED is highly visible from a wide 300° angle■ Cable models allow for lowest cost wiring■ Micro-connector models provide for quick installation or replacement■ Custom cable length options

Simple Wiring andBulk Packaging SpeedsVolume Installations

Forward andRight-AngleViewing ModelsHave IdenticalOpticalPerformance

Industry Standard18 mm ThreadedBody with Flat Sidesfor Mounting Flexibility


Custom CableLengths Available

Product ComparisonEaton’s cost-effective Prism Series, OEM Prism and premium Comet Series all share the same 18 mm flat-sided housing. This results in the larg-est interchangeable sensor family available, allowing you to select from well over 250 different models to solve the widest variety of sensing applications.



5-48

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007

Photoelectric SensorsOEM Prism Series


� Contact factory for approval status.� Ranges based on a 3” diameter retroreflector.� Sensor will detect a 90% reflectance white card at this range.




Operating Voltage

Sensing Range

Optimum Range Field of View Output Type




Polarized Reflex Forward Viewing �

10 – 30V DC 10 feet(3m)�

0.1 to 8 feet (0.03 – 2.4m)


NPN and PNP

6-foot Cable 14156AL17B1 14156AD17B1


14156AL07B1 14156AD07B1

Polarized Reflex Right-Angle Viewing �

10 – 30V DC 10 feet(3m)�

0.1 to 8 feet (0.03 – 2.4m)


NPN and PNP

6-foot Cable 14156RL17B1 14156RD17B1


14156RL07B1 14156RD07B1

Diffuse ReflectiveRight-Angle Viewing �

10 – 30V DC 8 inches(200 mm)�

0.1 to 5 inches (3 – 127 mm)


NPN and PNP



13156RL07B1 13156RD07B1

24 inches(609 mm)�

0.1 to 15 inches (3 – 381 mm)


NPN and PNP



13157RL07B1 13157RD07B1

Voltage Style

Number of Pins



4-wire22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSDS4A4CY2202 CSDS4A4RY2202 CSDS4A4IO2202


Sensor

For a complete system, orderSensor and Retroreflector

(See Section 8)

For a complete system,order Sensor and

Retroreflector(See Section 8)


Sensor




August 2007

PG08301004E F

49
5-Photoelectric SensorsOEM Prism Series
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Excess Gain

Wiring Diagrams (Pin numbers are for reference, rely on pin location when wiring) Operating Voltage Output Cable Models Micro-Connector Models

(face view male shown)

4-Wire Sensors

10 – 30V DC NPN and PNP

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254 2540

4

3

5

6

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (feet)E

XC

ES

S G

AIN 100

RANGE (m)0.30.03 3.0 30.5

1

2

Polarized Reflex(3-inch diameter retroreflector)1. 14156 Typical performance2. 14156 Minimum performance

Diffuse Reflective(90% reflective white card)3. 13157 Typical performance4. 13157 Minimum performance5. 13156 Typical performance6. 13156 Minimum performance

BU

WH

(-)

BKLoad

BN +V

Load (-) +V

Load

Load


5-50

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007

Photoelectric SensorsOEM Prism Series




Retroreflectors Retroreflectors and retroreflective tape See Section 8

Mounting Brackets A wide variety of mounting brackets for tubular sensors

SeeSection 8

Flush Mount Bracket Contoured design is ideal for flush mounting of right-angle OEM Prism Series polarized reflex to mounting surface using 1/4-inch hardware. No alignment adjustment. Sensor mounts on #4 studs. 304 Stainless Steel

6161AS5296

Flush Mount Bracket Same as above except without contour. Ideal for right-angle diffuse sensors. 304 Stainless Steel

6161AS5297

Adjustable Protective Bracket Heavy-duty bracket protects the sensor from damage. Works with all OEM Prism Series sensors. Ideal for material handling applications with the OEM Prism Series right-angle polarized reflex sensor. Provides locking vertical and horizontal adjustments for independent adjustment in each axis. Sensor mounts on #4 studs. 10 ga. painted steel

E58KS5200

Comet/PrismBall Swivel Bracket


6181AS5200


SeeSection 8


SeeSection 10

0.73 (19)

1.00(25.5)

1.48 (37.5)

2.08 (53)

440-12 Stud2 Places

0.63 (16)

0.30 (7.6)

1.75(44)

0.60(15)

0.68 (17)

ø 0.281 (7.1)4 Places

R 0.25 (6)4 Places 0.375 (9.5)

1.00(25.5)

1.48 (37.5)

2.08 (53)

440-12 Stud2 Places

0.63 (16)

0.30 (7.6)

1.75(44)

ø 0.281 (7.1)4 Places

R 0.25 (6)4 Places 0.375 (9.5)

2.70(68.6) 2.00 (50.8)

3.00 (76.2)

2.47(62.7)

2.63(66.8) 1.63

(41.4)

4.31(109.5)

1.38(35.1)

1.20(30.5)

1.20(30.5)

0.70(17.8) 4.00 (101.6)

0.74(19)

0.37(9.5)

1.18 (30)

1.64 (42)

0.23(6)

ø 0.20 (5)2 Places


PG08301004E F

51August 2007

5-Photoelectric SensorsOEM Prism Series

5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Specifications

� NOTE: Photoelectric sensors conform to NEMA tests as indicated above, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specifications. If questions about a particular application arise, contact Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184.


DC Only Models

Input Voltage 10 to 30V DCPower Dissipation 1W maximumOutput Type NPN and PNPCurrent Switching Capacity 100 mA maximumOFF-State Leakage 10 µA maximumON-State Voltage Drop NPN: 2.0V at 100 mA; PNP: 2.5V at 100 mAShort Circuit Protection Sensor will turn off immediately when short or overload is detected (indicator

LED flashes). Sensor will reset when short is removed.Response Time 1.2 mSLight/Dark Operation Specified by Catalog NumberTemperature Range Operating: -13° to +131°F (-25° to +55°C);

Storage: -13° to +158°F (-25° to +70°C)Sunlight Immunity 1,000 foot-candlesMaterial of Construction Lens: polycarbonate; Cable jacket: PVC; Body: structural polyurethane foam

(do not expose to concentrated acids, alcohols or ketones)Cable Versions 2m length; 4 conductor cableConnector Versions Micro-Connector, 4-pin male, DC key, on nominal 8" pigtailVibration and Shock Vibration: 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz; Shock: 50g for 10 mS 1/2 sine wave pulseIndicator LED Lights steady when output is ON; OFF when output is OFF: OFF when output is in

short circuit modeEnclosure Ratings NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13 �

Gain Adjustment

LED

"A"

"B"Cable length*



Right angle viewing: A = 2.6 (66.0); B = 0.65 (16.5)



0.47(11.9)

0.2(5.1)

0.7(17.8)

0.11(2.8)

CL

1.00 (25.4) 0.25(6.4)

0.56(14.2)


0.321.69 (42.9)(8.1)

Diffuse Reflective Models

Polarized Reflex Models

LED



2.75 (69.9)

1.00 (25.4)0.75(19.1)

0.25(6.4)

0.47(11.9)

0.5(12.7)

0.6 (15.2)

0.6(15.2)

1.07(27.2)

0.5(12.7)

0.11(2.8)

0.32Cable length*1.69 (42.9)

0.56(14.2)

(8.1)




Gain Adjustment


5-52

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS


August 2007
E58 18 mm Tubular Series PG.05E.10.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.

E58 18 mm Tubular SeriesPhotoelectric Sensors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . . 5-53 Excess Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53Model Selection, Accessories . . . 5-54Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56

The Cutler-Hammer® E58 18 mm Tubular Series by Eaton’s electrical business is an ideal choice for a wide variety of sensing tasks. The unique threaded body with flat sides allows quick mounting in a 3/4-inch hole or against any flat surface. Internal components are rigidly sealed in a solid encapsulated package for excellent performance in high-vibration and high-shock applica-tions. Models are available with both AC and DC operation in a single unit or in a DC-only configuration.


Industry Standard 18 mm Tubular Sensors Offer Wide Voltage Ranges and Reliable Performance

Product Features■ Industry standard 18 mm diameter threaded body has flat sides, allowing it

to be mounted like a tubular sensor or against any flat surface■ Solid polyurethane housing completely encapsulates internal circuits for

high resistance to shock and vibration■ AC/DC models operate up to 264V AC■ Select models have visible beams for quick setup and alignment■ Gain adjustment on all models to ensure peak optical performance■ 80 foot range for all thru-beam models■ 25 foot range for both DC-only and AC/DC reflex models■ 8 inch range for all diffuse reflective models■ LED output status indicator■ 3 meter long 3-wire connecting cable■ Enclosure rating NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13


SolidPolyurethaneBody forRugged Use

Extra Long3-Meter Cable

Industry Standard18 mm Threaded Body

with Flat Sides forMounting Flexibility

For
more information visit: www.eaton.com PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

53
5-Photoelectric SensorsE58 18 mm Tubular Series
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Model Selection — 18 mm Diameter Sensors (Connection Type: 3-Meter Cable)

� Range is based on 3-inch retroreflector. � For replacement parts, order one complete pair including (1) emitter and (1) receiver otherwise the system will not function properly.� Sensor will detect a 90% reflectance white card at this range.


Excess Gain

Input Voltage Sensing Range


Maximum Inrush

Thru-Beam Component

Output Catalog Number

Dark Operate Light Operate

3-Wire Sensors

Thru-Beam � 20 – 264V AC,50 – 60 Hz; or15 – 30V DC

80 feet (24m)

300 mA 2.0A Emitter — E58CAL18A2E2

Receiver — E58CAL18A2C2 E58CBL18A2C2

10 – 30V DC 80 feet (24m)

100 mA — Emitter — E58CAL18T110E2

250 mA — Receiver NPN E58CAL18T110C2 E58CBL18T110C2

100 mA PNP E58CAL18T111C2 E58CBL18T111C2

Reflex 20 – 264V AC,50 – 60 Hz; or15 – 30V DC

25 feet (7.6m) �

300 mA 2.0A — — E58CAL18A2R2 E58CBL18A2R2

10 – 30V DC 25 feet (7.6m) �

250 mA — — NPN E58CAL18T110R2 E58CBL18T110R2

100 mA — — PNP E58CAL18T111R2 E58CBL18T111R2

Diffuse Reflective 20 – 264V AC,50 – 60 Hz; or15 – 30V DC


300 mA 2.0A — — E58CBL18A2D2 E58CAL18A2D2

10 – 30V DC 8 inches (200 mm) �

250 mA — — NPN E58CBL18T110D2 E58CAL18T110D2

100 mA PNP E58CBL18T111D2 E58CAL18T111D2

Emitter

Receiver


Sensor

1000

10

110.1 10 100

RANGE (feet)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (m)0.30.03 3.0 30.5

1000

10

110.1 10 100

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

0.30.03 3.0 30.5

RANGE (m)

RANGE (feet)

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254 2540

Thru-Beam

(3-Inch Dia. Retroreflector) (90% Reflective White Card)

Reflex Diffuse Reflective

or
more information visit: www.eaton.com

5-54

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007

Photoelectric SensorsE58 18 mm Tubular Series




Plastic Mounting Nuts Plastic mounting nuts (set of 2 for replacement only)

E57KNC18

Flush Mount Bracket Contoured design with no alignment adjustment. Sensor mounts on #4 studs. 304 Stainless Steel

6161AS5296

Flush Mount Bracket Same as above except without contour. 304 Stainless Steel

6161AS5297

Ball Swivel Bracket Allows 360° rotation and 10° vertical tilt. Made of Noryl®

6181AS5200

0.73 (19)

1.00(25.5)

1.48 (37.5)

2.08 (53)

440-12 Stud2 Places

0.63 (16)

0.30 (7.6)

1.75(44)

0.60(15)

0.68 (17)

ø 0.281 (7.1)4 Places

R 0.25 (6)4 Places 0.375 (9.5)

1.00(25.5)

1.48 (37.5)

2.08 (53)

440-12 Stud2 Places

0.63 (16)

0.30 (7.6)

1.75(44)

ø 0.281 (7.1)4 Places

R 0.25 (6)4 Places 0.375 (9.5)

0.74(19)

0.37(9.5)

1.18 (30)

1.64 (42)

0.23(6)

ø 0.20 (5)2 Places


August 2007

PG08301004E F

55
5-Photoelectric SensorsE58 18 mm Tubular Series
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS



Wiring Diagrams


L-Shaped Bracket Two per package.Allows a minimum adjustment range. Sensor mounts with two jam nuts and washers (included with sensor). Aluminum with a Chromate finish

6161A-6501

Flat Bracket Allows a minimum adjustment range. Sensor mounts with two jam nuts and washers (included with sensor). Aluminum with a Chromate finish

6161AS5295


SeeSection 8


SeeSection 10

Mounting Brackets Additional mounting brackets fortubular sensors

SeeSection 8

Reflectors A variety of retroreflectors andreflective tape

SeeSection 8

0.35 (9) 0.31 (8)

ø 0.75 (19)

1.50(38)

1.75 (44)

0.75(19)

ø 0.28 (7)

1.50(38)

0.62 (16)

1.00(25)

0.31 (8)

0.35 (9)ø 0.75

1.50(38)

3.00 (76)

0.75(19)

ø 0.28 (7)

0.62 (16)

1.00(25)

0.31 (8)

0.31 (8)

( -)

+V

Brown

Blue

DC 1

0 to

30

V

*Note: No connection when using thru-beam emitter

( - )

+V

Black*

Load

DCSensor

( -)

+V

Blue

BrownBlack*

DC 1

0 to

30

V


Load

( - )

+V

DCSensor

( - )

+V

Blue

Brown

Black*

DC 1

5 to

30

V


Load

( - )

+V

AC/DCSensor

L1

L2

Blue

Brown

Black*

AC 2

0 to

264

V


Load

L1

L2

AC/DCSensor

AC/DC Models (DC Connection)AC/DC Models (AC Connection)

DC Models (NPN Output) DC Models (PNP Output)

isit: www.eaton.com

5-56

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007

Photoelectric SensorsE58 18 mm Tubular Series


Gain Adjustment (NotPresent on Thru-BeamEmitter Models)

Indicator LED

0.47(11.9)

M 18 x 1.0 Thread (mm) –sensor fits into a 0.75 (19) dia. hole

"A"

1.00 (25.4)"B"0.32(8.1)

0.11(2.8)

"C"

0.125 (3.2) DiameterThru Holes (2 places) Use #4 Hardware Only*

"2"

"1"

BodyType

� Gain adjustment on thru-beam receiver models only.

Style Dimensions in Inches (mm) Gain Adjustments

Body TypeA B C

Thru-Beam 2.75 (70) 0.65 (17) 1.10 (28) Yes � 1Diffuse 2.20 (56) 0.65 (17) 0.25 (6) Yes 2Reflex 2.60 (66) 0.60 (15) 0.29 (7) Yes 1


Specifications

� NOTE: These products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specifications. For questions about a specific application, contact Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184.

AC/DC Models (AC Operation)

AC/DC Models (DC Operation)

DC-Only Models

Input Voltage 20 to 264V AC, 50/60 Hz 15 to 30V DC (15 to 24V DC above 131°F/55°C)

10 to 30V DC, (10 to 24V DC above 131°F/55°C)

Power Dissipation 1.5W maximum 1.5W maximum 1W maximumOutput Type VMOS (bi-directional) NPN (sink) NPN and PNP (dual outputs)Current Switching 300 mA maximum 300 mA maximum PNP: 100 mA maximum;

NPN: 250 mA maximum(NPN: 120 mA maximum above 131°F/55°C)

Voltage Switching 375V peak maximum 375V peak maximum 30V DC maximumOff-State Leakage 250 µA typical;

500µA maximum250 µA typical; 500 µA maximum

10 µA maximum

Surge Current 2A maximum 2A maximum 1A maximumOn-State Voltage Drop — 1.8V at 10 mA; 3.5V at 300 mA NPN: 400 mV at 10 mA, 1.5V at 250 mA;

PNP: 2.4V at 100 mAResponse Time 10 mS 1 mS; 3.5 mS (thru-beam)Short Circuit Protection Sensor will turn off immediately when short or overload is detected (indicator LED flashes). Sensor will reset when short is removed.Temperature Range Thru-Beam Emitter: -4° to +158°F (-20° to +70°C); All others: -40° to +158°F (-40° to +70°C)Light/Dark Operation Specified by Catalog NumberEnclosure Material Lens: polycarbonate; Cable jacket: PVC; Body: structural polyurethane foam (do not expose to concentrated acids, alcohols or ketones)Cable/Connector Cable versions: 6-foot cable;

Connector versions: male mini and micro connectors (refer to wiring diagrams for number of pins per model) on nominal 8” pigtailsVibration and Shock Vibration: 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz; Shock: 100g for 3 mS 1/2 sine wave pulseIndicator LED Lights steady when output is ON; flashes when short circuit protection is in latch condition (except 2-wire models)Sunlight Immunity Perfect Prox: 5,000 foot-candles; All others: 10,000 foot-candlesEnclosure Ratings NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13 � NEMA CP Models Available — Contact FactoryApprovals UL and C-UL Recognized (all models), CE Compliant (except 2-wire DC models)

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

57
5-Photoelectric Sensors E58 Harsh Duty Series PG.05E.04.T.E
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS


call 1-800-426-9184.

E58 Harsh Duty SeriesPhotoelectric Sensors


Model Selection, Accessories . . . 5-61Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64

The Cutler-Hammer® E58 Harsh Duty Series by Eaton’s electrical business was designed to withstand your harshest physical, chemical and optical environments.

Extensive research dictated the choice of materials used in this sen-sor. Stainless steel, PVDF and tem-pered glass components are mechanically assembled using Viton® seals to ensure complete sealing and resistance to industry chemicals. All adhesives and pot-ting subject to failure from chemical attack have been eliminated from the design. The result is a sensor highly resistant to chemical attack and moisture intrusion, that can withstand heavy shock and vibra-tion in almost any application.

E58 Harsh Duty sensors feature unparalleled optical performance. They are ideal for automotive appli-cations where exposure to lubri-cants, cutting fluids, coolants and glycols is common. For food pro-cessing applications, a smooth body version simplifies high-pressure chemical washdowns, and with-stands the use of sanitizers, surfac-tants, and cleaning agents including diluted bases and acids.

Ratings and Approvals■ UL Listed■ C-UL Listed


The World’s Most Rugged and Best Sealed Photoelectric Sensors

Product Features■ Sensors are available in 18 mm and 30 mm diameters■ Highly refined optics for long sensing ranges and to see through high levels

of contamination — unmatched optical performance■ Perfect Prox® technology provides exceptional background rejection and

extremely high excess gain■ Resistant to the wide range of chemicals used in the automotive, food

processing and forest products industries■ Suitable for high temperature, high pressure washdown (1200 psi)■ Mechanical Viton seals hold up to extreme temperature variations■ Visible sensing beam on all models lets you see where the beam is aimed

for quick setup and alignment■ Output status indicator is the brightest available and is visible from any

angle and in any lighting condition■ The industry’s only background rejection sensors with a 2-wire circuit

design■ Models available with both AC and DC operation in a single unit■ 4-wire DC sensors offer dual NPN and PNP outputs

30 mm Models Offer Industry-Leading Performance

Reliable VitonMechanical Seals

Ensure CompleteSealing and

Resistance toIndustry Chemicals

Tempered Glass Lens CoverProtects Against Abrasion

Food ProcessingVersions FeatureNon-glass Lens Covers,316 Stainless Steel andOptional Smooth Body

Connector VersionsAvailable for All Models

18 mm Modelsfor Compact

Mounting

360° Output Indicator Isthe Brightest Available

All Modelswith VisibleRed Beams

For Customer



5-58

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007

Photoelectric SensorsE58 Harsh Duty Series

E58 Harsh Duty Series Physical AttributesRugged physical construction

The E58 Harsh Duty Series was designed from the ground up to be the most rugged sensor family avail-able. The strong metal housing, mechanical seals and surface mount electronics withstand heavy shock and vibration. The tempered glass lens cover provides protection in abrasive environments, and the sturdy cable is physically clamped to the sensor body.

Exceptional environmental

protection and chemical resistance

The E58 Harsh Duty Series was designed to be used in the Automo-tive, Food Processing and Forest Products industries. It is also well suited for applications in related industries such as Pulp and Paper, Car Wash and Steel. These indus-tries are all physically demanding on equipment and that’s why we designed and tested these sensors to extreme levels of shock and vibration.

Many sensor failures, however, are actually due to chemical attack so we had to make them stand up to constant chemical exposure — day in and day out. To ensure resistance to the widest possible range of chemicals, we conducted extensive studies of the chemical agents com-monly used in these industries. We then selected only those materials that could withstand exposure to these chemicals without failure in the design of the E58 Harsh Duty Series. In addition, we eliminated adhesives in favor of more reliable Viton compression seals. Some of the more common chemicals against which this sensor has been tested are listed in the resistance chart.

This resistance chart reflects testing of the 303 stainless steel body used on the standard E58 Harsh Duty Series sensors. Additional chemical resistance for food industry applica-tions is available using sensors with the optional 316 stainless steel body and hard-coated polycarbonate (or acrylic on reflex models) lens cover.

The E58 Harsh Duty Series was designed to resist the chemicals shown in this table under normal use and con-ditions. Extremes of environmental fac-tors such as temperature, pressure, concentration, duration of exposure, ultraviolet sunlight and chemical inter-actions combined with the presence of these chemicals could result in prema-ture material failure. For these cases, testing the sensor in the specific appli-cation is recommended.

E58 Harsh Duty Series Chemical Resistance Chart

Sensing ModesPerfect Prox®

This is a unique type of diffuse reflective sensor that combines extremely high sensing power (called “excess gain”) with a sharp optical cutoff to ignore backgrounds. This allows the sensor to reliably detect targets regardless of varia-tions in color, reflectance, contrast or surface shape, while ignoring objects just slightly outside the tar-get range. With Perfect Prox®, the E58 Harsh Duty Series can act just like an inductive prox sensor — but with up to 20 times the range for mounting away from a moving tar-get so you can avoid damage and downtime. 18 mm and 30 mm sizes, 2-, 3- and 4-wire circuits, and cable, micro and mini connector termina-tions mean quick and easy replace-ment of damaged proximity sensors. A visible sensing beam lets you quickly confirm the sensor is aligned correctly in the application.

The 18 mm Perfect Prox® has a sensing range of 2 or 4 inches (50 or 100 mm), and the 30 mm version has a range of 6 or 11 inches (150 or 280 mm).

Chemical Category Commonly Found In:

Oils, Cutting Fluids, Aqueous Coolants

Automotive, Forest Industry

Vegetable and Mineral Oil Automotive, Forest Industry

Surfactants Automotive, Food Processing

Dilute Acids Food ProcessingDilute Bases Food ProcessingSanitizers Food Processing


This simplified application example shows the power of the Perfect Prox®.

If the hole is If the hole is present in the gear, the sensor will shine through the hole and ignore the belt — no detection event will occur.

If the hole in the gear is missing, the sensor will detect the surface of the gear and reject the part.

Thru-Beam

This sensing mode is available in the 30 mm models. Rated sensing range is 800 feet, among the long-est ranges available on the market. This provides extremely high excess gain when the source and detector are positioned at closer, optimum ranges to see through high levels of contamination. A visi-ble red sensing beam and wide field-of-view mean quick and easy installation and alignment.

Polarized Reflex

Another sensing mode available in the 30 mm models is polarized reflex. In this mode, the sensing beam is reflected from a retroreflec-tor back to the sensor. The maxi-mum range of 34 feet is also among the longest available on the sensor market. The polarizing filter built into the sensor ensures only light reflected off a corner cube retrore-flector is recognized by the sensor. This allows reliable detection of shiny targets that could reflect light back to the sensor and be missed by a non-polarized version. As in all models, a visible sensing beam is featured for easy installation and alignment.

Cutoff Distance

Detection Distance

Gear Cut-away

Perfect Prox

Sensor

Detection Zone

PG08301004E

PG08301004E F

59August 2007

5-Photoelectric SensorsE58 Harsh Duty Series

5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Model Selection — Thru-Beam and Reflex Sensors

Excess Gain

Operating Voltage

SensingRange

OptimumRange

Field of View Thru-Beam Component

Connection Type

3-Wire and 4-Wire Sensors30 mm DiameterThru-Beam

20 – 132V AC50/60 Hzor15 – 30V DC

800 feet(250m)

0.1 to 300 feet(0.03 – 90m)

33 inches (830 mm)diameter at 25 feet (7.6m)

Source 2-meter Cable4-pin Micro AC Connecto

Detector 2-meter Cable4-pin Micro AC Connecto

10 – 30V DC 800 feet(250m)

0.1 to 300 feet(0.03 – 90m)

33 inches (830 mm)diameter at 25 feet (7.6m)

Source 2-meter Cable4-pin Micro DC Connecto

Detector 2-meter Cable4-pin Micro DC Connecto

30 mm DiameterReflex

20 – 132V AC50/60 Hzor15 – 30V DC

59 feet(18m)

1 to 40 feet(0.03 – 12m)

6 inches (150 mm)diameter at 20 feet (6m)

— 2-meter Cable

4-pin Micro AC Connecto

10 – 30V DC 59 feet(18m)

1 to 40 feet(0.03 – 12m)


— 2-meter Cable

4-pin Micro DC Connecto

30 mm DiameterPolarized Reflex

20 – 132V AC50/60 Hzor15 – 30V DC

34 feet(10m)

1 to 20 feet(0.03 – 6m)


— 2-meter Cable

4-pin Micro AC Connecto

10 – 30V DC 34 feet(10m)

1 to 20 feet(0.03 – 6m)


— 2-meter Cable

4-pin Micro DC Connecto



Sensor Options for Thru-Beam and Reflex (Built-to-order, contact Eaton’s Cutler Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184 for delivery

Source

Detector

For a complete system, order One Source and

One Detector



(See Section 8)



(See Section 8)

Thru-Beam Apertured Versions Reduces effective sensing beam to 0.2 x 0.9 inches (5 x 23 mm) for accurate edge detection or sensing smaller objects. Factory installed behind lens cover for protection and sealing. Sensing range is reduced to 230 feet (70m). To order, substitute “070” in place of “250” in source or detector Catalog Number (Example: E58-30TS070-GA).

Food Processing Versions with Threaded Housings Upgrade to a 316 Stainless Steel threaded body from 303, and change the lens cover to hard-coated polycarbonate (cast acrylic for reflex models) from glass. To order, add the Suffix “-FC” to the end of the Catalog Number (Example: E58-30RP10-GL-FC).

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (feet)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (m)0.30.03 3.0 30.5

2

4

1000

305

1

3

Thru Beam

1. Thru-BeamReflex

2. Performance to 3-inchRetroreflector

Polarized Reflex

3. Performance to 3-inchRetroreflector

4. Performance to Corner-Cube Retroreflective tape


Catalog NumberLight Operate Dark Operate

E58-30TS250-GA

rE58-30TS250-GAP

E58-30TD250-GL E58-30TD250-GD

rE58-30TD250-GLP E58-30TD250-GDP

E58-30TS250-HA

rE58-30TS250-HAP

E58-30TD250-HL E58-30TD250-HD

rE58-30TD250-HLP E58-30TD250-HDP

E58-30RS18-GL E58-30RS18-GD

rE58-30RS18-GLP E58-30RS18-GDP

E58-30RS18-HL E58-30RS18-HD

rE58-30RS18-HLP E58-30RS18-HDP

E58-30RP10-GL E58-30RP10-GD

rE58-30RP10-GLP E58-30RP10-GDP

E58-30RP10-HL E58-30RP10-HD

rE58-30RP10-HLP E58-30RP10-HDP

lead times) Food Processing Versions with Smooth (Non-threaded) Housings Upgrade to a 316 Stainless Steel smooth (non-threaded body from 303, and change the lens cover to hard-coated polycarbonate (cast acrylic for reflex models) from glass. To order, add the Suffix “-FSC” to the end of the Catalog Number (Example: E58-30RP10-GL-FSC).

5-60

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007


Model Selection — Perfect Prox® Background Rejection Sensors

� Sensor will detect a 90% reflectance card at this range.� Sensor will ignore a 90% reflectance card at this range.



OperatingVoltage

Nominal Range �

Optimum Range Cutoff Range � Field of View ConnectionType

Catalog Number


2-Wire Sensors18 mm Diameter Perfect Prox®

90 – 132V AC50/60 Hzor18 – 50V DC

2 inches(50 mm)

0.4 to 1.8 inches (10 to 45 mm)



2-meter Cable E58-18DP50-EL E58-18DP50-ED


E58-18DP50-ELP E58-18DP50-EDP

3-pin Mini Connector

E58-18DP50-ELPB E58-18DP50-EDPB

4 inches(100 mm)






E58-18DP100-ELP E58-18DP100-EDP




0.4 to 1.8 inches (10 to 45 mm)




E58-18DP50-DLP E58-18DP50-DDP

4 inches(100 mm)





E58-18DP100-DLP E58-18DP100-DDP

30 mm Diameter Perfect Prox®

90 – 132V AC50/60 Hzor18 – 50V DC

6 inches(150 mm)

1 to 6 inches (26 to 150 mm)





E58-30DP150-ELP E58-30DP150-EDP



11 inches(280 mm)


12.5 inches (318 mm)


2-meter Cable E58-30DPS280-EL E58-30DPS280-ED


E58-30DPS280-ELP E58-30DPS280-EDP


E58-30DPS280-ELPB E58-30DPS280-EDPB

18 – 50V DC 6 inches(150 mm)

1 to 6 inches(26 to 150 mm)




E58-30DP150-DLP E58-30DP150-DDP

3-Wire and 4-Wire Sensors18 mm DiameterPerfect Prox®


0.4 to 1.8 inches (10 to 45 mm)



2-meter Cable E58-18DP50-HL E58-18DP50-HD


E58-18DP50-HLP E58-18DP50-HDP

4 inches(100 mm)






E58-18DP100-HLP E58-18DP100-HDP

30 mm Diameter Perfect Prox®

20 – 132V AC50/60 Hzor15 – 30V DC

6 inches(150 mm)




2-meter Cable E58-30DP150-GL E58-30DP150-GD


E58-30DP150-GLP E58-30DP150-GDP

11 inches (280 mm)




2-meter Cable E58-30DPS280-GL E58-30DPS280-GD


E58-30DPS280-GLP E58-30DPS280-GDP

10 – 30V DC 6 inches(150 mm)






E58-30DP150-HLP E58-30DP150-HDP

11 inches(280 mm)




2-meter Cable E58-30DPS280-HL E58-30DPS280-HD


E58-30DPS280-HLP E58-30DPS280-HDP


PG08301004E F

61August 2007


Sensor Options for Perfect Prox® — 30 mm Diameter Models Only (Built-to-order, contact Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184 for delivery lead times)

Food Processing Versions with Threaded Housings Upgrade to a 316 Stainless Steel threaded body from 303, and change the lens cover to hard-coated polycarbonate from glass. To order, add the Suffix “-FC” to the end of the Catalog Number (Example: E58-30DP150-EL-FC).

Food Processing Versions with Smooth (Non-threaded) Housings Upgrade to a 316 Stainless Steel smooth (non-threaded) body from 303, and change the lens cover to hard-coated polycarbonate from glass. To order, add the Suffix “-FSC” to the end of the Catalog Number (Example: E58-30DP150-EL-FSC).

5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Excess Gain




Voltage Style

Number of Pins

Gauge Length Catalog Number

PVC Jacket PUR Jacket


3-wire22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSAS3F3CY2202 CSAS3F3RY2

4-pin4-wire

22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSAS4F4CY2202 CSAS4F4RY2

DC 4-pin4-wire

22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSDS4A4CY2202 CSDS4A4RY2

VoltageStyle

Number of Pins

Gauge Length Catalog Numbe



Retroreflectors and retroreflective tape See Section 8

Mounting brackets See Section 8

Mounting nuts and other accessories See Section 8

Connector cables See Section 10

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254 2540

3 421

Perfect Prox

1. 18 mm Diameter,2 Inch (50 mm) range models








Pin Configuration/Wire Colors(Face View Female Shown)IRR PUR Jacket

202 —

202 CSAS4F4IO2202

202 CSDS4A4IO2202

r Pin Configuration/Wire Colors(Face View Female Shown)

602

1-Green2-Red/Black3-Red/White


1-Red/Black



5-62

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007


Wiring Diagrams (Pin numbers are for reference only, rely on pin location when wiring) Operating Voltage Mode/Output Cable Models Connector Models

Micro Mini

2-Wire Sensors

90 – 132V AC50/60 Hz or 18 – 50V DC

All

18 – 50V DC All (NPN)

—

All (PNP)

—


20 – 132V AC50/60 Hz or 15 – 30V DC

Thru-Beam Source

—

All Others

—


—

All Others (NPN & PNP)

—

BN

BUL1 or +V

L2 or (-)Load L2or (-)

L1or +V

Load L2 or (-)

L1 or+V

Load

BU

BN

(-)

+VLoad+V

Load(-)

BU

BN

(-)

+V

Load(-) +V

Load

BU

BNL1 or (-)

L2 or +V

L2or +V L1

or (-)

BU

BN L1or (-)

L2 or+V

BKLoad

L2 or +VL1

or (-)Load

BU

BN

(-)

+V(-) +V

BU

WH

(-)

BKLoad

BN +V

Load (-) +V

Load

Load


August 2007

PG08301004E F

63
Specifications4-Wire Sensors
2

-Wire Sensors

5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

AC/DC MODELS(AC Operation)

AC/DC MODELS(DC Operation)

DC-ONLY MODELS AC/DC MODELS(AC Operation)

DC-ONLY and AC/DC MODELS(DC Operation)

Input Voltage 20 – 132V AC, 50/60 Hz 15 – 30V DC 10 – 30V DC 90 – 132V AC, 50/60 Hz 18 – 50V DCPower Dissipation 3W maximum 3W maximum 2W maximum 3W maximum 3W maximumOutput Type VMOS (bi-directional) NPN (sink) 4-Wire: NPN and PNP (dual

outputs)18 mm models: DMOS/Bipolar;

30 mm models: DMOSCurrent Switching 300 mA maximum 300 mA maximum PNP: 100 mA maximum

NPN: 18 mm models: 250 mA maximum;30 mm models: 100 mA maximum

18 mm models: 100 mA; 30 mm models: 300 mA

Voltage Switching 186V peak maximum 186V peak maximum 30V DC maximum 186V peak maximum 50V DC maximumOff-State Leakage 250 µA typical: 500 µA Max. 250 µA typical: 500 µA Max. 10 µA maximum 1.7 mA maximum 18 mm: 1.7 mA maximum

30 mm: 1.5 mA maximumSurge Current 2A maximum 2A maximum 1A maximum 1A AC 1A DCOn-State Voltage Drop — 1.8V at 10 mA

4.0V at 300 mANPN: 1.2V at 10 mA; 18 mm models: 2.0V at 100 mA; 30 mm models: 2.0V at 250 mA; PNP: 2.8V at 100 mA

10V AC rms 18 mm models: 10V DC30 mm models: 8V DC

Response Time 10 mS 2 mS 18 mm models: 1 mS; 30 mm models: 1.6 mS

35 mS 35 mS

Short Circuit Protection Sensor will turn off immediately when a short or overload is detected (indicator LED will flash).

Auto reset Auto reset

Turn power OFF and back ON to reset. Sensor will reset when short is removed.

Operating and Storage Temperature Range

-40° to 131°F (-40° to 55°C) 18 mm models: -40° to 158°F (-40° to 70°C)30 mm models: -10° to 131°F (-25° to 55°C)

Enclosure Material Cable Jacket: PVC (poly vinyl chloride)Indicator Ring: PVDF (high-density fluorinated polymer)

Seals: Viton (registered trademark of Dupont)Lens Cover: Thru-Beam and Perfect Prox® models: Tempered Glass (or hard-coated polycarbonate for models ending in FC or FSC)

Polarized Reflex models: Glass (or cast acrylic for models ending in FC or FSC)Body: 303 Stainless Steel (or 316 Stainless Steel for models ending in FC or FSC)

Cable Versions 2 meter cable lengthConnector Versions Male mini and micro connectors on 7" pigtail (refer to model selection for number of pins per model)Vibration and Shock Vibration: 30g over 20 Hz to 2 kHz;

Shock: 100g for 3 mS 1/2 sinewave pulseIndicator LED Thru-Beam Source: Lights when power is ON;

All other models: Lights steady when output is ON, flashes when short circuit protection is in latch condition (except 2-wire models)Sunlight Immunity Perfect Prox®: 5,000 foot-candles

Others: 10,000 foot-candlesEnclosure Ratings NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12, 12K and 13; This product is suitable for high temperature, high pressure washdown (1200 psi).Chemical Resistance This product was designed to withstand chemicals commonly used in the automotive, machine tool, food processing and forest industries.

Consult Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184 for information on resistance to specific chemicals

5-64

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007



18 mm Diameter

(Threaded Model Shown)

30 mm Diameter

(Threaded Model Shown)

3.15 (80)

1.54 (39)maximum

0.6(15)

1.57 (40)

0.16(4)

0.22(5.5)

1.09(28)

9.39(23.8)

M 18 x 1.0 (25.4) Thread (mm) –fits into a 0.75 (19) hole)

Cablelength

MicroConnector *

Cable models: 6.6 feet (2 m)Connector models: 7 ± 1 (178 ± 25)

2.13 (54)maximum

1.03(26)

MiniConnector *

*

M 30 x 1.5 (38.1) Thread (mm) –fits into a 1.25 (31.8) hole

4.36 (111)

0.85(22)

Cablelength

2.0 (51)maximum

0.6(15)

MicroConnector *

Cable models: 6.6 feet (2 m)*Connector models: 7 ± 1 (178 ± 25)

2.59 (66)

0.2 (5)

1.65(42)

1.18(30)

2.13 (54)maximum

1.03(26.0)

MiniConnector *

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

65
5-Photoelectric Sensors E67 Long Range Perfect Prox® Series PG.05E.23.T.E
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS


call 1-800-426-9184.

E67 Long Range Perfect Prox® Series Photoelectric Sensors


Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68

The Cutler-Hammer® E67 Long Range Perfect Prox® Series from Eaton’s electrical business, the high-est performing long-range sensor you can buy with background rejection, is ideal for your most difficult sensing applications.

The E67 Long Range Perfect Prox® Series reliably detects targets in range regardless of variations in color, reflectance, contrast or surface shape while ignoring objects just slightly outside the target range.

The standard E67 sensor is conve-niently pre-set with a 6-foot range. Ranges of 3 – 8 feet are available pre-set from the factory.


Exceptional Background Rejection for Long Distance Sensing Applications

Product Features■ Perfect Prox® technology provides exceptional background rejection and

application problem solving■ Extended sensing ranges (up to 8 feet) available■ No user adjustments required■ Dual indicators communicate both output and power status from an

easy-to-see location at the top of the sensor housing■ Models available with both AC and DC operation in a single unit —

up to 132 volts AC and DC■ AC/DC models offer isolated contact output for wiring flexibility■ DC-only sensors offer both NPN and PNP outputs■ Two mounting options for maximum flexibility■ Fully sealed package


Power LED(Green)

Output LED(RED)

Side MountingOption

Jam NutMountingOption

AC or DCOperation

Sealed Package

or more informat
ion visit: www.eaton.com

5-66

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007

Photoelectric SensorsE67 Long Range Perfect Prox® Series


� Ranges based on an 18 inch white card.� Sensor will detect a 90% reflectance card at this range.� Sensor will ignore a 90% reflectance card at this range.� Sensor Options (Built-to-order, contact Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184 for delivery lead times). The

sensing range of this device can be set at the factory to between 60 cm and 240 cm in 10 cm increments. To order, substitute the range (in centimeters) in the model number in place of the standard 200 centimeters. For example, for a device that detects out to 4 feet (4 feet x 12 inches/foot x 2.54 centimeters/inch), that equates to 121.92 cm. Rounding up (or down, depending on your needs) to the nearest 10 cm yields a sensing range of 130 cm. Therefore, for a light-operate AC/DC device, you would order E67-LRDP130-KLD.NOTE: Also consider the cutoff range when selecting a sensing range. Guaranteed cutoff will be approximately 12 inches (30 cm) beyond the sensing range. If a background is present within this zone, adjustments to the application or the sensing range will need to be made.





Operating Voltage

Sensing Range �

Optimum Range �

Cutoff Range �

Field of View SensingBeam

Connection Type

Catalog Number


4-Wire Sensors

18 – 30V DC

79 inches(200 cm)

12 to 60 inches(30 to 150 cm)

91 inches(230 cm)

6 inch (15 cm) diameter at 79 inches (200 cm)

Infrared Beam


E67-LRDP200-HLD E67-LRDP200-HDD

Custom ranges available � Infrared Beam


E67-LRDPXXX-HLD E67-LRDPXXX-HDD

20 – 132V AC20 – 132V DC

79 inches(200 cm)

12 to 60 inches(30 to 150 cm)

91 inches(230 cm)

6 inch (15 cm) diameter at 79 inches (200 cm)

Infrared Beam


E67-LRDP200-KLD E67-LRDP200-KDD

Custom ranges available � Infrared Beam


E67-LRDPXXX-KLD E67-LRDPXXX-KDD

Voltage Style

Number of Pins




DC 4-pin4-wire



3-Red4-Green

1-Red/Black



August 2007

PG08301004E F

67
5-Photoelectric SensorsE67 Long Range Perfect Prox® Series
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Specifications

� These products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specifications. For questions about a specific application, contact Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184.


Input Voltage 20 to 132V AC, 50/60 Hz20 to 132V DC

18 to 30V DC

Power Dissipation 2W maximum 0.5W maximumOutput Type Solid-state relay, 1500 V isolation NPN and PNPVoltage Switching Capacity 400V AC/DC 30V DCCurrent Switching Capacity 75 mA maximum 100 mA maximumOff-State Leakage 100 µA maximum 50 µA maximumOn-State Characteristics 35 Ω maximum resistance NPN: 1.5V drop at 100 mA, maximum

PNP: 2.5V drop at 100 mA, maximumShort Circuit Protection Thermally current limited at approximately 200 mA

IMPORTANT: Output will reset automatically when short is removed (there is no visual indication of a short circuit condition)

Protected against dead shorts onlyCAUTION: Will not protect against overloads between 100 mA and 250 mAIMPORTANT: Output will reset automatically when short is removed (there is no visual indication of a short circuit condition)

Response Time 50 mS 15 mSLight/Dark Operation Specified by Catalog NumberTemperature Range Operating: -31o to +131oF(-35 o to +55oC);

Storage: -40o to +158oF(-40 o to +70oC)Material of Construction Enclosure: Lexan® Polycarbonate; Back cover: Cycoloy® Polycarbonate/ABS; Indicator viewing window: Lexan®

Polycarbonate; Jam nut and connector: 15% Glass-filled Nylon 6/6; Threaded inserts: Brass. IMPORTANT: Do not expose to concentrated acids, alcohols or ketones.

Mounting Jam-nut: Do not exceed 100 in-lbs mounting torque, minimum panel thickness 0.150"Side-mounting: Sensor includes 2 sets of #10-32 threaded inserts. Tighten to no more than 35 in-lbs. Use #10-32 x 0.250" fasteners with split-type washer for panel thickness between 0.048" and 0.080". For other panel thicknesses, choose fastener and washers to ensure minimum

thread engagement of 0.120" and a maximum thread engagement of 0.155".Connector Models Micro-Connector, 4-pin maleVibration and Shock Vibrations: 10g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz; Shock: 30g for 6 mS 1/2 sine wave pulseIndicator LED Red: Lights steady when output is on; Green: Lights steady when power is applied to sensorSunlight Immunity 5,000 foot-candlesEnclosure Ratings NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13 �

Excess Gain — nominal unit with fixed 79” sensing range

1000

4000

10

110 20 30 400.1 50 60 70 100

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN

100

RANGE (cm)25 51 77 102 127 1521782.5 254


Model Selection — AccessoriesDescription Reference



isit: www.eaton.com

August 2007

5-68

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

Photoelectric SensorsE67 Long Range Perfect Prox® Series

Wiring Diagrams

� Connector Versions: The pin numbering and wire colors are typical of seve


SeeOutputOptionsBelow

L2 or ( - )

L1 or +V

AC 2

0 to

132

Vor

DC

20

to 1

32 V

L2 or ( - )

L1 or +V

41

23

(Red/White)

(Red/Black)

(Green)

(Red)


( - )

+V

Red (Pin 3)

Green (Pin 4)

DC NPN (Sink)

Load

DC PNP (Source)

LoadL2

L1

AC Load

Maximum:100 mA @

132 Volts LoadRed (Pin 3)

Green (Pin 4)

Red (Pin 3)

Green (Pin 4)Maximum:75 mA @

132 Volts

AC/DC Models � �


ral manufacturers, however, variations are possible.


( - )

+V

DC

18

to 3

0 V

( - )

+V

41

23

(Brown)

(Blue)

(Black)(White)

NPNOutput(Sink)

PNPOutput

(Source)

Load

Load

DC-Only Models �

NOTE: In case of discrepancies, rely on function indicated and pin location rather than pin number or wire color.

� Sensor operates on DC voltage, but isolated output can switch AC or DC loads.


6.53 (166)

2.34 (59)1.65 (42)

1.69 (43)

5.41 (137)

1.7 (43)

1.7 (43)

0.62 (15.5)

0.12 (3)

M30 x 1.5Thread Fits into1.25 (32) hole

1.01 (25.5)

2.33 (59)0.95 (24)

0.15(4)


August 2007

PG08301004E F

69
5-Photoelectric Sensors 50 Series PG.05E.08.T.E
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS


call 1-800-426-9184.

50 Series Photoelectric Sensors


Model Selection, Output Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73

Model Selection, Logic Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73

Model Selection, Accessories . . . 5-74Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75

Cutler-Hammer® 50 Series Photo-electric Sensors from Eaton’s electrical business offer flexibility, durability and high optical perfor-mance in a cost-effective self-contained package. Choose from four output device modules, four logic function modules, five sensing modes and two types of connection to tailor the sensor to exactly meet your needs. A removable sealed cover allows access to the inter-changeable modules.

Sensors are available in thru-beam, reflex, polarized reflex, diffuse reflective and fiber optic sensing modes. Each sensor features a built-in swivel bracket for easy mounting and to allow precise adjustment of the sensor alignment.



Customize These High Performance Sensors with Interchangeable Outputs and Logic Functions

Product Features■ High optical performance includes 100-foot (30.5m) thru-beam range and 6-foot

(1.8m) diffuse reflective range■ Output options include a 2 Amp SPDT relay■ All units offer light/dark selection■ Logic options include time delay, one-shot and motion detection■ Thru-beam models feature an infrared sensing beam along with a visible red

LED behind the lens in the source unit to aid in sensor alignment■ Fiber optic sensors operate in thru-beam or diffuse reflective mode

depending on the fiber optic cable selected■ Glass fiber optic cables plug into NEMA 4 rated sockets on the front of the

sensor. Sockets are leakproof even when the fiber optic cables are not plugged in

■ Fully potted construction for use in areas subject to washdown, high shock and/or vibration

■ Choice of pre-wired power cable or built-in mini-connector versions. Standard pre-wired cable length is 6 feet (1.8m)

■ Built-in, patented, 360° rotation 10° tilt ball-swivel base


HighPerformanceOptics

OutputIndicator

LED

Built-InBall-SwivelBracket

Choose from Cableor Built-In Mini-Connector

Glass FiberOptic Models

RemovableCover Allows

Access toInterchangeable

Output Devicesand LogicModules


5-70

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007

Photoelectric Sensors50 Series


� Ranges based on 3-inch retroreflector for reflex sensors, 90% reflectance white card for diffuse reflective sensors.� See Excess Gain graphs on Page 5-72.



Voltage Range

SensingRange �

Optimum Range � Field of View Thru-Beam Component

Sensing Beam

Connection Type

Catalog Number

Thru-Beam 115V AC 70 feet(21.3m)

0.1 – 35 feet(0.03 – 11m)


Source Infrared(with visible red LED to aid alignment)

6-foot Cable 1155A-6511 2-pin Mini-Connector

1155A-6501

Detector 6-foot Cable 1251B-6511 5-pin Mini-Connector

1251B-6501

100 feet (30.5m)

0.1 – 50 feet(0.03 – 15m)


Source 6-foot Cable 1155A-6511 2-pin Mini-Connector

1155A-6501


1250B-6501

230V AC 70 feet(21.3m)

0.1 – 35 feet(0.03 – 11m)


Source 6-foot Cable 1155A-65122-pin Mini-Connector

1155A-6502

Detector 6-foot Cable 1251B-65125-pin Mini-Connector

1251B-6502

100 feet (30.5m)

0.1 – 50 feet(0.03 – 15m)


Source 6-foot Cable 1155A-65122-pin Mini-Connector

1155A-6502


1250B-6502

10 – 30V DC 70 feet(21.3m)

0.1 – 35 feet(0.03 – 11m)



1155A-6507


1251B-6507

100 feet (30.5m)

0.1 – 50 feet(0.03 – 15m)



1155A-6507


1250B-6507

Standard Reflex 115V AC 30 feet(9.1m)

0 – 15 feet(0 – 4.6m)


— Infrared 6-foot Cable 1450B-6511

5-pin Mini-Connector

1450B-6501

230V AC 30 feet(9.1m)

0 – 15 feet(0 – 4.6m)


— 6-foot Cable 1450B-6512


1450B-6502

10 – 30V DC 30 feet(9.1m)

0 – 15 feet(0 – 4.6m)


— 6-foot Cable 1450B-6517


1450B-6507

Source

Detector

Minimum object sizeIs 0.4 x 0.7 Inches

(10 x 18 mm)

For a complete system,order One Source,

One Detector, One Logic Module and One Output

Device (Page 5-73)

Sensor

For a complete system,order Sensor, Retroreflector, One Logic Module and One Output Device (Page 5-73)

(See Section 8)


August 2007

PG08301004E F

71
5-Photoelectric Sensors50 Series
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS


� Ranges based on 3-inch retroreflector for reflex sensors, 90% reflectance white card for diffuse reflective sensors.� See Excess Gain graphs on Page 5-72.� Polarized sensors may not operate with retroreflective tape. Test selected tape before installation.� Ranges using standard 0.125-inch diameter fiber optic cable: Thru-beam mode — 12 inches (305 mm); Diffuse reflective mode — 2.25 inches (57 mm).



OperatingVoltage

SensingRange �

Optimum Range �

Field of View Sensing Beam


Polarized Reflex � 115V AC 15 feet(4.6m)

0.5 – 6 feet(0.2 – 1.8m)


Visible Red 6-foot Cable 1451B-6511

5-pin Mini-Connector 1451B-6501

230V AC 15 feet(4.6m)

0.5 – 6 feet(0.2 – 1.8m)


6-foot Cable 1451B-6512


10 – 30V DC 15 feet(4.6m)

0.5 – 6 feet(0.2 – 1.8m)




Diffuse Reflective 115V AC 10 inches (254 mm)

0.25 – 5 inches (6 –127 mm)


Infrared 6-foot Cable 1350B-6511


24 inches (610 mm)

1 – 8 inches(25 – 203 mm)




72 inches (1828 mm)

1 – 36 inches(25 – 914 mm)




230V AC 10 inches (254 mm)

0.25 – 5 inches (6 –127 mm)




24 inches (610 mm)

1 – 8 inches(25 – 203 mm)




10 – 30V DC 10 inches (254 mm)

0.25 – 5 inches (6 –127 mm)




24 inches (610 mm)

1 – 8 inches(25 – 203 mm)




72 inches (1828 mm)

1 – 36 inches(25 – 914 mm)




Fiber Optic 115V AC � — Depends on Fiber Selected

Infrared 6-foot Cable 1550B-6511


230V AC � — Depends on Fiber Selected



10 – 30V DC � — Depends on Fiber Selected



For a complete system,order Sensor, Retroreflector, One Logic Module and One Output Device (Page 5-73)

(See Section 8)

Sensor


For a complete system,order One Logic Module and

One Output Device (See Page 5-73)

Glass Fiber Optic Cables Not Included

(See Section 9)

For a complete system,order One Logic Module and

One Output Device (See Page 5-73)


August 2007

5-72

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS


Excess Gain



VoltageStyle

Number of Pins



— 4-pin 16 AWG 6 feet (2m) CSMS4F4CY1


1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (feet)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (m)0.30.03 3.0 30.5

1

2

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (feet)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (m)0.30.03 3.0 30.5

1

2

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254 2540

1

2

3

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254 2540

1

2

Thru-Beam

1. 1250B detectors using 1155A sources2. 1251B detectors using 1155A sources

Diffuse Reflective(90% reflective white card)1. 1352B2. 1351B3. 1350B

Reflex(3-inch diameter retroreflector)1. 1450B2. 1451B

Fiber Optic (standard 0.125-inch diameter fiber optic cable shown)

1. Thru-beam mode2. Diffuse reflective mode

(90% reflective white card)





602

602

602

1-White2-Black

1-Black2-White3-Red4-Green


PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

73
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Model Selection — Output Devices (One required for each sensor except thru-beam source) �

� Plug-in relay has a life expectancy of 200,000 operations at rated load — all other output devices have unlimited life expectancy when used within rated load limits.

� Sink (NPN) SPST switch to DC common — provides dry contact and NPN open collector output. Source (PNP) SPST to positive DC power supply.


Model Selection — Logic Modules (One required for each sensor except thru-beam source)


Description Sensors Used With

Load Switching Output Type Output Rating OFF-State Leakage

ON-State Voltage Drop

Catalog Number

Plug-In Relay

115 or 230V AC sensors

AC or DC loads. For loads under 40 mA use solid-state switch below

SPDT 2A at 115V AC resistive load

— — 8532B-6501

Solid-State Switch

115V AC sensors

AC or DC loads SPST VMOS solid-state relay

68 mA max. resistive load, AC or DC

50 µA max. 4V max. 8562B-6501

115 or 230V AC sensors

AC loads only SPST isolated output, triac solid-state relay

50 mA max. resistive load, AC only

200 µA max. 3V max. 8563A-6501

Sink/Source/TTL

DC sensors DC loads only Open collector transistor �

0.25A max. resistive or inductive

10 µA max. at 30V DC

Less than 1V at rated load

8587A-6501

Description Operation Operating Mode(s)(Switch Selectable)

Ranges Catalog Number

Light/Dark Provides selection of light or dark operation. Use this module only when no other logic function is required, as all four models shown here have a light/dark select switch.

Light OperateDark Operate

— 8250B-6501

Time Delay Delays state changes of the sensor output signal by a user-adjustable time period.

On and Off Delay


0.001 to 0.25 seconds0.005 to 2.5 seconds0.05 to 25 seconds

8251B-6501

One-Shot Produces a pulse when triggered length of pulse is user- adjustable. Triggering on leading or trailing edge of target is switch selectable.

Standard One-ShotRetriggerable One-ShotDelayed One-ShotOn-Delay One-Shot


0.005 to 0.050 seconds0.040 to 0.40 seconds0.32 to 3.2 seconds2.5 to 25 seconds

8252A-6501

Motion Detection

Performs same function as a speed switch. Triggering on leading or trailing edge of target is switch selectable.

UnderspeedOverspeedUnder/Overspeed


1200 to 12,000 CPM150 to 1500 CPM19 to 180 CPM2.4 to 23 CPM

8253A-6501

(May be wired in series or parallel with other switches)

(May be wired in series or parallel with other switches)


5-74

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007




Description Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Except Where Noted

Adapter Plate Allows 50 Series sensor to replace Photoswitch® 5000 Series terminal base and 60-1785 normal duty bracket

6150A-6502

Adapter Plate Allows 50 Series sensor to replace Photoswitch® 5000 Series cable base and 60-1785 normal duty bracket

6150A-6503

Adapter Plate Allows 50 Series sensor to replace Photoswitch® 4000 Series self-contained models and 60-1749 bracket

6150A-6504

Adapter Plate Allows 50 Series sensor to replace Banner® Multibeam (all models) and SMB700 bracket

6150A-6505


Connector Cables For use with connector version sensors

See Section 10

Lens Protector Lens protector kit. Clear glass cover fits snugly over the sensor lens to protect it from damage. Ideal for environments in which damage to the lens is likely. Not recommended for use with diffuse reflective sensors.

1450B-7501

0.218(5.5)

1.18(30.0)

0.50(12.7)

2.65(67.3)

1.00 (25.4)Typ.

2.00(50.8)

0.281(7.1)Typ. Thickness: 11 GA

BC

A0.30(7.6)

CatalogNumber

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

A B C

6150A-6503 4.45 (113.0)

2.83 (71.9)

1.09 (27.7)

6150A-6504 5.64 (143.3)

4.04 (102.6)

2.15 (54.6)

NOTE: Dimensions in Inches

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

75
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Wiring Diagrams (Pin numbers are for reference only, rely on pin location when wiring) Operating Voltage


115V AC or 230V AC

Thru-BeamSource

All others

10 – 30V DC Thru-BeamSource

All others

BU

BNL1

L2

L1 L2

BU

RD

L2

YL Load

BN L1Load

BKN.O. Out

N.C. OutRelay COM

L2L1

COM

N.O.OutN.C.Out

Load

Load

Relay

BK

RD

(-)

+V(-) +V

BK

GN

(-)

WH Load

RD +V

Load

(-)

+VLoad

Load

Specifications

� NOTE: Our products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specifications. If you have questions about a specific application, contact Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184.

115V AC Models 230V AC Models 10 – 30V DC Models

Input Voltage 90 – 132V AC,60 Hz

100 – 132V AC,50 Hz

180 – 264V AC,60 Hz

200 – 264V AC,50 Hz

10 – 30V DC,35 mA

Power Dissipation 2W 1WLight/Dark Operation Switch selection on logic moduleOperating Temperature Thru-Beam: -22° to +158°F (-30° to +70°C)

All Others: -40° to +158°F (-40° to +70°C)Humidity 95% relative humidity, non-condensingCase Material Noryl® (avoid exposing to chlorinated, halogenated

or aromatic hydrocarbons)Lens Material NylonVibration 15g or 0.06-inch displacement, whichever is less, over 10

Hz to 2 kHz (when using 8532B relay — 0.04-inch displacement between 10 – 55 Hz)

Shock 40g for 10 mS and 500g for 2 mS, 1/2 sine wave pulseSensitivity Adjustment 20:1 RatioEnclosure Ratings NEMA 1, 3, 4, 12 and 13 �

Sunlight Immunity 100 foot Thru-Beam models: 6,000 foot-candles All other models: 10,000 foot-candles

Output See output device specifications

Sensor Type Output DeviceInstalled

Response Time

Dark-to-Light Light-to-Dark

AC Thru-Beam Models 8532B8562B8563A

12 mS5 mS

10 mS

18 mS11 mS16 mS

All Other AC Models 8532B8562B8563A

12 mS5 mS

10 mS

12 mS5 mS

10 mSDC Thru-Beam Models 8587A 2 mS 8 mSAll Other DC Models 8587A 2 mS 2 mS



0.20 (5.1) DIA, 2 PL(#10 Clearance Hole)

2.05(52.1)

1.18(30.0)

3.19(81.0)1.40

(35.6)

0.40 (10.2)

0.55(14.0)

1.64(41.7)

1.62(41.1)

1/2-14 NPT

BeamStatus LED

1.02(25.9)

0.23(5.8)

10˚ 10˚10˚ 10˚

1.41(35.8)

1.36 (34.5)

360˚Rotation

2.08 (52.8)

2.15(54.6)

Fiber Optic ModelsTop View

Front View

0.40(10.2)

0.16(4.1)

Sensors

isit: www.eaton.com

5-76

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS


August 2007
55 Series PG.05E.07.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.


ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76 Model Selection, Sensors. . . . . 5-77 Model Selection, CompatibleConnector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79

Model Selection, Accessories . . . 5-80Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82

Cutler-Hammer® 55 Series Photo-electric Sensors are identical to Eaton’s 50 Series except without the interchangeable outputs or logic functions. They offer durability and high optical performance in a cost-effective, self-contained package. The 55 Series features sensors with AC and DC operation in a single unit. A relay option is available on these models that provides a 3 Amp SPDT relay output for high current switching.

Sensors are available that in thru-beam, reflex, polarized reflex, dif-fuse reflective and fiber optic sens-ing modes. Each sensor features a built-in swivel bracket for easy mounting and to allow precise adjustment of the sensor alignment.



High Optical Performance and a Built-In Swivel Bracket for Easy and Precise Alignment

Product Features■ High optical performance includes 100-foot (30.5m) thru-beam range and

6-foot (1.8m) diffuse reflective range■ Both AC and DC operation in a single unit■ Short circuit protected solid-state outputs on AC/DC and DC-only versions

(except thru-beam)■ Relay output option provides 3 Amp current switching on AC/DC models■ Thru-beam models feature an infrared sensing beam along with a visible

red LED behind the lens in the source unit to aid in sensor alignment■ Fiber optic sensors operate in thru-beam or diffuse reflective mode depend-

ing on the fiber optic cable selected■ Glass fiber optic cables plug into NEMA 4 rated sockets on the front of the

sensor. Sockets are leakproof even when the fiber optic cables are not plugged in

■ Fully potted construction for use in areas subject to washdown, high shock and/or vibration

■ Choice of pre-wired power cable or built-in mini-connector versions. Stan-dard pre-wired cable length is 6 feet (1.8m)

■ Built-in, patented, 360° rotation 10° tilt ball-swivel base


Glass FiberOptic Models

OutputIndicator

LED

Choosefrom Cableor Built-InMini-Connector

HighPerformance

Optics

Built-InBall-Swivel

Bracket

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

77
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS


� Ranges based on 3-inch retroreflector for reflex sensors, 90% reflectance white card for diffuse reflective sensors.� See Excess Gain graphs on Page 5-79.



Operating Voltage

SensingRange �

OptimumRange �

Field of View Thru-BeamComponent

Sensing Beam

Connection Type and output

Catalog Number


Thru-Beam 115V AC 70 feet(21.3m)

0.1 – 35 feet(0.03 – 11m)


Source Infrared(with visible red LED to aid alignment)

6-foot Cable 1155A-6511 —


1155A-6501 —

Detector 6-foot Cable 1256A-6511 —


1256A-6501 —

100 feet (30.5m)

0.1 – 50 feet(0.03 – 15m)


Source 6-foot Cable 1155A-6511 —


1155A-6501 —



1255A-6501 —

230V AC 70 feet(21.3m)

0.1 – 35 feet(0.03 – 11m)




1155A-6502 —



1256A-6502 —

100 feet (30.5m)

0.1 – 50 feet(0.03 – 15m)




1155A-6502 —



1255A-6502 —

10 – 30V DC 70 feet(21.3m)

0.1 – 35 feet(0.03 – 11m)




1155A-6507 —



1256A-6507 —

100 feet (30.5m)

0.1 – 50 feet(0.03 – 15m)




1155A-6507 —



1255A-6507 —

Standard Reflex 20 – 264V AC or 15 – 30V DC

30 feet(9.1m)

0 – 15 feet(0 – 4.6m)


— Infrared 6-foot Cable 1455A-6513 1455AD6513

6-foot CableRelay Output

1455R-6513 1455RD6513


1455A-6503 1455AD6503

5-pin Mini-ConnectorRelay Output

1455R-6503 1455RD6503

10 – 30V DC 30 feet(9.1m)

0 – 15 feet(0 – 4.6m)


— Infrared 6-foot Cable 1455A-6517 1455AD6517


1455A-6507 1455AD6507

Source

Detector

Minimum object sizeis 0.4 x 0.7 Inches

(10 x 18 mm)

For a complete system,order One Source and

One Detector


Sensor




5-78

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007



� Ranges based on 3-inch retroreflector for reflex sensors, 90% reflectance white card for diffuse reflective sensors.� See Excess Gain graphs on Page 5-79.� Polarized sensors may not operate with retroreflective tape. Test selected tape before installation.� Ranges using standard 0.125-inch diameter fiber optic cable.


See listing of compatible connector cables on Page 5-79.Relay output option for AC/DC Models only (built-to-order, contact factory for delivery lead times). For a 3 Amp, SPDT relay output replace A in Catalog Number with R. (AC/DC Models only — not available in Thru-Beam).

Operating Voltage

SensingRange �

Optimum Range �

Field of View SensingBeam

Connection Type Catalog NumberLight Operate Dark Operate

Polarized Reflex � 20 – 264V AC or15 – 30V DC

15 feet (4.6m) 0.5 – 6 feet(0.2 – 1.8m)


Visible Red 6-foot Cable 1456A-6513 1456AD6513


1456R-6513 1456RD6513

3-pin Mini-Connector 1456A-6503 1456AD6503


1456R-6503 1456RD6503

10 – 30V DC

15 feet (4.6m) 0.5 – 6 feet(0.2 – 1.8m)


6-foot Cable 1456A-6517 1456AD6517


Diffuse Reflective 20 – 264V AC or15 – 30V DC

10 inches (254 mm)

0.25 – 5 inches (6 –127 mm)


Infrared 6-foot Cable 1355A-6513 1355AD65136-foot CableRelay Output

1355R-6513 1355RD6513

3-pin Mini-Connector 1355A-6503 1355AD65035-pin Mini-ConnectorRelay Output

1355R-6503 1355RD6503

24 inches (610 mm)

1 – 8 inches(25 – 203 mm)


6-foot Cable 1356A-6513 1356AD65136-foot CableRelay Output

1356R-6513 1356RD6513


1356R-6503 1356RD6503

72 inches (1828 mm)

1 – 36 inches(25 – 914 mm)


6-foot Cable 1357A-6513 1357AD65136-foot CableRelay Output

1357R-6513 1357RD6513


1357R-6503 1357RD6503

10 – 30V DC

10 inches (254 mm)

0.25 – 5 inches (6 –127 mm)


6-foot Cable 1355A-6517 1355AD65174-pin Mini-Connector 1355A-6507 1355AD6507

24 inches (610 mm)

1 – 8 inches(25 – 203 mm)



72 inches (1828 mm)

1 – 36 inches(25 – 914 mm)



Fiber Optic 20 – 264V AC or 15 – 30V DC

Thru-Beam: 12 inches (305 mm)Diffuse Reflective:2.25 inches (57 mm) �

— Depends on Fiber Selected

Infrared 6-foot Cable 1555A-6513 1555AD6513


1555R-6513 1555RD6513



1555R-6503 1555RD6503

10 – 30V DC

Thru-Beam: 12 inches (305 mm)Diffuse Reflective:2.25 inches (57 mm) �

— Depends on Fiber Selected

6-foot Cable 1555A-6517 1555AD6517


Sensor




Glass Fiber Optic CablesNot Included

(See Section 9)


PG08301004E F

79August 2007


5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Excess Gain



VoltageStyle

Number of Pins



— 3-pin 16 AWG 6 feet (2m) CSMS3F3CY1

— 4-pin 16 AWG 6 feet (2m) CSMS4A4CY1

— 5-pin 16 AWG 6 feet (2m) CSMS5A5CY1

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (feet)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (m)0.30.03 3.0 30.5

1

2

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (feet)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (m)0.30.03 3.0 30.5

1

2

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (inches)E

XC

ES

S G

AIN 100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254 2540

1

2

3

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254 2540

1

2

Thru-Beam

1. 1255A detectors using 1155A sources2. 1256A detectors using 1155A sources

Diffuse Reflective(90% reflective white card)1. 1357A2. 1356A3. 1355A

Reflex(3-inch diameter retroreflector)1. 1455A2. 1456A

Fiber Optic (standard 0.125-inch diameter fiber optic cable shown)

1. Thru-Beam mode2. Diffuse reflective mode

(90% reflective white card)





602

602

602

602

1-White2-Black




5-80

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007





Adapter Plate Allows 55 Series sensor to replace Photoswitch® 5000 Series terminal base and 60-1785 normal duty bracket

6150A-6502

Adapter Plate Allows 55 Series sensor to replace Photoswitch® 5000 Series cable base and 60-1785 normal duty bracket

6150A-6503

Adapter Plate Allows 55 Series sensor to replace Photoswitch® 4000 Series self-contained models and 60-1749 bracket

6150A-6504

Adapter Plate Allows 55 Series sensor to replace Banner® Multibeam, (all models) and SMB700 bracket

6150A-6505


Connector Cables For use with connector version sensors

See Section 10

Lens Protector Lens protector kit. Clear glass cover fits snugly over the sensor lens to protect it from damage. Ideal for environments in which damage to the lens is likely. Not recommended for use with diffuse reflective sensors.

1450B-7501


0.218(5.5)

1.18(30.0)

0.50(12.7)

2.65(67.3)

1.00 (25.4)Typ.

2.00(50.8)

0.281(7.1)Typ. Thickness: 11 GA

BC

A0.30(7.6)

Catalog Number


A B C

6150A-6503

6150A-6504

4.45 (113.0)5.64 (143.3)

2.83 (71.9)4.04 (102.6)

1.09 (27.7)2.15 (54.6)


For more information visit: www.
eaton.com PG08301004E

PG08301004E F

81August 2007


5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Wiring Diagrams (Pin numbers are for reference only, rely on pin location when wiring) Operating Voltage


115V AC or 230V AC

Thru-BeamSource

Thru-BeamDetector

20 – 264V AC or 15 – 30V DC

StandardOutput

Relay Output

10 – 30V DC Thru-BeamSource

All others

BU

BNL1

L2L1 L2

BU

BN L1

L2

BKLoad L1

L2

Load

BU

BN L1or (-)

L2 or+V

BKLoad

L1 or(-)

L2 or +V

Load

BU

RD

L2 or +V

YL Load

BN L1 or (-)Load

BK Relay COMN.O. Out

N.C. Out

L2 or +VL1 or (-)

COM

N.O.OutN.C.Out

Load

Load

Relay

BK

RD

(-)

+V(-) +V

BK

GN

(-)

WH Load

RD +V

Load(-)

+VLoad

Load


August 2007

5-82

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS


Specifications


Thru-Beam All Other Models

115V AC Models 230V AC Models 10 – 30V DC Models AC/DC Models

Input Voltage 90 – 132V AC, 60 Hz100 – 132V AC, 50 Hz

180 – 264V AC, 60 Hz200 – 264V AC, 50 Hz

10 – 30V DC, 35 mA 20 – 264V AC, 50/60 Hz or 15 – 30V DC

Power Dissipation 2W 2W 1W 2WOperating Temperature

-22° to +158°F (-30° to +70°C) -

Output: VMOS, 50 mA maximum resistive or relay-load; Off-Stage leakage is 0.1 mA

maximum

Sink/source/TTL, open collector transistor, 50 mA maximum load current

Standard Versions:VMOS, 300 mA max./NPN, 300Relay Output Versions:3A SPDT relay

Response Times Dark-to-Light: 5 mSLight-to-Dark: 11 mS

10 mS

Short Circuit Protection

— Sensor will turn off immediateshort or overload is detected LED will flash). Turn power OFON to reset. IMPORTANT: Durinstallation, correct power comust be made first to ensure fshort circuit protection of the

Sunlight Immunity 100 foot Thru-Beam models: 6,000 foot-candAll other models: 10,000 foot-candles

Humidity 95% relative humidity, non-condensingCase Material Noryl® (avoid exposing to chlorinated, halogenated, or aromLens Material NylonVibration 15g or 0.06 inch displacement, whichever is less, over 10 Hz to 2 kHz (reShock 40g for 10 mS and 500g for 2 mS, 1/2 sine wave pulse (20gEnclosure Ratings NEMA 1, 3, 4, 6, 12 and 13�

� NOTE: Our products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown applicationyou have questions about a specific application, contact Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Sensor Application

Sensors

0.20 (5.1) DIA, 2 PL(#10 Clearance Hole)

2.05(52.1)

1.18 (30)

3.19(81.0)

2.15(54.6)

0.40 (10.2)

0.55 (14)

1.64 (41.7)

1.62 (41.2)

1/2-14 NPT

Beam Status LED

1.02(25.9)

0.23 (5.8)

10 10°

10° °10°

1.41(35.8)

1.36 (34.5)

360° Rotation Fiber Optic Models

Top View

Front View

0.40(10.2)

0.16(4.1)


10 – 30V DC Models

10 – 30V DC, 35 mA

1W40° to +158°F (-40° to +70°C)

mA max.NPN: 250 mA max., 1.8V drop max.PNP: 100 mA max., 2.6V drop max. (not TTL compatible)Optional Relay Models: SPDT 3A contact

1 mS

ly when a (indicator F and back ing nnections ail-safe outputs.

Sensor will turn off immediately when a short or overload is detected (indicator LED will flash). Sensor will reset when short is removed.

les

atic hydrocarbons)

lay models: 10g over 10 – 55 Hz) for relay models)

s can exceed these NEMA test specifications. If s Department at 1-800-426-9184.

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

83
5-Photoelectric Sensors E51 Limit Switch Style, Modular PG.05E.21.T.E
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS


call 1-800-426-9184.

E51 Modular Limit Switch Style Photoelectric Sensors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83 Model Selection, Assembled Sensors . . . . . . . . . . 5-84

Model Selection, Sensor Heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86

Model Selection, Sensor Bodies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88


Model Selection, Receptacles . . . 5-89Model Selection, CompatibleConnector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90Model Selection, Accessories . . . 5-90 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92

Cutler-Hammer® E51 Limit Switch Style Modular Sensors from Eaton’s electrical business are available in thru-beam, reflex, polarized reflex, dif-fuse reflective and fiber optic sensing modes to solve a wide variety of sens-ing applications. Modular, plug-in components are easy to maintain, meaning less downtime and reduced inventory. Choose between 2-wire sensors with AC/DC operation and 4-wire sensors in either AC or DC styles. Connection options include terminal, mini-connector and various lengths of cable. Sensors can be ordered in com-ponent form or as fully assembled units.



(where shown)

Modular Construction and a Variety of Operating Modes

Product Features■ Choose from five different sensing modes including fiber optic■ All heads feature a selector switch for light or dark operation■ Logic modules are available to provide additional control functions■ Rugged construction, ideal for industrial environments■ Viton gaskets ensure a positive seal and high chemical resistance■ Sensor heads can be rotated to any of four positions■ Components are interchangeable with E51 proximity sensors■ Sensors accommodate both U.S. and DIN mounting dimensions■ Sensor bodies feature bifurcated engagement prongs for a reliable

electrical connection when plugging into receptacle stabs



on SelectModels

Head Can BeMounted inAny of FourPositions

Heads Availablein Five Sensing

Modes

Conduit, Cableand ConnectorWiring Options

Rugged ZincDie CastHousing

VitonGasket SealsThroughout

A Variety ofReceptacles

Meet YourWiring Needs

Sensor BodiesAvailable for

AC and DCOperation


5-84

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007

Photoelectric SensorsE51 Limit Switch Style, Modular

Model Selection — Assembled Sensors — Reflex, Diffuse Reflective and Thru-Beam

� All sensor heads feature a light or dark operation selector switch which reverses the output function.� Logic modules must be ordered separately, see Page 5-88. These sensor bodies are rated NEMA 4, 4X and 13.� Includes sensor head mounted to sensor body. Head can be rotated to any of four discrete positions on body, 90% apart, but is not separate from body.� Receptacles feature terminal wiring with a 1/2" NPT thread at the conduit entrance. Other connection options are available (see below and Page 5-89).



Assembled Sensor

Sensor Body and Receptacle 2-Wire Sensors 4-Wire Sensors

Operating Voltage

20 – 264V AC/DC

120V AC 10 – 30V DC

Output N.O. or N.C. � N.O. and N.C. Complementary

N.O. and N.C. Complementary

Sensor Body

E51SAL E51SCL E51SCNAccepts Logic Modules �

E51SNL NPN

E51SPL PNP

Receptacle �

E51RA E51RC E51RCB E51RN E51RN

Sensor Heads � SensingRange

ResponseTime

Sensing Beam

Catalog NumberSensor Head Only


Reflex 18 feet (5.5m) Standard Response

Infrared E51DP1 E51ALP1 E51CLP1 E51CNP1 E51NLP1 E51PLP1

35 feet (10.7m)

Standard Response

E51DP3 — E51CLP3 E51CNP3 E51NLP3 E51PLP3

Polarized Reflex 15 feet (4.5m) Standard Response

Visible Red E51DP5 — E51CLP5 E51CNP5 E51NLP5 E51PLP5

Diffuse Reflective 8 inches (200 mm)

Standard Response

Infrared E51DP2 E51ALP2 E51CLP2 E51CNP2 E51NLP2 E51PLP2

Fast Response


18 inches (450 mm)

Standard Response


40 inches (1m) Standard Response


Thru-Beam Detector 300 feet (90m)

Standard Response

— E51DC1 E51ALC1 E51CLC1 E51CNC1 E51NLC1 E51PLC1

Thru-Beam Source � 300 feet (90m)

— Infraredwith visible red alignment aid

E51DEL E51ELA (120V AC Operation)

E51DED E51EDN (10 – 30V DC Operation)

Connection Option Suffix Example

20 mm thread at the conduit entrance 20 E51ALP120Built-in Mini-Connector with epoxy filled receptacle

2-wire, 3-pin connector P3 E51ALP1P34-wire, 5-pin connector P5 E51CLP1P5

Pigtail with Mini-Connector 2-wire, AC/DC T3 E51RAPT34-wire, AC T5 E51RCPT54-wire, DC T5 E51RNPT5

Pre-wired cable with epoxy filled receptacle

8 feet long S E51ALP1S12 feet long S12 E51ALP1S1220 feet long S20 E51ALP1S20


August 2007

PG08301004E F

85
5-Photoelectric SensorsE51 Limit Switch Style, Modular
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Model Selection — Assembled Sensors — Glass Fiber Optic Assembled Sensor

Sensor Body and Receptacle 2-Wire Sensors 4-Wire Sensors

Operating Voltage

20 – 264V AC/DC

120V AC 10 – 30V DC

Output N.O. or N.C. � N.O. and N.C. Complementary N.O. and N.C. ComplementarySensor Body E51SAL E51SCL E51SCN

Accepts Logic Modules �

E51SNLNPN

E51SPLPNP

Receptacle � E51RA E51RC E51RCB E51RN E51RN

Sensor Heads � Sensing Range Response Time Catalog NumberSensor Head Only


Glass Fiber Optic, Standard Fiber Mounting Style �

3 inches (75 mm) �25 inches (650 mm) �

Standard Response E51DF1 — E51CLF1 E51CNF1 E51NLF1 E51PLF1

1 inch (25 mm) �9 inches (225 mm) �

Fast Response E51DF11 — E51CLF11 E51CNF11 E51NLF11 E51PLF11

Glass Fiber Optic, Collar Fiber Mounting Style �

3 inches (75 mm) �25 inches (650 mm) �

Standard Response E51DF3 — E51CLF3 E51CNF3 E51NLF3 E51PLF3

1 inch (25 mm) �9 inches (225 mm) �

Fast Response E51DF33 — E51CLF33 E51CNF33 E51NLF33 E51PLF33

� All sensor heads feature a light or dark operation selector switch which reverses the output function.� Logic modules must be ordered separately, see Page 5-88. These sensor bodies are rated NEMA 4, 4X and 13.� Sensing range for diffuse reflective mode for 0.125 inch (3.2 mm) diameter fibers. See Page 5-87 for complete sensing range specifications.� Sensing range in thru-beam mode for 0.125 inch (3.2 mm) diameter fibers. See Page 5-87 for complete sensing range specifications.� Requires glass fiber optic cables for operation (not included), see Section 9.� Receptacles feature terminal wiring with a 1/2” NPT thread at the conduit entrance. Other connection options are available (see below and Page 5-89).

Connection Option
Suffix Example



20 mm thread at the conduit entrance 20 E51CLF120Built-in Mini-Connector with epoxy filled receptacle

2-wire, 3-pin connector P3 E51CLF1P34-wire, 5-pin connector P5 E51CLF1P5

Pigtail with Mini-Connector 2-wire, AC/DC T3 E51RAPT34-wire, AC T5 E51RCPT54-wire, DC T5 E51RNPT5

Pre-wired cable with epoxy filled receptacle

8 feet long S E51ALP1S12 feet long S12 E51ALP1S1220 feet long S20 E51ALP1S20

5-86

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007


Model Selection — Sensor Heads — Reflex, Diffuse Reflective and Thru-Beam �

� All sensor heads feature a light or dark operation selector switch.� Reflex ranges are based on a 3-inch retroreflector; diffuse reflective ranges are based on a 90% reflectance white card.� These sensor heads have a mechanical Near/Far adjustment which adjust the head for optimum performance at the expected target distance. The

adjustment, which move the optics and adjustment indicator, is made before the head is mounted on the sensor body. Excess gain graphs are shown in the “Far” setting.

� Includes sensor head mounted to sensor body. Use receptacles E51RA for AC or E51RN for DC sources. Head can be rotated to any of four discrete positions on body, 90° apart, but is not separate from the body.


Excess Gain

Sensing Range �

Field of View Response Time Sensing Beam

Adjustments InputVoltage

Catalog Number

ON OFF

AC Sensor DC Sensor AC Sensor DC Sensor

Reflex 18 feet (5.5m)

6 inch (152 mm) diameter at 15 feet (4.6m)

20 mS 20 mS 30 mS 22 mS Infrared — — E51DP1

35 feet (10.7m)



Polarized Reflex 15 feet (4.5m)


20 mS 20 mS 30 mS 22 mS Visible Red

— — E51DP5

Diffuse Reflective 8 inches (200 mm)

1 inch (25 mm) diameter at 4 inches (101m)

20 mS 20 mS 30 mS 22 mS Infrared Near/Far � — E51DP2

1 mS 0.5 mS 9 mS 0.5 mS Infrared Near/Far � — E51DP22

18 inches (450 mm)

1 inch (25 mm) diameter at 9 inches (228m)

20 mS 20 mS 30 mS 22 mS Infrared Near/Far � — E51DP6

40 inches (1m)

1.5 inch (38 mm) diameter at 40 inches (1m)


Thru-Beam Detector 300 feet (90m)


10 mS 5 mS 10 mS 5 mS — Sensitivity — E51DC1

Thru-Beam Source � 300 feet (90m)


— — — — Infraredwith visible red alignment aid

— 120V AC E51DEL

10 – 30V DC E51DED

RANGE (m)

1000

10

110.1 10 100

RANGE (feet)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

0.30.03 3.0 30.5

1

2

3

RANGE (m)

1000

10

1101 100 1000

RANGE (feet)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

3.00.3 30.5 305

7

RANGE (mm)

1000

10

110.1 10 100

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

252.5 254 2540

4

56

Reflex(3-inch diameter retroreflector)1. E51DP32. E51DP13. E51DP5

Diffuse Reflective(90% reflective white card)4. E51DP65. E51DP46. E51DP2 and

E51DP22

Thru-Beam

7. E51DEL andE51DED SourcesUsing E51DC1 Detector


August 2007

PG08301004E F

87
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Model Selection — Sensor Heads — Glass Fiber Optic�

� All sensor heads feature a light or dark operation selector switch.� Diffuse reflective ranges are based on a 90% reflectance white card.� Requires glass fiber optic cables for operation (not included), see Section 9.


Excess Gain

Sensing Range � Response Time Sensing Beam

Adjustments Catalog NumberThru-Beam Mode Diffuse Reflective Mode ON OFF

0.063 Inch Diameter Fibers




AC Sensor DC Sensor AC Sensor DC Sensor

Standard Fiber Mounting Style �

8 inches (200 mm)

25 inches (650 mm)

0.6 inch(15 mm)

3 inches (75 mm)

20 mS 20 mS 30 mS 22 mS Infrared — E51DF1

3 inches (75 mm)

9 inches (225 mm)

0.25 inch(6 mm)

1 inch (25 mm)

0.5 mS 0.5 mS 9 mS 0.5 mS Infrared — E51DF11

Collar Fiber Mounting Style �

8 inches (200 mm)

25 inches (650 mm)

0.6 inch(15 mm)

3 inches (75 mm)

20 mS 20 mS 30 mS 22 mS Infrared Sensitivity E51DF3

3 inches (75 mm)

9 inches (225 mm)

0.25 inch(6 mm)

1 inch (25 mm)

0.5 mS 0.5 mS 9 mS 0.5 mS Infrared Sensitivity E51DF33

10 inches (250 mm)

40 inches (1000 mm)

0.8 inch (20 mm)

4.5 inches (115 mm)

20 mS 20 mS 30 mS 22 mS Infrared — E51DF4

1000

10

1

0.10.01 1 10

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (mm)2.5.25 25.4 254

1

2

3

4

5

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (mm)25.42.5 254 2540

1

2

3

4

6

5

7

8

Thru-Beam

E51DF4 extended range sensor head with:

1. 0.125" fiber bundle4. 0.063" fiber bundle

E51DF1 and E51DF3 high power sensor head with:

2. 0.125" fiber bundle3. 0.094" fiber bundle6. 0.063" fiber bundle

E51DF33 fast response sensor head with:


Diffuse Reflective(90% reflective white card)E51DF1 and E51DF3 high power sensor head with:


E51DF33 fast response sensor head with:



5-88

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007


Model Selection — Sensor Bodies

� This sensor body is available in a factory-sealed, non plug-in configuration (with 8-foot cable), add 6P to listed Catalog Number. Example: E51SAL6P.

� Sensor body is black. E51SCN sensor bodies are rated NEMA 4, 4X and 13.


Model Selection — Logic Modules (for E51SCN Sensor Body Only)

� Repeatability of the timing cycle is ±1% at constant voltage, ambient temperature and reset time.


Operating Voltage Output Protection Output Rating Continuous Type Catalog Number

2-Wire Sensors

AC/DC 20 – 264V AC/DC,50/60 Hz

1 output, load powered, N.O. or N.C., programmable from head;OFF state leakage current: 1.7 mA at 120V AC/DC, <2.0 mA at 240V AC

Latching short circuit and overload

0.5A — E51SAL �

4-Wire Sensors

AC 120V AC,50/60 Hz

2 complementary outputs, line powered, N.O. and N.C.

— 1.0A to 158° (70°), linearly derated to 0.6A at 176° (80°)

— E51SCL �


Accepts Logic Modules (See chart below)

E51SCN �

DC 10 – 30V DC 2 complementary outputs, line powered, N.O. and N.C.Burden Current: <25 mAOFF state leakage: <100 µAON state: <2.5V DCPower-Up Delay: <150 mS

Reverse polarity


NPN E51SNL �

PNP E51SPL �

Type Description TimingRange �

CatalogNumber

Reset time is 25 mS minimum. Rated NEMA 4, 4X and 13.

ON and OFF Delay

■ Adjustable delay between time object is sensed and time switch function occurs

■ Adjustable delay between time object leaves sensing field and time switch transfers back to non-sensing state

0.15 to 15.0 seconds

E51MTB

E51SCN Shown

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

89
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS


� Black receptacle is for color compatibility with E51SCN sensor body.





Description Style Details Cable Length Catalog Number

Conduit Entrance

1/2” NPT 20 mm


2-wire, AC/DC — — E51RA E51RA20

4-wire, AC Gray — E51RC E51RC20

Black � — E51RCB E51RCB20

4-wire, DC — — E51RN E51RN20

Built-In Mini-Connector Epoxy filled receptacle with pre-wired Mini-Connector

2-wire, AC/DC 3-pin — E51RAP3 —

4-wire, AC 5-pin — E51RCP5 —

4-wire, DC 5-pin — E51RNP5 —

Pigtail with Mini-Connector Epoxy filled receptacle with Mini-Connector mounted on 3 foot (900 mm) cable

2-wire, AC/DC 3-pin 3 feet (0.9m) E51RAPT3 —

4-wire, AC 5-pin 3 feet (0.9m) E51RCPT5 —

4-wire, DC 5-pin 3 feet (0.9m) E51RNPT5 —

Prewired Cable Epoxy filled receptacle with pre-wired 16 gauge, yellow jacketed, type SOOW-A cable. Cable enters through hole threaded for conduit

2-wire, AC/DC 3-conductor 8 feet (2.4m) E51RAS E51RA20S

12 feet (3.6m) E51RAS12 —

20 feet (6m) E51RAS20 —

4-wire, AC 5-conductor 8 feet (2.4m) E51RCS E51RC20S

12 feet (3.6m) E51RCS12 —

20 feet (6m) E51RCS20 —

4-wire, DC 5-conductor 8 feet (2.4m) E51RNS E51RN20S

12 feet (3.6m) E51RNS12 —

20 feet (6m) E51RNS20 —

VoltageStyle

Number of Pins




Current Rating @ 600V2-pin: 13A3-pin: 13A4-pin: 10A5-pin: 8A

Mini Style Straight Female 1-Green

2-Black3-White



5-90

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007



� Changing light/dark switch on sensor head will reverse output function (N.O. becomes N.C., and N.C. becomes N.O.).



Operating Voltage Output � Terminal and Cable Models Mini-Connector Models (Face View Male Shown)

2-Wire Sensors

20 – 264V AC or DC 50/60 Hz

N.O. or N.C.

4-Wire Sensors

120V AC50/60 Hz

N.O. and N.C.

10 – 30V DC N.O. and N.C. NPN

N.O. and N.C.PNP

Description Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in Inches [mm]


E51KH2


21

43

L2or (-)

L1or +V

LoadBlackWhite

Green

L2 or(-)

L1or +V

Load

21

43 L2L1

Load

Load

Black White

OrangeRed

Green

Load

Load

N.C.

N.O.

L2 L1

21

43 (-)+V

Load

Load

Black White

OrangeRed

Green

(-) +VLoad

Load

N.O.

N.C.

21

43 (-)+V

Load

Load

Black White

OrangeRed

Green

(-) +VLoad

Load

N.C.

N.O.

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

91
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS



Description Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in Inches [mm] Except Where Noted

Machine Mounting Bracket Zinc die cast E50KH3 NOTE: Dimensions in mm [Inches]

Stand-Off Mounting Bracket Steel E51KH3 NOTE: Dimensions in mm [Inches]

Remote Sensor Head Assembly Permits mounting sensor head up to 3 feet (0.9m) from sensor body

E51KRM


See Section 10


5-92

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007


Specifications




Output Ratings (NEMA D150)AC/DC ModelsAC ModelsDC Models


Protection Latching short circuit protection on 2-wire AC/DC and 4-wire DC modelsIndicator LEDs Lights when output is ON. One LED for each outputEnclosure Material Zinc die castGasket Material VitonEnclosure Ratings NEMA 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 6, 6P, 12 and 13 (IP67)

E51SCN Sensor Body only: NEMA 4, 4X and 13 �

Hazardous Locations RatingsClass IClass IIClass III

Division II — GRPS ABCDDivision II — GRPS F and GDivision 2

Temperature Range -13° to 158°F (-25° to 70°C)Torque Requirements Switch Body Screws: 25 – 30 in-lb; Sensing Head Screws: 14 – 18 in-lbVibration 10 – 55 Hz, 1 mm amplitudeShock 30g, 11 mS, 1/2 sine waveHumidity 95% non-condensing

Standard Sensor Sensor with Logic Module

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

93
5-Photoelectric Sensors E64 Terminal Base Series PG.05E.12.T.E
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS


call 1-800-426-9184.

E64 Terminal Base SeriesPhotoelectric Sensors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93 Model Selection, Sensors . . . . 5-94 Model Selection, Accessories . 5-95Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96

The Cutler-Hammer® E64 Terminal Base Series from Eaton’s electrical business offers unique features well suited to a variety of applications including conveyor control. The sensors are available in thru-beam, reflex, polarized reflex and diffuse reflective sensing modes, and offer1 – 2 Amp output current switching capacity.

Time delay functionality provides built-in control capability with set-tings for normal operation, on delay, off delay, on-off delay, or one-shot delay. The timing range can be adjusted from 0.6 to 16 seconds for each.

Each model incorporates a universal voltage design to allow use with 16 to 240V AC or DC power. Wiring, sensitivity adjustment, timing adjustment and light/dark selection are all easily accessed by removing a sealed cover. A unique guard shields the user from electrical connections when making these adjustments, and flips up to allow access to the terminal screws. The cover fastening screw is held captive to prevent loss.

Approvals


Flexible Wiring, Stability Indication and High Current Relay Output

Product Features■ Universal voltage operation — 16 to 240V AC or DC■ SPST relay output handles up to 1A AC and 2A DC■ Screw-terminal connections with 1/2 inch NPT conduit entry■ Output and stability indicators■ PLC compatible output■ Sensitivity adjustment■ Selectable light or dark operation■ Mounting brackets and retroreflector included (for polarized reflex models)■ Rugged ABS housing rated NEMA 1, 3, 4, 12 and 13 (IP66)■ Polarized reflex models allow reliable detection of shiny targets that could

reflect light back to the sensor and falsely trigger a non-polarized sensor■ Time delay can be set for normal operation, on-delay, off-delay, on/off-delay,

or one-shot delay, with an adjustable timing range from 0.6 to 16 seconds


1/2" NPTConduit Entry

Easy to SeeOutput andStability Indicators Rugged ABS

Housing

Adjustable MountingBracket Included

or mo
re information visit: www.eaton.com

August 2007

5-94

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

Photoelectric SensorsE64 Terminal Base Series

Model Selection — Sensors — Includes Mounting Bracket

� Supplied with retroreflector, Catalog Number E65KR55.� Measured to supplied 2-inch retroreflector, E65KR55.� Measured to a 90% reflective white card.


Excess Gain

Type Sensing Range Field of View

Thru-Beam Source 164 feet (50m) 30 inch diameter at

Thru-Beam Detector 164 feet (50m) 30 inch diameter at

Polarized Reflex � 0.5 – 11.5 feet(0.15 – 3.5m) �

5 inch diameter at 2

Diffuse Reflective 6.6 feet (2m) �

0.8 inch diameter a

Source

Detector

For a complete system,order One Source and One Detector

Sensor

Retroreflector(Included)

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (feet)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (m)0.30.03 3.0 30.5

1

23

1. Thru-Beam2. Polarized Reflex3. Diffuse Reflective


Light Source With Time Delay

Catalog Number

33 feet Infrared — E64CAL4T

33 feet — Yes E64CAT3T

2 inches Visible Red Yes E64CAT5T

t 22 inches Infrared Yes E64CAT2T

PG08301004E

PG08301004E F

95August 2007

5-Photoelectric SensorsE64 Terminal Base Series

5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS



Wiring Diagram

Specifications



2 inch retroreflector Supplied with reflex and polarized reflex sensors Additional retroreflectors, see Section 8

E65KR55

Mounting Bracket Supplied with all thru-beam, polarized reflex, clear object, diffuse reflective and fiber optic sensors

E64KH3


Input Voltage 16 – 240V AC/DC; 50/60 HzPower Dissipation 3 VA maximumOutput Type SPST relayCurrent Switching Capacity 1A @ 250V AC (resistive load)

2A @ 30V DC (resistive load)Response Time 20 mS maximumOperating Temperature +14° to +140°F (-10° to +60°C)Storage Temperature -4° to +158°F (-20° to +70°C)Light/Dark Operation Switch selectableSensitivity Control Included on all modelsIndicators Red output LED; Green stability LEDEnclosure Rating NEMA 1, 3, 4, 12, and 13; IP66 �

Humidity 35% to 85% RH, non-condensingMaterial of Construction Housing: P.B.T. ; Lenses: PMMA MethacrylateVibration 10 to 55 Hz, amplitude 0.06 inch (1.5 mm) p-p, 2 hours each in axis X, Y, ZSunlight Immunity 1,000 foot-candlesTiming Functions Switch selectable for normal, on delay, off delay, on-off delay, one-shot delay.

0.6 to 16 second adjustable timing range

1 3

2 4

Sensitivity Adjustment

Power Supply16 to 240Vac/Vdc

Sensor

Output Contact1 A @ 250 Vac2 A @ 30 VdcResistive Load

(no connection onthru-beam

source)


August 2007

5-96

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

Photoelectric SensorsE64 Terminal Base Series


E65KR55

Retroreflector

Sensor

0.83 (21)

2.95 (75)

2.30(58.5)

Extends:0.14 (3.5) - Polarized Reflex0.02 (0.5) - Thru-beam

1.38(35)

2.16 (55)

2.16 (55)

0.39 (10)

0.39 (10)

2.08(53)

0.30 (8)

0.43 (11)

0.43 (11)

ø 0.24 (6)

0.22(5.5)

0.57(14.5)

1.38(35)

2.66

0.59(15)

1.02

1.08

0.59(15)

(67.5)

(26)

(27)

1.67(42.5)

Thru-beamlens centerline

M5 Mounting Screws (2)

LEDs

2.48(63)

2.92 (74)

ø 0.17 (4.3)2 Places

3.38 (86)

Total Thickness: 0.33 (8.5)

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

97
5-Photoelectric Sensors E65 Miniature Series PG.05E.03.T.E
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS


call 1-800-426-9184.

E65 Miniature SeriesPhotoelectric Sensors

ContentsOverview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97 Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . . 5-98 Model Selection, Accessories . . . 5-99Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-99Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-99Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-100

The Cutler-Hammer® E65 Miniature Series by Eaton’s electrical business delivers high performance in a com-pact package. E65 Series sensors operate on 10 to 30V DC and can be easily configured for PNP or NPN output and light or dark operation. All models are available in both for-ward and right-angle viewing styles with the same optical specifications. Fiber optic models include a built-in DIN rail mounting clip. This versatile line includes specialty sensors for detecting clear objects.

Approvals■ UL recognized


Retroreflector

ClearObject Sensor

Glass or Plastic Bottle

8 to 24 Inches

Clear Object Sensor

Compact Sensors for a Wide Variety of Applications Including Reliable Detection of Clear Objects

Product Features■ 10 – 30V DC operation■ Output and stability indicators■ NPN or PNP selectable by wiring■ Light or dark operation selectable by wiring■ Sensitivity adjustment for fine tuning the sensor in your application■ All sensors include an adjustable mounting bracket for easy installation and

alignment■ All sensors built with 2 meter cable for ease of use■ Fixed focus diffuse sensor with an ultra-fast response time of 330 microseconds■ Thru-beam sensors with test outputs to verify proper operation of the

source or detector from a remote location■ Polarized reflex sensors with a polarizing filter to ensure that only light

reflected off a corner cube retroreflector is recognized by the sensor. This allows reliable detection of shiny targets that could reflect light back to the sensor and falsely trigger a non-polarized sensor

■ Clear object sensors that reliably detect plastic bottles, molds, cartons and films with densities as thin as 1/1000 of an inch and certain densities of glass objects. A sensitivity adjustment allows you to fine tune the sensor for detecting a wide variety of colors and thicknesses of clear materials. These sensors operate in reflex mode with a maximum range of 24 inches (0.6m)


Easy to See Outputand Stability LEDs

Sensitivity Adjustmenton All Models

Forward and Right AngleViewing Models Fit WhereYou Need Them

Compact Size

Built-In DIN RailMounting on Fiber

Optic Models

or more information visit: www.eaton
.com

5-98

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007

Photoelectric SensorsE65 Miniature Series


� For a complete system order one source (forward or right-angle viewing) and one detector (forward or right-angle viewing). Sensors include slit masks. Thru-beam sensor performance with slit masks.

� Ranges are measured to 2-inch retroreflector — included with sensor.� Diffuse reflective ranges measured to a 90% reflectance white card.� Ranges using 1 mm diameter straight fibers (pre-assembled cables or equivalent length of bulk fiber).


Type Sensing Range Sensing Beam

Response Time

Switching Frequency

Connection Type

Catalog Number

Forward Viewing

Right-Angle Viewing

� Thru-BeamSource

16.5 feet (5m) Infrared — — 2-meter Cable

E65CBL4 E65VBL4

Thru-BeamDetector

16.5 feet (5m) — 2 mS 250 Hz max. E65CBL3 E65VBL3

� PolarizedReflex

4 – 70 inches(0.1 – 1.8m) �

Visible Red 1 mS 500 Hz max. E65CBL5 E65VBL5

Clear ObjectSensors �

8 – 24 inches (0.2 – 0.6m) �

Infrared 1 mS 500 Hz max. — E65VBL1C

Diffuse ReflectiveShort Range


Infrared 1 mS 500 Hz max. E65CBL2 E65VBL2

Diffuse Reflective Long Range


Infrared 1 mS 500 Hz max. E65CBL2N E65VBL2N

Diffuse Reflective Fixed Focus

0.5 inch(12 mm) �

Visible Red 1 mS 500 Hz max. E65CBL6 E65VBL6

Fiber Optic In thru-beam mode: 4.3 inches (11 cm) In diffuse reflective mode: 1.3 inches (3.3 cm) �

Visible Red 1 mS 500 Hz max. E65CBL7R —

Size On Source Only On Source and Detector2 mm x 6 mm1 mm x 6 mm0.5 mm x 6 mm

5 feet (1.5m)3.5 feet (1.1m)2.5 feet (0.75m)

2.5 feet (0.75m)1.7 feet (0.52m)1.2 feet (0.36m)

Source

Detector

Sensor

Retroreflector(Included)

(Requires plastic fiber optic cables, see Section 9)

Excess Gain

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN

100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254 2540

5

6

7

1000

10

1

10.4 10 20RANGE (feet)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN

100

RANGE (m)0.30.12 3.0 6.0

8

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN

100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254 2540

2

1

10

3

4

Clear Object Sensor

1. CBL1C and VBL1C — Typical

Polarized Reflex

2. CBL5 and VBL5 — Typical

Diffuse Reflective

3. CBL2 and VBL2 — Typical4. CBL2 and VBL2 — Minimum

Diffuse Reflective

5. CBL2N and VBL2N — Typical6. CBL2N and VBL2N — Minimum7. CBL6, VBL6 and

VBL4/VBL3 — Typical

Thru-Beam

8. E65CBL4/CBL3 andVBL4/VBL3 — Typical


August 2007

PG08301004E F

99
5-Photoelectric SensorsE65 Miniature Series
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS


� For Polarized Reflex Sensors only. Use Catalog Number E65KR55 for clear object sensors.

Wiring Diagrams

Specifications



2 inch retroreflectorSupplied with polarized reflex and clear object sensorsAdditional retroreflectors, see Section 8 �

E65KR55


Input Voltage 10 to 30V DCCurrent Consumption 30 mA maximum

Fast response fixed focus diffuse reflective model: 45 mA maximumRipple Voltage 2 Vpp maximumSaturation Voltage 1.5V maximum (NPN or PNP output)Output Type NPN or PNP by wiringCurrent Switching 100 mA maximumProtection Short circuit and transientLight/Dark Operation Selectable by wiringOperating Temperature +5° to +131°F (-15° to +55°C)Storage Temperature -4° to +158°F (-20° to +70°C)Output Indicator Red LED lights when output is “ON”Stability Indicator Green LED lights to indicate a reliable sensing conditionMaterial of Construction Housing: ABS plastic; Lens: PMMA methacrylateCable 6.6 feet (2 meters) Vibration 10 to 55 Hz, amplitude 0.06 inch (1.5 mm) p-p, 2 hours each in axes X, Y, ZEnclosure Ratings NEMA 1, 3, 4, 12, and 13, IP66 �

Approvals UL recognized

( -)

+VBrown

Dark Blue

White

DC

10

to 3

0 V

( - )

+VWiring (All Models*) NPN Output

Black

Sens

or RedLight Blue

PNP Alarm Output - 30 mA(Thru-beam detector only)

Light Operate:connect to (+V)Dark Operate: connect to (-)

Load Brown

Dark Blue

White

BlackSe

nsor

PNP Alarm Output - 30 mA(Thru-beam detector only)

Light Operate:connect to (+V)Dark Operate: connect to (-)

Load

Wiring (All Models*) PNP Output

RedLight Blue

Brown

Dark Blue

White

Black

Sens

or

Wiring (Thru-beam Source)

Test (+)

Test (-)

*See diagram at right for Thru-Beam Source.

DC

10

to 3

0 V


August 2007

5-100

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

Photoelectric SensorsE65 Miniature Series


Forward

Viewing

Models

(Except

Fiber

Optic) 1.10(28)

0.51(13)

Polarizing Filterfor Reflexmodels

1.02(26)

0.91(23)

0.08 (2) 0.63(16)

0.79(20)

0.14 (3.7) Dia. (2 Places)

2.04 (52)

1.73 (44) 0.31 (8)

Right-

Angle

Viewing

Models

(Except

Fiber

Optic)

Polarizing Filter for Reflex models

0.14 (3.7) Dia. (2 Places)

1.16(29.5)

0.51 (13)

1.65 (42)

0.31 (8)

1.97 (50)

0.70 (18)

1.02 (26)

0.79 (20)

0.08 (2) 1.14 (29)

0.98(25)

1.12(28.5)

1.12(28.5)

0.51(13)

0.59(15)

0.45(11.5)

Fiber Retainer Screw

0.29 (7.5)

0.90(23)

2.04 (52)

1.73 (44) 0.31 (8)

0.14 (3.7) Dia. (2 Places)

1.0 (25.4)

1.38 (35)

0.51 (13)

Forward

Viewing

Fiber

Optic

Models

Right-

Angle

Viewing

Fiber

Optic

Models

1.02 (26) 0.14 (3.5)

1.46 (37)

0.35 (9)

0.14 (3.7) Dia. (2 Places)

0.51 (13) 0.29 (7.5)

1.0 (25.4)

1.38 (35)1.12

(28.5)1.42(36)

2.12(54)

Fiber Retainer Screw

1.81(46)


2.48(63)

2.92 (74)

ø 0.17 (4.3)2 Places

3.38 (86)

Total Thickness: 0.33 (8.5)

E65KR55

Retroreflector

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

01
5-1Photoelectric Sensors 80 Series PG.05E.05.T.E
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS


call 1-800-426-9184.


ContentsOverview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101 Model Selection, Sensor Heads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-102

Model Selection, Control Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103


Model Selection, Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-104

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105 Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106

The Cutler-Hammer® 80 Series by Eaton’s electrical business com-bines the advantages of self-con-tained packaging with the flexibility of interchangeable sensor heads. 80 Series sensors provide high optical performance and are excellent for dirty, dusty, wet, steamy or smoky application environments.

The 80 Series offers a choice of nine sensor heads, seven control units, and three logic modules. Output functions are provided by the control units. All sensor heads, control units, and logic modules are interchange-able. Sensor heads are available inreflex or diffuse reflective models in visible-beam and infrared versions. A fiber optic model is also available. Sensor heads plug directly on top of the control units, providing an inte-grated package with NEMA 1, 3, 4, 12 and 13 ratings.


Extremely Long Sensing Ranges and the Flexibility of Interchangeable Components

Product Features■ High optical performance for long sensing ranges■ Interchangeable design so you can optimize the sensor to meet your needs■ Plug-in logic modules provide time delay, one-shot or retriggerable one-

shot functions■ AC high current control units are rated for 1A output current■ AC low leakage control units switch AC or DC loads and are ideal for use

with programmable controllers■ DC control units provide complementary NPN outputs for light and dark

activation■ A beam status alignment indicator on all units glows brightly when the unit

is properly aligned■ Sensitivity adjustment allows you to fine tune performance for the

application■ Control units feature a light/dark selection switch for easy selection of out-

put device normally open or normally closed operation ■ Easy terminal wiring with built-in 1/2-inch NPT conduit entrance for

convenience and protection

Plug-InLogic ModulesYield AdditionalFunctionality

High-Powered OpticsProvide Long SensingRanges

1/2" NPTConduit Entranceon Bottom of Unit

Modular Constructionwith Separate Heads

and Control Units

For Customer



5-102

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007


Model Selection — Sensor Heads

� Effective beam diameter is 1.25 x 0.8 inches (31.75 x 20.32 mm). Sources use any control unit — output is not connected.� Ranges based on a 3 inch (76.2 mm) retroreflector.� Thru-beam range with 3-foot long, 0.125 inch (3.17 mm) diameter fiber.� Diffuse reflective range with 3-foot long, 0.125 inch (3.17 mm) diameter fiber, based on 90% reflectance white card.� Ranges based on a 90% reflectance white card.


Excess Gain

Sensing Mode SensingBeam

Sensing Range Optimum Range Field of View Response Time (Maximum)

Catalog Number

Dark-to-Light

Light-to-Dark

Reflex � Infrared 50 feet (15m) min. — 4 inch (101.6 mm) diameter at 10 feet (3m)

3 mS 5 mS 1480B-6501

Visible Red 32 feet (10m) min. — 3 mS 5 mS 1480R-6501

Diffuse Reflective � Infrared 7 inches (177.8 mm) �

0.2 – 4.5 inches(5.1 – 114.3 mm)

0.7 inch (17.8 mm) diameter at 4 inches (101.6 mm)

3 mS 5 mS 1380B-6501

Infrared 18 inches (457.2 mm) �

0.5 – 12 inches(12.7 – 304.8 mm)

0.7 inch (17.8 mm) diameter at 8 inches (203.2 mm)

3 mS 5 mS 1381B-6501

Infrared 8 feet (2.44m) � — 8 inch (203.2 mm) diameter at 100 inches (2540 mm)

3 mS 5 mS 1382B-6501

Infrared 12 feet (3.66m) � 1 – 7 feet (0.3 – 2m)

7 inch (177.8 mm) diameter at 5 feet (1.5m)

3 mS 5 mS 1384B-6501

Focused Infrared

6 inches (152.4 mm) �

3 – 5 inches (76.2 – 127 mm)

0.2 inch (5.1 mm) diameter at 3 – 5 inches(76.2 – 127 mm)

3 mS 5 mS 1383B-6501

Focused Visible Red


4 inches (101.6 mm)

0.1 inch (2.5 mm) diameter at 3.5 – 4 inches(88.9 –101.6 mm)

3 mS 5 mS 1383R-6501

Fiber Optic (See Section 9 for E51KF Style Glass Fiber Optic Cables)

Infrared 8 inches (0.20m) �2 inches (0.05m) �

— — 3 mS 5 mS 1580B-6501

1480B-6501 ■

1383B-6501 ■

1580B-6501 ■

Reflex

Ranges based on a 3 inch (76.2 mm) retroreflector.1. 1480R2. 1480B

Fiber Optic

3. Diffuse reflective range with 3-foot long,0.125 inch (3.17 mm) diameter fiber, basedon 90% reflectance white card.

4. Thru-beam range with 3-foot long, 0.125 inch (3.17 mm) diameter fiber.

1000

10

1

101 100 1000

RANGE (feet)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN

100

RANGE (m)0.3 3053.0 30.5

1 2

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN

100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254 2540

43


August 2007

PG08301004E F

03
5-1Photoelectric Sensors80 Series
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Excess Gain

Model Selection — Control Units (Connection is by Terminal Wiring)

� Extremely low leakage in OFF-state makes this unit ideal for use as an input to a programmable controller.� Unregulated, derated to 10 – 20V DC above 115°F, less than 90 mA.


Type Input Output Catalog Number

Voltage VA Type/Response Time ON-State Maximum Load Current

OFF-State Leakage

Surge Current

High Current

97 – 130V AC, 50/60 Hz

Less than 4.5 VA

TRIAC — Operates as a SPST solid-state relay for switching non-capacitive AC loads up to 1A; response time is 8 mS maximum

< 1.5V from 100 mA to 1A

1A at 75°F — derated linearly to 0.5A at 130°F

< 2 mA at 120V AC

30A max. for 1/2 cycle; 10A for 1/2 second

8880C-6501

204 – 255V AC, 50/60 Hz

Less than 4.5 VA

< 4 mA at 230V AC

8881C-6501

22 – 26V AC, 50/60 Hz

Less than 4.5 VA

< 0.35 mA at 24V AC

8884C-6501

Low Leakage�

22 – 26V AC, 50/60 Hz

Less than 4.5 VA

VMOS — Operates as a SPST solid-state switch for loads up to 50 mA — switches up to 188V DC or 132V AC; response time is 2 mS maximum

< 2.5V from 5 mA to 50A

50 mARMS < 20 µA at 24VRMS

250 mA for 1 cycle; 100 mA for 1 second

8884C-6502

97 – 130V AC, 50/60 Hz

Less than 4.5 VA

< 50 µA at 110VRMS

250 mA for 1 cycle; 100 mA for 1 second

8880C-6502

204 –255V AC, 50/60 Hz

Less than 4.5 VA

TRIAC — Operates as a SPST solid-state switch for loads up to 50 mA — switches up to 256V AC; response time is 8 mS maximum

< 3V from 4 mA to 50A

< 200 µA at 240VRMS

1.2A for 1 cycle; 100 mA for 1 second

8881C-6502

DC 10 – 30V DC � Complementary NPN; response time is instantaneous

< 0.5V at max. current rating 200 mA

200 mA Output shuts off up to 30V DC at less than 20 µA leakage

— 8882B-6501

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN

100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254 2540

65

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (feet)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN

100

RANGE (m)0.30.03 3.0 30.5

7 8

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN

100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254 2540

10

9

Diffuse ReflectiveRanges based on a 90% reflectance white card.5. 1380B6. 1381B7. 1382B8. 1384B9. 1383R

10. 1383B


5-104

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007


Model Selection — Logic Modules



Description Operation Selectable Ranges Catalog Number

Time DelayDelays response of the sensor until the beam has been broken for a set period of time (ON-delay), or completed for a set period of time (OFF-delay). Time delays are disabled for 20 mS on power-up

Provides ON and OFF time delays ranging from 0.01 to 20 seconds. Independently adjustable. Once delay range is switch selected, the exact delay is adjusted via separate potentiometers for ON-and OFF-delay

0.01 to 0.2 seconds0.1 to 2.0 seconds1.0 to 20.0 seconds

8280A-6501

One-ShotTriggered by sensing the leading or trailing edges of objects, these modules produce a pulse of preset time when triggered

Switch-selectable to start one-shot pulse from light-to-dark or dark-to-light transition. Switch-selected pulse width ranges — once range is selected, the exact pulse width is adjusted via a potentiometer

0.01 to 0.4 seconds0.04 to 5.0 seconds0.2 to 25.0 seconds

8281A-6501

Retriggerable One-Shot/Motion DetectorLike the one-shot module, this module produces a pulse of a preset width when triggered. The difference is the width of the pulse can be lengthened by successive triggering. As long as the module is triggered, the output stays high

The one-shot function is triggered by light-to-dark or dark-to-light transitions, as selected by the user. Switch-selected retrigger interval — once a range is selected, the exact interval is adjusted via a potentiometer

0.01 to 0.2 seconds0.1 to 2.5 seconds

8282A-6501


Swivel Mounting Bracket Zinc plated steel 6180A-6501

Ball Swivel Mounting Bracket Allows 360° rotation and 10° vertical tilt for easy installation and alignment of 80 Series sensors

6181A-6501


2.26 (57.4)

4.38(111.3)

2.00 (50.8)

2.00(50.8) 1.43 (36.3)

Diameter

1.00(25.4)

1.00(25.4)2.26

(57.4)Ref.

15° (8 Places)

1.43 (36.3)Diameter

0.937 (23.8)Diameter

15°(4 Places)0.12 (3)

Radius(12 Places)

0.12(3)

0.20 (5.1) Diameter,2 Places (#10Clearance Hole)1.18

(30)

0.50(12.7)

1.64 (41.7)1/2-14 NPT

0.23(5.8)

0.50(12.7)

1.00(25.4)

0.50 (12.7) Internal HEX

1/2-14 NPT


PG08301004E F

05August 2007


5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Wiring Diagrams — Control Units

Specifications — Assembled Sensors

� Avoid exposing to chlorinated, halogenated or aromatic hydrocarbons.� NOTE: Our products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown

applications can exceed these NEMA test specifications. If you have questions about a specific application, contact Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184.


Response Time:High CurrentLow Leakage

Except Cat. No. 8881C-6502Cat. No. 8881C-6502

DC

8 mS maximum

2 mS maximum8 mS maximumInstantaneous

Sensitivity Adjustment 20:1 ratio nominalOperating Temperature -4° to 131°F (-20° to 55°C)Humidity 95% relative humidity, non-condensingMaterial of Construction Housing: Noryl® �; Lens: Clear polycarbonate �

Sunlight Immunity 10,000 foot-candlesVibration 5g or 0.06 inch displacement, whichever is less, over 20 Hz to 2 kHzShock 15g minimum for 1 mSEnclosure Ratings NEMA 1, 3, 4, 12 and 13 �

Power On Condition No False Pulse

Triac Output:

8880C-6501,

8881C-6501,

8881C-6502 and

8884C-6501

VMOS Output:

8880C-6502 and

8884C-6502

DC: 8882B-6501


5-106

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007



All Control Units with: 1380B, 1381B, 1382B, 1384B, 1480B, 1480R, 1580B Sensor Heads

All Control Units with: 1383B and 1383R Sensor Heads

0.20 (5.1) Diameter3 Places(#10 Clearance Hole)

2.13(54.1)

3.125(79.4)

2.00(50.8)

2.00(50.8)

1.35(34.3)

0.675(17.1)

0.354(9)

0.774(19.7)

4.84(122.9)

0.12(3)

3.96(100.6)

4.22(107.2)

1.43(36.3)

0.175(4.4)

1.00(25.4)1/4-20 THD,

0.50 (12.7) Deep,2 Places

1/2-14 NPT

1/2-14 NPT

0.50

0.20 (5.1) Diameter3 Places(#10 Clearance Hole)

2.00(50.8)

2.00(50.8)

1.35(34.3)

0.675(17.1)

0.354(9)

0.774(19.7)

4.84(122.9)

0.12(3)

1.43(36.3)

0.175(4.4)

1.00(25.4)1/4-20 THD,

0.50 (12.7) Deep,2 Places

2.13(54.1)

3.125(79.4)

3.96(100.6)

4.22(107.2)


August 2007

PG08301004E F

07
5-1Photoelectric Sensors 20 Series PG.05E.22.T.E
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS


call 1-800-426-9184.


ContentsOverview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107 Model Selection, Sensors . . . . . 5-108 Model Selection, Output Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109


Model Selection, Accessories . . 5-110Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-111Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-111Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-111

For years, the Cutler-Hammer® 20 Series has set industry standards for rugged construction and long range optical performance. These heavy-duty sensors from Eaton’s electrical business are designed for use in harsh environments with constant exposure to weather and physical abuse. Large optics provide excep-tional sensing ranges including 700 feet (213m) for thru-beam, 75 feet (23m) for reflex and 8 feet (2.4m) for diffuse reflective. Optional logic modules provide integral con-trol functions like time delays, one-shot outputs and stopped motion detection. A totalizer module and LED display cover are available to count passing targets. Choose from a variety of output devices including a 10 amp DPDT relay. All modules are completely enclosed within the rugged aluminum enclosure for protection.



Extremely Rugged Construction, Long Sensing Ranges and High Current Switching

Product Features■ Robust optical performance for reliable sensing in dirty environments■ Rugged construction stands up to physical abuse and exposure to the

elements■ Optional interchangeable modules add logic functions■ A variety of interchangeable output devices allows you to customize the

sensor to your control system■ DPDT relay outputs provide high current handling; electronic outputs

provide long life■ All units operate from AC power


CompletelySelf-Containedfor Ease of Use

ExceptionalOptical

Performance

InterchangeableLogic Modulesand Output Devicesfor High Flexibility

Heavy CastAluminum

Housing forDifficult

Environments


5-108

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007


Model Selection — Sensors �

� A complete system consists of a sensor plus an output device (Page 5-109). and may include a logic module (Page 5-110).� Detector includes a built-in time delay with selector for no delay, ON-delay, OFF-delay, or both ON- and OFF-delay. Timing range is 0.2 to 5 seconds.

Effective beam diameter of sensor is 0.88 inch (23 mm).� Range based on supplied 3 inch retroreflector.� Range based on a 90% reflectance white card.


Excess Gain

Sensing Mode Sensing Range Input Power Field of View Response Time (maximum) Sensitivity Adjustment

Catalog Number

Dark-to-Light Light-to-Dark

Thru-Beam with Time Delay �

Low mode:200 feet(61m)High mode:700 feet (213m) (Range is switch selectable)

95 – 130 VRMS50/60 Hz

10 VA maximum

1° full conical 10 mS for 200 foot range30 mS for 700 foot range

10 mS 10:1 ratio Source:1141D-6501 Detector:1241D-6501

Reflex (includes a3 inch/76 mm diameter Retroreflector)

35 feet (11m) �

100 – 125V AC, 50/60 Hz

5 VA maximum

4 inch (101 mm) diameter at 100 inches (2.5m)

1 mS 8 mS None 1410B-6501

200 – 250V AC, 50/60 Hz

5 VA maximum


1 mS 8 mS None 1410B-6502

75 feet(23m) �

95 – 130VRMS 50/60 Hz

13 VA maximum


6 mS 5 mS 20:1 ratio 1420B-6501

Diffuse Reflective

8 feet(2.4m) �

95 – 130VRMS 50/60 Hz

13 VA maximum


6.5 mS 4.5 mS 20:1 ratio 1320B-6501

Defined-Range Diffuse Reflective

1 – 15 inches (25 – 381 mm) �

95 – 130VRMS 50/60 Hz

13 VA maximum


6.5 mS 4.5 mS 20:1 ratio 1321B-6501

1000

100

10

1

101 100 1000

RANGE IN FEET

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN

LowMode

1141D and 1241D

HighMode

1000

100

10

1

101 100 1000

RANGE IN INCHES

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN

1320B

1000

100

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE IN INCHES

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN

1321B

1000

100

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE IN FEET

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN

1420B

1410B

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

09
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Model Selection — Output Devices (One required for sensor operation)

� For 3-wire connection. For 2-wire connection, 100 mA at VSAT less than 1.2V.� For 3-wire connection. For 2-wire connection, 0.1 µA maximum at 30V DC.


Specifications — Output Devices

Description Input Output Catalog Number

Operating Voltage

Current Type ON-State Current

OFF-State Leakage

ON-State V Drop

One Cycle Surge A

Output Devicesfor 1410B and1241D Sensors

DPDT RelayFor low frequency generalpurpose switching ofcontrol power loads

Power suppliedby control unit

— DPDT Contact Ratings:AC Load: 5A at 115V AC or 230V ACDC Load: 5A at 30V DC

Contact Life: 100,000 operations at rated load

8526A-6501

Isolated TriacFor high rate switching of resistive or inductive AC loads


— SPSTNormallyopen triac

2 ARMScontinuous

5 mA at100V AC

1.7 VRMSor less

20A peak 8570A-6501

Triac, PC CompatibleOptically isolated solid-state relay for switching non-capacitive AC loads. Response is 100,000 operations/hour



5 – 500mARMSat 70°C

1.5 mA at120V AC

1.7Vmaximum

6A peak 8574A-6501

Optical Isolator DriverDrives a user supplied remote optical isolator for a solid-state interface. Isolator can then be used to switch DTL, TTL, CMOS, etc.


— PNP outputdrive toa remoteopticalisolator

20 mA — — — 8580A-6501

Isolated NPN TransistorOptically isolated NPN SPSTtransistor switch


— Opticallyisolated NPNtransistorswitch

20 mA atVSAT lessthan 0.2V

0.01 mAmaximumat 30V DC

— — 8582A-6501

Output Devicesfor 1420B,1320B and1321B Sensors

DPDT RelayPlug-in industrial control relay

12V DC nominal.Power suppliedby control unit

75 mAat 75°F12V DC

DPDT Contact Ratings:Resistive Load: 10A, 1/4 hp maximum at 110/220V AC, 10A maximum at 28V DC

Inductive Load: 7A maximum at 110/220V AC, 7A maximum at 28V DC


8530A-6501

Isolated TriacOptically isolated, solid-state relay for switching non-capacitive AC loads. Response is 100,000 operations/hour

3 – 20V DCPower suppliedby control unit


2 ARMS at25°C, 1 ARMS at65°C

5 mA at100V AC,9 mA at200V

1.7 VRMSor less

60A peak 8572A-6501

Triac, PC CompatibleOptically isolated, solid-state relay for switching non-capacitive AC loads. Response is 100,000 operations/hour

8 – 20V DCPower suppliedby control unit

9.5 – 20 mA SPSTNormallyopen triac


1.5 mAat 120V AC

1.7V maximum

6A peak 8573A-6501

Isolated NPN TransistorOptically isolated, NPN SPST transistor switch

12V DCnominal

20 mAtypical

OpticallyisolatedNPNtransistorswitch

20 mA atVSAT lessthan 0.2V,500 mA atVSAT lessthan 1V �

10 µAmaximumat 30V DC�

— — 8586A-6501

DPDT Relays Triacs Others

8526A-6501 8530A-6501 Isolated PC Compatible

OperatingTemperature

-40° to 140°F (-40 to 60°C)

-4° to 131°F (-20° to 55°C)

-4° to 149°F (-20° to 65°C)

-4° to 149°F (-20° to 65°C)

-4° to 149°F (-20° to 65°C)

Response TimeOff-to-On (pull-in)On-to-Off (drop-out)

15 mS 25 mS maximum

1 mS maximum Instantaneous

5 mS 25 mS maximum

1/2 cycle of line voltage Instantaneous

Pull-In Voltage 8 – 9.6V 8 – 9.6V 3V minimum 8 – 20V —Drop-Out Voltage 1.2 – 2V 1.2 – 2V 0.8V maximum — —


5-110

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007


Model Selection — Logic Modules (Optional, not required for sensor operation)

� Once range is selected, exact value is adjusted via potentiometer.




Description Selectable Ranges

For Use with These Sensors

CatalogNumber

Logic Modules

(Modules mount to circuitboard within sensorenclosure)

Time DelayON and OFF time delays from 0.01 to 35 seconds.Independent adjustment of ON-delay and OFF-delay.

Timing Ranges: � 0.01 to 0.2 seconds 0.1 to 2.0 seconds 1.0 to 15.0 seconds 2.0 to 35.0 seconds

1320B, 1321B, 1410B and 1420B

8212B-6501

One-ShotProduces a pulse of preset time when triggered. Switch-select to trigger on leading or trailing edge of object.

Pulse Width: � 0.02 to 0.5 seconds 0.3 to 2.0 seconds 1.0 to 18.0 seconds 10.0 to 30.0 seconds

1320B, 1321B, 1410B and 1420B

8213B-6501

Stopped MotionRetriggerable one-shot. Start-up delay adjusts from 0.1 to 11 seconds to allow machine to come up to speed. Control can be reset from remote location.

Retrigger Interval: �30 to 430 RPM430 to 5,000 RPM

1320B, 1321B, 1410B and 1420B

8216A-6501


Mount Swivel Mounting Bracket, zinc plated steel 6140A-6501

Retroreflectors Retroreflectors and retroreflective tape See Section 8

Replacement Lens Replacement Lens Kit for Catalog Numbers 1320B, 1321B, 1410B and 1420B

1320B-7501

Protective Lens Cover Lens Attachment for Catalog Numbers 1141D and 1241D thru-beam source and detector — attaches to lens barrel and provides a 45° thick flush window that prevents dirt build-up on the lens

6110A-6501


2.50(63.5)

3.375(85.7)

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

11
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Wiring Diagrams

Specifications




Power-On Condition No false pulseTemperature Range Operating: -4° to 131°F (-20° to 55°C); Storage: -40° to 185°F (-40° to 85°C)Material of Construction Case: Cast aluminum; Lens: Thru-Beam — Glass, All Others — PolycarbonateEnclosure Ratings NEMA 3, 4, 6, 12 and 13 �

Sunlight Immunity 10,000 foot-candlesHumidity 95% RH, non-condensingVibration 10g or 0.06 inch displacement, whichever is less, over 10 Hz to 1 kHzShock 15g minimum for 1 mS

1141D-6501 1241D-6501

1410B-6501 and 1410B-65021320B-6501, 1321B-6501 and 1420B-6501

1141D-6501 and 1241D-6501 1320B-6501, 1321B-6501, 1410B-6501,

1410B-6502 and 1420B-6501

or more information vi
sit: www.eaton.com

5-112

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS


August 2007

call 1-800-426-9184.

11 SeriesPhotoelectric Sensors

ContentsOverview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-112 Model Selection, Sensors. . . . . . 5-113 Model Selection, Output Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-113

Model Selection, Logic Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-114

Model Selection, Accessories . . 5-114Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-114Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-115Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-115

The Cutler-Hammer® 11 Series from Eaton’s electrical business is a highly configurable photoelectric sensor. The sensor operates in the reflex sensing mode with a choice of visible or infrared source light. Select one of four different output devices to match your control needs. An optional time delay logic module is also available.


Self-Contained, with Multiple Output Options Including High Current DPDT Relay

Product Features■ Quick disconnect base for easy installation and maintenance■ Beam status indicator glows brightly when the sensor is properly aligned■ Four different output devices to tailor the sensor to your control system■ Optional logic module provides independent ON-delay and OFF-delay

functions■ Output devices and logic modules mount inside the sealed housing■ Directly interchangeable with Photoswitch® 4000 Series, P&F/Microswitch®

FE MLS 8 units, and other similar models■ Power-up suppression and switch selection of light/dark operation

NOTE: Photoswitch and Microswitch are registered trademarks of Photoswitch Corp. and Microswitch Inc., respectively.


Beam StatusIndicator

Choose fromFour DifferentOutput Devicesand OptionalTime DelayLogic Module

External Adjustmentsfor Logic Module

ON- and OFF-Delays


3/4" NPT ConduitEntrance on

Bottom of Unit

For mo
re information visit: www.eaton.com PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

13
TRIC

Model Selection — Reflex Sensors

� Ranges based on a 3 inch reflector (not included).


Type Sensing Range �

Optimum Range Sensing Beam Input Power Catalog Number

Voltage Volt Amperes

20 feet (6.1m) 2.5 – 10 feet(0.8 – 3.0m)

Visible Red 115 – 125V AC, 50/60 Hz 6 VA max. 1411R-6501

230V AC, 50/60 Hz 6 VA max. 1411R-6502

30 feet (9.1m) 1 – 15 feet(0.3 – 4.6m)

Infrared 115 – 125V AC, 50/60 Hz 6 VA max. 1411D-6501

230V AC, 50/60 Hz 6 VA max. 1411D-6502

5PH

OTO

ELEC

SEN

SORS
Excess Gain �
� Based on a 3 inch reflector (not included).

1000

100

10

110.1 10 100

RANGE IN FEET

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN

1411D

1411R


Model Selection — Output Devices (One required for sensor operation)

� For 3-wire connection. For 2-wire connection, 100 mA at VSAT less than 1.2V.� For 3-wire connection. For 2-wire connection, 0.1 µA maximum at 30V DC.


Description Input Output Catalog NumberOperating

VoltageCurrent Type ON-State

CurrentOFF-State Leakage

ON-State V Drop

One Cycle Surge A

Output Devices DPDT RelayPlug-in industrial control relay. Polycarbonate housing.

12V DC nominal.Power suppliedby control unit

75 mAat 75°F12V DC




8530A-6501

Isolated TriacOptically isolated, industrial solid-state relay for switching non-capacitive AC loads.Response is 100,000 operations/hour. Polycarbonate housing.

3 – 20V DC. Power suppliedby control unit




1.7 VRMSor less

60A peak 8572A-6501

Triac, PC CompatibleOptically isolated, industrialsolid-state relay for switching non-capacitive AC loads.Response is 100,000 operations/hour. Polycarbonate housing.

8 – 20V DC.Power suppliedby control unit



1.5 mAat 120V AC

1.7V maximum

6A peak 8573A-6501

Isolated NPN TransistorOptically isolated, NPN SPST transistor switch. Plastic housing.

12V DCnominal

20 mAtypical




— — 8586A-6501

August 2007

5-114

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS


Model Selection — Logic Module (Optional, not required for sensor operation)



Wiring Diagram

Description Operation Timing Range Catalog Number

Time DelayDelays response of the sensor until the beam has been broken for a set period of time (ON-delay), or until the beam has been completed for a set period of time (OFF-delay)

Independent adjustments provided for ON-delay and OFF-delay timing. Time delays are disabled for 20 mS upon power-up

0.05 to 5 seconds in one range

8211B-6501

Description Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in Inches

Swivel Mounting Bracket, Aluminum

6141A-6501

For retroreflectors and retroreflective tape

SeeSection 8

PG08301004E

PG08301004E F

15August 2007


5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Specifications — Sensors

� Avoid exposing lens and enclosure to chlorinated halogenated or aromatic hydrocarbons.� NOTE: Our products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown

applications can exceed these NEMA test specifications. If you have questions about a specific application, contact Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184.




Operating Temperature -5° to 130°F (-15° to +55°C)Humidity 95% RH non-condensingMaterial of Construction Housing: Noryl® �; Lens: Clear polycarbonate �

Sunlight Immunity 10,000 foot-candlesResponse Time 7 mS maximumVibration 2.5g or 0.06 inch displacement, whichever is less, over 20 Hz to 2 kHzSensitivity Adjustment 10:1 RatioEnclosure Ratings NEMA 4 and 13 �

DPDT Relays8530A-6501

Traics Isolated NPN TransistorIsolated PC

Compatible


-4° to 131°F (-20° to 55°C)

-4° to 149°F (-20° to 65°C)

-4° to 149°F (-20° to 65°C)

-4° to 149°F (-20° to 65°C)

Response Time Off-to-On (pull-in) On-to-Off (drop-out)

25 mS maximum 1 mS maximum Instantaneous25 mS maximum 1/2 cycle of line voltage Instantaneous

Pull-In Voltage 8 – 9.6V 3V minimum 3V 3VDrop-Out Voltage 1.2 – 2V 0.8V maximum 8V 1V


5-116

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS


August 2007
70 Series Modular Photoelectric Sensors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-116 Model Selection,Sensor Heads. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-117

Model Selection,Control Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-119

Model Selection,Logic Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-121

Model Selection,Output Devices . . . . . . . . . . . 5-122

Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . 5-125Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-126

The Cutler-Hammer® 70 Series by Eaton’s electrical business offers a wide choice of sensor heads, control units, output devices, logic modules, and accessories to solve virtually any problem.

Sensor Heads are connected by cables to the control unit, and can be mounted up to 1000 ft. away. They are available in thru-beam, reflex, diffuse reflective, fiber optic, Curtain-of-Light and slot-style optical modes.

Self-Contained Control Units are avail-able in 4 circuitry types and work with all sensor heads unless noted. Output devices (required for all but Analog) and optional logic modules are con-tained in a sealed enclosure.

■ Standard: General purpose control.■ High Power: 3 times the power of

the standard control unit in normal gain mode and 27 times in high gain mode. Gain modes are switch selectable.

■ Differential: Compares the signal from 2 separate sensor heads via direct analog signal subtraction. The output is activated when sensor “A” receives more signal than “B.” Can-not be used with the 1471A-6501 Curtain-of-Light sensor head.

■ Analog: Provides a voltage level out-put proportional to the amount of light received. Most commonly used with the 1471A-6501 Curtain-of-Light sensor head.


High Performance Modular Sensors to Solve the Toughest Sensing Problems

Product Features■ Modular design allows you to customize a sensor to solve any application

problem■ Control units feature a variety of capabilities and housings■ Logic modules provide added functions including time delays, one-shot

outputs and stopped motion detection■ A variety of output devices available for switching AC or DC loads from a few

milliamps to 10 Amps■ Unique Curtain-of-Light Sensor Head is ideal for web loop control (when

used with the analog control unit) and detection of small parts (when used with 8171B control unit and low contrast module)

■ Slot Sensor Head combined with the DIN Rail Mount Control Unit is an easy solution for web guiding or centering applications

■ Standard: General Purpose Control Unit■ Enhanced: Time-delay and one shot functions available

UniqueSensingHeads

Self-Contained

Flexible LogicModules andOutputDevices

PowerfulControlUnits

Slot SensorCurtain-of-LightThru-Beam

Logic Modules

DIN Rail MountModular

Output Devices

Modular Control Units are compact, plug-replaceable units designed for dry locations or mounting within a sepa-rate enclosure. An LED indicator pro-vides alignment and beam status. Optional output devices and logic modules are available as separate modular units.

■ Standard: General purpose con-trol unit

■ Enhanced: Time-delay and one-shot functions available


The DIN Rail Mount Control Unit is an analog control unit that provides a voltage output signal which varies proportional to target movement, position or translucence. It is ideal for use with the 1372A-6501 slot sensor head for web guiding or centering.

For Customer Service in the U.S.call 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273),

in Canada call 1-800-268-3578.For Application Assistance in the

U.S. and Canadacall 1-800-426-9184.

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

17
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Model Selection — 70 Series Sensor Heads (Connection is by 9-foot cable) �

� See Control Unit specification Page 5-120 on for restrictions on longer length cables, see Accessories for extension cable.� Sensing ranges are based on a 3-inch retroreflector for reflex; 90% reflectance white card for diffuse reflective.� For gain graphs and additional specifications, see Page 5-120.� Precise alignment must be maintained for this model. Catalog Number 6142A or 6168A mounting brackets shown on Page 5-123 are recommended.


Sensing Range by Control Unit �� Field ofView

Material of Construction

Operating Temperature; Enclosure Rating

Infrared Sensing BeamWavelength

Catalog Number

A8171B in High Gain Mode

B8171B in Normal Gain Mode

C8170A, 8771A or 8772A

D8172A or 8173A Analog

Thru-Beam Right-Angle ViewingThreaded Housing

15 feet(4.5m)

5.5 feet(1.6m)

3 feet(0.9m)

— Source: 25°Detector: 45°Effective Beam: 0.10 inch (3 mm)

Housing: Stainless SteelLens: Plastic

-40° to 176°F(-40° to 80°C)

NEMA 4,13

925 nm Source:1179A-6501Detector: 1279A-6501

Thru-Beam Forward ViewingSmooth Housing

32 feet(9.7m)

10.2 feet(3.1m)

6 feet(1.8m)


Housing:AluminumLens: Glass

-40° to 212°F(-40° to 100°C)

NEMA 1

880 nm Source:1170A-300 Detector: 1270A-300

Thru-Beam Forward ViewingThreaded HousingShort Range

31.2 feet(9.5m)

10.2 feet(3.1m)

6 feet(1.8m)


Housing:Stainless Steel Lens:Lexan (Acrylic)

-40° to 176°F(-40° to 80°C)

NEMA 3, 4, 6, 12, 13


Thru-Beam Forward ViewingThreaded HousingMedium Range

369 feet(112m)

123 feet(37.5m)

71 feet(21.6m)


Housing:Aluminum Lens: Glass

-40° to 176°F(-40° to 80°C)

NEMA 4, 6, 13


Thru-Beam �Forward ViewingThreaded Housing Long Range

743 feet(226m)

248 feet(75.6m)

143 feet(43.6m)

— Source: 1°Detector: 1°Effective Beam: 0.88 inch (22.4 mm)

Housing:Aluminum Lens: Glass

-40° to 176°F(-40° to 80°C)

NEMA 4, 6, 13


Reflex(Includes Retroreflector)

Do not use in this mode

23 feet(7m)

15 feet(4.5m)

— 0.75 inch (19 mm) diameter at 24 inches (610 mm)

Housing:Cast Zinc Lens: Acrylic

-40° to 176°F(-40° to 80°C)

NEMA 1

940 nm 1470A-6501


5-118

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007


Model Selection — 70 Series Sensor Heads (Connection is by 9-foot cable) � (Continued)

� See Control Unit specification on Page 5-120 for restrictions on longer length cables, see Accessories on Page 5-123 for extension cable.� Sensing ranges are based on a 3-inch retroreflector for reflex; 90% reflectance white card for diffuse reflective.� For gain graphs and additional specifications, see Page 5-120.


Sensing Range by Control Unit �� Field ofView

Material of Construction

Operating Temperature; Enclosure Ratings

Infrared Sensing Beam Wavelength

Catalog Number

A8171B in High Gain Mode

B8171B in Normal Gain Mode

C8170A, 8771A or 8772A

D8172A or 8173A Analog

ReflexCurtain-of-Light(Retroreflector sold separately)

— 6 feet (1.8m)(Requires 8215A Low Contrast module)

— 6 feet (1.8m)

6° by 60° fan- shaped sensing zone

Housing:AluminumLens:Acrylic

-5° to 158°F (-20° to 70°C)

NEMA 1, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13

940 nm Sensor Head:1471A-6501

Retroreflector:6210A-6501

Diffuse Reflective 36 inches(914 mm)

— 7 inches(177 mm)

— 2 inch (50 mm) diameter at 7 inches (177 mm)

Housing:Cast ZincLens:Glass

-40° to 212°F(-40° to 100°C)

NEMA 1

940 nm 1370A-6501

Diffuse ReflectiveFixed Focus

2.5 ± 0.25 inches (63.5 ±6 mm)

— — — 0.12 inch (3 mm) diameter at 2.5 inches (63.5 mm)

Housing:DelrinLens:Glass

-40° to 212°F(-40° to 100°C)

NEMA 1, 3, 4, 12, 13

940 nm 9082A-6501

Slot Sensor Head — — — 2 inch (50 m) slot

Fan-shaped zone 2.75 inches (70 mm) wide at base

Housing:AluminumLens:Acrylic

-32° to 140°F(-0° to 60°C)

NEMA 1

880 nm 1372A-6501

Glass Fiber OpticFor diffuse reflective sensing (order both parts for a complete system)

Do not use in this mode

1.5 inches (38 mm)

1 inch (25 mm)

— 30° Sensor:Anodized Aluminum Glass fiber: ABS, Brass

-40° to 212°F(-40° to 100°C)

NEMA 1

940 nm Source:1571A-6501

Fiber:6276A-6501

Glass Fiber Optic Adapter Adapts the 1173A-300 and 1273A-300 Thru-beam sensor heads for use with any E51KF-style glass fiber optic cable (see Section 9) for thru-beam or diffuse reflective sensing. To use order two adapters, one 1173A-300 source head, one 1273A-300 detector head, and the appropriate fiber optic cable(s).

6221A-7501

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

19
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Model Selection — Control Units (See Page 5-121 and Page 5-122 for logic modules and output devices) ��

� An output device is required for Self-Contained Control Units (except Analog), and when using Modular Control Units to switch AC loads. Logic modules are optional and not used with Analog Control Units. 8272X-6501 Isolated Output option available for 8172A Analog Control.

� For additional specifications, see Page 5-120.� For mounting in existing enclosure, or for use when multiple units are installed in a central location. Mount 2 inches apart minimum to avoid crosstalk.� Cannot be used with Curtain-of-Light Sensor Head, Catalog Number 1471A-6501.� Optional output devices can be used for switching AC loads.� Requires user supplied linear regulated power supply. Control unit rise time is 20 mS for 10 – 90% of signal range at ±10V output.


Maximum Cable Length Response Time Output Operating Temp. Enclosure Rating

Power Input Catalog Number

Source Detector Light-to-Dark Dark-to-Light

Control UnitSelf-Contained �

1000 feet(304m)

75 feet(22m)

3 mS(5 mS maximum)

0.5 mS(1.5 mS maximum)

Requires Output Module

32° to 158°F(0° to 70°C)

NEMA 3, 4, 6, 12, 13

115V AC,50/60 Hz

8170A-6501

230V AC, 50/60 Hz

8170A-6502

Self-Contained Control Unit without Enclosure (circuit board only) ��

1000 feet(304m)

75 feet(22m)

3 mS(5 mS maximum)

0.5 mS(1.5 mS maximum)


32° to 158°F(0° to 70°C)

115V AC,50/60 Hz

8170A-6504

230V AC, 50/60 Hz

8170A-6505

Control UnitSelf-Contained High Power

1000 feet(304m)

High Gain:36 feet (11m)Normal Gain:250 feet(76m)

High Gain:14 mSNormal Gain:3 mS

High Gain:4.5 mSNormal Gain:1.5 mS


4° to 131°F(-20° to 55°C)

NEMA 3, 4, 6, 12, 13

95 – 130 VRMS,50/60 Hz

8171B-6501

190 – 260 VRMS,50/60 Hz

8171B-6502

Control UnitSelf-Contained Differential �

1000 feet(304m)

150 feet(45m)

3 mS — Sensor A to B5 mS — Sensor B to A


32° to 158°F(0° to 70°C)

NEMA 3, 4, 6, 12, 13

115V AC,50/60 Hz

9072A-6501

Control UnitSelf-Contained Analog �

250 feet(76m)

100 feet(30m)

Difference between actual output and equilibrium value is halved every 12 mS ± 3 mS for a step input change. 5% setting time is 40 mS ± 15 mS

Output voltage is field adjustable from -15V to +10V DC. Can be isolated with analog isolation module accessory

14° to 131°F(-10° to 55°C)

NEMA 3, 4, 6, 12, 13

90 – 130V AC,60 Hz or 100 – 125V AC, 50 Hz

8172A-6501

190 –260V AC, 60 Hz or 200 – 250V AC, 50 Hz

8172A-6502

Control UnitModular �

1000 feet(304m)

150 feet(45m)

3 mS maximum 0.5 mS maximum

Complementary open collector transistor outputs Sink: 150 mA (ON) or standoff 30V DC (OFF) �

-5° to 122°F(-15° to 50°C)

NEMA 1

9 – 18V DC,135 mA max. (see Section 6 for regulated DC power supply)

8771A-6501

Control Unit �Modular EnhancedWith time delay or one-shot function (adjustable from 0.02 to 15 seconds)

(Requires an 11-pin panel mount socket 8905A-6501for installation, See Page 5-124)

1000 feet(304m)

150 feet(45m)

3 mS maximum 0.5 mS maximum

Complementary open collector transistor outputs Sink: 150 mA (ON) or standoff 30V DC (OFF) �

-5° to 122°F(-15° to 50°C)

NEMA 1

9 – 18V DC,170 mA max. (see Section 6 for regulated DC power supply)

8772A-6501

Control Unit � DIN Rail Mount Analog

250 feet(76m)

100 feet(30m)

20 mS for 10 – 90% of signal range at ±10V output

15 mA sourcing and sinking maximum

32° to 131°F(0° to 55°C)

+15V DC0.1A max. and -15V DC0.05A max.

8173A-6507

(Requires 11-pin panel mount socket 8905A-6501 for installation, See Page 5-124)


August 2007

5-120

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS


Excess Gain

Specifications — Sensor Heads and Control UnitsSensor Heads Control Units

Self-Contained Modular DIN Rail Analog

Power Dissipation

— Analog: 18 VA max.All others: 12 VA max.

2.5 Watts max.

2 Watts max.

Sensitivity Adjustment

— 20:1 ratio 20:1 ratio —

Sunlight Immunity

Depends upon control unit used (Curtain-of-Light: 7,500 foot-candles when used with 8171B control unit)

10,000 foot-candles 6,000 foot-candles

10,000 foot-candles

Relative Humidity (non-condensing)

Thru-beam, fiber optic: 98%Reflex, diffuse reflective: 95%

98% 90% 90%

Vibration 10g or 0.06 inch displacement, whichever is less, over 10 Hz (20 Hz for slot sensor) to 2 kHz

5g up to 1 kHz 5g up to 4 kHz

—

Shock 15g minimum for 1 mS — 15g min. for 1 mS

—

Case Material See Model Selection Table Aluminum Lexan® and phenolic

—

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254 2540

1

2

1000

10

1

0.10.01 1 10

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (mm)2.50.25 25 254

1

2

1000

10

110.1 10 100

RANGE (feet)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (m)0.30.03 3.0 30.5

1

2

1000

10

1

10.1 10 100

RANGE (inches)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (mm)252.5 254 2540

1

2

3

Reflex(3 Inch diameter Retroreflector)

1. 1470A Sensor Headwith 8171B Control Unit

2. 1470A Sensor Headwith 8170A, 8771A or8772A Control Unit

Diffuse Reflectance(90% Reflective White Card)

1. 1370A with 8171B ControlUnit in High Gain Mode

2. 1370A with 8171B ControlUnit in Normal Gain Mode

3. 1370A with 8170A, 8771Aor 8772A Control Unit

Fixed Focus(90% Reflectance White Card)

1. 9082A-6501 with 8171BControl Unit in High Gain Mode

2. 9082A-6501 with 8171B in Normal Gain Mode, 8170A, 8771A or 8772A Control Unit

Fiber Optic Diffuse Reflective(90% Reflectance White Card)

1. 1571A/6276A with 8171BControl Unit in Normal Gain Mode

2. 1571A/6276A with 8170A,8771A or 8772A Control Unit

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

21
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Model Selection — Logic Modules (Optional, not used with analog control units)

� Once range is selected, exact value is adjusted via potentiometer.� Driving device must be capable of sinking 1.6 mA maximum to ground.� Clear pin input (allows outputs to be cleared or held, in untriggered state, independent of input).

One-Shot — Voltage HI: 1.0V minimum; Voltage LO: 0.4V maximum.Shift Register — Voltage HI: 2/3 input voltage minimum; Voltage LO: 1/3 input voltage maximum. Pulse width: 20 mS (voltage must not exceed input voltage).

� Clock and date inputsShift Register — Rate: 600 Hz maximum fast mode, 30 Hz maximum slow mode; Pulse Width (data): 0.75 mS minimum fast mode, 15 mS minimum slow mode (voltage must not exceed input voltage); Logic level 1 (HI): 2/3 input voltage minimum; Logic level 0 (LO): 1/3 input voltage maximum.


Description For ControlUnits

Selectable Ranges

Signal Input Voltage Input Power Output Type and Ratings

CatalogNumberHI LO

Logic Modules for Self-Contained Control Units8171B & 8170A(Modules mount to circuitboard within control unit enclosure)

Time DelayON and OFF time delaysfrom 0.01 to 35 seconds.Independent adjustmentof ON-delay and OFF-delay.

8170A8171B9072A

Timing Ranges: � 0.01 to 0.2 seconds 0.1 to 2.0 seconds 1.0 to 15.0 seconds 2.0 to 35.0 seconds

— — Providedby ControlUnit

See Specificationsfor Selected OutputDevice

8212B-6501

One-ShotProduces a pulse of preset time when triggered. Switch-select to trigger on leading or trailing edge of object.

8170A8171B9072A

Pulse Width: � 0.02 to 0.5 seconds 0.3 to 2.0 seconds 1.0 to 18.0 seconds 10.0 to 30.0 seconds



8213B-6501

Stopped MotionRetriggerable one-shot. Start-up delay adjusts from 0.1 to 11 seconds to allow machine tocome up to speed. Control can be reset from remote location.

8170A8171B9072A

Retrigger Interval: �30 to 430 RPM430 to 5,000 RPM



8216A-6501

Low ContrastResponds to slight but abrupt signal variation while ignoring slower changes.Response Time: 0.1 mS.

8171B Output one-shot time: 20 mS to 2.5 seconds (After this point it becomes a latch function.)



8215A-6501

Logic Modules for Modular Control Units

(Lexan® cover with phenolic base, rated NEMA 1)

(Requires 11-pin panel mount socket 8905A-6501 for installation, See Page 5-124)

Time DelayProvides ON and OFF delay timing, with independent adjustment of ON-delay and OFF-delay.

8771A8772A

Timing Range: 0.5 to 15 seconds

V supply4V min.

0.4Vmax.

9 – 18V DC, 13.3 mA max.

Open Collector, 110 mA sink, 30V DC maximumprotected for load spikes above 35V

8712A-6501

One-Shot �Produces a pulse of preset time when triggered. Jumper-selected retriggerable modefor stopped motion detection.

8771A8772A

Pulse Width: � 0.02 to 0.325 seconds 0.2 to 6.5 seconds

V supply3.5V min.

3V max.�

11 – 15.5V DC, 40 mA max.

Open Collector, 110 mA sink, 30V DC maximumprotected for load spikes above 35V

8713A-6501

Shift Register � �Delays the response to a beam break (or beam completion) by a preset number of clock pulses,usually generated by a pulse generator on a conveyor.

8771A8772A

Register Length: 1 to 64 clock pulses

— — 10 – 15.5V DC, 60 mA max.

Complementary open collector NPN transistor;On-state: 150 mA max. with 1V max. dropOff-state: 1 µA max.leakage at 30V DC

8730A-6501


5-122

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007


Model Selection — Output Devices (Required for Self-Contained Control Units [except analog] and when switching AC loads with Modular Control Units)

� For 3-wire connection. For 2-wire connection, 100mA at VSAT less than 1.2V.� For 3-wire connection. For 2-wire connection, 0.1 µA maximum at 30V DC.



Description Input Output Catalog Number

Operating Voltage

Current Type ON-State Current

OFF-State Leakage

ON-State V Drop

One Cycle Surge A

Output Devicesfor 8170A and9072A ControlUnits

DPDT RelayFor low frequency generalpurpose switching ofcontrol power loads

Suppliedby Control Unit

— DPDT Contact Ratings:AC Load: 5A at 115V AC or 230V ACDC Load: 5A at 30V DC


8526A-6501

Isolated TriacFor high rate switching of resistive or inductive AC loads



2 ARMScontinuous

5 mA at100V AC

1.7 VRMSor less

20A peak 8570A-6501

Triac, PC CompatibleOptically isolated solid-state relay for switching non-capacitive AC loads. Response is 100,000 operations/hour




1.5 mA at120V AC

1.7Vmaximum

6A peak 8574A-6501

Optical Isolator DriverDrives a user supplied remote optical isolator for a solid-state interface. Isolator can then be used to switch DTL, TTL, CMOS, etc.


— PNP outputdrive toa remoteopticalisolator

20 mA — — — 8580A-6501

Isolated NPN TransistorOptically isolated NPN SPSTtransistor switch


— Opticallyisolated NPNtransistorswitch

20 mA atVSAT lessthan 0.2V

0.01 mAmaximumat 30V DC

— — 8582A-6501

Output Devicefor 8172AControl Unit(optional)

Analog Isolation ModuleEliminates ground loop problems and induced noise between the control unit and other system components


— Converts the 8172A’s output to an isolated analog output,allowing the control unit to interface with solid-state AC motorcontrollers with control circuitry at the AC line potential.Bi-directional output: 30 mA from E2 to E1; 20 mA fromE1 to E2; 10.75V DC ± 1.0V maximum.

8272A-6501

Output Devicesfor 8171B, 8771A and8772A Control Units

Polycarbonate Housing (requires an 8-pin panel mount socket Catalog Number 8907A-6501 for installation when used with 8771A or 8772A Control Units, See Page 5-124)

DPDT RelayPlug-in industrial control relay

12V DC nominal.Suppliedby Control Unit

75 mAat 75°F12V DC




8530A-6501

Isolated TriacOptically isolated, solid-state relay for switching non-capacitive AC loads. Response is 100,000 operations/hour

3 – 20V DCSuppliedby Control Unit




1.7 VRMSor less

60A peak 8572A-6501

Triac, PC CompatibleOptically isolated, solid-state relay for switching non-capacitive AC loads. Response is 100,000 operations/hour

8 – 20V DCSuppliedby Control Unit



1.5 mAat 120V AC

1.7V maximum

6A peak 8573A-6501

Isolated NPN TransistorOptically isolated, NPN SPST transistor switch

12V DCnominal

20 mAtypical




— — 8586A-6501

DPDT Relays Triacs Others

8526A-6501 8530A-6501 Isolated PC Compatible


-40° to 140°F (-40 to 60°C)

-4° to 131°F (-20° to 55°C)

-4° to 149°F (-20° to 65°C)

-4° to 149°F (-20° to 65°C)

-4° to 149°F (-20° to 65°C)

Response TimeOff-to-On (pull-in)On-to-Off (drop-out)

15 mS 25 mS maximum 1 mS maximum Instantaneous5 mS 25 mS maximum 1/2 cycle of line voltage Instantaneous

Pull-In Voltage 8 – 9.6V 8 – 9.6V 3V minimum 8 – 20V —Drop-Out Voltage 1.2 – 2V 1.2 – 2V 0.8V maximum — —


August 2007

PG08301004E F

23
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS




For a selection of mounting brackets for use with tubular sensor heads

See Section 8

L-Shaped Mounting Bracket For horizontal or vertical mounting of Catalog Number 1370A and 1470A reflex sensor heads

6177A-6501

Mounting Clip Stainless steel, for Catalog Number 1170A and 1270A sensor heads, two per package

6170A-6501

6˚ Mounting Block Converts 70 Series 3/4 inch thru-beam heads to high gain diffuse reflective sensor. Chromate finished aluminum

6162A-6501

Metal Ball Swivel Mount Allows 5.5° rotation with screw lock to fix final position. Extremely rugged, made from zinc plated steel/Celenex®. Electrically isolates the sensor to prevent noise pick-up caused by poor grounding.

6168A-6501

Plastic Ball Swivel Mount Allows 10° rotation on X and Y axes with a clamping action to hold adjustment.Noryl — avoid exposing to chlorinated halogenated or aromatic hydrocarbons. Operating temperature: -40° to 160°F.

18 mm (3/4 inch) 6142A-6501

8 mm (3/8 inch)(11/1273A-300)

6143A-6501

0.30 (7.6) 0.20 (5.1)

1.78(45.2)

ø 0.28 (7.2)(5 Places)

1.75(45)

0.40 (10.2)

0.95(24.1)

0.28(7.2)

1.125(28.6)

0.563 (14.3)

0.89 (22.6)

4.4 (112)

0.563 (14.3)1.125 (28.6)0.325

(8.2)

0.188(4.8)


0.40 (10.2)

1.25(31.8)

2.50(63.5)

0.281 (7.1) Diameter(3 Places)

3°1.10(28)

0.55(14)

1.30(33)

2.60 (66)1.00

(25.4)

0.50(12.7)

0.75 (19)Diameter(2 Places)

0.625 (15.9) Diameterx 0.75 (19) Deep C Bore

2.1(53)

4.0 (102)3.0 (76)

0.3 (7.5) Diameter Slot

1.1(28)

0.5(12.7)0.75 (19.1)

Diameter Hole

1.0(25.4)

0.212 (2 Places)

A

B C

DE F

G

ClampingGap This Side Clamping

Gap This Side

Size A B C D E F G

8 mm 1.96 (49.8)

1.56 (39.6)

0.20 (5.1)

0.40 (10.2)

0.80 (20.3)

1.05 (26.7)

0.375 (9.5)

18 mm 2.80 (71.1)

2.25 (57.2)

0.275 (7.0)

0.50 (12.7)

1.00 (25.4)

1.64 (41.7)

0.75 (19.1)

or more information visit:
ww w.eaton.com

5-124

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007






Sensor Head Extension Cables

(see control unit specifications for maximum extended cable length)

Source extension cableOrder quantity = Length in feet i.e. Qty. 20 of model 6503-xxx = One 20 foot length extension cable

6503A-XXX

Detector extension cableOrder quantity = Length in feet i.e. Qty. 20 of model 6503-xxx = One 20 foot length extension cable

6507A-XXX

Conduit Coupling Brass compression fitting for connecting Catalog Number 8903A-6501 flexible conduit to control unit

8904A-6501

Thru-Beam Sensor Head Apertures

With 0.04 inch hole for small parts detection. Used with Catalog Number 1173A-300 and 1273A-300 sensor heads.

6271A-6501

With 0.025 inch slot for small parts detection. Used with Catalog Number 1173A-300 and 1273A-300 sensor heads.

6271A-6502

Fiber Optic Cables Glass fiber optic cables (for use with 6221A-7501 fiber optic adapters)

SeeSection 9

Module Panel Mount Sockets 11-pin panel mount socket for Catalog Number 8712, 8713 and 8730 Logic Modules, and 8771 and 8772 Modular Control Units

8905A-6501

8-pin panel mount socket for Catalog Number 8530, 8572, 8573 and 8586 Output Devices

8907A-6501

0.50(12.7)

0.040 (1.02)Diameter Thru-Hole

0.50(12.7)

0.50(12.7)

0.50(12.7)0.025 (0.64)

0.095 (2.4)

1.00(25.4)

1.97(50.0)

1.43(36.3)

1.70(43.2)

2.99 (75.8)

1.33(33.8)

1.63 (41.3)

0.88(22.4)

1.10(27.9)

1.00(25.4)

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

25
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Wiring Diagrams — Self-Contained Control Units

Wiring Diagrams — Modular Control Units

Wiring Diagram — DIN Rain Mount Analog Control Unit

Standard: 8170A-6501, -6502, -6504 and -6505 High Power: 8171B-6501 and -6502

Differential: 9072A-6501 Analog: 8172A-6501 and -6502

Standard: 8771A-6501 Enhanced with Time Delay or One-Shot: 8772A-6501

Detector

Power

POWER

WHT

SHLD

GRN

COMTP1TP2TP3LK1LK2LK3

RED

SHLD

BLK

IOS

GAIN

OOSSOURCE

DETECTOR

SUM

COM

OUT

-15V

COM

+15V

WhiteShieldGreen

SourceRedShieldBlack

SUM input from another unitCommonOutput signal

+15 VDCCommon-15 VDC

8173A-6507

isit: www.eaton.com

5-126

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007


Wiring Diagrams — Logic Modules

Approximate Dimensions in Inches — Thru-Beam Sensor Heads

Time Delay: 8712A-6501 One-Shot: 8713A-6501

Shift Register: 8730A-6501

When connecting to relay contacts for clock and data signals, clock and data inputs have 15 mS of debounce filtering. Clock speed and data speed bypass the debounce filter but a jumper from clock speed to clock is required if a pull-up resistor is desired. The same applies to data speed and data inputs.

Right-Angle Viewing: 1179A-6501

and 1279A-6501

Forward Viewing: 1170A-300 and 1270A-300

Forward Viewing: 1173A-300 and 1273A-300

Forward Viewing: 1173A-100 and

1273A-100 Forward Viewing: 1173A-200 and 1273A-200

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

27
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Approximate Dimensions in Inches — Reflex Sensor Heads

Approximate Dimensions in Inches — Diffuse Reflective Sensor Heads

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) — Slot Sensor Heads

Standard: 1370A-6501 Curtain-of-Light: 1471A-6501 For Retroreflector

Curtain-of-Light: 6210-6501

Standard: 1470A-6501 Fixed Focus: 9082A-6501

3.22 (82)

3.31(84)

0.28 (7.1) Dia. (2 Places)

2.22 (56)

0.66 (17)

1.08 (27)

1.00 (25)

Detector

0.75 (19)

0.57 (14)

0.74 (19)

4.65 (118)

2.0 (51)2.75 (70)

Source width

0.58 (15)

1372A-6501


5-128

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007


Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Except Where Noted — Fiber Optic Sensor Heads

Approximate Dimensions Shown in Inches — Self-Contained Control Units

Glass Fiber Optic: 1571A-6501 and 6276A-6501


Standard: 8170A-6501 and -6502 Standard without Enclosure: 8170A-6504 and -6505

High Power and Analog: 8171B-6501 and -6502;

8172A-6501 and -6502

Differential: 9072A-6501

For more information
visit: www.eaton.com PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

29
5PH

OTO

ELEC

TRIC

SEN

SORS

Approximate Dimensions in Inches —Modular Control Units

Approximate Dimensions in Inches — Logic Modules

8771A-6501 and 8772A-6501

8712A-6501, 8713A-6501 and 8730A-6501


Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Except Where Noted — DIN Rain Mount Analog Control Unit

2.66 (68)

3.06(78)

1.53(39)

35 mm DIN Rail

POWER

WHT

SHLD

GRN

COMTP1TP2TP3LK1LK2LK3

RED

SHLD

BLK

IOS

GAIN

OOS

SOURCE

DETEC

TOR

SUM

COM

OUT

-15V

COM

+15V

1.53(39)

1.3(33)

0.28 (7.5)

8173A-6507

isit: www.eaton.com

5-130

5PH

OTO

ELECTRICSEN

SORS

August 2007


PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-1
6Conveyor Sensor Systems
07Intro.fm



6CO

NVE

YOR

SEN

SOR

SYST

EMS

F

Table of ContentsContents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1E68 Series Integral Sensor Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2200 Series Zero Pressure Accumulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 Sensor Power Supply — NEMA 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24 Sensor Power Supply — NEMA 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27



6-2

6CO

NVEYO

R SENSO

RSYSTEM

S

Conveyor Sensor Systems

August 2007
E68 Series Integral Sensor Valve PG.05E.24.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.

E68 Series Integral Sensor Valve

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Model Selection, Basic Logic . . . 6-4Model Selection, Progressive Logic . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5

Model Selection, Accessories . . 6-6Model Selection, Buss Harnesses. 6-9Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

The Cutler-Hammer® E68 Series Integral Sensor Valve (ISV) from Eaton’s electrical business is a com-plete Zero Pressure Accumulation (ZPA) sensing and control solution. This system solves the problem of product damage and mishandling caused by mechanical sensor rollers on outdated ZPA conveyors.

A Complete, Pre-engineered Solution

The ISV comes complete with all needed components including sensors, air valves, pre-measured connectors, power supplies and acces-sories. These components simply snap together to provide reliable conveyor control without the need to invest costly engineering time. The compact power supply, designed specifically for our ZPA products, includes an integral junction box to eliminate additional mounting enclosures.

Fast, Low Cost Installation and Retrofit

The unique ISV reduces installation costs by integrating the sensor, valve and control logic into one device. Only one device needs to be installed to pro-vide a full zone’s worth of control. Con-nections between zones are also included, eliminating the need to run any additional wiring. Wiring is opti-mized for an exact fit, eliminating unsightly cable loops that could be snagged and damaged.


A Fully Engineered Non-contact Photoelectric Sensor System with Built-In Accumulation Control

Product Features■ Self-contained package includes sensor, logic, air valve, and wiring■ Non-contact, true Zero Pressure Accumulation■ Multiple algorithms available to provide the exact functionality you require■ Multiple wiring options available — including NEMA 4 and NEMA 1 varieties■ Low installation costs■ Integrated “beam status” contact available to allow direct integration into

AC or DC control systems■ One-touch air fittings for quick installation■ Low-profile package allows easy integration into conveyor side-channel■ System designed with sub-4A 24V DC wiring for safety and reduced

installation costs■ Easily interfaced to external control systems for singulated discharge and/

or slug release■ Highly optimized, low-cost power supply■ Custom brackets and sensor/bracket assemblies available

High Reliability and Flexibility

Multiple Wiring Options Available

Muffler Provides Quiet Operation

Integrated Air Valve Simplifies Installation

Indicator LED

SimpleOne-TouchAir Fittings

SolidPolyurethane

Package forRugged Duty

Embedded ZPA Logic — No PLC Required!

PolarizedRetroreflective

and DiffuseReflective

Options

Narrow DiffuseSensing Beam

to Shootthrough

1" Roller Gapsfrom Below

ISV sensors are available in both polarized reflex and diffuse reflective sensing modes. Polarized sensors eliminate detection errors caused by shiny targets and provide the highest level of high sensing reliability when used at common conveyor widths.

Diffuse reflective models can be installed in low lift-height locations

For Customer


and other areas on the conveyor where it may not be possible to mount a polarized reflex sensor and reflector. These models have an extremely narrow field of view to allow for mounting below the level of the conveyor rollers in certain cases where necessary.


PG08301004E

PG08301004E F

-3August 2007

6Conveyor Sensor SystemsE68 Series Integral Sensor Valve

6CO

NVE

YOR

SEN

SOR

SYST

EMS

Choose a Sensor to Meet Your Specific Needs

To provide an ideal solution for a wide variety of Zero Pressure Accumulation needs, ISV sensors are available in two different embedded logic modes:

■ The Basic Logic Series offers high-throughput smart Zero Pressure Accumulation control. This logic results in singulation and Zero Pressure Accumulation. Each sensor checks the status of the downstream zone and each zone always runs except when both the current and downstream zones are full.

■ The Progressive Logic Series offers even higher throughput than the Basic Logic. This logic does not singulate product, but does result in Zero Pressure Accumulation. Each zone always runs until all of the zones downstream are full, allowing maximum efficiency.

E68 Series System ComponentsSensor

The ISV sensor has been specially designed with upstream communication abilities and internal logic to implement Zero Pressure Accumulation (ZPA) control. When combined with the components below, a complete ZPA conveyor control system can be literally snapped into place on your conveyor. Two versions are available depending upon the control you require: Basic Logic and Progressive Logic (described above).

Sensor with Integrated Beam Status Output

These ISV Sensors are the same as standard units in all respects, with the exception of a special output connector that is added to the sensor body. This allows you to conveniently access the beam status output of any zone by simply substituting a special sensor of this type in place of a standard unit. This is useful, for example, at the infeed end of a section of conveyor where a lane full signal is required, as a separate photo-eye need not be mounted.

Power Supply

A 4A Power Supply designed for use with the Conveyor Sensor systems. A single power supply can normally operate up to 50 zones. For more information, see Page 6-27.

Power Supply Cable

This cable allows the power supply to be connected to any zone, while allow-ing use of that zone.

Release Cable

This cable is normally connected to the last zone and is tied to your external control to allow release of product from the conveyor system. The system can be wired to the power supply to enable either singulated product release or slug/train release from the conveyor’s discharge end.

Buss Harness (Not required with daisy-chained models)The Buss Harness distributes power, slug release signals and provides communications links for multi-drop versions of the ISV. Made from flat ribbon cable, it is available in 10, 50 and 100 foot lengths and is connectorized at intervals to match your zone length (18 to 60 inches in 6-inch increments). A buss link accessory can be used to join multiple sections together, while a zone jumper accessory may be used to skip unused zones. This harness is only required for multi-drop connection versions of the ISV (described at right).


It’s So Easy to Get Started, All That’s Needed Is:

■ Your conveyor zone length(s)■ Preferred ZPA algorithm ■ Preferred connection style (see

below)

Daisy-chained connection with NEMA 4 sealed micro-connectors

Daisy-chained connection with NEMA 1 unsealed connectors

Multi-drop connection (requires Buss Harness)

6-4August 2007

6CO

NVEYO

R SENSO

RSYSTEM

S

Conveyor Sensor SystemsE68 Series Integral Sensor Valve

Model Selection — Basic Logic Sensors

� Ranges based on a 3-inch diameter retroreflector.� Sensors will detect a 90% reflectance white card at this range.


Type Sensing Range

Optimum Range

Field of View Connection Type Operate Mode Option Catalog Number

Standard

Polarized Reflex�

10 feet (3m)

0.1 to 8 feet (0.03 – 3.6m)

3 inch (76 mm) Diameter at 12 feet (3.6m)

Multi-Drop Air to Drive — E68-SVSPR3-BL

Isolated Beam Output

E68-SVSPR3-BL-B

Air to Brake — E68-SVSPR3-BD


E68-SVSPR3-BD-B

Polarized Reflex�

10 feet (3m)

0.1 to 8 feet (0.03 – 3.6m)


Daisy-Chain — NEMA 1

Air to Drive — E68-SVSPR3-BLC


E68-SVSPR3-BLC-B

Air to Brake — E68-SVSPR3-BDC


E68-SVSPR3-BDC-B

Polarized Reflex�

10 feet (3m)

0.1 to 8 feet (0.03 – 3.6m)



Air to Drive — E68-SVSPR3-BLP


E68-SVSPR3-BLP-B

Air to Brake — E68-SVSPR3-BDP


E68-SVSPR3-BDP-B

DiffuseReflective�

3 feet (1m)

0.2 to 2 feet (0.06 – 0.6m)

0.2 inch (5 mm) Diameter at 2 inches (51 mm) 6 inch (152 mm) Diameter at5 feet (1.5m)

Multi-Drop Air to Drive — E68-SVSSD1-BL


E68-SVSSD1-BL-B

Air to Brake — E68-SVSSD1-BD


E68-SVSSD1-BD-B


3 feet (1m)

0.2 to 2 feet (0.06 – 0.6m)

0.2 inch (5 mm) Diameter at 2 inches (51 mm) 6 inch (152 mm) Diameter at 5 feet (3.6m)


Air to Drive — E68-SVSSD1-BLC


E68-SVSSD1-BLC-B

Air to Brake — E68-SVSSD1-BDC


E68-SVSSD1-BDC-B


3 feet (1m)

0.2 to 2 feet (0.06 – 0.6m)

0.2 inch (5 mm) Diameter at 2 inches (51 mm) 6 inch (152 mm) Diameter at 5 feet (1.5m)


Air to Drive — E68-SVSSD1-BLP


E68-SVSSD1-BLP-B

Air to Brake — E68-SVSSD1-BDP


E68-SVSSD1-BDP-B


August 2007

PG08301004E F

-5
6CO

NVE

YOR

SEN

SOR

SYST

EMS

Model Selection — Progressive Logic Sensors

� Ranges based on a 3-inch diameter retroreflector. � Sensors will detect a 90% reflectance white card at this range.

Type Sensing Range

Optimum Range Field of View Connection Type Operate Mode Option Catalog Number

Standard

Polarized Reflex�

10 feet (3m)

0.1 to 8 feet (0.03 – 3.6m)


Multi-Drop Air to Drive — E68-SVSPR3-PL


E68-SVSPR3-PL-B

Air to Brake — E68-SVSPR3-PD


E68-SVSPR3-PD-B

Polarized Reflex�

10 feet (3m)

0.1 to 8 feet (0.03 – 3.6m)



Air to Drive — E68-SVSPR3-PLC


E68-SVSPR3-PLC-B

Air to Brake — E68-SVSPR3-PDC


E68-SVSPR3-PDC-B

Polarized Reflex�

10 feet (3m)

0.1 to 8 feet (0.03 – 3.6m)



Air to Drive — E68-SVSPR3-PLP


E68-SVSPR3-PLP-B

Air to Brake — E68-SVSPR3-PDP


E68-SVSPR3-PDP-B


3 feet (1m)

0.2 to 2 feet (0.06 – 0.6m)

0.2 inch (5 mm) Diameter at 2 inches (51mm) 6 inch (152 mm) Diameter at 5 feet (1.5m)

Multi-Drop Air to Drive — E68-SVSSD1-PL


E68-SVSSD1-PL-B

Air to Brake — E68-SVSSD1-PD


E68-SVSSD1-PD-B


3 feet (1m)

0.2 to 2 feet (0.06 – 0.6m)



Air to Drive — E68-SVSSD1-PLC


E68-SVSSD1-PLC-B

Air to Brake — E68-SVSSD1-PDC


E68-SVSSD1-PDC-B


3 feet (1m)

0.2 to 2 feet (0.06 – 0.6m)



Air to Drive — E68-SVSSD1-PLP


E68-SVSSD1-PLP-B

Air to Brake — E68-SVSSD1-PDP


E68-SVSSD1-PD


6-6August 2007

6CO

NVEYO

R SENSO

RSYSTEM

S




Type Length Description Used with Sensors Catalog Number

Sensor Output CablesBeam Status Output Cable

1m Wires from the beam status output connector on the sensor to a remote PLC or other controller

E68….-xyz-B E68-SVABEAM-1

Power Supply CablesPower Supply “T” connection

2m This cable allows the power supply to be connected between any two zones, while allowing use of those zones. For best results, the Power Supply Cable should be connected at the center of the zones being powered. Tinned leads on power supply end.

E68….-xyC E68-SVAPWR-C2

E68….-xyP E68-SVAPWR-P02

12 mm DC-key connector on power supply end. E68….-xyP E68-SVAPWR-P2

Power Supply Cable

2m This cable allows the power supply to be connected to any zone, while allowing use of that zone. For best results, the Power Supply Cable should be connected at the center of the zones being powered.

E68….-xy BUS266PWR-01B1

50m E68….-xy BUS266PWR-5001B1

Power Supply — 27V DC, 100W; short-circuit, overload and overvoltage protection (cycle power to reset). Power supply can normally power up to 50 ISV zones. See Page 6-27 for more details.

E68…. PS256A-01B1

Zone Extensions and JumpersZone Extension Cable

1m Used for zone lengths > 36". E68….-xyC E68-SVAEXT-C1

E68….-xyP E68-SVAEXT-P1

Power Jumper 5m Used to slave an asynchronous ZPA chain — does not pass accumulation signals.

E68….-xyC E68-SVAJMP1-C5

E68….-xyP E68-SVAJMP1-P5

PowerIsolationCable

2 ft(0.6m)

Used to isolate parallel power supplies on an extended ZPA chain.

E68….-xyC E68-SVAISO-C

E68….-xyP E68-SVAISO-P


August 2007

PG08301004E F

-7
6CO

NVE

YOR

SEN

SOR

SYST

EMS

Model Selection — Accessories (Continued)Type Length Description Used with Sensors Catalog Number

Zone Extensions and Jumpers (Continued)Zone Jumper

5 in. A Zone Jumper is required when a zone is skipped to allow communications to continue through the unused zone.

E68….-xy QDJU266A-01B1

Slug Isolation Cable

2 ft(0.6m)

Used to break a slug release signal to affect closer control of product release. Insert between any two zones, and a slug release signal is isolated from all upstream zones.

E68….-xyC E68-SVASLUG-C

E68….-xyP E68-SVASLUG-P

Buss Link Cable 10 cm This cable allows two sections of buss harness to be connected together. NOTE: 10 foot versions of buss harness have this connector built-in.

Passes power and ZPA signals.

E68….-xy BUS266LINK-01B1

10 cm Power isolation version.

Passes ZPA signals but isolates power.

E68….-xy BUS266ISO-01B1

3m This cable allows two sections of buss harness to be connected together. DC power is passed through the connection.

Passes power only.

E68….-xy BUS266JUMP15-01B1

3m This cable allows two sections of buss harness to be connected together. Both DC power and the ZPA signal is passed through the connection.

Passes power and ZPA signals.

E68….-xy BUS266JUMP15-02B1

Power Curve Delay Module

— Allows ZPA through a powered curve that is not divided into ZPA controlled zones. Installed adjacent to the sensor at the powered curve infeed. All required wiring is included.

E68…-xy 1451BSR1216

E68…-xyC 1451BSC1216

E68…-xyP 1451BSP1216


6-8August 2007

6CO

NVEYO

R SENSO

RSYSTEM

S




Model Selection — Mounting Brackets


Type Length Description Used with Sensors Catalog Number

Release CablesRelease Cable 2m This cable is connected to the last zone and allows

singulate or slug discharge control from an external system.

Both release and power connections are provided. If the power connections are used, a separate power supply “T” cable is not needed.

E68….-xyC E68-SVAREL2-C2

E68….-xyP E68-SVAREL2-P2

This cable is connected to the last zone and allows singulate or slug discharge control from an external system.

Release connections only are provided.

E68….-xy BUS266REL-01B1


Both release and power connections are provided. If the power connections are used, a separate power supply cable is not needed.

E68….-xy BUS266REL-02B1

Miscellaneous AccessoriesUpstreamConnector Cover

— Used to seal the upstream micro-connector on the most infeed sensor.

E68….-xyP E68-SVAUSC-P

Downstream Connector Cover

— Used to seal the downstream micro-connector on the discharge sensor (if a release cable is not connected).

E68….-xyP E68-SVADSC-P

Dimensions Description Used with Sensors Catalog Number

Mounting bracket for E68 sensor family. Can be used to mount E68 sensor to conveyor side channel. Can also be used to mount 3-inch retroreflector (6200A-6506).

E68…. 6161AS02852.65(67.3)

0.600(15.24)

R. 0.150 (3.81)4 PL

0.265 (6.73) SQ2 PL

0.500(12.70)

2.83(71.8)

3.56(90.4)

3.83(97.2)

2.00(50.8)

1.81(45.8)

0.105(2.67)

Ø R. 0.180 (4.57)3 PL

1.63(41.3)

2.88(73.0)

0.375(9.53)

3.25(82.6)


August 2007

PG08301004E F

-9
6CO

NVE

YOR

SEN

SOR

SYST

EMS

Model Selection — Buss HarnessesPhoto Zone Length Nominal Length Number of Zones Use with Sensor Models Catalog Number

18 inches 10 feet (1.8m) 6 Zones E68... BUS266A18-6

50 feet (3.6m) 33 Zones BUS266A18-33

100 feet (6.1m) 66 Zones BUS266A18-66

24 inches 10 feet (1.8m) 5 Zones BUS266A24-5

50 feet (3.6m) 25 Zones BUS266A24-25

100 feet (6.1m) 50 Zones BUS266A24-50


50 feet (3.6m) 20 Zones BUS266A30-20

100 feet (6.1m) 40 Zones BUS266A30-40


50 feet (3.6m) 16 Zones BUS266A36-16

100 feet (6.1m) 33 Zones BUS266A36-33


50 feet (3.6m) 15 Zones BUS266A40-15

100 feet (6.1m) 30 Zones BUS266A40-30


50 feet (3.6m) 14 Zones BUS266A42-14

100 feet (6.1m) 28 Zones BUS266A42-28


50 feet (3.6m) 12 Zones BUS266A48-12

100 feet (6.1m) 25 Zones BUS266A48-25


50 feet (3.6m) 11 Zones BUS266A54-11

100 feet (6.1m) 22 Zones BUS266A54-22


50 feet (3.6m) 10 Zones BUS266A60-10

100 feet (6.1m) 20 Zones BUS266A60-20

50' and 100' versions

10' versions


6-10August 2007

6CO

NVEYO

R SENSO

RSYSTEM

S


Typical “Daisy-Chain” Wiring Example

Typical “Multi-Drop” Buss Wiring Example

UpstreamZone Connection

Isolated BeamOutput Sensor

StandardSensor

Center Tap Arrangement

End Tap

StandardSensor

StandardSensor

DischargeZone

Power SupplyCable to Power

Supply

ReleaseCable

to PowerSupply orExternalContact

ToPowerSupply

Release Cable withPower Connecting(to Power Supply)

DischargeZone

Beam StatusOutput Cable(to PLC or OtherControl Interface)

Upstream ZoneConnection

Beam StatusOutput Cable(to PLC or OtherControl Interface)

Isolated BeamOutput Sensor

StandardSensor

StandardSensor

StandardSensor

BeamStatus

Output Cable

Isolated Beam StandardSensor

UpstreamPower

Buss Harness

DownstreamPower

Buss Harness

Flow Direction Flow Direction Flow DirectionPowerBuss

Harness

PowerBuss

Harness

ReleaseCable

Link Cable

4-PinConnector 2-Pin

Connector

4-PinConnector

4-PinConnector2-Pin

Connector

2-PinConnector

4-PinConnector

2-PinConnector

PowerSupplyCable

StandardSensor

StandardSensor

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

11
6-Conveyor Sensor SystemsE68 Series Integral Sensor Valve
6CO

NVE

YOR

SEN

SOR

SYST

EMS

Specifications

� These products conform to NEMA tests as indicated, however, some severe washdown applications can exceed these NEMA test specifications. If you have questions about a specific application, contact Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Application Department at 1-800-426-9184.


Standard Models

Input Voltage 18 – 30V DCPower Dissipation 1.35W at 27V DCIndicator LED Red LED: Lights steady when air valve open Response Time 25 mS maximum to 90% air flow. 18.2 Hz maximum operationAir to Drive/Air to Brake Operation Specified by catalog numberBeam Status Output (optional) Solid-state relay; 400V isolation; 132V AC/DC maximum switching voltage; 100 mA current switching capacity;

10 mA maximum off-state leakage; 25W maximum on-state resistance. Output protected (current limited) for loads less than 32V. IMPORTANT: Output will reset automatically when short is removed (there is no visual indication of a short-circuit condition).

Temperature Range Operating: 14° to +131°F (-10° to +55°C); Storage: -13° to +158°F (-25° to +70°C)Material of Construction Lens: polycarbonate; Cable jacket: polyvinylchloride; Body: structural polyurethane foam; Muffler: brass;

Fittings: brass, polybutylene terephthalate, polyacetel, BUNA-N; Label Overlay: polyester. IMPORTANT: Do not expose to concentrated acids, alcohols or ketones.

Mounting Mount with two #8 fasteners (not included). Torque to between 12 and 14 in-lbsConnectors Multi-drop models: Insulation-displacement connectors, factory installed

Daisy-chain NEMA 1 models (unsealed): 4-pin AMP DESC Connector Daisy-chain NEMA 4 models (sealed): 4-pin, DC-key micro-connectorsBeam Status Output: 3-pin male nano-connector

Vibration and Shock Vibration: 30g over 10 Hz to 2 kHz; Shock: 100g for 3 mS 1/2 sine wave pulseSunlight Immunity 10,000 foot-candlesEnclosure Ratings Multi-drop and unsealed daisy-chain models: NEMA 1 only

Sealed daisy-chain models: NEMA 1, 4 �

Operations 100 million operations over 5 years. Warranty: 3 years (maximum 60 million operations)Valve Type 3-way, vent to atmosphereValve Specifications Cv = 0.03; 0 to 75 psi operation IMPORTANT: Dry or lubricated shop air, filtered to less than 5 micrometers required.Valve Fittings 1/4 inch “one-touch” fittings. IMPORTANT: Fittings must be tightened to 10.6 – 17.7 in-lbs.Product Packaging Sensors are bulk packaged. Maximum 10 sensors per bag.

B

C

B

NOTE: Above dimension diagrams displaythe following three models of the E68:A + D = Daisy-chain NEMA 4 sealed;A + C = Daisy-chain NEMA 1 unsealed;B = Multi-drop buss harness

3.22(81.4) 2.20

(55.7)

D

C

0.70(17.7)

2.05(51.9)

2.20 (55.7)

1.41(35.1)

1.55(38.8)

0.1872 PL

1.81(45.3)

1.4(34.2)

1.80(45.5)

4.40(111.3)

1.13(28.5)

D

0.80(20.2)

2.80(70.9)

0.50(12.7)

0.93(23.5)

1.10(27.7)

B

1.395(35.4)


August 2007

6-12

6CO

NVEYO

R SENSO

RSYSTEM

S


Wiring Diagram

Optical Performance

All optical specifications are guaranteed to be the minimum performance under clean conditions of any product delivered from stock. Typical perfor-mance may be higher.

Dirt in the environment will affect optical performance by reducing the amount of light the control receives. For best results, sensors should be used at dis-tances where excess gain is higher than 1.5 (1.5 times the amount of sensing power required to detect an object under ideal conditions). Higher excess gain will allow the sensor to overcome higher levels of contamination on the lens.

Brown

(–) (–)

+V

Blue

White

27V

DC± 1

0%

Daisy-ChainVersion — Face View

Black3

21

4

(White)(Brown)

(Black) (Blue)

+V

Multi-DropBuss Version

E68

Slug

Slug

Communications

Communications

Polarized Reflex Diffuse Reflective

Source Visible red, 680 nm InfraredMaximum Range 10 feet 3 feetOptimum Range 0.1 to 8 feet 3 inches to 2 feetField of View 3 inch diameter at 12 feet 0.2 inch diameter at 2 inches; 6 inch diameter at 5 feet

1000

100

10

1

RANGE IN FEET

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN

1000

100

10

110.1 10 100

RANGE IN INCHES

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN

1001010.1

Polarized Reflex(3-inch diameter retroreflector)

Diffuse Reflective(90% reflectance white card)

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

13
6-Conveyor Sensor Systems 200 Series Zero Pressure Accumulation PG.05E.14.T.E
6CO

NVE

YOR

SEN

SOR

SYST

EMS


call 1-800-426-9184.

200 Series Zero Pressure Accumulation System

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 Model Selection, Basic Logic

Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15 Model Selection, Progressive

Logic Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15Model Selection, Harnesses . . 6-15Model Selection, Accessories . 6-16Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19Specifications, Models 14266

and 14286 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19Model Selection, Standard

Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20Model Selection, Harnesses . . 6-20Model Selection, Accessories . 6-21Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22Specifications, Model 14256 . . 6-22Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

The Cutler-Hammer® 200 Series by Eaton’s electrical business is an easy to use Zero Pressure Accumulation (ZPA) sensing and control solution. This sensor system solves the prob-lem of product damage and mishan-dling caused by mechanical sensor rollers on outdated ZPA conveyors.

A Complete, Pre-engineered Solution

The 200 Series comes complete with all needed components including sen-sors, pre-measured cables, power sup-plies, and accessories. These components simply snap together to provide reliable Zero Pressure Accu-mulation conveyor control without the need to invest costly engineering time in a PLC-based system. The compact power supply, designed specifically for the 200 Series, includes an integral junction box to eliminate additional mounting enclosures.


A Fully Engineered Non-contact, Photoelectric Sensor System with Built-In Accumulation Control

Product Features■ Non-contact, true Zero Pressure Accumulation control without a PLC■ Multiple algorithms available to provide the exact functionality you require■ Additional Gap and Compression timing versions available■ Low installation costs with pre-measured and connectorized wiring■ Fits zone lengths between 18 and 60 inches in 6-inch increments and

conveyors up to 60 inches wide■ Compatible with commonly available solenoid-operated air valves■ Sensors are short circuit protected with automatic reset of sensor when

short is removed■ System designed with sub-4A 24V DC wiring for safety and reduced costs■ Easily interfaced to external control systems for singulated discharge and/

or slug release■ Highly optimized, low-cost power supply■ Custom brackets and sensor/bracket assemblies available

PolarizedOpticsfor HighReliability

Built-In GuardProtects

WiringConnectors

IndicatorLED

Low-Cost,Pre-measuredWiring

EasyPlug-InAssembly

SensorsCommunicate

Upstream

CompactSensor Design

Time DelayVersions Offer

AdditionalAccumulation

Functionality

Fast, Low Cost Installation

and Retrofit

The unique 200 Series reduces installation costs by eliminating measuring, wire stripping and attachment of custom connectors. The main buss cable has connectors pre-installed at points to match your conveyor zone length. Zone length can be from 18 to 60 inches in 6-inch increments. Custom wiring har-nesses are supplied for an exact fit-between the main buss cable, the

For Customer


solenoid, and the sensor to eliminate unsightly cable loops that might other-wise be snagged and damaged.

High Reliability

200 Series sensors operate in the polarized reflex sensing mode. Polarized sensors eliminate detection errors caused by shiny targets. The sensor’s 10 foot maximum range provides high sensing reliability when used at common conveyor widths.


August 2007

6-14

6CO

NVEYO

R SENSO

RSYSTEM

S

Conveyor Sensor Systems200 Series Zero Pressure Accumulation

Choose a Sensor to Meet Your Specific Needs

To provide an ideal solution for a wide variety of zero-pressure accumulation needs, 200 Series sensors are available in two different embedded logic modes:

■ The Basic Logic Series offers high-throughput smart Zero Pressure Accu-mulation control. This logic results in singulation and Zero Pressure Accu-mulation. Each sensor checks the status of the downstream zone and each zone always runs except when both the current and downstream zones are full. Models are available in either Zone Full Delay Timer or Zone Empty Timer configurations.

■ The Progressive Logic Series offers even higher throughput than the Basic Logic. This logic does not singulate product, but does result in Zero Pressure Accumulation. Each zone always runs until all of the zones downstream are full, allowing maximum efficiency. Models are available in either Zone Full Delay Timer or Zone Empty Timer configurations.

200 Series System ComponentsSensor

The 200 Series sensor has been specially designed with upstream communication abilities and internal logic to implement true zero pressure accumulation control. When combined with the components below, a complete ZPA conveyor control system can be literally snapped into place on your conveyor. Two versions are available depending upon the control you require: Basic Logic and Progressive Logic (described above).

Sensor with Additional Time Delay

These 200 Series sensors are the same as standard units in all respects, with the exception of additional time delay circuitry designed to afford you enhanced zero pressure accumulation control. Versions with a “Gap Timer” offer you an adjustable delay to insert additional gaps between adjacent prod-ucts as they move down the conveyor (beyond those gaps normally present due to the operation of the built-in true zero pressure accumulation logic). Ver-sions with a “Compression Timer” offer you an adjustable delay to compress packages together during the accumulation process.

Sensor Harness

The Sensor Harness connects the sensor to the Buss Harness and solenoid.� This is the only custom part of the system — the length is optimized for an exact fit on your conveyor to eliminate cable loops that could otherwise be damaged.

Buss Harness

The Buss Harness distributes power, slug release signals and provides communications links. Made from flat ribbon cable, it is available in 10, 50 and 100 foot lengths and is connectorized at intervals to match your zone length (18 to 60 inches in 6-inch increments).� A customer-supplied solenoid/valve is required at each zone to control the conveyor pneumatics.

Eaton recommends a solenoid below 1.8 Watts.


It’s So Easy to Get Started,

All That’s Needed Is:

■ Your conveyor zone length(s)■ Preferred ZPA algorithm ■ Sensor harness cable lengths:

– Distance from sensor to power buss harness

– Distance from sensor to solenoid

■ Solenoid valve manufacturer and model number

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

15
6-Conveyor Sensor Systems200 Series Zero Pressure Accumulation
Model Selection — Basic Logic SensorsPhoto Logic Type Sens
ing Range Optimum Range Field of View Additional

Operate Mode Output Catalog Number/Standard

6CO

NVE

YOR

SEN

SOR

SYST

EMS

� Models only available in PNP versions. To implement this timing functionality and retain access to slug release mode, all sensors in a given ZPA chain must be PNP output versions.

Model Selection — Progressive Logic Sensors

Model Selection — Sensor Harnesses

� If you require a solenoid connector other than those listed in this section, contact Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184 with the valve manufacturer’s name and model number.

Timing

BasicLogic

Polarized Reflex

10 feet (3m) 0.1 to 8 feet(0.03 – 3.6 m)


— Air to Drive NPN 14266RLN17B1

PNP 14266RLP17B1

Air to Brake NPN 14266RDN17B1

PNP 14266RDP17B1

Basic Logicwith Timing

CompressionTimer

Air to Drive NPN 14266RLNT17B1

PNP 14266RLPT17B1

Air to Brake NPN 14266RDNT17B1

Gap Timer � Air to Drive PNP 14266RLPC17B1

Air to Brake � PNP 14266RDPC17B1

Photo Logic Type Sensing Range Optimum Range Field of View Additional Timing

Option Output Catalog Number/Standard

ProgressiveLogic

Polarized Reflex

10 feet (3m) 0.1 to 8 feet(0.03 – 3.6 m)


— Air to Drive NPN 14286RLN17B1

PNP 14286RLP17B1


PNP 14286RDP17B1

Progressive Logic with Timing

CompressionTimer

Air to Drive NPN 14286RLNT17B1

PNP 14286RLPT17B1

Air to Brake PNP 14286RDPT17B1

Gap Timer Air to Drive PNP 14286RLPC17B1

Air to Brake PNP 14286RDPC17B1

Photo Solenoid Connector� Sensor to Buss Harnesses Length

Sensor to Solenoid Length Use with Sensor Models Catalog Number

3-pin AMP P/N 104257-2 12 inches 12 inches 14266.../14286... QD266A12-1201B1

3-pin SMC P/N AXT661-12A QD266A12-1204B1

24 inches 24 inches QD266A24-2404B1

36 inches 36 inches QD266A36-3604B1

6-16August 2007

6CO

NVEYO

R SENSO

RSYSTEM

S


Model Selection — Buss HarnessesPhoto Zone Length Nominal Length Number of Zones Use with Sensor Models Catalog Number

18 inches 10 feet (1.8m) 6 Zones 14266.../14286... BUS266A18-650 feet (3.6m) 33 Zones BUS266A18-33

100 feet (6.1m) 66 Zones BUS266A18-6624 inches 10 feet (1.8m) 5 Zones BUS266A24-5

50 feet (3.6m) 25 Zones BUS266A24-25100 feet (6.1m) 50 Zones BUS266A24-50

30 inches 10 feet (1.8m) 4 Zones BUS266A30-450 feet (3.6m) 20 Zones BUS266A30-20










100 feet (6.1m) 20 Zones BUS266A60-20

50' and 100' Versions

10' Versions




Photo Type Description Length Notes Catalog Number

Singulate Release Cable


2m Release only BUS266REL-01B1

Both release and power connections are provided. If the power connection is used, a power supply cable is not needed

BUS266REL-02B1

Zone Jumper

A Zone Jumper is required when a zone is skipped to allow communications to continue through the unused zone.

5 inches — QDJU266A-01B1

Power Supply

A 100W Power Supply designed for use with the 200 Series system. On systems with zone lengths up to 48 inches, it will power up to 110 sensors with 0.67W solenoids (74 if the solenoids are 1.2W; 38 if the solenoids are 2.4W).

— — PS256A-01B1PS256A-04B1(See Page 6-27 for more details)

Power Supply Cable

This cable allows the power supply to be connected to any zone, while allowing use of that zone. For best results, the Power Supply Cable should be connected at the center of the zones being powered.

2m — BUS266PWR-01B1

50 feet — BUS266PWR-5001B1

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

17
6CO

NVE

YOR

SEN

SOR

SYST

EMS

Model Selection — Accessories (Continued) Photo Type Description Length Notes Catalog Number

Buss Link Cable

This cable allows two sections of buss harness to be connected together. NOTE: 10 foot versions of buss harness have this connector built-in.

10 cm Passes power and ZPA signals BUS266LINK-01B1

10 cm Power isolation version. Passes ZPA signals but isolates power. This allows for connection of more than one power supply to a long section of ZPA conveyor.

BUS266ISO-01B1

This cable allows two sections of buss harness to be connected together. DC power is passed through the connection.

3m Passes power only BUS266JUMP15-01B1

This cable allows two sections of buss harness to be connected together. Both DC power and the ZPA signal is passed through the connection.

3m Passes power and ZPA signals BUS266JUMP15-02B1

Power Curve Module

Allows ZPA through a powered curve that is not divided into ZPA controlled zones. All required wiring is included.

— Install adjacent to the 200 Series sensor at the powered curve infeed. All required wiring included.

1451BSR1216


6-18August 2007

6CO

NVEYO

R SENSO

RSYSTEM

S


Typical Wiring Example — Nominal 10’ Buss Harness Lengths

Wiring Diagram Optical Performance

Power SupplyCable (if used)

LinkConnector

4-pinConnector

4-pinConnector

4-pinConnector 2-pin

Connector

2-pinConnector

DownstreamPower BussHarness

Upstream PowerBuss Harness

SensorHarness

SensorHarness

2-pinConnector

SensorHar

8 foot Bed Section #1 8 foot Bed Section #2

Zone B Zone A

ness

Direction of Product Flow

Example shows Power Buss Harness (BUS266A48-2) mounted to a conveyor with 4’ zones / 8’ bed sections

Zone B

( - )

+V

DC

18

to 3

0 V

( - )

+VWiring for Sensor

Solenoid Wiring

Pin 1

Pin 5

Pin 3

Pin 2

Pin 4

Slug InputSlugInput

GND for Sensor

V+ for Sensor

Upstream Output

Downstream InputSensor

Pin GND for Solenoid

V+ for Solenoid

1

Pin 2

Load

All optical specifications are guaran-teed to be the minimum perfor-mance under clean conditions of any product delivered from stock. Typi-cal performance may be higher.

Dirt in the environment will affect optical performance by reducing the amount of light the control receives. For best results, sensors should be used at distances where excess gain is higher than 1.5 (1.5 times the amount of sensing power required to detect an object under ideal con-ditions). Higher excess gain will allow the sensor to overcome higher levels of contamination on the lens. All ranges and excess gain graphs are based on a 3-inch retroreflector.

Source Visible red, 680 nmMaximum Range 10 feetOptimum Range 0.1 to 8 feetField of View 3 inch diameter at 12 feet


1000

10

110.1 10 100

RANGE (feet)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (m)0.30.03 3.0 30.5

1

2

1. Typical performance �

2. Minimum performance�

� Performance measured to 3-inch retroreflector.

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

19
6CO

NVE

YOR

SEN

SOR

SYST

EMS

Typical Wiring Example — Nominal 50’ and 100’ Buss Harness Lengths


Specifications — 14266 and 14286 ModelsDescription Specification

Input Voltage 18 to 30V DC, reverse polarity protectedPower Dissipation 250 mW maximumOutput Type NPN or PNPCurrent Switching Capacity 100 mA maximumOFF-State Leakage 10 mA maximumON-State Voltage Drop 2.5V at 100 mASlug Input NPN: Integral diode isolates slug input; Input is protected against mis-wiring and is active from “0” to a voltage level equal to the

current “input voltage” minus 6 voltsPNP: Integral diode isolates slug input; Input is protected against mis-wiring and is active from 1 – 30V DC

Response Time 8 mSConnector 5-pin, works with mating plug AMP #104257-4; 2-pin, works with mating plug AMP #104257-1Temperature Range Operating: -25° to 55°C (-13° to 131°F)

Storage: -25° to 70°C (-13° to 158°F)Material of Construction Lens: Polycarbonate

Body: Cycoloy and LexanConnector: Glass-filled PCT

Vibration and Shock Vibration: 30 g over 10 Hz to 2 kHzShock: 30 g for 10 mS 1/2 sinewave pulse

Enclosure Ratings NEMA 1Cable-Pull Strength 20 pounds (static)Approvals Contact factory for latest list of agency approvalsShort-Circuit Protection The Output is protected against dead shorts only.

Operation: Output is continuously retried at 3 mS intervals and will automatically reset when short is removed (no visual indication of a short-circuit condition).CAUTION: will not protect against overloads between 100 – 300 mA

Indicator LED Lights steady when output is ON; OFF when output is OFF; OFF when output is in short-circuit mode

SensorHarness

2-pinConnector

4-pinConnector

Power SupplyCable

SensorHarness

2-pinConnector

DownstreamBuss Harness

4-pinConnector

UpstreamBuss Harness

Link Cable SensorHarness

2-pinConnector

Buss Harness

4-pinConnector

SensorHarness

2-pinConnector

Signal Direction

4-pinConnector

SingulateReleaseCable

Signal DirectionSignal Direction

1.45(37)

1.17(30)

1.19(30) 2.00

(50)

M18 x 1.0Thread

0.80(20)

0.93(24)

TimerAdj.

0.21(5)

0.48(12)

0.25(6)

0.35(9)

0.62(16) .56

(14)


6-20August 2007

6CO

NVEYO

R SENSO

RSYSTEM

S


The standard sensors in this section are similar to the embedded logic sensors in the previous sections except that the units do not contain on-board ZPA logic, the sensors directly actuate the solenoid valves to which they are connected.

Model Selection — Standard Sensors


Model Selection — Sensor Harnesses

� If you require a solenoid connector other than those listed in this section, contact Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Sensor Applications Department at 1-800-426-9184 with the valve manufacturer’s name and model number.

Model Selection — Buss Harnesses

Photo Type Sensing Range Optimum Range Field of View ConnectionType

Operate Mode Output Catalog Number/Standard

PolarizedReflex

10 feet (3m) 0.1 to 8 feet(0.03 – 3.6 m)


Multi-Drop Air to Drive NPN 14256RLN17B1

PNP 14256RLP17B1


PNP 14256RDP17B1

Air to Drive Dual NPN& PNP

14256RL17B1

Air to Brake 14256RD17B1

Photo Solenoid Connector � Sensor to Buss Harnesses Length

Sensor to Solenoid Length Use with Sensor Models

Catalog Number

3-pin AMP P/N 104257-2 12 inches 12 inches 14256... QD256A12-1201B1

3-pin SMC P/N AXT661-12A QD256A12-1204B1

Photo Zone Length Nominal Length Numberof Zones

Use with Sensor Models Catalog Number

18 inches 50 feet (3.6m) 33 Zone 14266.../14286... BUS256A18-33

100 feet (6.1m) 66 Zone BUS256A18-66

24 inches 50 feet (3.6m) 25 Zone BUS256A24-25

100 feet (6.1m) 50 Zone BUS256A24-50


100 feet (6.1m) 40 Zone BUS256A30-40


100 feet (6.1m) 33 Zone BUS256A36-33


100 feet (6.1m) 30 Zone BUS256A40-30


100 feet (6.1m) 28 Zone BUS256A42-28


100 feet (6.1m) 25 Zone BUS256A48-25


100 feet (6.1m) 22 Zone BUS256A54-22


100 feet (6.1m) 20 Zone BUS256A60-20

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

21
6CO

NVE

YOR

SEN

SOR

SYST

EMS



Photo Type Description Length Notes Model Number

Power Supply

A 100W Power Supply designed for use with the 200 Series system. On systems with zone lengths up to 48 inches, it will power up to 110 sensors with 0.67W solenoids (74 if the solenoids are 1.2W; 38 if the solenoids are 2.4W).

— — PS256A-01B1PS256A-04B1(See Page 6-27 for more details)

PowerSupplyCable

This cable allows the power supply to be connected to any zone, while allowing use of that zone. For best results, the Power Supply Cable should be connected at the center of the zones being powered.

2m Round cable BUS256PWR-01B1

6.7m Round cable, 18 AWG conductors BUS256PWR20-02B1

3.3m Flat ribbon cable BUS256PWR120

Buss LinkCable

This cable allows two sections of buss harness to be connected together.

10 cm Passes power only BUS256LINK-01B1

10 cm Power isolation version. Passes ZPA signals but isolates power. This allows for connection of more than one power supply to a long section of ZPA conveyor.

BUS256ISO-01B1

54 inches Flat ribbon cable — Passes power only

BUSJUMP36


August 2007

6-22

6CO

NVEYO

R SENSO

RSYSTEM

S


Typical Wiring Example

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) except where noted

Flow Direction Flow Direction Flow Direction

Power Supply Cable

Sensor Harness

Sensor Harness

Sensor Harness

Sensor Harness

3-pin Connectors

Upstream Power Buss Harness

BUS256LINK... or BUS256ISO Cable

Power Buss Harness

3-pin Connectors

3-pin Connectors

3-pin Connectors

1.45 (37)

1.15 (29)

1.15 (29)

0.62 (16)

M18 x 1.0 Thread


Specifications — 14256 ModelsDescription Specification

Input Voltage 10 to 30V DC, reverse polarity protectedPower Dissipation 120 mW maximumOutput Type NPN only or NPN & PNP Dual OutputOutput Operation – Air to Brake ON when beam is blocked

OFF when beam is not blockedOutput Operation – Air to Drive ON when beam is not blocked

OFF when beam is blockedCurrent Switching Capacity 100 mA maximumOFF-State Leakage 10 mA maximumON-State Voltage Drop 2.5V at 100 mASlug Input Integral diode isolates slug input; Input is protected against mis-wiring and is active from “0” to a voltage level equal to the

current “input voltage” minus 6 voltsResponse Time 8 mS Connector Works with mating plug; AMP #104257-4Temperature Range Operating: -25° to 55°C (-13° to 131°F)

Storage: -25° to 70°C (-13° to 158°F)Material of Construction Lens: Polycarbonate

Body: Cycoloy and LexanConnector: Glass-filled PCT

Vibration and Shock Vibration: 30 g over 10 Hz to 2 kHzShock: 30 g for 10 mS 1/2 sinewave pulse

Enclosure Ratings NEMA 1Cable-Pull Strength 20 pounds (static)Approvals Contact factory for latest list of agency approvalsShort-Circuit Protection The Output is protected against dead shorts on the NPN output only.

Operation: Output is continuously retried at 3 mS intervals and will automatically reset when short is removed (no visual indication of a short-circuit condition).CAUTION: will not protect against overloads between 100 – 300 mA

Indicator LED Lights steady when output is ON; OFF when output is OFF; OFF when output is in short-circuit mode


August 2007

PG08301004E F

23
CON

VEYO

R SE

NSO

RSY

STEM

S

Wiring Diagrams

Optical Performance

( - )

+V

DC

10

to 3

0 V

( - )

+VWiring for NPN Output

Pin 5

Pin 1

Pin 3

Pin 4

Pin 2

Load

Not Connected

GND for Sensor

V+ for Sensor

NPN Output

Not Connected

( - )

+V

Pin 5

Pin 1

DC

10

to 3

0 V

Pin 3

( - )

+V

Pin 4

Pin 2

Load

Wiring for Sensor Controlled Solenoid

Slug Input

GND for Sensor

V+ for Sensor

GND for Solenoid

V+ for SolenoidSensor

Slug Input

Sensor

( - )

+V

DC

10

to 3

0 V

( - )

+VWiring for NPN/PNP Output

Pin 5

Pin 1

Pin 3

Pin 4

Pin 2

Not Connected

GND for Sensor

V+ for Sensor

NPN Output

PNP OutputSensorLoad

Load

6

All optical specifications are guaranteed to be the mini-mum performance under clean conditions of any product delivered from stock. Typical performance may be higher.

Dirt in the environment will affect optical performance by reducing the amount of light the control receives. For best results, sensors should be used at distances where excess gain is higher than 1.5 (1.5 times the amount of sensing power required to detect an object under ideal conditions). Higher excess gain will allow the sensor to overcome higher levels of contamination on the lens. All ranges and excess gain graphs are based on a 3-inch retroreflector.

Source Visible red, 680 nmMaximum Range 10 feetOptimum Range 0.1 to 8 feetField of View 3 inch diameter at 12 feet


1000

10

110.1 10 100

RANGE (feet)

EX

CE

SS

GA

IN 100

RANGE (m)0.30.03 3.0 30.5

1

2

1. Typical performance�

2. Minimum performance�

� Performance measured to 3-inch retroreflector.

is
it: www.eaton.com

6-24

6CO

NVEYO

R SENSO

RSYSTEM

S

Conveyor Sensor Systems

August 2007
Sensor Power Supply — NEMA 4 Universal Voltage PG.05.11.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.

Sensor Power Supply

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24 Model Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26

The Cutler-Hammer® Sensor Power Supply by Eaton’s electrical business was specially designed to be used with the 200 Series and E68 Series Zero Pressure Accumulation Systems, but is also suitable for use in a wide variety of general material handling applications. The unit delivers 100W output at 27V DC and supports easy, Class II wiring. The power supply is a tamper-proof,rugged component easily mounted to a conveyor side-channel or support. Internal components are fully pro-tected in a sealed metal housing to stand up to rugged application, ensuring flawless performance in any material handling environment.

Approvals■ Contact Factory for latest

approvals on this new product.


Model SelectionOperating Voltage

Output

100 – 250V AC 27V DC, 10circuit, ovovervoltag(cycle pow

� Total output power of supply is 100W. Total sup

Slug Input Type Slug Output Catalog Number

0W; short erload and e protection er to reset)

15 – 132V AC/DC 3 mA minimum

StandardFor use with 200 series and E68 systems

Sinking or Sourcing, switch selectable; 80 mA maximum; short circuit protection for loads less than 32V AC or DC (auto reset)

PS256B-01B1

High Current SlugFor use with solenoid valve systems requiring full current slug signals

Sinking only; 100W output; short circuit, overload and overvoltage protection (cycle power to reset) �

PS256B-04B1

ply output power (100W) = main output power + slug output power.

Finally, a Power Supply with All of the Features Needed for Material Handling Use in a Rugged, Compact, Sealed Housing

Product Features■ Integrated AC junction box features for one-step mounting and wiring

without the need for additional accessories or enclosures■ Built-in DC power health contact allows easy monitoring of power supply status■ Unique design features a tamper-proof sealed construction to reduce

the risk of damage associated with conventional open control-panel type supplies

■ Built-in slug-release input converts an AC or DC input to the appropriate DC signal for integration with the 200 Series and E68 Series Zero Pressure Accumulation Systems

■ Dual output connection terminals to make it easy and convenient to locate the power supply at the center of the cable run


Conduit Entry Box Features for NEC Compliance

RuggedMetal

Housing

Power SwitchProtected Against

AccidentalOperation

Simple Mountingwith 1/4 Inch Bolts on

Three Inch CentersPower In and Out Indicators Show Status at a Glance

Universal Voltage Operation 90 – 264V AC

Fully Sealed Package — NEMA 4X


August 2007

PG08301004E F

25
6-Conveyor Sensor SystemsSensor Power Supply — NEMA 4 Universal Voltage
6CO

NVE

YOR

SEN

SOR

SYST

EMS

Wiring Diagrams

� Install jumper for single power supply systems. In systems where multiple power supplies are connected to a DC bus, install the jumper in only one supply.

SpecificationsPS256B-01B1 PS256B-02B1 PS256B-04B1 PS256B-05B1

Input Power 115W, Maximum inrush 30A from cold startInput Voltage 100 – 250V ACInput Current (Full Load) 115V AC — 2A, 230V AC — 1AOutput Power 100WOutput Voltage 27V DCOutput Protection Short circuit, overload and overvoltage protection (Auto-Reset)Regulation ±3%Slug Input 15 – 132V AC/DC None 15 – 132V AC/DCSlug Output Sinking or Sourcing, switch selectable;

80 mA maximum; short circuit protection for loads less than 32V AC or DC (auto reset)

None Sinking only; 100W output; short circuit, overload and overvoltage protection (cycle power to reset) �

Indicators Red LED: AC In; Green LED: DC OutDC Power Monitor Output N.O. contact, solid-state relay, 80 mA

maximumNone N.O. contact, solid-state relay, 80 mA maximum

Temperature Range -13° to 131°F (-25° to 55°C)Vibration IEC 68-2-6 Test FC 10gEnclosure Material AluminumEnclosure Rating NEMA 4XConnectionsDCAC

Main Output/Slug Output: One 6-position plug-in style connector �AC Line Input, DC Fail Indication and Slug Input: One 7-position plug-in style connector �

� Total output power of supply is 100W. Total supply output power (100W) = main output power + slug output power.� On Model PS256B-05B1, a single 12 mm DC key micro-connector is mounted to the outside of the enclosure and pre-wired to the internal

connector (see above).� On Model PS256B-02B1, DC Fail Indication and Slug Input Terminals are not active.

Chassis GroundInput Power

100 – 250V ACSingle Phase,

47 – 63 Hz

Output Power27V DC

100 W Max.ChassisGroundJumper

S1 S2 AC AC

Release In15 – 132V

AC/DC

AC Input100 –

250V ACH1 H2 SO

DCCOM

DCCOM

+27VDC

+27VDC

Power Monitor

80 mA Max.

ReleaseOut

SO

ReleaseOut

Chassis GroundInput Power100-250V ACSingle Phase,

47-63 Hz

Output Power27V DC

100 W Max.ChassisGroundJumper

AC AC

AC Input100 –

250V AC DCCOM

DCCOM

+27VDC

+27VDC

Models Ending 01B1, 04B1, 05B1

Models Ending 02B1

�

�


6-26August 2007

6CO

NVEYO

R SENSO

RSYSTEM

S

Conveyor Sensor SystemsSensor Power Supply — NEMA 4 Universal Voltage


5.75(146)

3.7(94)

Mounting Holeson Both Ends

Gasketed Cover(Both Ends)

5.875(149)

Model PS256B-05B1 Only

6.74 (171)on Center7.9

(200)

3.0(76)


August 2007

PG08301004E F

27
6-Conveyor Sensor Systems Sensor Power Supply — NEMA 1 120V AC PG.05.06.T.E
6CO

NVE

YOR

SEN

SOR

SYST

EMS


call 1-800-426-9184.

Sensor Power Supply

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27 Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27 Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28

The Cutler-Hammer® Sensor Power Supply by Eaton’s electrical business was specially designed to be used with the 200 Series and E68 Series Zero Pressure Accumulation Systems, but is also suitable for use in a wide variety of general material handling applications. The unit delivers 100W output at 27V DC and supports easy, Class II wiring. The power supply is a tamper-proof, rugged component easily mounted to a conveyor side-channel or support. Internal components are fully encap-sulated in a strong die-cast housing to stand up to rugged handling, ensur-ing flawless performance in any material handling environment.

Approvals■ UL Listed■ CSA Approved


Model SelectionOperating Voltage

Output

105 – 132V AC 27V DC, 100W; short circuit, overload and overvoltage protection (cycle power to reset)

� Total output power of supply is 100W. Total supStocked product, typical order quantities guar

Slug Input Type Slug Output Catalog Number

15 – 132V AC/DC3 mA minimum

StandardFor use with 200 series and E68 systems

Sinking or Sourcing, switch selectable; 80 mA maximum; short circuit protection for loads less than 32V AC or DC (auto reset)

PS256A-01B1

High Current SlugFor use with solenoid valve systems requiring full current slug signals

Sinking only; 100W output; short circuit, overload and overvoltage protection (cycle power to reset) �

PS256A-04B1

ply output power (100W) = main output power + slug output power.anteed in stock.

Finally, a Power Supply with All of the Features Needed for Material Handling Use in a Rugged, Compact Housing

Product Features■ Integrated AC junction box for one-step mounting and wiring without the

need for additional accessories■ Built-in DC power health contact allows easy monitoring of power supply status■ Unitized design features a tamper-proof encapsulated construction to

reduce the risk of damage associated with conventional open control-panel type construction

■ Built-in slug-release input converts an AC or DC input to the appropriate DC signal for integration with the 200 Series and E68 Series Zero Pressure Accumulation Systems

■ Dual output connection terminals to make it easy and convenient to locate the power supply at the center of the cable run


Power SwitchProtected AgainstAccidentalOperation

Unit with CoverRemoved to Show

Terminal Strip

Power Inand OutIndicatorsShow Statusat a Glance

Conduit Entry Boxfor NEC Compliance

Simple Mountingwith Two 1/4 Inch Bolts

RuggedDie-CastHousing

Fully Encapsulated Electronics


August 2007

6-28

6CO

NVEYO

R SENSO

RSYSTEM

S

Conveyor Sensor SystemsSensor Power Supply — NEMA 1 120V AC

Wiring Diagram

AC Input Power

L1 L2 GND

Power Monitor

L1 L2Not

Used

15-132 VAC/15-132 VDC

Slug InL1 L2

Chassis internallyconnected to AC GND

V+Slug

Output ComV+Slug

Output Com

Sinking SlugSourcing Slug

JunctionBox

PS256A-01B1 only

Specifications
PS256A-01B1

Input Power 144W, Maximum inrushInput Voltage 105 – 13Input Current (Full Load) 105V AC — 1.92A, 115V AC —Output Power 100WOutput Voltage 27V DOutput Protection Short circuit, overload and overvoltage protecRegulation ±3%Slug Input 15 – 132VSlug Output Sinking or Sourcing, switch selectable;

80 mA maximum; short circuit protection for loads less than 32V AC or DC (auto reset)

Indicators Red LED: AC In; GrDC Fail Indication Output N.O. contact, solid-state Temperature Range -13° to 131°F (-Vibration 20gEnclosure Material Die-cast aEnclosure Rating NEMConnections Main Output/Slug Output: Two three-po

AC Line Input, DC Fail Indication and Slug Input: 8-po� Total output power of supply is 100W. Total supply output power (100W) = main output power + slug

4.6(117)

9.7(246)

8.2(208)

9.0(229)

Hole for 1/4 Inch Hardware

4.6(117)

3.0(76)


PS256A-04B1

30A from cold start2V AC

1.65A, 132V AC — 1.5A

Ction (cycle power to reset), diode protected

AC/DCSinking only; 100W output; short circuit, overload and overvoltage protection (cycle power to reset) �

een LED: DC Outrelay, 80 mA maximum25° to 55°C)

luminumA 1sition finger protected barrier strips;sition screw terminal strip inside conduit entry box output power.

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301001E F

-1
7CurrentWatch™ Current Sensors


7CU

RREN

TWA

TCH

™SE

NSO

RS

F

Table of ContentsProduct Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2ECS Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5ECSJ Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9ECS7 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14ECSTD Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18EAC Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23EACR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28EPRM Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32EDC Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35EGF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39



7-2

7CU

RRENTW

ATCH

™SEN

SORS

August 2007

CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsProduct Selection

ECS Series ECSJ Series ECS7 Series


Overview ECS Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors

ECSJ Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors

ECS7 Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors

Applications ■ Electronic Proof of Flow — Current operated switches eliminate the need for multiple pipe or duct penetrations and are more reliable than electro-mechanical pressure or flow switches

■ Conveyors — Detect jams and overloads■ Lighting Circuits — Easier to install and

more accurate than photocells■ Fans, Pumps and Heating Elements —

Faster response than temperature sensors

■ Critical Motors ■ Ancillary Equipment

■ Electronic Proof of Flow — Current operated switches eliminate the need for multiple pipe or duct penetrations and are more reliable than electro-mechanical pressure or flow switches

■ Conveyors — Detect jams and overloads■ Lighting Circuits — Easier to install and

more accurate than photocells■ Fans, Pumps and Heating Elements —

Faster response than temperature sensors

■ Critical Motors ■ Ancillary Equipment

■ Conveyors — Use current overload models to detect conveyor jams caused by scenarios such as side-by-sides

■ Electronic Proof of Flow — More reliable than electro-mechanical pressure or flow switches, with no need for pipe or duct penetrations

■ Pump Protection — Provides overload (jams) and underload (suction loss) indication

Product Features

■ Universal Outputs — N.O. or N.C. solid-state switch for control circuits up to 240V AC/DC, compatible with most automation systems

■ Self-Powered — Cuts installation and operating costs

■ Easily Adjustable Setpoint — Increases application flexibly and speeds start-up

■ Solid- or Split-Core Housings — Versions tailored for each type of installation

■ LED Indication — Provides quick visual indication of contact status

■ Built-In Mounting Feet — Simple, two-screw panel mount or attach with optional DIN-rail mounting kit accessory

■ Choice of N.O. or N.C. Solid-State Outputs — – 1A @ 240V AC– 0.15A @ 30V DC– 15A @ 120V AC– 3A @ 120V AC– 0.15A @ 30V DC, Dual Contact

■ Self-Powered — Cuts installation and operating costs

■ Easily Adjustable Setpoint — Speeds start-up and reduces inventory

■ Solid- or Split-Core Housings — Choose the appropriate version for your application

■ LED Indication — Provides quick visual indication of output contact status

■ Built-In Mounting Feet — Provide for a secure installation

■ UL, C-UL and CE Approved — Accepted worldwide

■ Self-Powered and Self-Calibrating — Reduces installation costs

■ Status Monitoring, Overload and Operating Window Options — Choose the operating style that matches your application

■ Universal Output — AC or DC compatibility with any automation system


Current Range Fixed or Adjustable Set Point, 1 – 150 A Adjustable Set Point, 1.75 – 200 A Self-Calibrating Set Point, 1.5 – 150 A

Approvals ■ UL and C-UL Listed ■ UL and C-UL Listed ■ UL and C-UL Listed


August 2007

PG08301001E F

-3
7CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsProduct Selection
7CU

RREN

TWA

TCH

™SE

NSO

RS

ECSTD Series EAC Series EACR Series


Overview ECSTD Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors

EAC Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors

EACR Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors

Applications ■ Motor Protection — Serves as an electronic proof-of-operation; detects current draw changes in motors when they encounter problems such as pumps running dry or pending bearing failure; non-intrusive and less expensive to install than differential pressure flow sensors or thermal switches; much quicker response time than Class 10 overload relays

■ High Inrush or Temporary Overload Current — Adjustable start-up/delay timer allows 0 – 15 second delay to eliminate nuisance trips from high inrush or short overload conditions

■ Automation Equipment — Analog current reading for remote monitoring and software alarms

■ Data Loggers — Self-powered sensor helps conserve data logger batteries

■ Panel Meters — Simple connection displays power consumption

■ VFD Controlled Loads — Monitoring VFD output indicates how the motor and attached load are operating

■ SCR Controlled Loads — Accurate measurement of phase angle fired or burst fired (time proportioned) SCRs, with faster current measurement than temperature sensors

■ Switching Power Supplies and Electronic Ballasts — True RMS sensing is the most accurate way to measure power supply or ballast input power

Product Features

■ Adjustable Start-Up/Delay Timer — Field adjustable from 0 – 15 seconds to eliminate nuisance alarms due to start-up inrush or temporary overcurrent conditions

■ Choice of N.O./N.C. AC or Universal Outputs — Contact ratings of 1.0A @ 240V AC or universal outputs of 0.15A @ 240V AC/DC (N.O. models) and 0.2A @ 135V AC/DC (N.C. models) for use with most standard motor control systems

■ Improved Ease of Installation and Use — Self-powered, split-core models simplify installation, 1.0A AC rating eliminates need for time delay relay, and status LED provides visual indication of setpoint trip and contact action

■ Industrial Grade Performance — Constant hysteresis and linear response characteristics enhance setpoint accuracy

■ Agency Approved — UL Listed, CE pending

■ Highly Accurate — Factory matched and calibrated single-piece sensor is more accurate than traditional two-piece, field-installed solutions

■ Average Responding — “Average Responding” algorithm gives an RMS output on pure sine waves, perfect for constant speed (linear) loads

■ Jumper Selectable Ranges — The ability to change input ranges reduces inventory and eliminates zero and span

■ Isolation — Output is magnetically isolated from the input for safety and elimination of insertion loss (voltage drop)


■ True RMS Output — True RMS technology is accurate on distorted waveforms like VFD or SCR outputs

■ Jumper-Selectable Ranges — Reduces inventory and eliminates zero and span

■ Isolation — Output is magnetically isolated from the input for safety and elimination of insertion loss (voltage drop)


Current Range Adjustable Set Point, 1.5 – 200 A 0 – 200 A 0 – 200 A True RMS

Approvals ■ UL Listed ■ UL and C-UL Listed ■ UL and C-UL Listed

Pending (EACP models not listed)


7-4

7CU

RRENTW

ATCH

™SEN

SORS

August 2007

CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsProduct Selection

EPRM Series EDC Series EGF Series


Overview EPRM Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors

EDC Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors

EGF Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors

Applications ■ Motor Control Centers — Motor status monitoring for pumps and conveyors, and can be used with panel meters for inexpensive indication of motor current status

■ Automation and Data Logging — Loop-powered units help conserve data logger batteries and 0 – 10V/4 – 20 mA outputs are ideal for remote monitoring and alarm functions and are compatible with most automation systems and PLCs


■ Battery Banks — Monitors load current, monitors charging current and verifies operation

■ Transportation — Measures traction power or auxiliary loads

■ Electric Heating Elements — Monitors heater loads with a faster response time than temperature sensors

■ Personnel Protection (Typically 5 mA) — Detects sensitive ground fault conditions, which could cause injury to people, and functions as a sensor and alarm trigger when applied as an input to an overall ground fault protection system

■ Equipment Protection (Typically 10 or 30 mA) — For applications where personnel protection is not the primary concern, higher setpoint capability helps eliminate nuisance tripping while still providing adequate ground fault detection to protect machine electronics

■ Regulatory — Meets requirements as stipulated by governmental and industrial regulatory groups for ground fault sensing

Product Features

■ True RMS Output Models Available — True RMS technology is accurate on distorted waveforms like VFD or SCR outputs

■ Switch-Selectable Input and Output Ranges — Field selectable input accommodates multiple AC current ranges, while voltage output models offer choice of 0 – 5V DC or 0 – 10V DC analog outputs

■ Application Versatility — Supports input ranges of up to 400A and standard 50/60 Hz or distorted (VFD, SCR) loads

■ Agency Approvals and Patented Technology — CE Approved and UL 508 Pending with a patented technology that eliminates problems inherent with magnetic technology such as core saturation

■ Jumper-Selectable Ranges — Reduces inventory and eliminates zero or span pots

■ Isolation — Output is magnetically isolated from the input for safety, also eliminating insertion loss (voltage drop)

■ Internal Power Regulation — Cuts installation costs and works well, even with unregulated power

■ Split Core Design and Built-In Mounting Brackets — Makes installation quick and easy

■ UL and CE Approved

■ Broad Range of Options to Meet Application Needs — N.O. or N.C., solid-state or mechanical relays, normally energized or normally de-energized contacts

■ Setpoint Options Maximize Ease-of-Use and Application Flexibility — Field selectable 5, 10 or 30 mA setpoints on the EGF “Tri-set” models make user adjustments fast, sure and convenient

■ Compatible with Standard Equipment — Application on single- and three-phases systems, ideal for use with shunt trip breakers, and magnetically isolated from monitored circuit and control power

■ Agency Approved — UL and CE Certified, accepted worldwide

Current Range 0 – 300 A 0 – 400 A Fixed or Adjustable 5/10/30 mA Trip

Approvals ■ UL Listed (Pending)■ C-UL Listed (Pending)

■ UL Listed (Pending) ■ UL Recognized


August 2007

PG08301004E F

-5
7CurrentWatch™ Current Sensors ECS Series Current Switch CA05311006E
7CU

RREN

TWA

TCH

™SE

NSO

RS


call 1-800-426-9184.

ECS Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Model Selection, Switches . . . . . 7-6Model Selection, Accessories . . 7-7Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8

The CurrentWatch ECS Series from Eaton’s electrical business is a family of solid-state adjustable current switches, ideal for providing status information on electrical equip-ment. The ECS is excellent for new installations, where the conductors run through the housing, requiring no cutting. These switches are also ideal for retrofits, since split-core models can be opened to fit around existing conductors. The current switch is accurate, reliable and easy to install.

The ECS can sense continuous cur-rents from 1 to 150A and does not require any supply voltage, as the power required is induced from the monitored conductor. The output is a non-polarity-sensitive solid-state con-tact for switching AC and DC circuits up to 240V AC/DC. This switch also includes an LED indicating two states: on and below trip point, and above trip point with contacts energized. All ECS Series switches carry an uncondi-tional five-year warranty.

Any change in current can be sensed with the ECS Series. A change in cur-rent may indicate motor failure, belt loss/slippage or mechanical failure. Any of these events can cause the current to drop significantly, tripping the switch and notifying the controller.

Approvals■ UL and C-UL Listed

For the most current information on this product, visit our web site:www.eaton.com

AC Current Switches for Detecting Overcurrent Condition

Product Features■ Universal Outputs — N.O. or N.C. solid-state switch for control circuits up

to 240V AC/DC, compatible with most automation systems■ Self-Powered — Cuts installation and operating costs■ Easily Adjustable Setpoint — Increases application flexibly and speeds

start-up■ Solid- or Split-Core Housings — Versions tailored for each type of installation■ LED Indication — Provides quick visual indication of contact status■ Built-In Mounting Feet — Simple, two-screw panel mount or attach with

optional DIN-rail mounting kit accessory

Typical Applications■ Electronic Proof of Flow — Current operated switches eliminate the need

for multiple pipe or duct penetrations and are more reliable than electro-mechanical pressure or flow switches

■ Conveyors — Detect jams and overloads■ Lighting Circuits — Easier to install and more accurate than photocells■ Fans, Pumps and Heating Elements — Faster response than temperature

sensors■ Critical Motors ■ Ancillary Equipment


Switches Are Self-Powered

Easy Setup and Mounting

Adjustable Setpoint Models Available

Split-Core Housing for Quick Installation

Visual LED Indicator


August 2007

7-6

7CU

RRENTW

ATCH

™SEN

SORS

CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsECS Series Current Switch

Example Application — CurrentWatch ECS Series

Model Selection — CurrentWatch ECS Series


Power Supply Aperture Size Output Signal Se

Top Terminal Current Switch

Solid-Core Housings Self Powered (No External Power Needed)

0.74 in. (19 mm) Normally Open Adwi

Fix

Normally Closed Adwi

Fix

Split-Core Housings 0.85 in. (21.6 mm) Normally Open AdSe

FixNo

Normally Closed AdSe

FixNo

Jam

AM

PS

Overload Setpoint

Current Switch

MotorStarter

DigitalInput

PLC B/I

Car

dMotor

OffNormal Operation

Time

MotorControlSignal

Pump Jam & Suction Loss Protection


tpoint and LED Configuration Catalog Number

justable 1 – 150A Setpoint th LED

ECSNOASC

ed 1.0A Setpoint No LED ECSNOFSC

justable 1 – 150A Setpoint th LED

ECSNCASC

ed 1.0A Setpoint No LED ECSNCFSC

justable 1.75 – 150A tpoint with LED

ECSNOASP

ed 1.5A Setpoint LED

ECSNOFSP

justable 1.75 – 150A tpoint with LED

ECSNCASP

ed 1.5A Setpoint LED

ECSNCFSP

PG08301004E

PG08301004E F

-7August 2007

7CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsECS Series Current Switch

7CU

RREN

TWA

TCH

™SE

NSO

RS

Accessories — CurrentWatch ECS Series


Wiring Diagram — CurrentWatch ECS Series

NOTE: The above diagram is for Normally Open (N.O.) models.

Specifications — CurrentWatch ECS Series


DIN Rail Mounting Kit (Sensor pictured for reference and not included in kit)

EDINKIT


Power Supply Self-Powered — No Power Supply NeededOutput Magnetically Isolated Solid-State SwitchOutput Rating N.O. Version: 0.15A @ 240V AC/DC

N.C. Version: 0.2A @ 135V AC/DCOff-State Leakage < 10 µAResponse Time 120 mSSetpoint Range Solid-Core Housings: 1 – 150A

Split-Core Housings: 1.75 – 150AHysteresis 5% of SetpointOverload Fixed Setpoint, N.O. Models: 6 sec. @ 500A; 1 sec. @ 1,000A

All Other Models: 6 sec. @ 400A; 1 sec. @ 1,000AIsolation Voltage UL Listed to 1,270V AC, tested to 5,000V ACFrequency Range 6 – 100 HzSensing Aperture Solid-Core Housings: 0.74 in. (19 mm)

Split-Core Housings: 0.85 in. (21.6 mm)Housing UL94 V0 Flammability RatedEnvironmental Operating Temperature: -58 to 122°F (-50 to 50°C)

Humidity: 0 – 95% RH, Non-condensingApprovals UL and C-UL Listed, CE Certified

AC or DCPower

AC or DCLoad

Monitored Wire

Current Switch


7-8

7CU

RRENTW

ATCH

™SEN

SORS

August 2007

CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsECS Series Current Switch

Approximate Dimensions — CurrentWatch ECS Series Description Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Solid-Core Housing

Split-Core Housing

3.50(88.9)

3.03(77.0)

0.93(23.6)

0.19 Dia.(4.8) 2.40

(61.0)

2.18(55.4)

0.74 Dia.(19)

0.85 (21.6)

0.85(21.6)

3.53(89.7)

2.40(61)

3.04(77.2)

0.19 Dia.(4.8)

2.25(57.2)

1.19(30.2)


August 2007

PG08301004E F

-9
7CurrentWatch™ Current Sensors ECSJ Series Current Switch CA05311001E
7CU

RREN

TWA

TCH

™SE

NSO

RS


call 1-800-426-9184.

ECSJ Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9Model Selection, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10


Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13

The CurrentWatch ECSJ Series cur-rent operated switches from Eaton’s electrical business provide the same dependable indication of status offered by the CurrentWatch ECS Series, but with the added benefit of increased setpoint precision. A choice of three, jumper-selectable input ranges allows the ECSJ Series to be tailored to an application, pro-viding more precise control through improved setpoint resolution. Self-powering, isolated solid-state out-puts, 1 – 6A, 6 – 40A and 40 – 200A input ranges, and a choice of split- or solid-core enclosures are standard.

For typical applications of the Current-Watch ECSJ Series, see listing to the right.



Jumper Selectable AC Switches with Solid-State Output

Product Features■ Choice of N.O. or N.C. Solid-State Outputs —

– 1A @ 240V AC– 0.15A @ 30V DC– 15A @ 120V AC– 3A @ 120V AC– 0.15A @ 30V DC, Dual Contact

■ Self-Powered — Cuts installation and operating costs■ Easily Adjustable Setpoint — Speeds start-up and reduces inventory■ Solid- or Split-Core Housings — Choose the appropriate version for your

application■ LED Indication — Provides quick visual indication of output contact status■ Built-In Mounting Feet — Provide for a secure installation■ UL, C-UL and CE Approved — Accepted worldwide

Typical Applications■ Electronic Proof of Flow — Current operated switches eliminate the need

for multiple pipe or duct penetrations and are more reliable than electro-mechanical pressure or flow switches

■ Conveyors — Detect jams and overloads■ Lighting Circuits — Easier to install and more accurate than photocells■ Fans, Pumps and Heating Elements — Faster response than temperature

sensors■ Critical Motors ■ Ancillary Equipment


Self-Powered Units — No Power Supply Needed

Bright LED Indicator

Split-Core Models for Easy Installation and Maintenance Jumper-Selectable Input Ranges

to Consolidate Inventory


7-10

7CU

RRENTW

ATCH

™SEN

SORS

August 2007

CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsECSJ Series Current Switch

Example Application — CurrentWatch ECSJ Series

Model Selection — CurrentWatch ECSJ Series


Power Supply Aperture Size Output Type, Voltage and Rating Setpoint and LED Configuration Catalog Number

Front and Top Terminal Switches

Solid-Core Housings with Front Terminals

Self-Powered (No External Power Needed)

0.55 in. (14 mm) Normally Open, 1A @ 240V AC Adjustable 1 – 6, 6 – 40 or 40 – 175A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ400SC

Normally Open, 15A @ 120V AC Adjustable 1 – 6, 6 – 40 or 40 – 175A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ406SC

Normally Closed, 1A @ 240V AC Adjustable 1 – 6, 6 – 40 or 40 – 175A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ401SC


ECSJ407SC

Dual Contact, N.O. and N.C., 0.15A @ 30V DC

Adjustable 1 – 6, 6 – 40 or 40 – 175A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ430SC

Normally Open, 0.15A @ 30V DC Adjustable 1 – 6, 6 – 40 or 40 – 175A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ420SC

Adjustable 1 – 6, 6 – 40 or 40 – 175A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ424SC

Normally Closed, 0.15A @ 30V DC Adjustable 1 – 6, 6 – 40 or 40 – 175A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ421SC

Solid-Core Housings with Top Terminals

0.74 in. (19 mm) Normally Open, 3A @ 120V AC Adjustable 1 – 6, 6 – 40 or 40 – 175A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ404SC


ECSJ405SC

Split-Core Housings 0.85 in. (21.6 mm) Normally Open, 1A @ 240V AC Adjustable 1.75 – 6, 6 – 40 or 40 – 200A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ402SP

Normally Closed, 1A @ 240V AC Adjustable 1.75 – 6, 6 – 40 or 40 – 200A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ403SP

Normally Open, 0.15A @ 30V DC Adjustable 1.75 – 6, 6 – 40 or 40 – 200A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ422SP

Normally Closed, 0.15A @ 30V DC Adjustable 1.75 – 6, 6 – 40 or 40 – 200A Setpoint with LED

ECSJ423SP

Jam

AM

PS

Overload Setpoint

Current Switch

MotorStarter

DigitalInput

PLC B/I

Car

dMotor

OffNormal Operation

Time

MotorControlSignal

Pump Jam & Suction Loss Protection


August 2007

PG08301004E F

11
7-CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsECSJ Series Current Switch
7CU

RREN

TWA

TCH

™SE

NSO

RS

Accessories — CurrentWatch ECSJ Series


Wiring Diagrams — CurrentWatch ECSJ Series

� Terminals are #6 screws.� DC contacts are polarity sensitive.



EDINKIT

Models Wiring Diagram ��

All Normally Open (N.O.) Models

All Normally Closed (N.C.) Models

ECSJ430SC(Dual Contact, N.O. and N.C.)

Output

Setpoint SmartLED

Range JumperNoneLOW MID HIGH

R

Output

Setpoint SmartLED


R

Output

Setpoint Setpoint



7-12

7CU

RRENTW

ATCH

™SEN

SORS

August 2007

CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsECSJ Series Current Switch

Specifications — CurrentWatch ECSJ Series Description AC Solid-State Output DC Solid-State Output

Power Supply Self-Powered — No Power Supply NeededOutput Isolated Solid-State SwitchOutput Rating Standard Models:

1.0A @ 240V ACHigh Current Switching Models: ECSJ404SC and ECSJ405SC: 3.0A @ 120V AC

Very High Current Switching Models:ECSJ406SC and ECSJ407SC: 15A @ 240V AC10A @ 240V AC

Standard Models:0.15A @ 30V DC

ECSJ430SC:0.15A @ 30V DC, Dual Contact, N.O. and N.C.

Off-State Leakage N.O. Models: < 10 µAN.C. Models: 2.5 mA

N.O. Models: < 10 µA N.C. Models: 1.4 mA

Response Time 40 – 120 mSSetpoint Range (Adjustable)

Solid-Core Models: 1 – 6, 6 – 40 and 40 – 175ASplit-Core Models: 1.75 – 6, 6 – 40 and 40 – 200A

Hysteresis Low: 6%; Mid: 4%; High: 3%Overload

Isolation Voltage UL Listed to 1,270V AC, tested to 5,000V ACFrequency Range 6 – 100 HzSensing Aperture Solid-Core, Front Terminal Models: 0.55 in. (14 mm)

Solid-Core, Top Terminal Models: 0.74 in. (19 mm)Split-Core Models: 0.85 in. (21.6 mm) sq.

Housing UL94 V0 Flammability RatedEnvironmental Operating Temperature: -58 to 122°F (-50 to 50°C)

Humidity: 0 – 95% RH, Non-condensingApprovals UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment (USA and Canada), CE Certified

Housing Range Maximum Amps

6 sec. 1 sec.

Solid-Core 1 – 6 A 400 A 600 A6 – 40 A 500 A 800 A

40 – 175 A 800 A 1200 ASplit-Core 1.75 – 6 A 400 A 600 A

6 – 40 A 500 A 800 A40 – 200 A 800 A 1200 A

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

13
7-CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsECSJ Series Current Switch
7CU

RREN

TWA

TCH

™SE

NSO

RS

Approximate Dimensions — CurrentWatch ECSJ Series Description Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

All Solid-Core Models with Front Terminals

All Solid-Core Models with Top Terminals

All Split-Core Models

2.75(69.9)

0.92 (23.4)

2.16(54.9)

3.30(83.8)

2.18(55.4)

0.55(14)Dia.

0.19(4.8)Dia.

3.50(88.9)

3.03(77.0)

0.93(23.6)

0.19 Dia.(4.8) 2.40

(61.0)

2.18(55.4)

0.74 Dia.(19)

0.85 (21.6)

0.85(21.6)

3.53(89.7)

2.40(61)

3.04(77.2)

0.19 Dia.(4.8)

2.25(57.2)

1.19(30.2)


7-14

7CU

RRENTW

ATCH

™SEN

SORS

CurrentWatch™ Current Sensors

August 2007
ECS7 Series Current Switches CA05311007E

call 1-800-426-9184.

ECS7 Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14Model Selection, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15


Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17

The CurrentWatch ECS7 Series load monitoring switches from Eaton’s electrical business are designed for overload, underload or operating window applications. Upon sensing an average operating current, the ECS7 Series self-learns and estab-lishes a limit-alarm trip point based on ± 15% of the average expected current draw. The ECS7 Series is available in solid- or split-core hous-ing styles.

For typical applications of the Current- Watch ECS7 Series, see listing to the right.



Self-Calibrating AC Current Switch with Solid-State Outputs

Product Features■ Self-Powered and Self-Calibrating — Reduces installation costs■ Status Monitoring, Overload and Operating Window Options — Choose

the operating style that matches your application■ Universal Output — AC or DC compatibility with any automation system■ UL, C-UL and CE Approved — Accepted worldwide

Typical Applications■ Conveyors — Use current overload models to detect conveyor jams

caused by scenarios such as side-by-sides■ Electronic Proof of Flow — More reliable than electro-mechanical pressure

or flow switches, with no need for pipe or duct penetrations■ Pump Protection — Provides overload (jams) and underload (suction loss)

indication


Solid- and Split-Core Models, All Self-Powered

Built-In Mounting Tabs for Quick Installation

Smart, Self-Calibrating Sensors with Limit Alarm Trip Points

Fo
r more information visit: www.eaton.com PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

15
7-CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsECS7 Series Current Switches
CURR

ENTW

ATC

H™

SEN

SORS

Model Selection — CurrentWatch ECS7 Series

� Output is closed when current is within ± 15% window. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.

Power Supply Output Type Aperture Size Intelligent Logic Catalog Number

Front and Top Terminal Switches

Solid-Core Housing Self-Powered (No External Power Needed)

Normally Open 0.74 in. (19 mm) Over/Underload, 1.5 – 150A Self-Calibrating

ECS701SC �

Overload Only, 1.5 – 150A Self-Calibrating

ECS700SC

Underload Only, 1.5 – 150A Self-Calibrating

ECS702SC

Split-Core Housing 0.85 in. (21.6 mm) Over/UnderLoad, 2.8 – 150A Self-Calibrating

ECS711SP �

Overload Only, 2.8 – 150A Self-Calibrating

ECS710SP

Underload Only, 2.8 – 150A Self-Calibrating

ECS712SP

7

Current Switch Operation

� Output is closed when current is within ±15% window.

Model Output Diagram

Underload Only Models

Overload Only Models

Over/Underload Models �

Setpoint

Output inìNormal ” State

Output TrippedLOAD

Amps

Output Tripped

LOAD

Output in“Normal” State

Setpoint

Amps

Overload SetpointOutput TrippedUnderload Setpoint



LOAD

Amps

isit: www.eaton.com

August 2007

7-16

7CU

RRENTW

ATCH

™SEN

SORS

CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsECS7 Series Current Switches

Accessories — CurrentWatch ECS7 Series


Wiring Diagram — CurrentWatch ECS7 Series

Specifications — CurrentWatch ECS7 Series



EDINKIT


Power Supply Self-Powered — No Power Supply NeededOutput Magnetically Isolated Solid-State SwitchOutput Rating Normally Open (N.O.) Models: 0.3A @ 135V AC/DC

Not polarity sensitiveOff-State Leakage < 10 µAResponse Time 200 mSSetpoint Range Solid-Core Models: 1.5 to 150A

Split-Core Models: 2.8 to 150ASetpoint Overload Models: +15% of load

Underload Models: -15% of loadOperating Window: ± 15% of setpoint

Hysteresis 5% of setpointOverload 500A @ 6 sec., 1,000A @ 1 sec.Isolation Voltage UL Listed to 1,270V AC, tested to 5,000V ACFrequency Range 6 – 100 HzSensing Aperture Solid-Core Models: 0.74 in. (19 mm) dia.

Split-Core Models: 0.85 in. (21.6 mm) sq.Housing UL94 V0 Flammability RatedEnvironmental Operating Temperature: -58 to 122°F (-50 to 50°C)


AC or DCPower

AC or DCLoad

Monitored Wire

Current Switch

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

17
7-CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsECS7 Series Current Switches
7CU

RREN

TWA

TCH

™SE

NSO

RS

Approximate Dimensions — CurrentWatch ECS7 Series Description Dimensions

Solid-Core Housing

Split-Core Housing

3.50(88.9)

3.03(77.0)

0.93(23.6)

0.19 Dia.(4.8) 2.40

(61.0)

2.18(55.4)

0.74 Dia.(19)

0.85 (21.6)

0.85(21.6)

3.53(89.7)

2.40(61)

3.04(77.2)

0.19 Dia.(4.8)

2.25(57.2)

1.19(30.2)


7-18

7CU

RRENTW

ATCH

™SEN

SORS


August 2007
ECSTD Series Current Switch CA05311008E

call 1-800-426-9184.

ECSTD Series Current Switch CurrentWatch Current Sensors




The CurrentWatch ECSTD Series from Eaton’s electrical business is a family of high performance current-operated switches with field-adjustable time delay to help minimize nuisance trips during start-up and operation. Designed for motor status applications where setpoint accuracy and repeatability are critical, the ECSTD Series offers a linear setpoint characteristic and constant hysteresis. Standard features include self-powering, jumper-selectable ranges and a choice of outputs and housing styles.

For typical applications of the Current- Watch ECSTD Series, see listing to the right.

Approvals■ UL Listed


Pending

AC Current Switches with Time Delay

Product Features■ Adjustable Start-Up/Delay Timer — Field adjustable from 0 – 15 seconds to

eliminate nuisance alarms due to start-up inrush or temporary overcurrent conditions

■ Choice of N.O./N.C. AC or Universal Outputs — Contact ratings of 1.0A @ 240V AC or universal outputs of 0.15A @ 240V AC/DC (N.O. models) and 0.2A @ 135V AC/DC (N.C. models) for use with most standard motor control systems

■ Improved Ease of Installation and Use — Self-powered, split-core models simplify installation, 1.0A AC rating eliminates need for time delay relay, and status LED provides visual indication of setpoint trip and contact action

■ Industrial Grade Performance — Constant hysteresis and linear response characteristics enhance setpoint accuracy

■ Agency Approved — UL Listed, CE pending

Typical Applications■ Motor Protection — Serves as an electronic proof-of-operation; detects

current draw changes in motors when they encounter problems such as pumps running dry or pending bearing failure; non-intrusive and less expensive to install than differential pressure flow sensors or thermal switches; much quicker response time than Class 10 overload relays

■ High Inrush or Temporary Overload Current — Adjustable start-up/delay timer allows 0 – 15 second delay to eliminate nuisance trips from high inrush or short overload conditions


Indicator LED Shows Output Status

Adjustable Start-Up/Delay Timer

Split- and Solid-Core Models, All Self-Powered

Built-In Mounting Tabs

Field-Adjustable Current Setpoint

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

19
7-CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsECSTD Series Current Switch
7CU

RREN

TWA

TCH

™SE

NSO

RS

Model Selection — CurrentWatch ECSTD Series

� Preferred for PLC inputs. Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.

Power Supply Aperture Size Output Type Setpoint Options Catalog Number

AC Output Switches (N.O./N.C. 1A @ 240V AC)


0.75 in. (19 mm) Normally Open Adjustable Setpoints:1.5 – 12, 12 – 55 or 50 – 175A

ECSTD401SC

Normally Closed Adjustable Setpoints:1.5 – 12, 12 – 55 or 50 – 175A

ECSTD402SC

Split-Core Housings 0.85 in. (21.6 mm) Normally Open Adjustable Setpoints:2 – 12, 12– 55 or 50 – 200A

ECSTD404SP

Normally Closed Adjustable Setpoints:2 – 12, 12 – 55 or 50 – 200A

ECSTD405SP

AC/DC Output Switches (N.O. 0.15A @ 240V AC/DC, N.C. 0.2A @ 135V AC/DC) �


0.75 in. (19 mm) Normally Open Adjustable Setpoints:1.5 – 12, 12 – 55 or 50 – 175A

ECSTD406SC

Normally Closed Adjustable Setpoints:1.5 – 12, 12 – 55 or 50 – 175A

ECSTD407SC

Split-Core Housings 0.85 in. (21.6 mm) Normally Open Adjustable Setpoints:2 – 12, 12– 55 or 50 – 200A

ECSTD408SP

Normally Closed Adjustable Setpoints:2 – 12, 12 – 55 or 50 – 200A

ECSTD409SP


August 2007

7-20

7CU

RRENTW

ATCH

™SEN

SORS

CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsECSTD Series Current Switch

Example Application — CurrentWatch ECSTD Series

Accessories — CurrentWatch ECSTD Series


Wiring Diagram — CurrentWatch ECSTD Series



EDINKIT

ECSTD Series Current Switch

ExistingAlarmSystem

AudibleAlarm

NewAlarmSystem

Inputs

Isolated Alarm System Interfacing

AC or DCLoad

Output Signal

To Monitored Wire

AC or DCPower

NOTE: The above diagram is for Normally Open (N.O.) models.

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

21
7-CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsECSTD Series Current Switch
7CU

RREN

TWA

TCH

™SE

NSO

RS

Specifications — CurrentWatch ECSTD Series

LED Indication/Output Status


Power Supply Self-Powered — No Power Supply NeededOutput Magnetically Isolated Solid-State SwitchOutput Rating AC Output Models:

N.O./N.C. 1A @ 240V ACAC/DC Output Models: N.O. 0.15A @ 240V AC/DCN.C. 0.20A @ 135V AC/DC

Off-State Leakage < 10 µAResponse Time Adjustable 0.2 to 15 sec.Setpoint Range Solid-Core: 1.5 – 12, 12 – 55 or 50 – 175A

Split-Core: 2 – 12, 12 – 55 or 50 – 200A(Jumper Selectable)

Hysteresis 5% (constant)Overload

Isolation Voltage 5,000V AC (tested)Frequency Range 50 – 100 HzSensing Aperture Solid-Core Models: 0.75 in. (19 mm) dia.

Split-Core Models: 0.85 in. (21.6 mm) sq.Housing UL94 V0 Flammability RatedEnvironmental Operating Temperature: 5 to 122°F (-15 to 50°C)

Humidity: 0 – 95% RH, Non-condensingApprovals UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment (USA and Canada), CE Pending

Monitored Amps Output Smart-LED(If Present)N.O. N.C.

None or Minimum Open Closed OffBelow Trip Level Open Closed Slow (2 sec.)Above Trip Level Closed Open Fast (0.5 sec.)

Housing Range Maximum Amps

Continuous 6 sec. 1 sec.

Solid-Core 1.5 – 175 A 175 A 400 A 1000 ASplit-Core 2 – 200 A 200 A 400 A 1000 A


7-22

7CU

RRENTW

ATCH

™SEN

SORS

August 2007

CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsECSTD Series Current Switch

Approximate Dimensions — CurrentWatch ECSTD Series Description Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Solid-Core Housings

Split-Core Housings

0.75(19)Dia.

0.967(24.56)

2.43(61.8)

2.18(55.4)

1.51(38.3) 3.53

(89.7)

LED

0.6(15)

3.08(78)

1.5(39)

0.17(4.5 Int. Dia.)Typical of 2

0.125(3.2)

0.931(23.7)

1.18(30)

3.04(77.2)3.53

(89.7)

2.40(31)

0.45(11.4)

0.19(4.83)Dia.

0.85(21.6)

2.25(57.2)

0.85(21.6)

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

23
7-CurrentWatch™ Current Sensors EAC Series Current Sensor CA05311004E
7CU

RREN

TWA

TCH

™SE

NSO

RS


call 1-800-426-9184.

EAC Series Current Sensor CurrentWatch Current Sensors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23Model Selection, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24


Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27

The CurrentWatch EAC Series from Eaton’s electrical business combines a current transformer and signal conditioner into a single package. The EAC Series has jumper-selected current input ranges and industry standard outputs: 4 – 20 mA, 0 – 5V DC or 0 – 10V DC. This family of sen-sors is designed for application on “linear” or sinu-soidal AC loads. Available in split-core or solid-core housings.

For typical applications of the Current- Watch EAC Series, see listing to the right.

Approvals �

■ UL Listed■ C-UL Listed

� EACP models not listed.


AC Current Sensor with Analog Outputs and Power Supply Options

Product Features■ Highly Accurate — Factory matched and calibrated single-piece sensor is

more accurate than traditional two-piece, field-installed solutions■ Average Responding — “Average Responding” algorithm gives an RMS

output on pure sine waves, perfect for constant speed (linear) loads■ Jumper Selectable Ranges — The ability to change input ranges reduces

inventory and eliminates zero and span■ Isolation — Output is magnetically isolated from the input for safety and

elimination of insertion loss (voltage drop)■ UL, C-UL and CE Approved — Accepted worldwide

Typical Applications■ Automation Equipment — Analog current reading for remote monitoring

and software alarms■ Data Loggers — Self-powered sensor helps conserve data logger batteries■ Panel Meters — Simple connection displays power consumption


Jumper-Selectable Input Current Range

Top Terminals

Variety of Power Supply Options Including Self-Powered

Split-Core Models Available

or
more information visit: www.eaton.com

August 2007

7-24

7CU

RRENTW

ATCH

™SEN

SORS

CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsEAC Series Current Sensor

Example Application — CurrentWatch EAC Series

Model Selection — CurrentWatch EAC Series

� Not UL listed.

Power Supply Aperture Size Output Signal Cu

Top Terminal Current Sensors

Solid-Core Housings Self-Powered (No External Power Needed)

0.74 in. (19 mm) 0 – 5V DC 10

10

0 – 10V DC 10

10

24V DC Loop-Powered 4 – 20 mA 2 o

10

10

Split-Core Housings Self-Powered (No External Power Needed)

0.85 in. (21.6 mm) 0 – 5V DC 10

10

0 – 10V DC 10

10

24V DC Loop-Powered 4 – 20 mA 2 o

10

10

Split-Core Housings 120V AC 4 – 20 mA 2 o

10

10

24V AC/DC 4 – 20 mA 2 o

10

10

Signal toLightingController

CurrentSensor Change

in Current

Lamp FallTime

Current is controlledto extend lamp life

Preventative Maintenance of a Critical Lighting System

Stocked product, typical order quantities guar
anteed in stock.

rrent Range Catalog Number

, 20 or 50A EAC105SC

0, 150 or 200A EAC205SC

, 20 or 50A EAC110SC

0, 150 or 200A EAC210SC

r 5A EAC0420SC

, 20 or 50A EAC1420SC

0, 150 or 200A EAC2420SC

, 20 or 50A EAC105SP

0, 150 or 200A EAC205SP

, 20 or 50A EAC110SP

0, 150 or 200A EAC210SP

r 5A EAC0420SP

, 20 or 50A EAC1420SP

0, 150 or 200A EAC2420SP

r 5A EACP0420120SP �

, 20 or 50A EACP1420120SP �

0, 150 or 200A EACP2420120SP �

r 5A EACP042024USP �

, 20 or 50A EACP142024USP �

0, 150 or 200A EACP242024USP �

PG08301004E

PG08301004E F

25August 2007

7-CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsEAC Series Current Sensor

7CU

RREN

TWA

TCH

™SE

NSO

RS

Accessories — CurrentWatch EAC Series


Wiring Diagram — CurrentWatch EAC Series



EDINKIT

Notes: Pressure plate screw terminals. 12 – 22 AWG solid or stranded. Field adjustable setpoint.

2(+)1(–)

(–) (+)

2(+)1(–)Output

Output

24V DC Power Load (Controller, Meter, etc.)(+)(–)4 – 20 mA Option

0 – 5/10V DC Option

Range Jumper

Range Jumper

Ω

1 m Recommended100 k Acceptable

Ω

(-) Load

(+) (Controller, Meter...)

Power

Power Supply(24V AC/DC or 120V AC)

1 2 3 (-) 4 (+)

Output

EACP Models

All Other Models


7-26

7CU

RRENTW

ATCH

™SEN

SORS

August 2007

CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsEAC Series Current Sensor

Specifications — CurrentWatch EAC Series (Does Not Apply to EACP Series)

Specifications — CurrentWatch EACP Series

Description Models with 0 – 5V DC Output Models with 0 – 10V DC Output Models with 4 – 20 mA Output

Power Supply Self-Powered — No Power Supply Needed 12 – 40V DC Loop-PoweredOutput Signal 0 – 5V DC 0 – 10V DC 4 – 20 mAOutput Limit 8.2V DC 15V DC 23 mAAccuracy 1.0% FSResponse Time 100 mS 300 mSFrequency Range 50 – 60 Hz 20 – 100 HzLoading 1 mΩ Min. Rated Accuracy

100 kΩ Add 1.3% ErrorSee Power Supply Above

Isolation Voltage UL Listed to 1,270V AC (Tested to 5kV)Input Ranges Field Selectable Ranges from 0 – 200A, Additional Custom Ranges Available from FactorySensing Aperture Solid-Core: 0.74 in. (19 mm) dia.

Split-Core: 0.85 in. (21.6 mm) sq.Housing UL94 V0 Flammability RatedEnvironmental Operating Temperature: -4 to 122°F (-20 to 50°C)



Power Supply Models Ending -0SP:120V AC

Models Ending -USP:24V AC/DC (40V Max.)

Output Signal 4 – 20 mAOutput Limit 22.4 mAAccuracy 0.25% FSResponse Time 100 mSFrequency Range 40 – 100 HzLoading 50 kΩ min.

500 kΩ max.Isolation Voltage UL Listed to 1,270V AC (Tested to 5kV)Input Range 0 – 200A Jumper SelectableSensing Aperture 0.85 in. (21.6 mm)Housing UL94 V0 Flammability RatedEnvironmental Operating Temperature:

-4 to 122°F (-20 to 50°C)Humidity: 0 – 95% RH, Non-condensing

Approvals UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment (USA and Canada), CE Certified


August 2007

PG08301004E F

27
7-CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsEAC Series Current Sensor
7CU

RREN

TWA

TCH

™SE

NSO

RS

Approximate Dimensions — CurrentWatch EAC Series Description Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Solid-Core Housing

EACP Series

All Other Models

3.50(88.9)

3.03(77.0)

0.93(23.6)

0.19 Dia.(4.8) 2.40

(61.0)

2.18(55.4)

0.74 Dia.(19)

3.04(77.2)

1.18(30)

3.53(89.7)

2.40(61)

0.85(21.6)

0.45(11.4)

2.25(57.2)

0.85(21.7)

0.19(4.8)Dia.

0.85 (21.6)

0.85(21.6)

3.53(89.7)

2.40(61)

3.04(77.2)

0.19 Dia.(4.8)

2.25(57.2)

1.19(30.2)


7-28

7CU

RRENTW

ATCH

™SEN

SORS


August 2007
EACR Series Current Sensor CA05311005E

call 1-800-426-9184.

EACR Series Current Sensor CurrentWatch Current Sensors




The CurrentWatch EACR Series current sensor family from Eaton’s electrical business combines a current sensor and a “True RMS” signal conditioner into a single package. The EACR Series provides True RMS output on distorted waveforms found on VFD or SCR outputs, and on linear loads in “noisy” power environments. Available in solid- or split-core housings.

For typical applications of the Current- Watch EACR Series, see listing to the right.



True RMS AC Current Sensing with 4 – 20 mA Output

Product Features■ True RMS Output — True RMS technology is accurate on distorted wave-

forms like VFD or SCR outputs■ Jumper-Selectable Ranges — Reduces inventory and eliminates zero and

span■ Isolation — Output is magnetically isolated from the input for safety and

elimination of insertion loss (voltage drop)■ UL, C-UL and CE Approved — Accepted worldwide

Typical Applications■ VFD Controlled Loads — Monitoring VFD output indicates how the motor

and attached load are operating■ SCR Controlled Loads — Accurate measurement of phase angle fired or

burst fired (time proportioned) SCRs, with faster current measurement than temperature sensors

■ Switching Power Supplies and Electronic Ballasts — True RMS sensing is the most accurate way to measure power supply or ballast input power

Why “True RMS”?The current waveform of a typical linear load is a pure sine wave. In VFD and SCR applications, however, output waveforms are rough approximations of a sine wave. There are numerous spikes and dips in each cycle. The Current-Watch EACR Series current sensors use a mathematical algorithm called “True RMS” which integrates the actual waveform over time. The output is the amperage component of the true power (heating value) of the AC current waveform. True RMS is the only way to accurately measure distorted AC waveforms. Select the EACR Series sensors for nonlinear loads in “noisy” power environments.


Jumper-Selectable Input Current Ranges

Built-In Mounting

Split- and Solid-Core Models to Fit Your Application

For more information visit: www.eaton.c
om PG08301004E

PG08301004E F

29August 2007

7-CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsEACR Series Current Sensor

7CU

RREN

TWA

TCH

™SE

NSO

RS

Example Application — CurrentWatch EACR Series

Model Selection — CurrentWatch EACR Series




Solid-Core Housings 24V DC Loop-Powered 0.74 in. (19 mm) 4 – 20 mA 2 o

10

10

Split-Core Housings 24V DC Loop-Powered 0.85 in. (21.6 mm) 4 – 20 mA 2 o

10

10

137.2A

Controller

Two-Wire InstallationIs Fast and Easy

FieldSelectableRanges

True RMS Outputeven on VFDs or SCRs

LINE VFD

54.7Hz

Motor

Current Sensing for Non-linear AC Loads



r 5A EACR0420SC

, 20 or 50A EACR1420SC

0, 150 or 200A EACR2420SC

r 5A EACR0420SP

, 20 or 50A EACR1420SP

0, 150 or 200A EACR2420SP

August 2007

7-30

7CU

RRENTW

ATCH

™SEN

SORS

CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsEACR Series Current Sensor

Accessories — CurrentWatch EACR Series


Wiring Diagram — CurrentWatch EACR Series

Notes: • Deadfront captive screw terminals (Split-Core housing models only).• 12 – 22 AWG solid or stranded.• Observe polarity.

Specifications — CurrentWatch EACR Series



EDINKIT


Power Supply 24V DC Loop-Powered, 40V DC MaximumOutput Signal 4 – 20 mAOutput Limit 23 mAAccuracy 1.0% FSResponse Time 600 mS (to 90% step change)Frequency Range 10 – 400 HzIsolation Voltage UL Listed to 1,270V AC (Tested to 5 kV)Input Ranges Field Selectable Ranges from 0 – 200A,

Additional Custom Ranges Available from FactorySensing Aperture Solid-Core: 0.74 in. (19 mm) dia.

Split-Core: 0.85 in. (21.6 mm) sq.Housing UL94 V0 Flammability RatedEnvironmental Operating Temperature: -4 to 122°F (-20 to 50°C)


Low MidRange Switch Output

1(−) 2(+)High

24V DC Power Load (Controller, Meter, etc.)(−)

(−)

(+) (+)

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

31
7-CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsEACR Series Current Sensor
7CU

RREN

TWA

TCH

™SE

NSO

RS

Approximate Dimensions — CurrentWatch EACR Series Description Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Solid-Core Housing

Split-Core Housing

3.50(88.9)

3.03(77.0)

0.93(23.6)

0.19 Dia.(4.8) 2.40

(61.0)

2.18(55.4)

0.74 Dia.(19)

1.18(30)

3.04(77.2)3.53

(89.7)

2.40(31)

0.45(11.4)

0.19(4.83)Dia.

0.85(21.6)

2.25(57.2)

0.85(21.6)


7-32

7CU

RRENTW

ATCH

™SEN

SORS


October 2007
EPRM Series Current Sensor CA05311003E

call 1-800-426-9184.

EPRM Series Current Sensor CurrentWatch Current Sensors



The CurrentWatch EPRM Series from Eaton’s electrical business is a family of DIN-rail compatible, split-core current sensors. Product features include a large aperture, switch-selectable inputs and outputs and isolation between primary and sec-ondary circuits. A patented technol-ogy eliminates the use of a magnetic core and protects the sensor against saturation and damage, which can occur from continuous exposure to high currents. Models available up to 400A and with 0 – 5/0 – 10V DC or 4 – 20 mA outputs as standard.

For typical applications of the Current-Watch™ EPRM Series, see listing to the right.

Approvals■ UL Listed (Pending)■ C-UL Listed (Pending)


AC Current Sensors with Up to 400A Input Range and Analog Outputs

Product Features■ True RMS Output Models Available — True RMS technology is accurate

on distorted waveforms like VFD or SCR outputs■ Switch-Selectable Input and Output Ranges — Field selectable input

accommodates multiple AC current ranges, while voltage output models offer choice of 0 – 5V DC or 0 – 10V DC analog outputs

■ Application Versatility — Supports input ranges of up to 400A and standard 50/60 Hz or distorted (VFD, SCR) loads

■ Agency Approvals and Patented Technology — CE Approved and UL 508 Pending with a patented technology that eliminates problems inherent with magnetic technology such as core saturation

Typical Applications■ Motor Control Centers — Motor status monitoring for pumps and

conveyors, and can be used with panel meters for inexpensive indication of motor current status

■ Automation and Data Logging — Loop-powered units help conserve data logger batteries and 0 – 10V/4 – 20 mA outputs are ideal for remote monitoring and alarm functions and are compatible with most automation systems and PLCs


Why “True RMS”?The current waveform of a typical linear load is a pure sine wave. In VFD and SCR applications, however, output waveforms are rough approximations of a sine wave. There are numerous spikes and dips in each cycle. Certain models in the CurrentWatch™ EPRM Series use a mathematical algorithm called “True RMS” which integrates the actual waveform over time. The output is the amperage component of the true power (heating value) of the AC current waveform. True RMS is the only way to accurately measure distorted AC waveforms. Select the EPRM Series True RMS models for nonlinear loads in “noisy” power environments.


Housing Design Allows Direct Mounting to a DIN Rail

Field Selectable Inputs and Outputs to Reduce Inventory

Split-Core Case for Easy Retrofitting into Application

Removable Terminal Block

Cable Guide

PG08301004E

PG08301004E F

33October 2007

7-CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsEPRM Series Current Sensor

7CU

RREN

TWA

TCH

™SE

NSO

RS

Model Selection — CurrentWatch EPRM Series


Wiring Diagram — CurrentWatch EPRM Series

Power Supply Output Signal Current Sele

AC Current Sensors

Split-Core Housings 24V DC ± 5% Auxiliary Power 0 – 5 or 0 – 10V DC 10, 25 or 50

50, 75 or 10

100, 150 or

200, 300 or

24V DC ± 5% Loop-Powered 4 – 20 mA 10, 25 or 50

50, 75 or 10

100, 150 or

200, 300 or

True RMS Sensors

Split-Core Housings 24V DC ± 5% Auxiliary Power 0 – 5 or 0 – 10V DC 10, 25 or 50

50, 75 or 10

100, 150 or

200, 300 or

24V DC ± 5% Loop-Powered 4 – 20 mA 10, 25 or 50

50, 75 or 10

100, 150 or

200, 300 or

Model Diagram

Current Output Models

Voltage Output Models

PowerSupply

Load

(-)(+)

OU

T

+24V

Current OutputLoop-Powered

PowerSupply

Load

(-)(+)

GN

D

OU

T

+24V

Auxiliary PoweredLoad


ctable Range Catalog Number

A EPRM0510ASP

0A EPRM1510ASP

200A EPRM2510ASP

400A EPRM3510ASP

A EPRM0420LSP

0A EPRM1420LSP

200A EPRM2420LSP

400A EPRM3420LSP

A EPRMR0510ASP

0A EPRMR1510ASP

200A EPRMR2510ASP

400A EPRMR3510ASP

A EPRMR0420LSP

0A EPRMR1420LSP

200A EPRMR2420LSP

400A EPRMR3420LSP

7-34

7CU

RRENTW

ATCH

™SEN

SORS

October 2007

CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsEPRM Series Current Sensor

Specifications — CurrentWatch EPRM Series

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) — CurrentWatch EPRM Series

Description Voltage Output Models (0 – 5 or 0 – 10V) Current Output Models (4 – 20 mA)

Power Supply 24V DC ±5% Loop-PoweredOutput Signal 0 – 5 or 0 – 10V DC 4 – 20 mAElectrical Offset < 0.5% 4 mAAccuracy 1.0% FSLoading Voltage Output Models: 10 Kohm RecommendedResponse Time EPRM: <500 mS

EPRMR: <1,000 mSFrequency Range 20 – 6,000 HzLinearity 0.5%Input Ranges 0 – 400A Switch SelectableSensing Aperture 0.74 in. (19 mm) sq.Housing UL94 V0 Flammability RatedEnvironmental Operating Temperature: -4 to 122°F (-20 to 50°C)

Humidity: 0 – 95% RH, Non-condensingApprovals UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment (Pending, USA and Canada), CE Certified

Front View

Range Selection Switch

Left View

Axis of Aperture

Bottom View

2.17(55.0)

0.79(20.0)

1.32(33.5)

0.83 (21.0)

0.58(14.8)

1.46(37.0)

0.19(4.7)

0.73 (18.5)

2.64(67.0)

0.98(25.0)

2.72(69.0)

0.65(16.4)

DIN Size1.40

(35.5)

0.73(18.5)

1.57 (40.0)(distance

between screws)

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

35
7-CurrentWatch™ Current Sensors EDC Series Current Sensor CA05311009E
7CU

RREN

TWA

TCH

™SE

NSO

RS


call 1-800-426-9184.

EDC Series Current Sensor CurrentWatch Current Sensors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35Model Selection, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36


Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38

The CurrentWatch EDC Series from Eaton’s electrical business combines a hall effect sensor and signal conditioner into a single package for use in DC current applications up to 300A. The EDC Series has jumper-selected current input ranges and industry standard outputs: 4 – 20 mA, 0 – 5V DC or 0 – 10V DC. Available in split-core models for quick and easy installation.

For typical applications of the CurrentWatch™ EDC Series, see listing to the right.

Approvals■ UL Listed (Pending)


Current Sensing for DC Loads up to 300A with Analog Outputs

Product Features■ Jumper-Selectable Ranges — Reduces inventory and eliminates zero or

span pots■ Isolation — Output is magnetically isolated from the input for safety, also

eliminating insertion loss (voltage drop)■ Internal Power Regulation — Cuts installation costs and works well, even

with unregulated power■ Split Core Design and Built-In Mounting Brackets — Makes installation

quick and easy■ UL and CE Approved

Typical Applications■ Battery Banks — Monitors load current, monitors charging current and

verifies operation■ Transportation — Measures traction power or auxiliary loads■ Electric Heating Elements — Monitors heater loads with a faster response

time than temperature sensors


Top Screw Terminals

Three Jumper- Selectable Ranges

Split-Core Housing

Internal Power Regulation


August 2007

7-36

7CU

RRENTW

ATCH

™SEN

SORS

CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsEDC Series Current Sensor

Example Application — CurrentWatch EDC Series

Model Selection — CurrentWatch EDC Series




Split-Core Housings 24V AC/DC 0.85 in. (21.6 mm) 0 – 5V DC 501015

0 – 10V DC 501015

4 – 20 mA 501015

Solid-Core Housings 0.75 in. (19 mm) 4 – 20 mA 5,

- Amps

100%

50%

0%

Unipolar(Magnitude Only)

0 + Amps

LoadChargingSystem

Battery Charging System



, 75 or 100A EDC205SP

0, 150 or 200A EDC305SP

0, 225 or 300A EDC405SP

, 75 or 100A EDC210SP

0, 150 or 200A EDC310SP

0, 225 or 300A EDC410SP

, 75 or 100A EDC2420SP

0, 150 or 200A EDC3420SP

0, 225 or 300A EDC4420SP

10 or 20A EDC1420SC

PG08301004E

PG08301004E F

37August 2007

7-CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsEDC Series Current Sensor

7CU

RREN

TWA

TCH

™SE

NSO

RS

Accessories — CurrentWatch EDC Series


Wiring Diagram — CurrentWatch EDC Series

Specifications — CurrentWatch EDC Series



EDINKIT

Description Models with 0 – 5V DC Output Models with 0 – 10V DC Output

Power Supply 24V AC/DC (22 – 38V AC/DC)Output Signal 0 – 5V DC 0 – 10V DCOutput Limit 5.75V DC 11.5V DCAccuracy Solid-Core Models: 1%

Split-Core Models: 2%300A Models: 1.5%

Response Time Solid-Core Models: 20 mS (to 90%Split-Core Models: 100 mS (to 90%

Frequency Range DCLoading 25 kΩ min. 50 kΩ min.Isolation Voltage 3 kV (monitored line to oLinearity 0.75% FSCurrent Ranges Field selectable ranges fromSensing Aperture Solid-Core Housings: 0.75 in.

Split-Core Housings: 0.85 in. (Environmental Operating Temperature: -4 to 122

Humidity: 0 – 95% RH, Non-cApprovals UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment (Pending, U

Power Output1(-) 2(+) 3(-) 4(+)

RangeJumper

24V AC/DC Output is poweredby EDC Sensor.


Models with 4 – 20 mA Output

2 VA Max.4 – 20 mA23 mA

FS FS

FS of step change) of step change)

650Ω max.utput)

0 – 300A(19 mm) dia.21.6 mm) sq.°F (-20 to 50°C)ondensingSA and Canada), CE Certified

7-38

7CU

RRENTW

ATCH

™SEN

SORS

August 2007

CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsEDC Series Current Sensor

Approximate Dimensions — CurrentWatch EDC Series Description Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Solid-Core Housings

Split-Core Housings

0.75 Dia.(19.1)

1.50(38.1)

2.90(73.7)

3.38(85.9)

0.80(20.3)

0.45(11.4)

3.87(98.3)

3.04(77.2)

1.18(30)

3.53(89.7)

2.40(61)

0.85(21.6)

0.45(11.4)

2.25(57.2)

0.85(21.7)

0.19(4.8)Dia.


August 2007

PG08301004E F

39
7-CurrentWatch™ Current Sensors EGF Series Ground Fault Sensors CA05311002E
7CU

RREN

TWA

TCH

™SE

NSO

RS


call 1-800-426-9184.

EGF Series Ground Fault Sensors CurrentWatch Current Sensors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39Model Selection, Switches . . . . 7-40Model Selection, Accessories . 7-41Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45

The CurrentWatch EGF Series from Eaton’s electrical business is a family of ground fault (earth leakage) sensors. Ground fault sensors help protect people, products and processes from damage by ground fault conditions by monitoring all current-carrying conductors in grounded single- and three-phase delta or wye systems. The EGF Series is available with either solid-state or mechanical relay outputs.

The EGF Series with solid-state out-puts offers the benefit of reliable, long-lasting solid-state switches. Solid-state design provides unlim-ited switch operating life, superior resistance to shock and vibration, zero off-state leakage, high switch speeds and high input-output isola-tion. Solid-state outputs have solid-core housings with screw terminals.

The EGF Series with mechanical relay outputs are available in solid-core housings with a choice of N.O. or N.C. SPST latching relays and a SPDT Form C relay with auto-reset. All mechanical models can be ordered with a fixed setpoint or with a “tri-set” option, which provides three factory-set, field-adjustable setpoints.

Approvals■ UL Recognized


Ground Fault Sensors with Solid-State or Mechanical Relay Outputs

Product Features■ Broad Range of Options to Meet Application Needs — N.O. or N.C., solid-

state or mechanical relays, normally energized or normally de-energized contacts

■ Setpoint Options Maximize Ease-of-Use and Application Flexibility — Field selectable 5, 10 or 30 mA setpoints on the EGF “Tri-set” models make user adjustments fast, sure and convenient

■ Compatible with Standard Equipment — Application on single- and three-phases systems, ideal for use with shunt trip breakers, and magnetically isolated from monitored circuit and control power

■ Agency Approved — UL and CE Certified, accepted worldwide

Typical Applications■ Personnel Protection (Typically 5 mA) — Detects sensitive ground fault con-

ditions, which could cause injury to people, and functions as a sensor and alarm trigger when applied as an input to an overall ground fault protection system

■ Equipment Protection (Typically 10 or 30 mA) — For applications where personnel protection is not the primary concern, higher setpoint capability helps eliminate nuisance tripping while still providing adequate ground fault detection to protect machine electronics

■ Regulatory — Meets requirements as stipulated by governmental and industrial regulatory groups for ground fault sensing

”Zero Sum” Operating PrincipleIn three-phase delta and wye systems, under normal conditions, current in the “hot” leg of a two-wire load is equal in magnitude but opposite in sign to the current in a neutral leg. As a result, the electromagnetic fields surrounding these two conductors cancel, producing a “zero sum current.” As soon as current leaks to ground (fault condition), the two currents become imbalanced and a net magnetic field results. The CurrentWatch EGF Series sensors monitor this field and trips the contacts when the leakage rises above the setpoint.


Built-In Mounting Tabs

Choice of Solid-State or Mechanical Relays

Bright LED Status Indicators


August 2007

7-40

7CU

RRENTW

ATCH

™SEN

SORS

CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsEGF Series Ground Fault Sensors

Example Application — CurrentWatch EGF Series

Model Selection — CurrentWatch EGF Series


Power Supply Setpoint AC Solid-StateOutput

DC Solid-StateOutput

Solid-State Output Sensors

Solid-Core Housings 120V AC Fixed, 50 mA Solid-State, N.O., 1A @ 240V AC

—

Solid-State, N.C., 1A @ 240V AC

—

— Solid-State, N.O., 0.15A @ 30V DC

— Solid-State, N.C., 0.15A @ 30V DC

Fixed, 100 mA Solid-State, N.O., 1A @ 240V AC

—


—



Tri-Set Adjustable, 5, 10 or 30 mA

Solid-State, N.O., 1A @ 240V AC

—


—



Ground Fault Sensor

Circuit Interruption DeviceE.g. Contactor

Leakageto Ground

Insulation Breakdown Monitoring


Contacts Catalog Number

Normally Energized EGF1NOACNE050

Normally De-energized EGF1NOACDE050

Normally Energized EGF1NCACNE050

Normally De-energized EGF1NCACDE050

Normally Energized EGF1NODCNE050

Normally De-energized EGF1NODCDE050

Normally Energized EGF1NCDCNE050

Normally De-energized EGF1NCDCDE050

Normally Energized EGF1NOACNE100

Normally De-energized EGF1NOACDE100

Normally Energized EGF1NCACNE100

Normally De-energized EGF1NCACDE100

Normally Energized EGF1NODCNE100

Normally De-energized EGF1NODCDE100

Normally Energized EGF1NCDCNE100

Normally De-energized EGF1NCDCDE100

Normally Energized EGF3NOACNET3

Normally De-energized EGF3NOACDET3

Normally Energized EGF3NCACNET3

Normally De-energized EGF3NCACDET3

Normally Energized EGF3NODCNET3

Normally De-energized EGF3NODCDET3

Normally Energized EGF3NCDCNET3

Normally De-energized EGF3NCDCDET3

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

41
7-CurrentWatch™ Current SensorsEGF Series Ground Fault Sensors
7CU

RREN

TWA

TCH

™SE

NSO

RS

Model Selection — CurrentWatch EGF Series (Continued)


Accessories — CurrentWatch EGF Series


Power Supply Setpoint Mechanical Relay Output Contacts Catalog Number

Mechanical Relay Output Sensors

Solid-Core Housings 120V AC Fixed, 50 mA Mechanical Relay, N.O. SPST Relay, Form A(1A @ 120V AC)

Latching Relay EGF1NOLA050

Mechanical Relay, N.C. SPST Relay, Form B(1A @ 120V AC)

Latching Relay EGF1NCLA050

Mechanical Relay, SPDT Form C, Auto-Reset(1A @ 120V AC)

Normally Energized EGF1SPDTNE050

Normally De-energized EGF1SPDTDE050

Fixed, 100 mA Mechanical Relay, N.O. SPST Relay, Form A(1A @ 120V AC)







Tri-set Adjustable, 5, 10 or 30 mA

Mechanical Relay, N.O. SPST Relay, Form A(1A @ 120V AC)

Latching Relay EGF1NOLAT3


Latching Relay EGF1NCLAT3


Normally Energized EGF1SPDTNET3

Normally De-energized EGF1SPDTDET3

24V AC/DC Fixed, 50 mA Mechanical Relay, N.O. SPST Relay, Form A(2A @ 30V DC)


Mechanical Relay, N.C. SPST Relay, Form B(2A @ 30V DC)


Mechanical Relay, SPDT Form C, Auto-Reset(2A @ 30V DC)



Fixed, 100 mA Mechanical Relay, N.O. SPST Relay, Form A(2A @ 30V DC)







Tri-set Adjustable, 5, 10 or 30 mA

Mechanical Relay, N.O. SPST Relay, Form A(2A @ 30V DC)

Latching Relay EGF2NOLAT3


Latching Relay EGF2NCLAT3


Normally Energized EGF2SPDTNET3

Normally De-energized EGF2SPDTDET3



EDINKIT


August 2007

7-42

7CU

RRENTW

ATCH

™SEN

SORS


Output Table — CurrentWatch EGF Series

Normally Energized Models

Protection from faults and control power loss.

Normally De-energized Models

Protection from faults only when power is applied.

Latching (Mechanical Relay Output) Models

Latching models power up initially in the rest (normal) mode. If there is a fault condition or the test button is pushed, the output contacts will change state and latch. The output will remain latched regardless of whether the fault is cleared or control power is removed. To reset the output, apply a momentary contact across “reset” terminals.

Control Power Applied

No Power No Fault Fault

Normally Open Models Open Closed OpenNormally Closed Models Closed Open Closed

Control Power Applied

No Power No Fault Fault

Normally Open Models Open Open ClosedNormally Closed Models Closed Closed Open

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

43
7CU

RREN

TWA

TCH

™SE

NSO

RS

Wiring Diagrams — CurrentWatch EGF Series Models Wiring Diagrams

Solid-State Output Models

Mechanical Relay Output Models

TestGR

Power Output

Power Output

PowerInterupt

PowerInterupt

PowerInterupt

PowerInterupt

HOTNEUT

1Ø Power1Ø Load

Power Output

ØAØBØCØN

3Ø Wye Power3Ø Load

Power Output

ØAØB

3Ø Power1Ø Load

Power Output

ØAØBØC

3Ø Delta Power3Ø Load

EGF Series

EGF Series

EGF Series

EGF Series

LatchingModels

Auto ResetModels

Jumper Locationof Tri-set Models

External ResetSwitch

Jumper Locationof Tri-set Models

G R

G R

Power Output

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

Status

Power

Power

Status

Power Output

Test

Test


7-44

7CU

RRENTW

ATCH

™SEN

SORS

August 2007


Specifications — CurrentWatch EGF Series Description Solid-State Output Models Mechanical Relay Output Models

Power Supply 120V AC (55 – 110% of nominal voltage)24V AC/DC (± 20%)

Output Contact Type Isolated Dry Contact Mechanical RelayOutput Rating (Switching Current and Switching Voltage)

AC Output Switching Models: 1A @ 240V AC DC Output Switching Models: 0.15A @ 30V DC

Auto Reset Models: SPDT Relay1A @ 120V AC2A @ 30V DC

Latching Models:SPST Relay1A @ 120V AC2A @ 30V DC

Off-State Leakage N.O. Models: < 10 µA N.C. Models: < 2.5 mA

None

Response Time 200 ms @ 5% above trip point60 ms @ 50% above trip point15 ms @ 500% above trip point

Frequency Range 50 – 400 Hz (monitored circuit)Loading 2 VA max.Isolation Voltage 5,000V AC (tested)Sensing Aperture 0.74 in. (19 mm) dia.LED Indicator Green LED for Power On Status; Red LED for Contact StatusHousing UL94 V0 Flammability RatedEnvironmental Operating Temperature: -4 to 122°F (-20 to 50°C)

Humidity: 0 – 95% RH, Non-condensingApprovals UL 1053, Class 1 Recognized, CE

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

45
7CU

RREN

TWA

TCH

™SE

NSO

RS

Approximate Dimensions — CurrentWatch EGF Series Models Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Solid-State Output Models

Mechanical Relay Models

0.20(5.1)Dia.

0.75(19.1)Dia.

3.38(86)

2.50(63)

2.90(73.7)

TEST1.50(38)

0.44(11.2)

2.25(57.2)

Latching (7 Terminals)

1.88(47.6)

2.50(63.5)

3.88(98.6)

2.90(73.7)3.38

(85.9)

0.75 Dia(19.1)

0.20 Dia(5.1)

TEST

Auto Reset (6 Terminals)


7-46

7CU

RRENTW

ATCH

™SEN

SORS

August 2007


PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-1
8Sensor Accessories
08Intro.fm



8SE

NSO

RA

CCES

SORI

ES

F

Table of ContentsContents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1Retroreflectors and Retroreflective Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Sensor Mounting Brackets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4Sensor Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7Pilot Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9


8-2

8SEN

SOR

ACCESSO

RIES

Sensor Accessories

August 2007
Retroreflectors and Retroreflective Tape PG.05E.17.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.

Retroreflectors

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Model Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

Cutler-Hammer® Retroreflectors from Eaton’s electrical business are used with reflex-type sensors. Two types of retroreflective target mate-rial are available: corner cube and embedded glass bead.

Corner Cube Retroreflectors

This type provides the highest signal return to the sensor, typically 2000 to 3000 times the reflectivity of white paper. Three adjoining sides are arranged at right angles to each other. When a ray of light strikes one of these sides (A), it is reflected to the second (B), then the third (C), and then back to the source parallel to its original course. Thousands of these cube shapes are molded into a rugged plas-tic reflector or vinyl tape material. Corner cube retroreflectors are suitable for use with both standard reflex and polarized reflex sensors.

Glass Bead Retroreflectors

Glass bead retroreflectors are avail-able in tape form with an adhesive backing. The bead style surface is typically rated at 200 to 900 times the reflectivity of white paper — much lower than corner cube reflec-tors. Glass bead retroreflectors are not suitable for use with polarized reflex sensors.


LightRay

OpaqueMaterial

Light Ray

A

BC

Corner cube Glass bead

High Quality Retroreflectors and Retroreflective Tape in a Wide Variety of Sizes to Meet Your Needs

Retroreflectors Available in Both Rectangular and Round Form Factors

Retroreflective Tape Comes in Widths from 1 to 3 Inches

Retroreflector Size

The size of the retroreflective target has a significant effect on the excess gain and range of a reflex sensor. In general, we recommend you use the largest possible reflector in every reflex sensing application to maximize performance of the sensor and simplify alignment. To provide an even larger reflective area, multiple retroreflectors can be grouped together as shown.

7 RetroreflectorsGrouped Together

For Customer


Using Retroreflectors with

Polarized Reflex Sensors

Only corner cube retroreflective material can be used with polarized reflex sensors. When polarized light from the sensor’s light source strikes a corner cube retroreflector, it is returned to the sensor in a depolar-ized state. This allows some of the light to pass through the detector’s polarizer, which is positioned at 90° to the source polarizer, to allow the sensor to operate.

Glass bead retroreflectors do not depolarize light and will not work with polarized reflex sensors.

Molded plastic corner cube retrore-flectors are always recommended as they provide the highest signal return to the sensor.

Corner cube tape works with polarized reflex sensors but returns less light to the sensor. In all cases, Eaton recommends testing sensor and tape prior to final installation.


PG08301004E

PG08301004E F

-3August 2007

8Sensor AccessoriesRetroreflectors and Retroreflective Tape

8SE

NSO

RA

CCES

SORI

ES

Model Selection — Retroreflectors

� Although corner cube tape works with polarized reflex sensors, we recommend testing sensor and tape prior to installation.



Round Retroreflectors


Corner Cube Retroreflector

1.5 x 3.25 inch, adhesive backed, one per package 6200A-6507

3 inch diameter, with mounting hole, two per package 6200A-6501

Bulk packaged version of above (ordered quantity will be bulk packaged)

6200AS6501

3 inch diameter, with mounting hole, one per package E51KR84

3 inch diameter, metal backed, with mounting hole, one per package

6200A-6506

2.18 inch diameter, with mounting hole, one per package 6200A-6505

2.18 inch diameter, adhesive backed, one per package 6200A-6502

1.25 inch diameter, adhesive backed, one per package 6200A-6504

Bulk packaged version of above(ordered quantity will be sent bulk packaged)

6200AS6504

1.25 inch diameter, no adhesive, one per package E51KR32

Retroreflective Tape

Corner Cube Style �

2 inch wide, 1 piece, quantity is length in feet 6201A-XXXX


Glass Bead Style (Not for use with polarized reflex sensors)1 inch wide, 1 piece, quantity is length in feet 6200A-XXXX



A — Diameter B — Hole Size C — Thickness

6200A-65016200A-65026200A-65046200A-65056200A-6506E51KR32E51KR84

3.30 (84)2.40 (61)1.30 (33)2.40 (61)3.30 (84)1.25 (32)3.30 (84)

0.20 (5)NoneNone0.25 (6)0.20 (5)None0.20 (5)

0.35 (9)0.30 (7.5)0.25 (6)0.30 (7.5)0.30 (7.5)0.35 (9)0.35 (9)

A

B

C


8-4

8SEN

SOR

ACCESSO

RIES

August 2007

Sensor AccessoriesSensor Mounting Brackets
PG.05.03.T.E
Sensor Mounting Brackets

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 Model Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4


The Cutler-Hammer® Mounting Brackets by Eaton’s electrical busi-ness found in this section are suited for use with 8 mm to 30 mm diame-ter tubular sensors only. Cutler-Ham-mer Mounting Brackets designed to specifically fit other types of sensors are found in the respective “Acces-sories” sections for those sensor families.


When choosing a bracket, consider:

■ Adjustability — Do you need minimal alignment capability (mounting an inductive proximity sensor), or a high level of alignment precision (mounting a long range photoelectric thru-beam sensor)?

■ Material of Construction — This can be dictated by the sensing environment or the type of sensor you are using.

Model Selection — Mounting Brackets for Tubular Sensors


Description Size Catalog Number


L-Shaped Bracket Adjustability: Allows some adjustment in two axesSensor Mounting: Sensor mounts with two jam nuts and washers (included with sensor)Material of Construction: Stainless steelPackaging: One per package

8 mm E57KM8

12 mm E57KM12

18 mm E57KM18

30 mm E57KM30

L-Shaped Bracket Adjustability: Allows some adjustment in one axis and allows for aiming of the sensor through a short arcSensor Mounting: Sensor mounts with two jam nuts and washers (included with sensor)Material of Construction: Aluminum with chromate finishPackaging: Two per package

18 mm 6161A-6501

Same as 6161A-6501 (above), except: Packaging: Bulk packaged (ordered quantity will be sent bulk packed)

18 mm 6161AS6501

Size A B C D

8 mm 3.00 (76) 1.35 (34) 1.125 (29) 0.65 (17)12 mm 3.00 (76) 1.35 (34) 1.125 (29) 0.65 (17)18 mm 3.00 (76) 1.35 (34) 1.125 (29) 0.65 (17)30 mm 4.25 (108) 2.15 (55) 1.75 (45) 1.00 (25)

Size E F G H

8 mm 1.20 (31) 0.75 (19) 0.323 (8) 0.218 (6)12 mm 1.20 (31) 0.75 (19) 0.484 (12) 0.218 (6)18 mm 1.20 (31) 0.75 (19) 0.718 (18) 0.218 (6)30 mm 2.00 (51) 1.25 (29) 1.203 (30) 0.281 (7)

0.35 (9) 0.31 (8)

ø 0.75

1.50(38)

1.75 (44)

0.75(19) ø 0.28 (7)

1.50(38)

0.62 (16)

1.00(25)

0.31 (8)

For Customer
PG08301004E


call 1-800-426-9184.

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-5
8Sensor AccessoriesSensor Mounting Brackets
8SE

NSO

RA

CCES

SORI

ES

Model Selection — Mounting Brackets for Tubular Sensors (Continued)




L-Shaped Bracket Allows a minimum range. Suitable for 30 mm sensors.Adjustability: Allows some adjustment in one axisSensor Mounting: Sensor mounts with two jam nuts (included with sensor)Material of Construction: Zinc dichromatePackaging: One per package

30 mm 6167A-6501

L-Shaped Bracket with Slot Adjustability: Allows some adjustment in one axis and allows for aiming of the sensor through a short arcSensor Mounting: Sensor mounts with two jam nuts and washers (included with sensor)Material of Construction: Aluminum with chromate finishPackaging: Bulk packaged (ordered quantity will be sent bulk packed)Note: Allows installation of sensor with jam nuts already in place on Sensor Body(Comet and Prism Sensors only).

18 mm 6161AS7050

Flat Bracket Adjustability: Allows some adjustment in one axis and allows for aiming of the sensor through a short arcSensor Mounting: Sensor mounts with two jam nuts and washers (included with sensor)Material of Construction: Aluminum with chromate finishPackaging: Bulk packaged (ordered quantity will be sent bulk packed)

18 mm 6161AS5295

Adjustable Bracket Adjustability: Locking vertical and horizontal adjustments for independent adjustments in each axisSensor Mounting: Sensor mounts with two jam nuts and washers (included with sensor)Material of Construction: 304 stainless steel Packaging: One per packageNote: Sensor is electrically isolated from mounting surface.

18 mm E58KAM18

Same as E58KAM18, except not electrically isolated from mounting surface.

18 mm E58KAM18U

Adjustable Bracket Adjustability: Locking vertical and horizontal adjustments for independent adjustment in each axisSensor Mounting: Sensor mounts with two jam nuts (included with sensor) Material of Construction: 304 stainless steelPackaging: One per packageNote: Sensor is electrically isolated from mounting surface.

30 mm E58KAM30

Same as E58KAM30, except not electrically isolated from mounting surface.

30 mm E58KAM30U

3.0 (76.2)

2.70 (68.6)

0.99 (25.1)

1.20 Dia. (30.5)

1.01 (25.6)

1.0 (25.4)

1.0 (25.4)

1.0 (25.4)

1.0 (25.4)

0.25 Rad. (6.3) 1.35 (34.3)

1.35 (34.3)

2.50 (63.5)

0.28 (7.0) Dia.

0.17 Rad. (4.3)

0.35 (9) 0.31 (8)

ø 0.75 (19)

1.50(38)

1.75

0.75(19)

ø 0.28 (7)3 Places

1.50(38)

0.62 (16)

1.00(25)

0.31 (8)

0.47 (12)2 Places

0.35 (9)ø 0.75

1.50(38)

3.00 (76)

0.75(19)

ø 0.28 (7)

0.62 (16)

1.00(25)

0.31 (8)

0.31 (8)

2.97 (75)

2.00 (51)0.33 x 0.66

(8.4 x 16.8)2 Places

0.51 (13)

4.0 (102)

1.48 (38)

1.61 (41)

0.92 (23)

2.97 (75)

2.00 (51)0.33 x 0.66

(8.4 x 16.8)2 Places

0.51 (13)

4.0 (102)

1.95 (50)

1.13 (29)

1.28 (33)


8-6

8SEN

SOR

ACCESSO

RIES

August 2007

Sensor AccessoriesSensor Mounting Brackets

Model Selection — Mounting Brackets for Tubular Sensors (Continued)




18 mm Ball Swivel Bracket Adjustability: Allows 360° rotation and 10° vertical tiltSensor Mounting: Mounts directly to any 18 mm threaded sensorMaterial of Construction: 5% glass filled Valox®

Packaging: One per package

18 mm E58KAM18B

Metal Ball Swivel Mount Adjustability: Allows 5.5° rotation with screw lock to fix final positionSensor Mounting: Mounts directly to any 18 mm tubular sensorMaterial of Construction: Extremely rugged, made from zinc plated steel/Celenex®

Packaging: One per packageNote: Electrically isolates the sensor to prevent noise pick-up caused by poor grounding.

0.75 inch (18 mm)

6168A-6501 Note: Dimensions in Inches

Plastic Ball Swivel Mount Adjustability: Allows 10° rotation on X and Y axes with a clamping action to hold adjustmentSensor Mounting: Mounts directly to any 8 mm tubular sensorMaterial of Construction: Noryl (avoid exposing to chlorinated halogenated or aromatic hydrocarbons). Operating temperature: -40° to 160°F.Packaging: One per package

0.375 inch (8 mm)

6143A-6501

Plastic Ball Swivel Mount Same as 6143A-6501(above), except:Sensor Mounting: Mounts directly to any 18 mm tubular sensor

0.75 inch (18 mm)

6142A-6501

Cushioned Sensor Mounts Precision machined, spring-loaded sleeves that hold tubular sensors to protect them from accidental impact due to overtravel of the target being sensed.Used for inductive proximity sensors only.

8 mm E57KNZ8

12 mm E57KNZ12

18 mm E57KNZ18

30 mm E57KNZ30

M18X1-6GThread

0.30 (8)0.50(13)

0.60(15)

0.20 (5)

1.40 (36)

0.160 (4)2 Places

1.80 (46)

0.28 (7)

0.2 (5)

1.40 (36)

1.40 (36)

2.1

4.03.0

0.3 DiameterSlot

1.1

0.5

0.75 Diameter Hole

1.0

0.212 (2 Places)

A

B C

DE F

G

ClampingGap This Side Clamping

Gap This Side

Size A B C D

8 mm 1.96 (49.8) 1.56 (39.6) 0.20 (5.1) 0.40 (10.2)18 mm 2.80 (71.1) 2.25 (57.2) 0.275 (7.0) 0.50 (12.7)

Size E F G

8 mm 0.80 (20.3) 1.05 (26.7) 0.375 (9.5)18 mm 1.00 (25.4) 1.64 (41.7) 0.75 (19.1)

Size A B C D E

8 mm M8 x 1 M16 x 1.5 0.87 (22) 0.87 (22) 0.35 (9)12 mm M12 x 1 M22 x 1.5 0.87 (22) 1.12 (29) 0.41 (10)18 mm M18 x 1 M30 x 1.5 1.17 (30) 1.41 (36) 0.49 (12)30 mm M30 x 1.5 M47 x 1.5 1.47 (37) 1.72 (51) 0.57 (15)

D

E

30° CCushion MountDiameter = B

Sensor Diameter = A

Sensor Nut

ProtectiveCap (Threadson Sensor)*

OvertravelProtection

*NOTE: Sensing Range Will Be Reduced by Thickness ofCap’s Wear Surface: 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) max.

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-7
8Sensor Accessories
PG.05.04.T.E

8SE

NSO

RA

CCES

SORI

ES


call 1-800-426-9184.

Sensor Accessories

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

Cutler-Hammer® Accessories from Eaton’s electrical business include Portable Power Supplies for testing or demonstrating DC sensors, a variety of Replacement Mounting Nuts, Protective End Caps for tubular proximity sensors, and Conduit Adapters for tubular sensors.


Model Selection — Sensor Accessories Description

DC Sensor Tester/DemonstratoFor 2-, 3- and 4-wire DC sensorsProvides 27V DC power from thrTest output connections for both

AC Sensor Tester/DemonstratoFor AC sensors Provides AC power from wall mIncludes AC adapter

Replacement Mounting Nuts —Where Used: Harsh environmenMaterial of Construction: StainlePackaging: Two per package

Replacement Mounting Nuts —Where Used: General purpose fthe standard mounting nuts shipOEM Prism Photoelectric SensoMaterial of Construction: BrassPackaging: Two nuts and two wReplacement Mounting Nuts —Where Used: Harsh environmenMaterial of Construction: StainlePackaging: Two per package

Stocked product, typical order quantities gua

A Variety of Items for Replacement, Testing or Additional Functionality

DC SensorTesters / Demonstrators

ReplacementMounting Nuts

And More...

Sensor Diameter

CatalogNumber

r ee 9V batteries (included) NPN and PNP outputs

— 9902A-6501

r

ount

— 9902A-6502

Stainless Steelt for tubular sensorsss Steel

8 mm E57KNM8

12 mm E57KNS12

18 mm E57KNS18

30 mm E57KNS30

Brassor tubular sensors. These are ped with the Comet, Prism and rs.

ave washers per package

18 mm E60KNS18

Stainless Steelt for tubular sensorsss Steel

18 mm E58KNS18

30 mm E58KNS30

ranteed in stock.

For Customer


Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)Except Where Noted

W x H x D2.5 x 4.75 x 2.1 inches(65 x 120 x 55 mm)

W x H x D2.5 x 4.5 x 1.5 inches(65 x 114 x 38 mm)

Size Dimensions in Inches (mm) Except Where Noted

A B C

8 mm12 mm18 mm30 mm

0.5 (13)0.7 (17)0.94 (24)1.4 (36)

0.16 (4)0.16 (4)0.16 (4)0.16 (4)

M8 x 1M12 x 1M18 x 1M30 x 1.5


8-8

8SEN

SOR

ACCESSO

RIES

August 2007

Sensor Accessories

Model Selection — Sensor Accessories (Continued)


Description Sensor Diameter

Catalog Number


Replacement Mounting Nuts — PlasticWhere Used: Harsh environment for tubular and SM Series sensorsMaterial of Construction: PlasticPackaging: Two per package

18 mm E57KNC18

Protective CapsWhere Used: Tubular Proximity SensorsMaterial of Construction: DelrinPackaging: One per package

12 mm E57KP12

18 mm E57KP18

30 mm E57KP30

Conduit AdaptersWhere Used: To attach electrical conduit to rear of tubular sensorsMaterial of Construction: Die cast steelPackaging: One adapter and nut per package

8 mm E57KC8

12 mm E57KC12

18 mm E57KC18

30 mm E57KC30

Conduit AdaptersWhere Used: To attach E58 Harsh Duty 30 mm sensors to half-inch conduit fittingsMaterial of Construction: Stainless steelPackaging: One per package

30 mm E58KC30

1.1 (28)

0.16 (4)

0.32 (8)

0.94 (24)

M18 x 1

A

D

B

C

Sizein mm


A (Switch Size)

B C D (Thick-ness)

12

18

30

0.47 (12)0.71 (18)1.18 (30)

0.39 (10)0.36 (9.2)0.59 (15)

0.63(16)0.83(21.2)1.42(36)

0.04(1.0)0.04(0.9)0.07(1.7)

Size Dimensions in Inches (mm) Except Where Noted

A-Length B-Hex C-Tap

8 mm12 mm18 mm30 mm

1.0 (25)1.5 (38)1.5 (38)1.9 (48)

1.0 (25)1.0 (25)1.0 (25)1.5 (38)

M8 x 1M12 x 1M18 x 1M30 x 1.5

2.23 +- 0.02 (57)

2.78 +- 0.02 (71)

0.32 (18)

To fit flush to one thread

below

ø1.12 (28.5)

Tap drill

0.60 +- 0.02 (15) 1.50

(38)

M30 x 1.5 Tap

1/2"-14NPT forConduit

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-9
8Sensor Accessories Pilot Devices PG.05.10.T.E
8SE

NSO

RA

CCES

SORI

ES


call 1-800-426-9184.

Pilot Devices

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

Cutler-Hammer® Type E65 Control Units from Eaton’s electrical busi-ness are designed for use with amplifier built-in sensors to provide an SPDT relay contact output (in addition to the solid-state output of the sensor), and to convert an AC input voltage to stable 12V DC, per-mitting operation of a DC sensor from an AC input. Use only with NPN output sensors. A switch is provided in the output circuit for selecting either Light or Dark sense operation. These control units are available with or without a select-able ON-Delay, OFF-Delay or One-Shot timer having an adjustable timing range of 0.1 to 5 seconds. A red LED indicator glows when the output relay is energized.


Photoelectric Sensors Control Units Provide DC Power and SPDT Relay Out

Model Selection — E65 Control Units

� Selectable for ON-Delay, OFF-Delay or ONE-SHOT operation with an adjustable timing range of 0.1 to 5 seconds.


Specifications

Voltage Output Configuration Features Catalog Number

110 to 120V/220 to 240VAC ± 10%, 50/50 Hz

Selectable Light or Dark Sense

SPDT Relay Contact Output

With External Synchronization

With Delay Timer � E65PST

Without Delay Timer

E65PS


Input Voltage 110 to 120V/220 to 240V AC ± 10%, 50/60 HzTemperature Range 14° to 122°F (-10° to 50°C)Relative Humidity Less than 85%Response Time Less than 20 mSOutput Voltage 12V DC ± 10%, 100 mA maximumShort-Circuit and Polarity Protection IncorporatedPower Consumption Less than 8 VATerminal Connections Screw and Saddle Clamp to accept 14 AWG wireOutput SPDT Relay Contact Rated 3A Resistive at 250V AC

Power Indicator Glows Red When Energized

Converts AC Input Voltage to 12V DC

For Customer



8-10

8SEN

SOR

ACCESSO

RIES

August 2007

Sensor AccessoriesPilot Devices

Wiring Diagrams


Black

Red

WhiteBlack

Red

Green

External Sync. Input

CONTROL UNIT

Emitter

Thru-Beam Reciever or Reflective Type Sensor

*Power Input

Contact Output

1

23

4

56

7

8

9

10

11

12

+12

IN

+12

0

COM

N.O.N.C.

*Power Input1 & 2: 110 to 120V AC1 & 3: 220 to 240V AC

(5)N.O.

N.C.

COM

(6)

(4)

Contact Capacity3A Resistive at 250V AC

Output Circuits and Connections Relay Contact Output

0.02(0.5)2.56 (65)

2.44 (62)

2.36(60)

4.45 (113)

4.29 (109)

4.07 (103.5)0.96

(24.5)1.97 ± 0.04

(50 ± 1)

Mounting Hole

1.97(50)

Qty. 2 — 0.18 (4.5) Dia. Drilledor Qty. 2 – M4 Tapped0.22

(5.5)

0.18(4.5)

2.36(60)

0.35(9)

0.30 (7.7)2.44 (62) 0.75

(19)

0.96(24.5)

Control Unit Socket with Terminals

For more information visit: www.eaton
.com PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-1
9Fiber Optic Cables
09Intro.fm



9FI

BER

OPT

ICCA

BLE

S

F

Table of ContentsContents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1Plastic Fiber Optic Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Glass Fiber Optic Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6


9-2

9FIB

ER OPTIC

CAB

LES

Fiber Optic Cables

August 2007
Plastic Fiber Optic Cables PG.05E.16.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.

Plastic Fiber Optic Cables

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 Model Selection, Bulk Fiber . . . . 9-3 Model Selection, Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3

Model Selection, Pre-assembled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5

Cutler-Hammer® Plastic Fiber Optic Cables from Eaton’s electrical busi-ness offer a lower-cost alternative to glass fibers. They are available as bulk cable or pre-assembled with sensing tips.

Bulk fiber optic cable is ordered by the foot and can be cut to length by the user with a special cutter accessory. It can be used with lenses, adapters and terminations. Single fiber is normally used for thru-beam sensing and duplex fiber (two isolated cables run-ning in parallel) for diffuse reflective. Order single fiber cable for both source and detector cable runs. Order duplex fiber cable equal to the length of run — separate source and detector cable not required.

Pre-assembled fiber optic cables are special purpose cables to solve a vari-ety of fiber optic sensing applications. A fiber optic cable cutter is included only for 1 mm bundle models. The cables are available in 1 mm and 0.5 mm diameters (0.5 mm cables cannot be cut to length). Single cable is used for thru-beam sensing, duplex for diffuse reflective sensing.


Cost-Effective Plastic Fiber Optic Cables Expand Your Sensing Options

Product Features■ Fiber optic cables allow remote sensing in areas where space is restricted

or tight viewing angles are required■ The economical plastic cable is easy to cut to length during installation for a

perfect fit (see cutter accessory, 0.5 mm cable cannot be cut)■ Single cable styles are ideal for thru-beam sensing■ Duplex cable styles are typically used for diffuse reflective sensing■ Pre-assembled cables are available in 0.5 mm for sensing extremely small

targets

Available in Any LengthYou Need

Accepts Lenses to IncreaseSensing Range

Bulk Fiber Optic Cable

Bendable Probe ModelsProvide Precise Adjustmentof Sensing Position

Ready to Mountwith Threaded Tips

Pre-assembled Fiber Optic Cables

For Customer



PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-3
9Fiber Optic CablesPlastic Fiber Optic Cables
Model Selection — Bulk FiberFiber Diameter Cable S
tyle Catalog

9FI

BER

OPT

ICCA

BLE

S

� Quantity ordered indicates length, for example, a quantity of 5 equals five feet of fiber.Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.

Model Selection — Accessories for Bulk Fiber Optic Cable

Number �

0.039 in (1 mm) Duplex Cable(for diffuse reflective sensing)

6324A-XXX

Single Cable (for thru-beam sensing) 6323A-XXX

Description Range Increase

Catalog Number


Fiber optic cable cutter for 1 mm diameter fiber, good for six cuts

— 8909A-6501

Fiber Optic Termination For mounting of 1 mm diameter bulk fiber. Sensing distance is the same as for bare fibers without lenses

— 6230A-6503

Lenses (For 1 mm diameter bulk cable only. Lenses extend the range of thru-beam sensors. Sold individually — two required for thru-beam sensing)0.25 Inch Diameter Thru-Beam Lens

0.25 inch diameter thru-beam lens 10X 6230A-6505

0.75 Inch Diameter Thru-Beam Lens


0.75 Inch Diameter Thru-Beam Lens


0.25

1.08

0.25 Barrel Diameter

0.25

1.35

0.25 Lens Diameter

0.15 Effective Beam Diameter


0.75

2.2

0.62 Lens Diameter



1.13

2.5

1.0 Lens Diameter



9-4

9FIB

ER OPTIC

CAB

LES

August 2007

Fiber Optic CablesPlastic Fiber Optic Cables

Model Selection — Pre-assembled Duplex Fiber Optic Cables (for Diffuse Reflective Sensing)



Catalog Number



6324A-6501(one cable)


6324E-6501 �(one cable)

Small Diameter, Threaded Tip 0.020(0.5)




Small Diameter, Threaded Tip with Bendable Probe 0.020(0.5)


0.087 (2.2) Dia.

78 (2000) 0.039(1.0) Fiber Dia. X2

0.250 (6.3)0.200 (5.1)

0.14 (3.6)

1.250(31.7)

M6X0.75

0.250 (6.3)

0.087 (2.2) Dia.

78 (2000) 0.039(1.0) Fiber Dia. X2

0.250 (6.3)0.200 (5.1)

0.14 (3.6)

1.250(31.7)

M6X0.75

0.250 (6.3)

0.039(1.0) Dia.

78 (2000)

M3X0.5

0.98 (25.0)

0.079 (2.0) Dia.

0.560(14.2)

0.020(0.5) Fiber Dia. X2

0.087 (2.2) Dia.

78 (2000) 0.039(1.0) Fiber Dia. X2

3.54(90.0)

0.109 (2.8) Dia.

1.250 (31.7)

M6X0.75

0.250 (6.3)0.14 (3.6)0.200 (5.1)

0.039 (1.0)Dia.

78 (2000)

3.54(90.0)

0.065 (1.6) Dia.

0.98 (25.0)

0.079 (2.0) Dia.

0.020(0.5) Fiber Dia.

M3X0.5

0.56(14.2)

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-5
9Fiber Optic CablesPlastic Fiber Optic Cables
9FI

BER

OPT

ICCA

BLE

S

Model Selection — Pre-assembled Single Fiber Optic Cables (for Thru-Beam Sensing)


Specifications

Fiber Diameterin Inches (mm)



6323A-6501(set of two)


6323E-6501 �(set of two)

Small Diameter, Threaded Tip 0.020(0.5)




Small Diameter, Threaded Tip with Bendable Probe 0.020(0.5)



Storage and Operating Temperature -22° to +158°F (-30° to +70°C)Length, Pre-assembled Cables 6.6 feet (2M)Sheathing PolyethyleneBend Radius 1 mm fiber: 2 inches; 0.5 mm fiber: 1 inch with no loss of optical signal.

Tighter bends will result in some signal loss.Do not bend fibers within 0.5 inch of either end.

0.087 (2.2) Dia. 0.10(2.5)

78 (2000) 0.74(18.8)

M4X0.7 M2.6X0.45

0.12(3.0)

0.039 (1.0) Fiber Dia.

0.087 (2.2) Dia. 0.10(2.5)

78 (2000) 0.74(18.8)

M4X0.7 M2.6X0.45

0.12(3.0)

0.039 (1.0) Fiber Dia.

0.039 (1.0)Dia.

78 (2000)

M3X0.5

0.020(0.5) Fiber Dia.

0.560(14.2)

0.98 (25.0)

0.079 (2.0) Dia.

0.087 (2.2) Dia.

78 (2000)

M4X0.7

0.039(1.0) Fiber Dia.

3.54(90.0)

0.059 (1.5) Dia.

0.63(16.0)

0.039 (1.0)Dia.

78 (2000)

3.54(90.0)

0.035 (0.9) Dia.

0.98 (25.0)

0.079 (2.0) Dia.

0.020(0.5) Fiber Dia.

M3X0.5

0.56(14.2)


9-6

9FIB

ER OPTIC

CAB

LES

Fiber Optic Cables

August 2007
Glass Fiber Optic Cables PG.05E.15.T.E

call 1-800-426-9184.

Glass Fiber Optic Cables

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Non-standard Cable Lengths . . . 9-6 Model Selection, Duplex Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7

Model Selection, Single Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10Model Selection, Accessories . 9-11

Cutler-Hammer® Glass Fiber Optic Cables from Eaton’s electrical busi-ness transmit light through a cable containing a bundle of tiny glass fibers. The cable can curve back and forth through equipment to the tar-get and still transmit light with very little signal loss.

Two cable types are available:

Duplex Fibers contain both source and detector fibers intermixed at the cable end for diffuse reflective sens-ing. One cable is required for sens-ing. (It is also possible to use this style of cable and a retroreflector for reflex sensing.)

Single Fibers are used for thru-beam sensing. Separate cables are needed to carry the source light and the detector light, respectively. Two cables are required for sensing.


Diffuse Reflective Sensing with a Single Duplex Fiber

Thru-Beam Sensing with Two Single Fibers

Durable Glass Fiber Optic Cables Expand Your Sensing Options

Product Features■ Fiber optic cables allow remote sensing in areas where space is restricted

or tight viewing angles are required■ Ideal for high temperature applications up to 480°F (249°C)■ Choose from many styles and lengths to exactly suit your needs■ Use PVC jacket models for most applications, stainless steel for high tem-

perature and harsh environments■ Larger fiber bundle size offers higher excess gain for longer ranges. Small

size is useful for sensing extremely small targets

Mounting End Compatibility

Non-standard Cable Lengths


Two mounting end styles are available; standard and collar. Collar mounting cables and standard mounting cables are not interchangeable and must be coupled to the correct sensor.

Description Compatible Fiber Optic Sensors Catalog Number

Standard Mounting End

Prism Series, Comet Series, 50 Series, 55 Series, 80 Series, 70 Series and E51 Sensor Heads — Catalog Numbers E51DF1 and E51DF11

Starts with: E51KF…

Collar Mounting End E51 Sensor Heads — Catalog Numbers E51DF3, E51DF4 and E51DF33

Starts with: E51KT…

To order fiber optic cable in a non-standard length, replace last digit of listed Catalog Number with Code Suffix from table below. Example: for E51KF113 with a 10 foot cable, order E51KF1110. Built-to-order. May require minimum order quantity.

Length of Fiber Optic Cable Code Suffix

18 Inches (1.5 Feet) 15





PVC Jacket OverSteel Monocoil

Wide Variety ofSensing Tips

Available

Tough, Flexible StainlessSteel Jacket

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-7
9Fiber Optic CablesGlass Fiber Optic Cables
9FI

BER

OPT

ICCA

BLE

S

Model Selection — Duplex Cables (for Diffuse Reflective Sensing)

� Collar mounting cables and standard mounting cables are not interchangeable and must be coupled to the correct sensor. See compatibility chart on Page 9-6.



Mounting End Style �



PVC/Monocoil Jacket

Forward Viewing, Unthreaded

0.125(3.2)

Standard E51KF713 E51KF313

Collar E51KT713 E51KT313

0.0625(1.6)




0.125(3.2)



0.0625(1.6)




0.125(3.2)



0.0625(1.6)



Forward Viewing, Rectangular Fiber Bundle,Threaded Cable End

0.020 x 0.154(0.5 x 3.9)




0.125(3.2)

Standard E51KF7A3 E51KF3A3

0.0625(1.6)



0.125(3.2)

Standard E51KF7B3 E51KF3B3

0.0625(1.6)


Standard Mounting End � Collar Mounting End �

36(914)

øA

0.187 (4.7)

7.5(190)

0.50 (13)

0.187(4.7)

0.50(13)

36(914)

øA

0.82 (21)

0.187(4.7)7.5

(190)

R 0.50 (13)

1.00(25)

0.187(4.7)

0.50(13)

36(914)

5/16-24 UNF-2A THD

7.5(190)

0.187(4.7)

0.50(13)

1.50(38)

øA

36(914)

5/16-24 UNF-2A THD

7.5(190)

0.187(4.7)

0.50(13)

1.50(38)

0.154(3.9)

0.020(0.5)

36(914)

0.82 (21)5/16-24 UNF-2A THD

7.5(190)

R 0.50 (13)

1.00(25)

0.187(4.7)

0.50(13)

1.50(38)

øA

0.187(4.7)

36(914)

øA

0.82 (21)

5/16-24 UNF-2A THD7.5

(190)

R 0.50 (13)

1.00(25)

0.187(4.7)

0.50(13)

1.50 (38)


9-8

9FIB

ER OPTIC

CAB

LES

August 2007

Fiber Optic CablesGlass Fiber Optic Cables

Model Selection — Duplex Cables (for Diffuse Reflective Sensing) (Continued)







PVC/Monocoil Jacket

Right-Angle Viewing,Tight Viewing Angle, Unthreaded

0.094(2.4)



Forward Viewing, Miniature Probe, Unthreaded

0.0625(1.6)



Right-Angle Viewing, Miniature Probe, Unthreaded

0.0625(1.6)



Forward Viewing, Rectangular Fiber Bundle, Thru-Hole Mounting

0.032 x 0.382(0.8 x 9.7)


Collar — E51KT343

0.020 x 0.154(0.5 x 3.9)


Collar — —

Right-Angle Viewing, Rectangular Fiber Bundle, Thru-Hole Mounting

0.020 x 0.154(0.5 x 3.9)


Collar — E51KT153


36(914)

7.5(190)

0.187(4.7)

0.50(13)

1.375(35)

øA

ø0.120 (3)

0.281(7.1)

0.250(6.4)

36(914)

7.5(190)

1.00(25)

0.187(4.7)

0.50(13)

0.50(13)

øA

0.083(2.1)

0.187 (4.7)

36(914)

7.5(190)

R 0.125 (3.2)

1.063(27)

0.187(4.7)

0.50(13)

0.50(13)

øA

0.375(9.5)

0.187 (4.7) 0.083(2.1)

36(914)

7.5(190)

0.187(4.7)

0.50(13)

0.470(11.9)

0.25(6)

0.75(19)

ø0.130 2PL (3.3)

0.25 (6)

A

B = 1.00 (25) for large bundle fiber= 0.75 (19) for small bundle fiber

B

36(914)

7.5(190)

0.187(4.7)

0.50(13)

1.00(25)

ø0.188 (4.8)

0.50 (13)

1.00 (25)

0.154 (3.9)

0.020(0.5)

0.015 (0.4)

0.188 (4.8)

0.50 (13)

For more information visit: www.eat
on.com PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-9
9Fiber Optic CablesGlass Fiber Optic Cables
9FI

BER

OPT

ICCA

BLE

S

Model Selection — Single Cables (for Thru-Beam Sensing)







PVC/Monocoil Jacket

Forward Viewing,Unthreaded

0.125(3.2)



0.0625(1.6)




0.125(3.2)



0.0625(1.6)




0.125(3.2)



0.0625(1.6)



Forward Viewing, Rectangular Fiber Bundle, Threaded Cable End

0.020 x 0.154(0.5 x 3.9)




0.125(3.2)


Collar E51KT8A3 —

0.0625(1.6)



0.125(3.2)


Collar E51KT8B3 —

0.0625(1.6)



36(914)

øA

0.187 (4.7)

0.50 (13)0.187 (4.7)

0.50 (13)

36(914)

øA

0.82 (21)

0.187(4.7)

R 0.50 (13)

1.00(25)0.187 (4.7)

0.50 (13)

36(914)

5/16-24 UNF-2A THD

1.50(38)

øA

0.187 (4.7)

0.50 (13)

36(914)

5/16-24 UNF-2A THD

1.50(38)

0.154(3.9)

0.020(0.5)0.187 (4.7)

0.50 (13)

36(914)

0.82 (21)5/16-24 UNF-2A THD

R 0.50 (13)

1.00(25)

1.50(38)

øA

0.187(4.7)

0.187 (4.7)

0.50 (13)

36(914)

øA

0.82 (21)

5/16-24 UNF-2A THD

R 0.50 (13)

1.00(25)

1.50 (38)

0.187 (4.7)

0.50 (13)


9-10

9FIB

ER OPTIC

CAB

LES

August 2007


Model Selection — Single Cables (for Thru-Beam Sensing) (Continued)



Specifications





PVC/Monocoil Jacket

Right-Angle Viewing, Tight Viewing Angle, Unthreaded

0.094(2.4)



Forward Viewing. Miniature Probe, Unthreaded

0.0625(1.6)



Right-Angle Viewing, Miniature Probe, Unthreaded

0.0625(1.6)



Forward Viewing, Rectangular Fiber Bundle, Thru-Hole Mounting

0.032 x 0.382(0.8 x 9.7)


Collar — E51KT443

0.020 x 0.154(0.5 x 3.9)


Right-Angle Viewing, Rectangular Fiber Bundle, Thru-Hole Mounting

0.020 x 0.154(0.5 x 3.9)


Collar — E51KT253

PVC/Monocoil Stainless Steel

Temperature Range -40° to +221°F (-40° to +105°C) -50° to +480°F (-45° to +249°C)Bend Radius 2.5X sheathing O.D. minimumCable Length 3 feet (0.9m) standard; other lengths available, see Page 9-6.


36(914)

1.375(35)

øA

ø0.120 (3)

0.281(7.1)

0.250(6.4)

0.187 (4.7)

0.50 (13)

36(914)

1.00(25)

0.50(13)

øA

0.083(2.1)

0.187 (4.7)

0.187 (4.7)

0.50 (13)

R 0.125 (3.2)

1.063(27)

0.50(13)

øA

0.375(9.5)

0.187 (4.7) 0.083(2.1)

36(914)

0.187 (4.7)

0.50 (13)

36(914)

0.470(11.9)

0.25(6)

0.75(19)

ø0.130 2PL (3.3)

0.25 (6)

A

B = 1.00 (25) for large bundle fiber= 0.75 (19) for small bundle fiber

B

0.187 (4.7)

0.50 (13)

36(914)

1.00(25)

ø0.188 (4.8)

0.50 (13)

1.00 (25)

0.154 (3.9)

0.020(0.5)

0.015 (0.4)

0.188 (4.8)

0.50 (13)0.187 (4.7)

0.50 (13)

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

11
9-Fiber Optic CablesGlass Fiber Optic Cables
Model Selection — Accessories — Bead Buster Attachments For use with single fibers for thru-beam sensing in “wet” applications. Prevents beading of water on the cable tip (bead will distort the light beam and cause erratic operation). Face of bead buster must be installed vertically. To order, add Code Suffix from table below to cable Catalog Number. Example: E51KF113K. Available only on the following E51KF_ and E51KT_ cables: 113 213 313 413

Code Suffix Approximate Dimensions in mm [Inches]

Threaded Bead Buster K

Integral Mounting Support Bar Bead Buster

L

With Straight CableWith Right-AngleCable

9FI

BER

OPT

ICCA

BLE

S


9-12

9FIB

ER OPTIC

CAB

LES

August 2007


Model Selection — Accessories — Lenses

� Theoretical range increase with lens on both source and detector fiber optic cable.Stocked product, typical order quantities guaranteed in stock.

Provide increased sensing range in thru-beam mode for use with fiber optic cables with threaded tip.Range Increase �

Catalog Number Approximate Dimensions in Inches or Inches (mm)

0.5 Inch Diameter, Threaded

15X 6230A-6501

1 Inch Diameter, Threaded

30X 6230A-6502

0.5 Inch Diameter, Smooth

7X E51KFH1


18X E51KFH2


35X E51KFH3

0.75

1.25

0.62 Lens Diameter



1.13

1.75

1.0 Lens Diameter



5/16-24 Tapped Hole

1.88(48)

0.5 (12.5)Dia. Lens

0.56 (14.5)Dia.

5/16-24 Tapped Hole

2.06(52.5)

0.75 (19)Dia. Lens

0.88 (22)Dia.

5/16-24 Tapped Hole

2.38(60.5)

1.0 (25.4)Dia. Lens

1.13 (28.5)Dia.

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-1
10Global Plus Connectivity


10G

LOB

AL

PLU

SCO

NN

ECTI

VITY

F

Table of ContentsContents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2Global Plus Connector Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4Multi-Connector Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12


10-2

10G

LOB

AL PLU

SCO

NN

ECTIVITY

August 2007

Global Plus ConnectivityProduct Selection

Global Plus Connector Cables Multi-Connector Blocks


Overview Finish your sensor installation with high quality Cutler-Hammer® Connector Cables from Eaton’s electrical business. Our Global Plus line is designed to give you everything you want without paying extra for the features you don’t want. It includes a wide variety of single- and double-connector cables in a variety of sizes (mini, micro, nano), lengths and jacket materials to fit any application.

Cutler-Hammer® Junction Blocks from Eaton’s electrical business allow users to quickly connect multiple sensors through one source of power.


■ Nano (M8)■ Micro (M12)■ Mini■ Double-Ended, Straight, Right-Angle, and

Field-Installable connector styles

■ 4, 6, or 8 ports■ Cable or connector models■ Micro connector style

Product Features

■ Industry Standard Connector types■ Industrial-Duty polymer jackets

consisting of PVC, PUR, or Irradiated PUR■ Stranded copper conductors and polymer

jackets provide a high resistance to bending motions

■ Right angle units for applications that have constricted space

■ LED status indicators for power and output status

■ Molded PUR cable models provide added protection from moisture and most cutting fluids

■ Pluggable terminal blocks provide easy and quick installation

Operating Voltage

0 – 600V AC/DC 0 – 30V DC


0 – 13A 4A per port

Enclosure Ratings

NEMA 6P, IP68 IP65

Approvals UL, C-UL, CSA C-UL


August 2007

PG08301004E F

-3
10Global Plus Connectivity Global Plus Connector Cables PG.05.05.T.E
10G

LOB

AL

PLU

SCO

NN

ECTI

VITY


call 1-800-426-9184.

Connector CablesGlobal Plus Conectivity

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Model Selection, Micro Style . . . 10-5 Model Selection, Mini Style . . . . 10-7Model Selection, Nano Style . . . 10-8Model Selection, Double-Ended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8

Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10

Finish your sensor installation with high quality Cutler-Hammer® Connector Cables from Eaton’s electrical business. Our Global Plus line is designed to give you everything you want without paying extra for the features you don’t want. It includes a wide variety of single- and double-connector cables. Custom lengths are available upon request from the factory.

Approvals■ UL Recognized (Mini Style)■ CSA Certified (Mini and Nano

Styles)■ C-UL Recognized (Micro and

Nano Styles)


What Type of Connector Cable Do You Need?Sensor Connector Cable Type

Single-Connector Cable

The majority of the sensors in this Product Guide are available with connectors for quick-disconnect installation.

Double-Connector Cable

Double-Connector Cable

High Performance Cost-Effective Quick-Disconnect Cable Products for Flexible Wiring Solutions

Interfaces with …

Junction Box or Control PanelFor hard-wiring into a typical junction box or control panel.

Connectorized Junction Box or Control PanelFor connecting to a junction box or control panel that has a receptacle connector interface.

Multi-Connector Block with CableAllows up to 8 sensors to be consolidated into one cable for wiring to your control system.


Mini, Micro and Nano Cables in Various Lengths, Gauges and Jacket Materials

Cables with Built-in LEDs

Single- and Double-Ended Connector Cables

Field Wireable Connectors and Bulk Cable for Making Your Own Cables

Style: Micro — See Page 10-5Mini — See Page 10-7Nano — See Page 10-8

Style: Micro — See Page 10-8Mini — See Page 10-8

Style: Micro — See Page 10-8

Style: Micro — See Section 10


10-4

10G

LOB

AL PLU

SCO

NN

ECTIVITY

August 2007

Global Plus ConnectivityGlobal Plus Connector Cables

Catalog Number Selection

Connector Cables — Catalog Numbering System �

� This is a representative guide to the catalog numbering system. All possible combinations may not be available for ordering. Please verify the number with the following pages or call Application Support at (800) 426-9194 before ordering.

C S D S 4 A 4 C Y 2 2 0 2 - D

Product

CS = Cordset

Electrical Version/Connector Type

D = Euro (Micro) ConnectorA = AC Micro ConnectorM = AC/DC Mini Connector

Connector Type

S = StraightR = Right Angle

Pin Configuration

2 = 2-Pin3 = 3-Pin4 = 4-Pin

5 = 5-Pin9 = 9-Pin

Wire Color Code

A = IEC Color CodeF = North American Color CodeD = Industrial Color Code

Wire Configuration

2 = 2-Wire3 = 3-Wire4 = 4-Wire

5 = 5-Wire9 = 9-Wire

Jacket Color

Y = YellowB = Black

Wire Gauge

24 = 24 AWG22 = 22 AWG16 = 16 AWG

Connector Type

D = Double-EndedLN = LED NPNLP= LED PNP

Cable Length

01 = 1 Meter (3.2 Feet)01.5 = 1.5 Meters (4.9 Feet)02 = 2 Meters (6.5 Feet)03 = 3 Meters (9.8 Feet)04 = 4 Meters (13 Feet)05 = 5 Meters (16.4 Feet)10 = 10 Meters (32.8 Feet)

Jacket Material

C = PVCR = PURI = IRR PUR

For more information visit: www.
eaton.c om PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-5
10Global Plus ConnectivityGlobal Plus Connector Cables
10G

LOB

AL

PLU

SCO

NN

ECTI

VITY

Model Selection — Micro Style, Single-Connector Cables


Voltage Style

Number of Pins


Standard Cables

Micro StyleStraight Female

AC 3-pin3-wire

18 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSAS3F3CY1802 — —

16.4 feet (5m) CSAS3F3CY1805 — —

32.8 feet (10m) CSAS3F3CY1810 — —

22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSAS3F3CY2202 CSAS3F3RY2202 —

16.4 feet (5m) CSAS3F3CY2205 CSAS3F3RY2205 —

32.8 feet (10m) CSAS3F3CY2210 CSAS3F3RY2210 —

4-pin4-wire

18 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSAS4F4CY1802 — —

16.4 feet (5m) CSAS4F4CY1805 — —

32.8 feet (10m) CSAS4F4CY1810 — —


16.4 feet (5m) CSAS4F4CY2205 CSAS4F4RY2205 CSAS4F4IO2205

32.8 feet (10m) CSAS4F4CY2210 CSAS4F4RY2210 CSAS4F4IO2210


16.4 feet (5m) CSAS4A4CY2205 — —

32.8 feet (10m) CSAS4A4CY2210 — —

5-pin5-wire


16.4 feet (5m) CSAS5A5CY2205 — —

32.8 feet (10m) CSAS5A5CY2210 — —

DC 4-pin3-wire


16.4 feet (5m) CSDS4A3CY2205 CSDS4A3RY2205 —

32.8 feet (10m) CSDS4A3CY2210 CSDS4A3RY2210 —

4-pin4-wire


16.4 feet (5m) CSDS4A4CY2205 CSDS4A4RY2205 CSDS4A4IO2205

32.8 feet (10m) CSDS4A4CY2210 CSDS4A4RY2210 CSDS4A4IO2210

65.6 feet (20m) CSDS4A4CY2220 — —

5-pin5-wire

22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSDS5A5CY2202 — —

16.4 feet (5m) CSDS5A5CY2205 — —

32.8 feet (10m) CSDS5A5CY2210 — —



1-Red/Black

2-Blue3-Black4-White

1-Brown

1-Brown2-Blue3-Gray4-Black5-White



1-Brown2-White3-Blue4-Black5-Green/Yellow

1 2

3 45


10-6

10G

LOB

AL PLU

SCO

NN

ECTIVITY

August 2007


Model Selection — Micro Style, Single-Connector Cables (Continued)


Voltage Style

Number of Pins


Standard Cables (Continued)

Micro StyleRight AngleFemale

AC 3-pin3-wire

18 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSAR3F3CY1802 — —

16.4 feet (5m) CSAR3F3CY1805 — —

32.8 feet (10m) CSAR3F3CY1810 — —

22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSAR3F3CY2202 CSAR3F3RY2202 —

16.4 feet (5m) CSAR3F3CY2205 CSAR3F3RY2205 —

32.8 feet (10m) CSAR3F3CY2210 CSAR3F3RY2210 —

4-pin4-wire

18 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSAR4F4CY1802 — —

16.4 feet (5m) CSAR4F4CY1805 — —

32.8 feet (10m) CSAR4F4CY1810 — —

22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSAR4F4CY2202 CSAR4F4RY2202 CSAR4F4IO2202

16.4 feet (5m) CSAR4F4CY2205 CSAR4F4RY2205 CSAR4F4IO2205

32.8 feet (10m) CSAR4F4CY2210 CSAR4F4RY2210 CSAR4F4IO2210

DC 4-pin3-wire

22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSDR4A3CY2202 CSDR4A3RY2202 —

16.4 feet (5m) CSDR4A3CY2205 CSDR4A3RY2205 —

32.8 feet (10m) CSDR4A3CY2210 CSDR4A3RY2210 —

4-pin4-wire

22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSDR4A4CY2202 CSDR4A4RY2202 CSDR4A4IO2202

16.4 feet (5m) CSDR4A4CY2205 CSDR4A4RY2205 CSDR4A4IO2205

32.8 feet (10m) CSDR4A4CY2210 CSDR4A4RY2210 CSDR4A4IO2210

5-pin5-wire

22 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSDR5A5CY2202 — —

16.4 feet (5m) CSDR5A5CY2205 — —

32.8 feet (10m) CSDR5A5CY2210 — —

Micro StyleRight Angle Female with 2 LED Indicators

DCNPN

4-pin3-wire

22 AWG 16.4 feet (5m) CSDR4A3CY2205-LN CSDR4A3RY2205-LN —

DCPNP

4-pin3-wire

22 AWG 16.4 feet (5m) CSDR4A3CY2205-LP CSDR4A3RY2205-LP —



1-Red/Black




1 2

3 45



August 2007

PG08301004E F

-7
10G

LOB

AL

PLU

SCO

NN

ECTI

VITY

Model Selection — Mini Style, Single-Connector Cables


Voltage Style

Number of Pins


Standard Cables

Mini StyleStraight Female

AC/DC 2-pin2-wire

16 AWG 6 feet (2m) CSMS2D2CY1602

12 feet (4m) CSMS2D2CY1604

3-pin3-wire

16 AWG 6 feet (2m) CSMS3F3CY1602

12 feet (4m) CSMS3F3CY1604

4-pin4-wire

16 AWG 6 feet (2m) CSMS4F4CY1602

12 feet (4m) CSMS4F4CY1604

AC/DC 4-pin, 4-wire


13.12 feet (4m) CSMS4A4CY1604


AC/DC 5-pin5-wire


12 feet (4m) CSMS5D5CY1604

AC/DC 5-pin, 5-wire




AC/DC 9-pin9-wire


Current Rating @ 600V2-pin: 13A3-pin: 13A4-pin: 10A5-pin: 8A9-pin: 7A

1-White2-Black








10-8

10G

LOB

AL PLU

SCO

NN

ECTIVITY

August 2007


Model Selection — Nano Style, Single-Connector Cables


Model Selection — Micro Style, Double-Ended Connector Cables


Voltage Style

Number of Pins


Standard CablesNano Style Straight Female — 3-pin

3-wire24 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSNS3A3CY2402 CSNS3A3RY2402

16.4 feet (5m) CSNS3A3CY2405 CSNS3A3RY2405

32.8 feet (10m) CSNS3A3CY2410 CSNS3A3RY2410

Nano Style Right Angle Female — 3-pin3-wire

24 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSNR3A3CY2402 CSNR3A3RY2402

16.4 feet (5m) CSNR3A3CY2405 CSNR3A3RY2405

32.8 feet (10m) CSNR3A3CY2410 CSNR3A3RY2410

Nano Style Right Angle Female with 2 LED Indicators

DC NPN

3-pin3-wire

24 AWG 16.4 feet (5m) CSNR3A3CY2405-LN CSNR3A3RY2405-LN

DC PNP

3-pin3-wire

24 AWG 16.4 feet (5m) CSNR3A3CY2405-LP CSNR3A3RY2405-LP

Voltage Style

Number of Pins

Gauge Length Catalog Number Pin Configuration

Standard CablesMicro StyleStraight Female/Male

DC 4-pin 22 AWG 3.0 feet (1m) CSDS4A4CY2201-D5.0 feet (1.5m) CSDS4A4CY2201.5-D6.0 feet (2m) CSDS4A4CY2202-D

10.0 feet (3m) CSDS4A4CY2203-D16.4 feet (5m) CSDS4A4CY2205-D

DC 5-pin 22 AWG 10.0 feet (3m) CSDS5A5CY2203-D16.4 feet (5m) CSDS5A5CY2205-D

Micro StyleStraight Female/Right Angle Male

DC 4-pin 22 AWG 3.0 feet (1m) CSDR4A4CY2201-D

5.0 feet (1.5m) CSDR4A4CY2201.5-D

6.0 feet (2m) CSDR4A4CY2202-D



Mini StyleStraight Female/Male

AC/DC 3-pin 16 AWG 6.0 feet (2m) CSMS3F3CY1602-DP13.1 feet (4m) CSMS3F3CY1604-DP23.0 feet (7m) CSMS3F3CY1607-DP

1-Brown3-Blue4-Black

Face ViewMale

Face ViewFemale

Face ViewMale

Face ViewFemale

Face ViewMale

Face ViewFemale

Face ViewMale

Face ViewFemale


PG08301004E F

-9August 2007


10G

LOB

AL

PLU

SCO

NN

ECTI

VITY

Model Selection — Micro and Mini Receptacles


� Quantity ordered indicates length (i.e., quantity of 5 equals 5 feet).� For wiring diagrams explaining the difference between 3- and 5-position models, see Wiring

Diagrams on this page.


Voltage Style Number of Pins

Length/Gauge MountingHole Size

Standard Cables

Micro StyleStraight Male

DC 4-pin4-wire

1.0 feet (0.3m)/22 AWG 1/2" NPT

5-pin5-wire

1.6 feet (0.5m)/22 AWG PG9

Mini StyleStriaght Male

AC/DC 4-pin4-wire

1.6 feet (0.5m)/16 AWG 1/2" NPT


Field Wireable, Plastic Micro Female Style, Straight, 4-position CSDS4

Micro Female Style, Right Angle, 4-position CSDR4

Micro Male Style, Straight, 4-position CSDSM4

Micro Male Style, Right Angle, 4-position CSDRM4

Nano Female Style, Straight, 3-position CSNS3

Nano Male Style, Straight, 3-position CSNSM3

Nano Male Style, Straight, 4-position CSNSM4

Nano Female Style, Straight, 4-position CSNS4

Nano Female Style, Right Angle, 4-position CSNR4

Nano Male Style, Right Angle, 4-position CSNRM4

Micro Female Style, Y-Splitter, 3-position CSDY3 �

Micro Female Style, Y-Splitter, 5-position CSDY5 �

Closure Cap Seals off unused connector ports on Multi-Connector Blocks, Micro Female Type

CBCAP

Seals off unused parts on Micro, Male Type CBMCAP

Bulk Cable, Micro Style 4-conductor, 22 AWG, yellow jacket (Blue, Brown, White, Black), compatible with micro style field wireable connectors shown above

CS4ACY22XX �

Bulk Cable, Nano Style 3-conductor, 24 AWG, yellow jacket (Brown, Blue, Black), compatible with field wireable connectors shown above

CS3ACY24XX �


Catalog Number Pin Configuration

CSDS4A4CMR22.3

CSDS5A5CMR.5

CSMS4A4CMR16.5




Wiring Diagrams

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

54321

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

54321

CSDY3

CSDY5

August 2007

10-10

10G

LOB

AL PLU

SCO

NN

ECTIVITY


Specifications

� Jacket material dependent upon model selection.


Connector Cables

Micro Style Mini Style Nano Style

Jacket Material PVC/PUR/Irradiated PUR � PVC PVC/PUR �

Contact Material Gold-plated copper alloy Gold-plated brass Gold-plated copper alloyCoupling Nut Material Zinc die cast epoxy-coat Zinc die cast epoxy-coat Zinc die cast epoxy-coatO-ring Nitrile rubber None Nitrile rubberCable PVC/PUR/Irradiated PUR, Insulation and jacket, stranded copper conductorsCable Strain Relief 35 pounds minimumVoltage Rating 320V

(24V DC for LED plugs)600V 100V DC

Current Rating 4A See model selection chart 4AContact Resistance 5 mΩ maximum 5 mΩ maximum 5 mΩ maximumIsolation Resistance 1000 MΩ minimum 1000 MΩ minimum 1000 MΩ minimumProtection IP67 NEMA 6P, IP68 IP67Temperature Range -25° to 90°C -20° to 105°C -20° to 90°CCable Diameter(3/C = 3 Conductor)

18 AWG PVC: 0.29 inch (7.4 mm)22 AWG PVC: 3/C: 0.20 inch (5.11 mm)4/C: 0.21 inch (5.31 mm)5/C: 0.20 inch (5.08 mm)22 AWG PUR: 3/C: 0.23 inch (5.8 mm)4/C: 0.25 inch (6.4 mm)22 AWG IRR PUR: 3/C: 0.17 inch (4.37 mm)4/C: 0.18 inch (4.62 mm)

2/C: 0.37 inch (9.4 mm)3/C: 0.41 inch (10.4 mm)4/C: 0.42 inch (10.7 mm)5/C: 0.50 inch (12.7 mm)9/C: 0.64 inch (16.3 mm)

24 AWG PVC: 0.16 inch (4.12 mm)24 AWG PUR: 0.17 inch (4.3 mm)

Bend Radius Minimum recommended bend radius is 12X cable diameter

0.978" Ref(24.8 mm)

0.58" Dia. Ref(14.8 mm)

0.058" Dia. Ref(14.8 mm)

1.10" Ref(28.0 mm)1.77" Ref

(45.0 mm)

LengthLength

2.16" Ref(54.8 mm)

2.16" Ref(54.8 mm)

M12 x 1 (DC)

M12 x 1 (DC)

1/2" - 20 UNF–2B (AC)

Micro Style Connector Cables,

Straight Female

Micro Style Connector Cables,

Right Angle Female

Mini Style Connector Cables,


Mini Style Connector Cables,

2-, 3-, 4- and 5-pin Version 9-pin Version

Ø1.25” REF[31.75mm]

Ø.81” REF[20.57mm]

7/8”–16 UN–2B

.38” REF[9.65mm]

2.25” REF[57.15mm]

LENGTH

2.79” REF[70.87mm]

i
sit: www.eaton.com PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

11
10-Global Plus ConnectivityGlobal Plus Connector Cables
Nano

Style

Connector

Cables,

Straight

Female

Length1.56

(39.50) Ref.

.16(4.06)Ref.

.75(19.05) Ref.

M8x1Dia. .39 (10) Ref.

Nano Style

Connector

Cables,

Right

Angle

Female

(Standard

and LED).16

(4.06)Ref.

.75(19.05)

Ref.

1.10(27.90)

Ref.

.78(19.70)

Ref.

Length

M8x1

Dia. .39 (10) Ref.

10G

LOB

AL

PLU

SCO

NN

ECTI

VITY

0.58"(14.8 mm)Dia. Ref

1.77" Ref(45.0 mm)

Length

M12 x 1 (DC)

1/2" - 20 UNF–2B (AC)

1.10" Ref(28.0 mm)

M12 x 1 (DC)

0.58"(14.8 mm)Dia. Ref

0.58"(14.8 mm)Dia. Ref

1.77" Ref(45.0 mm)

Length

M12 x 1 (DC)

1/2" - 20 UNF–2B (AC)

Micro Style Double-Connector Cables,

Straight Female/Male

Micro Style Double-Connector Cables,

Straight Female/Right Angle Male


12.00"(304.8 mm)

0.25"(6.35 mm)

1.00" Ref(25.4 mm)

0.47" Ref(11.94 mm)

M12x11/2-14 NPT

Dia. 1.00" Ref(25.4 mm)

KeyPin 1

(Brown)

Pin 4(Black)

Pin 3(Blue)

Pin 2(White)

Male

1.03" Ref(26.162 mm)

0.345" Ref(8.763 mm)

6.00"(152.4 mm)

7/8-161/2-14 NPT

Pin 1(Black)

Key Pin 4(White)

Pin 2(Blue)

Pin 3(Brown)

Male

Pin 2(White)

KeyPin 1

(Brown)

Pin 3(Blue)

Pin 4(Black)

Male

PG9

19.7(500)

0.98(25)

0.47 (12)0.39 (10)

M12x10.04(1)

Pin 5(Green/Yellow)

Micro Style Receptacles,

Straight Male

(1/2" NPT Mounting)

Mini Style Receptacless,

Straight Male

Micro Style Receptacles,

Straight Male

(PG9 Mounting)

isit: www.eaton.com

10-12

10G

LOB

AL PLU

SCO

NN

ECTIVITY

Global Plus Connectivity

August 2007
Multi-Connector Blocks CA05310001E

call 1-800-426-9184.

Multi-Connector BlocksGlobal Plus Connectivity

ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13Model Selection, Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14

The Cutler-Hammer® Multi-Connector Block from Eaton’s electrical business is an easy way to quickly connect sensors to a control system. Using a variety of double-ended, industry-standard M12 Micro connector cables, a system can be wired up in minutes, therefore saving installation time and money.

For further convenience and installa-tion troubleshooting, LEDs provide both power and output status on the block.

Global Plus Multi-Connector Blocks were designed with the most heavy-duty applications in mind—such as automotive manufacturing, metal-working and machinery OEMs. Put Eaton’s Global Plus Multi-Connector Blocks to the test for your next machine design.

Approvals■ UL Recognized■ CSA Certified



Multi-Connector Blocks Designed for Quickly Wiring Multiple Sensors to the Control System and a Common Power Source

Product Features■ Model options with four, six or eight sensor ports in one block■ Block capacity can be doubled with Micro Splitter Accessory (CSDY5)■ Available with a molded cable or spring-cage main body exit■ Capacity of up to 4 amps per port and 12 amps per block■ Robust design to resist vibration and moisture penetration■ Ideal for extreme temperature environments from -13 to 167°F (-25 to 75°C)

Typical Applications■ Automotive manufacturing■ Metalworking■ Many types of Machinery OEMs■ Power Control and Panel Shops


Industry Standard DC Micro (M12) Connector Ports

IP65 Environmental Protection Rating

Block Power Status LED

Port Output Status LEDs

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

13
10-Global Plus ConnectivityMulti-Connector Blocks
PLU

STI

VITY

Model Selection — Micro Style, Multi-Connector Blocks




VoltageStyle

Number of Parts

Connection Catalog Number Pin Configuration/Wire Colors

Standard Multi-Connector BlocksMicro Style Molded Cable

DC PNP 4-port 5m Cable CBDR4P05 See Wiring Diagram A

DC PNP 10m Cable CBDR4P10

DC PNP 6-port 5m Cable CBDR6P05


DC PNP 8-port 5m Cable CBDR8P05


Micro StyleSpring Cage

DC PNP 4-port Connector CBDR4PSC See Wiring Diagram B

DC NPN CBDR4NSC

DC PNP 6-port Connector CBDR6PSC

DC NPN CBDR6NSC

DC PNP 8-port Connector CBDR8PSC

DC NPN CBDR8NSC


Closure Cap Seals off unused connector ports on Multi-Connector Blocks, Micro Female Type CBCAP

10G

LOB

AL

CON

NEC
Multi-Connector Block

GeneralNominal Voltage (VDC) 24Max. Operating Voltage (VDC) 30Current Capacity per Port (A) 4Residual Current (A) 12Operating Current of each LED (mA) ≤ 5Protection Type(IEC 60 529 / EN 60 529 / DIN VDE 0470-1)

IP65

Ambient Temperature -13 – 167°F (-25 – 75°C)Jacket Material Nylon with brass receptaclesContact Material Gold-plated copper alloyO-Ring Nitrile RubberVoltage Rating 10 – 30V DCCurrent Rating 4A per port; 12A max. per unitContact Resistance 5 mΩ max.Isolation Resistance 1000 mΩ min.Protection NEMA 6P, IP68Temperature Range -13 – 194°F (-25 – 90°C)

LED Status IndicationSupply Voltage GreenStatus Display of I/O Yellow


Master Cable Specifications — Spring Cage Connection

Master Cable Specifications — Pre-wired Cable Connection


Signal Line, Stranded (mm2 / AWG) 0.14 – 1 / 26 – 18Voltage Supply, Stranded (mm2 / AWG) 0.2 – 1.5 / 24 – 16Cable Diameter (mm / in.) 6.5 – 9.5 / 0.255 – 0.374Stripped Length of Signal Line (mm / in.) 10 / 0.395


Signal Line, Stranded (mm2 / AWG) 0.34 / 22Voltage Supply, Stranded (mm2 / AWG) 3 x 1.0 / 17Cable Diameter (mm / in.)4 & 6 Port8 Port

8.7 / 0.34259.2 / 0.3622

Material PURCable Strain Relief 30 lbs. min.

isit: www.eaton.com

August 2007

10-14

10G

LOB

AL PLU

SCO

NN

ECTIVITY

Global Plus ConnectivityMulti-Connector Blocks

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) — Micro Style Connector Blocks

Wiring Diagrams — Micro Style Connector Blocks

7 5 3 12 4 6 8

4 -Port 3.23 (82)6 -Port 3.94 (100)8 -Port 4.98 (126.5)

0.67(17)

4.21 (107)

0.75(19)

.24(6)

1.42(36)

2.13(54)

2.87 (73)

1.08(27.5)

0.18(4.5)

0.17(4.2)

0.17 (4.2)Dia.

Top Female Cable 7 5 3 1

2 4 6 8

0.67(17)

0.75(19)

0.24(6)

1.26(32)

1.42(36)

2.13(54)

4 -Port 4.59 (116.5)6 -Port 5.06 (128.5)8 -Port 6.10 (155.0)

4.21 (107)2.87 (73)0.20

(5)

0.17 (4.2)Dia.

0.17(4.2)

Top Female Connector


OV

Port Status(Yellow LED)

1/4

1

1

4

53

2/4 6/4 7/4 8/4 UN

Main Power(Green LED)

1

2

4

53 1

6

4

53 1

7

4

53 1

8

4

53

OV

Port Status(Yellow LED)

1/4

1

1

4

53

2/4 6/4 7/4 8/4 UN

Main Power(Green LED)

1

2

4

53 1

6

4

53 1

7

4

53 1

8

4

53

NPN BlockPNP Block

Wiring Diagram for Molded Cable Blocks Micro DC Port/Pin 4-Port 6-Port 8-Port

Wire Color Wire Color Wire Color

1/4 WH WH WH2/4 GN GN GN3/4 YE YE YE4/4 GY GY GY5/4 — PK PK6/4 — RD RD7/4 — — BK8/4 — — VT1-8/1; UN (+V) BN BN BN1-8/3; 0V (-) BU BU BU1-8/5; PE (GND) GN/YE GN/YE GN/YE

Wiring Diagram for Spring Cage Blocks Micro DC Port/Pin 4-Port 6-Port 8-Port

Terminal Terminal Terminal

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/42/4 2/4 2/4 2/43/4 3/4 3/4 3/44/4 4/4 4/4 4/45/4 — 5/4 5/46/4 — 6/4 6/47/4 — — 7/48/4 — — 8/41-8/1; UN (+V) UN UN UN

1-8/5 ; PE (GND) PE PE PE


August 2007

PG08301004E F

-1
11Sensor Learning Course
PG.05.07.T.E

11SE

NSO

RLE

ARN

ING

CO

URS

E

Table of ContentsEaton University Training. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2Learning Module 23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4

Welcome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4Sensor Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-4Review 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6Actuators and Operating Heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8Limit Switch Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-10Review 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12Inductive Proximity Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12How an Inductive Proximity Sensor Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13Review 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14Inductive Proximity Sensor Influences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15Review 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-17Capacitive Proximity Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-18Operation of the Capacitive Proximity Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-18Capacitive Proximity Sensor Influences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-19Review 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-20Photoelectric Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-20Basic Operation of Photoelectric Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-21Photoelectric Sensor Styles and Uses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-21Modes of Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-22Review 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-24Excess Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-25Contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-27Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-27Review 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-28Sensor Output Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-29Switching Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-31Output Timing Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-32Review 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-34Enclosure Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-34IEC Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-35Review Answers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-36


Contact Eaton University Training:www.eaton.com

[email protected](414) 449-7373 fax (414) 449-7378.

August 2007

11-2

11SEN

SOR

LEARN

ING

COU

RSE

Sensor Learning CourseEaton University Training
Sensors: Limit Switches, Proximity & Photoelectric
Cutler-Hammer Training at Eaton Corporation

Sensor Learning CourseThe following pages contain a com-plete learning course that will take you through the basic operation and application of limit switches, induc-tive and capacitive proximity sen-sors, and photoelectric sensors. Whether you’re a novice looking to get up to speed fast, or are already experienced in this area and just want to sharpen your skills, this course will be time well spent.

This course is part of the 101 Basics Series from Eaton University Training, a comprehensive series of learning modules covering a wide variety of power and control subjects.

About Eaton University TrainingEaton University Training exists to keep you, our partners, at the cutting edge of technical and professional development. We provide education solutions, promote a learning culture and foster talent development for our employees, channel partners, industry and academia.

We share our knowledge resources in a number of ways: from traditional classroom to paper-based distance learning programs to a complete web-based virtual learning environment at our electronic campus.

Eaton University Training educational programs put you directly on the path to career success. We partner with you to determine your knowledge needs and help you apply what you learned. And we’re committed to ensuring that you gain maximum return from your time and investment.

Classroom Interactions
Eaton University Training classroom activities encourage interaction, collabo-ration and participation. You play an integral role in what happens. Experi-enced instructors facilitate a learning environment where you can feel comfortable making mistakes and asking questions. The result is a seamless classroom to on-the-job transition that allows you to directly apply your newfound knowledge. Making you and your company more productive and competitive.
■ Discover product features, benefits and applications in a product technology solutions seminar.

■ Gain hands-on experience maintaining electrical equipment or solving simulated power quality problems in one of our state-of-the-art laboratories.

■ Become qualified in Cutler-Hammer Information Technology solutions by Eaton, such as Bid Manager or Vista, in a computer training class.

■ Collaborate with your peers in one of our talent development workshops. And it doesn’t end there. Eaton University Training offers a full spectrum of per-sonal and professional development options. As new learning needs are identi-fied, our course offerings change to help you meet new challenges.

To browse the latest course offerings and register on-line, visit us on the World Wide Web.




Knowledge Powers Success. It takes knowledge to succeed. But, knowledge doesn’t just happen. It’s a continuous pro-cess of learning. Only lifelong learning allows you to keep in step with a world that is con-stantly changing.

So, you need to get smarter about learning and explore new ways of thinking. You need to take advantage of new experiences and employ cutting edge technologies.

Assess and develop your tal-ents. Empower yourself to find the answers and solutions of tomorrow.

Learn. Succeed.

PG08301004E

PG08301004E F

-3August 2007

11Sensor Learning CourseEaton University Training
Virtual Campus

11SE

NSO

RLE

ARN

ING

CO

URS

E

Our virtual campus offers knowledge resources accessible from anywhere in the world, 24-hours-a-day, and 7-days-a-week. It’s where you go to register for classroom opportunities, participate in on-line learning courses, or search our library for learning tools including educational videos and technical documen-tation. You control the content, timing and pace of your learning program.

As technology evolves, Eaton University Training commits to giving you access to the most effective learning tools — right from your desktop.

Visit our virtual campus at www.eaton.com by clicking on the Eaton University Training icon. Employees can access us on the Eaton University Intranet.

Customized Learning Can’t find what you’re looking for? Please contact us. Eaton University Training has course consultants that work with you to customize a class or make recommenda-tions based on your personal needs. For example:

■ Bring a class to your location, saving you time away from the plant or office.

■ Customize an existing class, placing emphasis on the subjects your group needs most.

■ Receive Eaton University product train-ing outside of the regularly scheduled courses.

■ Connect with technical experts who will answer your specific questions.

Start planning your customized learning. E-mail us at [email protected].

We look forward to helping power your success.

Eaton University Training at Eaton Corporation —Knowledge Powers Success




11-4

11SEN

SOR

LEARN

ING

COU

RSE

August 2007

Sensor Learning CourseLearning Module 23
WelcomeWelcome to Module 23, which is about sensors. As the name implies, sensors are devices that sense the presence or absence of objects. Sen-sors perform a number of functions in auto-mated manufacturing and material handling systems. For example, sensors can determine if an object is present, if tooling is broken, or if product is running down a conveyor line.

This module will take you through the basic operation and application of three major sensor categories: Limit Switches, Proximity Sensors and Photoelectric Sensors.

Like the other modules in this series, this one presents small, manageable sections of new material followed by a series of questions about that material. Study the mate-rial carefully then answer the questions without referring back to what you’ve just read. You are the best judge of how well you grasp the material. Review the material as often as you think necessary. The most important thing is establishing a solid foundation to build on as you move from topic to topic and module to module.

A Note on Font StylesKey points are in bold.

Glossary items are italicized and underlined the first time they appear. Clicking on them in the CD version will link to their definitions.

Viewing the GlossaryPrinted and CD versions have the glossary in Section 13.

Sensor BasicsA manual switch enables an operator to interact with a machine. If, for example, an operator sees a problem on a manufacturing line, he could move a switch to stop the line. Or, think of a light switch in your home. If you (the operator) want the light turned on, you have to move the switch.

A sensor can be thought of as an automatic switch. In a factory, a sensor can be used to detect a problem on the line and stop the line automatically. Or, in your home, a sensor could be used as a security device to detect an open window or door.

Sensors have contributed significantly to recent advances in manufacturing technology. Using a sensor makes a process or system more automated and removes the need for human operators to monitor and control the situation.

Typical Sensors


The three main categories of sensors are limit switches, proximity sensors and photoelectric sensors. Let’s take a moment to look at each type of sensor.

Limit SwitchA limit switch is an electrome-chanical device. A part of the limit switch, called an Actuator, is placed in the path of an oncoming object, such as a box on a conveyor. When the object contacts the actuator, the con-tacts in the limit switch are opened (or closed, depending on the limit switch’s design) to stop (or start) the flow of current in the electrical circuit.

Proximity SensorThis type of sensor uses an electromagnetic field to detect when an object is near. There is no physical con-tact between the object and the sensor. Inductive proxim-ity sensors detect only metal objects. Capacitive proximity sensors can sense both metallic and non-metallic objects.

Think of a manufacturing process where the alignment of a part is critical. A proximity sensor can be used to make sure the part is aligned within a certain tolerance. If the part is not properly aligned, the proximity sensor will be triggered.

This type of sensor is generally used to sense at dis-tances less than one inch.

Limit Switch with

Standard Roller Lever

Proximity Sensor Types


August 2007

PG08301004E F

-5
11Sensor Learning CourseLearning Module 23 Sensors: Limit Switches, Proximity & Photoelectric
11SE

NSO

RLE

ARN

ING

CO

URS

E

Photoelectric SensorThis type of sensor uses light to detect the presence or absence of an object. A Thru-Beam photoelectric sensor uses two devices (a light source and a detector) facing each other. Detection occurs when an object blocks or breaks the beam of light passing between them (Figure 11-1). A Diffuse Reflective sensor emits a light beam that must be reflected back to it by the target object itself for detection to occur (Figure 11-2). A Retroflective Sensing sensor emits a light beam that is reflected back to the sensor from a retroreflector. When an object blocks the beam between the sensor and the retroreflector, detec-tion occurs (Figure 11-3). We’ll cover more on these types of photoelectric sensors later in this module.

Most electric garage door openers include a photoelectric sensor for safety reasons. If the photoelectric sensor’s beam is broken (by a child for example) as the door is going down, the sensor signals the door opener to reverse the direction of the door.

Although environmental factors can affect photoelectric sensors, these devices have a long sensing range. The objects they detect can be of any material.

Figure 11-1. Thru-Beam

Figure 11-2. Diffuse Reflective

Figure 11-3. Retro-Reflective

Sensor ComparisonEach of the three sensor categories has its strengths and weaknesses. Table 11-1 provides you with a comparison.

Beam Complete Object Detected

Source Detector Source Detector

Beam Not Complete Object Detected

Source

Detector

Source

Detector

Source

Detector

Source

Detector

Beam Complete Object Detected


Table 11-1. Sensor Category Comparison

In the Workplace

As a conveyor moves the stacked boxes onto a turntable, a sensor detects the boxes in position and tells the machine to start the turntable and index the wrapping material. Another sensor monitors the play out of wrapping material to detect an empty spool and alert set-up personnel. Once the operation ends, the wrapped boxes move on to their shipping destination.

The Sensor “Sees” the Box and Tells the Wrapping Machine to Begin Operating

Thanks to sensors, the repetitive and tedious work done in this factory is handled precisely and reliably by machinery and systems working together.

Limit Switches Proximity Sensors Photoelectric Sensors

Method of Detection

Physical contact Electromagnetic field

Light beam

Sensing Range Physical contact Close: within 1”(25.44 mm)

Far: can be 800’(243.8m)

Target Material Target must be able to withstand physical range

Inductive: metallic onlyCapacitive: metallic and non-metallic

Can be affected by target surface, for example, if the target is shiny or transparent

Object Markings Not able to detect Not able to detect Able to detectCost Low Low Low to high

depending upon sensing method

Sensor Size Tend to be large Small to large Very small (fiber optic) to large

Environmental Sensitivity

Affected by debris Inductive: electrical interferenceCapacitive: humidity

Light interference

Response Time Milliseconds Milliseconds Microseconds

isit: www.eaton.com

11-6

11SEN

SOR

LEARN

ING

COU

RSE

August 2007

Review 1Answer the following questions without referring to the material just presented. Begin the next section when you are confident that you understand what you’ve already read.

1. Sensors can detect the ___________ or __________ of objects.

2. The three main sensor categories are:________________________________________________________________________

3. A limit switch is an _____________________ device that relies on physical contact with the target.

4. The sensor type that can only detect metallic objects is the __________ __________ sensor.

5. The sensor type that uses a broken beam of light to detect objects is commonly referred to as a ____________________ sensor.

Answers to Review 1 are on Page 11-36.

Limit SwitchesLet’s now take an in-depth look at the limit switch. It is a commonly used device. If you look around your kitchen, you can find a number of limit switches. For example, limit switches stop your microwave oven from operating unless the door is closed, and they ensure the light in your refrigerator is only on when the door is opened.

Remember, a limit switch is a mechanical device that requires the physical contact of an object with the switch’s actuator to make the contacts change state. The term limit switch is derived from this operation of the switch. As the object (or target) makes contact with the operator of the switch, it eventually moves the actuator to the “limit” where the contacts change state.

This mechanical action either opens (in a Normally Closed (N.C.) circuit) or closes (in a Normally Open (N.O.) circuit) the electrical contacts. The contacts then start or stop the flow of current in the electrical circuit.

The switching function can be used to control loads from simple relays to high-current solenoids, from logic devices to PLCs.

Limit Switch with Rod Lever


Strengths and WeaknessesAs with all devices, the limit switch has its strengths and weaknesses:

Table 11-2. Limit Switch Attributes

ApplicationsLimit switches are used in a variety of applications. Con-sider these:

Limit switches can be used to turn off a washing machine if the load becomes unbalanced. In automobiles, they turn on lights when the door is opened.

In industry, limit switches are used to limit the travel of machine parts, sequence operations or to detect moving items on a conveyor system.

Limit Switch ComponentsA limit switch consists of three main components.

The actuator is the part of the limit switch that physically comes in contact with the target. In some limit switches, the actuator is attached to an operating head. The operat-ing head translates a rotary, linear or perpendicular “trig-gering” motion into the motion type needed to open or close the electrical contacts of the switch.

The switch body is the component that contains the elec-trical contact mechanism.

The terminal screw or screw/clamp assembly necessary for wiring is referred to as the receptacle.

Strengths Weaknesses

• Can be used in almost any industrial environment because of its rugged design

• Can switch high inductance loads up to 10 amps

• Very precise in terms of accuracy and repeatability

• Low cost

• Moving mechanical parts wear out• Must touch target to sense• Relatively slow (5 times/sec.)

compared to electronic devices

Limit Switch Components

Actuator/Operating Head



Switch Body

isit: www.eaton.com
PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-7
11SE

NSO

RLE

ARN

ING

CO

URS

E

In the Workplace

At the Marathon T-Shirt Company, boxes of apparel approach the end of the packaging line, ready to be stacked onto pallets. A palletizer with suction-cup grippers picks up a box and swings around to a waiting pallet.

How does the unit know it has reached its sixth layer of boxes? When the pivot arm reaches the top of its vertical travel rod, the arm hits a limit switch. The switch signals the system to send the full pallet down line and sets up an empty pallet to restart the process.

Limit Switch MovementLet’s take a closer look at what actually happens as a limit switch is activated. Imagine a target object moving toward a limit switch actuator.

Figure 11-4. Limit Switch Movement

1. The actuator is at its initial position. The limit switch contacts are in their normal “untriggered” position.

2. Contact is made with the target object and the actua-tor moves its Pre-travel distance. Contacts are still in their normal “untriggered” position.

A Limit Switch in Action

DIFFERENTIAL

RESET POINT

INITIAL POSITION

OPERATINGPOINT

PRETRAVEL

OVERTRAVEL


3. The actuator reaches its operating point where the contacts change from their normal “untriggered” position to their “triggered” position.

In the case of a lever actuator, there is some Over-travel allowing the lever to move beyond the operat-ing point.

On plunger actuators, the overtravel distance is a safety margin for the sensor to avoid breakage.

The actuator begins the return to its initial position. The contacts return to their normal “untriggered” position as the actuator reaches its release point and resets the contacts.

4. The differential is the difference between the operat-ing and release point. Differential is engineered into the switch to guard against the effects of vibration and rapid on/off oscillations of the switch right at the operating point.

Limit Switch Movement DefinitionsHere are a few other terms that are used in describing the movement of the limit switch actuator:

The Operating Force is the force required to move the actuating element.

The minimum Return Force is the minimum force required to return the actuator to its initial position.

The total travel is the maximum allowable distance the actuating element can travel.

The ability of a switch to repeat its characteristics pre-cisely from one operation to the next is called the switch’s repeat accuracy.

In the Workplace

Inside this sawmill, a high-speed saw quickly reduces logs to construction beams.

In the process, chips and dust hang in the air. Breathing is impossible in the area without a mask. Even with goggles, it would be impossible to inspect the cutting.

The production department devised a system of limit switches to do the inspecting automatically. A remote operator can configure a set of limit switches to allow the log to be cut to the desired dimensions.

Limit Switches Working Where People Cannot

isit: www.eaton.com

11-8

11SEN

SOR

LEARN

ING

COU

RSE

August 2007

Actuators and Operating HeadsChoosing the proper actuator (also called an operating head) for a limit switch depends on a number of applica-tion-specific factors. To select an actuator, you need to know shape, speed, direction and total travel specifications.

Operating heads fall into two broad types: Maintained Contact and Momentary Contact. Momentary contacts return to their normal state as soon as the actuator passes its release point. This type of operating head is also called “spring-return.”

With a maintained contact operating head, the contacts remain in the “triggered” position even after the actuator has been released. They are reset only by further mechanical action of the operating head. For example, on rotary operating heads, the contacts are reset by rotation in the opposite direction.

Actuators can take the form of rotary levers or plungers. We will look at specific actuator types on the next few pages.

Rotary Lever ActuatorsA typical lever actuator functions something like this: a Cam or plate hits the end of the lever arm, which rotates a shaft and operates the contacts in the switch.

The rotation may be momentary (spring-returned) or maintained. A lever arm can be a rod or a roller of a fixed or adjustable size. It may be made from any number of materials.

A rotary lever actuator is usually the best choice for the majority of applications. It can be used in any application where the cam moves perpendicular to the lever’s rota-tional shaft. This type of actuator also offers the benefit of a long life.

Let’s take a look at the different rotary lever actuator types available.


Table 11-3. Rotary Lever ActuatorsLever Type Illustration Application

Standard Roller

Used for most rotary lever applications. Available in various lengths. Roller typically made of nylatron for smooth operation and long wear.

Ball Bearing Roller

Used where abrasive dust would cause undue wear of standard nylatron rollers. Also used with high-speed cams.

Adjustable Length

Used where the length of arm required is not known when devices are ordered or where the target size or location may change from day to day. An operator can adjust the arm length before beginning production.

Forked Used with maintained contact style switches. When rollers are on opposite sides, one cam will trip the switch and the second will reset the switch. When rollers are on same side, one cam trips and resets the switch. Applied where the target approaches from two sides, such as a grinder that works back and forth.

Offset Used to obtain different cam track dimensions.


August 2007

PG08301004E F

-9
11SE

NSO

RLE

ARN

ING

CO

URS

E

(Continued)Table 3. Rotary Lever Actuators (Continued)

Plunger ActuatorsA typical plunger actuator functions something like this: a cam or plate hits the end of the plunger, which is pressed in and operates the contacts in the switch.

A plunger actuator is the best choice to monitor short, con-trolled machine movements, or where space or mounting restrictions will not permit the use of a lever actuator.

Lets take a look at the different plunger actuator types available.

Table 11-4. Plunger Actuators

Lever Type Illustration Application

One Way Roller

Used with reversible cams where operation in one direction only is required.

Rod or Loop

Used where unusual shape is required. Rod is typically made of steel or nylon. The loop is made of nylatron.

SpringRod

Used on conveyors where jam-ups may occur. Flexible rod moves in any direction and eliminates damage to arm or switch.

Lever Type Illustration Application

Top Push Rod

Actuation must be done in line with plunger axis. Care should be taken to avoid exceeding the overtravel stated by the manufacturer. A mechanical stop should be used where the possibility of overtravel exists.


(Continued)Table 4. Plunger Actuators (Continued)Lever Type Illustration Application

Side Push Rod

Should be used where the mounting permits operating from the side only and not the top. As with the top push rod, avoid exceeding recommended overtravel. Available in both momentary and maintained styles.

Top and Side Push Roller

The function is similar to push rod styles, except there is a roller attached to the end of the rod. Typically used where a lever arm will not fit for lateral actuation. Roller can be positioned either vertically or horizontally.

Pin Most often used where extremely small differentials and operating forces are required.

Straight Used where the actuating element travels in same axis as plunger. Available in standard and extended lengths.

Lever Used in applications where the cam actuates in line with the plunger but may require a larger Differential or where an appreciable side thrust is present.

Roller Level Used in applications where the cam will pass by the switch laterally.

Roller Plunger

Used in applications where the cam may present some degree of side thrust. Roller helps deflect this.

Cat Whisker and Wobble Stick

Typically used in conveyor applications to count objects as they pass by. Can be actuated in any direction.

isit: www.eaton.com

11-10

11SEN

SOR

LEARN

ING

COU

RSE

August 2007

Mounting ConsiderationsWhen applying mechanical limit switches, consideration of the type of actuation needed, the mounting locale of the device and the speed of actuation are very important.

Cam Design

The cam angle should equal the lever arm angle for applications where the cam will not overtravel the actua-tor. Where relatively fast motions are involved, the cam should be of a shape that does not allow the actuator to receive a severe impact, or that releases the actuator sud-denly allowing it to snap back freely.

Figure 11-5. Cam Design

When using side-push or top-push plunger actuators, be sure the cam operates in line with the push rod axis. Do not use the limit switch body to act as a mechanical stop for the cam in overtravel applications. Some other type of barrier must be provided as the stop.

Mounting Location

Limit switches should never be mounted in locations that could allow false operations by normal movements of operator or machine components. They should be mounted rigidly, be maintenance accessible and have the cover plate facing that access point.

If liquid intrusion is a possibility, the switch should be mounted face down to allow gravity to prevent seepage through the seals on the operating head. All conduit con-nections should be tightly sealed.

In applications where machining chips or other debris accumulates, the limit switch should be mounted in a location, or at such an angle, that minimizes buildup on the operating head.

48º

48º48º

Cam


In the Workplace

At this leading frozen food processor, an automatic pallet stacking system is used. This system uses a wobble stick limit switch to detect when the pallets have been loaded to their desired level.

The switch then signals the con-veyor to send the load through an automatic vertical rise door into the freezer for quick freezing.

Limit Switch TypesThere are three basic classifications of limit switches available.

■ Standard Industrial■ Hazardous Location■ Precision

Let’s spend some time looking at each.

Standard Industrial SwitchOften the first choice for industrial applications, this switch functions in a variety of rugged industrial environments. This type of switch can be subjected to oil, grease, dirt, high-pressure wash-down, shock, vibration, etc. Typi-cally, these devices meet NEMA enclosure ratings of 1, 3, 3S, 4, 6, 12 and 13. An explanation of these ratings can be found in “Enclosure Ratings” on Page 11-34.

Into the Freezer

Standard Industrial Switch

Switch Body

Actuator/Operating Head


is
it: www.eaton.com PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

11
11-Sensor Learning CourseLearning Module 23 Sensors: Limit Switches, Proximity & Photoelectric
11SE

NSO

RLE

ARN

ING

CO

URS

E

Most limit switches on the market today are a plug-in type design, which means that the operating head, switch body and receptacle are separate components. If the switch becomes damaged or fails, it can be replaced in the field in less than a minute, without rewiring the switch. Simply remove the switch body, and the wiring remains intact in the receptacle. The majority of new industrial applications use the plug-in type due to its flex-ibility and ruggedness.

Non plug-in types are a popular design for DIN rail mounted limit switches. These switches are built to meet dimensional and operational standards set in Europe. They have typically the same electrical contact and enclosure ratings as the regular heavy-duty switches, but often their electrical and mechanical life is not as long. They are an economical alternative for applications where the switch is not subjected to physical abuse.

Hazardous Location SwitchThe hazardous location switch is ideal for use in harsh or dangerous environments. This switch is tough enough to contain an explosion within itself.

The one-piece switch body/receptacle is much heavier and thicker in construction than standard oil-tight switches. Like standard oil-tight switches, hazardous location switches have removable actuating heads attached to the switch body with four screws.

This switch type generally meets NEMA 1 requirements, and the hazardous location requirements of NEMA 7, Class I, Groups B, C and D; and NEMA 9, Class II, Groups E, F and G. Some manufacturers offer models rated NEMA 4X and 13 as well (see “Enclosure Ratings” on Page 11-34 for more information).

Precision Limit SwitchesThe precision limit switch is widely used in both commer-cial and industrial applications, ranging from appliances to farm equipment. It is often chosen for its precise oper-ating characteristics, small size and low cost.

Hazardous Location Switches


Precision switches are typically available in two types: basic precision and enclosed precision. The basic preci-sion switch is of one-piece construction. The enclosed precision switch is simply a basic switch inside a die cast housing. Basic precision switches are generally not given a NEMA enclosure rating, while some enclosed precision switches can be rated NEMA 4 or 13.

Special Purpose Limit SwitchesSome applications require a limit switch to perform a special detection function. Such functions include direc-tion of an object’s movement, object’s height, width, length, etc. Let’s take a look at some of the special pur-pose limit switches

Table 11-5. Special Purpose Limit SwitchesSwitch Type Illustration Application

Safety Guard

This type of switch is used to ensure safety for the operator of a dangerous machine. A standard limit switch could be false tripped or false actuated, posing a danger to the person operating the machine.Actuation of this switch occurs only when a keyed interlock is inserted into the key slot. The key is usually mounted on a safety door or machine guard so that when it is closed, the key slides into the slot, actuating the switch.

Precision Limit Switches

isit: www.eaton.com

11-12

11SEN

SOR

LEARN

ING

COU

RSE

August 2007

(Continued)Table 5. Special Purpose Limit Switches (Continued)

In the Workplace

In some manufacturing plants, rooms need to be closed off quickly because of contamination or fire. To help facilitate this process, high-speed doors have been developed. These doors may move as quickly as six feet per second.

At such speeds, the door would destroy itself quickly, if not for the use of limit switches. The limits switches are used to slow the door just before it is fully opened or fully closed.

Switch Type Illustration Application

Gravity Return

Unlike other rotary limit switches, this switch has no spring return mechanism. The weight of the operating lever must provide the force to return to its free position. This switch is usually mounted with the operating head facing down.It is often used in applications where very low operating forces from the target are required.

Neutral Position

With this limit switch, the direction of operation can be detected.One set of contacts is actuated when the lever is moved in one direction, and a second set of contacts is actuated when the lever is moved in the other direction.

Two Step

This switch operates to perform two functions with one switch. One set of contacts is activated after the lever is rotated 10°, and another set is activated at a 20° rotation (in the same direction).This switch can monitor an object’s height, orientation, position, completeness of assembly, etc.

Object moveslever

Weight of Lever (gravity)returns it to free position

CCW

CW

CWCCW10º 10º

20º20º

Limit Switches Help Operate This High-Speed Door



1. The three main components of a limit switch are:________________________________________________________________________

Match the terminology to the proper description:

8. The ability of a switch to repeat its characteristics from one operation to the next is called the switch’s repeat accuracy. TRUE FALSE


Inductive Proximity SensorsThe inductive proximity sensor can be used to detect metal objects. It does this by creating an electromag-netic field.

With the ability to detect at close range, inductive prox-imity sensors are very useful for precision measurement and inspection applications.

Strengths and Weaknesses

Table 11-6. Inductive Proximity Sensor Attributes

2. Initial position _____ A. Distance the actuator can travel safely beyond the operating point

3. Pre-travel distance

_____ B. Maximum allowable distance the actuator can travel

4. Operating point _____ C. Actuator and contacts are in the normal, or untriggered position

5. Overtravel _____ D. Actuator’s position at which the contacts change state

6. Release point _____ E. Actuator position where the contacts are reset to their normal “untriggered” state

7. Total travel _____ F. Actuator travel from contact with the target until the operating point


• Immune to adverse environmental conditions

• High switching rate for rapid response applications

• Can detect metallic targets through non-metallic barriers

• Long operational life with virtually unlimited operating cycles

• Solid-state to provide a “bounce free” input signal to PLCs and other solid-state logic devices

• Limited Sensing Range(4" or 100 mm maximum)

• Detects only metal objects• May be affected by metal chips

accumulating on sensor face


August 2007

PG08301004E F

13
11SE

NSO

RLE

ARN

ING

CO

URS

E

ApplicationsProximity sensors are used in a variety of applications. Consider these:

Proximity sensors can be used to detect the end of travel on a positioning table, to determine speed by counting a gear’s teeth, or be used to check if a valve is fully opened or closed.

Proximity sensors can be used to detect the presence or absence of a metallic workpiece or metallic pallets on conveyor lines.

When a robot arm swings around for a pick and place operation, a proximity sensor makes sure the arm actu-ally has a part in its grippers.

In metal machining, proximity sensors can make sure the workpiece is mounted in the fixture, and that the drill bit has not broken off.

How an Inductive Proximity Sensor WorksInductive proximity sensors produce an oscillating and invisible radio frequency (RF) field at the sensor face. When metal objects are brought into this field, this oscil-lating field is affected. Each type and size of sensor has a specific sensing range switch point so that metal target detection is very accurate and repeatable.

The presence of a metallic target interrupts the field and alters (by Damping) the current in the sensor coil (Eddy Cur-rent kill) causing the detector circuit to sense the change. The sensor then triggers an output to a connected device.

ComponentsLet’s look at the components and the process step-by-step:

A metal object, or target, enters the sensing field.

The sensor coil is a coil of wire typically wound around a ferrite core. If you could see the electromagnetic field cre-ated by it, it would be cone shape. The target will pass through this field. The ferrite core shapes the field and the size of the coil determines the sensing range.

The oscillator circuit causes the field to cycle at a specific set radio frequency (100 KHz to 1 MHz). The presence of metal causes a change in the oscilla-tion, and an eddy current forms on the target. The metallic object induces a change in the magnetic field. This change creates a damping effect on the amount of signal that cycles back to the sensor coil.

The detector circuit senses the change and switches ON at a particular set point (amplitude). This ON signal gen-erates a signal to the solid-state output.

The output circuit remains active until the target leaves the sensing field. The oscillator responds with an increase in

Figure 11-6. Components


amplitude, and when it reaches the set point, the detector circuit switches OFF. The output returns to its normal state.

HysteresisHysteresis is an engineered-in difference between the ON and OFF points.

If they were exactly the same point, there would be a chattering — a very rapid on-off-on-off cycle. That would cause a lot of needless stress on components activated by the circuit.

Figure 11-7. Hysteresis

With hysteresis, the Operate Point and the Release Point are slightly different distances from the sensor face.

Proximity Sensor TypesProximity sensors come in a wide variety of designs to meet the requirements of almost any industrial applica-tion. Let’s take a brief look at the types that are available.

Table 11-7. Proximity SensorsType Illustration Application

Modular Limit Switch Type

The modular design can be tailored for many application types. Components can be easily switched out for short-run manufacturing changes.

Unitized Limit Switch Type

The sealed body protects the components in corrosive environments.

Tubular This is the design of choice for a growing number of applications. The small size allows for easy mounting in a fixture or for use in tight spaces found on many assembly lines.

MotionHysterisis

Operate Point

Release Point

isit: www.eaton.com

11-14

11SEN

SOR

LEARN

ING

COU

RSE

August 2007

(Continued)Table 7. Proximity Sensors (Continued)

In the Workplace

Without proximity sensors, the tips of the digits on the grippers of a robotic arm would be numb.

Coupled with the robot’s software control program and the responsive sensing ability of proximity sensors, a robot can grasp an object and not crush what it grips.

Type Illustration Application

Right Angle Tubular

This style enables mounting in tight locations.

High Current Tubular

Enables the smaller tubular design to carry extremely large inrush and continuous currents. Excellent for heavy equipment such as lift trucks.

Ferrous and Non-ferrous

Can detect either ferrous metals (steel/iron) or non-ferrous (brass/aluminum) metals. These units are suited to providing detection for assembly operations, such as aircraft or compact car engines.

Composite Housing

This corrosion-resistant unit performs well in high wash-down areas such as food processing, or places where caustic chemicals abound.

Pancake The extra wide coil on this unit achieves the widest and farthest range available: 3.94 inches. Ideal for oil rig applications and assembly of large parts.

Weld Field Immune

The magnetic field is not susceptible to the conflicting field created by arc welding. Useful for automated assembly lines where proximity sensors need to work in conjunction with welding equipment.

Proximity Sensors Allow a Robotic Arm to Safely Handle Fragile Components



1. Match the sensor component name to the correct picture.

a. Oscillator ____

b. Output _____

c. Detector _____

d. Sensor coil _____

Match the proximity sensor component with its function.

6. Hysteresis is the gap between the operate point and the release point to smooth the operation of the sensor. TRUE FALSE


2. Sensor coil _____ A. Sets up an electromagnetic field to create a wave pattern.

3. Oscillator _____ B. Alerts the electrical circuit an object has been detected.

4. Detector _____ C. Shapes the electromagnetic field.

5. Output _____ D. Looks for a change in frequency.

1

2

3

4


August 2007

PG08301004E F

15
11SE

NSO

RLE

ARN

ING

CO

URS

E

Inductive Proximity Sensor InfluencesWhen applying inductive proximity sensors, it is impor-tant to understand the sensing range and the factors that influence that range. The sensing range refers to the dis-tance between the sensor face and the target. It also includes the shape of the sensing field generated through the coil/core.

There are four main concerns when selecting and apply-ing proximity sensors:

■ Target Considerations (Material, Size, Shape and Approach)

■ Coil Size and Shielding■ Sensor Mounting Requirements■ Environment

Target MaterialYou need to know the target’s material. This information will help you determine the maximum sensing distance. Exceed this distance, and the damping effect necessary to trip the sensor’s output will not be created — and the sensor will fail to sense the target.

Proximity sensors work best with ferrous metals. Though these sensors detect other metals, the range will not be as great. Generally, the less iron in the target, the closer the target has to be to the sensor to be detected.

Manufacturers generally provide charts showing the nec-essary correction factors for various types of metals when applying their sensors. Each sensor style will have a correction factor to enable calculation for a particular target material.

Target SizeThe size of the target also matters. If you run a target smaller than the sensor’s “standard size,” sensing range will decrease. This is because a smaller target creates a weaker eddy current. However, a bigger target does not mean a longer sensing range.

The thickness of the target does not impact sensing range much. However, a very thin non-ferrous target can actually achieve a greater sensing range because it gen-erates an eddy current on both sides (known as the foil effect).

So, how big should the target be? The rule of thumb is: the size of the sensor’s diameter, or three times the sen-sor’s sensing range, whichever is greater.

Target ShapeThe shape of the target can have an impact on the sens-ing range. A round object, or an object with a rough surface can affect the damping effect of the sensor, and may require a closer sensing distance. Using a larger sensor size or an extended range sensor will also minimize this effect.


Target ApproachHow the target approaches the sensor matters as well. When an object comes at the sensor straight on, that’s an Axial Approach With this type of approach, you will need to protect the sensor physically. Allow for 25% overtravel.

Hysteresis tends to be greater for an axial approach than a lateral approach.

On a slide-by, or Lateral Approach, the target approaches the center axis of the sensing field from the side.

The target should not pass closer than the basic tolerance built into the machine design. Targets bumping into your sensor are a sure guarantee of eventual poor sensor performance.

For both approach types, make sure the target passes not more than 75% of the sensing distance from the sensor face. It is in this “Tip” area that variations in the sensing range occur.

In the Workplace

Motor oil is packaged on this automatic filling system.

As a one-quart bottle moves down the conveyor, the container passes an inductive proximity sensor located at the fill position. The label on the bottle has a distinctive design, printed with metallic inks. The label tells the proximity sensor the bottle is in position and ready to be filled.

2 Sn

SnCore

Figure 11-8. Axial Approach

D

0.75 x D

RecommendedSensing Area

Target

Sensing Distance of Target Used (Will Be Sn

for Standard Target)

Figure 11-9. Lateral Approach

An Inductive Proximity Sensor Being Used for Positive Placement

isit: www.eaton.com

11-16

11SEN

SOR

LEARN

ING

COU

RSE

August 2007

Coil/Core SizeAn important factor in the range of the sensor is the con-struction of the coil/core. An open coil with no core will produce a field that could be actuated by a target from any direction. That wouldn’t be very practical for indus-trial applications.

For an inductive proximity sensor, the sensor coil that generates the field fits inside of a ferrite core. This cup-shaped piece of ferrite material is called a cup core. This core directs the field and shapes it.

Figure 11-10. Coil/Core Construction

A protective cap prevents dust or other environmental hazards from entering the sensor.

ShieldingTo focus the intensity of the field, the coil can be Shielded. In a standard range sensor, the ferrite cup core shapes the field to emanate straight from the sensing face of the sensor. In a sense, shielding it.

An extended range coil/core assembly does not use the standard cup core, just a core of ferrite. This Unshielded device allows the extension of the sensing range. There is less ferrite to absorb the electromagnetic field, so its range is wider and a little longer.

The decision to use a non-shielded sensor will impact the mounting of the sensor, as we will discuss that next.

Mounting ConsiderationsThe design of a sensor can affect how it is mounted.

A shielded sensor can be fully Embedded in a metal mounting block without affecting the range. They are sometimes referred to as flush mount sensors.

A non-shielded sensor needs clearance around it (called the metal-free zone) which is determined by its sensing range. Otherwise, the sensor will sense the metal mount-ing and be continuously operating.

Cap Coil CupCore

SensorHead

Non-shieldedShielded

Figure 11-11. Shielding


Mounting two sensors closely together can also be a problem. If you position two proximity sensors too close together — either side by side or facing each other head to head — the two fields will clash with one another. Each sensor needs to be mounted at least three times its own sensing

range away from the other. The use of an alternative fre-quency head on one of the sensors will prevent adjacent sensors’ sensing fields from interacting.

In the Workplace

At an auto manufacturing plant, a drilling operation is performed on the valve blocks to allow for mounting the cover plates. The operation is totally unmanned.

The drill bit must form holes in an extremely hard material. Breaking drill bits is a fairly common occurrence. For this reason, a proximity sensor is in place. If a break occurs, the sensor signals the system to stop the operation so the drill bit may be replaced.

EnvironmentThe sensor’s environment can affect its performance dra-matically. Let’s take a look at some of these environmen-tal factors.

Debris can accumulate on the sensing cap, changing the range of the sensing field. In an application where metal chips are created, the sensor should be mounted to pre-vent those chips from building up on the sensor face. If this is not possible, then coolant fluid should be used to wash the chips off the face. An individual chip generally doesn’t have enough surface area to cause the sensor to turn on, but several of them could extend the sensing range and interfere with the accuracy of the sensor.

Figure 11-12. Clear Zone

An Inductive Proximity Sensor Monitors Drilling Operation


August 2007

PG08301004E F

17
11SE

NSO

RLE

ARN

ING

CO

URS

E

Magnetic fields caused by electrical wiring located in the vicinity may affect sensor operation. If the field around the wires reaches an intensity that would saturate the fer-rite or the coil, the sensor will not operate. Sensors used in areas with high frequency welders can also be affected. To compensate for a welder, weld field immune sensors can be installed. Or, if the sensor is used with a PLC, a time delay can be programmed to ignore the sig-nal from the sensor for the time period that the welder is operating.

Radio transceivers (such as a walkie-talkie) can produce a signal with the same frequency as the oscillator circuit of the sensor. This is called radio frequency interference (RFI). Most manufacturers have taken steps to provide the maximum protection against RFI and false operation of the sensor.

Electrical interference from nearby motors, solenoids, relays and the like could have an affect on sensor opera-tion as well. An induced line or current spike (called a showering arc or EFT) can cause a false operation of the sensor. This spike can be produced by the electrical arc created when an electrical/mechanical switch or a contac-tor closes. If the lines connecting the sensor and these devices are adjacent and parallel to one another, the spike will affect the sensor. Most codes and specifications call for a separation of control and power leads so this is not often a problem.

The ambient temperature can affect sensing range. The effect is referred to as temperature drift. The sensing range can change by as much as ±10%.

Because sensing ranges can vary due to component, cir-cuit and temperature variations, along with the effects of normal machine wear, sensors should be selected based on sensing the target at 75%, and releasing at 125% of the rated sensing distance.

Figure 11-13. Sensing Distance Tolerances

125% 75%A

C B

A = Rated Sensing RangeB = Maximum Usable Sensing RangeC = Maximum Reset / Release Range

Target Sensor


In the Workplace

On the automated processing line at Harris House Paints, a can would occasionally come through the packaging process without a lid. Lids entered the line through a gravity feed and occasionally a lid would get momentarily hung up.

By mounting an inductive prox-imity sensor over the passing cans, the line could reject a can with a missing lid.


1. Inductive proximity sensors work best with _____________ metals.

2. The target size rule of thumb is: the size of the sen-sor’s diameter, or three times the sensor’s sensing range, whichever is greater. TRUE FALSE

3. A target with a rough surface has no impact on the sensing range. TRUE FALSE

4. A slide-by approach to the sensor is called a lateral approach. TRUE FALSE

5. A straight on approach is called an axial approach.TRUE FALSE

6. When two sensors are to be mounted side-by-side, the use of an alternate frequency head on one of the sensors will not prevent the sensors’ sensing fields from interacting. TRUE FALSE


An Inductive Proximity Sensor Keeps a Lid on Things

isit: www.eaton.com

11-18

11SEN

SOR

LEARN

ING

COU

RSE

August 2007

Capacitive Proximity SensorsLet us now turn our attention to another proximity sen-sor, the capacitive proximity sensor. This sensor operates much like an inductive proximity sensor, but its means of sensing is much different.

Capacitive proximity sensors are designed to detect both metallic and nonmetallic targets. They are ideally suited for liquid level control and for sensing powdered or granulated material.

Strengths and WeaknessesConsider these strengths and weaknesses of the capaci-tive proximity sensor:

Table 11-8. Capacitive Proximity Sensor Attributes

ApplicationsHere are some examples showing how the detection power of capacitive proximity sensors is used:

■ Liquid level detection applications, such as preventing overfilling or underfilling, are common in the packag-ing industry.

■ Material level control applications, such as assuring that a sleeve of labels on a labeling line is not empty.

■ Counting applications, such as tracking units passing a point on a conveyor.

■ Induction molding process, detection of level of plastic pellets in feed hopper.

Operation of the Capacitive Proximity SensorA capacitor consists of two metal plates separated by a insulator (called a Dielectric). The operation of this type of sensor is based on dielectric Capacitance, which is the ability of a dielectric to store an electrical charge.

The distance between the plates determines the ability of the capacitor to store a charge.

Measuring the change in capacitance as an object enters the electrical field can be used as an ON/OFF switching function.


• Can detect both metallic and nonmetallic objects at greater ranges than inductive sensors

• High switching rate for rapid response applications (counting)

• Can detect liquid targets through non-metallic barriers (glass, plastic)

• Long operation life, solid-state output for “bounce free” signals

• Affected by varying temperature, humidity and moisture conditions

• Not as accurate as inductive proximity sensors



Figure 11-14. Capacator Operation

When this principle is applied to the capacitive proximity sensor, one capacitive plate is part of the switch, the enclosure (the sensor face) is the insulator. The target is the other “plate.” Ground is the common path.

Capacitive proximity sensors can detect any target that has a dielectric constant greater than air. Liquids have high dielectric constants. Metal also makes a good target.

Figure 11-15. Capacitive Proximity Sensor Operation

The capacitive proximity sensor has four basic elements: a sensor (which is a dielectric), an oscillator circuit, a detector circuit and an output circuit.

As an object approaches the sensor, the dielectric constant of the capacitor changes. The oscillator circuit’s oscillation begins when feedback capacitance is detected. This is just the opposite in the inductive proximity sensor, where the oscillation is damped when the target is present.

Figure 11-16. Oscillator Damping

The detector circuit monitors the oscillator’s output. When it detects sufficient change in the field, it switches on the output circuit.

The output circuit remains active until the target leaves the sensing field. The oscillator responds with a decrease in amplitude, and when it is no longer receiving sufficient capacitance feedback, the detector circuit switches OFF.

Plates

Dielectric

Switch

100%

0 mmDistance

Cu

rren

t

Inductive Capacitive

100%

0 mmDistance

Cu

rren

t


August 2007

PG08301004E F

19
11SE

NSO

RLE

ARN

ING

CO

URS

E

There is a built-in difference between the operate and release amplitudes to provide hysteresis.

In the Workplace

As oil pours into this storage tank, a capacitive proximity sensor near the top signals the fill valve to close once the tank reaches capacity.

Another sensor near the bot-tom alerts the filling system if the level of the tank becomes too low.

Capacitive Proximity Sensor InfluencesMany of the same factors that influence the sensing range of inductive proximity sensors, also influence the sensing range of capacitive proximity sensors.

Typically, capacitive sensors have a greater sensing range than inductive sensors.

Table 11-9. Proximity Sensing Ranges

Sensing distance for capacitive proximity sensors is dependent on plate diameter. With inductive proximity sensors, the size of the coil is the determining factor.

Sensitivity AdjustmentMost capacitive proximity sensors are equipped with sensitivity adjustment potentiometers. Because the sen-sor measures a dielectric gap, it is important to be able to compensate for target and application conditions and adjust the sensing range.

Target Material and SizeA capacitive sensor should not be hand-held during set up. Because your hand has a dielectric constant greater than air, the sensor may detect your hand rather than the intended target.

Sensor with a Tubular Diameter of:

Inductive Extended Range Sensor

Capacitive Extended Range Sensor

18 mm 8 mm 10 mm30 mm 15 mm 20 mm34 mm — 40 mm

Capacitive Proximity Sensors in a Liquid Level Detection Application


Capacitive sensors can detect both ferrous and non-ferrous materials equally well. There is no derating factor to be applied when sensing metal targets. But, other materials do affect the sensing range. Because they can be used to detect liquid through a nonmetallic material such as glass or plastic, you need to ensure that the sen-sor detects just the liquid, not the container. The trans-parency of the container has no effect on the sensing.

For all practical purposes, the target size can be deter-mined in the same manner as was discussed in “Target Size” on Page 11-15 for inductive proximity sensors.

EnvironmentMany of the same factors that affect inductive proximity sensors, also affect capacitive sensors, only more so.

■ Embeddable mounting – capacitive sensors are gener-ally treated as non-shielded devices, and therefore, are not embeddable.

■ Flying chips – They are more sensitive to both metallic and nonmetallic chips and residue.

■ Adjacent sensors – more space between devices is required due to the greater, non-shielded sensing range.

■ Target background – because of both the greater sensing range, and its ability to sense metallic and nonmetallic materials, greater care in applying these sensors is needed when background conditions are present.

■ Ambient atmosphere – the amount of humidity in the air may cause a capacitive sensor to operate even when no target is present.

■ Welding magnetic fields – capacitive sensors are gen-erally not applied in a welding environment.

■ Radio Frequency Interference (RFI) – In the same way that inductive proximity sensors are affected, RFI inter-feres with capacitive sensor circuitry.

■ Showering arc (EFT) – induced electrical noise affects these sensors in the same way it does for an inductive sensor.

In the Workplace

On the fill line at Bud Springs Natural Water, five gallon plastic bottles pass along beneath a fill nozzle.

As water fills each bottle, a capacitive proximity sensor detects when the water reaches the specified level. As the sensor is more sensi-tive to water than it is to plastic, the sensor can “see through” the bottle wall.

A Capacitive Proximity Sensor “Sees Through” a Wall to Find the Target

isit: www.eaton.com

11-20

11SEN

SOR

LEARN

ING

COU

RSE

August 2007


1. The operation of a capacitive proximity sensor is based on dielectric capacitance.TRUE FALSE

2. The four main parts of a capacitive proximity sensor are:________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3. By measuring the change in capacitance as an object enters the field generated by the oscillator, it can be used for an on/off switching function. TRUE FALSE

4. When feedback capacitance is detected, the oscilla-tion ends. TRUE FALSE

5. When sensing metal targets, a derating factor must be applied. TRUE FALSE

6. The transparency of the container has no effect on the sensing. TRUE FALSE


Photoelectric SensorsThe photoelectric sensor is a device with tremendous versatility and relatively low cost. Photoelectric sensors can detect objects more quickly and at further distances than many competitive technologies. For these reasons, photoelectric sensors are quickly becoming one of the most popular forms of automatic sensing used in manufacturing.

ApplicationsPhotoelectric sensors can provide solutions to a number of sensing situations. Some of the common uses for pho-toelectric sensors include:

Material Handling. A sensor can ensure that products move along a conveyor line in an orderly manner. The sensor will stop the operation if a jam occurs. And items can be counted as they move down the line.



Packaging. Sensors can verify that containers are filled properly, labeled properly and have tamper-proof seals in place.

Machine Operation. Sensors can watch to verify that a machine is operating properly, materials are present and tooling is not broken.

Paper Industry. Sensors can detect web flaws, web splice, clear web and paper presence, while maintaining high web speeds.

Design FlexibilityPhotoelectric sensors offer design flexibility to handle many types of situations. There are a variety of ways the transmitter and receiver can be arranged to meet the needs of the application.

Modes of OperationWe will briefly introduce you to these modes, and fully explain them later.

Table 11-10. Photoelectric Sensor Operation Modes

In the Workplace

At the tollbooth, the gate raises only when you have tossed in your coins. But how does the gate know when to drop back into place?

The gate is controlled by a photoelectric sensor that detects your car as it passes through the beam.

Mode Description

Thru-Beam A source unit in one location sends a light beam to a detector unit in another location. An object is detected when it passes between the source unit and the detector unit, interrupting the light beam.

Reflex (Retro-Reflective)

The source and detector are housed in one package and placed on the same side of the target object’s path. When the object passes by, the source signal is reflected back to the detector by a retroreflector.

Diffuse Reflective The source and detector are housed in one package and placed on the same side of the target object’s path. When the object passes by, the source signal is reflected back to the detector off the target object itself.

Background Rejection (Perfect Prox)

This is a special type of diffuse reflective sensor that includes two detectors. This arrangement allows the sensor to detect targets reliably within a defined range, and to ignore objects just outside of this range. Unlike a standard diffuse reflective sensor, color or reflectivity has minimal effect on the sensing range of a Perfect Prox sensor.

A Photoelectric Sensor Prevents Commuters from Following You Through the Toll Booth for Free


August 2007

PG08301004E F

21
11SE

NSO

RLE

ARN

ING

CO

URS

E

Basic Operation of Photoelectric SensorsThe operation of the photoelectric sensor is quite simple. A source LED sends a beam of light, which is picked up by a photodetector. When an object moves into the path of the light beam, the object is detected.

Let’s look at how a photoelectric sensor works.

Figure 11-17. Photoelectric Sensor Operation

The Light SourceThe light generated today by a photoelectric sensor comes from light emitting diodes, called LED. Using LEDs offers many significant advantages:

■ can be rapidly switched and instantly turned on and off■ extremely small■ consume very little power■ generate a negligible amount of heat■ life exceeds 100,000 hours (11 years) continuous use■ easily modulated to block false sensor triggering from

ambient light

1. Power SupplyProvides regulated DC voltage and current to the sensor circuitry.

2. Modulatorgenerates pulses to cycle amplifier and LED at desired frequency.

3. Source Current Amplifier

4. Source LED

Target or Reflector

5. OutputPerforms switchingroutine when directed to do so by the demodulator.

6. DemodulatorSorts out the light thrown out by the sensor from all other light in the area. If the demodulator decides the signals it receivesare okay, it signals the output.

7. Detector AmplifierBlocks current generated by the background light. It also provides amplification of the detected signal to a usable level, and sends it through to the demodulator.

8. PhotodetectorEither a photodiode or a phototransistor device, selected for a maximum sensitivity at the source LED’s emitted light wave-length. Both the source LED and the detector have protective lenses. When the detector picks up the light, it sends a small amount of current to the detector amplifier.

Lens

Lens


Photoelectric Sensor Styles and Uses

General Purpose

Table 11-11. General Purpose Photoelectric SensorsStyle Example Application

Limit Switch Type

A modular head, sensor body and receptacle enable use in a variety of situations. Wide detection range.

Tubular Small, easy to mount body enables mounting within machinery and other tight places. This sensor comes in a variety of shapes, depending upon the type of mounting required.

Harsh Duty Heavy-duty construction makes this sensor ideal for rugged environments.

Compact A family of high performance AC/DC and DC Photoelectric Sensors in a familiar package.

Fiber Optics Made for fast response and for sensing in very tight areas. The cables are made of individual glass or plastic fibers and contain no electronics.

Terminal Base

Self-contained in an impact-resistant, resin-molded case, these devices have pre-wired cables or terminal connections.

Miniature A complete line of miniature photoelectric sensors for optimum placement and protection with no compromise in performance.

isit: www.eaton.com

11-22

11SEN

SOR

LEARN

ING

COU

RSE

August 2007

Fiber OpticsApplying Fiber Optic technology to photoelectric sensors means applications with space restrictions are not a problem. A fiber optic cable can detect objects in loca-tions too jammed for a standard sensor. Fiber optic cable is available in sizes as small as 0.002 inches in diameter.

Figure 11-18. A Glass Fiber Optic Cable

A glass fiber optic cable is made up of a large number of individual glass fibers, sheathed for protection against damage and excess flexing. Plastic fiber optic cables include a single plastic fiber in a protective coating. Nei-ther type of cable contains electronics.

Because light — rather than current — travels down these cables, the signal is unaffected by electromagnetic inter-ference (EMI) and vibration. The design also has built-in immunity to electrical noise and the inaccurate readings regular sensors can get.

Fiber optics can withstand high temperatures; plastic up to 158°F, standard glass up to 480°F, and specialized high temperature versions up to 900°F. Glass fibers can stand up to the harsh wash-down chemicals used in many food, beverage and pharmaceutical applications.

However, fiber optics have their disadvantages. They have a limited sensing distance, so they can be used only in tight areas. The maximum distance for the thru-beam design is just 15 inches. Also, these sensors have a small sensing area. A small drop of water or piece of dirt can easily fool fiber optics.

Glass FibersEmbedded in

Epoxy

StainlessSteel

Ferrule


In the Workplace

In this cookie kitchen, fiber optic photoelectric sensors are placed in a hot oven. As long as the sensors detect motion as the trays of cookies move by, the oven stays on.

If the conveyor stops, the sensors will detect light or dark for too long, and the output device will shut down the oven.

Modes of DetectionIn most applications, photoelectric sensors generate an output any time an object is detected.

Light Operate vs. Dark OperateIf this occurs when the photodetector sees light, the sen-sor is said to be working in the light operate mode.

Figure 11-19. Light Operate and Dark Operate

If the control generates an output when the photodetec-tor does not see light, the control is said to be working in the dark operate mode.

A Photoelectric Sensor Prevents Cookies from Being Burned

Source

Photo Sensor Sees Light:Load Is Operated

Light Operate Mode

Detector

Source

Detector

Photo Sensor Sees Dark:Load Is Not Operated

Source

Photo Sensor Sees Light:Load Is Not Operated

Dark Operate Mode

Detector

Source

Detector

Photo Sensor Sees Dark:Load Is Operated


August 2007

PG08301004E F

23
11SE

NSO

RLE

ARN

ING

CO

URS

E

Earlier, we briefly described the four basic operating modes that photoelectric sensors offer. These are:

■ Thru-Beam■ Reflex (Retro-Reflective)■ Diffuse Reflective■ Background Rejection (Perfect Prox)

Let’s now take some time to understand how each method works.

Thru-BeamSeparate light source and detector units face one another across an area. The column of light traveling in a straight line between the two lenses is the effective sensing beam. An object crossing the path has to com-pletely block the beam to be detected.

Figure 11-20. Thru-Beam Operation

Table 11-12. Thru-Beam Attributes

Reflex or Retro-ReflectiveThe source and detector are positioned parallel to each other on the same side of the object to be detected. Another element, called a retroreflector, is placed across from the source and detector. The retroreflector is similar to a reflector on the back of a bicycle. The retroreflector bounces the light from the source back to the detector.

When a target object passes between the source/detec-tor unit and the retroreflector, the beam is no longer reflected, and the target is sensed. The target has to block the entire beam.

Figure 11-21. Reflex Operation


• Long sensing distance (up to 800 ft.)• Highly reliable• Can see through opaque objects

• Two components to mount and wire• Alignment could be difficult with a

longer distance detection zone

Source

Detector

Source

Object BlocksBeam

Detector

Field ofView

Normal State

Effective

Beam

Field ofView

Target Detected

Source/Detector

Retro-Reflector

Normal State

TargetObject

Target Detected

Retro-Reflector

Source/Detector

Object Does NotReflect Beam

TargetObject IsDetected


In some cases, a reflex sensor can be falsely triggered by reflections from a shiny target’s surface. To avoid this, a Polarized Reflex Sensor can be used. The polarizing filter on the sensor ensures that only the light reflected by a retroreflector is recognized by the sensor.

Table 11-13. Reflex Attributes

Diffuse ReflectionThe source and detector are positioned on the same side of the target. The two components are aligned so that their fields of view cross. When the target moves into the area, light from the source is reflected off the target sur-face back to the detector.

Figure 11-22. Diffuse Reflection Operation

Table 11-14. Diffuse Reflective Attributes


• Medium range sensing distance• Low cost• Ease of installation• Alignment does not need to be exact • Polarizing filter ignores unwanted light

• Reflector must be mounted• Problems detecting clear objects• Dirt on retroreflector can hamper

operation• Not suitable for detecting small

objects• Detection distance and plane of

detection limited with a polarizing filter


• Application flexibility• Low cost• Easy installation• Easy alignment• Many varieties available for many

application types

• Short sensing distance (under 6')• Sensing distance depends on target

size, surface and shape

Source/Detector

Normal State

Source/Detector

TargetObject

Object ReflectsBeam

TargetObject IsDetected

Target Detected

isit: www.eaton.com

11-24

11SEN

SOR

LEARN

ING

COU

RSE

August 2007

Background Rejection (Perfect Prox)This detection scheme is really a special type of diffuse reflective sensor. It combines extremely high sensing power with a sharp optical cut-off. This allows the sensor to reliably detect targets regardless of color, reflectance, contrast or surface shape, while ignoring objects just out-side of the target range.

This method uses two different photo-detectors. For the Perfect Prox unit with a six-inch range, the near detector has a range of 0 to 24 inches. Its far detector has a range of 6 to 24 inches.

Figure 11-23. Perfect Prox Sensor

Objects closer than six inches are detected only by the near detector. Objects between 6 and 24 inches are detected by both detectors.

If the near signal is stronger than the far signal, the sensor output is ON. If the far signal is stronger or equal to the near signal, the output is OFF. The result is a sensor with high Excess Gain for six inches, followed by a sharp cut-off.

In the Workplace

Hobbes Gear wanted to reduce the number of gears rejected on their line. One critical process is the automatic drilling of the gear’s mounting hole. To increase the reliability of the inspection process, Hobbes installed a Perfect Prox sensor.

The sensor is set to check for the presence of the machined hole in the gear. If the hole is present, the sensor’s light shines through it, to the conveyor belt. The belt is just beyond the sensor’s sensing distance. If a missing hole is detected, the sen-sor signals an air-operated cylinder plunger to reject the gear.

Far DetectorField

Near Detector Field

Cut-OffDistance

Sensor

Cutoff Distance

Detection Distance

Gear Cut-away

Perfect Prox

Sensor

Detection Zone

A Perfect Prox is “Inspector #12”



1. The four modes of detection are:____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2. If the photoelectric sensor control generates an out-put when the photodetector does not see light, the control is working in the dark operate mode.TRUE FALSE

Match the mode of detection with its definition.


3. Mode of detection that can pick up shiny objects.

____ A. Reflex

4. Sensing mode that has the longest range.

____ B. Perfect Prox

5. Sensing mode that combines extremely high sensing power with a sharp optical cut-off.

____ C. Thru-Beam

6. A polarizing filter used with this sensing mode ensures that only the light reflected by a retroreflector is recognized by the sensor.

____ D. Diffuse Reflective


August 2007

PG08301004E F

25
11SE

NSO

RLE

ARN

ING

CO

URS

E

Excess Gain

DefinitionExcess gain is a measurement of how much sensing power a photoelectric sensor has available beyond the power required to detect an object.

An excess gain of 1.00 at a given range means there is exactly enough power to detect an object under perfect conditions at that range. In other words, the range at which the excess gain equals 1.00 is the maximum range of the sensor.

Every model of sensor comes with an excess gain chart to help you determine the excess gain for an application’s sensing distance.

However, we have to take into consideration the follow-ing real-world variables:

■ Target size■ Target color■ Target surface texture■ Ability to block the beam■ Background■ Application environment

In the real world, there is contamination — dust, humidity and debris — that can settle on the lenses and reduce light transmission. Furthermore, each individual target may vary slightly from the next in color, reflectivity or dis-tance from the sensor.

If you use a sensor with an excess gain of exactly 1.00, you stand an excellent chance of not sensing the target reliably. To cover yourself, you need a sensor with the highest excess gain possible at the intended range. This ensures the sensor will continue to operate reliably when you need it. As the level of contamination gets worse, more excess gain will be needed to get past the poor visibility.

Thru-BeamThis type of sensor’s excess gain is the simplest to mea-sure. Excess gain is almost exclusively a function of the separation between the source unit and the detector unit.

When implementing the excess gain for an application, start with the 1000 excess gain chart for the thru-beam sensor. Then consider:

■ Misalignment of the two units■ Dirt in the environment reduces gain


Figure 11-24. Typical Gain Curve for a Thru-Beam

Diffuse ReflectionNearly every diffuse reflective sensor has a unique com-bination of lenses and beam angles. As a result, nearly every sensor has a unique excess gain curve.

Figure 11-25. Diffuse Reflection Ranges

1000

10

110.1 10 100

100

Range (Feet)

1000

Short Range(Inches)

Long Range(Inches)

Focused Diffuse Reflective(Inches)

100

10

1

4000

1000

100

10

1

1000

100

10

1

0.010.1 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 100 1.0

1.0

10

1 10 100

isit: www.eaton.com

11-26

11SEN

SOR

LEARN

ING

COU

RSE

August 2007

A short-range sensor delivers high excess gain over a short sensing distance and drops off quickly. The source’s beam and the detector’s field of view converge a short distance from the lenses. The energy present in that area is very high, allowing the detection of small targets. The sensor also ignores objects in the near background.

A long-range sensor’s source beam and detector’s field of view are positioned close together on the same axis. The ability to sense extends quite a distance. Excess gain peaks out several inches from the sen-sor, then drops off slowly over distance.

To sense into holes or cavities, or to pick up very small objects, use a focused diffuse reflective sensor. Or, a sensor with a very

small light spot size. The source and detector are posi-tioned behind the lens in order to focus the energy to a point. The excess gain is extremely high at this point and then drops off on either side of the sensing zone.

ReflexCalculating the excess gain for a reflex (retro-reflective) sensor is similar to the method used for diffuse reflective sensors.

With this type of sensor, excess gain and range are related to the light bouncing back from the reflector. Maximum operating range also depends upon lens geometry and detector amplifier gain.

The effective beam is defined as the actual size of the reflector surface. The target must be larger than the reflector before the sensor will recognize the target and switch its output.

Figure 11-27. Effective Reflex Sensor Beam

Long Range Proximity

Short Range Proximity

Figure 11-26. Short-Range and Long-Range

Source Radiation

Retroreflector

Detector Field of View

Effective Beam


Light CurtainA Light Curtain is a specialized reflex sensor head. It has four transmitters and four detectors side by side behind a cylindrical lens. The light curtain emits a fan-shaped beam, which provides a wide viewing area.

Figure 11-28. Effective Light Curtain Sensor Beam

The distance from the lens to the reflector strip, together with the length of the reflector, serve to define the effec-tive detection area.

Figure 11-29. Effective Detection Area Graph

Corner Cube Retroreflector and ReflexIn the case of the corner cube reflector, range and excess gain depend upon on reflector quality.

Corner cube reflectors provide the highest signal return to the sensor. Cube style reflectors have 2000-3000 times the reflectivity of white paper.

Corner cube reflectors consist of three adjoining sides arranged at right angles to one another.

When a ray of light strikes one of the three adjoining sides, the ray is reflected to the second side, then to the third, and then back to its source in a direction parallel to its original course. Thousands of these cube shapes are molded into a rug-ged plastic reflector or vinyl material.

+3+2+1--1-2-3

2 ft 4 ft 6 ft 8 ft 10 ftCurtain of Light Beam Profile

Deviation from Beam Center

in Feet

Light Ray

Figure 11-30. A Corner Cube Reflector


August 2007

PG08301004E F

27
11SE

NSO

RLE

ARN

ING

CO

URS

E

Glass bead retroreflectors are available in tape form for use in dispensers for package coding on convey-ors. They are also avail-able in sheet form that can be cut to size. The bead surface is typically rated at 200 to 900 times the reflec-tivity of white paper.

Only corner cube reflectors can be used with polarized reflex sensors. The light returned from the cube’s

surface is depolarized with respect to the light it received. Glass bead reflectors cannot be used with polarized retro-reflective sensors.

ContrastContrast measures the ability of a photoelectric sensor to detect an object. The contrast of a sensor is a ratio of the excess gain under light conditions to the excess gain under dark conditions. A ratio of 10:1 is desired. Contrast is important when a sensor has to detect semi-transparent objects or extremely small objects.

Each mode handles contrast differently.

Thru-Beam and ReflexThese modes are affected by:

■ Light transmissivity of an object or surface■ Size of an object in relation to the beam size

DiffuseThis mode is affected by:

■ Distance of the object or surface from the sensor■ Color or material of the object or surface■ Size of the object or surface

The ideal application provides infinite contrast ratio of the detection event. This is the case when 100% of the beam is blocked in reflex or thru-beam modes. For diffuse sensing, this occurs when nothing is present. Understanding the contrast ratio is critical when this situation does not exist, such as when detecting semitransparent objects. In some cases, it might be necessary to use a special low-contrast sensor designed for these applications.

Light Ray

OpaqueMaterial

Figure 11-31. Glass Bead


In the Workplace

A thru-beam pair is positioned ten inches apart to detect a semi-transparent plastic bottle moving through the sensing zone. But the sensor is not picking up the bottle.

Given that the excess gain at that range is 100, and the bottle blocks only 5% of the light energy, the con-trast ratio is close to 1 (100/95). This does not meet the advised 10:1 ratio. The thru-beam pair is just too powerful.

Using a focused sensor positioned three to four inches from the bottle changes things. In this detection zone, the excess gain is between 20 and 100. (See Figure 11-29. Effective Detection Area Graph on Page 11-26.)

EnvironmentThe list below ranks the level of contamination in a range of typical application environments.

Table 11-15. Level of Contamination Ranking

As you work your way down the list, the excess gain needed to overcome what’s hanging in the air gets higher.

To further complicate matters, with the reflex and thru-beam modes, the source and reflector can be in different locations with different levels of contamination.

For outdoor use, the environment can range from lightly dirty to extremely dirty.

Ranking Description Minimum Excess Gain Required

Relatively clean No dirt buildup on lenses or reflectors 1.5 XSlightly dirty Slight buildup of dust, dirt, oil, moisture,

etc. on lenses or reflectors. Lenses should be cleaned on a regular schedule.

5 X

Moderately dirty Obvious contamination of lenses or reflectors. Lenses are cleared occasionally or when necessary.

10 X

Very dirty Heavy contamination of lenses. Heavy fog, mist, dust, smoke or oil film. Minimal cleaning of lenses takes place.

50 X

The Right Sensor Type Makes the Difference BetweenReliable Sensing and No Sensing at All

isit: www.eaton.com

11-28

11SEN

SOR

LEARN

ING

COU

RSE

August 2007


1. Excess gain is a measurement of how much sensing power a photoelectric sensor has available beyond the _____________ _____________.

2. Name the three factors that can affect excess gain.__________________________________________________________________________________________

3. Based on the excess gain charts below, which sensor would be best for an application, in a dirty environ-ment, for a target that is 10 inches away? ____

4. Nearly every diffuse reflective sensor has a unique excess gain curve because nearly every sensor has a unique combination of lenses and beam angles.TRUE FALSE

5. Only corner cube style reflectors should be used with polarized reflex sensors. TRUE FALSE

6. Contrast is not important when sensing semi-trans-parent targets. TRUE FALSE



August 2007

PG08301004E F

29
11SE

NSO

RLE

ARN

ING

CO

URS

E

Sensor Output CircuitsAs we learned earlier, sensors interface to other control circuits through the output circuit. The control voltage type is a determining factor when considering output type. Control voltage types, whether AC, DC or AC/DC, can be categorized as either Load-Powered Sensor or Line-Powered Sensor.

Load-Powered — 2-Wire SensorsLoad-powered devices are similar to limit switches. They are connected in series with the controlled load. These devices have two connection points to the circuit and are often referred to as 2-wire switches. The operating cur-rent is drawn through the load.

When the switch is not operated, it must draw a minimum operating cur-rent referred to as off-state leakage current. Off-state leakage current is also sometimes referred to as residual current. This cur-rent is used to keep the sensor electronics active while it “looks” for a tar-

get. Residual current is not a problem for loads such as relays, motor starters, etc. (with low impedance). How-ever, loads such as programmable logic controllers (with high impedance) require a leakage current of lower than 2 mA. Otherwise, the PLC might see the voltage as being an ON signal. Most sensors are 1.7 mA. If a particular PLC requires less than 1.7 mA, a loading resistor is added in parallel to the input to the PLC load. The resistor lowers the current seen by the PLC so it doesn’t false trigger.

The current required to maintain the sensor when the target is present, is called the Minimum Holding Current. This current may range from 3 mA to as much as 20 mA depending on the sensor specification. If the current drawn by the load is not high enough, then the sensor cannot operate. Sensors with a 4 mA or less minimum holding current can be used with PLCs without concern.

Line-Powered — 2-Wire SensorsLine-powered switches derive their power from the line and not through the load. They have three connection points to the circuit, and are often referred to as 3-wire switches.

Sensor Load

Figure 11-32. Load Powered/2-Wire Circuit


The operating current the switch pulls from the line, is called the burden current. This is typically 20 mA. Because the operat-ing current doesn’t pass through the load, it is not a major concern for circuit design.

Two-Wire SensorsMost sensors are 3-wire devices, but some manufacturers

offer 2-wire devices. They are designed to be easy replacements for limit switches without the need to change wiring and logic.

Because 2-wire switches “steal” their operating power from the load circuit, there is a voltage drop across the switch when it is on (about 7 – 9 volts in AC powered devices).

If more than one 2-wire switch is wired in series with the load, there is a cumulative voltage drop across the switch. When more than one 2-wire switch is connected in parallel with a load, there is a cumulative effect on the leakage current. This increased off-state leakage current could cause a PLC to receive a false ON signal.

Output TypesThere are three output types available — Relay, Triac and Transistor.

A relay is a mechanical device that can handle load cur-rents at higher voltages. This allows the sensor to directly interface with motors, solenoids and other inductive loads. They can switch either AC or DC loads.

Relays are subject to contact wear and resistance build up, but contact life depends on the load current and the frequency of operations. Due to contact bounce, they can produce erratic results with counters, programmable logic controllers and other such devices, unless the input to those devices are filtered. Because relays are mechani-cal, they can add 10 to 25 milliseconds to a sensor’s Response Time.

For the majority of applications, these limitations cause no problems, or can easily be minimized. Relay outputs are very commonly used with sensors.

A triac is a solid-state device designed to control AC cur-rent. A triac switch turns on in less than a microsecond when its gate (control leg) is energized, and shuts off at the Zero Crossing of the AC power cycle.

Load

Figure 11-33. Line-Powered/3-Wire Circuit

isit: www.eaton.com

11-30

11SEN

SOR

LEARN

ING

COU

RSE

August 2007

Figure 11-34. Triac Output Circuit

Because a triac is a solid-state device, it is not subject to the mechanical limitations of a relay. Switching response time is limited only to the time it takes the 60 Hz AC power to go through one-half cycle.

Figure 11-35. AC Power Cycle

As long as a triac is used within its rated maximum current and voltage specification, life expectancy is virtually infi-nite. Triac devices used with sensors are generally rated at 2A loads or less, and can be directly interfaced with PLCs and other electronic devices. Triacs do have some limita-tions in that an inductive load directly connected can false trigger it. A Snubber Circuit can be used to minimize the problem. Shorting the load will destroy a triac, so the device should be short circuit protected to avoid this.

A transistor is a solid-state device designed to control DC current. They are most commonly used in low voltage DC powered sensors as the output switch. There are two types used, depending on the switching function. One is called NPN (Current Sink) Open Collector. The output transistor is connected to the negative DC. Current flows from the positive terminal through the load, to the sen-sor, to the negative terminal. The sensor “sinks” the cur-rent from the load.

Figure 11-36. Transistor Output Circuit (Sinking)

The second type used is called PNP (Current Source). The sensor is connected to the positive DC. Current flows from the positive terminal through the sensor, to the load, to the negative terminal. The sensor “sources” the current to the load.

Inductiveor Capacitive Control Circuit

Opto-CouplerTriac Driver

SnubberTriac

GTo ACLoadCircuit

0Contact VAC

Time

1 Cycle = 16.66 mS1/2 Cycle = 8.33 mS

60 Hz1 Cycle

Circuit BC

E 36V

+V

Output

Common


Figure 11-37. Transistor Output Circuit (Sourcing)

Bilateral FET DevicePhotosensors have another output type called a bilateral FET output. This output has many advantages over the other types of outputs:

■ Switching of either AC or DC voltages■ Low “OFF-state” leakage■ Extremely fast response time■ Interface direct to TTL and CMOS circuits (for PLCs and

industrial computers)■ Does not self-generate line noise

FET is for Field Effect Transistor, and may become the most popular output in the future because of its near ideal operating characteristics.

The voltage applied to the gate (G) controls the conduc-tion resistance between the source (S) and drain (D). Because an FET is a resistive device, it doesn’t develop the fixed voltage drop across its terminals like other solid-state switches. It also does not require any residual or leakage current to keep the electronics powered in the OFF-state.

Figure 11-38. Bilateral FET Device (AC/DC Switch)

FET switches are independent of voltage or current phase and can be configured in circuits that will control either AC or DC voltages. For circuits using PLCs, computers or other sensitive devices, FETs are good because they do not generate any switch induced line noise like relay and triac switches.

Like the other solid-state outputs, they cannot tolerate line spikes or large inrush currents. In the illustration above, a transorb is used to protect the FET from voltage spikes and dissipate the energy as heat.

36V+V

Output

Common

Circuit

CB

E

To Photoelectric

Control Circuit

Opto-Coupler Photo Voltaic Diode Stack

TransorbBilateral FET

ToAC/DCLoad

Circuit

DG

S

D

GS

+


August 2007

PG08301004E F

31
11SE

NSO

RLE

ARN

ING

CO

URS

E

Output ConfigurationsAs in other control devices, several output configurations are available for sensors. Fixed single outputs, either 1N.O. or 1N.C., are very common and N.O. is the most common. Fixed single output sensors cannot change configuration to the other circuit.

Figure 11-39. Single Output

A Programmable Output sensor has one output, N.O. or N.C., depending on how the output is wired when it’s installed. Sometimes the output configuration is selected using a switch. The sensors with the programmable out-put are only available as 2-wire AC or DC.

Figure 11-40. Programmable Output

A complementary output sensor has two outputs, 1N.O. and 1N.C. Both outputs change state simultaneously when the target enters or leaves the sensing field. These sensors are available only as 3-wire AC or DC.

Figure 11-41. Complementary Output

The output logic for the normally open and normally closed contact configurations for an inductive proximity sensor is shown in Table 11-16.

Load

Brown

Blue

L1 L2

Load

No Wiring Option

1 2

3 4

Load1

34

+ –

2

LoadN.C. N.O.


Table 11-16. Output Logic

Accessory ConsiderationsThe choice of control circuit, of using single, programma-ble or complementary outputs are dependent upon:

■ Voltage available – Does the control circuit have provi-sions for supplying DC? Some control circuits have interfacing circuitry for DC sensors even if the main control voltage source is AC.

■ Control circuit current requirements – If the circuit requires a current greater than the rating on the sen-sor, an interposing relay can be used.

■ Application output requirements – While N.O. is the most commonly used, certain applications may require the circuit logic provided by N.C., or even the comple-mentary configured sensors.

■ Switching speed requirements – For applications requiring high speed, such as counting, DC sensors may be required. AC circuits are limited by operations per second (because of the AC sine wave), and are typ-ically slower than DC.

■ Connected logic device – Probably the most important factor for sensor circuit and output configuration is the device to which the sensor is to be connected. What type of input the PLC, counter, relay, etc. can accept is the determining factor for which sensor output is chosen.

Other considerations are whether the sensor will need LED indication of its status and whether there is short cir-cuit protection, reverse polarity protection or wire termi-nation needed.

Switching Logic

Output Logic FunctionsThe outputs of two or more sensors can be wired together in series and parallel to perform logic functions. Factors that need to be taken into consideration, how-ever, are excessive leakage current or voltage drop and inductive feedback with line powered sensors. For these reasons, series and parallel connections for logic func-tions is not commonly done. It is usually easier to con-nect direct to a PLC’s inputs and perform the logic functions through the PLC program.

Output Configuration Target Output State

N.O. Absent Non-conducting (OFF)Present Conducting (ON)

N.C. Absent Conducting (ON)Present Non-conducting (OFF)

isit: www.eaton.com

11-32

11SEN

SOR

LEARN

ING

COU

RSE

August 2007

Output Response Time and Speed of OperationPhotoelectric, inductive and capacitive sensors can oper-ate considerably faster than a limit switch, making them better choices for high-speed operations such as count-ing or sorting. The time it takes to respond, its speed of operation, is based on several factors. Let’s take a moment to consider them.

When a system is first powered up, the sensor cannot operate until the electronics are “powered up.” This is referred to as time before availability.

For AC sensors, this delay is typically from 35 millisec-onds up to as high as 100 milliseconds. For a DC sensor, the delay is typically 30 milliseconds.

Figure 11-42. Time Delay Before Availability

Once the target enters the sensing range and the detector causes the output to change state, a certain amount of time elapses. This is called response time. For an AC sen-sor this is usually less than 10 milliseconds. DC devices respond in microseconds.

Figure 11-43. Response Time and Release Time for an Inductive Proximity Sensor

Similarly, when the target leaves the sensing field there is a slight delay before the switch is restored to the OFF state. This is referred to as the Release Time. An AC sen-sor typically releases in one cycle (16.66 milliseconds) and DC devices usually in 3 milliseconds, or less.

Load

Sensor

Target

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFFTime Delay

Before AvailabilitySelectorSwitch

Sensor

ReleaseTime

ONSensor

OFF

INTargetOUT

ResponseTime

OperatePoint

ReleasePoint

ReleaseOperate


In order to properly achieve high-speed operations, there are some basic principles that need to be applied. In addi-tion to the sensor’s response and release times, there is a similar delay for the load to operate. This is called the load response time. The total times combined are referred to as system response time. Similarly, there are load release time and system release time for when the target exits the sensing field. In order to ensure reliability and repeatability, the target must stay in the sensing field long enough to allow the load to respond. This is referred to as dwell time.

Output Timing ModesWhen a sensor is operated without a logic module, the output is generated for the length of time the object is detected. Some sensors are available with a logic module to allow setting timing functions.

Let’s look at each logic function, as illustrated in Table 11-17.

Table 11-17. Logic FunctionsTiming Mode

Description Illustration

ON Delay Logic

This allows the output signal to turn on only after the target has been detected for a predetermined period of time. The output turns off as soon as the target passes out of range.ON delay is useful in bin fill or jam detection because the sensor will not false trigger on the normal flow of objects going past.

OFF Delay Logic

For applications where there is a problem with signal loss in the system, this function turns the output on when the object is detected, and then holds the ON signal for a set period of time after the object is no longer detected.

ON/OFF Delay Logic

This logic function combines both of the above — the output is only generated after the target has been detected for a set period of time, and will remain on after the target is no longer detected for a set period of time.The mode smooths the output of the sensor for applications such as jam detection, fill level detection and edge guide.

Input Signal

Output Signal

ON Delay

ON Delay

Input Signal

Output Signal

OFF Delay

OFF Delay

OFF Delay

Input Signal

Output Signal

ON Delay

OFFDelay


August 2007

PG08301004E F

33
11SE

NSO

RLE

ARN

ING

CO

URS

E

(Continued)Table 18. Logic Functions (Continued)Timing Mode

Description Illustration

One-Shot Logic

This type of logic generates an output of a set length no matter how long an object is detected. A one-shot can be programmed to trigger on the leading or trailing edge of a target. A one-shot ON signal must time out before it can detect another input.This logic is useful in applications that require an output of specified length.

Retrig-gerable One-Shot Logic

This mode generates an output of predetermined length whenever an object is detected. The sequence restarts each time an object is detected, and will remain triggered as long as a stream of objects are detected before the one-shot times out. A retriggerable one-shot is useful in detecting underspeed conditions on conveyor lines.

Delayed One-Shot Logic

Combines on delay and one-shot logic. The one-shot feature is delayed for a predetermined period of time after an object is detected. A delayed one-shot is useful where the photoelectric control cannot be mounted exactly where the action is taking place. This includes applications like paint booths, high temperature ovens or drying bins.

Input Signal

Output Signal

One-Shot Pulse

One-Shot Pulse

Input Signal

One-Shot Pulse

One-Shot Pulse

Output Signal

One-Shot Pulse

Input Signal

Output Signal

Delay

One-Shot Pulse

Delay


(Continued)Table 18. Logic Functions (Continued)

In the Workplace

Paper breaks in a web printing press can result in time-consuming manual re-threading of the paper if the break is not immediately detected. A photoelectric sensor can detect this condition instantly, and do it in this tight space.

High excess gain and sharp optical cut-off ensure that background machinery is ignored. Meanwhile, paper is detected, regardless of texture, color or printing on it.

Under-speed Detection Logic

Operates identically to a retriggerable one-shot. It detects speeds that fall below a certain predetermined level.In addition, the underspeed detector has a built-in latch feature that shuts the system down completely when the speed slows to a preset level. This prevents the one-shot from retriggering once it times out, eliminating erratic switching while the motor is winding down.

Under-speed/ Over-speed Detection Logic

Detects both overspeed and underspeed conditions. The detector is set to count a certain number of objects in a specified amount of time. If the system operates either at a higher or lower rate, an output is generated.

Input Signal

Underspeed

Output Signal

OverspeedUnderspeed

Input Signal

Output Signal

A Photoelectric Sensor Minimizes Downtime for this Printing Press

isit: www.eaton.com

11-34

11SEN

SOR

LEARN

ING

COU

RSE

August 2007

Review 8Answer the following questions without referring to the material just presented.

Match the output circuit reference to its definition.

5. The initials designating a transistor output that sinks current from the load are ______________

6. The initials designating a transistor output that sources current to the load are ______________

In questions 7 through 13, match the term used to describe the following:


1. The current required to maintain the sensor when a target is present _____

A. Residual Current (Leakage)

2. Having three connections (3-wire) to the circuit _____

B. Burden Current

3. The operating current the switch pulls from the line _____

C. Load-Powered

4. Having two connections (2-wire) to the circuit _____

D. Line-Powered

7. The delay of a sensor when the system is first powered up _____

A. Release time

8. The period during target sensing and the detector causing output to change to ON state _____

B. Dwell time

9. The period during target exiting the sensing range and the out-put changing to OFF state _____

C. ON delay logic

10. The period during which the target must stay in range to allow the load to respond _____

D. One shot logic

11. Logic module that allows output signal only after target detection for a set period of time _____

E. Time before availability

12. Logic module that allows output signal to be held ON for a set period of time _____

F. OFF delay logic

13. Logic module that allows output signal to be a specific length regardless of target physical size or detection timing _____

G. Response time


Enclosure Ratings

NEMA Non-Hazardous Locations

Table 11-18. NEMA Non-Hazardous Locations

NEMA Hazardous Locations

Table 11-19. NEMA Hazardous Locations

Type Description

1 For indoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against contact with the enclosed equipment.

3 Intended for outdoor use, primarily for a degree of protection against windblown dust, rain, sleet and external ice formation.

3R For outdoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against falling rain, sleet and external ice formation.

4 For indoor and outdoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against wind blown dust and rain, splashing water and hose directed water.

4X Intended for indoor or outdoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against corrosion, windblown dust and rain, splashing water and hose directed water.

6 Intended for indoor or outdoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against the entry of water during occasional temporary submersion at a limited depth.

6P Intended for indoor or outdoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against the entry of water during prolonged submersion at a limited depth.

12 Intended for indoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against dust, falling dirt and dripping non-corrosive liquids.

13 Intended for indoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against dust, spraying of water, oil and non-corrosive coolant.

Type Description

Type 7 For indoor use, within conditions of Class I and Groups shown, to withstand and contain an internal explosion of specified gases, or to contain an explosion sufficiently so as not to ignite an explosive gas-air mixture in the surrounding atmosphere.

Class I

Group A AcetyleneGroup B Hydrogen, butadiene, ethylene oxide, propylene oxideGroup C Carbon monoxide, ether, ethylene, hydrogen sulfide, morpholine,

cyclopropaneGroup D Gasoline, benzene, butane, propane, alcohol, acetone, ammonia, vinyl

chlorideType 9 For indoor use, within Class II and Groups shown below conditions, to

withstand and contain an internal explosion of specified dusts, or to contain an explosion sufficiently so as not to ignite an explosive dust-air mixture in the surrounding atmosphere.

Class II

Group E Metal dustsGroup F Carbon black, coke dust, coalGroup G Grain dust, flour, starch, sugar, plastics


August 2007

PG08301004E F

35
11SE

NSO

RLE

ARN

ING

CO

URS

E

IEC Ratings

IEC Environmental Closure Ratings — Examples of Designations

Figure 11-44. Examples of Designations

Index of Enclosure Ratings – IEC

Table 11-20. 1st Characteristic Numeral

Table 11-21. 2nd Characteristic Numeral

Protection against contact and penetration of solid bodies.

0 Not protected1 Protection against solid objects greater than 50 mm.2 Protection against solid objects greater than 12 mm.3 Protection against solid objects greater than 2.5 mm.4 Protection against solid objects greater than 1.0 mm.5 Dust protected6 Dust-tight

0 Not protected1 Protection against dripping water2 Protection against dripping water when tilted up 15 degrees3 Protection against rain4 Protection against splashing water5 Protection against water jets6 Protection against heavy seas7 Protection against the effects of immersion8 Protection against immersion

IP

Characteristic Letters1st Characteristic Numeral(See Table 11-21 Below)

2nd CharacteristicNumeral (See Table 11-22 Below)

An enclosure with this designation is protected against the penetration of solid objects greater than 1.0 mm and against splashing water.

Characteristic Letters1st Characteristic Numeral(See Table 11-21 Below)

An enclosure with this designation is protected against the penetration of solid objects greater than 1.2 mm and against rain.

4 4 IP 2 3

2nd CharacteristicNumeral (See Table 11-22 Below)

isit: www.eaton.com

11-36

11SEN

SOR

LEARN

ING

COU

RSE

August 2007

Review Answers

Review 1 Answers1. Presence, absence

2. Limit Switch, Proximity Sensor, Photoelectric Sensor

3. Electromechanical

4. Inductive proximity

5. Photoelectric

Review 2 Answers1. Operating Head, Switch Body, Receptacle

2. C

3. F

4. D

5. A

6. E

7. B

8. True

Review 3 Answers1. a. 2

b. 4c. 3d. 1

2. C

3. A

4. D

5. B

6. True

Review 4 Answers1. Ferrous

2. True

3. False

4. True

5. True

6. False

Review 5 Answers1. True

2. Sensor (or Dielectric), Oscillator Circuit, Detector Circuit, Output Circuit

3. True

4. False

5. False

6. True


Review 6 Answers1. Thru-Beam. Reflex (or Retro-Reflective), Diffuse

Reflective, Background Rejection (or Perfect Prox®)

2. D

3. C

4. B

5. A

Review 7 Answers1. Power required

2. Target size, color, texture; Contamination (dust, humidity, debris); Application (distance, background, reflectivity)

3. C

4. True

5. True

6. False

Review 8 Answers1. A

2. D

3. B

4. C

5. NPN

6. PNP

7. E

8. G

9. A

10. B

11. C

12. F

13. D


August 2007

PG08301004E F

-1
12Sensor Applications
PG.05.08.T.E



12SE

NSO

RA

PPLI

CATI

ON

S

F

Table of ContentsOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1Sensor Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2

The sensor applications on the following pages range from basic problems to complex problems that can be solved only with specific Cutler-Hammer® sensors from Eaton’s electrical business.

The solution is summarized along with the Catalog Numbers of suggested models to be used. Note that many sensors are interchangeable; slight differences in the application may dictate the choice of one sensor over another. When full Catalog Numbers are listed, that specific model is suggested. Where no Suffix is given (e.g. 1451B) or only one family is listed, the choice of a specific model within the suggested type would be determined by operating voltage, sensing range, choice of cable or connector base, etc.


12-2August 2007

12SEN

SOR

APPLICATIO

NS

Sensor Applications

1. Broken Tool Detection

An E58 Harsh Duty Perfect Prox sen-sor is used to sense for the presence of the bit on a mill. The high sensing power and background rejection of the Perfect Prox allows reliable detection through high levels of cut-ting fluids, while ignoring objects just beyond the bit. The rugged harsh duty sensor survives constant exposure to lubricants, cutting fluids and flying metal chips.

2. Broken Bit Detection

A tubular E57 proximity sensor is used to detect the presence of a drill bit — should the drill bit be broken the sensor would signal a controller. For very small tools, a fine spot Comet Perfect Prox will reject the background while detecting a bro-ken drill bit.


E58 Perfect Prox Sensor E58-30DP or E58-18DP Sensor


Tubular Inductive Proximity Sensor

E57 Product Family or iProx

Fine Spot Comet Perfect Prox 13105

3. Machining Processes

A ferrous only sensor is used in a process where aluminum is being machined. The ferrous only sensor ignores the aluminum (non-ferrous) chips from the machining process and only detects the ferrous target.

4. Tool Position

A tubular E57 proximity sensor is used to detect the position of a tool chuck.

5. Bottle Filling Detection

A clear object sensor is used to sense the presence of bottles at a fill-ing operation. The sensor offers high reliability in sensing clear bottles of different colors and thicknesses.








E65 Clear Object Sensor E66CBL1C or E65VBL1C


6. Process Control

A capacitive proximity sensor used to verify fill level of bottled water on a filling process line.

7. Jam Detection

A reflex control with a time delay module set for “delay dark” ignores momentary beam breaks. If the beam is blocked longer than the delay period, the output energizes to sound an alarm or stop the conveyor.


Tubular Capacitive Proximity Sensor

E53 Product Family


50 Series Reflex Sensor 1450B

Time Delay Logic Module 8251B

Plug-In Relay Output Device 8532B

3" Diameter Retroreflector 6200A-6501

For assistance with these or other applications,

PG08301004E

contact us at 1-800-426-9184.

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-3
12SE

NSO

RA

PPLI

CATI

ON

S

8. Conveyor System Control

A tubular inductive proximity sensor is used to detect the presence of metal carriers holding parts to be machined.

9. Stack Height Control

A set of thru-beam sensors deter-mines the height of a scissor lift. For example, when the control is set for “dark-to-light” energize, the lift rises after a layer has been removed and stops when the next layer breaks the beam again.





Comet Series Thru-Beam Source

11155A

Comet Series Thru-Beam Detector

11255B

10. Carton Fill-Level Detection

Two sensors work together to inspect the fill level in cartons on a conveyor. A reflex sensor senses the position of the carton and energizes the Perfect Prox sensor located over the contents. If the Perfect Prox sen-sor does not “see” the fill level, the carton does not pass inspection.

11. Box Counting

A Prism right-angle reflex sensor detects boxes anywhere on a four foot wide conveyor. Interfacing the control with a programmable control-ler provides totals at specific time intervals. Polarized reflex optics pre-vent false triggering on shiny objects, while the high optical power burns through box dust and contamination.


Comet Visible-Beam Reflex Sensor

14102A

Comet 9 Inch Perfect Prox Sensor 13103A


E67 Long Range Perfect Prox(preset 3 – 8 ft.)

E67-LRDP


Prism Polarized Reflex Sensor 14151R



12. Log Diverter

The log is detected by an extended-range diffuse reflective control with a single-shot logic module or a high power E67 Long Range Perfect Prox. The hydraulic system is energized and the log is pushed onto a lateral conveyor. The logic module (used with the E51) allows for control of output pulse timing and duration. The E67 reliably senses logs of dif-ferent colors and shapes while ignoring objects in the background.

13. Cookie Motion Detection

High temperature environments are accommodated by the use of fiber optics. Here conveyor motion in a 450°F cookie oven is detected. If the motion stops, the one-shot logic module detects light or dark for too long, and the output device shuts the oven down.


E51 Extended Range Sensor E51CNP4

Single-Shot Logic Module E51MSS

E67 Long Range Perfect Prox E67-LRDP


50 Series Fiber Optic Sensor 1550B

One-Shot Logic Module (In Retrigger Mode)

8252A

Fiber Optic Thru-Beam Cable (2 Required)

6221B

Plug-In Relay Output Device 8532B

For assistance with these or other applications,
contact us at 1-800-426-9184.

12-4August 2007

12SEN

SOR

APPLICATIO

NS

Sensor Applications

14. Lid Detection

A pair of tubular proximity sensors used to, a) detect the presence of a can on a conveying line, and b) check for presence of a lid.

15. Tollbooth Control

Fast turn product with typical one busi-ness day lead-time to shipment.

Thru-beam source/detector or the long range polarized reflex controls are used to time the toll gate. To elimi-nate toll cheating, the gate lowers the instant the rear of the paid car passes the control. The E67 Long Range Per-fect Prox allows you to mount the sen-sor on one side, instead of both. Plus with Perfect Prox, the E67 will detect cars with different colors and finishes while ignoring all other background objects. The rugged control handles harsh weather, abuse and 24-hour operation.





20 Series Thru-Beam Source 1141D-6501

20 Series Thru-Beam Detector 1241D-6501

DPDT Relay Output Device 8526A-6501

E67 Long Range Perfect Prox E67-LRDP

16. Garage Door Control


A safe and secure garage is achieved through the use of thru-beam con-trols interfaced to the door control-ler. The door shuts automatically after a car leaves, and if the beam is broken while the door is lowering, the motor reverses direction and raises the door again.

17. Cut-Off Saw Control


NOTE: All products listed are required for each two-foot increment.An array of thru-beam controls detect the length of the log in stan-dard two-foot increments. The cor-rect saw is then activated to cut the log at its longest standard length. High optical performance is a must in this dusty and dirty environment.


80 Series High Current Control Unit (2 Required)

8880C-6501


E51 Thru-Beam Source E51ELA

E51 Thru-Beam Detector E51CLC1


18. Liquid Level Detection

A pair of E53 capacitive proximity sensors are used to sense high and low liquid levels in a tank through a sight glass. This arrangement starts a pump to fill the tank when the lower sensor is energized and shuts the pump off when the top sensor is energized.

19. Bulk Material Detection

A capacitive proximity is used to control fill level of solids such as plastic pellets in a hopper or bin.



E53 Product Family



E57 Product Family

For assistance with these or other applications,contact us at 1-800-426-9184.

PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-5
12SE

NSO

RA

PPLI

CATI

ON

S

20. Hopper Fill Level Control


The fill level on this machine hopper is controlled by a diffuse reflective control with a time delay module. The control must detect the level for a certain time interval before it ener-gizes the shut-off mechanism. This eliminates false “full” indications caused by extraneous material momentarily passing by the control.

21. Web Loop Control

A sensor that generates a “curtain-of-light” detects the length of a loop on a web drive system by measuring the amount of light returned from an array of retroreflectors. With this information, the analog control unit instructs a motor controller to speed up or slow down the web drive.


80 Series High Current Control Unit

8880C-6501

80 Series 18 Inch Diffuse Reflective Sensor

1381B

Time Delay Logic Module 8280A


70 Series Analog Control Unit 8172A

70 Series Reflex Curtain-of-Light Sensor

1471A

Analog Isolation Module 8272A

Strip Retroreflector 6210A

22. Parts Presence

A limit switch style proximity sensor, a Comet Perfect Prox or the iProx Sensor may be used to detect the presence of a part in a pick-and-place application for inspection. The Comet will detect any target mate-rial, color or finish while rejecting the background. The iProx can be programmed to sense a specific metal target while rejecting all other metal.

23. Small Parts Detection

Small objects moving through a “curtain-of-light” are counted by detecting a change in reflected light. A low contrast logic module inside the control unit responds to slight but abrupt signal variations while ignoring slow changes such as dust build-up.


Limit Switch Inductive Proximity Sensor

E57 Product Family

Comet Perfect Prox 1310

iProx Inductive Proximity Sensor E59F


70 Series High Power Control Unit 8171B

Low Contrast Logic Module 8215A


1471A


Triac Output Relay or Other Selection

8572A


24. Parts Detection

A four inch Perfect Prox sensor detects parts of various heights from 0.5 to 3 inches passing through a channel, while ignoring the channel bottom. For longer range sensing up to 8 ft., use the E67 Long Range Per-fect Prox. Installation is simple with no cutting or drilling of the channel required.

25. Filter Paper Length Control

A focused diffuse reflective sensor interfaces with a programmable con-troller to measure a specific length of corrugated automotive filter paper. The control detects the pres-ence or absence of a corrugation. When a predetermined number of corrugations has been detected, the programmable controller directs a shear to cut the paper.


Comet Series 4 Inch Perfect Prox Sensor

13101A

E67 Long Range Perfect Prox E67-LDRP


Comet Focused Diffuse Reflective Sensor

13102A


12-6August 2007

12SEN

SOR

APPLICATIO

NS

Sensor Applications

26. Broken Thread Detection


A pair of remote thru-beam sensors scan over and under multiple strands of thread. If a thread breaks and passes through one of the beams, the low-contrast logic module detects the sudden change in signal strength and energizes the output. Because this logic module does not react to slow changes in signal strength, it can operate in a dusty environment with little maintenance.




70 Series 375 Foot Thru-Beam Source (2 Required)

1173A-100

70 Series 375 Foot Thru-Beam Detector (2 Required)

1273A-100

DPDT Relay 8530A

Mounting Brackets 6142A

27. Hypodermic Needle Quality Control


A remote source and detector pair inspects for passage of light through a hypodermic needle. Their small design and waterproof stainless steel housing are appropriate for crowded machinery spaces and fre-quent washdowns. High signal strength allows quality inspection with hole sizes down to 0.007 inch.

28. Automotive Body Assembly

Automotive body assembly lines use welders which can cause standard inductive proximity sensors to perform erratically. Cutler-Hammer Weld-Field Immune Sensors from Eaton’s electrical business are designed to provide reliable operation in these environments.



70 Series 300 Foot Thru-Beam Source

1173A-300

70 Series 300 Foot Thru-Beam Detector

1273A-300

Triac Output Relay 8573A


Weld Field Immune Inductive Proximity Sensor

E57 Product Family


29. Multi-Hole Casting Inspection


Remote sensors inspect for the pres-ence of holes in a metal casting. Because each hole has its own inspection system, accurate defect information is recorded. Rugged sensor housing and extremely high signal strength handle dirt and grease with minimum maintenance. Using the modular control unit allows for dense packaging in small enclosures.

30. Web Flaw Detection

A web passes over an array of ret-roreflectors. When light is returned to the sensor head, the output is energized and the web shuts down. Because of the superior response time of the control unit, high web speeds can be maintained.


70 Series Modular Control Unit (4 Required)

8771A


1173A-300


1273A-300

Panel Mount Socket for Control Unit (4 Required)

8905A




DPDT Relay 8530A


1471A



PG08301004E

August 2007

PG08301004E F

-7
12SE

NSO

RA

PPLI

CATI

ON

S

31. Over/Underspeed Control

A reflex sensor with a motion detec-tion module counts the revolutions of the wheel. Speed is controlled by a programmable controller. Provides timing ranges from 2.4 to 12,000 counts per minute.

32. Motion Position Detection

A tubular E57 proximity sensor is used to detect the presence of set screws on a shaft hub providing a control device with signals for speed regulation or detection of rotation.


50 Series Reflex Sensor 1450B

Motion Detection Logic Module 8253A

Solid-State Switch Output Device 8562B

3 inch Diameter Retroreflector 6200A-6501




33. Motion Control

A pair of tubular proximity sensors is used to determine full open and fully closed valve position.

34. Clear Plastic Web Break Detection


The clear web is detected by an extremely sensitive diffuse reflec-tive sensor. Its short detection range makes it immune to reflective objects in the background. The extremely high excess gain helps it ignore reflection caused by fluttering of the web.





80 Series High Current Control Unit

8880C-6501

80 Series 7 Inch Diffuse Reflective Sensor

1380B


35. Web Splice Detection


When the two thru-beam detectors see the same signal strength, the output is zero. When the opacity of the web changes, as in a splice, the signal strengths are thrown out of balance and the output is energized. This system can be used on webs of different colors and opacities with no system reconfiguration.

36. Paper Presence Detection

Right angle viewing and compact size allow the sensor to be mounted in the tight confines of paper han-dling systems. High gain and sharp optical cut-off ensure that back-ground machinery will be ignored while paper will be detected regard-less of color and texture.


70 Series Differential Control Unit 9072A

One-Shot Logic Module 8213A

DPDT Relay 8526A


1173A-300


1273A-300


Comet Series 2 Inch Right Angle Perfect Prox Sensor

13104R


Comet Sensor

Paper

Rollers

12-8August 2007

12SEN

SOR

APPLICATIO

NS

Sensor Applications

37. Web Guiding

The 1372A-6501 slot sensor head is mounted so that the edge of the web extends into the slot and blocks half of the source beam. As the web moves into or out of position, a pro-portional signal is provided by the analog control unit to alert your con-trol system.


70 Series Slot Sensor 1372A-6501

70 Series Analog Control Unit 8172A

38. Damage Warning

Source and detector are mounted at opposite ends of a long warehouse storage shelf with the beam situated a safe distance below overhead obstacles (lighting, conduit, gas lines, ducts, pipes, etc.). If a forklift operator interrupts the beam while moving a load, a siren or flashing light will warn him to stop before any damage occurs.


Comet Series 100 Foot Thru-Beam Source

11102A

Comet Series 100 Foot Thru-Beam Detector

12102A


39. Zero Pressure Accumulation Conveyor

E68 Series or 200 Series sensors detect and control the movement of boxes on the conveyor, to maximize throughput and eliminate line pres-sure between boxes. The sensor contains all required logic with no need for a PLC.


E68 Integral Sensor Valve E68-SVS

200 Series Zero Pressure Accumulation

14286/14266


PG08301004E

PG08301004E F

-1August 2007

13AppendixAppendix
PG.05.09.T.E
13A

PPEN

DIX



F

Table of ContentsContents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1Enclosure Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2Glossary of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4


13-2

13A

PPEND

IX

August 2007

AppendixEnclosure Ratings

Index of Enclosure Protection — General
The UL, NEMA and IEC organizations (and other international groups) define degrees of protection provided by electrical enclosures with respect to personnel, equipment within the housing and the ingress of water.
Subtle differences do exist between the test procedures and specifications of these organizations.

To claim ratings to NEMA specifica-tions, the testing is performed and certified by the manufacturers themselves.

To comply to UL and IEC specifica-tions, the manufacturers must sub-mit product samples, materials used and other data to an independent testing laboratory before ratings can be claimed.

In addition, IEC “IP” ratings differ from NEMA in that they do not apply to protection against the risk of explosion or conditions such as humidity, corrosive gases, fungi or vermin. In addition, different parts of the equipment can have different


degrees of protection and still comply.

The chart shown below is a compari-son of the NEMA/UL/IEC enclosure specifications to be used as an approximate reference only. Do not use the table to convert from IEC to NEMA designations. For a definition of the ratings listed, see examples below and tables on Page 13-3.

NEMA/UL/IEC Enclosure Type Cross-Reference — Approximate

NOTE: IEC 529 does not specify equivalents to NEMA Enclosure Types 7, 8, 9 or 10.

IEC Environmental Enclosure Ratings — Examples of Designations

NEMA Enclo-sure Rating IP

10

IP20

IP21

IP22

IP23

IP30

IP31

IP32

IP33

IP40

IP41

IP42

IP43

IP50

IP51

IP52

IP53

IP54

IP55

IP56

IP60

IP61

IP62

IP63

IP64

IP65

IP66

IP67

IP68

1 X X X X X2 X X X X X3 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X3R X X X X X X X X3S X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X4 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X4X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X6 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X6P X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X12 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X13 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

Characteristic letters1st characteristic numeral(See Table 1 Next Page)

2nd characteristic numeral(See Table 2 Next Page)

IP 4 4

An enclosure with this designation is protected against the penetration of solid objects greater than 1.0 mm and against splashing water.

Characteristic letters1st characteristic numeral(See Table 1 Next Page)

2nd characteristic numeral(See Table 2 Next Page)

IP 2 3

An enclosure with this designation is protected against the penetration of solid objects greater than 12 mm and against splashing water.

PG08301004E

PG08301004E F

-3August 2007

13AppendixEnclosure Ratings

Index of Enclosure Ratings — IEC

Table 1 — 1st Characteristic NumeralProtected against contact and penetration of solid bodies.0 Not protected.1 Protection against solid objects greater

than 50 mm.2 Protection against solid objects greater

than 12 mm.3 Protection against solid objects greater

than 2.5 mm.4 Protection against solid objects greater

than 1.0 mm.5 Dust protected.6 Dust-tight.

Table 2 — 2nd Characteristic Numeral0 Not protected.1 Protection against dripping water.2 Protection against dripping water when

tilted up to 15 degrees.3 Protection against rain.4 Protection against splashing water.5 Protection against water jets.6 Protection against heavy seas.7 Protection against the effects of

immersion.8 Protection against submersion.

13A

PPEN

DIX

NEMA Definitions Pertaining to Non-hazardous Locations — NEMA Standard 250Type 1

Enclosures are intended for indoor use, primarily to provide a degree of pro-tection against contact with the enclosed equipment.

Type 3

Enclosures are intended for outdoor use, primarily to provide a degree of pro-tection against windblown dust, rain, sleet and external ice formation.

Type 3R

Enclosures are intended for outdoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against falling rain, sleet and external ice formation.

Type 4

Enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against windblown dust and rain, splashing water and hose-directed water.

Type 4X

Enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against corrosion, windblown dust and rain, splashing water and hose-directed water.

Type 6

Enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against the entry of water during occasional temporary submersion at a limited depth.

Type 6P

Enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against the entry of water during prolonged submersion at a limited depth.

Type 12

Enclosures are intended for indoor use, primarily to provide a degree of pro-tection against dust, falling dirt, and dripping non-corrosive liquids.

Type 13

Enclosures are intended for indoor use, primarily to provide a degree of pro-tection against dust, spraying of water, oil and non-corrosive coolant.


NEC Definitions Pertaining to Hazardous Locations — Article 500E51 Limit Switch Type Proximity Switches are rated for use in the fol-lowing locations:

Class I Division 2, Groups A, B, C or

D — Indoor Use

■ For the definition of a Class I Divi-sion 2 location, see National Elec-trical Code Article 500-5, paragraph (b).

■ For the definitions of Class I Group A, B, C, D Classifications, see the National Electrical Code Article 500-3, paragraph (a).

Class II Division 2, Groups F or G —

Indoor Use

■ For the definition of a Class II Divi-sion 2 location, see National Elec-trical Code Article 500-6, paragraph (b).

■ For the definitions of Class II Group F and G Classifications, see the National Electrical Code Arti-cle 500-3, paragraph (b).

Class III Division 2 — Indoor Use

■ For the definition of a Class III Division 2 location, see National Electrical Code Article 500-7, paragraph (b).

■ For the definitions of Class III Classifications, see the National Electrical Code Article 500-7.

August 2007

13-4

13A

PPEND

IX

AppendixGlossary of Terms

Acid-Resistant EnclosureAcid-Resistant Enclosure — So constructed that it will not be injured readily by exposure to acid fumes.ActuatorActuator — Mechanism of the limit switch that operates the contacts.AlignmentAlignment — Positioning of light source and detector, reflector or target in order to obtain maximum signal strength (see also Excess Gain).Ambient LightAmbient Light — Light reaching a sensor detector that is not generated by its light source.Amp or AmpereAmp or Ampere — A unit of measurement of electric cur-rent produced by one volt acting through the resistance of one ohm.Axial ApproachAxial Approach — (Head-On) The target approaches the sensing face of the sensor with its center moving along the reference axis of the coil/core. The target surface is parallel to the sensor face.Bend RadiusBend Radius — The minimum radius that a fiber optic cable can withstand without breaking the fibers.BreakBreak — To open an electrical circuit.Break DistanceBreak Distance — The effective open gap distance between the stationary and movable objects.Burden CurrentBurden Current — The operating current of a line pow-ered, three-wire, solid-state sensor. This current does not pass through the load.CamCam — Machine part or component that applies force to the switch actuator, causing it to move as intended.CapacitanceCapacitance — The ability of insulators to store an electri-cal charge.Capacitive Proximity SensorCapacitive Proximity Sensor — A sensor that operates on the principle of dielectric capacitance with a target. It detects the presence or absence of metallic or nonmetal-lic objects without physical contact. It is a self-contained, solid-state device with no moving parts. Sensitivity adjustment provided.CelsiusCelsius — See Fahrenheit/Celsius.CENELECCENELEC — European Committee for Electro-Technical Standardization.Complementary OutputComplementary Output — Sensors with normally open (N.O.) and normally closed (N.C.) outputs, both of which change state simultaneously.ContrastContrast — The ratio between excess gain under light conditions and excess gain under dark conditions. The higher the contrast ratio, the higher the reliability of the sensing application.CSACSA — Canadian Standards Association, Canada.


CurrentCurrent — The rate of flow of electric charge in an electri-cal circuit.Current Sinking Sensor or N TypeCurrent Sinking Sensor (NPN) or N Type — The negative terminal of a DC system is called the sink, because con-ventional current normally flows into it. A current sinking sensor “sinks” the current from the load.Current Sourcing Sensor or P TypeCurrent Sourcing Sensor (PNP) or P Type — The positive terminal of a DC system is called the source, because conventional current normally flows from it. A current sourcing sensor “sources” the current to the load.DampingDamping — A loading effect due to eddy currents being induced into the surface of a sensed metallic target, caus-ing a reduction in amplitude of the inductive proximity sensor’s oscillator signal.Dark OperateDark Operate — A dark operate sensor generates an out-put when the source light intensity is sufficiently reduced at the detector (the sensor sees “dark”).DetectorDetector — See Thru-Beam Detector.DielectricDielectric — The insulator separating the plates in a capacitor.DifferentialDifferential or Differential Travel (D.T.) — Plunger or actu-ator travel from point where contacts “snap over” to point where they “snap back.”Diffuse ReflectiveDiffuse Reflective Sensing — A photoelectric sensing method in which the light from the source hits the target surface and is then diffused from the surface in all direc-tions. Part of this light returns to the detector. If the inten-sity is high enough, the sensor generates an output. This is sometimes referred to as photoelectric “proximity” sensing.DINDIN — Deutsch Industrie Norm, Federal Republic of Ger-many (dimensions).Double Break ContactsDouble Break Contacts — Circuit “breaks” in two places.Double Insulated EnclosureDouble Insulated Enclosure — An insulation system with the two insulations physically separated and so arranged that they are not simultaneously subjected to the same deteriorating influences (temperature, contaminants, etc.) to the same degree.Double Pole, Double ThrowDouble Pole, Double Throw (DPDT) — A switch that makes and breaks two different circuits. Example, (2) N.O. and (2) N.C. contacts.Drip-Proof EnclosureDrip-Proof Enclosure — So constructed or protected that falling dirt or drops of liquid will not interfere with the successful operation of the apparatus under specified test conditions.


August 2007

PG08301004E F

-5
13AppendixGlossary of Terms
13A

PPEN

DIX

Dust-Tight EnclosureDust-Tight Enclosure — So constructed as to meet the requirements of a specified dust-tightness test.Dwell TimeDwell Time — The time that the target is present in the sensing field and is detected by the sensor.Eddy CurrentEddy Current — Current induced into the body of a metallic object by an oscillating electromagnetic field.Effective BeamEffective Beam — The light beam travelling directly between a thru-beam source and detector that must be completely blocked for detection to occur.Electromechanical Limit SwitchElectromechanical Limit Switch — A pilot control device that converts a mechanical motion via physical contact with a target into an electrical control signal. The rotary arm or push rod on the switch body housing is mechanically connected to the switching element inside. The cam, machine component or moving object comes into contact with the limit switch at a pre-determined position.EmbeddedEmbedded — A shielded core/coil sensor “embedded” in the surrounding metal mounting. The sensor operation is not affected by surrounding metal. Also referred to as “Flush Mounting.”EmitterEmitter — See Thru-Beam Source.Enclosed SwitchEnclosed Switch — A basic switch unit enclosed in a metal housing to provide increased durability and conduit connection.Excess GainExcess Gain — Measurement of the sensing power of a photoelectric sensor to detect an object in a given environment.External Mounting EnclosureExternal Mounting Enclosure — Enclosure mounting pro-visions external to the apparatus cavity.Fahrenheit/CelsiusFahrenheit/Celsius — Temperature scale conversion. F˚ = 9/5 (C˚) + 32 C˚ = 5/9 (F˚ - 32)FerrousFerrous — Metallic material which contains steel, nickel or cobalt.Fiber OpticFiber Optic — Sensor with remote optics comprised of thin plastic or glass fibers, for detection in very tight places or extremely harsh environments.Field of ViewField of View — The region illuminated by the light source and seen by the detector. Field of View is some-times referred to as “spot size” and may be expressed as a circle diameter at a given range, or in degrees emanat-ing from the sensor. In both cases, Field of View is a three-dimensional area roughly the shape of a cone.Fixed FocusFixed Focus — A sensing mode where the light source and the detector are angled towards one another, form-ing a focal point. The target will only be detected in this area where the source and detector fields of view cross.


Flush Mounting EnclosureFlush Mounting Enclosure — So designed as to have a minimal front projection when set into and secured to a flat surface.Free PositionFree Position (F.P.) — Position of switch plunger or actua-tor when no external force is applied other than gravity.HysteresisHysteresis — The difference between the sensor operate point, where the target is detected, and release point, where the target is no longer detected.IECIEC — International Electrotechnical Commission. Writes recommended performance and safety standards for electrical products.Inductive Proximity SensorInductive Proximity Sensor — A non-contact proximity sensor that operates on the principle of induced electro-magnetic field (i.e. eddy currents) in the surface of a metallic target. It detects the presence or absence of a metal object without physical contact. It is a self-contained, solid-state device with no moving parts. InfraredInfrared — Invisible light radiation at wavelengths of 690 nanometers and longer.Lateral ApproachLateral Approach — (Side-By) Approach path of a target perpendicular to the reference axis, target approaches the sensor from the side.Leakage CurrentLeakage Current — Small current flowing through a solid-state output when in the OFF state.LEDLED (Light Emitting Diode) — Semi-conductor that gen-erates monochromatic light when current flows in the conductive direction. Shock/vibration resistant, long life, low current draw alternative to incandescent lamps. As a low power, no heat source of light, the LED is the stan-dard light source for photoelectric sensors.LED IndicatorsLED Indicators — Light emitting diodes (LEDs) provide diagnostic information as to the status of the sensor (operated or not operated). Diagnostic indications are switch status, power ON/OFF status and/or short circuit conditions.Light CurtainLight Curtain — Specialized reflex sensor head that emits a fan-shaped beam of light.Light OperateLight Operate — A light operate sensor generates an out-put when the source light intensity is sufficiently increased at the detector (the sensor sees “light”).Line-Powered SensorLine-Powered Sensor — (3-wire) A sensor that draws its operating current (burden current) directly from the line. Its operating current does not flow through the load. Three connections are required.Load-Powered SensorLoad-Powered Sensor — (2-wire) A sensor that draws its operating current (residual current) through the load. Load Powered Sensors require only two connections (exclusive of ground) and are always in series with the load.

isit: www.eaton.com

August 2007

13-6

13A

PPEND

IX


Load Release TimeLoad Release Time — The time delay which occurs between the point at which the sensor output restores to the not operated state and the load restores to OFF-state condition.Maintained ContactMaintained Contact — Sustained contact after plunger has been released, but can be reset.MakeMake — To close or establish a path for electrical current.Minimum Holding CurrentMinimum Holding Current — Current required to sustain a solid-state sensor in an operating condition.Modulated Light SensorsModulated Light Sensors — A photoelectric sensor that operates on light pulses rather than on constant light intensity.Momentary ContactMomentary Contact — Contacts return from operated position to normal condition when actuating force is removed.NanometerNanometer (nm) — This is the typical unit of measure for the wavelength of source light in a photoelectric sensor. 1 Nano-meter is equal to 10-9 meter.NEMANEMA — National Electrical Manufacturers Association, United States.Non-embeddableNon-embeddable — An inductive style that requires a generous metal-free area surrounding the sensor face to allow for the longest sensing distances, often four times the shielded range.Non-ferrousNon-ferrous — Metallic material which does not contain steel, nickel or cobalt. Example: AluminumNormally Closed (N.C.)Normally Closed (N.C.) Output — Solid-state output con-figuration which emulates a normally closed relay con-tact condition.

Normally Open (N.O.)Normally Open (N.O.) Output — Solid-state output con-figuration which emulates a normally open relay contact condition.

NPN (Current Sink)NPN (Current Sink) — The sensor derives (“sinks”) its current from the load.OpaqueOpaque — An opaque object is impervious to the passage of light through it. Opaque objects offer high reliability in sensing because they provide the highest contrast between light beam blocked and unblocked conditions. See also Contrast and Translucent.Operate PointOperate Point — The point, at a distance from the sensor face, at which a target is detected.


Operating ForceOperating Force — That straight line force in the desig-nated direction applied to the actuator to cause the switch contacts to snap to the operated contact position.Operating ModeOperating Mode — See Light Operate and Dark Operate.Operating PositionOperating Position (O.P.) — The position of the actuator at which the contacts snap to the operated contact position.Outdoor EnclosureOutdoor Enclosure — Suitable for installation where exposed to the weather.Over-travelOvertravel (O.T.) — The movement of the actuator beyond the contact trip position without damage occur-ring to the switch.Perfect ProxPerfect Prox — A sensor used to detect an object at or inside a given range while ignoring a nearby background.Photoelectric SensorPhotoelectric Sensor — An electronic device capable of recognizing changes in light intensity and converting these changes into a change in output state. It is also referred to as a “Photoeye.”PNP (Current Source)PNP (Current Source) — The sensor provides (“sources”) the current to the load.Polarized Reflex SensorPolarized Reflex Sensor — A reflex photoelectric sensor that uses a visible light source, polarizing filters and a prismatic retroreflector to help the sensor distinguish light returning from the retroreflector from that returning from a shiny target surface, thus increasing the reliability of the sensing application.Positive Opening OperationPositive Opening Operation (on N.C. contacts) — The achievement of contact separa-tion as the direct result of a specified movement of the switch actuator through non-resilient members (e.g. not dependent upon strings). Also called Direct Opening and Positive Break.Precision Snap-Action SwitchPrecision Snap-Action Switch — A mechanically oper-ated electric switch having predetermined and accurately controlled characteristics.Pre-travelPretravel (P.T.) — The distance or angle through which the actuator moves before reaching the point at which the contacts are tripped.Programmable OutputProgrammable Output — Sensor output functions that can be wired to output normally open or normally closed, but not simultaneously.Proximity SensorsProximity Sensor — See Inductive Proximity Sensor.Radio Frequency InterferenceRadio Frequency Interference (RFI) — Interference caused by radio transceiver signals (i.e. walkie talkie devices).


August 2007

PG08301004E F

-7
13AppendixGlossary of Terms
13A

PPEN

DIX

Rainproof EnclosureRainproof Enclosure — So constructed, protected or treated as to prevent rain under specified conditions from interfering with successful operation of the apparatus.ReceiverReceiver — See Thru-Beam Detector.Reference AxisReference Axis — The axis that is perpendicular to and passes through the center of the sensor face.Reflex SensingReflex Sensing — A sensing mode where source light emitted from the sensor is reflected directly back to the detector by a prismatic retroreflector. When this light beam is blocked by a target, the sensor changes output state.Release Force (R.F.)Release Force (R.F.) — Amount of force still applied to switch plunger or actuator at the moment contacts snap from the operated position to the unoperated position.Release PointRelease Point — The point, at a distance from the sensor face, at which the target is no longer detected by the sensor.Release TimeRelease Time — The time delay from when a target reaches the release point to when the output restores to the not operated state.Repeat AccuracyRepeat Accuracy — Variations in sensing distance between successive sensor operations due to component tolerances when all operating conditions are kept constant.ResistanceResistance — The opposition to the flow of electricity in an electric circuit measured in ohms.Response TimeResponse Time — Time interval from when the target reaches the operate point to when the output goes into the operated state.Retroflective SensingRetroflective Sensing — See Reflex Sensing.RetroreflectorRetroreflector — A highly reflective material that returns light that strikes it back in a direction parallel to its origi-nal course.Return ForceReturn Force — Amount of force still applied to a switch plunger or actuator at the moment the contacts snap from the operated position to the unoperated position.Reverse Polarity ProtectionReverse Polarity Protection — Internal circuitry that pre-vents damage to the sensor in case of accidental reverse polarity connection (plus-to-minus, minus-to-plus).Rust-Resistant EnclosureRust-Resistant Enclosure — So constructed, protected or treated that rust will not exceed a specified limit when subjected to a specified rust-resistance test.Semi-ShieldedSemi-Shielded — An inductive style that still requires a metal-free zone around the sensor face, but the required area is greatly reduced. Range for this type is typically 2 – 3 times the range of a similar shielded sensor.


Sensing FaceSensing Face — The surface from which the sensing field is projected from a sensor.Sensing DistanceSensing Distance — The physically measured distance from a particular sensor to a particular target. The three specific definitions of sensing distance are:Effective Sensing Distance

Effective Sensing Distance (Sr) — The operating range of a sensor measured at nominal voltage and temperature.Nominal Sensing DistanceNominal Sensing Distance (Sn) — The distance at which a sensor is designed to detect a standard target at rated voltage and temperature.Usable Sensing DistanceUsable Sensing Distance (Su) — The distance at which a particular sensor should sense a standard target over the operating temperature and voltage limits recommended by the manufacturer.

Sensing RangeSensing Range — See Sensing Distance.ShieldedShielded — An inductive style that allows the user to mount the sensor flush in metal up to the sensor face without the sensor detecting the presence of that metal.Short Circuit ProtectionShort Circuit Protection — Internal circuitry that protects the sensor from electrical damage due to excessive cur-rent from a wiring short circuit.Sleet-Proof EnclosureSleet-Proof Enclosure — So constructed or protected that the accumulation of sleet (ice) under specified test condi-tions will not interfere with the successful operation of the apparatus including external operation mecha-nism(s).Slow Break ContactsSlow Break Contacts — Contacts for which the speed of the contact make/break is dependent upon the speed of the operator.Snap Action ContactsSnap Action Contacts — Contacts for which the speed of the contact make/break is independent of the operator speed. Different tripping and reset points occur in each direction (differential travel).Snubber CircuitSnubber Circuit — Circuit composed of a resistor and a capacitor in series, and connected across the device. This circuit serves to protect a sensor against electrical transients.SourceSource — See Thru-Beam Source.Standard TargetStandard Target — A metallic object used for sensing dis-tance measurement with inductive proximity sensors. For similar sensor models the standard target is a square mild steel plate 1 mm thick. The length of each side is equal to the diameter of the sensing face.Submersible EnclosureSubmersible Enclosure — So constructed as to prevent water ingress when submerged in water under specified test conditions of pressure and time.

isit: www.eaton.com

August 2007

13-8

13A

PPEND

IX


Thru-Beam DetectorThru-Beam Detector — The component of a thru-beam sensing system that receives the light being emitted by the source. Thru-BeamThru-Beam Sensing — A sensing mode where the light source and detector are directed at each other across an area in which a target passes. Detection occurs when the target blocks the light beam travelling directly between the source and detector (called the “effective beam”).Thru-Beam SourceThru-Beam Source — The component of a thru-beam sensing system that emits light.Time Delay Before AvailabilityTime Delay Before Availability — Time delay from when power is initially supplied to a solid-state sensor device and the time when it will be ready to detect a target.Total TravelTotal Travel (T.T.) —The sum of the pretravel and total overtravel expressed by distance or angle.TranslucentTranslucent — A translucent object allows some reduced level of light to pass through it. Translucent objects can result in reliability problems in sensing if the contrast between light beam blocked and unblocked conditions is too low. See also Contrast and Opaque.ULUL — Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., United States. Independent facility which tests and certifies electrical equipment.UnshieldedUnshielded — An inductive style that requires a metal-free zone surrounding the sensor face when mounting. Range for this type is typically 1.5 – 2 times the shielded range.VDEVDE — Verband Deutscher Electro-techniker, Federal Republic of Germany.Watertight EnclosureWatertight Enclosure — So constructed as to prevent water ingress applied in the form of a hose stream under specified test conditions.WavelengthWavelength — Distance traveled by light while complet-ing one complete sine-wave expressed in nanometers (nm). Each color has a specific wavelength.Zero CrossingZero Crossing — The point in an AC cycle when the sine wave is at zero.


August 2007

PG08301004E For more information visit:

www.eaton.com

14-1Index by Catalog Number

14IN

DEX

10316H10

..................................... 2-65

10316H1002

................................. 2-61

10316H1004

................................. 2-61

10316H1006

................................. 2-61

10316H1007

................................. 2-61

10316H1009

................................. 2-62

10316H1028

................................. 2-67

10316H1029

................................. 2-67

10316H1039

................................. 2-61

10316H1049

................................. 2-61

10316H1059

................................. 2-61

10316H1071

................................. 2-61

10316H1072

................................. 2-61

10316H110

................................... 2-67

10316H113

................................... 2-67

10316H1146

................................. 2-61

10316H119

................................... 2-67

10316H1191

................................. 2-61

10316H1192

................................. 2-61

10316H1193

................................. 2-61

10316H1194

................................. 2-61

10316H1212

................................. 2-61

10316H1213

................................. 2-61

10316H122

................................... 2-67

10316H1237

................................. 2-62

10316H143

................................... 2-67

10316H144

................................... 2-67

10316H145

................................... 2-67

10316H146

................................... 2-67

10316H147

................................... 2-67

10316H148

................................... 2-67

10316H150

................................... 2-67

10316H1580

................................. 2-66

10316H1600

................................. 2-66

10316H1610

................................. 2-66

10316H1630

................................. 2-66

10316H18

..................................... 2-65

10316H187

................................... 2-58

10316H2000

................................. 2-67

10316H2006

................................. 2-67

10316H2012

................................. 2-67

10316H2042

................................. 2-67

10316H2140

................................. 2-61

10316H2149

................................. 2-61

10316H2159

................................. 2-61

10316H2160

................................. 2-61

10316H2168

................................. 2-61

10316H2170

................................. 2-61

10316H2176

................................. 2-61

10316H2178

................................. 2-61

10316H2179

................................. 2-61

10316H2188

................................. 2-61

10316H2197

................................. 2-61

10316H2200

................................. 2-61

10316H281

................................... 2-58

10316H283

................................... 2-58

10316H284

................................... 2-58

10316H285

................................... 2-58

10316H296

................................... 2-58

10316H299

................................... 2-58

10316H320

................................... 2-65

10316H341

................................... 2-58

10316H484

................................... 2-58

10316H50

..................................... 2-66

10316H54

..................................... 2-66

10316H577

................................... 2-58

10316H621

................................... 2-58

10316H700

................................... 2-58

10316H701

................................... 2-58

10316H828

................................... 2-67

10316H829A

................................. 2-67

10316H89

..................................... 2-67

11100A6513

................................. 5-29

11100A6517

................................. 5-29

11100AQD03

............................... 5-29

11100AQD07

............................... 5-29

11100R6513

................................. 5-29

11100R6517

................................. 5-29

11100RQD03

................................ 5-29

11100RQD07

................................ 5-29

11102A6513

................................. 5-29

11102A6517

................................. 5-29

11102AQD03

............................... 5-29

11102AQD07

............................... 5-29

11155AA04

.................................. 5-41

11155AA07

.................................. 5-41

11155AA14

.................................. 5-41

11155AA17

.................................. 5-41

11155RA04

.................................. 5-41

11155RA07

.................................. 5-41

11155RA14

.................................. 5-41

11155RA17

.................................. 5-41

1141D-6501

............................... 5-108

1150E-6504

.................................... 5-9

1150E-6507

.................................... 5-9

1150E-6513

.................................... 5-9

1150E-6517

.................................... 5-9

1150E-6534

.................................... 5-9

1150E-6537

.................................... 5-9

1150E-6543

.................................... 5-9

1150E-6547

.................................... 5-9

1151E-6504

.................................. 5-10

1151E-6507

.................................. 5-10

1151E-6513

.................................. 5-10

1151E-6517

.................................. 5-10

1151E-6534

.................................. 5-10

1151E-6537

.................................. 5-10

1151E-6543

.................................. 5-10

1151E-6547

.................................. 5-10

1155A-6501

........................ 5-70, 5-77

1155A-6502

........................ 5-70, 5-77

1155A-6507

........................ 5-70, 5-77

1155A-6511

........................ 5-70, 5-77

1155A-6512

........................ 5-70, 5-77

1155A-6517

........................ 5-70, 5-77

1170A-300

................................. 5-117

1173A-100

................................. 5-117

1173A-200

................................. 5-117

1173A-300

................................. 5-117

1179A-6501

............................... 5-117

12100A6513

................................. 5-29

12100A6517

................................. 5-29

12100AQD03

............................... 5-29

12100AQD07

............................... 5-29

12100R6513

................................. 5-29

12100R6517

................................. 5-29

12100RQD03

................................ 5-29

12100RQD07

................................ 5-29

12102A6513

................................. 5-29

12102A6517

................................. 5-29

12102AQD03

................................ 5-29

12102AQD07

................................ 5-29

12155AD04

................................... 5-41

12155AD07

................................... 5-41

12155AD10

................................... 5-41

12155AL04

................................... 5-41

12155AL07

................................... 5-41

12155AL10

................................... 5-41

12155RD04

................................... 5-41

12155RD07

................................... 5-41

12155RD10

................................... 5-41

12155RL04

.................................... 5-41

12155RL07

.................................... 5-41

12155RL10

.................................... 5-41

1241D-6501

................................ 5-108

1250B-6501

.................................. 5-70

1250B-6502

.................................. 5-70

1250B-6507

.................................. 5-70

1250B-6511

.................................. 5-70

1250B-6512

.................................. 5-70

1250B-6517

.................................. 5-70

1250E-6503

.................................... 5-9

1250E-6504

.................................... 5-9

1250E-6507

.................................... 5-9

1250E-6513

.................................... 5-9

1250E-6514

.................................... 5-9

1250E-6517

.................................... 5-9

1250E-6533

.................................... 5-9

1250E-6534

.................................... 5-9

1250E-6537

.................................... 5-9

1250E-6543

.................................... 5-9

1250E-6545

.................................... 5-9

1250E-6547

.................................... 5-9

1250E-8503

.................................... 5-9

1250E-8504

.................................... 5-9

1250E-8507

.................................... 5-9

1250E-8513

.................................... 5-9

1250E-8514

.................................... 5-9

1250E-8517

.................................... 5-91250E-8533 .................................... 5-91250E-8534 .................................... 5-91250E-8537 .................................... 5-91250E-8543 .................................... 5-91250E-8545 .................................... 5-91250E-8547 .................................... 5-91251B-6501 .................................. 5-701251B-6502 .................................. 5-701251B-6507 .................................. 5-701251B-6511 .................................. 5-701251B-6512 .................................. 5-701251B-6517 .................................. 5-701251E-6503 .................................. 5-101251E-6504 .................................. 5-101251E-6507 .................................. 5-101251E-6513 .................................. 5-101251E-6514 .................................. 5-101251E-6517 .................................. 5-101251E-6533 .................................. 5-101251E-6534 .................................. 5-101251E-6537 .................................. 5-101251E-6543 .................................. 5-101251E-6545 .................................. 5-101251E-6547 .................................. 5-101251E-8503 .................................. 5-101251E-8504 .................................. 5-10

1251E-8507 .................................. 5-101251E-8513 .................................. 5-101251E-8514 .................................. 5-101251E-8517 .................................. 5-101251E-8533 .................................. 5-101251E-8534 .................................. 5-101251E-8537 .................................. 5-101251E-8543 .................................. 5-101251E-8545 .................................. 5-101251E-8547 .................................. 5-101255A-6501 ................................. 5-771255A-6502 ................................. 5-771255A-6507 ................................. 5-771255A-6511 ................................. 5-771255A-6512 ................................. 5-771255A-6517 ................................. 5-771256A-6501 ................................. 5-771256A-6502 ................................. 5-771256A-6507 ................................. 5-771256A-6511 ................................. 5-771256A-6512 ................................. 5-771256A-6517 ................................. 5-771270A-300 ................................. 5-1171273A-100 ................................. 5-1171273A-200 ................................. 5-1171273A-300 ................................. 5-1171279A-6501 ............................... 5-11713100A6513 ................................. 5-3113100A6517 ................................. 5-3113100AQD03 ............................... 5-3113100AQD07 ............................... 5-3113100R6513 ................................. 5-3113100R6517 ................................. 5-3113100RQD03................................ 5-3113100RQD07................................ 5-3113101A6513 ................................. 5-3213101A6517 ................................. 5-3213101AQD03 ............................... 5-3213101AQD07 ............................... 5-3213101AS6515 .............................. 5-3213101ASQD05 ............................. 5-3213101ASQD25 ............................. 5-3213101RS6515............................... 5-3213101RSQD05 ............................. 5-3213102A6513 ................................. 5-3113102A6517 ................................. 5-3113102AQD03 ............................... 5-3113102AQD07 ............................... 5-3113103A6513 ................................. 5-3213103A6517 ................................. 5-3213103AQD03 ............................... 5-3213103AQD07 ............................... 5-3213103R6513 ................................. 5-3313103R6517 ................................. 5-3313103RQD03................................ 5-3313103RQD07................................ 5-3313104A6513 ................................. 5-3213104A6515 ................................. 5-3213104A6517 ................................. 5-3213104AQD03 ............................... 5-3213104AQD05 ............................... 5-3213104AQD07 ............................... 5-3213104AQD25 ............................... 5-3213104R6513 ................................. 5-3313104R6515 ................................. 5-32

Index by Catalog Number

14-2



14IN

DEX

August 2007

13104R6517.................................. 5-3313104RQD03 ................................ 5-3313104RQD05 ................................ 5-3213104RQD07 ................................ 5-3313104RQD25 ................................ 5-3213104RS5003 ............................... 5-3313104RS5007 ............................... 5-3313104RS5013 ............................... 5-3313104RS5020 ............................... 5-3313105A6513 ................................. 5-3313105A6517 ................................. 5-3313105AQD03 ................................ 5-3313105AQD07 ................................ 5-3313106A6513 ................................. 5-3113106A6517 ................................. 5-3113106AQD03 ................................ 5-3113106AQD07 ................................ 5-3113106R6513.................................. 5-3113106R6517.................................. 5-3113106RQD03 ................................ 5-3113106RQD07 ................................ 5-3113107AS6513 ............................... 5-3113107AS6517 ............................... 5-3113107ASQD03 ............................. 5-3113107ASQD07 ............................. 5-3113107RS6513 ............................... 5-3113107RS6517 ............................... 5-3113107RSQD03.............................. 5-3113107RSQD07.............................. 5-3113108A6513 ................................. 5-3213108A6517 ................................. 5-3213108AQD03 ................................ 5-3213108AQD07 ................................ 5-3213108R6513.................................. 5-3313108R6517.................................. 5-3313108RQD03 ................................ 5-3313108RQD07 ................................ 5-3313150AD04................................... 5-4213150AD07................................... 5-4213150AD14................................... 5-4213150AD17................................... 5-4213150AL04 ................................... 5-4213150AL07 ................................... 5-4213150AL14 ................................... 5-4213150AL17 ................................... 5-4213150RD04 ................................... 5-4213150RD07 ................................... 5-4213150RD14 ................................... 5-4213150RD17 ................................... 5-4213150RL04.................................... 5-4213150RL07.................................... 5-4213150RL14.................................... 5-4213150RL17.................................... 5-4213156RD07B1 .............................. 5-4813156RD17B1 .............................. 5-4813156RL07B1 ............................... 5-4813156RL17B1 ............................... 5-4813157RD07B1 .............................. 5-4813157RD17B1 .............................. 5-4813157RL07B1 ............................... 5-4813157RL17B1 ............................... 5-481320B-6501 ................................ 5-1081320B-7501 ................................ 5-1101321B-6501 ................................ 5-1081350B-6501 .................................. 5-71

1350B-6502 ................................. 5-711350B-6507 ................................. 5-711350B-6511 ................................. 5-711350B-6512 ................................. 5-711350B-6517 ................................. 5-711350E-6503 .................................. 5-121350E-6504 .................................. 5-121350E-6507 .................................. 5-121350E-6513 .................................. 5-121350E-6514 .................................. 5-121350E-6517 .................................. 5-121350E-6533 .................................. 5-121350E-6534 .................................. 5-121350E-6537 .................................. 5-121350E-6543 .................................. 5-121350E-6545 .................................. 5-121350E-6547 .................................. 5-121350E-8503 .................................. 5-121350E-8504 .................................. 5-121350E-8507 .................................. 5-121350E-8513 .................................. 5-121350E-8514 .................................. 5-121350E-8517 .................................. 5-121350E-8533 .................................. 5-121350E-8534 .................................. 5-121350E-8537 .................................. 5-121350E-8543 .................................. 5-121350E-8545 .................................. 5-121350E-8547 .................................. 5-121351B-6501 ................................. 5-711351B-6502 ................................. 5-711351B-6507 ................................. 5-711351B-6511 ................................. 5-711351B-6512 ................................. 5-711351B-6517 ................................. 5-711351E-6503 .................................. 5-121351E-6504 .................................. 5-121351E-6507 .................................. 5-121351E-6513 .................................. 5-121351E-6514 .................................. 5-121351E-6517 .................................. 5-121351E-6533 .................................. 5-121351E-6534 .................................. 5-121351E-6537 .................................. 5-121351E-6543 .................................. 5-121351E-6545 .................................. 5-121351E-6547 .................................. 5-121351E-8503 .................................. 5-121351E-8504 .................................. 5-121351E-8507 .................................. 5-121351E-8513 .................................. 5-121351E-8514 .................................. 5-121351E-8517 .................................. 5-121351E-8533 .................................. 5-121351E-8534 .................................. 5-121351E-8537 .................................. 5-121351E-8543 .................................. 5-121351E-8545 .................................. 5-121351E-8547 .................................. 5-121352B-6501 ................................. 5-711352B-6507 ................................. 5-711352B-6511 ................................. 5-711352B-6517 ................................. 5-711355A-6503 ................................. 5-781355A-6507 ................................. 5-78

1355A-6513 ................................. 5-781355A-6517 ................................. 5-781355AD6503 ................................ 5-781355AD6507 ................................ 5-781355AD6513 ................................ 5-781355AD6517 ................................ 5-781355R-6503 ................................. 5-781355R-6513 ................................. 5-781355RD6503 ................................ 5-781355RD6513 ................................ 5-781356A-6503 ................................. 5-781356A-6507 ................................. 5-781356A-6513 ................................. 5-781356A-6517 ................................. 5-781356AD6503 ................................ 5-781356AD6507 ................................ 5-781356AD6513 ................................ 5-781356AD6517 ................................ 5-781356R-6503 ................................. 5-781356R-6513 ................................. 5-781356RD6503 ................................ 5-781356RD6513 ................................ 5-781357A-6503 ................................. 5-781357A-6507 ................................. 5-781357A-6513 ................................. 5-781357A-6517 ................................. 5-781357AD6503 ................................ 5-781357AD6507 ................................ 5-781357AD6513 ................................ 5-781357AD6517 ................................ 5-781357R-6503 ................................. 5-781357R-6513 ................................. 5-781357RD6503 ................................ 5-781357RD6513 ................................ 5-781370A-6501 ............................... 5-1181372A-6501 ............................... 5-1181380B-6501 ............................... 5-1021381B-6501 ............................... 5-1021382B-6501 ............................... 5-1021383B-6501 ............................... 5-1021383R-6501 ............................... 5-1021384B-6501 ............................... 5-10214100A6513................................. 5-3014100A6517................................. 5-3014100AQD03 ............................... 5-3014100AQD07 ............................... 5-3014101A6513................................. 5-3014101A6517................................. 5-3014101AQD03 ............................... 5-3014101AQD07 ............................... 5-3014101AS6515 .............................. 5-3014101ASQD05............................. 5-3014101R6513 ................................. 5-3014101R6517 ................................. 5-3014101RQD03 ............................... 5-3014101RQD07 ............................... 5-3014102A6513................................. 5-3014102A6517................................. 5-3014102AQD03 ............................... 5-3014102AQD07 ............................... 5-3014102AS6515 .............................. 5-3014102ASQD05............................. 5-3014102R6513 ................................. 5-3014102R6517 ................................. 5-3014102RQD03 ............................... 5-30

14102RQD07 ................................ 5-301410B-6501................................ 5-1081410B-6502................................ 5-1081411D-6501................................ 5-1131411D-6502................................ 5-1131411R-6501 ................................ 5-1131411R-6502 ................................ 5-11314150AD04 .................................. 5-4214150AD07 .................................. 5-4214150AD14 .................................. 5-4214150AD17 .................................. 5-4214150AL04 ................................... 5-4214150AL07 ................................... 5-4214150AL14 ................................... 5-4214150AL17 ................................... 5-4214150RD04................................... 5-4214150RD07................................... 5-4214150RD14................................... 5-4214150RD17................................... 5-4214150RL04 ................................... 5-4214150RL07 ................................... 5-4214150RL14 ................................... 5-4214150RL17 ................................... 5-4214151AD04 .................................. 5-4214151AD07 .................................. 5-4214151AD14 .................................. 5-4214151AD17 .................................. 5-4214151AL04 ................................... 5-4214151AL07 ................................... 5-4214151AL14 ................................... 5-4214151AL17 ................................... 5-4214151RD04................................... 5-4214151RD07................................... 5-4214151RD14................................... 5-4214151RD17................................... 5-4214151RL04 ................................... 5-4214151RL07 ................................... 5-4214151RL14 ................................... 5-4214151RL17 ................................... 5-4214156AD07B1.............................. 5-4814156AD17B1.............................. 5-4814156AL07B1 .............................. 5-4814156AL17B1 .............................. 5-4814156RD07B1 .............................. 5-4814156RD17B1 .............................. 5-4814156RL07B1............................... 5-4814156RL17B1............................... 5-481420B-6501................................ 5-10814256RD17B1 .............................. 6-2014256RDN17B1 ........................... 6-2014256RDP17B1 ........................... 6-2014256RL17B1............................... 6-2014256RLN17B1............................ 6-2014256RLP17B1 ............................ 6-2014266RDN17B1 ........................... 6-1514266RDNT17B1......................... 6-1514266RDP17B1 ........................... 6-1514266RDPC17B1 ......................... 6-1514266RLN17B1............................ 6-1514266RLNT17B1 ......................... 6-1514266RLP17B1 ............................ 6-1514266RLPC17B1.......................... 6-1514266RLPT17B1 .......................... 6-1514286RDN17B1 ........................... 6-1514286RDP17B1 ........................... 6-15

August 2007

PG08301004E For more information visit: www.eaton.com


14IN

DEX

14286RDPC17B1 ......................... 6-1514286RDPT17B1 ......................... 6-1514286RLN17B1 ............................ 6-1514286RLNT17B1.......................... 6-1514286RLP17B1 ............................ 6-1514286RLPC17B1 .......................... 6-1514286RLPT17B1 .......................... 6-151450B-6501 .................................. 5-701450B-6502 .................................. 5-701450B-6507 .................................. 5-701450B-6511 .................................. 5-701450B-6512 .................................. 5-701450B-6517 .................................. 5-701450B-7501 ........................ 5-74, 5-801450E-6503 .................................. 5-111450E-6504 .................................. 5-111450E-6507 .................................. 5-111450E-6513 .................................. 5-111450E-6514 .................................. 5-111450E-6517 .................................. 5-111450E-6533 .................................. 5-111450E-6534 .................................. 5-111450E-6537 .................................. 5-111450E-6543 .................................. 5-111450E-6545 .................................. 5-111450E-6547 .................................. 5-111450E-8503 .................................. 5-111450E-8504 .................................. 5-111450E-8507 .................................. 5-111450E-8513 .................................. 5-111450E-8514 .................................. 5-111450E-8517 .................................. 5-111450E-8533 .................................. 5-111450E-8534 .................................. 5-111450E-8537 .................................. 5-111450E-8543 .................................. 5-111450E-8545 .................................. 5-111450E-8547 .................................. 5-111451B-6501 .................................. 5-711451B-6502 .................................. 5-711451B-6507 .................................. 5-711451B-6511 .................................. 5-711451B-6512 .................................. 5-711451B-6517 .................................. 5-711451BSC1216 ................................ 6-71451BSP1216 ................................ 6-71451BSR1216 ...................... 6-7, 6-171451E-6503 .................................. 5-111451E-6504 .................................. 5-111451E-6507 .................................. 5-111451E-6513 .................................. 5-111451E-6514 .................................. 5-111451E-6517 .................................. 5-111451E-6533 .................................. 5-111451E-6534 .................................. 5-111451E-6537 .................................. 5-111451E-6543 .................................. 5-111451E-6545 .................................. 5-111451E-6547 .................................. 5-111451E-8503 .................................. 5-111451E-8504 .................................. 5-111451E-8507 .................................. 5-111451E-8513 .................................. 5-111451E-8514 .................................. 5-111451E-8517 .................................. 5-11

1451E-8533 .................................. 5-111451E-8534 .................................. 5-111451E-8537 .................................. 5-111451E-8543 .................................. 5-111451E-8545 .................................. 5-111451E-8547 .................................. 5-111452E-6503 .................................. 5-131452E-6504 .................................. 5-131452E-6507 .................................. 5-131452E-6513 .................................. 5-131452E-6514 .................................. 5-131452E-6517 .................................. 5-131452E-6533 .................................. 5-131452E-6534 .................................. 5-131452E-6537 .................................. 5-131452E-6543 .................................. 5-131452E-6545 .................................. 5-131452E-6547 .................................. 5-131452E-8503 .................................. 5-131452E-8504 .................................. 5-131452E-8507 .................................. 5-131452E-8513 .................................. 5-131452E-8514 .................................. 5-131452E-8517 .................................. 5-131452E-8533 .................................. 5-131452E-8534 .................................. 5-131452E-8537 .................................. 5-131452E-8543 .................................. 5-131452E-8545 .................................. 5-131452E-8547 .................................. 5-131455A-6503 ................................. 5-771455A-6507 ................................. 5-771455A-6513 ................................. 5-771455A-6517 ................................. 5-771455AD6503 ................................ 5-771455AD6507 ................................ 5-771455AD6513 ................................ 5-771455AD6517 ................................ 5-771455R-6503.................................. 5-771455R-6513.................................. 5-771455RD6503 ................................ 5-771455RD6513 ................................ 5-771456A-6503 ................................. 5-781456A-6507 ................................. 5-781456A-6513 ................................. 5-781456A-6517 ................................. 5-781456AD6503 ................................ 5-781456AD6507 ................................ 5-781456AD6513 ................................ 5-781456AD6517 ................................ 5-781456R-6503.................................. 5-781456R-6513.................................. 5-781456RD6503 ................................ 5-781456RD65B.................................. 5-781470A-6501 ............................... 5-1171471A-6501 ............................... 5-1181480B-6501 ............................... 5-1021480R-6501................................ 5-10215100A6513 ................................. 5-3415100A6517 ................................. 5-3415100AQD03 ............................... 5-3415100AQD07 ............................... 5-341550B-6501 ................................. 5-711550B-6502 ................................. 5-711550B-6507 ................................. 5-71

1550B-6511 .................................. 5-711550B-6512 .................................. 5-711550B-6517 .................................. 5-711550E-6503 .................................. 5-131550E-6504 .................................. 5-131550E-6507 .................................. 5-131550E-6513 .................................. 5-131550E-6514 .................................. 5-131550E-6517 .................................. 5-131550E-6533 .................................. 5-131550E-6534 .................................. 5-131550E-6537 .................................. 5-131550E-6543 .................................. 5-131550E-6545 .................................. 5-131550E-6547 .................................. 5-131550E-8503 .................................. 5-131550E-8504 .................................. 5-131550E-8507 .................................. 5-131550E-8513 .................................. 5-131550E-8514 .................................. 5-131550E-8517 .................................. 5-131550E-8533 .................................. 5-131550E-8534 .................................. 5-131550E-8537 .................................. 5-131550E-8543 .................................. 5-131550E-8545 .................................. 5-131550E-8547 .................................. 5-131551E-6503 .................................. 5-141551E-6504 .................................. 5-141551E-6507 .................................. 5-141551E-6513 .................................. 5-141551E-6514 .................................. 5-141551E-6517 .................................. 5-141551E-6533 .................................. 5-141551E-6534 .................................. 5-141551E-6537 .................................. 5-141551E-6543 .................................. 5-141551E-6545 .................................. 5-141551E-6547 .................................. 5-141551E-8503 .................................. 5-141551E-8504 .................................. 5-141551E-8507 .................................. 5-141551E-8513 .................................. 5-141551E-8514 .................................. 5-141551E-8517 .................................. 5-141551E-8533 .................................. 5-141551E-8534 .................................. 5-141551E-8537 .................................. 5-141551E-8543 .................................. 5-141551E-8545 .................................. 5-141551E-8547 .................................. 5-141555A-6503 .................................. 5-781555A-6507 .................................. 5-781555A-6513 .................................. 5-781555A-6517 .................................. 5-781555AD6503................................. 5-781555AD6507................................. 5-781555AD6513................................. 5-781555AD6517................................. 5-781555R-6503 .................................. 5-781555R-6513 .................................. 5-781555RD6503 ................................. 5-781555RD6513 ................................. 5-781571A-6501 ................................ 5-1181580B-6501 ................................ 5-102

6110A-6501 ............................... 5-1106140A-6501 ............................... 5-1106141A-6501 ............................... 5-1146142A-6501 ........................ 5-123, 8-66143A-6501 ........................ 5-123, 8-66150A-6502 ........................ 5-74, 5-806150A-6503 ........................ 5-74, 5-806150A-6504 ........................ 5-74, 5-806150A-6505 ........................ 5-74, 5-806150E-6501 .................................. 5-196150E-6502 .................................. 5-196150E-6503 .................................. 5-196161A-6501 .......................... 5-55, 8-46161AS0285 .................................. 6-86161AS5295 ......................... 5-55, 8-56161AS5296 ...................... 5-38, 5-45,

5-50, 5-546161AS5297 ...................... 5-38, 5-45,

5-50, 5-546161AS6501 .................................. 8-46161AS7050 .................................. 8-56162A-6501 ............................... 5-1236167A-6501 ................................... 8-56168A-6501 ........................ 5-123, 8-66170A-6501 ............................... 5-1236177A-6501 ............................... 5-1236180A-6501 ............................... 5-1046181A-6501 ............................... 5-1046181AS5200 ...................... 5-38, 5-45,

5-50, 5-546200A-6501 ................................... 8-36200A-6502 ................................... 8-36200A-6504 ................................... 8-36200A-6505 ................................... 8-36200A-6506 ................................... 8-36200A-6507 ................................... 8-36200AS6501 .................................. 8-36200AS6504 .................................. 8-36200A-XXXX ................................. 8-36201A-XXXX ................................. 8-36202A-XXXX ................................. 8-36203A-XXXX ................................. 8-36210A-6501 ............................... 5-1186221A-7501 ............................... 5-1186230A-6501 ................................. 9-126230A-6502 ................................. 9-126230A-6503 ................................... 9-36230A-6505 ................................... 9-36230A-6508 ................................... 9-36230A-6509 ................................... 9-36235A-6501 ........................ 5-35, 5-436271A-6501 ............................... 5-1246271A-6502 ............................... 5-1246276A-6501 ............................... 5-1186323A-6501 ................................... 9-56323A-6502 ................................... 9-56323A-6511 ................................... 9-56323A-6512 ................................... 9-56323A-XXX .................................... 9-36323E-6501 ........................... 5-17, 9-56323E-6502 .................................. 5-176324A-6501 ................................... 9-46324A-6502 ................................... 9-46324A-6511 ................................... 9-46324A-6512 ................................... 9-4

14-4



14IN

DEX

August 2007

6324A-XXX .................................... 9-36324E-6501 .......................... 5-17, 9-46324E-6502 .................................. 5-176503A-XXX ................................ 5-1246507A-XXX ................................ 5-1248170A-6501 ................................ 5-1198170A-6502 ................................ 5-1198170A-6504 ................................ 5-1198170A-6505 ................................ 5-1198171B-6501 ................................ 5-1198171B-6502 ................................ 5-1198172A-6501 ................................ 5-1198172A-6502 ................................ 5-1198173A-6507 ................................ 5-1198211B-6501 ................................ 5-1148212B-6501 .................... 5-110, 5-1218213B-6501 .................... 5-110, 5-1218215A-6501 ................................ 5-1218216A-6501 .................... 5-110, 5-1218250B-6501 .................................. 5-738251B-6501 .................................. 5-738252A-6501 .................................. 5-738253A-6501 .................................. 5-738272A-6501 ................................ 5-1228280A-6501 ................................ 5-1048281A-6501 ................................ 5-1048282A-6501 ................................ 5-1048526A-6501 .................... 5-109, 5-1228530A-6501 ......... 5-109, 5-113, 5-1228532B-6501 .................................. 5-738562B-6501 .................................. 5-738563A-6501 .................................. 5-738570A-6501 .................... 5-109, 5-1228572A-6501 ......... 5-109, 5-113, 5-1228573A-6501 ......... 5-109, 5-113, 5-1228574A-6501 .................... 5-109, 5-1228580A-6501 .................... 5-109, 5-1228582A-6501 .................... 5-109, 5-1228586A-6501 ......... 5-109, 5-113, 5-1228587A-6501 .................................. 5-738712A-6501 ................................ 5-1218713A-6501 ................................ 5-1218730A-6501 ................................ 5-1218771A-6501 ................................ 5-1198772A-6501 ................................ 5-1198880C-6501 ................................ 5-1038880C-6502 ................................ 5-1038881C-6501 ................................ 5-1038881C-6502 ................................ 5-1038882B-6501 ................................ 5-1038884C-6501 ................................ 5-1038884C-6502 ................................ 5-1038904A-6501 ................................ 5-1248905A-6501 ................................ 5-1248907A-6501 ................................ 5-1248909A-6501 .................................... 9-39072A-6501 ................................ 5-1199082A-6501 ................................ 5-1189902A-6501 .................................... 8-79902A-6502 .................................... 8-7BUS256A18-33 ............................ 6-20BUS256A18-66 ............................ 6-20BUS256A24-25 ............................ 6-20BUS256A24-50 ............................ 6-20BUS256A30-20 ............................ 6-20

BUS256A30-40 ........................... 6-20BUS256A36-16 ........................... 6-20BUS256A36-33 ........................... 6-20BUS256A40-15 ........................... 6-20BUS256A40-30 ........................... 6-20BUS256A42-14 ........................... 6-20BUS256A42-28 ........................... 6-20BUS256A48-12 ........................... 6-20BUS256A48-25 ........................... 6-20BUS256A54-11 ........................... 6-20BUS256A54-22 ........................... 6-20BUS256A60-10 ........................... 6-20BUS256A60-20 ........................... 6-20BUS256ISO-01B1 ....................... 6-21BUS256LINK-01B1..................... 6-21BUS256PWR-01B1 .................... 6-21BUS256PWR120......................... 6-21BUS256PWR20-02B1 ................ 6-21BUS266A18-33 .................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A18-6 ...................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A18-66 .................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A24-25 .................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A24-5 ...................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A24-50 .................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A30-20 .................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A30-4 ...................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A30-40 .................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A36-16 .................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A36-3 ...................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A36-33 .................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A40-15 .................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A40-3 ...................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A40-30 .................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A42-14 .................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A42-2 ...................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A42-28 .................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A48-12 .................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A48-2 ...................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A48-25 .................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A54-11 .................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A54-2 ...................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A54-22 .................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A60-10 .................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A60-2 ...................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266A60-20 .................... 6-9, 6-16BUS266ISO-01B1 ................ 6-7, 6-17BUS266JUMP15-01B1 ....... 6-7, 6-17BUS266JUMP15-02B1 ....... 6-7, 6-17BUS266LINK-01B1.............. 6-7, 6-17BUS266PWR-01B1 ............. 6-6, 6-16BUS266PWR-5001B1 ......... 6-6, 6-16BUS266REL-01B1................ 6-8, 6-16BUS266REL-02B1................ 6-8, 6-16BUSJUMP36 .............................. 6-21CBCAP.............................. 10-9, 10-13CBDR4NSC ............................... 10-13CBDR4P05................................. 10-13CBDR4P10................................. 10-13CBDR4PSC................................ 10-13CBDR6NSC ............................... 10-13CBDR6P05................................. 10-13CBDR6P10................................. 10-13CBDR6PSC................................ 10-13CBDR8NSC ............................... 10-13CBDR8P05................................. 10-13

CBDR8P10 ................................ 10-13CBDR8PSC ............................... 10-13CBMCAP..................................... 10-9CS3ACY24XX.............................. 10-9CS4ACY22XX.............................. 10-9CSAR3F3CY1802 ........................ 10-6CSAR3F3CY1805 ........................ 10-6CSAR3F3CY1810 ........................ 10-6CSAR3F3CY2202 ........................ 10-6CSAR3F3CY2205 ........................ 10-6CSAR3F3CY2210 ........................ 10-6CSAR3F3RY2202 ........................ 10-6CSAR3F3RY2205 ........................ 10-6CSAR3F3RY2210 ........................ 10-6CSAR4F4CY1802 ........................ 10-6CSAR4F4CY1805 ........................ 10-6CSAR4F4CY1810 ........................ 10-6CSAR4F4CY2202 ........................ 10-6CSAR4F4CY2205 ........................ 10-6CSAR4F4CY2210 ........................ 10-6CSAR4F4IO2202 ......................... 10-6CSAR4F4IO2205 ......................... 10-6CSAR4F4IO2210 ......................... 10-6CSAR4F4RY2202 ........................ 10-6CSAR4F4RY2205 ........................ 10-6CSAR4F4RY2210 ........................ 10-6CSAS3F3CY1802 ........................ 10-5CSAS3F3CY1805 ........................ 10-5CSAS3F3CY1810 ........................ 10-5CSAS3F3CY2202 .............. 3-11, 3-20,

3-27, 3-33, 3-45,3-52, 3-55, 4-4,

5-36, 5-61, 10-5CSAS3F3CY2205 ........................ 10-5CSAS3F3CY2210 ........................ 10-5CSAS3F3RY2202 .............. 3-11, 3-20,

3-27, 3-33, 3-45,3-52, 3-55, 5-36,

5-61, 10-5CSAS3F3RY2205 ........................ 10-5CSAS3F3RY2210 ........................ 10-5CSAS4A4CY2202 ....................... 10-5CSAS4A4CY2205 ....................... 10-5CSAS4A4CY2210 ....................... 10-5CSAS4F4CY1802 ........................ 10-5CSAS4F4CY1805 ........................ 10-5CSAS4F4CY1810 ........................ 10-5CSAS4F4CY2202 ................ 4-7, 5-14,

5-25, 5-36, 5-44,5-61, 5-66, 10-5

CSAS4F4CY2205 ........................ 10-5CSAS4F4CY2210 ........................ 10-5CSAS4F4IO2202 ............... 5-14, 5-25,

5-36, 5-44, 5-61,5-66, 10-5

CSAS4F4IO2205 ......................... 10-5CSAS4F4IO2210 ......................... 10-5CSAS4F4RY2202 .............. 5-14, 5-25,

5-36, 5-44, 5-61,5-66, 10-5

CSAS4F4RY2205 ........................ 10-5CSAS4F4RY2210 ........................ 10-5CSAS5A5CY2202 .............. 5-14, 10-5CSAS5A5CY2205 ....................... 10-5CSAS5A5CY2210 ....................... 10-5

CSDR4.......................................... 10-9CSDR4A3CY2202 ........................ 10-6CSDR4A3CY2205 ........................ 10-6CSDR4A3CY2205-LN ................. 10-6CSDR4A3CY2205-LP .................. 10-6CSDR4A3CY2210 ........................ 10-6CSDR4A3RY2202 ........................ 10-6CSDR4A3RY2205 ........................ 10-6CSDR4A3RY2205-LN ................. 10-6CSDR4A3RY2205-LP .................. 10-6CSDR4A3RY2210 ........................ 10-6CSDR4A4CY2201.5-D................. 10-8CSDR4A4CY2201-D.................... 10-8CSDR4A4CY2202 ........................ 10-6CSDR4A4CY2202-D.................... 10-8CSDR4A4CY2203-D.................... 10-8CSDR4A4CY2205 ........................ 10-6CSDR4A4CY2205-D.................... 10-8CSDR4A4CY2210 ........................ 10-6CSDR4A4IO2202 ......................... 10-6CSDR4A4IO2205 ......................... 10-6CSDR4A4IO2210 ......................... 10-6CSDR4A4RY2202 ........................ 10-6CSDR4A4RY2205 ........................ 10-6CSDR4A4RY2210 ........................ 10-6CSDR5A5CY2202 ........................ 10-6CSDR5A5CY2205 ........................ 10-6CSDR5A5CY2210 ........................ 10-6CSDRM4 ...................................... 10-9CSDS4.......................................... 10-9CSDS4A3CY2202 ............. 3-33, 3-39,

3-52, 3-61, 4-4,4-7, 10-5

CSDS4A3CY2205 ........................ 10-5CSDS4A3CY2210 ........................ 10-5CSDS4A3RY2202 ............. 3-33, 3-39,

3-52, 3-61, 10-5CSDS4A3RY2205 ........................ 10-5CSDS4A3RY2210 ........................ 10-5CSDS4A4CMR22.3 ..................... 10-9CSDS4A4CY2201.5-D................. 10-8CSDS4A4CY2201-D.................... 10-8CSDS4A4CY2202 ............. 3-11, 3-20,

3-27, 3-39, 3-45,3-49, 3-55, 3-61,

4-4, 4-7, 5-14,5-25, 5-36, 5-44,

5-48, 5-61,5-66, 10-5

CSDS4A4CY2202-D.................... 10-8CSDS4A4CY2203-D.................... 10-8CSDS4A4CY2205 ........................ 10-5CSDS4A4CY2205-D.................... 10-8CSDS4A4CY2210 ........................ 10-5CSDS4A4CY2220 ........................ 10-5CSDS4A4IO2202 .............. 3-11, 3-20,

3-27, 3-39, 3-45,3-49, 3-55, 3-61,5-14, 5-25, 5-36,5-44, 5-48, 5-61,

5-66, 10-5CSDS4A4IO2205 ......................... 10-5CSDS4A4IO2210 ......................... 10-5

August 2007



14IN

DEX

CSDS4A4RY2202 ............. 3-11, 3-20,3-27, 3-39, 3-45,3-49, 3-55, 3-61,5-14, 5-25, 5-36,5-44, 5-48, 5-61,

5-66, 10-5CSDS4A4RY2205 ........................ 10-5CSDS4A4RY2210 ........................ 10-5CSDS5A5CMR.5 ......................... 10-9CSDS5A5CY2202 ............. 2-31, 2-32,

2-37, 10-5CSDS5A5CY2203-D.................... 10-8CSDS5A5CY2205 ........................ 10-5CSDS5A5CY2205-D.................... 10-8CSDS5A5CY2210 ........................ 10-5CSDSM4 ...................................... 10-9CSDY3.......................................... 10-9CSDY5.......................................... 10-9CSMS2D2CY1602 ............ 5-72, 5-79,

10-7CSMS2D2CY1604 ....................... 10-7CSMS3F3CY1602............. 3-11, 3-20,

3-52, 3-80, 3-83,3-88, 5-36, 5-61,5-79, 5-89, 10-7

CSMS3F3CY1604........................ 10-7CSMS4A4CMR16.5 .................... 10-9CSMS4A4CY1602 ............ 3-20, 3-83,

5-14, 5-79, 10-7CSMS4A4CY1604 ....................... 10-7CSMS4A4CY1606 ....................... 10-7CSMS4F4CY1602.............. 5-72, 10-7CSMS4F4CY1604........................ 10-7CSMS5A5CY1602 ............ 3-88, 5-14,

5-79, 10-7CSMS5A5CY1604 ....................... 10-7CSMS5A5CY1606 ....................... 10-7CSMS5D5CY1602 ............ 2-31, 2-32,

2-37, 2-42, 2-43,2-46, 3-80, 5-72,

5-89, 10-7CSMS5D5CY1604 ....................... 10-7CSMS9D9CY1602 ............ 2-31, 2-32,

2-37, 2-42, 2-43,2-46, 10-7

CSNR3A3CY2402........................ 10-8CSNR3A3CY2405........................ 10-8CSNR3A3CY2405-LN ................. 10-8CSNR3A3CY2405-LP.................. 10-8CSNR3A3CY2410........................ 10-8CSNR3A3RY2402........................ 10-8CSNR3A3RY2405........................ 10-8CSNR3A3RY2405-LN ................. 10-8CSNR3A3RY2405-LP.................. 10-8CSNR3A3RY2410........................ 10-8CSNR4.......................................... 10-9CSNRM4...................................... 10-9CSNS3.......................................... 10-9CSNS3A3CY2402............. 3-33, 3-61,

3-75, 10-8CSNS3A3CY2405........................ 10-8CSNS3A3CY2410........................ 10-8CSNS3A3RY2402............. 3-33, 3-61,

3-75, 10-8CSNS3A3RY2405........................ 10-8CSNS3A3RY2410........................ 10-8

CSNS4 ......................................... 10-9CSNSM3 ..................................... 10-9CSNSM4 ..................................... 10-9E47BCC05.................................... 2-15E47BCC06.................................... 2-15E47BCC07.................................... 2-15E47BCC08.................................... 2-15E47BCC11.................................... 2-15E47BCC12.................................... 2-15E47BCC13.................................... 2-15E47BCC15.................................... 2-15E47BCC20.................................... 2-15E47BLS05 .................................... 2-11E47BLS06 .................................... 2-11E47BLS07 .................................... 2-12E47BLS08 .................................... 2-12E47BLS11 .................................... 2-12E47BLS12 .................................... 2-12E47BLS14 .................................... 2-12E47BLS32 .................................... 2-11E47BLS33 .................................... 2-12E47BLS34 .................................... 2-12E47BLS35 .................................... 2-12E47BML01 ..................................... 2-8E47BML02 ..................................... 2-8E47BML03 ..................................... 2-8E47BML04 ..................................... 2-9E47BML10 ..................................... 2-9E47BML11 ..................................... 2-9E47BML20 ..................................... 2-8E47BML21 ..................................... 2-8E47BML22 ..................................... 2-8E47BML23 ................................... 2-10E47BML30 ................................... 2-10E47BML31 ................................... 2-10E47BML40 ................................... 2-10E47BML41 ..................................... 2-9E47BML42 ..................................... 2-9E47BML43 ................................... 2-10E47BMS01 .................................... 2-8E47BMS02 .................................... 2-8E47BMS03 .................................... 2-8E47BMS04 .................................... 2-9E47BMS10 .................................... 2-9E47BMS11 .................................... 2-9E47BMS20 .................................... 2-8E47BMS21 .................................... 2-8E47BMS22 .................................... 2-8E47BMS23 .................................. 2-10E47BMS30 .................................. 2-10E47BMS31 .................................. 2-10E47BMS40 .................................. 2-10E47BMS41 .................................... 2-9E47BMS42 .................................... 2-9E47BMS43 .................................. 2-10E47BMT04..................................... 2-9E47BMT21..................................... 2-8E47BMT30................................... 2-10E47CLS05 .................................... 2-11E47CLS32 .................................... 2-11E47CML01 ..................................... 2-8E47CML02 ..................................... 2-8E47CML04 ..................................... 2-9E47CMS01..................................... 2-8E47CMS02..................................... 2-8

E47CMS04 ..................................... 2-9E47CMS10 ..................................... 2-9E47CMS11 ..................................... 2-9E47CMS22 ..................................... 2-8E47CMS23 ................................... 2-10E47CMS30 ................................... 2-10E47CMS42 ..................................... 2-9E47CMT30 ................................... 2-10E47PA1......................................... 2-11E47PA2......................................... 2-11E48KL01 ......................................... 1-8E48KL02 ......................................... 1-8E48KL03 ......................................... 1-8E48KL07 ......................................... 1-5E48KL08 ......................................... 1-5E48KL09 ......................................... 1-5E48M1K0........................................ 1-8E48M1K1........................................ 1-8E48P4K0 ......................................... 1-5E48P4K1 ......................................... 1-5E49AP7......................................... 2-19E49CP7 ......................................... 2-19E49DP7......................................... 2-19E49EP7 ......................................... 2-19E49G31AP3 .................................. 2-22E49G31BP3 .................................. 2-22E49G31C1P3 ................................ 2-22E49G31CP3 .................................. 2-22E49G31DP3 .................................. 2-22E49G31MP3 ................................. 2-23E49G31NP3.................................. 2-23E49G31UP3 .................................. 2-22E49G31VP3 .................................. 2-23E49G31XM3 ................................. 2-23E49M11AP1 ................................. 2-28E49M11BP1 ................................. 2-28E49M11CP1 ................................. 2-28E49M11CP2 ................................. 2-28E49M11DP1 ................................. 2-28E49M11UP1 ................................. 2-28E49M11VP1 ................................. 2-28E49M11XM1 ................................ 2-28E49S71 ......................................... 2-19E49S71-20 .................................... 2-19E49S71AP7 .................................. 2-19E49S71CP7 .................................. 2-19E49S71DP7 .................................. 2-19E49S71EP7................................... 2-19E49S71UP7 .................................. 2-19E49S73 ......................................... 2-19E49S73AP7 .................................. 2-19E49S73CP7 .................................. 2-19E49S73DP7 .................................. 2-19E49S73EP7................................... 2-19E49S73UP7 .................................. 2-19E49S74 ......................................... 2-19E49S74AP7 .................................. 2-19E49S74CP7 .................................. 2-19E49S74DP7 .................................. 2-19E49S74EP7................................... 2-19E49S74UP7 .................................. 2-19E49UP7......................................... 2-19E50AH1 ........................................ 2-31E50AH16P .................................... 2-42E50AL1 ......................................... 2-31

E50AL16P .................................... 2-42E50ALH1 ...................................... 2-31E50ALH16P ................................. 2-42E50ALL1....................................... 2-31E50ALL16P .................................. 2-42E50ALM1 ..................................... 2-31E50ALM16P ................................ 2-42E50ALR1 ...................................... 2-31E50ALR16P.................................. 2-42E50ALS1 ...................................... 2-31E50ALS16P.................................. 2-42E50ALS2 ...................................... 2-31E50ALS26P.................................. 2-42E50ALS3 ...................................... 2-31E50ALS36P.................................. 2-42E50ALT1 ...................................... 2-32E50ALT16P .................................. 2-43E50ALT2 ...................................... 2-32E50ALT26P .................................. 2-43E50ALT3 ...................................... 2-32E50ALT36P .................................. 2-43E50ALW1..................................... 2-32E50ALW16P ................................ 2-43E50ALW2..................................... 2-32E50ALW26P ................................ 2-43E50AM1 ....................................... 2-31E50AM16P .................................. 2-42E50ANH1 ..................................... 2-31E50ANH16P ................................ 2-42E50ANL1...................................... 2-31E50ANL16P ................................. 2-42E50ANM1 .................................... 2-31E50ANM16P ............................... 2-42E50ANR1 ..................................... 2-31E50ANR16P................................. 2-42E50ANS1 ..................................... 2-31E50ANS16P................................. 2-42E50ANS2 ..................................... 2-31E50ANS26P................................. 2-42E50ANS3 ..................................... 2-31E50ANS36P................................. 2-42E50ANT1 ..................................... 2-32E50ANT16P ................................. 2-43E50ANT2 ..................................... 2-32E50ANT26P ................................. 2-43E50ANT3 ..................................... 2-32E50ANT36P ................................. 2-43E50ANW1.................................... 2-32E50ANW16P ............................... 2-43E50ANW2.................................... 2-32E50ANW26P ............................... 2-43E50AR1 ........................................ 2-31E50AR16P.................................... 2-42E50AS1 ........................................ 2-31E50AS16P.................................... 2-42E50AS2 ........................................ 2-31E50AS26P.................................... 2-42E50AS3 ........................................ 2-31E50AS36P.................................... 2-42E50AT1 ........................................ 2-32E50AT16P .................................... 2-43E50AT2 ........................................ 2-32E50AT26P .................................... 2-43E50AT3 ........................................ 2-32E50AT36P .................................... 2-43

14-6



14IN

DEX

August 2007

E50AW1 ....................................... 2-32E50AW16P................................... 2-43E50AW2 ....................................... 2-32E50AW26P................................... 2-43E50BH1 ........................................ 2-31E50BH16P .................................... 2-42E50BL1 ......................................... 2-31E50BL16P..................................... 2-42E50BLH1 ...................................... 2-31E50BLH16P .................................. 2-42E50BLL1 ....................................... 2-31E50BLL16P................................... 2-42E50BLM1 ..................................... 2-31E50BLM16P ................................. 2-42E50BLR1....................................... 2-31E50BLR16P .................................. 2-42E50BLS1....................................... 2-31E50BLS16P .................................. 2-42E50BLS2....................................... 2-31E50BLS26P .................................. 2-42E50BLS3....................................... 2-31E50BLS36P .................................. 2-42E50BLT1 ....................................... 2-32E50BLT16P .................................. 2-43E50BLT2 ....................................... 2-32E50BLT26P .................................. 2-43E50BLT3 ....................................... 2-32E50BLT36P .................................. 2-43E50BLW1 ..................................... 2-32E50BLW16P................................. 2-43E50BLW2 ..................................... 2-32E50BLW26P................................. 2-43E50BM1 ....................................... 2-31E50BM16P ................................... 2-42E50BNH1 ..................................... 2-31E50BNH16P ................................. 2-42E50BNL1 ...................................... 2-31E50BNL16P.................................. 2-42E50BNM1 .................................... 2-31E50BNM16P ................................ 2-42E50BNR1...................................... 2-31E50BNR16P ................................. 2-42E50BNS1...................................... 2-31E50BNS16P ................................. 2-42E50BNS2...................................... 2-31E50BNS26P ................................. 2-42E50BNS3...................................... 2-31E50BNS36P ................................. 2-42E50BNT1 ...................................... 2-32E50BNT16P ................................. 2-43E50BNT2 ...................................... 2-32E50BNT26P ................................. 2-43E50BNT3 ...................................... 2-32E50BNT36P ................................. 2-43E50BNW1 .................................... 2-32E50BNW16P................................ 2-43E50BNW2 .................................... 2-32E50BNW26P................................ 2-43E50BR1......................................... 2-31E50BR16P .................................... 2-42E50BS1......................................... 2-31E50BS16P .................................... 2-42E50BS2......................................... 2-31E50BS26P .................................... 2-42E50BS3......................................... 2-31

E50BS36P.................................... 2-42E50BT1 ........................................ 2-32E50BT16P .................................... 2-43E50BT2 ........................................ 2-32E50BT26P .................................... 2-43E50BT3 ........................................ 2-32E50BT36P .................................... 2-43E50BW1....................................... 2-32E50BW16P .................................. 2-43E50BW2....................................... 2-32E50BW26P .................................. 2-43E50CLS1 ...................................... 2-31E50CLT1....................................... 2-32E50CLW2 ..................................... 2-32E50CNS2 ..................................... 2-31E50DD1 ........................................ 2-33E50DG1 ........................................ 2-33E50DH1 ............................... 2-34, 2-44E50DL1................................ 2-34, 2-44E50DM1 .............................. 2-34, 2-44E50DN1........................................ 2-33E50DN2........................................ 2-33E50DR1 ............................... 2-34, 2-44E50DR19 ............................. 2-34, 2-44E50DS1 ............................... 2-34, 2-44E50DS2 ............................... 2-34, 2-44E50DS3 ............................... 2-34, 2-44E50DS4 ............................... 2-34, 2-44E50DT1 ............................... 2-34, 2-44E50DT2 ............................... 2-34, 2-44E50DT3 ............................... 2-34, 2-44E50DW1.............................. 2-34, 2-44E50DW2.............................. 2-34, 2-44E50GG1 ........................................ 2-33E50GLG1 ...................................... 2-33E50GNG1 ..................................... 2-33E50KH1 ............................... 2-37, 2-47E50KH10 ............................. 2-38, 2-47E50KH1M ........................... 2-37, 2-47E50KH2 ............................... 2-38, 2-47E50KH3 .............................. 2-38, 2-48,

3-85, 3-90, 5-91E50KH4 ............................... 2-37, 2-47E50KH5 ............................... 2-37, 2-47E50KH6 ............................... 2-38, 2-48E50KH7 ............................... 2-37, 2-47E50KL142 ..................................... 2-55E50KL200 ..................................... 2-50E50KL201 ..................................... 2-52E50KL202 ..................................... 2-53E50KL203 ..................................... 2-53E50KL204 ..................................... 2-53E50KL220 ..................................... 2-53E50KL226 ..................................... 2-53E50KL24 ....................................... 2-52E50KL25 ....................................... 2-52E50KL26 ....................................... 2-52E50KL27 ....................................... 2-52E50KL28 ....................................... 2-52E50KL29 ....................................... 2-52E50KL30 ....................................... 2-52E50KL31 ....................................... 2-52E50KL310 ..................................... 2-51E50KL32 ....................................... 2-50E50KL340 ..................................... 2-52

E50KL35....................................... 2-53E50KL355..................................... 2-50E50KL36....................................... 2-53E50KL37....................................... 2-54E50KL377..................................... 2-50E50KL39....................................... 2-50E50KL399..................................... 2-53E50KL40....................................... 2-50E50KL41....................................... 2-53E50KL421..................................... 2-54E50KL443..................................... 2-52E50KL465..................................... 2-52E50KL531..................................... 2-50E50KL532..................................... 2-52E50KL533..................................... 2-54E50KL535..................................... 2-52E50KL536..................................... 2-51E50KL537..................................... 2-52E50KL538..................................... 2-52E50KL539..................................... 2-52E50KL541..................................... 2-53E50KL542..................................... 2-53E50KL543..................................... 2-53E50KL544..................................... 2-53E50KL545..................................... 2-53E50KL546..................................... 2-50E50KL547..................................... 2-51E50KL548..................................... 2-51E50KL549..................................... 2-50E50KL550..................................... 2-51E50KL551..................................... 2-51E50KL552..................................... 2-50E50KL553..................................... 2-51E50KL554..................................... 2-51E50KL556..................................... 2-54E50KL572..................................... 2-50E50KL573..................................... 2-51E50KL574..................................... 2-51E50KL575..................................... 2-51E50KL576..................................... 2-51E50KL579..................................... 2-51E50KL580..................................... 2-51E50KL581..................................... 2-53E50KL598..................................... 2-52E50KL599..................................... 2-52E50KW2....................................... 2-56E50KW3....................................... 2-56E50KW4....................................... 2-56E50NN1 ....................................... 2-33E50NN1SPL ................................ 2-33E50NN2 ....................................... 2-33E50RA ..................... 2-31 – 2-33, 2-35E50RA20 ...................................... 2-35E50RA20S ................................... 2-36E50RA20S12 ............................... 2-36E50RA20S20 ............................... 2-36E50RAA5 ..................................... 2-36E50RAM ...................................... 2-35E50RAP5 ..................................... 2-36E50RAP5-W ................................ 2-36E50RAS ....................................... 2-36E50RAS12 ................................... 2-36E50RAS20 ................................... 2-36E50RB ..................... 2-31 – 2-33, 2-35E50RB20 ...................................... 2-35

E50RB20S .................................... 2-36E50RB20S12 ................................ 2-36E50RB20S20 ................................ 2-36E50RB34 ...................................... 2-35E50RBM....................................... 2-35E50RBP9 ...................................... 2-36E50RBS ........................................ 2-36E50RBS12 .................................... 2-36E50RBS20 .................................... 2-36E50SA ....................... 2-31, 2-32, 2-35E50SA6P ................... 2-42, 2-43, 2-45E50SA6P12 .................................. 2-45E50SA6P20 .................................. 2-45E50SA6PC ................................... 2-45E50SA6PC-W .............................. 2-45E50SAL ..................... 2-31, 2-32, 2-35E50SAL6P ................. 2-42, 2-43, 2-45E50SAL6P12 ................................ 2-45E50SAL6P20 ................................ 2-45E50SAL6PC ................................. 2-45E50SAN .................... 2-31, 2-32, 2-35E50SAN6P ................ 2-42, 2-43, 2-45E50SAN6P12 ............................... 2-45E50SAN6P20 ............................... 2-45E50SAN6PC ................................ 2-45E50SB ....................... 2-31, 2-32, 2-35E50SB6P ................... 2-42, 2-43, 2-45E50SB6P12 .................................. 2-45E50SB6P20 .................................. 2-45E50SB6PC ................................... 2-46E50SBL ..................... 2-31, 2-32, 2-35E50SBL6P ................. 2-42, 2-43, 2-45E50SBL6P12 ................................ 2-45E50SBL6PC ................................. 2-46E50SBN .................... 2-31, 2-32, 2-35E50SBN6P ................ 2-42, 2-43, 2-45E50SBN6P12 ............................... 2-45E50SBN6P20 ............................... 2-45E50SBN6PC ................................ 2-46E50SCL...................... 2-31, 2-32, 2-35E50SG .......................................... 2-33E50SGL ........................................ 2-33E50SGN ....................................... 2-33E50SN .......................................... 2-33E50ST ........................................... 2-33E50TD1......................................... 2-33E51ALC1 ...................................... 5-84E51ALP1 ...................................... 5-84E51ALP2 ...................................... 5-84E51ALS1 ...................................... 3-80E51ALS16P .................................. 3-81E51ALS16PU ............................... 3-88E51ALS2 ...................................... 3-80E51ALS26P .................................. 3-81E51ALS26PU ............................... 3-88E51ALS5 ...................................... 3-80E51ALS56P .................................. 3-81E51ALS56PU ............................... 3-88E51ALS6 ...................................... 3-80E51ALS66P .................................. 3-81E51ALS66PU ............................... 3-88E51ALT1....................................... 3-80E51ALT16P .................................. 3-81E51ALT16PU ............................... 3-88E51ALT2....................................... 3-80

August 2007



14IN

DEX

E51ALT26P .................................. 3-81E51ALT26PU................................ 3-88E51ALT5 ....................................... 3-80E51ALT56P .................................. 3-81E51ALT56PU................................ 3-88E51ALT6 ....................................... 3-80E51ALT66P .................................. 3-81E51ALT66PU................................ 3-88E51BLS16PU ............................... 3-88E51BLS26PU ............................... 3-88E51BLS56PU ............................... 3-88E51BLS66PU ............................... 3-88E51BLT16PU................................ 3-88E51BLT26PU................................ 3-88E51BLT56PU................................ 3-88E51BLT66PU................................ 3-88E51CLC1 ....................................... 5-84E51CLF1 ....................................... 5-85E51CLF11 ..................................... 5-85E51CLF3 ....................................... 5-85E51CLF33 ..................................... 5-85E51CLP1 ....................................... 5-84E51CLP2 ....................................... 5-84E51CLP22 ..................................... 5-84E51CLP3 ....................................... 5-84E51CLP4 ....................................... 5-84E51CLP5 ....................................... 5-84E51CLP6 ....................................... 5-84E51CLS1 ....................................... 3-80E51CLS16P .................................. 3-81E51CLS16PU................................ 3-88E51CLS2 ....................................... 3-80E51CLS26P .................................. 3-81E51CLS26PU................................ 3-88E51CLS5 ....................................... 3-80E51CLS56P .................................. 3-81E51CLS56PU................................ 3-88E51CLS6 ....................................... 3-80E51CLS66P .................................. 3-81E51CLS66PU................................ 3-88E51CLT1 ....................................... 3-80E51CLT16P................................... 3-81E51CLT16PU ................................ 3-88E51CLT2 ....................................... 3-80E51CLT26P................................... 3-81E51CLT26PU ................................ 3-88E51CLT5 ....................................... 3-80E51CLT56P................................... 3-81E51CLT56PU ................................ 3-88E51CLT6 ....................................... 3-80E51CLT66P................................... 3-81E51CLT66PU ................................ 3-88E51CNC1...................................... 5-84E51CNF1 ...................................... 5-85E51CNF11 .................................... 5-85E51CNF3 ...................................... 5-85E51CNF33 .................................... 5-85E51CNP1...................................... 5-84E51CNP2...................................... 5-84E51CNP22.................................... 5-84E51CNP3...................................... 5-84E51CNP4...................................... 5-84E51CNP5...................................... 5-84E51CNP6...................................... 5-84E51CNS1...................................... 3-80

E51CNS2 ..................................... 3-80E51CNS5 ..................................... 3-80E51CNS6 ..................................... 3-80E51CNT1...................................... 3-80E51CNT2...................................... 3-80E51CNT5...................................... 3-80E51CNT6...................................... 3-80E51DC1 ............................... 5-84, 5-86E51DED............................... 5-84, 5-86E51DEL ............................... 5-84, 5-86E51DF1................................ 5-85, 5-87E51DF11.............................. 5-85, 5-87E51DF3................................ 5-85, 5-87E51DF33.............................. 5-85, 5-87E51DF4......................................... 5-87E51DP1 ............................... 5-84, 5-86E51DP2 ............................... 5-84, 5-86E51DP22 ............................. 5-84, 5-86E51DP3 ............................... 5-84, 5-86E51DP4 ............................... 5-84, 5-86E51DP5 ............................... 5-84, 5-86E51DP6 ............................... 5-84, 5-86E51DS1 ............................... 3-80, 3-81E51DS2 ............................... 3-80, 3-81E51DS5 ............................... 3-80, 3-81E51DS6 ............................... 3-80, 3-81E51DT1 ............................... 3-80, 3-81E51DT2 ............................... 3-80, 3-81E51DT5 ............................... 3-80, 3-81E51DT6 ............................... 3-80, 3-81E51EDN ....................................... 5-84E51ELA ........................................ 5-84E51KE313..................................... 5-15E51KE323..................................... 5-15E51KE333..................................... 5-15E51KE3A3 .................................... 5-15E51KE3B3 .................................... 5-15E51KE413..................................... 5-16E51KE423..................................... 5-16E51KE433..................................... 5-16E51KE4A3 .................................... 5-16E51KE4B3 .................................... 5-16E51KE713..................................... 5-15E51KE723..................................... 5-15E51KE733..................................... 5-15E51KE7A3 .................................... 5-15E51KE7B3 .................................... 5-15E51KE813..................................... 5-16E51KE823..................................... 5-16E51KE833..................................... 5-16E51KE8A3 .................................... 5-16E51KE8B3 .................................... 5-16E51KF113 ....................................... 9-7E51KF123 ....................................... 9-7E51KF133 ....................................... 9-7E51KF143 ....................................... 9-8E51KF153 ....................................... 9-8E51KF163 ....................................... 9-8E51KF173 ....................................... 9-8E51KF183 ....................................... 9-8E51KF193 ....................................... 9-7E51KF1A3 ...................................... 9-7E51KF1B3 ...................................... 9-7E51KF213 ....................................... 9-9E51KF223 ....................................... 9-9

E51KF233 ....................................... 9-9E51KF243 ..................................... 9-10E51KF253 ..................................... 9-10E51KF263 ..................................... 9-10E51KF273 ..................................... 9-10E51KF283 ..................................... 9-10E51KF293 ....................................... 9-9E51KF2A3....................................... 9-9E51KF2B3....................................... 9-9E51KF313 ....................................... 9-7E51KF323 ....................................... 9-7E51KF333 ....................................... 9-7E51KF343 ....................................... 9-8E51KF3A3....................................... 9-7E51KF3B3....................................... 9-7E51KF413 ....................................... 9-9E51KF423 ....................................... 9-9E51KF433 ....................................... 9-9E51KF443 ..................................... 9-10E51KF4A3....................................... 9-9E51KF4B3....................................... 9-9E51KF513 ....................................... 9-7E51KF523 ....................................... 9-7E51KF533 ....................................... 9-7E51KF543 ....................................... 9-8E51KF553 ....................................... 9-8E51KF563 ....................................... 9-8E51KF573 ....................................... 9-8E51KF583 ....................................... 9-8E51KF593 ....................................... 9-7E51KF5A3....................................... 9-7E51KF5B3....................................... 9-7E51KF613 ....................................... 9-9E51KF623 ....................................... 9-9E51KF633 ....................................... 9-9E51KF643 ..................................... 9-10E51KF653 ..................................... 9-10E51KF663 ..................................... 9-10E51KF673 ..................................... 9-10E51KF683 ..................................... 9-10E51KF693 ....................................... 9-9E51KF6A3....................................... 9-9E51KF6B3....................................... 9-9E51KF713 ....................................... 9-7E51KF723 ....................................... 9-7E51KF733 ....................................... 9-7E51KF743 ....................................... 9-8E51KF7A3....................................... 9-7E51KF7B3....................................... 9-7E51KF813 ....................................... 9-9E51KF823 ....................................... 9-9E51KF833 ....................................... 9-9E51KF843 ..................................... 9-10E51KF8A3....................................... 9-9E51KF8B3....................................... 9-9E51KFH1....................................... 9-12E51KFH2....................................... 9-12E51KFH3....................................... 9-12E51KH2...................... 3-84, 3-90, 5-90E51KH3...................... 3-85, 3-90, 5-91E51KH4...................... 3-84, 3-90, 5-90E51KR32 ......................................... 8-3E51KR84 ......................................... 8-3E51KRM ............................. 3-85, 5-91E51KT113 ....................................... 9-7

E51KT123....................................... 9-7E51KT133....................................... 9-7E51KT153....................................... 9-8E51KT163....................................... 9-8E51KT173....................................... 9-8E51KT183....................................... 9-8E51KT193....................................... 9-7E51KT213....................................... 9-9E51KT223....................................... 9-9E51KT233....................................... 9-9E51KT253..................................... 9-10E51KT263..................................... 9-10E51KT273..................................... 9-10E51KT283..................................... 9-10E51KT293....................................... 9-9E51KT313....................................... 9-7E51KT323....................................... 9-7E51KT333....................................... 9-7E51KT343....................................... 9-8E51KT413....................................... 9-9E51KT423....................................... 9-9E51KT433....................................... 9-9E51KT443..................................... 9-10E51KT513....................................... 9-7E51KT523....................................... 9-7E51KT533....................................... 9-7E51KT563....................................... 9-8E51KT573....................................... 9-8E51KT583....................................... 9-8E51KT593....................................... 9-7E51KT613....................................... 9-9E51KT623....................................... 9-9E51KT633....................................... 9-9E51KT663..................................... 9-10E51KT673..................................... 9-10E51KT683..................................... 9-10E51KT693....................................... 9-9E51KT713....................................... 9-7E51KT723....................................... 9-7E51KT733....................................... 9-7E51KT813....................................... 9-9E51KT823....................................... 9-9E51KT833....................................... 9-9E51KT8A3 ...................................... 9-9E51KT8B3 ...................................... 9-9E51MTB.............................. 3-82, 5-88E51NLC1 ...................................... 5-84E51NLF1 ...................................... 5-85E51NLF11 .................................... 5-85E51NLF3 ...................................... 5-85E51NLF33 .................................... 5-85E51NLP1 ...................................... 5-84E51NLP2 ...................................... 5-84E51NLP22 .................................... 5-84E51NLP3 ...................................... 5-84E51NLP4 ...................................... 5-84E51NLP5 ...................................... 5-84E51NLP6 ...................................... 5-84E51NLS1 ...................................... 3-80E51NLS16P ................................. 3-81E51NLS16PU............................... 3-88E51NLS2 ...................................... 3-80E51NLS26P ................................. 3-81E51NLS26PU............................... 3-88E51NLS5 ...................................... 3-80

14-8



14IN

DEX

August 2007

E51NLS56P .................................. 3-81E51NLS56PU ............................... 3-88E51NLS6 ...................................... 3-80E51NLS66P .................................. 3-81E51NLS66PU ............................... 3-88E51NLT1....................................... 3-80E51NLT16P .................................. 3-81E51NLT16PU ............................... 3-88E51NLT2....................................... 3-80E51NLT26P .................................. 3-81E51NLT26PU ............................... 3-88E51NLT5....................................... 3-80E51NLT56P .................................. 3-81E51NLT56PU ............................... 3-88E51NLT6....................................... 3-80E51NLT66P .................................. 3-81E51NLT66PU ............................... 3-88E51PLC1 ....................................... 5-84E51PLF1 ....................................... 5-85E51PLF11 ..................................... 5-85E51PLF3 ....................................... 5-85E51PLF33 ..................................... 5-85E51PLP1 ....................................... 5-84E51PLP2 ....................................... 5-84E51PLP22 ..................................... 5-84E51PLP3 ....................................... 5-84E51PLP4 ....................................... 5-84E51PLP5 ....................................... 5-84E51PLP6 ....................................... 5-84E51PLS1 ....................................... 3-80E51PLS16P .................................. 3-81E51PLS16PU................................ 3-88E51PLS2 ....................................... 3-80E51PLS26P .................................. 3-81E51PLS26PU................................ 3-88E51PLS5 ....................................... 3-80E51PLS56P .................................. 3-81E51PLS56PU................................ 3-88E51PLS6 ....................................... 3-80E51PLS66P .................................. 3-81E51PLS66PU................................ 3-88E51PLT1 ....................................... 3-80E51PLT16P................................... 3-81E51PLT16PU ................................ 3-88E51PLT2 ....................................... 3-80E51PLT26P................................... 3-81E51PLT26PU ................................ 3-88E51PLT5 ....................................... 3-80E51PLT56P................................... 3-81E51PLT56PU ................................ 3-88E51PLT6 ....................................... 3-80E51PLT66P................................... 3-81E51PLT66PU ................................ 3-88E51RA................................ 3-80, 3-83,

5-84, 5-85, 5-89E51RA20............................. 3-83, 5-89E51RA20S .......................... 3-83, 5-89E51RAP3 ............................ 3-83, 5-89E51RAPT3 .......................... 3-83, 5-89E51RAS .............................. 3-83, 5-89E51RAS12 .......................... 3-83, 5-89E51RAS20 .......................... 3-83, 5-89E51RC ................................ 3-80, 3-83,

5-84, 5-85, 5-89E51RC20 ............................. 3-83, 5-89

E51RC20S ........................... 3-83, 5-89E51RCB.............................. 3-80, 3-83,

5-84, 5-85, 5-89E51RCB20........................... 3-83, 5-89E51RCP5 ............................. 3-83, 5-89E51RCPT5........................... 3-83, 5-89E51RCS ............................... 3-83, 5-89E51RCS12 ........................... 3-83, 5-89E51RCS20 ........................... 3-83, 5-89E51RN ................................ 3-80, 3-83,

5-84, 5-85, 5-89E51RN20 ............................. 3-83, 5-89E51RN20S .......................... 3-83, 5-89E51RNP5 ............................ 3-83, 5-89E51RNPT5 .......................... 3-83, 5-89E51RNS .............................. 3-83, 5-89E51RNS12 .......................... 3-83, 5-89E51RNS20 .......................... 3-83, 5-89E51SAL .............................. 3-80, 3-82,

5-84, 5-85, 5-88E51SCL .............................. 3-80, 3-82,

5-84, 5-85, 5-88E51SCN ............................. 3-80, 3-82,

5-84, 5-85, 5-88E51SNL .............................. 3-80, 3-82,

5-84, 5-85, 5-88E51SPL .............................. 3-80, 3-82,

5-84, 5-85, 5-88E52-16QS04-B ............................ 3-75E52-16QS04-B1 .......................... 3-75E52-16QS04-C............................. 3-75E52-16QS04-C1........................... 3-75E52-18RU04-B ............................ 3-75E52-18RU04-B1 .......................... 3-75E52-18RU04-B1N ....................... 3-75E52-18RU04-BN ......................... 3-75E52-18RU04-C............................. 3-75E52-18RU04-C1........................... 3-75E52-18RU04-C1N........................ 3-75E52-18RU04-CN.......................... 3-75E52-25QS10-B ............................ 3-75E52-25QS10-B1 .......................... 3-75E52-25QS10-C............................. 3-75E52-25QS10-C1........................... 3-75E52Q-DL15SAD01 ...................... 3-72E52Q-DL15SAE01 ....................... 3-72E52Q-DL15UAD01 ...................... 3-72E52Q-DL15UAE01....................... 3-72E52Q-DL20SAD01 ...................... 3-72E52Q-DL20SAE01 ....................... 3-72E52Q-DL20UAD01 ...................... 3-72E52Q-DL20UAE01....................... 3-72E52Q-DL25SAD01 ...................... 3-72E52Q-DL25SAE01 ....................... 3-72E52Q-DL25UAD01 ...................... 3-72E52Q-DL25UAE01....................... 3-72E52Q-DL30UAD01 ...................... 3-72E52Q-DL30UAE01....................... 3-72E52Q-DL35UAD01 ...................... 3-72E52Q-DL35UAE01....................... 3-72E52Q-DL40UAD01 ...................... 3-72E52Q-DL40UAE01....................... 3-72E52RAL12T110 ............................ 3-75E52RAL12T110AF ....................... 3-75E52RAL12T111 ............................ 3-75

E52RAL12T111AF ....................... 3-75E53KAL18A2 ................................. 4-4E53KAL18A2E ............................... 4-4E53KAL18A2EA ............................ 4-4E53KAL18A2SA ............................ 4-4E53KAL18T110.............................. 4-4E53KAL18T110E ........................... 4-4E53KAL18T110ED......................... 4-4E53KAL18T110SD ........................ 4-4E53KAL18T111.............................. 4-4E53KAL18T111E ........................... 4-4E53KAL18T111ED......................... 4-4E53KAL18T111SD ........................ 4-4E53KAL30A2 ................................. 4-4E53KAL30A2E ............................... 4-4E53KAL30A2EA ............................ 4-4E53KAL30A2SA ............................ 4-4E53KAL30T110.............................. 4-4E53KAL30T110E ........................... 4-4E53KAL30T110ED......................... 4-4E53KAL30T110SD ........................ 4-4E53KAL30T111.............................. 4-4E53KAL30T111E ........................... 4-4E53KAL30T111ED......................... 4-4E53KAL30T111SD ........................ 4-4E53KAL34A2E ............................... 4-6E53KAL34A2EA ............................ 4-6E53KAL34T110.............................. 4-6E53KAL34T110E ........................... 4-6E53KAL34T110ED......................... 4-6E53KAL34T110SD ........................ 4-6E53KAL34T111.............................. 4-6E53KAL34T111E ........................... 4-6E53KAL34T111ED......................... 4-6E53KAL34T111SD ........................ 4-6E53KBL18A2 ................................. 4-4E53KBL18A2E ............................... 4-4E53KBL18A2EA ............................ 4-4E53KBL18A2SA ............................ 4-4E53KBL18T110.............................. 4-4E53KBL18T110E ........................... 4-4E53KBL18T110ED......................... 4-4E53KBL18T110SD ........................ 4-4E53KBL18T111.............................. 4-4E53KBL18T111E ........................... 4-4E53KBL18T111ED......................... 4-4E53KBL18T111SD ........................ 4-4E53KBL30A2 ................................. 4-4E53KBL30A2E ............................... 4-4E53KBL30A2EA ............................ 4-4E53KBL30A2SA ............................ 4-4E53KBL30T110.............................. 4-4E53KBL30T110E ........................... 4-4E53KBL30T110ED......................... 4-4E53KBL30T110SD ........................ 4-4E53KBL30T111.............................. 4-4E53KBL30T111E ........................... 4-4E53KBL30T111ED......................... 4-4E53KBL30T111SD ........................ 4-4E53KBL34A2E ............................... 4-6E53KBL34A2EA ............................ 4-6E53KBL34T110.............................. 4-6E53KBL34T110E ........................... 4-6E53KBL34T110ED......................... 4-6E53KBL34T110SD ........................ 4-6

E53KBL34T111 .............................. 4-6E53KBL34T111E ............................ 4-6E53KBL34T111ED ......................... 4-6E53KBL34T111SD ......................... 4-6E55BLT1C .................................... 3-77E55BLT1D .................................... 3-77E55BLT1E .................................... 3-77E55BLT1F..................................... 3-77E55CAL12A2................................ 3-69E55CAL12A2E ............................. 3-69E55CAL12T110 ............................ 3-69E55CAL12T110E .......................... 3-69E55CAL12T111 ............................ 3-69E55CAL12T111E .......................... 3-69E55CAL18A2................................ 3-69E55CAL18A2E ............................. 3-69E55CAL18T110 ............................ 3-69E55CAL18T110E .......................... 3-69E55CAL18T111 ............................ 3-69E55CAL18T111E .......................... 3-69E55CAL30A2................................ 3-69E55CAL30A2E ............................. 3-69E55CAL30T110 ............................ 3-69E55CAL30T110E .......................... 3-69E55CAL30T111 ............................ 3-69E55CAL30T111E .......................... 3-69E55CBL12A2................................ 3-69E55CBL12A2E ............................. 3-69E55CBL12T110 ............................ 3-69E55CBL12T110E .......................... 3-69E55CBL12T111 ............................ 3-69E55CBL12T111E .......................... 3-69E55CBL18A2................................ 3-69E55CBL18A2E ............................. 3-69E55CBL18T110 ............................ 3-69E55CBL18T110E .......................... 3-69E55CBL18T111 ............................ 3-69E55CBL18T111E .......................... 3-69E55CBL30A2................................ 3-69E55CBL30A2E ............................. 3-69E55CBL30T110 ............................ 3-69E55CBL30T110E .......................... 3-69E55CBL30T111 ............................ 3-69E55CBL30T111E .......................... 3-69E56ADL40SA ............................... 3-65E56ADL40SAD01 ........................ 3-65E56ADL40SAE01......................... 3-65E56ADL50UA............................... 3-65E56ADL50UAD01 ........................ 3-65E56ADL50UAE01 ........................ 3-65E56BDL70UAD01 ........................ 3-65E56BDL70UAE01 ........................ 3-65E56CAL100B1S1 ......................... 3-65E56CAL70B1S1 ........................... 3-65E56CDL100UAD01 ...................... 3-65E56CDL100UAE01....................... 3-65E56CDL40A2................................ 3-65E56CDL40A2B1 ........................... 3-65E56CDL50A2E ............................. 3-65E56CDL50A2EB1......................... 3-65E57-08GBE03-C .......................... 3-31E57-08GE03-C ............................. 3-31E57-08GE03-CDB........................ 3-31E57-08GE03-CNB ....................... 3-31E57-08GE03-G ............................. 3-31

August 2007



14IN

DEX

E57-08GE03-GDB........................ 3-31E57-08GE03-GNB ....................... 3-31E57-08GE06-C ............................. 3-31E57-08GE06-CDB ........................ 3-31E57-08GE06-G ............................. 3-31E57-08GE06-GDB........................ 3-31E57-08GS01-C ............................. 3-31E57-08GS01-CDB........................ 3-31E57-08GS01-CNB ....................... 3-31E57-08GS01-G ............................. 3-31E57-08GS01-GDB ....................... 3-31E57-08GS01-GNB ....................... 3-31E57-08GU02-C ............................. 3-31E57-08GU02-CDB ....................... 3-31E57-08GU02-CNB ....................... 3-31E57-08GU02-G............................. 3-31E57-08GU02-GDB ....................... 3-31E57-08GU02-GNB ....................... 3-31E57-12GE05-C ............................. 3-32E57-12GE05-CDB ........................ 3-32E57-12GE05-G ............................. 3-32E57-12GE05-GDB........................ 3-32E57-12GE08-D ............................. 3-31E57-12GE08-D1 ........................... 3-31E57-12GE08-D1DB...................... 3-31E57-12GE08-DDB........................ 3-31E57-12GE10-C ............................. 3-32E57-12GE10-CDB ........................ 3-32E57-12GE10-G ............................. 3-32E57-12GE10-GDB........................ 3-32E57-12GS02-A ............................. 3-31E57-12GS02-AAB ....................... 3-31E57-12GS02-C ............................. 3-32E57-12GS02-CDB........................ 3-32E57-12GS02-D ............................. 3-31E57-12GS02-DDB ....................... 3-31E57-12GS02-G ............................. 3-32E57-12GS02-GDB ....................... 3-32E57-12GU04-A............................. 3-31E57-12GU04-AAB ....................... 3-31E57-12GU04-C ............................. 3-32E57-12GU04-CDB ....................... 3-32E57-12GU04-D............................. 3-31E57-12GU04-D1........................... 3-31E57-12GU04-DDB ....................... 3-31E57-12GU04-G............................. 3-32E57-12GU04-GDB ....................... 3-32E57-12LE06-A .............................. 3-17E57-12LE06-A1 ............................ 3-17E57-12LE06-A1A ......................... 3-17E57-12LE06-A1P ......................... 3-17E57-12LE06-AA ........................... 3-17E57-12LE06-AP ........................... 3-17E57-12LE06-B .............................. 3-18E57-12LE06-B1 ............................ 3-18E57-12LE06-B1D ......................... 3-18E57-12LE06-B1P ......................... 3-18E57-12LE06-BD ........................... 3-18E57-12LE06-BP ........................... 3-18E57-12LE06-C .............................. 3-18E57-12LE06-C1 ............................ 3-18E57-12LE06-C1D ......................... 3-18E57-12LE06-C1P.......................... 3-18E57-12LE06-CD ........................... 3-18E57-12LE06-CP............................ 3-18

E57-12LE10-A ............................. 3-17E57-12LE10-A1 ........................... 3-17E57-12LE10-A1A......................... 3-17E57-12LE10-A1P ......................... 3-17E57-12LE10-AA........................... 3-17E57-12LE10-AP ........................... 3-17E57-12LE10-B ............................. 3-18E57-12LE10-B1 ........................... 3-18E57-12LE10-B1D......................... 3-18E57-12LE10-BD........................... 3-18E57-12LE10-BP ........................... 3-18E57-12LE10-C.............................. 3-18E57-12LE10-C1............................ 3-18E57-12LE10-C1D ......................... 3-18E57-12LE10-CD ........................... 3-18E57-12LE10-CP ........................... 3-18E57-18GE08-C ............................. 3-32E57-18GE08-CDB ....................... 3-32E57-18GE08-G............................. 3-32E57-18GE08-GDB ....................... 3-32E57-18GE16-AAB ....................... 3-31E57-18GE16-D............................. 3-31E57-18GE16-D1........................... 3-31E57-18GE16-D1DB ..................... 3-31E57-18GE16-DDB ....................... 3-31E57-18GE18-C ............................. 3-32E57-18GE18-CDB ....................... 3-32E57-18GE18-G............................. 3-32E57-18GE18-GDB ....................... 3-32E57-18GS05-A ............................ 3-31E57-18GS05-AAB ....................... 3-31E57-18GS05-C............................. 3-32E57-18GS05-CDB ....................... 3-32E57-18GS05-D ............................ 3-31E57-18GS05-DDB ....................... 3-31E57-18GS05-G ............................ 3-32E57-18GS05-GDB ....................... 3-32E57-18GU08-A ............................ 3-31E57-18GU08-AAB....................... 3-31E57-18GU08-C ............................ 3-32E57-18GU08-CDB ....................... 3-32E57-18GU08-D ............................ 3-31E57-18GU08-DDB....................... 3-31E57-18GU08-G ............................ 3-32E57-18GU08-GDB....................... 3-32E57-18LE12-A ............................. 3-17E57-18LE12-A1 ........................... 3-17E57-18LE12-A1A......................... 3-17E57-18LE12-A1B......................... 3-17E57-18LE12-A1P ......................... 3-17E57-18LE12-AA........................... 3-17E57-18LE12-AB........................... 3-17E57-18LE12-AP ........................... 3-17E57-18LE12-B ............................. 3-19E57-18LE12-B1 ........................... 3-19E57-18LE12-B1B......................... 3-19E57-18LE12-B1D......................... 3-19E57-18LE12-B1P ......................... 3-19E57-18LE12-BB........................... 3-19E57-18LE12-BD........................... 3-19E57-18LE12-BP ........................... 3-19E57-18LE12-C.............................. 3-19E57-18LE12-C1............................ 3-19E57-18LE12-C1B ......................... 3-19E57-18LE12-C1D ......................... 3-19

E57-18LE12-C1P.......................... 3-19E57-18LE12-CB ........................... 3-19E57-18LE12-CD ........................... 3-19E57-18LE12-CP............................ 3-19E57-18LE20-A .............................. 3-17E57-18LE20-A1 ............................ 3-17E57-18LE20-A1A ......................... 3-17E57-18LE20-A1B ......................... 3-17E57-18LE20-A1P ......................... 3-17E57-18LE20-AA ........................... 3-17E57-18LE20-AB ........................... 3-17E57-18LE20-AP ........................... 3-17E57-18LE20-B .............................. 3-19E57-18LE20-B1 ............................ 3-19E57-18LE20-B1B ......................... 3-19E57-18LE20-B1D ......................... 3-19E57-18LE20-B1P ......................... 3-19E57-18LE20-BB ........................... 3-19E57-18LE20-BD ........................... 3-19E57-18LE20-BP ........................... 3-19E57-18LE20-C .............................. 3-19E57-18LE20-C1 ............................ 3-19E57-18LE20-C1B ......................... 3-19E57-18LE20-C1D ......................... 3-19E57-18LE20-C1P.......................... 3-19E57-18LE20-CB ........................... 3-19E57-18LE20-CD ........................... 3-19E57-18LE20-CP............................ 3-19E57-30GE15-CDB ........................ 3-32E57-30GE15-G ............................. 3-32E57-30GE25-D ............................. 3-31E57-30GE25-D1 ........................... 3-31E57-30GE25-D1DB...................... 3-31E57-30GE25-DDB........................ 3-31E57-30GE29-CDB ........................ 3-32E57-30GE29-G ............................. 3-32E57-30GS10-A ............................. 3-31E57-30GS10-AAB ....................... 3-31E57-30GS10-C ............................. 3-32E57-30GS10-CDB........................ 3-32E57-30GS10-D ............................. 3-31E57-30GS10-DDB ....................... 3-31E57-30GS10-G ............................. 3-32E57-30GS10-G5 ........................... 3-32E57-30GS10-GDB ....................... 3-32E57-30GU15-A............................. 3-31E57-30GU15-AAB ....................... 3-31E57-30GU15-C ............................. 3-32E57-30GU15-CDB ....................... 3-32E57-30GU15-D............................. 3-31E57-30GU15-DDB ....................... 3-31E57-30GU15-G............................. 3-32E57-30GU15-GDB ....................... 3-32E57-30HS10-K ............................. 3-58E57-30JS10-H ............................. 3-58E57-30LE22-A .............................. 3-18E57-30LE22-A1 ............................ 3-18E57-30LE22-A1A ......................... 3-18E57-30LE22-A1B ......................... 3-18E57-30LE22-A1P ......................... 3-18E57-30LE22-AA ........................... 3-18E57-30LE22-AB ........................... 3-18E57-30LE22-AP ........................... 3-18E57-30LE22-B .............................. 3-20E57-30LE22-B1 ............................ 3-20

E57-30LE22-B1B......................... 3-20E57-30LE22-B1D......................... 3-20E57-30LE22-B1P ......................... 3-20E57-30LE22-BB........................... 3-20E57-30LE22-BD........................... 3-20E57-30LE22-BP ........................... 3-20E57-30LE22-C.............................. 3-20E57-30LE22-C1............................ 3-20E57-30LE22-C1B ......................... 3-20E57-30LE22-C1D ......................... 3-20E57-30LE22-C1P ......................... 3-20E57-30LE22-CB ........................... 3-20E57-30LE22-CD ........................... 3-20E57-30LE22-CP ........................... 3-20E57EAL4T110SD ......................... 3-61E57EAL4T110SN......................... 3-61E57EAL4T110SP ......................... 3-61E57EAL4T111SN......................... 3-61E57EAL4T111SP ......................... 3-61E57EAL5T110SN......................... 3-61E57EAL5T110SP ......................... 3-61E57EAL5T111SN......................... 3-61E57EAL5T111SP ......................... 3-61E57EAL6T110ED ......................... 3-61E57EAL6T110EN ......................... 3-61E57EAL6T110EP ......................... 3-61E57EAL6T110SD ......................... 3-61E57EAL6T110SN......................... 3-61E57EAL6T110SP ......................... 3-61E57EAL6T111EN ......................... 3-61E57EAL6T111EP ......................... 3-61E57EAL6T111SD ......................... 3-61E57EAL6T111SN......................... 3-61E57EAL6T111SP ......................... 3-61E57EAL8T110ED ......................... 3-61E57EAL8T110EN ......................... 3-61E57EAL8T110EP ......................... 3-61E57EAL8T110SD ......................... 3-61E57EAL8T110SN......................... 3-61E57EAL8T110SP ......................... 3-61E57EAL8T111ED ......................... 3-61E57EAL8T111EN ......................... 3-61E57EAL8T111EP ......................... 3-61E57EAL8T111SD ......................... 3-61E57EAL8T111SN......................... 3-61E57EAL8T111SP ......................... 3-61E57EBL8T110ED ......................... 3-61E57EBL8T110EN ......................... 3-61E57EBL8T110EP ......................... 3-61E57EBL8T110SD ......................... 3-61E57EBL8T110SN......................... 3-61E57EBL8T110SP ......................... 3-61E57EBL8T111ED ......................... 3-61E57EBL8T111EN ......................... 3-61E57EBL8T111EP ......................... 3-61E57EBL8T111SD ......................... 3-61E57EBL8T111SN......................... 3-61E57EBL8T111SP ......................... 3-61E57FAL12A2SA-M ..................... 3-55E57FAL12T111SD-M .................. 3-55E57FAL18A2B1 ........................... 3-52E57FAL18A2SA........................... 3-52E57FAL18T111SD ....................... 3-52E57FAL18T111SD-M .................. 3-55E57FAL30A2SA-M ..................... 3-55

14-10



14IN

DEX

August 2007

E57KC12 ......................................... 8-8E57KC18 ......................................... 8-8E57KC30 ......................................... 8-8E57KC8 ........................................... 8-8E57KM12........................................ 8-4E57KM18........................................ 8-4E57KM30........................................ 8-4E57KM8.......................................... 8-4E57KNC18 ............................ 5-54, 8-8E57KNM8....................................... 8-7E57KNS12 ...................................... 8-7E57KNS18 ...................................... 8-7E57KNS30 ...................................... 8-7E57KNZ12 ...................................... 8-6E57KNZ18 ...................................... 8-6E57KNZ30 ...................................... 8-6E57KNZ8 ........................................ 8-6E57KP12 ......................................... 8-8E57KP18 ......................................... 8-8E57KP30 ......................................... 8-8E57LAL12A2 ................................ 3-17E57LAL12A2E .............................. 3-17E57LAL12A2EA ........................... 3-17E57LAL12A2EP............................ 3-17E57LAL12A2SA ........................... 3-17E57LAL12A2SP ........................... 3-17E57LAL12T110 ............................. 3-18E57LAL12T110E........................... 3-18E57LAL12T110ED ........................ 3-18E57LAL12T110EP ........................ 3-18E57LAL12T110SD........................ 3-18E57LAL12T110SP ........................ 3-18E57LAL12T111 ............................. 3-18E57LAL12T111E........................... 3-18E57LAL12T111ED ........................ 3-18E57LAL12T111EP ........................ 3-18E57LAL12T111SD........................ 3-18E57LAL12T111SP ........................ 3-18E57LAL18A2 ................................ 3-17E57LAL18A2E .............................. 3-17E57LAL18A2EA ........................... 3-17E57LAL18A2EP............................ 3-17E57LAL18A2SA ........................... 3-17E57LAL18A2SP ........................... 3-17E57LAL18T110 ............................. 3-19E57LAL18T110E........................... 3-19E57LAL18T110ED ........................ 3-19E57LAL18T110EP ........................ 3-19E57LAL18T110SD........................ 3-19E57LAL18T110SP ........................ 3-19E57LAL18T111 ............................. 3-19E57LAL18T111E........................... 3-19E57LAL18T111ED ........................ 3-19E57LAL18T111EP ........................ 3-19E57LAL18T111SD........................ 3-19E57LAL18T111SP ........................ 3-19E57LAL30A2 ................................ 3-18E57LAL30A2E .............................. 3-18E57LAL30A2EA ........................... 3-18E57LAL30A2EP............................ 3-18E57LAL30A2SA ........................... 3-18E57LAL30A2SP ........................... 3-18E57LAL30T110 ............................. 3-20E57LAL30T110E........................... 3-20E57LAL30T110ED ........................ 3-20

E57LAL30T110EP........................ 3-20E57LAL30T110SD ....................... 3-20E57LAL30T110SP ....................... 3-20E57LAL30T111 ............................ 3-20E57LAL30T111E .......................... 3-20E57LAL30T111ED ....................... 3-20E57LAL30T111EP........................ 3-20E57LAL30T111SD ....................... 3-20E57LAL30T111SP ....................... 3-20E57LBL12A2 ................................ 3-17E57LBL12A2E.............................. 3-17E57LBL12A2EA ........................... 3-17E57LBL12A2EP ........................... 3-17E57LBL12A2SA........................... 3-17E57LBL12A2SP ........................... 3-17E57LBL12T110 ............................ 3-18E57LBL12T110E .......................... 3-18E57LBL12T110ED ....................... 3-18E57LBL12T110EP........................ 3-18E57LBL12T110SD ....................... 3-18E57LBL12T110SP ....................... 3-18E57LBL12T111 ............................ 3-18E57LBL12T111E .......................... 3-18E57LBL12T111ED ....................... 3-18E57LBL12T111EP........................ 3-18E57LBL12T111SD ....................... 3-18E57LBL12T111SP ....................... 3-18E57LBL18A2 ................................ 3-17E57LBL18A2E.............................. 3-17E57LBL18A2EA ........................... 3-17E57LBL18A2EP ........................... 3-17E57LBL18A2SA........................... 3-17E57LBL18A2SP ........................... 3-17E57LBL18T110 ............................ 3-19E57LBL18T110E .......................... 3-19E57LBL18T110ED ....................... 3-19E57LBL18T110EP........................ 3-19E57LBL18T110SD ....................... 3-19E57LBL18T110SP ....................... 3-19E57LBL18T111 ............................ 3-19E57LBL18T111E .......................... 3-19E57LBL18T111ED ....................... 3-19E57LBL18T111EP........................ 3-19E57LBL18T111SD ....................... 3-19E57LBL18T111SP ....................... 3-19E57LBL30A2 ................................ 3-18E57LBL30A2E.............................. 3-18E57LBL30A2EA ........................... 3-18E57LBL30A2EP ........................... 3-18E57LBL30A2SA........................... 3-18E57LBL30A2SP ........................... 3-18E57LBL30T110 ............................ 3-20E57LBL30T110E .......................... 3-20E57LBL30T110ED ....................... 3-20E57LBL30T110EP........................ 3-20E57LBL30T110SD ....................... 3-20E57LBL30T110SP ....................... 3-20E57LBL30T111 ............................ 3-20E57LBL30T111E .......................... 3-20E57LBL30T111ED ....................... 3-20E57LBL30T111EP........................ 3-20E57LBL30T111SD ....................... 3-20E57LBL30T111SP ....................... 3-20E57MAL12A2B1 ......................... 3-17E57MAL18A2B1 ......................... 3-17

E57MAL18A2EB1 ....................... 3-17E57MAL18T110B1...................... 3-19E57MAL18T110EB1 ................... 3-19E57MAL18T111B1...................... 3-19E57MAL18T111EB1 ................... 3-19E57MAL30A2B1 ......................... 3-18E57MAL30A2EB1 ....................... 3-18E57MAL30T110B1...................... 3-20E57MAL30T110EB1 ................... 3-20E57MAL30T111B1...................... 3-20E57MAL30T111EB1 ................... 3-20E57MBL18A2B1 ......................... 3-17E57MBL18A2EB1 ....................... 3-17E57MBL18T110B1...................... 3-19E57MBL18T111B1...................... 3-19E57MBL18T111EB1 ................... 3-19E57MBL30A2B1 ......................... 3-18E57MBL30A2EB1 ....................... 3-18E57MBL30T110B1...................... 3-20E57MBL30T111B1...................... 3-20E57MBL30T111EB1 ................... 3-20E57RAL18A2 ............................... 3-17E57RAL18A2B1 .......................... 3-17E57RAL18A2E ............................. 3-17E57RAL18A2EA .......................... 3-17E57RAL18A2EB1 ........................ 3-17E57RAL18A2EP .......................... 3-17E57RAL18A2SA .......................... 3-17E57RAL18A2SP .......................... 3-17E57RAL18T110............................ 3-19E57RAL18T110B1 ....................... 3-19E57RAL18T110E ......................... 3-19E57RAL18T110EB1..................... 3-19E57RAL18T110ED....................... 3-19E57RAL18T110EP ....................... 3-19E57RAL18T110SD ...................... 3-19E57RAL18T110SP....................... 3-19E57RAL18T111............................ 3-19E57RAL18T111B1 ....................... 3-19E57RAL18T111E ......................... 3-19E57RAL18T111EB1..................... 3-19E57RAL18T111ED....................... 3-19E57RAL18T111EP ....................... 3-19E57RAL18T111SD ...................... 3-19E57RAL18T111SP....................... 3-19E57RBL18A2 ............................... 3-17E57RBL18A2B1 .......................... 3-17E57RBL18A2E ............................. 3-17E57RBL18A2EA .......................... 3-17E57RBL18A2EB1 ........................ 3-17E57RBL18A2EP .......................... 3-17E57RBL18A2SA .......................... 3-17E57RBL18A2SP .......................... 3-17E57RBL18T110............................ 3-19E57RBL18T110B1 ....................... 3-19E57RBL18T110E ......................... 3-19E57RBL18T110EB1..................... 3-19E57RBL18T110ED....................... 3-19E57RBL18T110EP ....................... 3-19E57RBL18T110SD ...................... 3-19E57RBL18T110SP....................... 3-19E57RBL18T111............................ 3-19E57RBL18T111B1 ....................... 3-19E57RBL18T111E ......................... 3-19E57RBL18T111EB1..................... 3-19

E57RBL18T111ED ....................... 3-19E57RBL18T111EP ....................... 3-19E57RBL18T111SD ....................... 3-19E57RBL18T111SP ....................... 3-19E57SAL12A2...................... 3-17, 3-26E57SAL12A2E ................... 3-17, 3-26E57SAL12A2EA................. 3-17, 3-26E57SAL12A2SA ................ 3-17, 3-26E57SAL12A4................................ 3-26E57SAL12A4E ............................. 3-26E57SAL12A4EA........................... 3-26E57SAL12A4SA .......................... 3-26E57SAL12T110 ............................ 3-26E57SAL12T110E .......................... 3-26E57SAL12T110ED ....................... 3-26E57SAL12T110SD ....................... 3-26E57SAL12T111 ............................ 3-26E57SAL12T111E .......................... 3-26E57SAL12T111ED ....................... 3-26E57SAL12T111SD ....................... 3-26E57SAL18A2...................... 3-17, 3-26E57SAL18A2E ................... 3-17, 3-26E57SAL18A2EA................. 3-17, 3-26E57SAL18A2SA ................ 3-17, 3-26E57SAL18A4................................ 3-26E57SAL18A4E ............................. 3-26E57SAL18A4EA........................... 3-26E57SAL18A4SA .......................... 3-26E57SAL18T110 ............................ 3-26E57SAL18T110E .......................... 3-26E57SAL18T110ED ....................... 3-26E57SAL18T110SD ....................... 3-26E57SAL18T111 ............................ 3-26E57SAL18T111E .......................... 3-26E57SAL18T111ED ....................... 3-26E57SAL18T111SD ....................... 3-26E57SAL30A2...................... 3-18, 3-26E57SAL30A2E ................... 3-18, 3-26E57SAL30A2EA................. 3-18, 3-26E57SAL30A2SA ................ 3-18, 3-26E57SAL30A4................................ 3-26E57SAL30A4E ............................. 3-26E57SAL30A4EA........................... 3-26E57SAL30A4SA .......................... 3-26E57SAL30T110 ............................ 3-26E57SAL30T110E .......................... 3-26E57SAL30T110ED ....................... 3-26E57SAL30T110SD ....................... 3-26E57SAL30T111 ............................ 3-26E57SAL30T111E .......................... 3-26E57SAL30T111ED ....................... 3-26E57SAL30T111SD ....................... 3-26E57SBL12A2...................... 3-17, 3-26E57SBL12A2E ................... 3-17, 3-26E57SBL12A2EA................. 3-17, 3-26E57SBL12A2SA ................ 3-17, 3-26E57SBL12A4................................ 3-26E57SBL12A4E ............................. 3-26E57SBL12A4EA........................... 3-26E57SBL12A4SA .......................... 3-26E57SBL12T110E .......................... 3-26E57SBL12T110ED ....................... 3-26E57SBL12T111 ............................ 3-26E57SBL12T111E .......................... 3-26E57SBL12T111ED ....................... 3-26

August 2007



14IN

DEX

E57SBL12T111SD ....................... 3-26E57SBL18A2 ...................... 3-17, 3-26E57SBL18A2E.................... 3-17, 3-26E57SBL18A2EA ................. 3-17, 3-26E57SBL18A2SA................. 3-17, 3-26E57SBL18A4 ................................ 3-26E57SBL18A4E.............................. 3-26E57SBL18A4EA ........................... 3-26E57SBL18A4SA........................... 3-26E57SBL18T110 ............................ 3-26E57SBL18T110E .......................... 3-26E57SBL18T110ED ....................... 3-26E57SBL18T110SD ....................... 3-26E57SBL18T111 ............................ 3-26E57SBL18T111E .......................... 3-26E57SBL18T111ED ....................... 3-26E57SBL18T111SD ....................... 3-26E57SBL30A2 ...................... 3-18, 3-26E57SBL30A2E.................... 3-18, 3-26E57SBL30A2EA ................. 3-18, 3-26E57SBL30A2SA................. 3-18, 3-26E57SBL30A4 ................................ 3-26E57SBL30A4E.............................. 3-26E57SBL30A4EA ........................... 3-26E57SBL30A4SA........................... 3-26E57SBL30T110 ............................ 3-26E57SBL30T110E .......................... 3-26E57SBL30T110ED ....................... 3-26E57SBL30T110SD ....................... 3-26E57SBL30T111 ............................ 3-26E57SBL30T111E .......................... 3-26E57SBL30T111ED ....................... 3-26E57SBL30T111SD ....................... 3-26E58-18DP100-DDP...................... 5-60E58-18DP100-DLP ...................... 5-60E58-18DP100-ED......................... 5-60E58-18DP100-EDP ...................... 5-60E58-18DP100-EDPB ................... 5-60E58-18DP100-EL ......................... 5-60E58-18DP100-ELP ....................... 5-60E58-18DP100-ELPB .................... 5-60E58-18DP100-HD ........................ 5-60E58-18DP100-HDP...................... 5-60E58-18DP100-HL ......................... 5-60E58-18DP100-HLP ...................... 5-60E58-18DP50-DDP........................ 5-60E58-18DP50-DLP ........................ 5-60E58-18DP50-ED........................... 5-60E58-18DP50-EDP ........................ 5-60E58-18DP50-EDPB ..................... 5-60E58-18DP50-EL ........................... 5-60E58-18DP50-ELP ......................... 5-60E58-18DP50-ELPB ...................... 5-60E58-18DP50-HD .......................... 5-60E58-18DP50-HDP........................ 5-60E58-18DP50-HL ........................... 5-60E58-18DP50-HLP ........................ 5-60E58-30DP150-DDP...................... 5-60E58-30DP150-DLP ...................... 5-60E58-30DP150-ED......................... 5-60E58-30DP150-EDP ...................... 5-60E58-30DP150-EDPB ................... 5-60E58-30DP150-EL ......................... 5-60E58-30DP150-ELP ....................... 5-60E58-30DP150-ELPB .................... 5-60

E58-30DP150-GD........................ 5-60E58-30DP150-GDP ..................... 5-60E58-30DP150-GL ........................ 5-60E58-30DP150-GLP ...................... 5-60E58-30DP150-HD........................ 5-60E58-30DP150-HDP ..................... 5-60E58-30DP150-HL ........................ 5-60E58-30DP150-HLP ...................... 5-60E58-30DPS280-ED...................... 5-60E58-30DPS280-EDP ................... 5-60E58-30DPS280-EDPB ................ 5-60E58-30DPS280-EL ...................... 5-60E58-30DPS280-ELP .................... 5-60E58-30DPS280-ELPB ................. 5-60E58-30DPS280-GD ..................... 5-60E58-30DPS280-GDP................... 5-60E58-30DPS280-GL ...................... 5-60E58-30DPS280-GLP ................... 5-60E58-30DPS280-HD ..................... 5-60E58-30DPS280-HDP................... 5-60E58-30DPS280-HL ...................... 5-60E58-30DPS280-HLP ................... 5-60E58-30RP10-GD .......................... 5-59E58-30RP10-GDP ....................... 5-59E58-30RP10-GL........................... 5-59E58-30RP10-GLP ........................ 5-59E58-30RP10-HD .......................... 5-59E58-30RP10-HDP ....................... 5-59E58-30RP10-HL........................... 5-59E58-30RP10-HLP ........................ 5-59E58-30RS18-GD .......................... 5-59E58-30RS18-GDP ....................... 5-59E58-30RS18-GL........................... 5-59E58-30RS18-GLP ........................ 5-59E58-30RS18-HD .......................... 5-59E58-30RS18-HDP ....................... 5-59E58-30RS18-HL........................... 5-59E58-30RS18-HLP ........................ 5-59E58-30TD250-GD ........................ 5-59E58-30TD250-GDP ..................... 5-59E58-30TD250-GL......................... 5-59E58-30TD250-GLP ...................... 5-59E58-30TD250-HD ........................ 5-59E58-30TD250-HDP ..................... 5-59E58-30TD250-HL......................... 5-59E58-30TD250-HLP ...................... 5-59E58-30TS250-GA ........................ 5-59E58-30TS250-GAP...................... 5-59E58-30TS250-HA ........................ 5-59E58-30TS250-HAP...................... 5-59E58CAL18A2C2 ........................... 5-53E58CAL18A2D2........................... 5-53E58CAL18A2E2 ........................... 5-53E58CAL18A2R2 ........................... 5-53E58CAL18T110C2 ....................... 5-53E58CAL18T110D2 ....................... 5-53E58CAL18T110E2........................ 5-53E58CAL18T110R2 ....................... 5-53E58CAL18T111C2 ....................... 5-53E58CAL18T111D2 ....................... 5-53E58CAL18T111R2 ....................... 5-53E58CBL18A2C2 ........................... 5-53E58CBL18A2D2........................... 5-53E58CBL18A2R2 ........................... 5-53E58CBL18T110C2 ....................... 5-53

E58CBL18T110D2........................ 5-53E58CBL18T110R2 ........................ 5-53E58CBL18T111C2 ........................ 5-53E58CBL18T111D2........................ 5-53E58CBL18T111R2 ........................ 5-53E58KAM18 ..................................... 8-5E58KAM18B .................................. 8-6E58KAM18U .................................. 8-5E58KAM30 ..................................... 8-5E58KAM30U .................................. 8-5E58KC30 ......................................... 8-8E58KNS18 ...................................... 8-7E58KNS30 ...................................... 8-7E58KS5200 ................ 5-38, 5-45, 5-50E5912ACKIT................................. 3-13E5912DCKIT................................. 3-13E5918ACKIT................................. 3-13E5918DCKIT................................. 3-13E5930ACKIT................................. 3-13E5930DCKIT................................. 3-13E59-A12A104C02-C1 .................. 3-39E59-A12A104C02-CV .................. 3-39E59-A12A104D01-C1 .................. 3-39E59-A12A104D01-CV.................. 3-39E59-A12A104D01P-C1................ 3-39E59-A12A104D01P-CV ............... 3-39E59-A12C108C02-C1................... 3-39E59-A12C108C02-CV .................. 3-39E59-A12C108D01-C1 .................. 3-39E59-A12C108D01-CV .................. 3-39E59-A12C108D01P-C1 ................ 3-39E59-A12C108D01P-CV ............... 3-39E59-A18A107C02-C1 .................. 3-39E59-A18A107C02-CV .................. 3-39E59-A18A107D01-C1 .................. 3-39E59-A18A107D01-CV.................. 3-39E59-A18A107D01P-C1................ 3-39E59-A18A107D01P-CV ............... 3-39E59-A18C115C02-C1................... 3-39E59-A18C115C02-CV .................. 3-39E59-A18C115D01-C1 .................. 3-39E59-A18C115D01-CV .................. 3-39E59-A18C115D01P-C1 ................ 3-39E59-A18C115D01P-CV ............... 3-39E59-A30A112C02-C1 .................. 3-39E59-A30A112C02-CV .................. 3-39E59-A30A112D01-C1 .................. 3-39E59-A30A112D01-CV.................. 3-39E59-A30A112D01P-C1................ 3-39E59-A30A112D01P-CV ............... 3-39E59-A30C125C02-C1................... 3-39E59-A30C125C02-CV .................. 3-39E59-A30C125D01-C1 .................. 3-39E59-A30C125D01-CV .................. 3-39E59-A30C125D01P-C1 ................ 3-39E59-A30C125D01P-CV ............... 3-39E59ACMICRO .............................. 3-13E59ACMINI ................................. 3-13E59CBL......................................... 3-13E59DCMICRO .............................. 3-13E59DEMO1 .................................. 3-13E59LABEL .................................... 3-13E59-M12A105A01-A1 ................. 3-10E59-M12A105A01-A2 ................. 3-10E59-M12A105A01P-A1 .............. 3-10

E59-M12A105A01P-A2 .............. 3-10E59-M12A105A01PB-A1 ........... 3-10E59-M12A105A01PB-A2 ........... 3-10E59-M12A105C02-A1................. 3-10E59-M12A105C02-A2................. 3-10E59-M12A105C02-D1................. 3-11E59-M12A105C02-D1NN........... 3-12E59-M12A105C02-D1PP............ 3-12E59-M12A105C02-D2................. 3-11E59-M12A105C02-D3NN........... 3-12E59-M12A105C02-D3PP............ 3-12E59-M12A105D01-D1 ................ 3-11E59-M12A105D01-D1NN .......... 3-12E59-M12A105D01-D1PP ........... 3-12E59-M12A105D01-D2 ................ 3-11E59-M12A105D01-D3NN .......... 3-12E59-M12A105D01-D3PP ........... 3-12E59-M12A105D01P-D1 .............. 3-11E59-M12A105D01P-D2 .............. 3-11E59-M12C110A01-A1................. 3-10E59-M12C110A01-A2................. 3-10E59-M12C110A01P-A1 .............. 3-10E59-M12C110A01P-A2 .............. 3-10E59-M12C110A01PB-A1 ........... 3-10E59-M12C110A01PB-A2 ........... 3-10E59-M12C110C02-A1 ................. 3-10E59-M12C110C02-A2 ................. 3-10E59-M12C110C02-D1 ................. 3-11E59-M12C110C02-D1NN ........... 3-12E59-M12C110C02-D1PP ............ 3-12E59-M12C110C02-D2 ................. 3-11E59-M12C110C02-D3NN ........... 3-12E59-M12C110C02-D3PP ............ 3-12E59-M12C110D01-D1................. 3-11E59-M12C110D01-D1NN........... 3-12E59-M12C110D01-D1PP............ 3-12E59-M12C110D01-D2................. 3-11E59-M12C110D01-D3NN........... 3-12E59-M12C110D01-D3PP............ 3-12E59-M12C110D01P-D1 .............. 3-11E59-M12C110D01P-D2 .............. 3-11E59-M18A108C02-D1................. 3-11E59-M18A108C02-D1NN........... 3-12E59-M18A108C02-D1PP............ 3-12E59-M18A108C02-D2................. 3-11E59-M18A108C02-D3NN........... 3-12E59-M18A108C02-D3PP............ 3-12E59-M18A108D01-D1 ................ 3-11E59-M18A108D01-D1NN .......... 3-12E59-M18A108D01-D1PP ........... 3-12E59-M18A108D01-D2 ................ 3-11E59-M18A108D01-D3NN .......... 3-12E59-M18A108D01-D3PP ........... 3-12E59-M18A108D01P-D1 .............. 3-11E59-M18A108D01P-D2 .............. 3-11E59-M18A109A01-A1 ................ 3-10E59-M18A109A01-A2 ................ 3-10E59-M18A109A01P-A1 .............. 3-10E59-M18A109A01P-A2 .............. 3-10E59-M18A109A01PB-A1 ........... 3-10E59-M18A109A01PB-A2 ........... 3-10E59-M18A109C02-A1................. 3-10E59-M18A109C02-A2................. 3-10E59-M18A118C02-A1C .............. 3-44E59-M18C116C02-D1 ................. 3-11

14-12



14IN

DEX

August 2007

E59-M18C116C02-D1C ............... 3-44E59-M18C116C02-D1NN ........... 3-12E59-M18C116C02-D1PP ............ 3-12E59-M18C116C02-D2 ................. 3-11E59-M18C116C02-D3NN ........... 3-12E59-M18C116C02-D3PP ............ 3-12E59-M18C116D01-D1 ................. 3-11E59-M18C116D01-D1C............... 3-44E59-M18C116D01-D1NN ........... 3-12E59-M18C116D01-D1PP ............ 3-12E59-M18C116D01-D2 ................. 3-11E59-M18C116D01-D3NN ........... 3-12E59-M18C116D01-D3PP ............ 3-12E59-M18C116D01P-D1............... 3-11E59-M18C116D01P-D2............... 3-11E59-M18C118A01-A1 ................. 3-10E59-M18C118A01-A1C............... 3-44E59-M18C118A01-A2 ................. 3-10E59-M18C118A01P-A1............... 3-10E59-M18C118A01P-A2............... 3-10E59-M18C118A01PB-A1 ............ 3-10E59-M18C118A01PB-A2 ............ 3-10E59-M18C118C02-A1 ................. 3-10E59-M18C118C02-A2 ................. 3-10E59-M30A115A01-A1 ................. 3-10E59-M30A115A01-A1C .............. 3-44E59-M30A115A01-A2 ................. 3-10E59-M30A115A01P-A1 .............. 3-10E59-M30A115A01P-A2 .............. 3-10E59-M30A115A01PB-A1............ 3-10E59-M30A115A01PB-A2............ 3-10E59-M30A115C02-A1 ................. 3-10E59-M30A115C02-A1C............... 3-44E59-M30A115C02-A2 ................. 3-10E59-M30A115C02-D1 ................. 3-11E59-M30A115C02-D1C............... 3-44E59-M30A115C02-D1NN ........... 3-12E59-M30A115C02-D1PP ............ 3-12E59-M30A115C02-D2 ................. 3-11E59-M30A115C02-D3NN ........... 3-12E59-M30A115C02-D3PP ............ 3-12E59-M30A115D01-D1 ................. 3-11E59-M30A115D01-D1C .............. 3-44E59-M30A115D01-D1NN ........... 3-12E59-M30A115D01-D1PP ............ 3-12E59-M30A115D01-D2 ................. 3-11E59-M30A115D01-D3NN ........... 3-12E59-M30A115D01-D3PP ............ 3-12E59-M30A115D01P-D1 .............. 3-11E59-M30A115D01P-D2 .............. 3-11E59-M30C129A01-A1 ................. 3-10E59-M30C129A01-A1C............... 3-44E59-M30C129A01-A2 ................. 3-10E59-M30C129A01P-A1............... 3-10E59-M30C129A01P-A2............... 3-10E59-M30C129A01PB-A1 ............ 3-10E59-M30C129A01PB-A2 ............ 3-10E59-M30C129C02-A1 ................. 3-10E59-M30C129C02-A1C ............... 3-44E59-M30C129C02-A2 ................. 3-10E59-M30C129C02-D1 ................. 3-11E59-M30C129C02-D1C ............... 3-44E59-M30C129C02-D1NN ........... 3-12E59-M30C129C02-D1PP ............ 3-12E59-M30C129C02-D2 ................. 3-11

E59-M30C129C02-D3NN ........... 3-12E59-M30C129C02-D3PP ............ 3-12E59-M30C129D01-D1................. 3-11E59-M30C129D01-D1C .............. 3-44E59-M30C129D01-D1NN........... 3-12E59-M30C129D01-D1PP............ 3-12E59-M30C129D01-D2................. 3-11E59-M30C129D01-D3NN........... 3-12E59-M30C129D01-D3PP............ 3-12E59-M30C129D01P-D1 .............. 3-11E59-M30C129D01P-D2 .............. 3-11E59RP1 ........................................ 3-13E59RPD........................................ 3-13E59SW1 ....................................... 3-13E59TP1......................................... 3-13E60KNS18 ..................................... 8-7E64CAL4T .................................... 5-94E64CAT2T.................................... 5-94E64CAT3T.................................... 5-94E64CAT5T.................................... 5-94E64KH3 ........................................ 5-95E65CBL2 ...................................... 5-98E65CBL2N ................................... 5-98E65CBL3 ...................................... 5-98E65CBL4 ...................................... 5-98E65CBL5 ...................................... 5-98E65CBL6 ...................................... 5-98E65CBL7R.................................... 5-98E65KR55 ............................. 5-95, 5-99E65PS ............................................ 8-9E65PST .......................................... 8-9E65-SMPP050-GD...................... 5-24E65-SMPP050-GDD ................... 5-24E65-SMPP050-GL ...................... 5-24E65-SMPP050-GLD.................... 5-24E65-SMPP050-HD...................... 5-24E65-SMPP050-HDD ................... 5-24E65-SMPP050-HL ...................... 5-24E65-SMPP050-HLD.................... 5-24E65-SMPP100-GD...................... 5-24E65-SMPP100-GDD ................... 5-24E65-SMPP100-GL ...................... 5-24E65-SMPP100-GLD.................... 5-24E65-SMPP100-HD...................... 5-24E65-SMPP100-HDD ................... 5-24E65-SMPP100-HL ...................... 5-24E65-SMPP100-HLD.................... 5-24E65-SMPR3-GD.......................... 5-24E65-SMPR3-GDD ....................... 5-24E65-SMPR3-GL .......................... 5-24E65-SMPR3-GLD........................ 5-24E65-SMPR3-HD.......................... 5-24E65-SMPR3-HDD ....................... 5-24E65-SMPR3-HL .......................... 5-24E65-SMPR3-HLD........................ 5-24E65-SMSD200-GD ..................... 5-24E65-SMSD200-GDD................... 5-24E65-SMSD200-GL ...................... 5-24E65-SMSD200-GLD ................... 5-24E65-SMSD200-HD ..................... 5-24E65-SMSD200-HDD................... 5-24E65-SMSD200-HL ...................... 5-24E65-SMSD200-HLD ................... 5-24E65-SMTD15-HD........................ 5-24E65-SMTD15-HDD ..................... 5-24

E65-SMTD15-HL ........................ 5-24E65-SMTD15-HLD ..................... 5-24E65-SMTS15-HA........................ 5-24E65-SMTS15-HAD ..................... 5-24E65VBL1C ................................... 5-98E65VBL2 ...................................... 5-98E65VBL2N ................................... 5-98E65VBL3 ...................................... 5-98E65VBL4 ...................................... 5-98E65VBL5 ...................................... 5-98E65VBL6 ...................................... 5-98E67-LRDP200-HDD .................... 5-66E67-LRDP200-HLD ..................... 5-66E67-LRDP200-KDD .................... 5-66E67-LRDP200-KLD ..................... 5-66E67-LRDPXXX-HDD................... 5-66E67-LRDPXXX-HLD ................... 5-66E67-LRDPXXX-KDD ................... 5-66E67-LRDPXXX-KLD.................... 5-66E68-SVABEAM-1 ......................... 6-6E68-SVADSC-P ............................ 6-8E68-SVAEXT-C1 ........................... 6-6E68-SVAEXT-P1 ........................... 6-6E68-SVAISO-C ............................. 6-6E68-SVAISO-P ............................. 6-6E68-SVAJMP1-C5 ....................... 6-6E68-SVAJMP1-P5 ....................... 6-6E68-SVAPWR-C2 ......................... 6-6E68-SVAPWR-P02 ....................... 6-6E68-SVAPWR-P2 ......................... 6-6E68-SVAREL2-C2 ......................... 6-8E68-SVAREL2-P2 ......................... 6-8E68-SVASLUG-C .......................... 6-7E68-SVASLUG-P .......................... 6-7E68-SVAUSC-P ............................ 6-8E68-SVSPR3-BD .......................... 6-4E68-SVSPR3-BD-B ...................... 6-4E68-SVSPR3-BDC........................ 6-4E68-SVSPR3-BDC-B ................... 6-4E68-SVSPR3-BDP........................ 6-4E68-SVSPR3-BDP-B ................... 6-4E68-SVSPR3-BL ........................... 6-4E68-SVSPR3-BL-B....................... 6-4E68-SVSPR3-BLC ........................ 6-4E68-SVSPR3-BLC-B .................... 6-4E68-SVSPR3-BLP ........................ 6-4E68-SVSPR3-BLP-B .................... 6-4E68-SVSPR3-PD .......................... 6-5E68-SVSPR3-PD-B ...................... 6-5E68-SVSPR3-PDC ........................ 6-5E68-SVSPR3-PDC-B.................... 6-5E68-SVSPR3-PDP ........................ 6-5E68-SVSPR3-PDP-B.................... 6-5E68-SVSPR3-PL ........................... 6-5E68-SVSPR3-PL-B ....................... 6-5E68-SVSPR3-PLC......................... 6-5E68-SVSPR3-PLC-B .................... 6-5E68-SVSPR3-PLP......................... 6-5E68-SVSPR3-PLP-B .................... 6-5E68-SVSSD1-BD .......................... 6-4E68-SVSSD1-BD-B...................... 6-4E68-SVSSD1-BDC ....................... 6-4E68-SVSSD1-BDC-B ................... 6-4E68-SVSSD1-BDP ....................... 6-4E68-SVSSD1-BDP-B ................... 6-4

E68-SVSSD1-BL ........................... 6-4E68-SVSSD1-BL-B ....................... 6-4E68-SVSSD1-BLC......................... 6-4E68-SVSSD1-BLC-B .................... 6-4E68-SVSSD1-BLP......................... 6-4E68-SVSSD1-BLP-B .................... 6-4E68-SVSSD1-PD........................... 6-5E68-SVSSD1-PD-B ...................... 6-5E68-SVSSD1-PDC ........................ 6-5E68-SVSSD1-PDC-B .................... 6-5E68-SVSSD1-PDP ........................ 6-5E68-SVSSD1-PL ........................... 6-5E68-SVSSD1-PL-B ....................... 6-5E68-SVSSD1-PLC ......................... 6-5E68-SVSSD1-PLC-B..................... 6-5E68-SVSSD1-PLP ......................... 6-5E68-SVSSD1-PLP-B..................... 6-5EAC0420SC ................................. 7-24EAC0420SP ................................. 7-24EAC105SC ................................... 7-24EAC105SP ................................... 7-24EAC110SC ................................... 7-24EAC110SP ................................... 7-24EAC1420SC ................................. 7-24EAC1420SP ................................. 7-24EAC205SC ................................... 7-24EAC205SP ................................... 7-24EAC210SC ................................... 7-24EAC210SP ................................... 7-24EAC2420SC ................................. 7-24EAC2420SP ................................. 7-24EACP0420120SP ......................... 7-24EACP042024USP ........................ 7-24EACP1420120SP ......................... 7-24EACP142024USP ........................ 7-24EACP2420120SP ......................... 7-24EACP242024USP ........................ 7-24EACR0420SC ............................... 7-29EACR0420SP ............................... 7-29EACR1420SC ............................... 7-29EACR1420SP ............................... 7-29EACR2420SC ............................... 7-29EACR2420SP ............................... 7-29EB50BLW1 .................................. 2-32ECS700SC.................................... 7-15ECS701SC.................................... 7-15ECS702SC.................................... 7-15ECS710SP.................................... 7-15ECS711SP.................................... 7-15ECS712SP.................................... 7-15ECSJ400SC ................................. 7-10ECSJ401SC ................................. 7-10ECSJ402SP ................................. 7-10ECSJ403SP ................................. 7-10ECSJ404SC ................................. 7-10ECSJ405SC ................................. 7-10ECSJ406SC ................................. 7-10ECSJ407SC ................................. 7-10ECSJ420SC ................................. 7-10ECSJ421SC ................................. 7-10ECSJ422SP ................................. 7-10ECSJ423SP ................................. 7-10ECSJ424SC ................................. 7-10ECSJ430SC ................................. 7-10ECSNCASC ................................... 7-6

August 2007



14IN

DEX

ECSNCASP.................................... 7-6ECSNCFSC .................................... 7-6ECSNCFSP .................................... 7-6ECSNOASC ................................... 7-6ECSNOASP ................................... 7-6ECSNOFSC .................................... 7-6ECSNOFSP .................................... 7-6ECSTD401SC............................... 7-19ECSTD402SC............................... 7-19ECSTD404SP............................... 7-19ECSTD405SP............................... 7-19ECSTD406SC............................... 7-19ECSTD407SC............................... 7-19ECSTD408SP............................... 7-19ECSTD409SP............................... 7-19EDC1420SC.................................. 7-36EDC205SP.................................... 7-36EDC210SP.................................... 7-36EDC2420SP.................................. 7-36EDC305SP.................................... 7-36EDC310SP.................................... 7-36EDC3420SP.................................. 7-36EDC405SP.................................... 7-36EDC410SP.................................... 7-36EDC4420SP.................................. 7-36

EDINKIT .............................. 7-7, 7-11,7-16, 7-20, 7-25,7-30, 7-37, 7-41

EGF1NCACDE050 ....................... 7-40EGF1NCACDE100 ....................... 7-40EGF1NCACNE050....................... 7-40EGF1NCACNE100....................... 7-40EGF1NCDCDE050 ....................... 7-40EGF1NCDCDE100 ....................... 7-40EGF1NCDCNE050....................... 7-40EGF1NCDCNE100....................... 7-40EGF1NCLA050 ............................ 7-41EGF1NCLA100 ............................ 7-41EGF1NCLAT3 .............................. 7-41EGF1NOACDE050....................... 7-40EGF1NOACDE100....................... 7-40EGF1NOACNE050 ...................... 7-40EGF1NOACNE100 ...................... 7-40EGF1NODCDE050....................... 7-40EGF1NODCDE100....................... 7-40EGF1NODCNE050 ...................... 7-40EGF1NODCNE100 ...................... 7-40EGF1NOLA050 ............................ 7-41EGF1NOLA100 ............................ 7-41EGF1NOLAT3 .............................. 7-41EGF1SPDTDE050........................ 7-41EGF1SPDTDE100........................ 7-41

EGF1SPDTDET3 .......................... 7-41EGF1SPDTNE050 ........................ 7-41EGF1SPDTNE100 ........................ 7-41EGF1SPDTNET3.......................... 7-41EGF2NCLA050 ............................. 7-41EGF2NCLA100 ............................. 7-41EGF2NCLAT3............................... 7-41EGF2NOLA050............................. 7-41EGF2NOLA100............................. 7-41EGF2NOLAT3 .............................. 7-41EGF2SPDTDE050 ........................ 7-41EGF2SPDTDE100 ........................ 7-41EGF2SPDTDET3 .......................... 7-41EGF2SPDTNE050 ........................ 7-41EGF2SPDTNE100 ........................ 7-41EGF2SPDTNET3.......................... 7-41EGF3NCACDET3 ......................... 7-40EGF3NCACNET3 ......................... 7-40EGF3NCDCDET3 ......................... 7-40EGF3NCDCNET3 ......................... 7-40EGF3NOACDET3 ......................... 7-40EGF3NOACNET3......................... 7-40EGF3NODCDET3 ......................... 7-40EGF3NODCNET3......................... 7-40EPRM0420LSP ............................ 7-33EPRM0510ASP ........................... 7-33

EPRM1420LSP............................ 7-33EPRM1510ASP ........................... 7-33EPRM2420LSP............................ 7-33EPRM2510ASP ........................... 7-33EPRM3420LSP............................ 7-33EPRM3510ASP ........................... 7-33EPRMR0420LSP ......................... 7-33EPRMR0510ASP ........................ 7-33EPRMR1420LSP ......................... 7-33EPRMR1510ASP ........................ 7-33EPRMR2420LSP ......................... 7-33EPRMR2510ASP ........................ 7-33EPRMR3420LSP ......................... 7-33EPRMR3510ASP ........................ 7-33PS256A-01B1...................... 6-6, 6-16,

6-21, 6-27PS256A-04B1........... 6-16, 6-21, 6-27PS256B-01B1.............................. 6-24PS256B-04B1.............................. 6-24QD256A12-1201B1 ..................... 6-20QD256A12-1204B1 ..................... 6-20QD266A12-1201B1 ..................... 6-15QD266A12-1204B1 ..................... 6-15QD266A24-2404B1 ..................... 6-15QD266A36-3604B1 ..................... 6-15QDJU266A-01B1 ................. 6-7, 6-16

August 2007

14-14



14IN

DEX

Documents

Catalogo General de Sensores Cuttler Hammer